Skip to main content

Full text of "An Egyptian hieroglyphic dictionary : with an index of English words, king list and geological list with indexes, list of hieroglyphic characters, coptic and semitic alphabets, etc."

See other formats


HANDBOUND 
AT  THE 


UNIVERSITY  OF 
TORONTO  PRESS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


Iittp://www.arcliive.org/details/egyptianliierogly01budguoft 


f^ 


>1B 


T 


AN 


EGYPTIAN    HIEROGLYPHIC 
DICTIONARY. 


WITH      AN      INDEX     OF     ENGLISH     WORDS,     KING     LIST     AND 

GEOGRAPHICAL   LIST  WITH    INDEXES,   LIST  OF   HIEROGLYPHIC 

CHARACTERS.  COPTIC   AND   SEMITIC    ALPHABETS,  ETC. 


ByCSir)  E^r  AV  WALLIS   BUDGE,  Knt.,  F.S.A., 

M.A.  AND  LiTT.D.,  Cambridge;  M.A.  and  D.Litt.,  Oxford;  D.Lit.,  Durham; 

SOMETIME  SCHOLAR  OF   CHRIST'S   COLLEGE,    CAMBRIDGE,   AND   TYRWHITT   HEBREW   SCHOl.AU  ; 
KEEPER    OF     THE    EGYPTIAN     AND     ASSYRIAN      ANTIQUITIES,     BRITISH     MUSEUM. 


{IN  TWO   VOLUMES) 


VOL.    I. 


LONDON : 
JOHN     MURRAY,    ALBEMARLE    STREET, 


1920. 


iPI|iiP««Hii^l^lR^PM«l 


HARRISON    AND   SONS, 

PRINTERS    IN    ORDINARY    TO    HIS    MAJESTY. 

ST.    martin's    I.ANE     LONDON, 

W.C.     2. 


CONTENTS. 


Dedication '  .         .        facing 

Introduction 

List  of  Authorities  quoted  or  referred  to 

List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters  .... 

Coptic,  Semitic,  and  Persian  Cuneiform  Alphabets 

Egyptian  Dictionary 

List  of  Kings'  Names  ^   . 

List  of  Countries,  Cities,  Towns,  etc. 

Index  of  English  Words 

Index  of  Kings'  Names    . 

Index  of  Geographical  Names 

Geographical  Names  in  Coptic,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Assyrian,  Syriac 
Arabic,  etc 

List  of  Coptic  Words  quoted  in  the  Dictionary 

List  of  non-Egyptian  Words  quoted  in  the  Dictionary — Greek 
Hebrew,  Assyrian,  Syriac,  Arabic,  etc.  .... 

List   of    Egyptian    Hieroglyphic    Characters    in    the    Fount    of 
Messrs.    Harrison  and  Sons;   with  Appendix. 


PAGE 

ii 

V 

Ixxv 
xcvii 

cxiviii 

I 

917 

947 
1067 

1257 
1271 

1279 
1287 

1305 
1315 


INTRODUCTION. 

It  may  be  taken  for  granted  that,  from  the  time  when  Akerblad, 

Young  and   Champollion  le   Jeune  laid  the   foundation   of  the 

science  of  Egyptology  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century 

down  to  the  present  day,  every  serious  student  of  Egyptian  texts, 

whether  hieroglyphic,  hieratic  or  demotic,  has  found  it  necessary 

to  compile  in  one  form  or  another  his  own  Egyptian  Dictionary. 

In  these  days  when  we  have  at  our  disposal  the  knowledge  which 

has  been  acquired  during  the  last  hundred  years  by  the  unceasing 

toil    of    the    above-mentioned    pioneers    and    their    immediate  Labours  of 

followers — Birch,    Lepsius,    Brugsch,    Chabas,    Goodwin,    E.    de  p^"^!^ 

Rouge  and  others — we  are  apt  to  underrate  the  difficulties  which  lexico- 

they  met  and  overcame,  as  well  as  to  forget  how  great  is  the  debt  S^'^P^^^^. 

which  we  owe  to  them.     I  therefore  propose,  before  passing  on  to 

describe  the  circumstances  under  which   the  present   Egyptian 

Hieroglyphic    Dictionary   has   been   produced,    to    recall   briefly 

the  labours  of  the  "  famous  men  "  who  have  preceded  me  in  the 

field  of  Egyptian  lexicography,  and  "  who  were  honoured  in  their 

generations,  and  were  the  glory  of  their  times." 

The  Abbe  J.  J.  Barthelemy  (1716-1795)  as  far  back  as  1761  Akerblad  and 

showed   satisfactorily   that    the   ovals   in    Egyptian   inscriptions  Zoega's 

.  uy  i  jT  discoveries, 

which    we    call    "  cartouches "    contamed    royal    names.     Zoega 

(1756-1809)  accepted  this  view,  and,  developing  it,  stated  that  the 
hieroglyphs  in  them  were  alphabetic  letters. ^  Had  Akerblad 
(1760-1819)  and  S.  de  Sacy  (1758-1838)  accepted  these  facts, 
and  wofked  to  develop  them,  the  progress  of  Egyptological 
science  would  have  been  materially  hastened.  They  failed,  how- 
ever, to  pay  much  attention  to  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions  of 
which  copies  were  available,  and  devoted  all  their  time  and  labour 
to  the  elucidation  of  the  enchorial,  or  demotic,  text  on  the  Rosetta  Silvestre  de 
Stone,  the  discovery  of  which  had  roused  such  profound  interest  ^^^^ 
among  the  learned  men  of  the  day.  Their  labours  in  connection 
with  this  text  were  crowned  with  considerable  success.  To 
Akerblad  belongs  the  credit  of  being  the  first  European  to  formulate 
a  "  Demotic  Alphabet,"  and  to  give  the  values  of  its  characters  in 
Coptic  letters,  but  neither  he  nor  S.  de  Sacy  seems  to  have  sus- 
pected the  existence  of  a  hieroglyphic  alphabet.  Both  these 
eminent  scholars  produced  lists,  or  small  vocabularies,  of  demotic 

'  See  my  Rosetta  Stone,  vol.  I,  p.  40. 

a  3 


VI 


Introduction. 


Demotic 
vocabularies 
of  Akerblad 
and  de  Sacy. 


Kircher, 
Jablonski, 
de  Guignes 
and  Tychsen. 


words,  and  added  translations  of  them  which  are  surprisingly 
correct  considering  the  period  when  they  were  compiled.  And 
both  were  able  to  read  correctly  the  demotic  equivalents  of  several 
Greek  royal  names,  e.g.,  Alexander,  Ptolemy  and  Berenice.  Their 
failure  to  apply  the  method  by  which  they  achieved  such  success 
to  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions  is  inexplicable.  It  has  been 
suggested  that  their  scholarly  minds  revolted  at  the  absurd  views, 
theories  and  statements  about  the  Egyptian  hieroglyphs  made 
by  Athanasius  Kircher  (1601-1680),  Jablonski  (1673-1757),  J.  de 
Guignes  (1721-1800),  Tychsen  (1734-1815)  and  others,  and  the 
suggestion  is  probably  correct.  After  the  publication  of  his 
famous  "  Letter  "  to  S.  de  Sacy,^  Akerblad  seems  to  have  dropped 
his  Egyptological  studies.  At  all  events,  he  published  nothing 
about  them.  De  Sacy,  though  he  did  not  consider  that  he  had 
wasted  the  time  that  he  had  spent  on  the  demotic  text  on  the 
Rosetta  Stone,  refrained  from  further  research  in  Egyptology, 
and  nothing  of  importance  was  effected  in  the  decipherment  of  the 
Egyptian  hieroglyphs  until  Dr.  Thomas  Young  (June  13th,  1773- 
May  loth,  1830)  turned  his  attention  to  them. 


Thomas 
Young  and 
the  Rosetta 
Stone. 


Young's  Hieroglyphic  Alphabet  and  Vocabulary. 

In  1 814  Young  began  to  study  the  inscriptions  on  the  Rosetta 
Stone,  and,  according  to  his  own  statement,  succeeded  in  a  few 
months  in  translating  both  the  demotic  and  the  hieroglyphic 
texts.  His  translations,  together  with  notes  and  some  remarks 
on  Akerblad's  Demotic  Alphabet,  were  printed  in  Archceologia  for 
1815,  under  the  title  "  Remarks  on  Egyptian  Papyri  and  on  the 
Inscription  of  Rosetta."  With  respect  to  the  Egj^ptian  Alphabet 
he  says,  "  I  had  hoped  to  find  an  alphabet  which  would  enable 
me  to  read  the  enchorial  inscription.  .     But     ...     I 

had  gradually  been  compelled  to  abandon  this  expectation,  and 
to  admit  the  conviction  that  no  such  alphabet  would  ever  be 
discovered,  because  it  had  never  been  in  existence."  During  the 
next  three  or  four  years  he  made  striking  progress  in  the  decipher- 
ment of  both  demotic  and  hieroglyphic  characters.  The  results 
of  his  studies  at  this  period  were  published  in  his  article  Egypt, 
which  appeared  in  Part  I  of  the  fourth  volume  of  the  Encyclo- 
pcBcLia  Britannica  in  i8ig.  It  was  accompanied  by  five  plates, 
containing  inter  alia  a  hieroglyphic  vocabulary  of  218  words,  a 

'  Lettre  sur  V Inscription  Egyptienne  de  Rosette,  adressee  au  citoyen  Silvestre 
de  Sacy,  Paris  (Imprimerie  de  la  Republique  Fran^aise)  and  Strasbourg,  an  X 
(1802),  8vo.     With  a  plate  containing  the  Demotic  Alphabet. 


Introduction.  vii 

"  supposed  enchorial,  i.e.,  demotic  alphabet,"  and  "  specimens  of 
phrases."     The  Vllth  Section  of  the  letterpress  contained  the  Young's 
"  Rudiments  of  a  Hieroglyphic  Vocabulary,"   and  thus  Young  Hieroglyphic 
became  the  "father"  of  English  compilers  of  Egyptian  Vocabu- 
laries.    In  this  article,  which  formed  a  most  important  and  epoch- 
making  contribution  to  Egyptology,  Young  gave  a  list  containing 
a  number  of  alphabetic  Egyptian  characters,  to  which,  in  most 
cases,  he  assigned  correct  phonetic  values,  i.e.,  values  which  are 
accepted  by  Egyptologists  at  the  present  day.     In  fact,  he  showed 
that  he  had  rightly  grasped  the  idea  of  a  phonetic  principle  in 
the  reading  of  Egyptian  hieroglyphs,  the  existence  of  which  had 
been  assumed  and  practically  proved  by  Barthelemy  and  Zoega,  His 
and   applied   it    for   the   first   time   in   the   decipherment   of  application  of 

.  .       .  the  Phonetic 

Egyptian  hieroglyphs.     This  seems  to  me  to  be  an  mdisputable  principle. 

fact,  which  can  easily  be  verified  by  any  one  who  will  take  the 

trouble  to  read  Young's  article,  Egypt,  in  the  "  Supplement  " 

to  the  EncyclopcBdia    Britannica   and   study   his    correspondence 

and  papers  which  John  Leitch  reprinted  in  the  third  volume  of  Young's 

the  Miscellaneous  Works  of  the  late  Thomas  Young,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  gnceTith'^' 

London,  1855.     Those  whom  such  evidence  will  not  satisfy  may  Chan-pollion 

consult  the  five  volumes  of  his  papers  that  are  preserved  in  the  ^   others. 

British  Museum   (Additional  MSS.   27,281-27,285).     In  the  first 

volume  (Add.  27,281)  are  all  the  principal  documents  dealing  with 

his  work  on  the  Rosetta  Stone,  and  in  the  second  (Add.  27,282) 

will  be  found  his  copies  of  a  series  of  short  vocabularies  of  Egyptian 

words.     Without  wishing  in  any  way  to  reopen  the  dispute  as 

to  the  merits  and  value  of   Young's  work  in  comparison  with  that 

of  ChampoUion,  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  scholars  who  were 

contemporaries  of  both  and  who  had  competent  knowledge  of 

Egyptology  couple  together  the  names  of  Young  and  ChampoUion, 

and  place  Young's  name  first.     Thus  Kosegarten  groups  Young, 

ChampoUion  and  Peyron^  ;    Birch  speaks  of  the  "  discoveries  of 

Dr.  Young  and  M.  ChampoUion  "^  ;    and  Tattam  says  that  the  contemporary 

sculptured  monuments  and  papyri  of  Egypt  have  long  "  engaged  opinions  on 

the  attention  of  the  Learned,  who  have  in  vain  endeavoured  to  Young's 

decipher  them,   tUl  our  indefatigable   and  erudite  countryman,  discovery. 

Dr.  Young,  and,  after  him,  M.  ChampoUion,  undertook  the  task."'' 

'  Debitas  vero  gratias  refero  Youngio,  ChampoUiono,  Peyronio,  viris  prae- 
clarissimis,  quo  quoties  aliquid  ad  hoc  studiorum  genus  pertinens  abiis  sciscitarem, 
toties  benevolo  semper  et  promte  quae  desiderarem  mecum  communicaverunt. 
De  Prisca  Aegyptiorum  Litteratura  Commentatio  prima.     Weimar,  1828,  p.  iv. 

-  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary.     London,  1838,  p.  3. 

'  Coptic  Grammar.     London,  1830,  p.  ix. 

a  4 


Vlll 


Introduction. 


Young's 
Demotic 
Dictionary. 


Alphabetic 
arrangement 
of  the 
Dictionary. 


The  great  value  and  importance  of  Young's  application  of  the 
phonetic  principle  to  Egyptian  hieroglyphs  has  been  summed  up 
with  characteristic  French  terseness  and  accuracy  by  Chabas, 
the  distinguished  Egyptologist,  who  wrote,  "  Cette  id6e  fut,  dans 
la  realite,  le  fiat  lux  de  la  science."' 

Curiously  enough  Young  did  not  follow  up  his  discovery  by 
a  continued  application  of  his  phonetic  principle  to  Egyptian 
inscriptions  other  than  those  on  the  Rosetta  Stone,  but  seems  to 
have  been  content  to  leave  its  further  application  and  development 
to  ChampoUion  le  Jeune.^  And  for  some  reason  he  made  no  attempt 
to  add  to  the  Egyptian  Vocabulary  containing  218  words  wliich  he 
published  in  his  article  Egypt  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica, 
or  if  he  did,  his  additions  were  never  printed.  On  the  other  hand, 
he  devoted  himself  to  the  preparation  of  a  Demotic  Dictionary  and 
this  work  occupied  the  last  ten  years  of  his  life.  The  "  Advertise- 
ment "  is  of  considerable  interest,  for  it  shows  that  it  was  only  his 
inability  to  decide  upon  the  system  of  arrangement  that  ought  to 
be  employed  in  an  Egyptian  Dictionary,  that  prevented  him  from 
publishing  the  work  during  his  lifetime.  His  difficulty  is  described 
by  him  thus : 

"  From  the  mixed  nature  of  the  characters  employed  in  the 
written  language  or  rather  languages  of  the  Egyptians,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  determine  what  would  be  the  best  arrangement  for  a 
dictionary,  even  if  they  were  all  perfectly  clear  in  their  forms, 
and  perfectly  well  understood :  at  present,  however,  so  many  of 
them  remain  unknown,  and  those  which  are  better  known  assume 
so  diversified  an  appearance,  that  the  original  difficulty  is  greatly 
increased.  Every  methodical  arrangement,  however  arbitrary, 
has  the  advantage  of  bringing  together  such  words  as  nearly 
resemble  each  other  :  and  it  appears  most  likely  to  be  subservient 
to  the  purposes  of  future  investigation,  to  employ  an  imitation 
of  an  alphabetical  order,  or  an  artificial  alphabet,  founded  upon 
the  resemblance  of  the  characters  to  those  of  which  the  phonetic 
value  was  clearly  and  correctly  determined  by  the  late  Mr. 
Akerblad;  and  to  arrange  the  words  that  are  to  be  interpreted 
according  to  their  places  in  this  artificial  order ;  choosing,  however, 
in  each  instance,  not  always  the  first  character  that  enters  into 
the  composition  of  the  word,  but  that  which  appears  to  be 
the  most   radical,  or   the  most   essential   in   its  signification,  or 

'  Inscription  de  Rosette,  p.  5. 

^  See  Advertisement  to  Dr.  Young's  Egyptian  Dictionary  printed  in  Rudiments 
of  an  Egyptian  Dictionary,  which  formed  an  Appendix  to  Tattam's  Coptic  Grammar. 
London,  1830,  8vo,  and  was  reprinted  by  Leitch.  op.  cit.,  p.  472  ff. 


Introduction.         •  ix 


ii    >^  >y^  J)  'jT;/I  0)  .41  Ml  (>o  t)  >J  vl  ^\  j'  4  ^  )d 


«^   r   ^  "^^ 


^  T  t 


.5 


■^         S         5        ^        < 

5        5i        S        c        c 


■*! 


C         S        -^        :=  -b  s         J        ■•  -S         ?, 


■q  '~S  -^       n:  ^5  'o         !>       ^        -.■        <        ?>       9>       S        ?5       S 

o  J  a  "              " 

'  r             V          1^  m  ft  ■■?                       ** 

~       ffl     i;  c  £  <           '^ 


^ 


t         « 


?        =  5  t  -'  < 


S- 


^;    J    1         ^ 

•«        C        ^^  J  "^       '^       '^  i" 

'"■    -1     •    ^   s^   2    2    S    ^     "■    ^    tci    '«'    ^  ■  ^    ■«;     " 


t* 
« 


•^    5    'g     d  ill  b     I 

^    I     I     ;§'  I     I     J  tS;    w 


o 

00 


s      -^      2     1     "S     H 

1         t'      J         °         °  *  I        £        c£        '5        *        :^  .  ^ 


S  -  :  ^  I  ^^  1   ;s  ^       I  I  I   »i  'I  I  ,^       ^ 


s   ^ 


o 


•  *  3  •>••  O       iJ 


o 


Introduction. 


sometimes  that  which  is  merely  the  most  readily  ascertained  or 
distinguished.  "1 

Now  although  Young  was  the  first  to  apply  the  phonetic,  or 
alphabetic,  principle  to  Egyptian  hieroglyphs,  it  is  quite  clear 
from  the  above  that  he  failed  to  see  its  value  in  arranging  Egyp- 
tian words  in  a  dictionary.     Speaking  of  Champollion's  alphabet, 

Champollion's  which  was  in  reality  his  own  with  modifications  and  considerable 

AlphabS'^'^  additions,  he  says  :  "His  system  of  phonetic  characters  may 
often  be  of  use  in  assisting  the  memory,  but  it  can  only  be  applied 
with  confidence  to  particular  cases  when  supported  in  each  case 
by  the  same  kind  of  evidence  that  had  been  employed  before  its 
invention.  His  communications  have  furnished  many  valuable 
additions  to  this  work,  all  of  which  have  been  acknowledged  in 
their  proper  places."  So  then  rejecting  his  own  system  of 
phonetic,  i.e.  alphabetic,  characters,  and  Champollion's  develop- 
ment of  it,  he  drew  up  his  "  Rudiments  of  the  Egyptian  Dic- 
tionary in  the  ancient  Enchorial  Character,"  intending  the  work 
to  appear  as  an  Appendix  to  the  "  Coptic  Grammar,"  which 
Henry  Tattam  was  then  writing.  Whilst  the  printing  of  the 
"  Rudiments  "  was  in  progress  he  fell  ill,  but  his  interest  in  the 
work  was  so  great  that  in  spite  of  his  illness  he  continued  to 

Kosegarten's     prepare  its  pages  for  the  lithographer  and  to  correct  the  proofs. 

es  imony.  When  he  had  passed  for  press  six  sheets,  i.e.  96  pages,  death 
overtook  him,  and  Tattam  corrected  the  last  14  pages  (pp.  97-110) 
of  proof,  saw  them  through  the  press,  and  compiled  an  Index  to 
the  work,  which  appeared  with  Tattam's  "  Coptic  Grammar  "  in 

'  Writing  to  M.  Arago  on  July  4th,  1828,  Young  says,  "  Now  of  the  nine 
letters  which  I  insist  that  I  had  discovered,  M.  ChampoUion  himself  allows  me 
five,  and  I  maintain  that  a  single  one  would  have  been  sufficient  for  all  that  I 
wished  to  prove  ;  the  method  by  which  that  one  was  obtained  being  allowed  to 
be  correct,  and  to  be  capable  of  further  application.  The  true  foundation  of  the 
analysis  of  the  Egyptian  system,  I  insist,  is  the  great  fact  of  the  original  identity 
of  the  enchorial  with  the  sacred  characters,  which  I  discovered  and  printed  in 
1816  [in  the  Museum  Criiicum  No.  VI,  pp.  155-204],  and  which  M.  ChampoUion 
probably  rediscovered,  and  certainly  republished  in  182 1  ;  besides  the  reading  of 
the  name  of  Ptolemy,  which  I  had  completely  ascertained  and  published  in  1814, 
and  the  name  of  Cleopatra,  which  Mr.  Bankes  had  afterwards  discovered  by 
means  of  the  information  that  I  had  sent  him  out  to  Egypt,  and  which  he  asserts 
that  he  communicated  indirectly  to  M.  ChampoUion  [see  H.  Salt,  Essay  on  Dr. 
Young's  and  M.  Champollion's  Phonetic  System  of  Hieroglyphics,  London,  1825, 
p.  7]  ;  and  whatever  deficiencies  there  might  have  been  in  my  original  alphabet, 
supposing  it  to  have  contained  but  one  letter  correctly  determined,  they  would 
and  must  have  been  gradually  supplied  by  a  continued  application  of  the  same 
method  to  other  monuments  which  have  been  progressively  discovered  and  made 
public  since  the  date  of  my  first  paper."  Leitch,  Miscellaneous  Works  of  the  late 
Thomas  Young,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  464  ff. 


Introduction. 


XI 


5't^^«.4  C5^4v*\oti:|«tA 

Jiq/M,t,i     TVldaoaCu-ptti-awX/^— --^ 

A 

t^  .aJ. 

V^  V  \.>#«^J  ^,  [I.  ^  0=^ 

B 

I-*.     x*. 

A     t<r     i  J.fr-V' 

r 

X.'^ 

*~~~-^   a 

A 

<    -^ 

c:^  c^ 

E 

I  . 

h  P 

Z 

H 

e 

1 

HI  J«.<ri  jii 

n  M  QO.W.gp  (lii.&q^  0-^ 

^O     III 

Off  5P  QQ  t>^  /^. 

K 

«-     •«-   cn.-K  V- 

■^^^^^^  .'^=5'.  v::z::?>  <^^  .  S  n  m  ^X  .  ^ .  C^  R1  .  In  yvU".  (?  .  ^d 

-d 

A 

y/v 

.^3^.3;::^.  feo    A 

M 

J  J 

=^a  .  ,^  T.  ie^  .  <€ 

N 

3.;3  _  _  w 

^v^ .  ^f^kf^iii^  yvv«4  0  S  6  5 

2 

"Y  S2. 

0 

rr.r;r« 

'fc.dfl    ^.Q  9  ? 

n 

1.    -J..  -i_.a».=w 

1    1     QQSl      wing 
1— 1   •  DuiD    ■  JffTM 

• 

P 

^    // 

<:=^    43»    &.6  fc^   (^  ^-rv.a;::£,.yiiyL'r./!A5Crjixr 

£ 

'-^    *-^    >—  <)l*)l 

h    f.^^    .^^i^^^    Vr.^  5l!f.  K^-J^  ^  ^.-^     . , 

f 

T 

X 

4> 

<    <.    V    <■ 

c^    «£ai     Ci    A 

2. 

».  Q 

-i- 

X 

^ 

JX. 

«      ^ 

TO. 
Tn. 

■Uiooi        ij"»ti   . {j...c5 

Chatnpollion's  Table  of  Hieroglyphic  and  Demotic  phonetic  signs.     From  his  Letire  a  M.  Dader 
relative  b,  r Alphabet  des  Hieroglyphes  Phonetiqties.     Paris,  1822.     Plate  IV. 


xu 


Introduction. 


Progress  of 
Egyptology 
retarded  by 
the  death  of 
Young  and 
Champollion. 


1830.^  The  "  Rudiments,"  to  paraphrase  Kosegarten's  words, 
contains  a  valuable  and  well-arranged  collection  of  all  the  most 
important  groups  of  enchorial  characters  hitherto  deciphered. 
These  Young  selected  from  enchorial  texts  which  had  been  pub- 
lished by  himself,  and  by  Champollion  and  Kosegarten,  and  from 
letters  which  he  had  received  from  Champollion  describing  the 
contents  of  unpublished  papyri  at  Paris. ^ 

The  progress  of  Egyptology  suffered  a  severe  set-back  by  the 
death  of  Young  on  May  loth,  1830,  and  by  the  death  of  Cham- 
pollion on  March  4th,  1832,  and  there  was  no  scholar  sufficiently 
advanced  in  the  science  to  continue  their  work.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  books  and  papers  of  a  polemical  character,  some  authors 
championing  Young's  system  of  phonetics,  and  others  loudly 
proclaiming  the  superior  merits  of  that  of  Champollion,  and 
others  advocating  the  extraordinary  views  of  Spohn  and  Seyffarth 
(1796-1885),  no  important  work  on  Egyptological  decipherment 
appeared  for  several  years.  Soon  after  the  death  of  Champollion 
a  rumour  circulated  freely  among  the  learned  of  Europe  to  the 
effect  that  the  great  Frenchman  had  left  in  manuscript,  almost 
complete,  many  works  which  he  was  preparing  for  press  when 
death  overtook  him,  and  that  these  were  to  appear  shortly  under 
the  editorship  of  his  brother,  Champolhon-Figeac  (i 778-1 867). 
It  was  widely  known  that  Champollion  had  been  engaged  for 


'  In  his  Observations  on  the  Hieroglyphic  and  Enchorial  Alphabets  (Coptic 
Grammar,  p.  ix  ff.)  Tattam  describes  briefly  and  accurately  the  various  steps  in 
the  early  history  of  Egyptian  decipherment.  He  shows  that  Young  was  the  first 
to  read  correctly  the  names  of  Ptolemy  and  Berenice,  that  Bankes,  with  the  help 
of  Young,  discovered  the  name  of  Cleopatra,  and  says  that  the  system  of  letters 
thus  discovered  was  "  taken  up,  and  extended,  by  M.  Champollion,  and  afterwards 
by  Mr.  Salt,  our  late  Consul-General  in  Egypt."  He  then  gives  the  Hieroglyphic 
Alphabet  as  constructed  from  the  researches  of  Young,  Bankes,  Champollion  and 
Salt. 

'  Das  Werk  (Nro.  2),  mit  welchem  der  treffliche  Young  seine  literarische 
Laufbahn  und  zugleich  sein  Leben  beschlossen  hat,  tnthalt  eine  schatzbare, 
wohlgeordnete  Sammlung  allcr  wichtigsten  bisher  erklarten  enchorischen  Schrift- 
gruppen.  Er  hat  diese  Sammlung  aus  den  von  ihm  selbst,  von  Champollion, 
und  von  mir  bekannt  gemachten  enchorischen  Texten  ausgewahlt,  aber  auch 
briefliche  Mittheilungen  Champollion's  aus  noch  nicht  herausgegebenen  Pariser 
PapyrusroUen  benutzt.  Er  leitete  den  Druck  und  die  Corrcktur  dieser  Schrift, 
welchc  ihm  sehr  am  Herzen  lag,  und  die  gleichsam  sein  Vermachtniss  iiber  die 
Aegyptischen  Untersuchungen  liefert,  noch  auf  seinem  letzten  Krankenbette, 
so  schwer  ihm  auch  zuletzt  das  Schreiben  schon  ward.  Als  er  bis  zur  g6sten 
Scite  mit  der  Correktur  gelangt  war,  ereilte  ihn  der  Tod  ;  die  Correktur  der 
letzten  Seiten,  und  die  Indices  besorgte  daher  Hy.  Tattam.  See  Jahrbiicher 
fur  wissenschaftUche  Kri'.ik,  Jahrgang  1831,  Bd.  II,  Stuttgart  und  Tubingen,  4to, 
Col.  771. 


Introduction.  xiii 


PHONETiCK  Alphabet 


^=es 

S    .    (? 

n    .Jl^ 0 

'" i 

a-   6  ,  H  .  1.0,  If 

■i^^-  = 

«-  .  A 

1       (1  ^ 

//  .  H  Jv 

VJ1 

^   e  ,  T  . 
e  . 
?  . 

fevM          TlRiS 

JUL  . 

^     AN                     .'C 

.   7,iW^^i    .  V" 

T5'  .  5  .  #«*«#:»=«=>■ 

«    . 

.-<^     ^ 

[^ =:]     .      Ca    .  B 

Si  . 

0  ,-uu 

n   fr   ^^ 

i^ 

.%» 

•        ^       .    -^ 

.<0'.    '^      u^U^ .  O . --TTx.  <^ 

P 

c  . 

.  ® 

X  . 

Bf         B 

^. 

c 

5H  . 
c5. 

^ — n 

t 

T   0 

.BTl      .  r 

The  "  Phonetick  Alphabet."     From  Tattam's  Compendious  Grammar  of  the  Egyptian  Language, 
as  contained  in  the  Coptic  and  Snhidic  Dialects.     London,  1830. 


xiv  Introduction. 

Champollion's  many  years  in  compiling  a  Hieroglyphic  Dictionary  ;  that  he 
manuscnpts.  ^^^^  j^^gg^^  assisted  by  his  friend,  Salvador  Cherubini  (1760-1842)  ; 
that  Charles  Lenormant  (1802-1859)  had  helped  him  in  tran- 
scribing the  slips  ;  and  that  Ippolito  Rosellini  (1800-1843  ?)  had 
made  a  copy  of  this  Dictionary  before  Champollion  set  out  on 
his  last  journey  to  Egypt.  But  when  year  after  year  passed  and 
ChampoUion-Figeac  failed  to  issue  any  of  his  brother's  works, 
many  scholars  came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  manuscripts  did 
not  exist. 

Richard  Lepsius  and  Samuel  Birch. 

Meanwhile  two  young  men,  C.  R.  Lepsius  (1810-1884)  and 
Samuel  Birch  (1813-1885),  had  turned  their  attention  to  the 
study  of  Egyptian  hieroglyphs,  and  succeeded  in  completing 
Champollion's  system  of  decipherment  and  establishing  it. 
Lepsius  first  studied  in  Berlin  under  Bopp  (1791-1867),  and 
having  received  his  doctor's  degree  in  philosophy  in  1833, 
departed  to  Paris,  where  he  won  the  Volney  prize  in  1834.  In 
Lepsius  jgoe  he  published  the  two  Dissertations^  which  established  his 

completes  .  .,.,,.  ^_  _, 

Champollion's  reputation   as   a   comparative   philologist.     He   went   to    Rome, 
system  of        where  he  became  an  intimate  friend  of  Ippolito  Rosellini,  the 

decipherment.  .  ,   .  .       ,         ,  „.  .  .  ^,  ... 

Egyptologist  and  friend  and  travelling  companion  of  Champollion. 
Here  he  wrote  and  published  in  the  "  Annali  dell'  Instituto 
Archeologico  di  Roma  "  (Vol.  IX,  1837)  his  famous  "  Lettre  k 
M.  le  Professeur  Rosellini  sur  1' Alphabet  Hieroglyphique."  In 
this  letter,  which  created  widespread  interest,  he  succeeded  in 
removing  many  of  the  defects  of  Champollion's  development  of 
Young's  system  of  phonetics,  and  treated  the  whole  question  of 
Egyptian  decipherment  in  such  a  masterly  manner  that  all 
adverse  criticism  of  a  serious  character  was  silenced  once  and 
The  Phonetic  for  all.  It  is  unnecessary  to  refer  here  to  the  great  works  to 
Lepsius*^  °  ^^^  publication  of  which  he  devoted  the  remaining  forty-eight 
years  of  his  life,  for  they  do  not  concern  the  question  under 
discussion. 

Whilst  Lepsius  was  perfecting  Champollion's  system.  Birch 
was  studying  the  whole  question  of  Egyptian  decipherment  from 
an  entirely  different  point  of  view,  namely,  that  of  a  Chinese 
scholar.     It  will  be  remembered  that  so  far  back  as  1764  Joseph 

'  ZwEi  Sprachvergleichende  Abhandlungen.  /.  Ueber  die  Anordnung 
und  Verwandtscha/l  des  Semitischen,  Indisclien,  Aethiopischen,  All-Persischen 
und  AU-Aegyptischen  Alphabets.  II.  Ueber  den  Ursprung  iind  die  Verwandlschaft 
der  ZahlwOrter  in  der  Indo-Germanischen,  Semitischen,  und  der  Koptischen  Sprache. 
Berlin,  1835-6.     8vc. 


Introduction. 


XV 


XVI 


Introduction. 


Theories 
of  de 

Guignes  the 
Sinologist 
and  Palin. 


Birch's 
Chinese 
studies. 


de  Guignes  (1721-1800),  an  eminent  Sinologist,  tried  to  prove 
that  the  epistolographic  and  symbolic  characters  of  the  Egyptians 
were  to  be  found  in  the  Chinese  characters,  and  that  the  Chinese 
nation  was  nothing  but  an  Egyptian  colony.  Following  in  his 
steps,  M.  le  Comte  de  Palin  (or  Pahlin)  held  that  the  Chinese 
and  Egyptian  characters  were  identical  in  origin  and  meaning  ;^ 
he  believed  that  if  either  the  ancient  forms  of  Chinese  characters, 
or  those  which  their  values  indicate,  were  given  to  them,  true 
hieroglyphs  similar  to  those  that  exist  on  the  Rosetta  Stone 
would  very  often  be  found.  And  he  thought  that  if  the  Psalms 
of  David  were  translated  into  Chinese,  and  they  were  then  written 
in  the  ancient  characters  of  that  language,  the  inscriptions  in 
Egyptian  papyri  would  be  reproduced.^  Now  whatever  may  have 
been  the  opinions  held  by  Young  and  ChampoUion  about  the 
relationship  of  the  Chinese  language  to  the  ancient  Egyptian 
language,  or  the  similarity  of  the  principles  on  which  Chinese 
and  Egyptian  writing  had  been  developed,  these  scholars  could 
neither  affirm  nor  deny  effectively  the  statements  of  de  Guignes 
and  de  Palin,  for  both  of  them  were  ignorant  of  the  Chinese 
language.  With  Birch  the  case  was  very  different,  for  he  studied 
Chinese  under  a  competent  master  when  still  at  the  Merchant 
Taylors'  School,  with  the  direct  object  of  obtaining  an  appt)intment 
in  the  Consular  Service  in  China.  The  friend  of  the  family  who 
had  promised  to  obtain  this  appointment  for  him  died  un- 
expectedly in  1 83 1,  with  the  result  that  Birch  remained  in 
England.  He  continued  his  Chinese  studies,  and  began  to  read 
the  works  of  Young  and  ChampoUion,  thinking  that  his  knowledge 
of  Chinese  would  enable  him  to  read  the  Egyptian  texts  easily. 
In  1834  he  became  an  assistant  in  the  Public  Record  Office,  and 
worked  in  the  Tower  until  January,  1836,  when  he  entered  the 
service  of  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum.  There  he  was 
able  to  make  use  of  his  knowledge  of  Chinese  and  Egyptian,  and 
his  first  official  task  was  to  arrange  and  describe  the  Chinese 
coins. ^    When  this  work  was  completed  he  was  directed  to  describe 


'  See  his  Essai  sur  le  moyen  de  parvenir  a  la  lecture  et  d  Vintelligence  des 
Hi^oglyphes  Agyptiens  in  Memoires  de  I'Academie.  torn.  XXIX,  1764  ;  torn. 
XXXIV,  1770. 

«  See  De  Palin,  N.  G.,  Lettres  sur  les  Hieroglyphes,  Weimar,  1802  ;  Essai  sur 
les  Hieroglyphes,  Weimar,  1804 ;  Analyse  de  I'Inscription  en  Hieroglyphes  du 
Monument  trouve  a  Rosette,  Dresden,  1804  ;   Nouvelles  Recherclies,   Florence,  1830. 

*  Some  of  the  descriptions  which  he  wrote  at  this  time  are  still  in  the  coin 
trays  of  the  Department  of  Coins  and  Medals,  and  by  the  courtesy  of  my  colleague, 
the  Keeper  of  the  Department,  Mr.  G.  F.  Hill,  I  have  been  able  to  examine  them. 


Introduction.  xvii 

the  Collections  of  Egyptian  monuments  and  papyri  for  the  official 
Guide  to   the   British   Museum,   and  his   account   of  them  was 
published  in  the  "  Synopsis  "  for  1838.     Long  before  he  entered  Birch's  idea 
the  Museum  he  conceived  the  idea  of  compiling  a  Hieroglyphic  °^  ^ 

T^-  ^-  11  .  •,       1  ■,  ,.         ,  Hieroglyphic 

Dictionary,  and  began  to  write  down,  each  on  a  separate  slip  of  Dictionary, 
paper,   the  hieroglyphic    words   which    he    found    in    the    texts 
published  by  James  Burton,'  Gardner  Wilkinson,^  ChampoUion,^ 
Rosellini*  and  Salvolini/ 

Birch's  "  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary." 

This  work  of  word-collecting  had  been  somewhat  interrupted 
by  his  duties  in  the  Public  Record  Office  in  1834-5,  but  soon 
after  he  entered  the  Museum  he  took  it  up  with  redoubled  zeal, 
and  he  copied  every  hieroglyphic  text  and  transcribed  every 
hieratic  papyrus  which  the  Museum  possessed.  In  1837,  the  year 
in  which  Lepsius  published  his  famous  Letter  to  Rosellini,  Birch 
revised  his  slips  carefully,  and  decided  to  attempt  to  publish  a 
"  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary."  In  those  days  no  fount  of  hiero- 
glyphic type  existed,  and  lithography  was  expensive,  and  publishers 
were  not  eager  to  spend  their  money  on  a  dictionary  of  a  language 
of  which  scarcely  a  dozen  people  in  the  whole  world  had  any 
real  knowledge.  At  length  Messrs.  William  Allen  &  Co.,  of  Publication' 
Leadenhall  Street,  London,  were  induced  to  consider  the  publica-  "  sketch  of  a 

tion  of  a  hieroglyphic  dictionary,  but  they  decided  to  issue  first  Hieroglyphical 

r     11        r  •  -1  1         V,     r         it-.-,         •  ,     Dictionary, 

of  all  a  few  specimen  pages,  with  a  short  Preface  by  Birch,  with 

the  view  of  finding  out  how  far  the  work  would  be  supported  by 
the  learned  and  the  general  public.  Thereupon  Birch  prepared 
for  the  lithographer  twelve  small  quarto  pages  containing  ninety- 
three  words,  and  having  written  a  Preface  of  two  pages  to  explain 
his  system  of  arrangement  of  the  words,  they  were  published  in 
the  autumn  of  1838  under  the  title  of  "  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical 
Dictionary.  Part  I.  Hieroglyphs  and  English.  Division  I. 
Phonetical  Symbols.     Vowels." 

In  his  Preface  Birch  says  that  he  has  drawn  up  his  work  to 
help  the  student  of  hieroglyphs  in  his  researches,  and  that  he 
intends  it  to  be  used  as  a  manual  which  "  all  who  appreciate  the 
value  of  the  phonetic  system  may  use,  and  by  which,  at  one  glance.  Birch's 

may  be  seen   the  extent  of    the   discoveries   of   Dr.  Young   and  Phonetic 

system. 

'  Excerpta  Hieroglyphica.     Cairo,  1825-1837,  fol.  (privately  printed). 

'  Materia  Hieroglyphica.     Malta,  1824-1830  (privately  printed). 

'  Lettres  ecrites  d'Jigypte  et  de  Nubie  en  1828  et  1829.     Paris,  1833. 

*  I  Monumenti  dell'  Egitto  e  della  Nubia.     Pisa,  1832  ff. 

'  Campagne  de  Rhamses  le  Grand  contre  les  Sheta  et  lews  allies.     Paris,  1835. 

6 


xviii  Introduction. 

J 

i^/^  4c^  r^^fuec^  ^tJ^     ( S^^e7At    ^&>«-y  ■*^="~' I 

-CS3*-  rig  ^ 

a/Tiiertui.:SJ>J:) 


t^*y4:t^umyre'  TriyOui-r'otruX'  ' CSr  SitzJ^  Case  TJ^M) 

A  page  of  Birch's  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary.     London,  1838. 


Introduction.  xix 


«^/     J A^a^/e^  'fna^  Une/K  -  ^vt^t/^/'    {Jtit.  Ctt^ .  6.J 


^cdaJ^cJt^  </^^-£t.n4/y  (JIo/:M.71   CX.1II.J 


^  ^  J^    yo-6 ^  ^.<y'.>^l^' 


A  page  of  Birch's  SieicA  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary.    London,  1838. 


4^-2/   7^  ^  B,  or  <M9  '7i>^uM*AfuiyLe:  fcTl  "■  Mom  ^- ^e  t£^  T.  /  )r£«cy 

cal  Dictionary.    London,  1838. 

&2 


XX 


Introduction. 


His 

ideophonetic 
arrangement. 


Arrangement 
of  the 
proposed 
Dictionary. 


Polyphonous 
symbols. 


Natural 
classification 
of  symbols. 


The  tabulated 
symbols  to 
form  the  key. 


M.  ChampoUion,  and  of  their  application  to  the  monuments  of  the 
Egyptians."  The  dictionary  does  not  claim  even  comparative 
perfection,  "  but  it  has  been  judged  that  the  publication  of  such 
a  work  might  be  of  slight  service  to  those  who  are  desirous  of 
possessing,  in  a  compendious  form,  the  results  of  much  labour, 
comparison  and  instruction."  The  matter  contained  in  the  work 
is  not  entirely  original,  but  the  arrangement  is,  and  "  if  not 
scientific,  [it  is]  perhaps  the  only  one  by  which  tyros  could  at 
once  find  the  particular  group  or  word  which  they  seek.  It  may 
be  termed  ideophonetic,  as  it  embraces  both  principles  of  ideal 
and  phonetic  classification,  and  its  arrangement  has  been  borrowed 
from  a  language  very  cognate  in  its  construction — the  Chinese." 

The  hieroglyphical  and  English  part  of  the  Dictionary  was 
to  be  divided  into  two  parts.  Part  I  was  to  contain  words  "  com- 
mencing with  symbols,  representatives  of  sounds,  or  phonetic," 
and  Part  II  words  "  whose  initial  character  is  the  equivalent  of 
an  idea,  or  ideographic."  Part  I  was  to  be  "  subdivided  into 
symbols,  having  the  power  of  vowels  or  consonants,  the  vowels 
forming  (on  account  of  one  symbol  frequently  having  the  force 
of  many)  one  large  class,  and  the  consonants,  according  to  their 
position  in  the  Coptic  alphabet."  That  is  to  say.  Division  I  of 
Part  I  was  to  contain  symbols  or  characters  some  of  which  Birch  held 
to  be  polyphonous,  and  Division  II  symbols  to  which  he  had  given 
consonantal  values,  and  these  were  to  be  arranged  in  the  order 
of  the  letters  of  the  Coptic  Alphabet.  The  internal  classification 
of  the  characters  or  symbols  was  to  be  strictly  ideographical, 
"  taking  the  symbols  in  their  arrangement,  according  to  the 
rank  they  hold  in  natural  and  other  sciences,  as  the  human  form, 
limbs,  animals,  inanimate  objects,  etc."  At  the  end  of  the 
Dictionary  Birch  intended  to  give  "all  the  symbols  in  a  similar 
classification,  and  in  a  tabular  view,"  and  this  section  was  to 
form  the  key  to  the  whole  work.  With  the  view  of  illustrating 
the  way  in  which  he  intended  his  Dictionary  to  be  used,  he  says, 
"  Suppose,  for  example,  it  were  required  to  find  the  meaning 
of  a  group  beginning  with  a  human  eye  [-«s>-] — as  the  eye  is  a 
component  part  of  the  human  body,  it  will  be  found  in  that 
division  in  the  table,  and  there  will  be  affixed  to  the  depicted  eye, 
v[ide  Nos]  13-43."  In  this  group  of  words  will  be  found  all  those 
words  in  which  an  eye  [-=2^]  is  the  first  character  ;  and  the  eye 
generally  represents  a  vowel.  These  remarks  will  be  clear  to  the 
reader  after  examining  the  two  pages  from  Birch's  "  Sketch  of 
a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary,"  which  are  reproduced  on  pp.  xviii 


Introduction.  xxi 

and  xix.    The  twelve-paged  specimen  which  he  published  only 

illustrates   the    plan  and    arrangement  of    what  he  called    the 

"  Phonetic  Division"  of   his  Dictionary,  and   it   is  much  to  be 

regretted  that  he  did  not  issue  specimens  of  the  other  Divisions. 

The  above  extracts  from  Birch's  Preface  and  the  specimen  pages  First 

which  are  here  given  prove  beyond  all  doubt  that^  he  had  grasped  application  of 

the  importance  of  the  "  phonetic  principle  "  for  lexicographical  principle  to 

purposes,  and  that  he  was  the  first  to  apply  it  to  the  arrangement  ^.  Egyptian 

of  the  words  of  the  Egyptian  language.     He  says  that  he  borrowed 

[the  idea  of]  his  "  ideophonetic  arrangement  "  from  the  Chinese, 

a  statement  which  should  be  noted.     My  colleague,  Mr.  L.  Giles, 

the  Sinologist,  informs  me  that  though  the  Chinese  had  no  alphabet 

they  developed  a  phonetic  principle.     Some  eighty  per  cent,  of 

the  characters  of  the  language  are  made  up  of  two  parts,  one 

part  serving  as  a  phonetic  and  giving  a  clue  to  the  sound  of  the 

word,  and  the  other  as  a  "  classifier,"  which  gives  a  clue  as  to 

its  MEANING  ;i    the  "  classifiers  "^  are  in  number  about  214,  and  Classifiers  and 

the  phonetic  symbols  between  1,600  and  1,700.     In  the  case  of  determina- 

.  ■     .  tives. 

Egyptian  the  signs  which  are  now  called  "  determinatives  "  are 

the  equivalents  of  the  "  classifiers,"  and  the  alphabetic  characters 

are  the  equivalents  of  the  phonetic  symbols  in  Chinese  texts. 

Sad  to  relate.  Birch's  "  Sketch  "  did  not  meet  with  sufficient 

encouragement  to  induce  the  publisher  to  continue  the  publication 

of  the  "  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary,"  and  no  more  parts  appeared. 

ChAMPOLLION'S   "  DiCTIONNAIRE   ^GYPTIEN   EN   liCRITURE 
HiEROGLYPHIQUE." 

Nothing  more  was  done  in  the  field  of  Egyptian  lexicography  champoUion's 
until  1841,  when  the  "  Dictionnaire  Iigyptien  en  ecriture  hiero-  "  Dictionnaire 
glyphique  "  of  Champollion  appeared  at  Paris  under  the  careful 
editorship  of  ChampoUion-Figeac.  In  a  lengthy  "  Preface  "  the 
editor  describes  the  history  of  the  Dictionary  and  the  plan  on 
which  it  is  arranged,  and  the  untoward  events  which  delayed  its 
publication  ;  and  from  it  the  following  summary  has  been  made. 
Even  before  1822,  the  year  in  which  Champollion  published  his 

*  See  his  article  on  the  Chinese  Language  in  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica, 
last  edition. 

•  A  list  of  them  is  given  in  Dr.  J.  Marshman's  Elements  of  Chinese  Grammar. 
Serampore,  1814.  4to,  pp.  9-14.  The  "  phonetic  stage  "  in  Chinese  writing  is 
described  and  discussed  in  W.  Hillier,  The  Chinese  Language  and  how  to  learn  it, 
2nd  edit.,  London,  1910,  p.  3  ff. ;  and  in  Dr.  H.  Allen  Giles'  China  and  the  Chinese, 
New  York,  1902,  p.  29  ff.,  and  35. 

&3 


xxii  Introduction. 

Lettre  d  M.  Dacier^  relative  d  I'  Alphabet  des  Hieroglyphes  Phonetiques 

employes  par  les  ^gyptiens  pour  inscrire  sur  leurs  Monuments  les 

litres,  les  noms  et  les  surnoms  des  souverains  Grecs  el  Romains,  he 

had  made  one  list  containing  all  the  hieroglyphic  characters  he 

had  found,   and  another  list  containing  all  the  characters  the 

meaning   of   which   appeared   to   be   manifest.     He   wrote   each 

character  on   a  separate  card,   and  afterwards  tabulated  them 

systematically.     Already  in  1818-19  he  had  made  a  manuscript 

Champollion's  j^gt  of  hieroglvphic  words  entitled,  Premier  essai  d'un  Dictionnaire 

classification  o  j  r 

of  des  Hieroglyphes  Egyptiens,  adding  the  legend,  Davus  sum,  non 

hieroglyphic     (Edipus.     When  later  he  learned  to  distinguish  three  classes  of 
characters.  -^  ° . 

characters,  figurative,  symbolic  and  phonetic,  and  was  able  to 

prove  that  they  were  employed  simultaneously  in  the  texts  of 

all  periods,  he  began  to  compile  an  Egyptian  Dictionary.     He 

first  wrote  each  word  on  a  separate  slip  of  paper,  or  card,  and 

then  copied  each  on  to  a  separate  sheet  of  small  folio  paper, 

ruled  in  five  columns.     Col.  i  gave  the  character  in  outline  and 

its  hieratic  form.  Col.  2  its  name,  Col.  3  its  graphic  character 

(symbolic,  figurative  or  phonetic).  Col.  4  its  actual  meaning  or 

value,  and  Col.  5  a  reference  to  the  text  in  which  it  had  that 

value.     Thus  the  Dictionary  existed  in  duplicate,  in  slips  and 

Rosellini's        ^^   sheets,   and   it   had   assumed   very   large   proportions   before 

copy  of  Champollion  went   to   Egypt   in   i8s8.     At   this  time   Rosellini, 

Champollion's      .        ^  ,.       ,      ,   ^,  „.        ,  ,     r         ,       , 

Egyptian         who  was  a  great  friend  of  Champollion  long  before  he  became 

Dictionary.  his  fellow  traveller,  was  allowed  to  make  a  copy  of  the  Dictionary, 
presumably  for  his  own  use.  It  must  be  this  copy  which  he 
bequeathed  to  the  Biblioteca  dell'  Imperiale  e  Reale  Universita  of 
Pisa,  and  which  is  thus  described  in  the  Inventory  of  the  bequest 
by  Dr.  Giuseppe  Dei  :^  "  No.  4  casette,  divise  in  caselle  contenenti 
11  non  ultimato  ma  molto  avanzato  Dizionario  dei  Geroglifici, 
eseguito  in  parecchie  migliaia  di  cartelle  fatte  per  ordine  alfabetico 
pei  caratteri  fonetici,  e  metodico  per  i  figurativi  e  ideografici 
simbolici." 

When  Champollion  went  to  Egypt  he  took  with  him  both 
copies  of  his  Dictionary,  and  while  in  that  country  he  added  to 
both  very  considerably  ;  MM.  Salvador  Cherubini  and  Lenormant 
wrote  many  slips  for  him,  and  their  contributions  formed  part  of 
the  original  manuscript.  On  his  return  from  Egypt  he  con- 
tinued his  labours  on  the  Dictionary  and  added  largely  to  it. 

'  Bom  1742,  died  1833.     He  was  the  Permanent  Secretary  to  the  Academic 
des  Inscriptions  et  Belles  Lettrcs,  and  was  well  known  as  a  classic  and  historian. 
•  Biographia  del  Cav.  Prof.  IppoUto  Rosellini.    IHorence,  1843,  p.  15. 


Introduction.  xxiii 

ChampoUion  died  on   March  4th,   1832,   and  when  his  brother  Disapearance 
wished  to  take  steps  to  pubhsh  the  Dictionary  he  found  that  as  of  portions  of 
a  result  of  "  funestes  conseils  des  plus  funestes  passions,"  one  mss. 
half  of  each  copy  of  the  Dictionnaire  had  been  carried  off,  but 
by  whom  Champollion-Figeac  does  not  say  in  his  edition  of  the 
Dictionnaire.     All  that  he  says  on  the  subject  there  is  that  in 
spite  of  all  opposition  he  succeeded  in  1840  in  regaining  pos-  -j-j^eji- 
session  of  329  folios  of  the  copy  of  the  Dictionnaire,  which  was  recovery  by 
written  out  fairly  on  sheets  of  paper,  and  a  large  number  of  the  pige'ac^in"'^ 
slips  belonging  to  the  copy,  which  was  kept  purposely  in  slip  1840. 
form.     And  that  having  these  in  his  hands  he  felt  justified  in 
thinking  that  he  was  in  possession  of  both  manuscript  copies 
of  the  Dictionnaire  in  a  nearly  complete  state.     In  a  footnote 
he  refers  to  a  pamphlet  in  which  he  tell  us  how  he  regained 
possession   of  the   parts   of   the   two   manuscript   copies   of   the 
Dictionnaire   which   had    disappeared,    and    as    the   pamphlet    is 
now  very  rare,  and  his  story  is  not  generally  known,  I  summarise 
it  here. 

ChampoUion-Figeac's  pamphlet  is  entitled.  Notice  sur  les 
Manuscrits  Autographes  de  ChampoUion  le  Jeune  perdus  en  I'Annce 
1832,  et  retrouves  en  1840.  Paris,  March,  1842.  He  says  that 
when  in  April,  1832,  he  set  to  work  to  arrange  his  brother's  literary- 
effects  with  the  view  of  offering  the  MSS.  to  the  Government,  portions  of 

he  found  at  once  that  several  of  the  most  important  of  them  were  Champollion's 

.     .  TT       ,  1    1  •         ir  ,  If  1  •  •  •       manuscnpts 

missmg.     He  devoted  himself  to  the  task  of  makmg  enquiries  hissing. 

for  them  among  his  brother's  friends,  but  they  could  give  him 
no  information  about  them,   and  the  only  result  of  his  labour 
was  to  make  widely  known   the  fact  that  they  were  lost.     The 
savants  of  the  day,  remembering  how  freely  ChampoUion  lent  his 
writings  to  his  intimate  friends,  hoped  that  they  were  not  lost 
but  only  mislaid  by  some  friend  who  had  forgotten  all  about  them. 
A  year  passed,  and  nothing  was  heard  of  the  lost  manuscripts. 
Meanwhile  Champollion-Figeac  began  to  suspect  that  one  of  his  champollion- 
brother's  friends,  a  man  who  was  peculiarly  indebted  to  him,  had  Figcac's 
them  in  his  possession.     This  friend  was  a  young  ItaUan  called  g^n^g 
Salvolini,  a  native  of  Faenza,  who  came  to  Paris  to  study  Egyp- 
tology in  1 83 1,  and  who  became  a  close  friend  of  ChampoUion  and 
his  family.     ChampoUion-Figeac's  suspicions  were  aroused  by  the  suspicion  falls 
fact  that  a  few  months  after  the  death  of  his  brother,  Salvolini  on  Salvolini. 
sent  him  a  prospectus  of  a  work  on  the  inscriptions  on  the  Rosetta 
Stone,  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  etc.,  which  he  intended  to  publish 
in  three   volumes  quarto.     That  a  young  man,  22  years  of  age, 

M 


xxiv  Introduction. 

who  had  only  studied  Egyptian  for  a  year  could  produce  an 
elaborate   work   on   difficult   Egyptian   texts   in   three   volumes 
quarto  was  absurd  on  the  face  of  it,  and  as  Champollion-Figeac 
knew  that  his  brother  had  written  monographs  on  the  very  texts 
that  were  mentioned  in  the  prospectus,  he  came  to  the  conclusion 
that   Salvolini   had   stolen   the   missing   manuscripts.     This   was 
Effrontery  of    quite  possible,  for  Salvolini  had  had  free  access  to  the  study  of 
Salvolini.         ChampoUion,   and  was  constantly  in  his  house  during  his  last 
illness.     In  August,  1833,  at  a  public  meeting  of  the  Academic 
des  Inscriptions  Silvestre  de  Sacy  solemnly  called  upon  the  man 
or  men  who   had   the  missing  manuscripts  in   their  possession 
to  restore  them  to  their  author's  family,  and  Salvolini  had  the 
audacity  to  join  him  in  mourning  the  loss  of  them,  and  with  tears 
in  his  eyes  he  implored  the  man  who  had  them  to  give  them  up. 
And  at  that  moment  he  was  announcing  the  publication  of  them 
under  his  own  name  !     Still  nothing  was  heard  of  the  missing 
Salvolini's        manuscripts.     In  February,  1838,  Salvolini  died,  aged  28.     Cham- 
pubhcations—  poUion-Figeac  tried  to  find  out  what  papers  he  had  left  behind, 
and  was  told  that  they  had  been  claimed  by  a  foreign  messenger, 
and  that  they  had  been  sent  beyond  the  Alps.     As  a  matter  of 
fact,  they  had  never  left  Paris,  where  they  remained  forgotten 
in  some  rooms.     When  Salvolini  died  his  relatives  commissioned 
Verardi  the      an  artist,  Luigi  Verardi,  to  wind  up  his  affairs,  and  when  this 
artist  offers      gentleman  examined  the  effects  the  manuscripts  on  which  was 
MSS.  to  inscribed  the  name  of  Francois  Salvolini  seemed  to  be  the  most 

Lenormant.      valuable  parts  of  them.     Verardi  really  believed  that  the  manu- 
scripts were  the  work  of  Salvolini,  and  wishing  to  do  the  best  he 
could  for  his  friend's  family,  tried  to  sell  them,  but  no  one  would 
buy  them.     Finally,  not  knowing  what  else  to  do  with  the  manu- 
scripts, he  wished  to  show  them  to  Charles  Lenormant,  the  friend 
and  fellow  traveller  of  ChampoUion,  and  to  take  his  advice  on 
the  subject.     At  first  Lenormant  refused  to  look  at  them,  but 
after  a  time,  to  oblige  his  friend  Verardi,  he  agreed  to  do  so. 
Lenormant       As  soon  as  Lenormant  began  to  turn  over  the  leaves  of  the  bundles 
recognises  the  of  manuscripts  which  bore  on  them  Salvolini's  name,  he  recognised 
MSS.  stolen      ^^  once  two  of  the  works  of  ChampoUion,  the  loss  of  which  had 
by  Salvolini.     been  publicly  deplored  by  Silvestre  de  Sacy  at  the  meeting  of 
the  Academic  mentioned  above.     There  was  no  longer  any  doubt 
about  the  matter.     Salvolini  had  stolen  the  manuscripts  of  his 
friend  and  master,  and  as  he  made  no  response  to  de  Sacy's  appeal 
for  their  restoration,  it  was  quite  clear  that  he  had  intended  to 
keep  them.     With  the  manuscripts  of  ChampoUion  were  several 


Introduction.  xxv 

papers  that  were  the  work  of  Salvolini,  but  when  Lenormant 

showed  Verardi  a  whole  volume  which  ChampoUion  had  written 

in  French  with  his  own  hand,  and  pointed  out  to  him  the  title, 

"  Storia  d'Egitto  par  F.  Salvolini,"  which  Salvolini  had  written 

on   the   title   sheet,   Verardi  was  convinced   that  he  had  been 

deceived  by  his  dead  friend.     He  realised  quickly  that   Cham- 

poUion's  manuscripts  must  be  given  up  to  his  heirs,  and  showed 

himself   amenable   to   Lenormant's   representations.     Lenormant  Lenormant 

aerreed  to  eive  him  600  francs  for  the  documents,  and  with  this  purchases  the 

Mill  T  MSS.  from 

sum  Salvolmi  s  family  had  to  be  content.  Lenormant  took  Verardi. 
possession  of  all  Champollion's  stolen  manuscripts,  and  handed 
them  over  to  the  Government,  who,  by  a  special  resolution  passed 
on  the  24th  of  April,  1833,  had  ordered  their  acqusition  in  the 
interests  of  science.  Salvolini  published  the  first  volume  of  the 
"  Analyse  Grammaticale  "  in  1836  ;  the  second  and  third  volumes 
did  not  appear.  His  papers  fill  five  volumes.  See  Catalogue 
des  Papyrus  ligyptiens  de  la  Bibliotheque  Nationale,  Paris,  No. 
331,  MS.  4to.  See  also  the  two  letters  to  M.  C.  Gazzera  in  Des 
principales  expressions  qui  servant  a  la  Notation  des  Dates  sur  les 
Monuments  de  I'Ancienne  £gypte.     Paris,  1832-3.     8vo. 

Champollion's  manuscripts,  however,  needed  a  great  deal  of 
alteration  and  arrangement  before  they  could  be  printed.     And 
their  editor  describes  in  detail  how  he  was  himself  obliged  to  make 
a  copy  of  the  Dictionary  in  which  he  incorporated  the  contents 
of  both  the  slips  and  the  folios,  as  well  as  very  many  important 
particulars   from  his   brother's   Grammaire   ^gyptienne.     Having  Champollion- 
written  out  all  his  material,  he  had  to  decide  how  to  arrange  h/f  brother^s 
the  words.     This  was  no  easy  matter,  and  finally  he  adopted  MSS. 
the  system  which  was  foreshadowed  in  his  brother's  "  Memoire 
sur  r^criture  Hieratique,"  and  was  printed  in  1821.     At  that 
time  ChampoUion  was  endeavouring  to  classify  and  arrange  the 
Egyptian  hieroglyphs,   and   found  great  difficulty   in  doing  so. 
He  believed  that  the  ancient   Egyptians  must  have  had  some 
system  of  arrangement  for  them,  though  he  had  no  support  for 
this  view,  and  no  evidence  on  the  subject  was  forthcoming  from 
native  sources,   and  none  from  the  works  of  classical  writers. 
Finally  he  adopted  a  "  methodical,  or  so  to  say,  natural  classi-  Champollion's 
fication,"  that  is,  he  grouped  into  sections  the  figures  of  men,  cial^[fi  atio 
human  members,  animals,  birds,  fish,  reptiles,  plants,  etc.     This  of  hieroglyphs 
method  was   a  modification   of  the   system   of  arrangement   of  c^p^^f^,""  *^^ 
words  in  their  Vocabularies  by  the  Copts,  for  ChampoUion  argued  "Scala." 
that  if  the  Copts,  who  are  racially  the  descendants  of  the  ancient 


XXVI 


Introduction. 


^^ 


:>  5 


ouheHhh^JTy-wxi- 


o   o 


■«-•   "^   o    o 


(1=^  |c^D  at]  !  ^U-^-v  1\XS5:  =  ^^ 


O    JO 


U(S 


if 


I! 


4 

V  t|  IJ  V  V  '^-^  \^  X 


ti:       5 


«    V 


6\ 


\ 


<0  s<      PM 


m 


F< 


-^    o 


1   o 


,e^ 


^g 


f-   |-<^ 


E*^  flt  °'^^  d"^  "^  1^ 


•K     * 


V        »;fri        >S^»s<^         o^^^         ^'^        ^'S 


SI    u 


o  >5 


"  g. 


g  2 

B 


15   o 


s 


Introduction.  xxvii 

Egyptians,  and  whose  language  is  substantially  the  same  as  that 
of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  arranged  their  Vocabularies  in  this  way, 
they  must  be  reproducing  a  system  that  had  been  in  use  among 
their  remote  ancestors  thousands  of  years  earlier.  ChampoUion- 
Figeac  accepted  his  brother's  arguments,  and  arranged  the  words 
of  the  Dictionary  according  to  the  order  of  the  Sign-list  composed 
by  him,  and  printed  in  his  earlier  work. 

The  following  paragraph  will  explain  the  general  system  of  The  Coptic 
arranging  words  in  a  Coptic  Vocabulary,  the  common  native  names 
for  which  are  xxotKi  or  juloki,  and  (fkocT  or  (5'Xoo(re ,  i.e.  Scala, 
"  steps  "  or  "  stair."  A  typical  example  of  such  a  Scala  is  given 
in  the  bilingual  Coptic  and  Arabic  MS.  in  Brit.  Mus.  Orient  1325, 
fol.  90  ff,^  where  we  find  the  Scala  Magna  (Copt,  "f  nioj-f  XjC  juloki, 

Arab.  ^^\  ^)   of  Ibn   Kabr.^     It  is  divided  into  ten  Gates  or  The  Ten  Gates 

'       '     ^ ^  .  ,  of  the 

Doors     (90=*^),    and    each   gate    contams    several   Chapters  "  scala." 

(Kec^A-Xeon) .  The  First  Gate  (fol.  90A)  contains  four  Chapters. 
The  First  Chapter  gives  the  names  of  the  Creator,  nipi.rt  itxe 
npeqcaortx,  the  names  of  the  Son  from  the  Holy  Scriptures,  and 
the  names  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  The  Second  Chapter  gives  the 
names  of  the  world  which  is  above,  nKocJUioc  eTc^.  nojtwi,  and 
of  its  orders  and  ranks,  iteju.  iteqTA-Xic  rteju.  neqxi-VJULA..  The 
Third  Chapter  gives  the  names  of  the  Firmament,  and  its  towers, 
and  its  stars,  n\cxepi.tJOJU.i,  rteJUL  neqmrproc  neju  ixeqeoo^cy, 
and  towers  of  the  second  station  and  the  stations  of  the  moon, 
rtmirproc  JuuuLi-g^i  S  itiJutortH  Hxe  "f  Axexiog,.  The  Fourth 
Chapter  deals  with  the  world  as  it  exists  and  its  physical  con- 
stitution and  its  Elements,  niKocjU-oc  ex  cyon  itext  iteq4)-Kcic 
nexjL  rteqcxoixJort..  The  Second  Gate  (fol.  97 a)  contains  seven  Summary  of 
Chapters,  and  deals  with  men,  their  worship,  their  qualities,  their  contents, 
occupations,  grades,  clothing,  etc.  Then  follows  a  series  of 
Chapters  giving  the  names  of  beasts  and  animals  (fol.  ii8a), 
birds  (fol.  119A),  the  monsters  and  fish  of  the  sea  (fol.  120A), 
trees  and  fruits  (fol.  121A),  scents  and  unguents  (fol.  122A), 
seeds  and  grain  (fol.  125A),  precious  metals,  stones,  etc.  (fol.  127A), 
colours,  names  of  countries  (fol.  128A),  rivers  (130A),  churches 
(Gate  Vn,  fol.  130B),  persons  mentioned  in  Holy  Scripture  (fol. 
132 a),  foreign  words  in  Holy  Scripture  (Gate  IX,  fol.  135B), 
miscellaneous  series  of  words  (Gate  X,  fol.  138B). 

'  For  a  full  description  of  the  MS.  see  Rieu,  Catalogue  of  Arabic  MSS., 
Supplement,  No.  47,  and  Cram,  Catalogue  of  the  Coptic  Manuscripts  in  the  British 
Museum,  No.  920. 

"  See  also  Kircher,  Lingua  Mgyptiaca  restituta,  p.  41. 


xxviii  Introduction. 

oQ)  _ 

27.  tXJ  I  ^  >  (foi^uxxJSAJL^  Iwuvu'-AJ;^  a*^xtAuU6l\A/C      Li/  W(^  Ajv^/.aa^s.x^'U 
'  P^    '    /"w^v^i^  Aire  ,'X«Ji>)^'^(!>fci/^  ^ayivcT    iy   h* 

Ir'W      I*     "^    >»-— .^_/    ii/J    0 lAvX' luxlvw,*/)     /5vwf  -Jt^/ •tiAi^.  /  C35Mc/v.ytciw'J'CU««»•-• 


-'^tx^'iStej.    To' «i»*4w*v«' j  AS^L  .^  4:aH' ,  v'vO 
A  page  of  ChampoUion's  Dictionnaire  Agyptien.     Paris,  1842. 


Introduction.  xxix 

i®.  ^.    -^  ^ 

^     I        /VVVW\  . 

I        g'^n  )  «^  JUvy»v^  VOL,  Vtvt^Avv    Oe^  -SviV.  G.  I'i^S 

vO  S  ,  ITATTe  /"oOTIT-j  ,  W/  AVulWvUJr  ;  <?•  i-ii* . 

^  Q/Vv^w  ^  III  oJ=^v^n-<iTTfc  fi    gAnu.i.TOI  J1Avx)tx><«-      £</'  J-jcP   D«^ 

/VVVVC-'  C/VjeVi-lAVU-^  CtM/vux--'. 

A  page  of  Champollion's  Diciionnaire  itgyptien.     Paris,  1842. 


XXX 


Introduction. 


ChampoUion- 
Figeac 
accepts  the 
arrangement 
of  the 
"  Scala." 


He  rejects 
the  Chinese 
arrangement 
of  characters. 


He  discusses 
Birch's  plan 
and  rejects  it 


Such  was  the  arrangement  of  words  in  the  model  which 
ChampoUion-Figeac  took  as  a  guide  for  the  arrangement  of  words 
in  his  brother's  Egyptian  Dictionary,  and  he  asks  the  question 
"  L'experience  ou  le  raisonnement  indiquaient  ils  une  autre 
ra6thode  ?  "  Experience,  he  says,  suggests  a  single  example  only, 
namely  the  Chinese,  but  having  described  at  some  length  the 
differences  that  exist  between  the  Chinese  and  Egyptian  languages, 
he  decides  that  even  if  analogies  and  a  similitude  between  these 
two  languages  did  exist  originally  they  do  so  no  longer.  The 
Chinese  Dictionary  must  not  be  employed  as  the  model  for  a 
Hieroglyphic  Dictionary,  only  the  Coptic  Scala  is  any  use  for  this 
purpose.  Champollion-Figeac  then  goes  on  to  mention  that 
another  system  has  been  proposed  and  even  tried,  namely  that 
advocated  by  Samuel  Birch  in  his  "  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical 
Dictionary."  Having  examined  the  Preface  to  this  work  he 
says,  "  Though  the  specimen,  which  I  owe  to  the  courtesy  of  Mr. 
Birch,  is  brief,  it  seems  to  me  to  be  sufficient  to  make  clear  the 
defect  in  the  general  plan  adopted  by  this  scholar.  The  phonetic 
characters  are  divided  into  vowel  characters  and  consonantal 
characters  ;  the  symbolic  or  ideographic  characters  are  separated 
and  form  a  section  by  themselves.  He  who  would  search  for 
the  value  of  one  of  the  eight  hundred  Egyptian  characters  would 
then  be  obliged  to  know  first  of  all  whether  it  is  a  symbolic  or 
phonetic  character,  and  when  the  character  forms  one  of  this 
second  series,  to  know  also  whether  its  value  is  that  of  a  vowel 
or  a  consonant,  that  is  to  say,  to  know  beforehand  all  that  he 
seeks  to  learn  in  the  Dictionary.  The  general  table  proposed  by 
Mr.  Birch  will  undoubtedly  facilitate  his  searchings,  but  would  it 
not  be  more  advantageous  to  spare  students  (i)  the  labour  of 
searching  ;  (2)  the  trouble  of  finding  the  human  eye  belonging  to 
the  vowel  i,  the  arms  belonging  to  the  vowel  A,  the  leg  belonging 
to  the  consonant  B,  the  two  arms  raised  belonging  to  the  con- 
sonant K,  the  hand  belonging  to  the  consonant  T,  the  mouth 
belonging  to  the  consonant  R,  the  head  full-faced  belonging  to  the 
aspirated  consonant  g, ;  and  (3)  the  inextricable  confusion  of 
forms  and  expressions  that  results  from  the  mixing-up  of  the 
members  of  the  human  body  with  quadrupeds,  and  fish  and  flowers  ? 
On  the  other  hand,  would  not  all  the  analogous  characters  which 
the  natural  or  rational  system  would  write  in  the  same  series,  or 
the  members  of  the  human  body,  or  animals,  or  vegetables,  placed 
together  and  each  species  grouped  m  a  single  chapter,  characterise 
more  clearly  a  system  which  is  truly  natural  and,  in  consequence. 


Introduction.  xxxi 

preferable  to  any  other  ?     This  is  the  actual  system  which  was  He  pleads 
adopted  by  the  author  of  our  Dictionnaire  Hieroglyphique,  and  for  Birch's 

1  1  TIT       T-.-     1         -11         ,     1  •/    1  •     suffrage  for 

it  IS  necessary  to  hope  that  Mr.  Birch  will  not  deny  to  it  his  ^jg  brother's 
suffrage  .1     ...     In     the     general     order     of     the     divisions  system, 
[of  the  Dictionnaire]  the  characters  are  placed  according  to  the 
order  of  merit  of  the  object  which  they  represent  ;    heaven  before 
the  stars  which  appear  therein  ;     man  before  all  other  animated 
creatures  ;    the  products  of  the  divine  creation  before  the  products 
of  human  invention  ;     plants  before  objects  of  art  and  fantastic 
emblems.     Finally,  the  whole  before  its  parts,  and  these  even  in  champoUion- 
a  certain  order  of  relative  pre-eminence,  which  is  regulated  by  Figeac 

describes  his 
the    customs    or    opinions    of    the    world.     .     .     .     Each    hiero-  « natural  and 

glyphic  character  is  followed  by  the  groups  of  which  it  is  the  rational " 
primitive  character,  the  key-character,  and  in  the  arrangement 
of  these  groups,  the  order  of  priority  adopted  for  the  general 
classification  of  the  characters  has  been  followed.  .  .  .  More- 
over, this  order  for  the  second  character  is  followed  equally  for 
the  third,  the  fourth,  etc.,  just  as  is  done  for  the  second,  third 
and  fourth  letter  of  the  words  of  our  dictionaries  arranged  in  the 
order  of  the  alphabet."^ 

However  "  natural  "  and  "  rational  "  this  system  may  have 
been  from  Champollion's  point  of  view,  there  is  no  doubt   that 
the  beginner    and  student  with  only   a   limited    knowledge  of  The  "natural 
hieroglyphs  would  find  it  very  difficult  ^o  get  from  his  Dictionary  s^s'jjj^  ^"^  " 
much  help  in  reading  even  an  ordinary  historical  inscription,  or  arrangement 
a  formula  from  the  Book  of  the  Dead.     This  will  be  apparent  to  °eec5S^{fP^^ 
the  reader  if  he  will  examine  the  extract  from  it  which  is  printed  contemporary 
on  pp.  xxviii,  xxix,  even  after  making  due  allowance  for  the  im-  Egyptologists, 
perfect  knowledge  of  the  interpretation  of  hieroglyphs  which  Egyp- 
tologists possessed  in  1832.     At  all  events  Champollion's  system  was 
not  adopted  by  the  Egyptologists  of  the  day,  though  all  admitted 
his  Dictionnaire  to  be  a  fine  monument  of  research  and  learning. 

In  the  Preface  to  his  "  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary," 
Birch  stated  that  he  did  not  intend  to  proceed  with  the  publica- 
tion of  his  work  until  the  second  part  of  Champollion's  Grammaire 
^gyptienne   had   appeared.     This   decision   is   easily   understood 
and  it  is  only  natural  that  he  should  wait  to  see  what  further 
details  of  ChampoUion's  incomplete  works  might  be  contained  ^\^^-^  f^^^jg 
in    manuscripts    which    Champollion-Figeac    was    publishing    as  the "  natural 
fast  as  possible.     The  last  fascicule  of  the  Grammaire  i^gyptienne  ^"t/^ '°" 
appeared  in   1841,   and  Champollion's   Dictionnaire  £gyptien  in  unpractical. 

'  Preface  of  Champollion-Figeac,  pp.  xxviii  and  xxix.  '  Ibid.,  p.  xxxii. 


xxxu 


Introduction. 


He  finally 
adopts  a 
phonetic 
alphabetic 
arrangement 
and  rejects 
his  own 
ideophonetic 
system. 

Birch, 

Leemans  and 
Lepsius  begin 
to  publish  the 
Egyptian 
texts. 


The  Leyden 
Papyri. 


The  Turin 
Book  of 
the  Dead. 


1842,  and  Birch  and  his  great  contemporary  Lepsius  spent  some 
years  in  digesting  these  works.  Birch  told  me  more  than  forty 
years  ago  that  the  more  he  studied  the  monuments,  and  the  more 
he  copied  hieroglyphic  and  hieratic  papyri,  the  more  he  became 
convinced  that  ChampoUion's  "  natural  and  rational "  system 
of  arranging  words  in  the  Egyptian  Dictionary  was  hopelessly 
unpractical.  He  had  profound  respect  for  ChampoUion's  learning 
and  ability,  but  he  could  not  give  his  "  suffrage  "  to  the  Diction- 
naire  as  ChampoUion-Figeac  hoped  he  would.  In  the  end  he  decided 
once  and  for  all  that  in  continuing  his  lexicographical  labours  he 
must  adopt  a  purely  phonetic,  i.e.,  alphabetic  arrangement,  even 
though  it  implied  the  rejection  of  the  "  ideophonetic  "  arrangement 
which  he  himself  had  proposed  in  1838.  Moreover,  his  own 
study  of  the  Sallier  and  Anastasi  Papyri,  which  the  British  Museum 
acquired  about  that  time,  convinced  him  of  the  fact  that  the  time 
for  the  publication  of  a  really  useful  Egyptian  Dictionary  had  not 
yet  come.  Material  out  of  which  a  dictionary  might  be  compiled 
existed  in  abundance,  but  it  was  unpublished.  What  was  most 
wanted  was  good  copies  of  texts  on  which  scholars  in  every  country 
could  work,  and  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  rendered 
Egyptology  great  service  when  they  published  the  wonderfully 
good  copies  of  the  Sallier  and  Anastasi  Papyri,  made  by  Mr.  Nether- 
clift  under  the  superintendence  of  Birch.^  Dr.  Leemans  urged  the 
Government  of  the  Netherlands  to  publish  the  monuments  and 
papyri  at  Leyden,  and  they  wisely  did  so,^  and  Lepsius  put  an 
end  to  vague  talk  about  the  Book  of  the  Dead  when  he  published 
a  facsimile  of  the  famous  Turin  Codex,  containing  the  Saite 
Recension  of  this  important  work.  Further,  the  last-named 
scholar,  having  persuaded  the  Prussian  Government  of  the 
importance  of  collecting  the 
Egypt,  was  despatched  to  that 
the  work,  and  so  was  able 
Egyptologists     throughout     the 


fast-perishing     inscriptions     m 

country  in    1842    to   carry  out 

to    place    at    the     disposal    of 

world     his    great    Corpus     of 


The 

"Denkmaler. 


Egyptian  texts  and  papyri,  Nubian  inscriptions,  etc.,  called  the 
"  Denkmaler."3 


'  ( i)  Papyri  in  Hieroglyphic  and  Hieratic  Characters,  etc. ,  in  the  British  Museum. 
London,  1844,  fol. ;  (2)  Select  Papyri  in  tite  Hieratic  Character  with  prefatory 
remarks  [by  S.  Birch].  London,  1844,  fol.  A  mass  of  valuable  material  was 
published  by  Sharpe  in  his  Egyptian  Inscriptions  from  the  British  Museum  and 
other  sources.     London,  1837-41. 

«  Monuments  Agyptiens  du  Musee  d'Antiquites  des  Pays-Bas  <J  Leide  [Parts 
I  and  2  contain  facsimiles  of  Monuments  and  Papyri].      Leyden,  1841-2. 

•  Denkmaler  aus  Aegypten  und  Aethiopien,  12  Bande,  large  foho,  1849-59. 


Introduction.  xxxiii 

Birch's  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics. 
Birch's  decision  to  adopt  a  purely  alphabetic  arrangement  in 
his  Egyptian  Dictionary  was  induced  largely  by  the  results  of  the 
careful  study  of  the  alphabetic  hieroglyphs  which  Edward  Hincks 
carried   out   after   the   appearance  of  ChampoUion's  Dictionnaire 
Egyptien.      Whilst  making  this  study  he  was  in  frequent  com-  Hincks's 
munication  with  Birch,  who  was  greatly  impressed  with  his  clear-  researches, 
ness   of   thought   and   the   ease   with   which   he   recognised   the 
difficulties  of  the  problem,  and  found  their  true  solution.     Birch 
was  at  that  time  engaged  in  preparing  a  list  of  Egyptian  characters^ 
for  the  first  volume  of    Bunsen's  "Aegyptens  Stelle,"  and  the 
matter  for  the  last  three  Sections  in  it,^  and,  judging  from  Bunsen's 
remark,^  Birch's  official  duties  left  him  very  little  leisure  for  the 
compilation  of  his  Dictionary.     Hincks  published  the  results  of 
his  investigation  in  1847,*  and  in  that  year  Birch,  as  he  himself  Birch  begins 

,  •  1         1  •         r        1  •      X-  •         XA  •     •  to  wnte  his 

told  me,  began  to  write   the  slips  tor  his  Egyptian  Dictionary,  Dictionary  of 

and   to   arrange   them    alphabetically   in   boxes.     The   work   of  Hieroglyphics, 
publishing  and  reading  new  texts  occupied  him  for  several  years, 
but  at  length  the  large  mass  of  material  which  he  had  collected 
justified  him  in  considering  the  publication  of  his  work.     There- 
upon arose  the  two  difficult  questions  :   Was  the  Dictionary  to  be 
printed  or  lithographed  ?     Who  would  undertake  the  expense  of 
publication  ?     To  print  it  was  impossible,  for  there  was  no  fount 
of  Egyptian  type  in  existence.     It  might,   of  course,  be  litho- 
graphed,  but   that  pre-supposed  the  writing  out  of  the  whole 
Dictionary  on  transfer  paper  by  Birch  himself,  a  work  that  would 
require  a  vast  amount   of  time  and  labour.     As  no  immediate  Typographical 
solution   of  the   difficulty   seemed  possible,    Birch  continued   to    '   ^^  ^^^' 
write  slips  and  revise  his  manuscript. 

Meanwhile   Bunscn  had  published  further  additions  to  his 
voluminous    "Historical    Investigation    into    Egypt's    Place     in 

'  This  list  contained  about  830  characters,  and  was  printed  on  eight  plates 
in  the  first  volume  of  Bunsen's  work  (Hamburg  and  Gotha,  1845.    8vo). 

2  Bunsen  thanks  his  friends  for  their  help  (Vorrede,  p.  xxvi,  Vol.  I)  "  und 
Samuel  Birch  am  Britischen  Museum  (in  welchem  ein  grosser  Theil  der  drei 
Ictzten  Abschnitte  des  ersten  Buches  geschrieben  ist),  sageu  wir  Dank  mit 
freudigen  Wiinschen." 

^  Ein  voUstandiges  Worterbuch  des  Hieroglyphenschatzes,  mit  alien  Maiinig- 
faltigkeiten  der  Darstellung  und  mit  Anfiihrung  des  Textes  der  entscheidenden 
StcUen,  darf  die  gelehrte  Welt  von  Herr  Birch  erwarten,  sobald  seine  amthchen 
Beschaftigungen  ihm  die  Musse  dazu  gewahren  (Vol.  I,  p.  646). 

»  See  his  paper,  An  attempt  to  ascertain  the  number,  names  and  powers  of  the 
letters  of  the  Hieroglyphic  ancient  Egyptian  Alphabet,  grounded  on  the  establishment 
of  a  new  principle  in  the  use  of  phonetic  characters  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal 
Irish  Academy.    Dublin,  1847.    4to. 

C 


XXXIV 


Introduction. 


An  English 
edition  of 
Bunsen's 
"  Aegyptcns 
Stelle"  called 
for. 


A  fount  of 
hieroglyphic 
type  cast  in 
London. 


Birch  edits 
the  fifth 
volume  of 
Bunsen's 
work. 


Universal  History,"  which  excited  general  interest  not  only  on  the 
Continent,  but  in  England,  and  an  English  edition  was  called  for. 
Negotiations  with  Messrs.  Longman  were  entered  into,  presumably 
by  Bunsen  himself,  and  the  outcome  of  them  was  that,  at  a  very 
heavy  cost,  they  undertook  to  cast  a  fount  of  hieroglyphic  type 
in  order  to  print  Birch's  Egyptian  Sign-List,  Grammar,  Dictionary 
and  Chrestomathy  as  essential  portions  of  the  English  edition 
of  the  first  and  fifth  volumes  of  Bunsen's  work.^  Thus  a  firm  of 
publishers  undertook  to  perform,  at  their  own  private  expense, 
a  task  which  abroad  would  have  been  heavily  subsidised  by  the 
Government.  The  designs  for  the  bold,  handsome  type  (see  a  speci- 
men page  of  the  Dictionary  on  p.  xxxvii)  were  drawn  by  Mr.  Joseph 
Bonomi,  the  matrices  were  cut  by  Mr.  L.  Martin,  and  the  casting 
was  carried  out  by  Mr.  Branston,  all  under  Birch's  direction. 
When  the  printing  of  Birch's  Egyptian  Dictionary  began  I  have 
been  unable  to  find  out,  but  I  remember  his  saying  that  it  took 
nearly  three  years  to  pass  the  sheets  through  the  press,  even  after 
the  greater  number  of  the  types  were  cast  and  ready  for  use. 
The  English  translation  of  the  fifth  volume  of  "  Egypt's  Place 
in  Universal  History  "  appeared  in  the  first  half  of  the  year  1867, 
and  the  official  date  stamp  of  the  copy  in  the  British  Museum 
reads  "  11  Ju[ly]  67."  It  was  seen  through  the  press  by  Birch 
after  the  death  of  Bunsen  and  Cottrell,  the  English  translator, 
and  in  the  Preface  Birch  says  that  "  a  few  words  are  required  to 
indicate  the  additional  labours  which  have  been  bestowed  upon 
it,  and  the  introduction  of  certain  portions  which  are  not  to  be 
found  in  the  German  Edition."  The  first  122  pages  were  revised 
by  Bunsen,  who  was  enabled  to  use  the  English  translation  of  the 
Turin  Codex  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead  which  Birch  had  made  and 
placed  in  his  hands.  The  Hieroglyphic  Grammar,  Chrestomathy 
and  Dictionary,  which  according  to  the  original  plan  of  the  work 

'  Writing  at  Highwood  on  September  27th,  1847,  Bunsen  says  in  the 
Postscript  to  the  first  Enghsh  edition  of  Vol.  I,  "  This  English  edition  owes  many 
valuable  remarks  and  additions  to  my  learned  friend,  Mr.  Samuel  Birch,  par- 
ticularly in  the  grammatical,  lexicographic,  and  mythological  part.  That  I 
have  been  able  to  make  out  of  the  collection  of  Egyptian  roots,  printed  in  the 
German  edition,  a  complete  hieroglyphical  dictionary,  is  owing  to  him.  To  him 
also  belong  the  references  to  the  monumental  evidence  for  the  signification  of  an 
Egyptian  word,  wherever  the  proof  exhibited  in  Champollion's  dictionary  or 
grammar  is  not  clear  or  satisfactory.  Without  any  addition  to  the  bulk  of  the 
volume,  and  without  any  incumbrance  to  the  text,  the  work  may  now  be  said  to 
contain  the  only  complete  Egyptian  grammar  and  dictionary,  as  well  as  the  only 
existing  collection  and  interpretation  of  all  the  hieroglyphical  signs  ;  in  short, 
all  that  a  general  scholar  wants  to  make  himself  master  of  the  hieroglyphic  system 
by  studying  the  monuments." 


Introduction.  xxxv 

were  to  form  parts  of  the  fifth  volume,  were  not  completed  when 
Bunsen  died  on  November  28th,  i860.     The  unfinished  translation 
of  the  comparative  vocabularies  was  completed  by  Birch  and 
Dr.  Rieu,  Assistant  Keeper  of  Oriental  Manuscripts  in  the  British  The 
Museum,  who  also  inserted '  Bunsen's  adc^itions  and  corrections,  vocabularies 
Birch's  translation  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  together  with  his  completed  by 
Introduction,  fills  209  pages  (pp.  125-333),  the  Egyptian  Dictionary  j^j^^ 
fills  250  pages  (pp.  337-586),  and  the  Hieroglyphic  Grammar  and 
Chrestomathy  fill   153  pages   (pp.   589-741).     Thus  the  original 
matter  supplied  by  him  to  the  fifth  volume  fills  612  pages,  or  nearly 
three-quarters  of  the  whole  volume.     The  number  of  entries  on  a  Birch's 
page  of  the  Egyptian  Dictionary  averages  eighteen,  and  the  total  ?°"/,"^fl//{^"^ 
number  of  entries  is  therefore  about  4,500.  volume. 

"  The  Dictionary,"  Birch  says  in  his  Preface,  "  is  phonetic 
in  its  arrangement,  the  words  being  placed  under  the  phonetic 
value[s]  of  the  signs  at  the  time  of  compilation.  It  is  important 
to  remember  this,  as  Egyptologists  give  a  different  power  to  a 
few  signs,  or  regard  others  as  polyphone[s].  The  ideographic  and 
determinative  hieroglyphics,  having  been  already  given  in  the 
first  volume,!  have  not  been  repeated  in  this,  and  the  student 
must  seek  them  in  their  appropriate  places.  It  is  also  to  be  borne 
in  mind  that  the  meaning  of  all  Egyptian  words  has  not  yet  been 
determined,  and  that  the  researches  of  Egyptologists  continue  to 
enrich  the  number  of  interpreted  words.  A  reference  to  the  place 
where  it  is  found  is  given  with  each  word,  but  it  was  not  possible, 
without  exceeding  the  limits  of  this  work,  to  give  in  every  instance 
the  name  of  the  scholar  who  discovered  its  meaning  [here  follows 

'  Bunsen  says  ("  Egypt's  Place,"  Vol.  I,  p.  503),  "  I  have,  together  with 
Mr.  Birch,  submitted  to  the  test  of  accurate  criticism  all  the  hieroglyphical  signs 
hitherto  collected  and  explained,  and  have  classified  each  of  them  in  its  proper 
place,  according  to  that  arrangement.  [The  general  arrangement  is  laid  down  in 
the  text.]  At  the  same  time  I  have  requested  that  gentleman  to  add  his  own 
valuable  remarks  to  this  collection,  so  as  to  complete  and  correct  it.  .  .  . 
Through  his  assistance  I  am  enabled  to  give,  not  only  a  more  critical,  but  also  a 
more  complete  exposition  of  the  hieroglyphical  signs,  than  has  hitherto  been 
embodied  in  previous  works,  all  of  which  are  very  expensive,  and  some  very 
rare.  Where  the  Grammar  or  Dictionary  of  ChampoUion  is  not  quoted,  the 
signs  and  interpretations  are  supplied  by  Mr.  Birch  from  other  authorities  or  his 
own  researches.  .  .  .  The  arrangement  is  the  natural  one,  proposed  and 
adopted  by  ChampoUion,  in  the  early  stages  of  the  study  of  hieroglyphics  :  viz., 
signs  of  astronomical  or  geographical  objects  ;  human  forms,  animals — from  the 
quadruped  down  to  the  worm — plants,  stones,  instruments,  etc.,  and  signs  as 
yet  undeciphered."     The    List   contains :    A.    Ideogr.\phics,   890   characters. 

B.  Determinatives,    201    characters.    C.  Phonetics,    C.    I,    153    characters ; 

C.  II,  135  characters.    D.  Mixed  Characters,  70  characters. 

C  2 


xxxvi  Introduction. 

Contemporary  mention  of  Hincks,  Goodwin  and  Le  Page  Renouf  in  England, 

Egyptologists,  chabas,  E.  de  Rouge,  Deveria  in  France,  H.  Brugsch,  Diimichen, 

Lauth,  Lepsius  and  Pleyte  in  Germany,  as  being  the  men  to  whom 

the  advance  of  the  study  of  Egyptology  is  principally  due].     The 

advantage  of  [Messrs.  Longmans']  hieroglyphic  type  to  the  present 

volume  cannot  be  too  highly  appreciated,  as  it  has  rendered  it 

practicable  to  print  the  Egyptian  Dictionary,  the  Grammar,  and 

the   Chrestomathy  in  a  form  which  renders  the  study  of  the 

hieroglyphs  accessible  both  to  the  student  and  general  enquirer. 

The  Dictionary  is  the  only  one  hitherto  printed  in  this  country, 

opinion  of  his  nor  has  any  hieroglyphical  dictionary  appeared  elsewhere,  except 

Dictionary  of  that  of  ChampoUion,  published  in  1841  [read  1842I,  which  contained 
Hieroglyplucs.        ,  ^  ,    ,  ...  ,         V         ,  •  -m 

only  a  few  of.  the  prmcipal  words.     Its  phonetic  arrangement  will, 

it  is  hoped,  render  it  particularly  easy  of  consultation.  It  has 
been  a  great  labour  to  compile  and  print  it,  and  the  execution  of 
it  has  been  a  task  of  many  years.  Other  Egyptologists,  indeed, 
have  attached  vocabularies  to  their  labours  on  particular  inscrip- 
tions, but  no  dictionary  on  a  large  scale  has  as  yet  been  attempted, 
although  the  absolute  want  of  one  has  been  long  felt."  This 
Preface  is  dated  April  13th,  1867.  The  publication  of  the  first 
Egyptian  Dictionary  arranged  on  phonetic,  i.e.,  alphabetic, 
principles,  and  printed  in  hieroglyphic  type,  was  a  great  triumph 
for  English  Egyptology  and  the  craft  of  the  typographer,  and  to 
Birch  the  compiler  and  Spottiswoode  the  prhiter,  and  Longmans 
the  publishers,  every  Egyptologist  owes  a  debt  of  gratitude. 

But  it  is  quite  impossible  to  hide  the  fact  that  the  inclusion 
of  Birch's  Egyptian  Dictionary  in  the  fifth  volume  of  the  English 
Birch's  translation  was  a  great  misfortune  for  the  Dictionary  itself  and 

Egyptian  fQj-  ^he  beginner  in  Egyptology  for  whom  the  work  was  primarily 
falls "  flat."  intended.  There  was  an  interval  of  seven  years  between  the 
publication  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  volumes  of  the  English  transla- 
tion of  Aegyptens  S telle  in  der  Weltgeschichte,  and  there  seems  to 
be  no  doubt  that  public  interest  in  Bunsen's  scheme  of  chronology 
drooped  when  its  author  died  in  i860,  the  year  which  saw  tlie 
appearance  of  the  fourth  volume,  and  was  practically  dead  when 
the  fifth  volume  was  published  in  1867.  According  to  Birch, 
the  volume  fell  "  flat,"  and  its  editor  and  publishers  were  greatly 
disappointed.  Whether  the  edition  was  a  small  one  or  not  I  have 
no  evidence  to  show,  but  it  was  certainly  the  fact  that  for  some 
reason  or  other  copies  of  the  volume  were  difficult  to  get  in  the 
early  "  seventies."  It  was  said  at  the  time  that  the  publishers, 
being  dissatisfied  with  the  sales,  had  "  disposed  "  of  the  sheets 


Introduction. 


xxxvu 


DICTION \RY    OF    HIEROGLYPHICS. 


423 


MA 

^■%jr    mutt.     Open,  unwind,  an 
fold.  Br  M   Uvii   2. 4  6 


mil  t      Uaruld      L  T    xjiii 
5b.  -i. 


^k  i   "  •(  ^  ^\     millet      Unrold  oowiod. 
3V^fc.*~'         L.T  ij>   17  it 


biA' 
bCVW- 

•     x>o< 


500<< 


matert      Road     L.. 
D  ill  5. 


mu    t      Many      Br   M    li.  61 


\     m&ta    Spine    L  T  xxxlx 

108    4 

ind<a<.       Rope,    pole        L.    T 

xxxiM  89.  6. 
stick      i'   Br  ai7i  L.  T  89  5 


m&iiu  t.  Girdle. 
yW       PS.  118;  L.T 
82.9. 


matai.      Tie.      L.  T 
82.  4. 


mlUen.     Road.   L.  T  xl 
UI9.  9 


OTur     Pas.s     E.  R.  6655. 

mdit  t.      Cabin,    fore- 


■iJtii. 


castle.      L.    T.    Ixi. 
145.  e  ;  l.x.xiv.  153  9. 

niAtennu. 
fit       Road, path. 
Ch.  P.  H. 
221. 


matai.    A  mercenary.  L.  K. 
xlvi.  600.  c. 


m&tai.    A  mercenary.    L.  K. 

£  1 1 1        xlvi.  603.  a. 


matab.t.     Hatch.     E.  R. 
9900;  L.  T.  xxxvi.  99.  17. 


ma-tabu.  Plank, 
liatch.  L.  T. 
XX. ;  xvi.  99. 
17  ;xlv.  123.3. 


mliiabu.    Plank,  hatch.    E.  R. 
9900.  p.  9. 


ma/o.      Phallus.    L.  T. 
Ixxix.  164.  12. 


MB 


iku      A  J  A     makJi  I  t       Bal 
_IV«»"X"        127;   L  T    12 

bi\\M 
Mk1V 


Balance      S    9.   r 


ance       P    S 
125.  9 


m&kha     Go      E    R   6666 


m&kha      Bulance      8 
S.  c    B   M. 

ni&kha       Balance 
-         1'.  Br  ,  L.  T   ) 
16. 


m&kha.    Ba 
lance      P 
Br.     217, 
L.T   I.  I 


tn&kha.     Balance     Ch    I   d 
M.  d'Or  p.  34. 


ilUl  ^k    V    m^AAa.    Strangle.     S     P 
..dffV  X  ^^>.  cxi.  17. 


^     mAkhcM.  Despoil,  strangle, 
kidnap.    Goodwin,  R.A 
V        1861,  p.  133. 


^k     W       \    mati.    Neck.    D.  UO 


mdkhai.  Balance   G.  75 


mdkhen.     Vessel,   boat. 
^tii.        L.  T.  xxxviii.  106.  3 


mdsh.  Archer   E  S  866 


jS    mdshd.      Walk.       D.   O. 
xiii.  1. 


m&sht.  Battle,  slaughter 
L.  D.  iv.  90.  a. 


maa.    Come  (?).    M.d.  C 
xxi.  hor.  2. 


masfiau.  (Uncer- 
tain.) S.  V. 
tliv.  7. 


•    mefka.    Copper.    D.  140. 


mehbi  (?).  Humble, 
ccxx.  See  hbi. 


A  page  of  Birch's  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics.     London,  1867. 


C3 


xxxviii  Introduction. 

of  a  large  number  of  copies.     The  natural  result  was  that  when 
people  found  out  that  the  volvime  contamed  Birch's  Dictionary 
and  Grammar  and  Chrestomathy    the    copies  that  found  their 
way  into  the  market  fetched  relatively  very  high  prices,  or  at  all 
events  prices  which  effectively  placed  the  book  beyond  the  reach 
of  the   ordinary   student.     When   I   attended   Birch's   Egyptian 
classes   in  1875-76  and  needed  the  book  urgently,  I  was  obliged 
Bunsen's  fifth  to  trace  each  page  of  it  on  a  separate  sheet  of  tracing  paper, 
tombaf     ^      omitting  the  references,  and  when  these  sheets  were  bound  I 
Birch's  used   them  for  some  years  with   great  benefit.     Moreover,   the 

Hieroglvphics  ^^^^  volume  of  the  English  translation  of  Bunsen's  work  formed  a 
veritable  tomb  for  Birch's  Dictionarj^.     The  title-page  of  it  sets 
forth  quite  clearly  that   the  "  Historical  Investigation  "  was  by 
Bunsen,  and  that  it  was  translated  from  the  German  by  Charles 
H.   Cottrell,   Esq.,    M.A.,   and  that   it   contains   "  Additions  by 
Samuel  Birch,  LL.D."     But  who  could  possibly  imagine  from  this 
last  remark  that  Birch's  contribution  was  594  pages,  i.e.,  nearly 
three-quarters   of   the   whole   volume,    or   that   his   contribution 
included    an     Egyptian     Dictionary,    the     first     ever    published 
arranged  on  phonetic  principles  (!),  and  containing  about  4,500 
entries  of  Egyptian  words,  and  names  of  gods  and  places,  with 
references    and    translations,    and    an    Egyptian    Grammar    and 
Chrestomathy  ?   Or,  again,  take  the  case  of  the  student  who  wants 
to  consult  these  works  and  who,  hearing  that  copies  of  them  are  to 
be  seen  in  the  British  Museum  Library,  goes  to  the  Reading  Room 
to  see  them.     He  turns  up  the  entry  Birch,  Samuel,  LL.D.,  of  the 
British  Museum,  in  the  Great  Catalogue,  but  fails  to  find  any  mention 
of  the  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics  or  Grammar  and  Chrestomathy, 
because  they  are  not  mentioned  in  any  one  of  the  columns  of  names 
of  the  other  books  and  papers  which  Birch  wrote.     All  that  he  will 
find  connecting  Birch  with  an  Egyptian  Dictionary  is  the  entry, 
"  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary,  London,  1838,"  and  unless 
he  receives  further  instruction  he  will  conclude  that  the  "  Sketch  " 
published  in  1838  is  useless  to  him,  and  that  Birch's  Egyptian  Die- 
Birch's  tionary  never  appeared.    The  same  is  the  case  with  Birch's  transla- 
the  Book  of"    ^^^^  ^^  t^*^  Book  of  the  Dead,  the  first  ever  made  and  published, 
the  Dead  and   which  also  appeared  in  the  fifth  volume  of  "  Egypt's  Place,"  and  his 
Hiero<'lyphics.  ^^^*  °^  Hieroglyphic  Characters  which  appeared  in  the  first  volume, 
first  with  plates  of  characters,  and  secondly  with  the  hieroglyphic 
characters  printed  in  the  new  type.     The  only  mention  of  Birch 
in  the  Great  Catalogue  in  connection  with  the  Book  of  the  Dead 
is  contained  in  the  title  of  the  Trustees'  publication  of  the  texts 


Introduction.  xxxix 

on  the  coffin  of  Amamu.  The  fault  Ues  not  with  any  of  the 
generations  of  the  learned  and  devoted  men  who  have  spent  their 
lives  in  compiling  that  wonderful  Great  Catalogue,  with  its 
millions  of  entries  of  books  in  every  printed  language  of  the  world, 
but  with  those  who  buried  in  their  own  books  Birch's  greatest 
works  so  effectually  that  they  have  no  mention  under  his  name  in 
the  authors'  great  Book  of  Life,  the  British  Museum  Catalogue. 
In  his  admirable  Bibliography,  The  Literature  of  Egypt  and  the 
Soudan,  2  vols.,  London,  1886,  4to,  Prince  Ibrahim  Hilmy  rightly 
mentioned  the  translation  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  and  the 
Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics  and  the  Hieroglyphic  Grammar  under 
the  entry  Birch,  Samuel,  LL.D.,  etc.  But  even  so,  he  refers  the 
reader  for  particulars  of  these  works  to  the  entry  Bunsen,  C.  C.  J. 

Heinrich    Brugsch    and    his    "  Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches 

worterbuch." 

The  publication  of  Bunsen's  Aegyptens  Stelle  in  der  Welt- 
geschichte  in  1845  fired  the  imagination  of  a  young  German  called 
Heinrich  Brugsch, ^  who   was  at  that  time  a  pupil  in  the  Real  Brugsch's 

studies  in 

Gymnasium  at  Cologne,  and  he  devoted  himself  ardently  to  the  demotic 

study  of  the  Egyptian  inscriptions  in  the  demotic  character.     In 

1849  he  published  the  paper.  Die  demotische  Schrift  der  alten  Aegypter 

und  ihre  Monumente,  in  the  Zeitschrift  of  the  German  Oriental 

Society  (Bd.  Ill,  pp.  262-272),  and  in  1850  he  received  his  Doctorate  His  editions  of 

from  the  University  of  Berlin  for  his  Thesis  De  Natura  et  Indole  demotic  texts 

Linguae  Popularis  Aegyptiorum,    Berlin   (Diimmler,     1850,    8vo). 

In  the  same  year  he  published  Die  Inschrift  von  Rosette,  nach  ihreni 

Aegyptisch-demotischen  Texte  sprachlich  und  sachlich  erkldrt,  with 

an  Appendix  containing  a  series  of  hitherto  unpublished  demotic 

texts.     In  185 1  he  published  the  hieroglyphic  text  of  the  Rosetta 

Stone,  2  with  a  Hieroglyphic-Coptic-Latin  vocabulary  and  a  list  of 

hieroglyphic  characters,  and  after  a  Mission  to  Egypt  in  1853-54  His  Grammar 

he  published  his  famous  Grammaire  De'motique.^    Ten  years  later  of  demotic 

he  published  his  epoch-making  work  on  the  Rhind  Papyri,"  and 

proved  himself  to  be  an  expert  in  translating  very  difficult  hieratic 

and  demotic  texts.     Brugsch  did  not  confine  his  studies  to  demotic, 

and  between  1855  and  1865  he  was  engaged  in  drawing  up  a 

'  Born  and  died  in  Berlin  (February  i8th,  1827 — vSeptember  gtli,  1894). 

*  Inscriptio  Rosetlana  Hieroglyphica.     Berlin,  1851.     4to. 

'  Grammaire  Demotique,  conlenant  les  Principes  Generaux  de  la  Langue  et 
de  I' I'xriture  Populaire  des  Amiens  /igyptiens.     Berlin,  1855.     4to. 

'  Henry  Rhind's  Zwei  Bilingue  Papyri,  hieratisch  und  demotisch,  iibersetzt 
und  herausgegeben.     Leipzig,  1865.     4to. 

C4 


xl 


Introduction. 


His  mission  to 
Persia. 


Race  for 
priority 
between 
Brugsch  and 
Birch. 


Brugsch's 
Hieroglyphic 
Demotic 
Dictionary. 


History  of  Ancient  Egypt  under  its  native  kings,'  and  in  pub- 
lishing a  series  of  geographical  texts, ^  etc.  He  was  attached  to 
the  Mission  to  Persia  of  the  Baron  Minutoli  in  1850-51,  and  served 
as  Prussian  Vice-Consul  in  Cairo  from  1864  to  1866,  but  in  spite 
of  the  official  duties  attached  to  these  posts  he  managed  to  find 
time  to  undertake  the  compilation  of  a  Hieroglyphic  Dictionary. 
It  is  more  than  probable  that  he  knew  that  Birch  was  engaged  on 
a  similar  task,  but  if  he  had  this  knowledge,  it  did  not  prevent 
him  from  making  arrangements  for  the  publication  of  his  work. 
That  Birch  knew  of  these  arrangements  is  quite  certain,  for  his 
name  appears  in  the  list  of  subscribers  issued  by  the  publisher. 
Each  scholar  naturally  wished  to  be  the  first  in  the  field  with 
his  Egyptian  Dictionary,  so  that  he  might  claim  the  credit  of 
being  the  first  to  publish  a  really  large  collection  of  ancient  Egyp- 
tian words  arranged  alphabetically.  In  this  race  for  priority 
Birch  was  the  winner,  for  he  dated  his  short  Preface  to  the  fifth 
volume  of  "  Egypt's  Place  "  on  April  13th,  1867,  and  his  whole 
Dictionary  was  then  printed  off.  In  the  other  case  only  the 
first  volume  of  Brugsch's  Hieroglyphic-Demotic  Dictionary,  con- 
taining the  letters  '^,  \\,  - — D,  v\  and  ^,  was  printed  off  at  that 

time,  and  the  publisher's  advertisement  on  the  cover  is  dated 
"  Ende  April  1867,"  though  Brugsch's  Preface  is  dated  Marz  1867. 
The  Hieroglyphic-Demotic  Dictionary^  of  Brugsch  is,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Introduction,  lithographed  throughout. 
The  first  four  volumes  form  the  Dictionary  proper  and  con- 
tain 1,707  pages,  and  the  last  three  form  the  Supplement, 
and  contain  1,418  pages.  The  number  of  words  treated  in  the 
Dictionary  proper  is  4,637,  not  counting  the  additions  in  the 
Supplement,  which  were  derived  from  newly  published  texts. 
Whilst  writing  out  his  Dictionary  for  the  lithographer,  Brugsch's 
object  seems  to  have  been  to  make  the  work  as  large  as  possible. 
He  states  his  views  on  points  of  Egyptian  Grammar  at  great 
but  unequal   length,  and  many  of  his  paragraphs  are  filled  with 

1  Histoire  d'/igypte  sous  les  Rois  indighies.     Paris,  1859. 

^  Geographische  Inschriften  Altcigyptischer  Denktndler,  Bande  I-III,  Leipzig, 
1857-60  ;  Die  Geographic  der  Aegypter  nach  den  Denkmalern.  Leipzig,  i860. 
4to. 

'  The  full  title  reads  :  Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches  Worterbuch  enthaltend  in 
wissenschaf dicker  Anordnung  die  Gehriiuchlichsten  W drier  und  Gruppen  der  fieiligen 
und  der  Volks-Sprache  und  Schrifl  der  alien  Aegypter  nebst  deren  Erkldrung 
in  Franzosischer,  Deulscher  und  Arabischer  Sprache  und  Angabe  ihrer  Verwand- 
schafl  mil  den  enlsprechenden  Wdrtern  des  Koptischen  und  der  Semitische  Idiome,  7 
Baiide,  Leipzig,  1867-1882,  4to,  Vol.  I,  1867  ;  Vols.  II-IV,  1868  ;  supplement. 
Vol.  V,  1880  ;  VoL  VI,  1881 ;  Vol.  VII,  1882. 


Introduction.  xli 

extracts  from  Egyptian  texts  followed  by  translations  and  wordy 
comments.     In  some  respects  his  work   resembles  an   Encyclo- 
paedia of  Egyptology  rather  than  a  Dictionary,  and  contains  a 
great  deal  of  information  which,  it  seems  to  me,   should  have 
been  given  elsewhere.     As  no  publisher  could  afford  to  defray  the 
cost  of  printing  the  Dictionary,  even  on  the  Continent,  where  great 
scholarly  works  are  often  subsidized  by  the  Government,  it  was 
decided  to  reproduce  Brugsch's  manuscript  by  lithography,  which 
in  those  days  was  a  tolerably  inexpensive  method  of  publication  ;  B^gsch's 
and  Brugsch  undertook  to  write  the  transfers  for  the  lithographer  knowledge  of 
with  his  own  hand.     Thus  he  was  given  practically  a  free  hand  Egyptology, 
by  his  publisher,  and  a  Dictionary  containing  3,125  pages  is  the 
result.     The  amount  of  Egyptological  knowledge  which  he  dis- 
plays in  this  truly  great  work  is  marvellous,  and  his  familiarity 
with  the  contents  of  the  most  difficult  texts,  whether  hieroglyphic, 
hieratic  or  demotic,  is  phenomenal.     He  was  the  greatest  Egyp- 
tologist that  Germany  had  produced,  and  his  energy  and  zeal  and 
devotion  and  power  of  work  must  ever  command  our  warmest 
admiration.     Brugsch,    like    Birch,    arranged    the    words    in    his 
Hieroglyphic  Dictionary  alphabetically,  and  it  is  an  interesting 
fact  that  both  scholars,  apparently  independently,  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  ChampoUion's  "  natural  and  rational  "  system  of  He  rejects 
arrangement   must   be   rejected.     Birch,    as   we   know   from   his  J^hampoihons 
Preface  to  the  fifth  volume  of  "  Egypt's  Place,"   had  no  high  rational-" 
opinion  of  ChampoUion's  Dictionnaire  £gyptien  as  a  Dictionary,  a'Tangement. 
for  he  says  that  it  "  contained  only  a  few  of  the  principal  words." 
Brugsch  dedicated  his  Dictionary  to  the  Manes   of  ChampoUion, 
and  in  his  Introduction  says  that  ChampoUion's  Dictionary,  which 
was  published  five  and  twenty  years  ago,  after  its  author's  death, 
under  the  name  of  Dictionnaire  Egyptien,  could  and  can  lay  claim 
to-day  at  the  very  least  to  this  name.     He  goes  on  to  say  that 
it  was  published  without  the  will  and  intention  of  the  immortal  Bragsch's 

French  scholar,  and  that  it  consists  of  little  more  than  an  epitome  °P""°"  °!    , 

^  ChampoUion  s 

of  the  words  and  groups  in  his  Grammaire  Egyptienne,  and  that  Egyptian 
it  contains  mistakes  of  which  the  master,  had  he  been  alive,  would  Dictionary, 
never  have  allowed  himself  to  be  guilty.^ 

'  "  Das  unter  dem  Namen  eines  Dictionnaire  itgyptien  vor  fiinf  und  zwanzig 
Jahren  nach  dem  Tode  ChampoUion's  veroffentliche  Wurterbuch  konnte,  und 
kann  am  allerwenigsten  heut  zu  Tage,  Anspruch  auf  diesen  Namen  machen. 
Ohne  Absicht  und  Willen  des  unsterblichen  franzosischen  Gelehrten  publicir  , 
enthalt  es  beinahe  nur  einen  Auszug  der  Worter  und  Gruppen  dor  Grammaire 
Jigyptienne ,  dazu  mit  Irrthiimern,  deren  sich  niemals  der  lebende  Meister  schuldig 
gemacht  haben  wiirde."     Einleitung,  p.  III. 


xlii 


Introduction. 


Birch 

contemplates 
a  second 
edition  of  his 
Dictionary  of 
Hieroglyphics. 


Maspero's 
edition  of 
the  Pyramid 
Texts. 


Birch  dies  and 
leaves  his 
manuscript 
for  the  second 
edition 
unfinished. 


WJiilst  Birch  was  preparing  the  manuscript  of  his  Dictionary 
for  the  printer,  and  seeing  the  sheets  through  tlic  press,  other 
Egyptologists,  e.g.,  Goodwin,  E.  de  Rouge,  Chabas,  Deveria, 
Diimichen,  Lepsius  and  Pleyte  were  actively  engaged  in  publishing 
and  translating  hieroglyphic,  hieratic  and  demotic  texts.  And 
long  before  he  had  finished  printing  his  Dictionary,  Birch  had  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  he  must  prepare  a  second  edition  in  which 
he  could  give  all  the  new  words  and  forms  that  appeared  in  the 
newly  published  texts.  As  he  read  these  texts  he  noted  every 
word  and  form  that  ought  to  be  in  the  new  edition,  and  he  con- 
tinued to  write  slips  for  many  years.  Those  who  have  visited 
him  in  his  room  in  the  British  Museum  may  remember  the  glass 
box  containing  slips  for  this  new  edition  ;  this  always  stood  in 
front  of  his  inkstand  and  was  added  to  daily.  More  than  one 
publisher  was  ready  to  publish  the  new  edition  of  his  Dictionary, 
but  his  multitudinous  duties  and  advancing  years  prevented  him 
from  reading  all  the  texts  that  were  published.  And  he  did  not 
see  that  if  ever  he  was  to  publish  the  new  edition  he  must  at  some 
time  or  other  cease  from  the  writing  of  slips  and  adding  to  his 
manuscript,  and  so  he  rejected  the  advice  both  of  his  publisher 
and  his  friends,  and  continued  to  write  ever  more  and  more  slips. 
In  1882  Maspero  began  to  publish  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions 
from  the  Pyramids  of  Sakkarah  in  the  Recueil  de  Travaux,  and 
in  them  Birch  found  whole  paragraphs  of  Egyptian  text  similar 
to  passages  in  the  funerary  texts  on  the  coffin  of  Amamu,  which 
he  was  preparing  for  publication  b}^  the  Tnistees.  Naturally 
he  was  anxious  to  include  in  his  new  edition  as  many  as  possible 
of  the  words  and  forms  from  these  very  ancient  texts,  and  he  set 
to  work  to  read  them  and  to  extract  from  them  additional  matter 
for  his  Dictionary.  He  found  his  task  more  difficult  than  he 
imagined  it  would  be,  for  though  he  doubted  the  accuracy  of 
many  of  the  readings  of  Maspero's  text,  he  had  no  means  in  the 
shape  of  photographs  or  paper  "  squeezes  "  whereby  to  control 
them.  Moreover,  he  was  seventy  years  of  age  and  his  health 
was  failing.  But  he  struggled  on  gallantly  and  continued  to  write 
slips  for  the  new  edition  of  his  Dictionary  (which  he  was  certain 
he  would  live  to  see)  until  death  overtook  him  on  December  26tli, 
1885.  When  his  books  and  literary  effects  were  being  sold 
several  boxes  containing  many  thousands  of  slips  were  put  up 
to  be  bid  for  as  a  separate  lot,  and  a  bidder  bought  them 
for  ten  shillings.  Thus  the  labour  of  twenty  years  was 
wasted. 


Introduction.  xliii 

PiERRET's    "  VOCABULAIRE   HiEROGLYPHIQUE." 

The  difficulty  of  obtaining  copies  of  Birch's  Dictionary  of  Hiero- 
glyphics, and  the  expense  of  both  that  work  and  Brugsch's  Wor- 
terbuch   practically   left   the   students   of   the   ancient    Egyptian 
language  without  a  dictionary.     The  first  scholar  who  made  any 
serious  attempt  to  help  the  beginner  and  the  advanced  student 
out   of  their  difficulty  was   Paul   Pierret,   Conservateur   adjoint 
des  Antiquites  Egyptiennes  au  Musee  du  Louvre,  and  he  set  to 
work    to    compile    the    handy    and    comparatively    inexpensive 
Vocabulaire  Hieroglyphique,^  which  so  many  students  have  found  Pierret's 
to  be  a  useful  book  of  reference.     It  consists  of  759  lithographed  vocabuiarv. 
pages  in  which  the  words  are  arranged  alphabetically,  and  an 
index  to  all  the  French  words  by  which  the  hieroglyphic  words 
are   translated   in   the    volume,    which   fills   forty-eight    double- 
columned  pages.     It  contains,  in  a  condensed  form,  the  substance 
of  the  Dictionaries  of  Birch  and  Brugsch,  and  most  of  the  987 
royal  names  which  Lepsius  published  in  his  Konigsbuch  der  alien 
Aegypter,  Berlin,  1858,  fol.,  and  most  of  the  2,000  geographical 
names  given  by  Brugsch  in  his  Dictionnaire  Geographique,  Leipzig, 
1877,  fol.  2      In  his  Preface  Pierret  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that 
Brugsch's  Dictionary  cost  600  francs,  and  this  was  without  the  Inclusion  of 
Supplement,   which   cost   about   500   francs   more   when   it   was  ^^^  ^ycid    ■» 
completed  in   1882.     He  justifies  his   inclusion   of  geographical  names, 
names  in  his   Vocabulaire  by  pointing  out  what  every  one  has 
found  who  has  tried  to  use  the  Dictionnaire  Geographique,  how  1 

difficult  it  is  to  find  a  given  name  in  that  "  merveille  d'erudition."  ^ 

He  claims  no  special  merit  for  his  Vocabulaire,  and  says,  "  Mon 
but  est  de  fournir  aux  commen9ants  un  moyen  d'aborder  directe- 
ment  les  textes,  et  a  tons  un  manuel  commode  et  pratique." 
There  is  no  doubt  that  he  succeeded  in  his  aim. 

SiMEONE  Levi's  "  Vocabolario  Geroglifico  Copto-Ebraico." 

For  a  few  years  after  the  appearance  of  the  last  volume  of 
Brugsch's  Worterbuch  in  1882  no  attempt  was  made  to  publish 
in  a  collected  form  the  lexicographical  material  that  could  be 
collected  from  the  editions  of  hitherto  unpublished  texts,  which 
were  appearing  frequently  in  England,  France,  Germany,  Russia 
and   Italy.     But   meanwhile   this  material  was  being  diligently 

'  Vocabulaire  Hieroglyphique  comprenant  les  mots  de  la  Langue,  les  Noms 
geographiques,  divins,  royaux  et  hisioriques,  classes  alphabetiquement.  Paris,  1875. 
8vo. 

•  His  Supplement  to  this  work,  containing  1,420  pages,  appeared  in  1879-80. 


xliv 


Introduction. 


Levi's 
Egyptian- 
Italian 
Dictionary. 


Levi  holds 
Egyptian  to 
be  a  Semitic 
language. 


His  Egyptian- 
Hebrew 
alphabet. 


collected  by  one  scholar  at  least  who  was  dissatisfied  with  the 
existing  Egyptian  Dictionaries,  and  was  determined  to  publish  a 
new  one.  This  was  Simeone  Levi,  an  Italian  Egyptologist,  who 
was  well  known  for  the  very  useful  list  of  hieratic  characters  which 
he  published^  in  1880.    Under  the  title  of  Pa  Uatch-ur  en  Metchut 

^^^k  T\^5  ^"^^  ^"^  i-  it  ^  ' '  ^■^■'  ^^^  G^^C't  Sea  of  Words, 
he  began  to  publish  a  Coptic-Hebrew  Hieroglyphic  Vocabulary 
with  translations  of  the  hieroglyphic  words  in  Italian  and  numerous 
quotations  of  Coptic  and  Hebrew  words  which  he  held  to  be 
cognate  to  the  ancient  Egyptian  words." 

The  Vocabolario  proper  consists  of  six  parts  folio,  which  were 
published  in  1887-88  and  contain  1,705  lithographed  double- 
columned  pages  ;  the  Supplement  consists  of  two  parts,  and 
contains  6g6  pages  ;  Part  I  was  published  in  i88g,  and  Part  II 
in  1894.  In  a  very  closely  written  Preface,  which  fills  30  pages, 
Signor  Levi  discusses  the  grammar  and  the  structure  of  the  ancient 
Egyptian  language,  which  he  treats  as  though  the  speech  that  is 
revealed  to  us  by  the  hieroglyphic,  hieratic  and  demotic  texts 
belonged  to  the  Semitic  family  of  languages.  It  was  a  mistake 
on  his  part  to  do  this,  for  he  assumed  to  be  a  fact  that  which  has 
never  been  proved  ;  to  him  Egyptian,  Coptic  and  Hebrew  are 
substantially  forms  of  one  and  the  same  language.  He  adopted 
an  unusual  arrangement  of  the  alphabet,   placing  h  ro  and  h  | 

after  tch   ^^,  and  t  c>,  or  \,  and  t  c=^>  after  sh  r-vn,  and  kh  (x) 

®  and  t  at  the  end  of  the  alphabet,  etc.     Thus  the  arrangement 

and  the  values  of  the  letters  of  his  alphabet  are  as  follows  : — 

"^a-N-    (]d  -  «ort?.   — Da-  «.   Ij(]  I  =  "«•   \\i  -  M.  ^u- 
1.  ^  or  ~.      (£  o  =  i^  or  ^?  or  M.       ^  ua  -  Nin.       "^^  ur  -\^n- 

^.  ^,  _>,  ]^  m-r3. 
.&£.  r,  1  -  -1,  ^.    -<—,  P  s  = 

t  =  n.  D-    c=^^  d  =  T.    "^  z 

,  "D  k-3.    ffi  g  -  :). 


Jb-l.  ^0  P  =  D 
-wwvA,  f — \,  W,  C>  n  =  2- 
oa,  l£j^  sh 

2.T-    rah  =  n-  |h 


f  =  D. 


D.  C 


ir- 


n- 


/I,  U  q=  p 


'  Raccolta  dei  Segni  leratici  Egizi  nelle  diverse  Epoche,  con  i  correspondenti 
Geroglifici  ed  i  hro  differenti  valori  fonctici.    Turin,  1880.    4to. 

'  Vocabolario  Geroglifico  Copto-Ehraico :  opera  che  vinse  il  grande  premio 
reale  di  linguistica  conferito  nclV  anno  1886  dalla  R.  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  e 
piibblicalo  dopo  incorraggiamcnlo  della  giun'.a  del  consiglio  superiore  della 
islruzione  pubblica.    Turin,  1887-1894. 


Introduction.  xlv 

This  system  seems  to  represent  an  attempt  to  show  that  the 
ancient  Egyptians  adopted  the  Hebrew  alphabet.  By  some 
curious  oversight  Levi  failed  to  find  an  equivalent  for  the  Hebrew 
letter  y. 

Hagemans  "  Lexique  Franc^ais-Hieroglyphique." 

The  list  of  published  Egyptian  Dictionaries  ends  with  the 
Lexique    Franfais-Hieroglyphique  that   was  compiled  by    M.    G.  Hagemans 
Hagemans  and  was  published  at  Brussels  in  1896.      It  is  an  octavo  p^!)!^t^ia.n 
volume    of    923    lithographed,     double-columned    pages,    which  Lexicon, 
contain  a  French-Egyplian  Dictionary  and  Supplement,  a  hiero- 
glyphic, hieratic-demotic  alphabet,  and  a  list  of  determinatives. 

The  Present  Egyptian  Dictionary. 

It  will  probably  be  admitted  by  all  that  the  compiler  of  an 
Egyptian    Hieroglyphic    Dictionary    should    know    at    first    hand 
every  collection  of  Egyptian  monuments  and  papyri  in  the  world, 
that  he  should  have  visited  every  great  Museum  on  the  Continent 
and  in  Egypt,  England  and  America,  and  copied,  or  collated  with 
printed  editions,   every  hieroglyphic,   hieratic   and  demotic   text 
of  importance,  that  he  should  know  well  the  histories  of  Egypt  Qualifications 
written  by  classical  writers,  and  the  works  of  the  Arab  geographers,  '^^^tfngTn 
and  Coptic  in  all  its  dialects,  and  that  he  should  have  had  at  his  Egyptian 
disposal  unlimited  time,  in  short  that  he  should  have  been  able     "^  '°'^  ^* 
to  devote  his  whole  life  to  the  making  of  his  Egyptian  Dictionary. 
That  he  should  also  have  one  or  more  assistants  to  help  him  in 
his  laborious  task  also  goes  without  saying.     I  am  conscious  that, 
unfortunately,  I  possess  none  of  the  qualifications  necessary  for 
such  a  great  work  except  in  a  very  limited  degree.     Neverthe- 
less I  have  written  this  Dictionary  and  how  I  came  to  do  so  the 
following  paragraphs  will  show. 

Between    the    years    1880    and    1883    the    Natural     History 
Collections  were  removed  from  the  British  Museum,  Bloomsbury, 
to  the  new  buildings  which  were  specially  constructed  to  receive 
them  at  South  Kensington.     Thereupon  several  of  the  rooms  of 
the  First  and  Second  Northern  Galleries,  and  the  long  room  that- 
ran  parallel  to  the  fourth  room  of  the  First  Northern  Gallery 
and  had  contained  the  studies  and  workrooms    of   the  Natural  Rearrange- 
History    Staff,    were    allotted    to    the    Department    of    Oriental  Egyptian 
Antiquities.     When  Dr.  Birch,  Keeper  of  the  Department,  had  Collections  in 
removed   the   Collections   of   Egyptian   and   Semitic   Antiquities  Museum. 
into   them,   and  rearranged   the   Egyptian   Collections,   he   took 


xlvi 


Introduction. 


The  Theban 
Recension  of 
the  Book  of 
the  Dead. 


Naville's 
edition  of  the 
Book  of  the 
Dead. 


Birch's 

proposed 

concordance 

to  the 

funerary 

papyri. 


in  hand  a  task  which  he  had  contemplated  for  many  years,  namely, 
the  compilation  of  a  detailed  description  of  the  Egyptian  hiero- 
glyphic and  hieratic  fmierary  papyri.  The  English  translation 
of  the  Saite  Recension  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead  according  to  the 
Turin  Papyrus,^  which  he  published  in  1867,^  had  aroused  universal 
interest,  and  he  was  urged  to  supplement  it  with  a  version  of  the 
older  Theban  Recension  translated  from  the  rich  collection  of 
XVIIIth  dynasty  papyri  in  the  British  Museum.  The  smaller 
papyri  had  been  cut  up  into  sections  and  mounted  under  sheets 
of  glass,  and  were  at  that  time  arranged  in  drawers  in  the  Table- 
Cases  in  the  public  rooms.  The  longer  papyri,  i.e.,  those  which 
measured  from  5  to  30  feet  in  length,  had  been  mounted  in  black 
glazed  wooden  frames  and  hung  upon  the  walls  of  the  North-West 
Staircase.  But  as  in  this  position  it  was  well-nigh  impossible  to 
consult  them,  and  as  it  was  feared  that  they  might  suffer  injury 
through  damp,  they  were  taken  down  and,  where  possible,  were 
cut  up  into  sections,  mounted  under  sheets  of  glass  and  stored 
with  the  shorter  papyri.  During  the  general  rearrangement  of 
the  papyri  which  followed  these  alterations  Birch  seized  the 
opportunity  of  re-examining  and  describing  with  minute  care  the 
papyri  which  Professor  Naville  had  selected  as  authorities  for  the 
text  of  his  edition  of  the  Theban  Recension  of  the  Book  of  the 
Dead,  and  he  directed  me  to  assist  him  in  this  work.  He  was 
chiefly  anxious  to  collect  variant  readings,  and  unusual  forms  of 
words,  and  new  words,  and  to  make  lists  of  the  papyri  in  which 
particular  Chapters  appeared.  The  work  was  long  and  difficult, 
chiefly  because  we  possessed  no  concordance  of  the  words  of  the 
Theban  Recensions,  and  therefore  could  not  easily  identify  the 
Chapters  in  which  they  occurred  in  mutilated  papyri.  So  long 
as  we  were  dealing  with  papyri  containing  the  Saite  Recension 
we  found  Lieblein's  little  "  Index  "^  very  useful,  but  for  identifying 
Chapters  and  passages  in  the  Theban  Recension  it  afforded  no 
help.  Having  grouped  the  funerary  papyri  chronologically,  i.e., 
according  to  dynasties,  Birch  began  to  write  his  descriptions  of 
the  papyri,  and  he  directed  me  to  make  a  concordance  to  them, 
and  intended  to  incorporate  the  slips  that  I  wrote  with  those  which 
he  was  heaping  up  as  material  for  the  new  edition  of  his  "  Dictionary 

'  For  the  Egyptian  text  see  Lepsius,  Das  Todtenbuch.     Leipzig,  1842. 

»  In  the  fifth  volume  of  Egypt's  Place  in  Universal  History.  London,  1867, 
pp.  161-326. 

'  Lieblein,  J.,  Index  Alphabetique  de  tons  les  Mots  contenus  dans  le  Litre  des 
Marts  publie  par  R.  Lepsius  d'apres  le  Papyrus  de  Turin.  Lithographed.  Paris, 
1875.     8vo. 


Introduction.  ■  xlvii 

of  Hieroglyphics,"  which   he   fully  believed    he  would  one  day 
publish  (see  p.  xlii). 

When  I  had  been  engaged  on  this  work,  officially  and  un- 
officially, for  nearly  two  years,  Biixh  died,  but  I  continued  to  write 
slips  for  the  concordance  to  the  Theban  Recension,  and  began 
to  collect  words  from  the  Bremner  (Rhind)  Papyrus  (Brit.  Mus. 
No.  io,i88),  and  other  funerary  works.  It  was  now  quite  certain 
that  the  new  edition  of  Birch's  "  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics  " 
could  never  appear,  and  my  friends  advised  me  to  go  on  collecting 
Eg3'ptian  words  with  the  view  of  publishing  a  "  Vocabulary  " 
on  much  the  same  lines  as  Pierret's  "  Vocabulaire."  By  that  time 
the  slips  which  I  had  written  amounted  to  many  thousands,  and  I  abandon 
I  soon  found  that  the  work  of  arranging  them  and  of  incorporating  ^^e  \dea  of 
the  new  ones  consumed  a  vast  amount  of  time.     It  was  impossible  concordance 

to  continue  the  work  on  the  scale  on  which  I  had  begun,  and  I  ^°  ^"^^ 

°  funerary 

foresaw   that   the   task  of  making  a  concordance   to   Egyptian  papyri, 
literature  could  not  be  carried  out  by  any  man  who  could  not 
devote  his  whole  time  to  the  work. 

Between    1888     and     1892    the    British    Museum    acquired 
the  Papyrus  of  Ani,  the  Papyrus  of  Nu,  the  Papyrus  of  Nekht 
and   other  remarkable  Codices  of   the  Theban  Recension  of  the 
Book  of  the  Dead.     The  first  edition  (500  copies)  of  the  Facsimile 
of   the   Papyrus  of   Ani   was   sold  in  less    than  two  years,  and 
it  became  a  part  of  my  official  work  to  prepare  a   second   and 
more  correct  edition   of   the  Facsimile  and  to  write  the  volume  Vocabulary  to 
of  English  text  which  was  published  with  it  in  1894.     I  made  a  thePapyrusof 
Vocabulary  to  the  Egyptian  text,  but  want  of  space  prevented 
its  inclusion  in  the  volume  of  English  translations.     I  then  began 
to  make  a  Vocabulary  to  the  Papyrus  of  Nu,   and  in  working 
through  it  I  was  so  much  impressed  with  the  importance  of  this 
Codex    that    I    decided    to    publish    an    edition    of    the    Theban  The  Papyrus 
Recension,  and  to  make  it  and  the  Papyrus  of  Nebseni  the  principal  °^  ^^"■ 
authorities  for  the  Egyptian  text.     I  have  described  the  Papyrus 
of  Nu  at  length  elsewhere, ^  and  it  is  only  necessary  to  say  here 
that  it  contains  131  Chapters,  i.e.,  more  than  any  other  copy^ 
of  the  Book  of  the  Dead  now  known.     The  whole  papyrus  is 
carefully  written,   Nu  himself  probably  having  been  the  scribe. 
The  father  of  Nu  was  called  Amen-hetep  and  his  mother  Sen- 
seneb,  and  it  is  prx)bable  that  she  was  no  other  than  the  lady 
Senseneb,  the  wife  of  Nebseni  the  scribe,  whose  copy  of  the  Book 

'  See  my  The  Chapters  of  Coming  Forth  by  Day,  Vol.  1,  p.  xii.     London,  1898. 
"  The  Papyrus  of  Nebseni  contains  77  Chapters. 


xlviii  Introduction. 

of  the  Dead  in  the  British  Museum  (No.  9900)  has  so  much  in 

My  edition  of  common  with  that  of  Nu.     Taking  115  Chapters  from  the  Papyrus 

the  Theban      ^j  -^^^  ^^  from  the  Papyrus  of  Nebseni,  27  from  the  Papyrus  of 

the  Book  of      Ani,  and  some  half-dozen  hymns,  etc.,  from  the  Papyri  of  Hunefer, 

the  Dead.         Mut-hetep  and  Nekht,  I  prepared  an  edition  of  the  Egyptian  texts 

and  translated  them.     When  I  ventured  to  suggest  to  Messrs. 

Kegan  Paul,   who  undertook  to  publish  the  edition,   that  text 

and  translation  should  be  accompanied  by  a  Concordance  they 

demurred,  saying  that  no  one  wpuld  buy  the  Concordance,  or 

Vocabulary,    for   no   one   wanted   such   a   thing.     Finally    they 

decided  to  print  750  copies  of  the  Egyptian  text  and  Vocabulary, 

and  1,000  copies  of  the  Translation,  thinking  there  would  be  a  larger 

demand  for  it  than  for  the  first  two  volumes  of  the  work.     Two 

years  later  they  wrote  to  me  saying  that  the  whole  edition  of  the 

Egyptian  text  and  Vocabulary  was  sold,  and  that  as  about  230 

copies  of  the  Translation  were  unsold  they  had  decided  to  sell 

them  as  a  "  remainder,"  and  they  did  so.     Thus  it  was  proved 

that  there  was  a  considerable  demand  for  an  Egyptian  Vocabulary 

My  to  the  Theban  Recension  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  and  that  there 

of°the  Theban  '^'^^^  students  who  would  not  buy  the  Translation  unless  they 

Recension.        could  have  the  Vocabulary  with  it.     In  printing  the  Vocabulary 

I  adopted  a  plan  hitherto  untried.     I  placed  the  transliteration  of 

the  Egyptian  words  in  the  first  instead  of  in  the  second  column 

as  was  usual,  for  it  seemed  to  me  that  it  would  enable  the  beginner 

to  find  the  word  he  wanted  more  easily  and  quickly.     This  plan 

has  been  much  approved  of  in  England,  and  as  it  has  been  adopted 

in  an  "  Aegyptisches  Glossar  "  published  in  Berlin  in  1904  it  has 

evidently  seemed  useful  to  the  practical  Teutonic  mind. 

The  success  of  the  Vocabulary  to  the  Book  of    the  Dead 

and  the  encouragement  of  many   friends  emboldened  me  to  write 

an   Egyptian   Hieroglyphic    Dictionary, ^    and    with    this    object 

in    view    I    began    to    collect    words    from    Egyptian    literature 

The  collection  generally.     I   first   laid   under   contribution   the   Dictionaries   of 

of  material       Birch,   Brugsch  and  Pierret  and  verified,   as  far  as  possible,  all 
for  this  °  ...... 

Dictionary.       doubtful  readings.     From  the  Vocabularies  published  with  editions 

of  special  texts  I  obtained  much  material,  and  frorn  my  own 

reading  of  texts,  both  published  and  unpublished,  I  obtained  a 

'  As  Brugsch  died  in  1894,  all  hope  of  a  new  edition  of  his  Wcrterhnch  had 
to  be  abandoned.  His  private  copy  of  this  work  was  purchased  by  the  British 
Museum,  and  is  now  in  the  Library  of  the  Department  of  Egyptian  and  Assyrian 
Antiquities.  It  is  interleaved  and  in  several  volumes,  and  the  extensive  notes 
and  additions  in  his  own  handwriting  suggest  that  he  contemplated  the  issue  of 
a  new  edition. 


Introduction.  xlix 

great  deal  more.  The  result  of  all  this  work  was  that  I  filled  many 
boxes  and  drawers  with  slips  on  each  of  which  a  word  was  written, 
with  its  certain  or  problematical  meaning,  and  a  reference  to  the 
text  or  monument  where  it  was  to  be  found.  In  1908  I  had 
written  over  three  hundred  thousand  slips,  and  in  spite  of  the 
constant  help  of  my  wife  in  arranging  them  and  in  making  incor- 
porations, I  realised  that  the  publication  of  such  a  mass  of  material 
was  impossible.  No  one  man  could  write  the  fair  copy  of  it  for 
press,  and  no  publisher  could  afford  to  undertake  its  publication. 
I  therefore  set  to  work  to  revise  the  slips,  and  to  destroy  all  that 
had  redundant  references,  and  references  to  words  the  meanings 
of  which  were  commonly  accepted.  In  this  revision  I  got  rid  of 
more  than  one-half  of  the  slips,  but  even  then  the  compilation  Revisions 
was  far  too  large,  and  further  revision  was  necessary.  I  then  °  ^  ^  'P^* 
cut  out  all  the  numerous  quotations  from  texts,  and  nearly  all 
comments,  abbreviated  the  references  to  published  works,  and, 
at  the  risk  of  making  a  somewhat  bald  Egyptian  Vocabulary, 
eschewed,  except  in  very  rare  cases,  any  attempt  to  discuss 
theoretical  renderings  of  words.  This  second  revision  was  com- 
pleted in  1913,  and  the  slips  which  I  proposed  to  print  numbered 
nearly  28,500. 

The  question  of  publication  then  arose.  During  the  early 
stages  of  the  writing  of  this  Dictionary  an  understanding 
existed  between  Mr.  Blackett,  Manager  of  Messrs.  Kegan, 
Paul,  Trench,  Triibner  &  Co.,  and  myself  that  his  firm  would 
endeavour  to  include  it  among  their  publications,  but  by  the 
time  the  manuscript  was  ready  for  the  printer,  he  had  left  their  Diificulty  of 
service,  and  they  were  not  in  a  position  to  fulfil  his  wish.  I  talked  finding  a 
the  matter  over  with  Mr.  Horace  Hart,  Printer  to  the  Oxford 
University  Press,  and  showed  him  the  manuscript  of  the 
Dictionary,  and,  having  made  a  rough  calculation  of  the  probable 
cost  of  printing  it,  he  came  to  the  conclusion  that  no  publisher 
ought  to  undertake  the  work  without  a  subsidy.  He  thought  printing  in 
that  the  cost  of  production  might  be  lowered  by  printing  it  in  Vienna 
Vienna,  and  spoke  highly  of  the  Austrian  firm  of  Messrs.  Adolf 
Holzhausen,  who  had  already  printed  several  books  of  mine, 
and  with  whose  excellent  typography  I  was  well  acquainted. 
Further  enquiry  made  by  me  among  printers  and  publishers 
showed  the  correctness  of  Mr.  Hart's  opinion,  and  I  accepted  it 
as  final.  I  decided  that  it  was  unwise  to  attempt  to  reproduce 
my  manuscript  by  lithography,  because  works  of  reference 
printed  by  lithography  are  often  very  unsatisfactory  and  difficult 


1 


Introduction. 


A  friend  offers 
to  defray  the 
cost  of 
printing  the 
Dictionary. 


The  printing 
of  the 
Dictionary 
begun  in 
England. 


Contents 
of  this 
Dictionary. 


to    use,    and   I   lacked   the    skill    of    Brugsch    in   writing    the 
transfers. 

Soon  after  my  conversation  with  Mr.  Hart  I  had  the  oppor- 
tunity of  placing  my  difficulty  before  a  friend — an  English  gentle- 
man who  has  been  all  his  life  intensely  interested  in  the  ancient 
languages  of  the  Near  East,  and  has  proved  himself  to  be  a 
generous  patron  and  supporter  of  English  archaeological  enterprise 
in  Egypt  and  Western  Asia  for  many  years  past.  This  gentleman, 
who  persists  in  his  determination  to  remain  anonymous,  gave 
me  a  sympathetic  hearing,  and  a  few  days  later  wrote  and  offered 
to  defray  the  cost  of  printing  the  Dictionary  in  Vienna.  With 
heartfelt  gratitude  I  accepted  this  munificent  offer,  and  made 
preparations  to  take  the  manuscript,  which  filled  seven  large 
tray-boxes,  each  about  two  feet  three  inches  in  length,  to  Vienna 
in  May,  1914.  The  completing  of  a  piece  of  work  on  which  I 
was  then  engaged  made  it  necessary  for  me  to  postpone  my 
journey  from  the  spring  till  the  early  autumn,  when  I  hoped 
to  conclude  my  negotiations  with  Messrs.  Holzhausen  speedily, 
and  to  begin  to  print  before  the  end  of  the  year.  The  delay 
was  providential  for  the  Dictionary,  for  the  Great  War  broke 
out  early  in  August,  and  my  manuscript  was  safe  in  England  ; 
had  it  been  in  Vienna  it  would  have  been  impossible  to  regain 
possession  of  it  for  a  very  considerable  time,  and  even  if  I  had 
eventually  succeeded  in  recovering  it,  its  publication  must  have 
been  delayed  for  some  years.  As  things  were,  I  was  able, 
with  the  consent  of  my  friend  and  benefactor,  to  open 
negotiations  with  Messrs.  Harrison  and  Sons  for.  the  printing 
of  the  book,  and  very  soon  after  their  completion  the  printing 
began. 

The  present  Dictionary  of  Egyptian  Hieroglyphs  contains 
nearly  twenty-three  thousand  forms  of  Egyptian  words  collected 
from  texts  of  all  periods  between  the  time  of  the  Hlrd  Dynasty 
and  the  Roman  Period.  Strictly  speaking,  the  words  belonging 
to  each  of  the  great  periods  of  Egyptian  literature  should  have 
been  printed  in  separate  sections,  but  the  time  for  making  such 
a  series  of  Egyptian  Dictionaries  has  not  yet  arrived,  it  seems  to 
me.  Birch  excluded  from  his  Dictionary  the  names  of  deities 
and  the  names  of  places,  and  printed  lists  of  them  as  Appendices 
to  his  Dictionary  of  words.  Pierret  included  in  his  "  Vocabu- 
laire  "  the  names  of  deities,  kings  and  places,  and  made  it  to 
contain  practically  all  the  essential  parts  of  the  Hieroglyphic 
Dictionaries  of   Birch   and   Brugsch,   ChampoUion's   "  Pantheon 


Introduction.  li 

^gyptien,"^  Lepsius'  "  Book  of  Kings,"^  and  Bragsch's  "  Geo- 
graphical Dictionary."''  And  Brugsch,  expecting  the  student  to 
refer  at  first  hand  to  these  works,  devoted  all  the  space  in  his 
Worterbuch  to  registering  and  explaining  Egyptian  words.  Though 
there  is  much  to  be  said  in  favour  of  following  this  plan  strictly,  Names  of  gods 
I  have  nevertheless  included  in  the  Dictionary  of  Egyptian  words  and  goddesses 
the  names  of  all  the  gods  and  goddesses,  and  other  mythological 
beings  that  I  have  been  able  to  collect,  and  thus  the  total  number 
of  entries  in  this  section  of  the  book  amounts  to  23,889. 

Pierret's  instinct,  which  told  him  that  a  "  Vocabulaire  Hiero- 
glyphique  "  that  was  intended  to  help  beginners  in  the  study  of 
Egyptology,  ought  to  contain  the  names  of  kings,  was  undoubtedly 
correct,  but  it  seems  to  me  that  he  made  a  mistake  in  scattering 
them  throughout  his  work.  As  the  "  Konigsbuch  "  of  Lepsius, 
and  the  "  Livre  des  Rois  "  of  Brugsch  and  Bouriant"  are  out  of  Names 
print  and  scarce,  and  the  edition  of  my  own  "  Book  of  Kings  "^  ^  i^a. 
is  rapidly  becoming  exhausted,  I  have  printed  a  full  list  of  the 
names  of  Egyptian  kings  as  Part  II  of  this  work.  This  was 
necessary,  for  of  Das  Handbuch  der  Aegyptischen  Konigsnamen  by 
Pieper  and  Burchardt  only  one  part  has  appeared  (Berlin,  1912,  Svo), 
and  few  students  can  ever  hope  to  possess  the  splendid  but 
expensive  Le  Livre  des  Rois  de  I'ilgypte,  which  Gauthier  has 
published  in  the  Memoires  of  the  French  Archaeological  Institute 
of  Cairo,  in  five  parts,  folio  (Cairo,  1902-16).  My  List  contains 
439  entries,  which  give  the  names  of  all  the  known  kings,  from 
Mena,  the  first  king  of  all  Egypt,  to  the  Roman  Emperor  Decius. 
It  includes  all  their  principal  Ka  and  Nebti  names,  and  their 
names  and  titles  as  the  Horus  of  Gold,  the  King  of  the  South  and 
North,  and  the  Son  of  Ra.  It  illustrates  at  a  glance  the  develop- 
ment of  the  use  of  these  names  and  titles,  which  in  many  cases 
resemble  the  "  strong  names  "  that  were  adopted  by  the  kings 

'  Collection  des  personnages  myihologiques  de  I'ancienne  Egypte,  d'apres  les 
Monumens ;  avec  un  texte  explicatif  par  J.  F.  C.  et  les  figures  d'apres  les  dcssins 
de  L.  J.  J.  Dubois.     Avec  90  planches  en  couleur.    Paris,  1823-25.    4to. 

*  Konigsbuch  der  alien  Aegypter.    Berlin,  1858.     Fol. 

^  Dictionnaire  Geographique  de  I'Ancienne  Jigypte.  Leipzig,  1877.  Fol. 
Supplement.     Leipzig,  1879-80.     Fol. 

'  E.  Brugsch-Bey  et  Urbain  Bouriant,  Le  Livre  des  Rois,  contenant  la  Liste 
Chronologique  des  Rois,  Reines,  Princes,  Princesses,  et  Personnages  Importants 
de  V Egypte  depuis  Menes  jusqu'd  Nectanebo  IL     Cairo,  1887. 

»  The  Book  of  the  Kings  of  Egypt  or  the  Ka,  Nebti,  Horus,  Suien  Bat  and  Rii 
names  of  the  Pharaohs  with  transliterations,  from  Menes,  the  first  dynastic  king  of 
Egypt,  to  the  Emperor  Decius,  with  Chapters  on  the  Royal  Names,  Chronology, 
etc.     London,  2  Vols.,  1908.     Svo. 

d  2 


lii  Introduction. 

of  Dahomey.  Some  of  the  abnormally  long  strings  of  bombastic 
epithets  which  the  later  Pharaohs  loved  to  see  prefixed  to  their 
names  as  Kings  of  the  South  and  North  I  have  omitted,  for  they 
only  contain  quite  ordinary  titles. 

The  importance  to  the  beginner  of  having  a  list  of  geographical 
Geographical  names  available  for  handy  reference  is  so  obvious  that  no 
included  ^.pology  is  needed  for  devoting  a  section  of  this  work  to  a  register 

of  the  names  of  countries,  districts,  localities,  cities,  towns,  etc., 
in  Egypt,  the  Egyptian  Sudan  and  Western  Asia.  Brugsch's 
Dictionnaire  Geographique,  Leipzig,  1887-80,  and  the  three  volumes 
of  his  Geographische  Inschriften  Altagyptischer  Denkmdler ,  Leipzig, 
1857-60,  contain  a  vast  amount  of  information,  but  the  facts 
needed  re-stating  and  supplementing  in  the  light  of  the  studies 
of  modern  Egyptologists.  In  drawing  up  the  Geographical  List, 
which  forms  Part  III  of  this  Dictionary,  and  contains  nearly 
3,500  entries,  I  have  derived  much  help  from  Miiller's  Asien  und 
Geographyof  Europa  nach  Altdgyptischen  Denkmdlern,  Leipzig,  1893,  and 
and  Palestine.  Burchardt's  Die  Altkanaandischen  Fremdworte  und  Eigennamen  im 
Aegyptischen,  Leipzig,  1Q09-10.  In  the  first  of  these  the  writer 
has  treated  the  geography  of  Egypt  and  her  colonies  historically 
and  chronologically,  and  has  grouped,  in  a  clear  and  systematic 
manner,  all  the  facts  that  were  available  at  the  time  when  he 
wrote  the  book.  In  the  second,  the  author  collected  a  mass  of 
material  of  the  utmost  importance  for  the  student  of  Egyptian 
Geography  and  Philology.  His  work  is  of  peculiar  value  because 
he  possessed  a  good  working  knowledge  of  Hebrew  and  other 
Semitic  dialects,  and  was  able  to  use  it  authoritatively  in  dealing 
with  Egyptian  forms  of  Semitic  words  and  place-names.  Every 
Egyptologist  must  lament  the  untimely  death  of  this  sound 
scholar.  I  have  also  obtained  much  help  in  identifying  the 
original  names  of  Syrian  and  Palestinian  places  mentioned  in 
The  Tall  Egyptian  texts  from  Knudtzon's  Die  El-Amarna  Tafeln,  Leipzig, 

al-'Amamah  1907,  and  Winckler's  complete  edition  of  the  texts  from  the 
Tall  al-'Amarnah  Tablets  {Der  Thontafelfund  von  El  Amarna, 
Berlin,  1889).  Wherever  possible  I  have  added  the  cuneiform 
originals  in  the  Egyptian  Geographical  Lists  from  the  Tall  al- 
'Amarnah  Tablets  and  from  the  historical  inscriptions  of  the 
kings  of  the  later  Assyrian  Empires  which  flourished  between 
1350  and  620  B.C.  The  exact  positions  of  scores  of  places  must 
always  remain  unknown  because  their  conquerors,  whether 
Egyptian  or  Assyrian,  often  destroyed  cities  and  towns  utterly, 
and  in  a  generation  or  two  their  sites  would  be  forgotten. 


Tablets. 


Introduction.  liii 

The  last  section  of  this  Dictionary  contains  a  series  of  The  English 
Indexes.  The  First  Index  contains  a  complete  alphabetical  list 
of  all  the  English  words,  with  references,  which  are  used  to 
translate  the  Egyptian  words,  and  it  forms  a  kind  of  English- 
Egyptian  Dictionary.  I  have  found  the  French  Index  in  Pierret's 
Vocabulaire  Hic'roglyphique  very  useful  in  reading  Egyptian  texts, 
and  I  hope  that  mine,  which  is  much  larger  and  fuller,  and 
contains  over  sixty  thousand  references,  will  be  acceptable  to 
the  beginner. 

The  Second  Index  ought  to  assist  in  the  identification  of 
royal  names  when  they  occur  in  mutilated  texts.  In  it  many 
of  the  prenomens,   which  begin  with   Ra  or  some  other  god's 

name,  are  given  under  two  forms  ;  thus  foea  J  J,  the  prenomen  Kings'  names, 
of  Seti  I,  will  be  found  both  under  Ra-men-Maat  and  Men-Maat- 
Ra.     The  Hebrew  and  Greek  forms  of  Egyptian  royal  names, 
the  identifications  of  which  are  tolerably  certain,  are  also  given. 

The   Third    Index   contains   a   list   of    geographical   names.  The 
with  references,   under   the  ordinary   forms   in   which   they   are  Geographical 
found   in   English   books.     These   are   followed   by   lists   of   the 
forms  in  which  they  occur  in  Coptic  Literature,  in    the   works 
of  Greek  writers,  in  the  Hebrew  Bible,   in  Semitic  texts,   and 
in  the  cuneiform  inscriptions,  both  Assyrian  and  Persian. 

The  Fourth  Index  contains  a  list  of  all  the  Coptic  words,  Coptic. Index, 
with  references,   that   occur   in   the   Dictionary,   and   the   Fifth 
Index  consists  of  lists  of  all  the  non-Egyptian  words,  Hebrew, 
Syriac,  Arabic,   Ethiopic,   Amharic   and   Greek,  that   are   quoted  Index  of 
or  referred  to  in  it.  Semiticwords. 

The    system    on    which    the    words    are    arranged    in    the 
Dictionary  is  alphabetical,   like    that   followed  by  Birch  in  his 
' '  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics, ' '  and  by  Brugsch  in  his ' '  Worterbuch, ' '  The 
and  by  the  makers  of  Vocabularies  to  editions  of  special  texts,  ofThe  words 
e.g.,  by  Stern^  and  Erman^  in  Germany,   Lieblein^  in  Norway, 
PiehP  in  Sweden,  Schiaparelli'  in  Italy,  Maspero*  and  Moret'  in 

'  See  the  "  VoUstandiges  Hieroglyphisch-Lateinisches  Glossar,"  by  L.  Stem 
in  Vol.  II  of  Ebers,  Papyros  Ebers,  das  hermetische  Buch  conservirt  in  der  Uni- 
versitats-Biblioihek  zu  Leipzig.     Leipzig,  1875.     Fol. 

2  Die  Marchen  des  Papyrus  Westcar,  2  vols.     Berhn,  1890. 

'  Index  alphabetique  de  tons  les  Mots  contenus  dans  le  Livre  des  Moris.  Paris, 
1875.    8vo. 

*  Dictionnaire  du  Papyrus  Harris,  No.  i.     Upsala,  1882.    8vo. 
'  II  Libra  dei  Funerali.     Turin,  1880-83.     Fol. 

*  Les  Memoires  de  Sinouhit.     Paris,  1908.     4to. 

'  Le  Rituel  du  Culte  Divin  Journalier.    Paris,  1902. 

d3 


liv  Introduction. 

France,  by  Griffith/  and  by  Griffith  and  Thompson^  in  their 
Demotic  Glossaries,  and  by  myself  in  England/  In  the  case  of 
several  words  belonging  to  the  late  period  here  and  there  incon- 
sistency will  be  found,  but  this  is  due  chiefly  to  the  fact  that 
many  signs  which  had  syllabic  values  under  the  Middle  and  New 
Empires  were  used  as  mere  letters  in  the  late  texts.  And  Egyp- 
tian scribes  were  themselves  inconsistent  in  their  spellings. 
Translitera-  Throughout  this  book  the  transliteration  of  the  Egyptian  word 
tion,  jg  placed  first  in  the  entry,  according  to  the  plan  followed  in 

my  Vocabulary  to  the  Theban  Recension  of  the  Book  of  the 
Dead.  Then  follows  the  Egyptian  word  in  hieroglyphs,  frequently 
with  a  reference  to  the  text  where  it  is  found,  and  theif  the 
meaning.  Now,  the  exact  meaning  of  many  words  is  unknown, 
and  can  only  be  guessed  at  by  the  context.  In  some  cases  the 
context  makes  the  meaning  of  an  unknown  word  comparatively 
certain,  but  in  others,  especially  where  no  probable  Coptic  equivalent 
is  forthcoming,  it  does  not,  and  then  any  meaning  suggested 
is  little  else  than  the  result  of  guesswork.  In  many  cases,  then, 
the  English  words  that  are  set  down  as  translations  of  rare  and 
difficult  Egyptian  words  must  only  be  regarded  as  suggestions 
The  meanings  ^^  ^o  the  probable  meanings.  This  is  especially  the  case  with 
of  many  words  certain  words  in  the  Pyramid  Texts.  The  meaning  of  some  of 
them  is  tolerably  clear  from  the  determinatives,  but  there  are 
a  considerable  number  of  words  in  these  difficult  documents  for 
which  no  one  has  so  far  proposed  meanings  that  may  be  con- 
sidered correct.  The  spells  and  magical  formulae  which  abound 
in  these  Texts  are  not  only  difficult  to  translate  because  of  the 
words  of  unknown  meaning  in  them,  but  also  because  it  is  not 
always  clear  where  one  word  ends  and  the  next  begins.  Even 
Maspero  found  himself  unable  to  translate  whole  sentences  and 
passages  in  them,  and  as  none  of  the  translations  of  them  pro- 
mised by  German  scholars  has  yet  appeared,  it  seems  as  though 
the  difficulties  which  they  belittled  in  describing  Maspero's  edition 
of  the  Pyramid  Texts  have  vanquished  them. 
Order  of  the  The  order  of  the  letters  in  Birch's  "  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics  " 

!«"-•  is  as  follows:-!).  _.,   ^,  J,   >u=^.   |.   m,    l\l\,  ^,   B,  |^. 

«,     D,     <=>,    p,    -— ,     c^^,     °^,     =,     O,     |,    |,     ^,     e,     ®,    C30 

'  Catalogue  of  the  Demotic  Papyri  in  the  John  Rylands  Library,  Vol.  III. 
Manchester,  1909. 

'  The  Demotic  Magical  Papyrus  of  London  and  Leiden,  Vol.  III.  London, 
1909. 

•  Vocabulary  to  the  Theban  Recension  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead.    London,  1898. 


Introduction.  Iv 

In  other  words,  he  tried  to  make  their  order  approximate  to  that  of  Birch, 
the  letters  of  the  EngUsh  Alphabet. 

In  E.  de  Rouge's   Egyptian  Alphabet    {Chrestomaihie  t^gyp-  E.  de  Roug6. 
tienne,  Part  I,  Paris,  1867)  the  order  of  the  letters  is  as  follows  : — 

^'  ^'  — ^'  Ifl'  ^^'.  ^'  ^'  ^'  J'  ^'  °'  ^'^'  ^'  LJ'  ^' 
s==>,    ^,    |>  ^='>  ^°^>    |.    ^^.   ^=.   __>, -wv^^,    0,<=., -2a<.,   -*— ,   |l, 

.  IM'    ®'  \'  •*-*'   I'  ]'   ra-    In  Stern's  "Glossar"  the  order  is  stem. 


>>  ^> 


(2, 


Budge. 


as  follows  i—"^,  (|,  — D,  J,  ^.=^,  ra,  |>  \\,(|(|,  '^==',  ZS.  -23i, 
'^^'wvA,  a,  ^,  <3>,  p,  _H-,  00,  ci,  §=>,    |,  c^s.,  ^,  ^ 

The  order  followed  in   this  Dictionary  is :    "^^j    u , 
or  w,  ^or  (2,  J,  D,  '^^^,  ^,  ,  <=>  or  .2^,  ra,|.  ^, 

|l,c3a,  A,  ^^^,   S.   ci  or  |,  s=>,  c=>,  ^^. 

Among  the  words  given  in  this  Dictionary  are  many  which 
are  derived  from  demotic  texts.  As  my  knowledge  of  this 
branch  of  Egyptology  is  rudimentary  I  have  relied  for  the  cor- 
rectness of  their  transcription  into  hieroglyphs  chiefly  upon  the 
works  of  that  erratic  genius,  E.  Revillout,  and  Professor  F.  LI. 
Griffith.  These  scholars  have  shown  that  Demotologists  are  Demotic 
able  to  transcribe  demotic  texts  into  hieroglyphs,  and  Birch's  words: 
view  that  they  were  unable  to  do  this  is  no  longer  tenable. 
About  the  correctness  of  the  meanings  of  many  demotic  words 
given  by  them  there  can  be  no  doubt,  for  the  equivalents  of  a 
great  number  of  them,  and  their  counterparts  in  form,  are  to 
be  found  even  in  the  existing  Coptic  "  Scalae  "  and  in  the  printed 
Coptic  Vocabularies  and  Dictionaries  of  Peyron,  Tattam  and 
Par  they. 

The  references  to  original  documents  and  to  published 
editions  of  them  in  this  Dictionary  are,  in  respect  of  number, 
unsatisfactory.  They  represent  a  compromise,  and  will  suffer 
the  fate  of  all  compromises,  that  is  to  say,  they  wUl  satisfy 
nobody.  In  the  great  collection  of  slips  which  I  made  first  of 
all  there  were  to  some  words  as  many  as  sixty  references,  and 
the  slips  that  contained  only  from  six  to  twelve  references  were 
very  few.  To  print  all  these  was  manifestly  impossible,  for  the 
references  would  have  occupied  far  more  space  than  the  Egyp-  References  to 
tian  words  and  their  meanings.  It  seemed  at  first  that  each  publications, 
word  ought   to   be   followed   by   a   reference,   but   even   so   the 

d  4 


Ivi 


Introduction, 


Coptic  forms 
of  Egyptian 
words. 


Mr.  Cram's 

Coptic 

Dictionary. 


Borrowed 
Semitic  words. 


references  required  as  much  space  as  the  Egyptian  words,  and 
I  decided  that  many  references  to  the  older  printed  literature 
must  be  cut  out,  and  only  a  limited  number  to  recent  publica- 
tions admitted.     Further,  it  was  clear  that  the  names  of  authors 
and  their  papers  printed  in  the  Recueil  de  Travaux,  the  Transac- 
tions and  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  the 
Archceologia  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of  London,  the  Aegyp- 
tische  Zeitschrift,  and  other  scientific  journals  of  the  kind,  would 
have  to  be  omitted,  and  the  name  of  the  journal  quoted  in  an 
abbreviated  form.     A  list  of  the  abbreviations  of  the  titles  of  all 
books  actually  quoted  will  be  found  on  pp.  Ixxv-lxxxvii.  This  is 
followed  by  a  list  of  all  the  principal  books  that  have  been  used  or 
consulted  in  the  writing  of  this  Dictionary,  so  that  the  beginner 
may  know  to  what  books  to  turn  in  the  prosecution  of  his  studies. 
Following  the  meaning  of  the  word  and  at  the  end  of  the 
entry  is  often  given  the  equivalent  of  an  Egyptian  word  in  the 
latest  stage  of  the  language,  i.e.,  Coptic.     In  selecting  these  Coptic 
equivalents  I  have  not  copied  them  straight  out  of  a  Coptic 
Dictionary,  but  have  satisfied  myself  that  they  bear  the  meaning 
which  the  Egyptian  words  have  in  passages  in  the  Coptic  versions 
of  the  Bible,  and  in  Coptic  patristic  literature  generally.     Had 
the  great  Corpus  of  Coptic  words  upon  which  Mr.  W.  E.  Crum 
has  been  at  work  for  so  many  years  been  available^  the  number 
of  Coptic  equivalents  quoted  in  this  Dictionary  would  probably 
have  been  quadrupled.     The  Hebrew,  Syriac,  Arabic  and  other 
Semitic  words  quoted  in  the  entries  stand  in  a  different  relation- 
ship to  the  Egyptian,  for  they  merely  represent  borrowings  of 
words,  usually  by  the  Egyptians  from  the  Semites,  whilst  the 
true  Coptic  words  are  native  Egyptian.      They  seem  to  me  to 
stand  in  quite  a  different  category  from  the  pronouns  which  were 
borrowed  at  a  very  early  period  by  the  Egyptians  from  the  people 
whom,  for  want  of  a  better  name,  we  may  call  "  Proto-Semites." 
And  the  greater  number  of  them  were  certainly  introduced  into 
Egyptian    texts   after  the  Egyptians  founded  Colonies  in  Syria 
and    Palestine  by  scribes  who  either  knew  no  Egyptian  words 
that  were  exactly  suitable  for  their  purpose,  or  who  wished  to 
ornament  their  compositions  by  the  use  of  Semitic  words  or  to 
show  their  erudition. 

'  When  the  Great  War  broke  out  in  1914  Mr.  Crum  was  in  Vienna,  and  had 
his  enormous  mass  of  material  with  him.  He  succeeded  in  leaving  the  city,  but 
his  manuscripts  remained  there  for  a  considerable  time  afterwards,  and  his  work 
has  been  hampered  in  consequence,  and  the  publication  of  his  Coptic  Dictionary 
delayed  for  five  years. 


Introduction.  Ivii 


In  the  transliterations  of  tlie  Egyptian  words  in  this  Die-  Difficulties  of 

transl 
tion. 


tionary,  I  have  followed  the  order  of  the  letters  of  the  Egyptian  transhtera- 


words,  but  I  cannot  think  that  these  transliterations  always 
represent  the  true  pronunciation  of  the  words.     Thus  in  the  word 

Mam  fl'^^s,"^'  ^  plant,  it  is  impossible  to  think  that  the 
Egyptians  took  the  trouble  to  pronounce  two  long  vowels  having 
exactly  the  same  sound  and  to  give  *^  its  value,  always  supposing 

it  had  a  phonetic  value  in  this  word.  The  analogies  in  Coptic 
suggest  that  we  should  read  the  word  simply  am,  nevertheless 

the  scribe  wrote  '    ^  "^  Vv  .      Again   in  the   word  Nenui[t]   or 

Nui[t]  r—^  O  v>  0(1  ':^^  ,  the  primeval  watery  mass,  we  have 
n  ~wwv  4-  en  f^~~.  +  n  "~^~"  -\-  nu  O,  i.e.,  four  n  sounds  ;  that 
any  Egyptian  ever  took  the  trouble  to  pronounce  all  of  them 
in  this  word  is  inconceivable.  It  is  possible  that  the  scribe 
wished  the  reader  to  understand  that  one  n  had  to  be  pronounced 
like  the  Spanish  h  or  the  Amharic  "^ ,  and  wrote  n  four  times 
to  make  certain  that  he  did  so.  In  many  transliterations  of 
Egyptian  words  I  have  added  the  letter  e,  not  because  I  think  Addition  of 
it  represents  the  vowel  which  the  Egyptians  used  in  these  *^®  letter  e. 
places,  but  merely  to  make  the  words  pronounceable  and  therefore 
easy  to  remember.  Thus  the  word  fi  0  — »—  d|'  ^^  |  V  P  d^'  ^^ 
transliterated  hes  by  me,  but  the  Coptic  equivalent  &twc  shows 
that  the  vowel  sound  between  the  two  consonants  was  not  an  e, 
but  something  like  an  o.  On  the  other  hand  in  8  S  H  "to 
submerge,"  the  Coptic  equivalent  ^^.cIe  suggests  that  in  this 
word  at  least   the   vowel  sound  was  that  of  some  kind  of    a. 

And  in  netchem    ^^^'  or  |^v  |.  "sweet,"  "pleasant,"  the 

Coptic  equivalent  notTlx.  suggests  the  first  vowel  sound  in  the  Evidence  of 

1  11  11  r  1  •    1     r  Coptic  texts, 

word  was  m  or  o  and  the  second  that  of  some  kmd  of  e  or  a. 

Without   vowels  of  some  kind  how  can  the  name  of    the  god 

(|"^~^      (l^'Or    ^      ('^^"'^^'"^ — 5^' ^'^   "^"^I"^!' 

be  pronounced  ?  In  transliterating  -www  I  have  written  en  or  ne, 
and  there  is  good  authority  for  doing  so,  namely  the  most  ancient 
Coptic  papyrus  Codex  of  the  Book  of  Deuteronomy  and  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles.*  Thus  in  &«  nnei  'ivTeKAJLnrT^iJL^^J>\  (Deut.  13, 10) 
the  line  over  the  Hs  and  the  Ji.  proves  that  the  reader  had  to 

'  Brit.  Mus.  MS.  Oriental  No.  7594.  It  was  written  not  later  than  the 
middle  of  the  fourth  century  of  our  Era.  See  my  Coptic  Biblical  Texts  in  the 
Dialect  of  Upper  Egypt.    London,  1912.    8vo. 


Iviii 


Introduction. 


Separate 
vowels  in 
words. 


Egyptian 
abbreviations 
of  words  and 


names. 


Vowels  placed 
at  the  ends 
of  words. 


supply  some  vowel  when  pronouncing  these  letters,  either  an  a 
or  an  e,  probably  the  latter.  And  this  was  the  case  with 
several  other  letters  besides  n  and  jul,  for  we  have  ^^xeTrtonrcjocgfi 
(Deut.  I,  41),  iinp  {ibid.  42),  xeTRonfCOcyq  {ibid.),  A.nftw  rtv 
x5jS.oq  {ibid.  4,  15),  rtrteKpJULKxpe  {ibid.  20),  JU-H  nexH  g^xXo 
{ibid.  23),  TiitoTT-e  ex  oitg;  {ibid.  26),  K^-x^.  xeg^iH  XHpc  {ibid.  5,  33), 
e  xooxK  {ibid.),  aj-^-rtxqqoxonr  e  fi.oX  i.-ras  rtenrpptuoT  {ibid.  8,  24), 
rtr  XJuC  p  ntoS.^  {ibid.  25,  19),  g,n  oTcupx  (Acts  5,  23),  nni.-r 
ri  zncixe  (Acts  10,  3),  etc.  From  these  examples  we  see  that  lines 
were  written  over  the  letters  B.,  X,  jul,  n,  n,  p,  c,  x,  k,  v,  q,  cy,  g, 
and  X,  and  that  in  certain  positions  in  words  a  helping  vowel  was 
necessary  for  their  pronunciation. 

The  whole  question  of  the  use  of  the  separate  vowels  which 
we  find  in  Egyptian  words  is  one  of  considerable  difficulty,  and 
it  seems  to  me  quite  clear  from  the  statements  that  are  made 
on  the  subject  by  Egyptologists  that  no  one  has  yet  succeeded  in 
solving  the  problem.  It  is  quite  obvious  that  the  scribes  syste- 
matically wrote  certain  words  without  vowels  and  expected  the 

reader  to  supply  them,  e.g.,  the  name  of  the  god       |  J|  Pth. 

Now,  it  is  impossible  to  pronounce  this  name  without  adding  one 
vowel  at  least,  but  there  is  nothing  in  Egyptian  to  show  what 
that  vowel  must  be  or  where  it  is  to  be  placed.  In  the  case  of 
Pth,  the  Greeks,  who  spelt  the  name  ^6d,  or  (t>0a,  supply  the 
vowel,  and  suggest  that  the  Egyptians  pronounced  it  something 
like  "  Ptah."     Or,  take  the  name  of  the  god  Horus,  which  the 

Egyptians  wrote  Her  fX  ^'  ^1'  ^  ^'  <^5  ^"^  '=^  A 
without  adding  any  vowel.  The  transcriptions  of  the  name  in 
Hebrew  ("nn),  Coptic  (&u)p)  and  Greek  Cflpo?)  prove  that  the 
missing  vowel  is  o,  but  the  Egyptian  forms  of  the  name  give  no 
indication  of  this  fact.     In  the  Pyramid  Texts  we  find  the  form 

I  '^  V-^  (M-  454)  which  was  held  by  one  Egyptologist  to 
prove  that  the  god's  name  terminated  in  u ;  but,  according 
to  M.  Naville's  view,  which  is  probably  correct,  the  %:>  is  really 
the  vowel  that  is  wanting  in  the  name,  which  we  ought  to  read 
"  Hur,"  or  "  Hor,"  as  in  Hebrew,  Coptic  and  Greek.  This  same 
scholar  thinks  that  another  example  of  the  use  of  the  v^  in  this 


way  is  found  in  "^^  tk  Jj  ^ 
and 


or 


(23 


variants    of 


D  _zr  u'    "'    Q  a 
„,    0        ,    "-"^  I-      As  the  Coptic  form  of   the  word  is 

£,u3xn,  the  ancient  Egyptian  form  of  the  word  clearly  included 


Introduction. 


lix 


the  vowel  o,  and  this  is  proved  by  the  ^  or  e  in  the  first  two 


forms  of 


quoted  above.     It  has  seemed  to  me  for  several 


years  past  that  the  vowel  signs  which  we  find  in  many  Egyptian 
words  were  intended  not  to  be  read  necessarily  as  parts  of  the 
words,  but  only  to  indicate  or  limit  their  signification.  But  the 
subject  is  too  large  to  discuss  in  an  Introduction  to  a  Dictionary, 
and  demands  a  book  to  itself.  Meanwhile,  I  understand  that 
M.  Naville  is  preparing  a  volume  on  the  whole  question,  and  as 
there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  he  will  present  in  a  new  light 
many  important  facts  bearing  upon  Egyptian  phonetics,  its 
appearance  is  eagerly  awaited. 

The  system  of  transliteration  which  I  have  used  in  this 
Dictionary  is  a  modification  of  that  which  was  employed  by  Birch 
and  some  of  the  older  Egyptologists,  and  by  Brugsch  until  the 
last  years  of  his  life.  The  following  is  the  transliteration  of  the 
letters  of  the  Egyptian  Alphabet  which  Brugsch  printed  in  the 
first  volume  of  his  Wdrterbuch  (1867)  : — 


Vowels  as 
indications  of 
the  meanings 
of  words  or 
verbal  forms. 


The  Egj'ptian 
Alphabet  in 
1867. 


W  1 


f]      u,  ua  (w) 


J 


ra 


k 


ffi 


m 


[land  — 


or  A     t 


AA/wv\       n  '   ^^  -I 


m 


^ 


.£&    1 


In  1880,  the  following  modification  of  this  Alphabet  appeared  The  Egyptian 
in  the  fifth  volume  of  his  Wdrterbuch  (Folge  und  Umschreibung  jggo^  ^ 
der  alphabetischen  Zeichen)  : — 

a.    Vowels  and  half- vowels  : — 

1.       (]  a  (n).      D  a  (j?). 

f]  u,  w  (■,). 


/ 


w  1. 


y  (^)-    ^  u.  0. 


IX 


Introduction. 

.1  Consonants  : — 

b, 

v(l) 

p. 

s 

l^'W' 

(2) 

ro-i 

s,  X  (sx) 

0 

P 

ijia 

i  (tr) 

>u»_ 

f 

^ 

k,  q  (^) 

k 

m 

ffi 

k,  g  (a  and  I) 

^v^A^^ 

n 

^ 

k(3) 

<r> 

r 

Cii 

t(:o) 

.^ai 

1 

.^,] 

6  (n-  d) 

ra 

h 

:    = 

t  (T,  t) 

1 

Mc) 

■■    ^ 

t^(^V) 

® 

X  (n.  t) 

i 

t(a)  (y) 

The  Egyptian  In   1891    {Die   Aegyptologie,   p.    94)    he   published   a   further 

Alphabet  in      jnodification  of  the  Egyptian  Alphabet  which  reads  as  follows  :- 
1891. 


2. 


I.  (j       '    (a) 
I   (a) 

3.  IIH  "  0) 

4.  ^^       "  (0 

5.  — ^'    (a) 

6.  ■^     w(u) 

7-  J      b 

8.  D         p 


9- 


10. 


f 


m 


12.  <=>  r,  1  (r) 

13.  [.2^  rw](l) 

14-    rn  h 

.5. 1  h 

16.    ©  b  (x) 


17.         — : 

18.   IM 

19.  ffl 
20. 

21.  ^ 

22.  O 

23- 
24. 

25. 


g 

k 

k(q) 
t 

d  (t) 
d  (f) 


»  b  contains  a  list  of  double  vowels  and  half-vowels. 


Introduciion. 


Ixi 


In  1894    Dr.  Erman  proposed    some   modifications  of   this  The  Egyptian 
system  of  transliterating  the  Egyptian  Alphabet,  and  printed  the  Alphabet  in 
following  {Egyptian  Grammar,  London,  1894,  p.  6)  : — 


1 

J 


w 

b 


f 


m 


ra 


h 
h 


}^ 


P/' 


r-w-i 


S 
k 
k 


ffi 

g 

c^ 

t 

t 

cz=^ 

d 

^ 

d 

W 

y 

w  i 


In  191 1  he  made  the  following  changes  and  addition  {Aegyp-  The  Egyptian 

tische  Grammatik,  Berlin,  1911,  p.  20)  : —  Alphabet  in 

^       ^       '  1911. 

i|  i  or  y.     . — fl'=;y.      <=>  r  =  1  and  S-        n]h  =  n-       \^  "  Z 
®  b  =  C-        "^^^  h>  ~*~"  =■  s-  '  =°  ^-        I — "I  s  =  ttj.         A  k  =  p. 

^  d  =  t:-     "^^d. 


^z^  k  =  ::•    c>  t  =  n- 

w  =  y  (little  yodh). 


=  t. 


=  y- 


From  these  we  see  that  Dr.  Erman  introduces  the  sign  •—  as 
a  letter  of  the  Egyptian  Alphabet,  and  distinguishes  between  the 

two   sibilants   —»—  and   fl;    that    he   gives  y  as   an   alternative 

value  to  (|,  and  regards  w  as  a  "little  yodh,"  and  that  he  retains 

I,  I  and  '  as  the  transliterations  of  ^\ ,  (1  and  — d  respectively. 

It  is  also  to  be  noted  that  his  system  includes  the  letters  \\,  h,  s,  t, 
and  d,  making  with  I  and  I  seven  new  characters  which  must 
be  specially  cut  for  the  compositor's  use.  There  are  many  objec- 
tions that  might  be  urged  against  this  system  of  transliteration,  but 
the  innovations  in  it  are  not  worth  discussion.  It  is  sufficient  to 
say  that  when  the  actual  mistakes  in  the  older  system  that  was  used 
by  Birch,  Lepsius,  Brugsch  and  others  are  eliminated  it  remains, 
in  my  opinion,  the  best  that  has  yet  been  proposed.  The  modi- 
fications which  I  have  made  in  it  for  the  purposes  of  this  book 
are  not  in  any  way  intended  to  be  improvements  or  even  cor- 
rections ;  they  were  made  solely  with  the  view  of  simplifying  y, 
the  transliteration  for  the  use  of  the  beginner,  and  of  reducing  simpUfied 

the  labour  of  the  compositor.     I  have  tried  to  get  rid  of  as  many  transhter- 
.  .     .  ation  used 

letters  with  diacritical  marks  as  possible,   because    they    often  in  this  book 


Ixii 


Introdtiction. 


Maspero  on 

Egyptian 

phonetics. 


k.  ^  and 


break  off  in  the  process  of  printing ;  but  I  have  retained  a 
for  (1 ,  a  for  — o,  h  for  |  and  t  for  g^>  ;  three  of  these,  a,  h  and  t, 
are  familiar  to  every  student  of  Oriental  languages.  I  have 
rejected  I  and  I  and  ' ;  and  letters  with  lines  or  a  semi-circle  under 
them,  i.e.,  h,  h,  t,  d,  and  s  with  an  accent  (s),  I  have  eschewed 
entirely  for  the  reasons  given  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

Maspero  with  infinite  pains  collected  in  his  Introduction 
d  I' Etude  de  la  Phonetique  Bgyptienne,  Paris,  1917,  a  number  of 
examples    illustrating    the    various    vowel    sounds     which     the 

Egyptians  themselves  gave  to  the  signs  "^j  \\  and  — d  .  And 
from  his  conclusions  it  is  clear  that  even  though  we  transliterate 
*^  by  A,  the  A  will  not  represent  all  the  various  modified  sounds 
which  the  human  mouth  can  give  to  that  letter  ;i  and  this  is  also 
the  case  with  q  and  — 0.  According  to  him  the  primitive  phonetic 
value  of  the  sign  \\  in  Pyramid  times  was   "  un  A  moyen  "  like 

the  French  A  in  patte,  cage,  that  is  to  say,  an  A,  or  an  open  A 
which  borders  on  fi  as  in  the  popular  pronunciation  MontpEnasse 
for  MontpArnasse  ;  "^^  A  is  A  grave  bordering  on  O,  as  in  the 
popular  Parisian  pronunciations  g()r  for  gAre,  or  in  the  English 
All,  wOs  for  wAs-  — a  is  A  guttural  which  recalls  the  sound  of 
y  =  Q,  but  does  not  correspond  to  it  exactly  and  turns  sometimes 
to  the  A  aigu,  and  sometimes  to  the  A  grave.  In  fact,  we  see 
that  in  archaic  Egyptian  "  les  phonemes  varies  de  la  langue 
posterieure  ne  s'etaient  pas  produits  encore,  et  qu'il  n'y  avait 
sous  chacun  d'eux,   ainsi  que  sous  chacun  des  signes  reconnus 

pour  consonnes  par  tons  les  savants  J,  a,  >^^=^,  ^^=^,   rD.   etc., 

qu'un  phoneme  unique,  ou,  si  Ton  veut,  les  groupes  de  nuances 
vocaliques  que  nous  avons  I'habitude  de  designer  par  un  signe 
unique."     Accepting  these  conclusions  heartily  it  has  seemed  to 

me  quite  unnecessary  to  use  any  other  signs  to  represent  "vi,  h 
and  — fl  than  a,  a  and  a  respectively. 

*  "  Si  done  nous  disons  que  le  signe  A  anglais  figure  une  voyelle,  il  n'y  a 
pas  de  raison  pour  que  les  signes  (],  ^^,  °  ne  figurent  pas  des  voyelles.  Bien 
entendu,  je  n'ai  pas  la  pretention  d'affirmer  que,  si  ^_^  par  exemple  sonnait  A,  il 
n'y  avait  sous  ce  signe  qu'un  seul  des  A  possibles.  Comme  chaque  modification 
de  forme  dans  la  bouche  humaine  produit  une  voyelle  ou  une  nuance  de  voyelle 
differente,  le  nombre  des  voyelles  et  de  leurs  nuances  est  tres  considerable  ;  aussi 
les  signes  que  nous  appelons  signes-voyelles  communement  A,  E,  I,  etc.,  repre- 
sentent  en  r&.litd  des  groupes  de  nuances  vocaliques  differant  trhs  legerement 
I'une  de  I'autre  et  Ton  considdrera  les  signes  qui  rcpresentent  chacun  d'eux, 
1>  m-  — ° '  '^^  I^gyptien  comme  couvrant  chacun  de  ces  groupes  "  (p.  119). 


Introduction.  Ixiii 

The  sign  %  is  transliterated  u  throughout ;    it  is  no  doubt  The  sign  \ . 
equivalent  both  to  i  and  >i,  and  I  think  it  is  a  mistake  to  trans- 
literate it  always  by  w.     The  correct  transliteration  of  -^^.  or  The  sign  4s?. 
A^,  or  ^— °.  or  ^^— "  is  a  matter  of  difficulty.     That   ^ 
was  sounded  in  some  way  different  from  ^\    is  clear,  otherwise  it 
would  appear  in  words  more  frequently.     It  seems  possible  that 

the  sign  A d  or  - — o  added  to  the  v\    was  intended  to  show  that 

the  ^^  was  to  be  pronounced  in  one  of  the  many  ways  in  which 
m  is  sounded  in  African  languages,  but  what  that  way  was  is 
not  evident.  When  -%^  occurs  at  the  end  of  an  Egyptian  trans- 
cription of  the  name  of  a  locality  in  Palestine  or  Syria  it  may 
represent  ma.     In  this  book  I  have  often  transcribed  -^  by  m'.  ^^«^A^and  ?V^. 

(SAAA/VA  vy 

And  as  regards  '«~>~^,  when  the  Egyptian  wrote  f^  the  n  \\as 
probably  pronounced  like  the  Spanish  tI  or  the  Amharic  ^  gn. 

The  signs  ®  and  «»—  are  transcribed  throughout  by  kh  and 
kha  respectively.  According  to  some  authorities  ®  is  represented  ®  and  &. 
in  Coptic  by  &  and  «*-=»  by  i),  but  the  Copts  did  not  observe 
this  distinction  carefully,  for  we  find  in  Coptic  texts  g^Hi^i  and 
^HiB^i,  pjexsLc  and  ^ejULc,  g,pe  and  ^pe,  g^oj-rS  and  ^ojxS,  etc. 
The  absoluteness  of  the  statement  that  «»-=»  can  become  in  Coptic  is^-=  and  ^. 
2,  and  ^  but  never  cy,  but  that  ®  can  become  &  or  cy,  or  ^  or  cy, 
has  been  disproved  by  Maspero,^  and  nothing  more  need  be  said 
about  it  here.  In  this  Dictionary  the  words  beginning  with  ® 
and  those  beginning  with  ^—  are  separated  into  two  distinct 
groups  for  the  convenience  of  the  beginner,  but  it  has  been 
thought  unnecessary  to  use  any  specially  distinctive  signs  for  ® 
and  <*-=».  As  he  will  always  have  the  Egj'ptian  text  before  him, 
he  can  make  no  mistake.     The  x  is,  of  course,  dropped. 

In  1892,  Professor  Hommel  pointed  out  in  the  Zeitschrift  fur 
Aegyptische  Sprache  (Bd.  30,  s.  9  ff)  that  the  Egyptians  used 
two  sibilants  which  were  represented  bv  the  signs  —>>—  and  U,  The  sibilants 

and  the  fact  is  beyond  dispute,  as  all  will  admit.     But  the  texts     "    ^    ' ' 
prove  conclusively  that  they  ceased  to  distinguish  between  them 
in  writing,  except  in  the  case  of  a  few  words  at  an  early  period, 

and  that  they  used  —<*—  and   '  indiscriminately  when  they  wished 

to  express  the  letter  s.     There  is  no  doubt  that  —-—  must  sometimes 

have  had  a  somewhat  different  sound  froin  [I  for  we  find  the 

'  Introduction  a  I' Etude  de  la  Phonetique  Egyptienne,  p.  46  ff. 


-T- 


^=q. 

S  =  g. 

o  and 

1  = 

=t. 

S — r»  — 

th. 

Ixiv  Introduction. 

word  for  "jackal  "  written  — ^-"^  J  "W  or  — »-  J  i^  sa6  or  s6, 

and  the  Hebrew  word  for  the  animal  is  ze^bh  l^«tt.     But  we  also 

find  a  form  beginning  with  the  0,  thus  0  |  J  "^i  and,  as  several 

variants  of  this  form  begin  also  with  0 ,  the  form  that  begins  with 

rarely  — "^  is  not  a  very  sure  ground  for  the  statement  that  — »-  =  T.  The 
z  sound  must  have  been  very  rare  in  Egypt,  for  most  of  the  words 
under  ^  in  the  Coptic  Dictionaries  are  of  Greek  origin  ;  ^uJitx 
for  cojnx  {see  Parthey's  Vocabulanum)  seems  to  have  been  the 
result  of  careless  pronunciation.     When  the  Egyptians  merged  the 

sound  of  — •<—  in  that  of    1  is  not  known,  but  the  merging    must 

have  happened  long  before  the  Christian  Era  began,  for  the  Copts 

represent  both  signs  by  c.      And  the  Egyptian  transcriptions  of 

-—  and  (1      Canaanite  geographical  names  prove  that  both  — »—  and  R  repre- 

=D  and  ttj.     sent  D  and  uj.     In  their  transliterations  of  the  signs  — »—  and  y 

the  German  Egyptologists  distinguish  — »-  by  s  and  M  by  /,  but  in 

this  Dictionary  I  have  followed  the  example  of  Birch  and  Brugsch 
and  Maspero,  and  regarded  them  as  having  practically  one  and  the 
same  sound.  Nevertheless,  remembering  the  large  number  of 
words  that  begin  with  the  signs  —*—  and  P ,  and  with  the  view  of 
simplifying  the  task  of  the  searcher  who  may  use  this  Dictionary, 
I  have  printed  all  the  words  beginning  with  — ^  in  one  section, 

and  all  those  beginning  with   I  in  the  section  following. 

By  transliterating  Ahy  q,  di  letter  with  a  diacritical  point  (k) 
has  been  got  rid  of  and,  though  the  transliterating  of  ZS  by  g 
does  not  seem  quite  satisfactory,  I  have  followed  the  example 
of  the  older  Egyptologists  in  this  particular.^  The  signs  c^  and 
\  are  both  transliterated  by  t,  and  by  using  th  for  s==s  the  Greek 

d  and  a  letter  with  a  line  under  it  (/)  are  eliminated.  In  the 
case  of  c^a  I  have  retained  the  transliteration  /  and  have  not 
adopted  d  by  which  it  is  now  sometimes  transliterated.  Maspero 
has  shown  that  in  Semitic  geographical  names  in  the  XVIIIth 

dynasty  <==>  often  represents  the  Hebrew  f,  e.g.,  in  m   ^   oa  v^, 

f\   h     <^^>  C--*=~J    ^AAA^NA 

Heb.  2?li5,   and  (1(1  ^  tia'  H"^:-'   ^^*  other  names  show 

that  T  is  represented  in  F^gyptian  by  |,  ^,  e.g.,  \\\m  ^. 
Heb.  pto^"i.     At  a  later  period  ':=:3  is  transliterated  by  a,  e.g., 

*  In  one  Gjptic  word,  K4Lcy,  "reed,"  the  K  represents  ffi,  for  the  hiero- 
glyphic form  is  ffi  ^  r-rr-i  I  "^il  ;  see  Erman,  Aegyptisches  Glossar,  p.  139, 
and  Maspero,  Introduction,  p.  39. 


Introduction.  Ixv 

in  the  name   .       fl  jl)  Sf '  *^^  Aramean  transcription  of  which  is  c^=^  =  d  (i) 
■'"T'D"':OD,  and    in    the    name    jc^ra  v^©,  Abydos,    the    Aramean 
transcription    of    which    is    C3ilt^-       In    the    Greek    period  cs:^ 
represents     the    Greek  T,   as   in    KXeoTraroa     __  (]  -Jlf)  ■=»  ^^  ^ , 

and  A,  as  in  Aio?  c=3  \\\\  "^  ^  "qI'  In  the  Coptic 
period,  when  the  hieroglyphs  were  no  longer  in  use,  the 
scribes  wrote  all  the  names  which  in  the  old  language  had 
a  ^  or  a  c=>  with  9.  Finally,  as  Maspero  admits^  that  the  sound 
of  <=>  was  not  exactly  that  of  the  Greek  A  or  the  Arabic  j, 
I  have  thought  it  best  to  retain  /  as  the  transliteration  of  <=^>. 
It  is  possible  that  the  sound  of  the  Greek  A  did  exist  at  one  time 
in  Egyptian,  but  when  the  Copts  formulated  their  alphabet  it  had 
disappeared  from  the  mouths  of  ordinary  folk.- 

There  remains  to  mention  now  only  the  transliteration  of    -^  =ts  and 
°^  which  in  some  recent  works  appears  as  i  or  d  with  a  line  tch. 

under  it,  d.  In  the  transcription  of  Semitic  geographical  names 
^   represents  both   :i  and  T,    e.g.,     ~^  'V  rwi'    '  ^^^ 

^"^^  '  "^^^"  ^^^  there  is  abundant  proof  that  it  may  be 
correctly  transliterated  by  both  ts  and  tch,  and  I  have  adopted 
the  latter,  which  is  pronounced  like  the  ch  in  "  child,"  or  the  c 
in  "  cicerone." 

Egyptian  an  African  Language  Fundamentally. 

During  the  years  which  I  spent  in  collecting  the  materials  The  alleged 
for  this  Dictionary  I  looked  eagerly  in  the  texts  for  any  evidence  Egvptkn  to° 
that  would  throw  light  on  the  relationship  of  the  ancient  Egyp-  the  Semitic 
tian  language  to  the  Semitic  languages  and  to  the  languages  of   ^§^^*^^- 
North  Eastern  Africa.     Though  the  subject  is  one  of  considerable 
importance   philologically,    it   has-  never   been,    in   my   opinion, 
properly  discussed,  because  the  Semitic  scholars  who  have  written 
about  it  have  lacked  the  Egyptological  knowledge  necessary  for 
arriving  at  a  decision,  and  the  Egyptologists,  with  the  exception 
of  the  lamented  Burchardt,  have  had  no  adequate  knowledge  of 
Semitic  languages  and  literature.     Benfey  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  ancient  Egyptian  language  had  close  affinity  with  the  Benfey's 
Semitic  family  of  languages,  but  then  he  also  said  that  the  Semites  0?™°". 
belonged  to  a  great  group  of  peoples  which  not  only  included  the 

'  Introduction,  p.  30,  Notre  c^^is  est  done,  je  pense,  I'intradentale  faible  A, 
et  il  est  k  '^— %  ce  qui  s=i  a  ete  un  moment  a  <=> . 

e 


Ixvi 


Introduction. 


Brugsch  on 
the  Semitic 
origin  of  the 
Egj^jtian 
language. 


Stern's 
opinion. 


Egyptians,  but  all  the  peoples  of  Africa/  which  is  obviously 
absurd.  Although  his  excursions  into  Coptic  had  disastrous 
results  so  far  as  his  reputation  was  concerned,  his  view  that  there 
was  a  close  affinity  between  the  Egyptian  and  Semitic  languages 
found  acceptance  with  many  scholars,  among  them  being  E.  de 
Rouge,  Ebers  and  Brugsch,  all  of  whom  were  Egyptologists. 
Birch's  view  was  that  the  "  greater  portion  of  the  words 
[in  the  ancient  Egyptian  language]  are  an  old  form  of  the  Coptic  ; 
others,  no  longer  found  in  that  tongue,  appear  (to  be)  of  Semitic 
origin,  and  have  been  gradually  introduced  into  the  language 
from  the  Aramaic  and  other  sources.  A  few  words  are  Indo- 
Germanic."^  Brugsch  stated  categorically  that  the  oldest  form 
of  the  ancient  Egyptian  language  is  rooted  in  Semitic,  and  he 
prophesied  that  one  day  philological  science  would  be  astonished 
at  the  closeness  of  the  relationship  which  existed  between  Egyp- 
tian and  the  Semitic  languages.  He  was  convinced  that  they  had 
a  mother  in  common,  and  that  their  original  home  was  to  be 
sought  for  on  the  banks  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates.^  Brugsch 
held  these  views  practically  to  the  end  of  his  life,  for  in  his  Die 
Aegyptologie,  Leipzig,  1891,  p.  91,  he  quotes  from  his  Worterbuch 
the  words  which  he  wrote  in  the  preface  in  1867.  Stern,  the 
eminent  Coptic  scholar,  also  declared  that  the  Egyptian  had  an 
affinity  with  the  Semitic  languages,  which  shows  itself  in  the 
pronominal  formations  and  in  the  roots  which  are  common  to 
all,  but  thought  that  it  separated  itself  from  its  Asiatic  sisters 
at  a  very  early  period  and  developed  along  lines  of  its  own.^ 

These  views,  which  the  older  Egyptologists  expressed  in 
general  terms,  were  crystallized  by  Erman  in  a  paper  which  he 
contributed    to    the    Zeitschrift    der    Deutschen    Morgenldndischen 

■  Benfey,  Uber  das  Verhaltniss  der  Aegyptischen  Sprache  zum  Semitischen 
Sprachstamme.     Leipzig,  1844. 

*  Bunsen,  Egypt's  Place,  Vol.  V,  p.  618. 

'  Es  steht  mir  namlich  fest,  dass  die  altagyptische  Sprache,  d.  h.  die  alteste 
Gestaltung  derselben,  im  Semitischen  wurzelt.  ...  Im  voraus  kann  ich  es 
weissagen,  dass  die  Sprachforschung  eines  Tages  erstaunt  sein  wird  uber  das 
enge  Band  der  Verwandtschaft,  welches  die  agyptische  Sprache  mit  ihren 
semitischen  Schwestem  zusammenkniipft,  und  iiber  die  mir  jetzt  schon  feststehon- 
de  Thatsache,  dass  alle  eine  gemeinsame  Mutter  haben,  deren  Ursitze  an  den 
Ufem  des  Euphrat  und  Tigris  zu  suchen  ist."     Worterbuch,  Bd.  I,  p.  ix. 

♦  Es  bestcht  eine  alte  verwandtschaft  zwischen  der  iigyptischen,  welche  dem 
hamitischen  stamme  angehort,  und  den  semitischen  sprachen,  wie  sich  unver- 
kennbar  noch  in  der  pronominalbildung  und  in  manchen  gemein?amen 
wurzeln  zeigt ;  doch  scheint  sich  das  agyptische  von  den  asiatischen  schwestem 
friih  getrennt  zu  haben  und  seinen  eigenen  weg  gegangen  zu  sein.,  Koptische 
Grammatik,  p.  4. 


Introduction.  Ixvii 

Gesellschaft  in  1892.^  In  this  he  pointed  out  in  a  systematic 
manner  the  details  of  Egyptian  Grammar  that  have  their  counter- 
parts in  the  Semitic  languages,  and  printed  a  List  of  the  words 
that  were  common  to  the  Egyptian  and  Semitic  languages.     Most  of  Recent  views 

these  words  had  been  remarked  upon  by  Brugsch  in  his  Worterbuch,  based  on 

.  .  Bragsch  s 

but  Erman's  List  heightens  their  cumulative  effect,  and  at  the  opinion. 

first   sight   of  it   many  investigators  would  be  inclined  to  say 

without  any  hesitation,  "  Egyptian  is  a  Semitic  language."     A 

very    able    comparative    philologist    of   the    Semitic    Languages, 

Carl  Brockelmann,  impressed  by  the  remarks  of  Brugsch  quoted 

above  and  by  this  List,  says  that  Egyptian  must  certainly  be 

included  among  the  Semitic  Languages,  and  that  the  more  the 

oldest  form  of  it,   such  as  that  made  known  by  the  Pyramid 

Texts,  is  investigated,  the  more  convincingly  apparent  becomes 

its  similarity  to  the  Semitic  Languages.     Like  Brugsch,  he  thinks 

that  it  separated  itself  from  its  sister  tongues  thousands  of  years 

ago,  and  went  its  own  way.     According  to  him  the  Egyptian 

language   developed   more   quickly   than    the   languages   of   the 

other  Semites,  which  was  due  partly  to  the  mixing  of  the  people 

caused  by  the  invasion  of  the  Nile  Valley  by  Semites,  and  the 

rapidity  with  which  the  Egyptian  civilization  reached  its  zenith, 

much  in  the  same  way  as  English  has  gone  far  away  from  the  other 

Germanic    languages. '^      Wright    thought    that    the    connection 

between  the  Semitic  and  the  Egyptian  languages  was  closer  than 

that  which  can  be  said  to  exist  between  the  Semitic  and  the 

Indo-European.     But  he  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 

majority  of  Egyptian  roots  are  monosyllabic  in  form,  and  that  Monosyllabic 

they  do  not  exhibit  Semitic  triliterality.     He  was  prepared  to  Egv^p^^Em''* 

admit  that  the  "  not  a  few  structural  affinities  "  might  perhaps  roots. 

be  thought  sufficient  to  justify  those  linguists  who  hold  that 

Egyptian  is  a  relic  of  the  earliest  age  of  Semitism,  i.e.,  of  Semitic 

•  Das  Verhdltniss  des  Aegyptischen  zu  den  semitischen  Sprachen  (Bd.  XLVI), 
p.  93  ff. 

*  Es  scheint  sehr  vieles  dafiir  zu  sprechen,  dass  die  Aegypter  eigentlich  in 
diesen  Kreis  hineinzubeziehen  sind.  Je  mehr  die  Forschung  den  altesten 
Formenbau  des  Aegyptischen,  wie  er  in  den  Pyramidentexten  vorliegt,  er- 
schliesst,  desto  iiberraschender  tritt  Aehnlichkeit  mit  dem  Semitischen  zu  Tage. 
.  .  .  Durch  die  Vermischung  der  einwandemden  Semiten  mit  den  alteren, 
anderssprachigen  Bewohnem  des  Niltals  und  durch  die  friihe  Bliite  ihrer  Kultur 
sei  das  Aegyptische  viel  schneller  und  durchgreifender  fortentwickelt,  als  die 
Sprachen  der  anderen  Semiten,  ahnlich  wie  das  Englische  sich  unter  denselben 
Umstanden  so  wait  von  den  anderen  germanischen  Sprachen  entfemt  hat. 
Grundriss  der  vergleichenden  Grammatik  der  semitischen  Sprachen.  Berhn,  1908, 
P-  3- 

6  2 


Ixviii 


Introduction. 


language. 


speech  as  it  was  before  it  passed  into  the  pecuUar  form  in  which 
we  may  be  said  to  know  it  historically.^ 

Now  no  one  who  has  worked  at  Egyptian  can  possibly  doubt 
that  there  are  many  Semitic  words  in  the  language,  or  that  many 
of  the  pronouns,  some  of  the  numbers,  and  some  of  its  gram- 
matical forms  resemble   those  found  in  the  Semitic  languages. 
But  even  admitting  all  the  similarities  that  Erman  has  claimed, 
it  is  still  impossible  to  me  to  believe  that  Egyptian  is  a  Semitic 
language  fundamentally.     There  is,  it  is  true,  much  in  the  Pyra- 
Egyptian         mid  Texts  that  recalls  points  and  details  of  Semitic  Grammar, 
an\frican^  ^  ^^^  after  deducting  all  the  triliteral  roots,  there  still  remains  a 
very  large  number  of  words  that  are  not  Semitic,  and  were  never 
invented  by  a  Semitic  people.     These  words  are  monosyllabic, 
and  were  invented  by  one  of  the  oldest  African  (or   Hamitic,  if 
that  word  be  preferred)  peoples  in  the  Valley  of  the  Nile  of  whose 
written  language  we  have  any  remains.     These  are  words  used 
to  express  fundamental  relationships  and  feelings,  and  beliefs  which 
are   peculiarly   African   and   are   foreign   in   every   particular   to 
Semitic  peoples.     The  primitive  home  of  the  people  who  invented 
these  words  lay  far  to  the  south  of  Egypt,  and  all  that  we  know 
of  the  Predynastic  Egyptians  suggests  that  it  was  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  Great  Lakes,  probably  to  the  east  of  them.     The 
whole  length  of  the  Valley  of  the  Nile  lay  then,  as  now,  open  to 
peoples  who  dwelt  to  the  west  and  east  of  it,  and  there  must 
always  have  been  a  mingling  of  immigrants  with  its  aboriginal 
inhabitants.     These  last  borrowed  many  words  from  the  new- 
comers, especially  from  the  "  proto-Semitic  "  peoples  from  the 
country  now  called  Arabia,  and  from  the  dwellers  in  the  lands 
between  the  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean,  but  they 
Borrowings      continued  to  use  their  native  words  to  express  their  own  primitive 
proto-Semitic   i^*^^^,  especially  in  respect  of  religious  beliefs  and  ceremonies. 
Words    like   tef     ^    "father,"   sa  "^  "son,"   sen  l  "brother," 


Perpetual 
immigration 
into  the  Nile 
Valley. 


«/(] 


® 


Addition  of 

conventional 

signs. 


c-  "flesh,"  qes  ^|l  "bone,"  iep  ^  "head,"  db  <&  "heart," 

d  — d"  hand,"  tches  '^\\  "  self,"  ka  U  "  double,"  ba  ^  "  soul," 

dakh  'y^  "spirit,"   and  scores  of  others  that  are  used  from  the 

earliest  to  the  latest  times,  are  African  and  have  nothing  to  do 
with  the  Semitic  languages.  When  they  had  invented  or  borrowed 
the  art  of  writing,  they  were  quick  to  perceive  the  advantage  of 
adding  to  their  pictures  signs  that  would  help  the  eye  of  the 

'  Lectures  on  the  Comparative  Grammar  of  the  Semitic  Languages.  Cambridge, 
1890,  pp.  33-34. 


Introduction.  Ixix 

reader,  and  convey  to  his  mind  an  exact  conception  of  what  the 
writer  intended  to  express.     The  names  of  the  cardinal  numbers 
show   that    the  people   who  invented  the  words  quoted  above  Borrowing 
counted  by  fives,  for  they  have  words  for  "  one  "  ,  "  two  " 


I 


three"  f=^,  "four"  ^^,  and  "five"  ^^  ^.  and  their 
next  number  is  "ten"  n.  When  they  came  in  contact  with  the 
Semites  they  borrowed  from  them  the  numbers  "  six  "     1  0    I      , 

Heb.  irtlj,  "seven"  \\^  "',  Heb.  VI®,  "eight"  ®'^^||||,  Heb.  Borrowing  of 

I      (i3    Mil  ••■  "  A«wAA  nil  the  pronouns 

™bttJ,  and  "  nine  "  d  0  '^""'  Heb.  V^r\.   In  a  similar  manner  they  and  the  sign 

■•    ■■  '  I  '  nil  ■  ■•  •'of  the 

borrowed  /  c^  as  a  sign  of  the  feminine,  and  several  of  the  pronouns,  feminine, 
and  at  a  much  later  period  many  of  the  Semitic  words  that  were 
current  at  the  time  in  Syria  and  Palestine.  And  it  has  always 
seemed  to  me  that  some  of  the  aboriginal  words  of  the  primitive 
Egyptians  found  their  way  into  neighbouring  countries,  where  they 
still  live.  Thus  the  common  Egyptian  word  khefti  ^^-z:^, 
"  enemy,"  which  has  its  equivalent  in  the  Coptic    shaft  cy^qT, 

is  also  found  in  Amharic  under  the  form  sJiaftd   hQ.:^:  •     The  Survivals  in 

r^=^  R  Amharic. 

Egyptian  word  teng         ZS  ^  4|l,  "  pygmy,"  seems  to  be  preserved 

in  the  Amharic  denk  K'^^  ■  The  Egyptian  word  iuat  i<  ^^q. 
"  morning,"  seems  to  survive  in  the  Amharic  fuwat  (W,^ : ;  and  with 
the  Egyptian  5a  (?)  ^^  "^  i   "  "^^n,"  "  person,"  may  be  com- 

pared the  Amharic  saw  rt([r:  "  man  or  woman,"  "  person." 

As  none  of  the  literature  of  the  peoples  who  lived  on  each 
side  of  the  Valley  of  the  Nile  has  been  preserved,  we  have  no  means 
of  finding  out  how  much  they  borrowed  linguistically   from   the 
Egyptians  or  the  Egyptians  from  them,  but  I  believe  the  Egyptians 
were  as  much  indebted  to  them  as  to  the  Semites.     I  do  not  for  Value  of 
one  moment  suggest  that  such  literature  as  the  modern  inhabitants  sfldan" 
of  the  Valley  of  the  Nile  and  the  neighbouring  countries  possess,  dialects  for 
whether  it  be  those  on  the  east  or  those  on  the  west  of  the  Nile,  p°i'J!]^^es  '^'^ 
can  be  utilized  for  explaining  ancient  Egyptian  texts,  but  the 
comparatively  small  amount  of  attention  which  I  have  been  able 
to  devote   to   the  grammars  and  vocabularies   of  some   of  the 
languages  now  spoken  in  the  Eastern  Sudan  has  convinced  me 
that  they  contain  much  that  is  useful  for  the  study  of  the  lan- 
guage of  the  hieroglyphs.     The  ancient  Egyptians  were  Africans, 
and  they  spoke  an  African  language,  and  the  modern  peoples  of 
the   Eastern   Sudan  are  Africans,  and  they  speak  African  lan- 
guages,  and   there   is   in   consequence   much   in   modern   native 

e  3 


Ixx 


Introduction. 


Sudani  literature  which  will  help  the  student  of  ancient  Egyptian 
in  his  work.  From  the  books  of  Tutschek.^  Krapf,^  Mitterutzner/ 
and  from  the  recently  published  works  of  Captain  Owen'  and 
Westermann/  a  student  with  the  necessary  leisure  can  collect  a 
large  number  of  facts  of  importance  for  the  comparative  study 
of  Nilotic  languages  both  ancient  and  modern. 


The 
Introduction. 


Lists  of 
Hieroglyphic 
signs  by 
ChampoUion, 
Birch,  E.  de 
Roug6  and 
Brugsch. 


The  Introduction,  Indexes,  Semitic  Alphabets,  etc. 

In  the  introductory  section  of  this  book  I  have  given  a  list 
of  the  commonest  Egyptian  signs,  with  their  values  as  phonetics 
and  determinatives,  arranged  practically  according  to  the  Lists 
of  Egyptian  Hieroglyphic  Signs  published  by  the  eminent  printing 
firms  of  Theinhardt  in  Berlin,^  Holzhausen  in  Vienna,'  and 
Harrison  &  Sons  in  London.^  Certainly  none  of  these  lists  is 
absolutely  correct  since  the  classification  of  several  of  the  signs 
is  the  result  of  guesswork,  for  the  simple  reason  that  Egyptolo- 
gists do  not  know  what  objects  certain  signs  are  intended  to 
represent.  The  only  native  Egyptian  List  of  Hieroglyphs  known 
was  published  by  Griffith,  Two  Hieroglyphic  Papyri  from  Tunis, 
London,  1889,  4to,  but  this  does  not  help  us  much  in  the  identi- 
fication of  the  hieroglyphs.  The  first  printed  List  of  Hieroglyphs 
was  published  by  ChampoUion  in  his  Grammairc  £gyptienne, 
Paris,  1836,  and  contains  260  hieroglyphs.  In  1848  Birch  pub- 
lished a  fuller  List  with  detailed  descriptions  (see  above  p.  xxxiii) 
in  the  first  volume  of  the  German  and  English  editions  of  Bunsen's 
"  Aegyptens  Stelle."  This  he  revised  and  enlarged,  and  re- 
published in  1867,  in  the  second  edition  of  the  first  volume 
of  the  English  edition,  pp.  505-559.  It  contained  890  hiero- 
glyphs and  201  determinatives  were  grouped  separately.  In  1851 
E.  de'Kouge  issued  a  List  of  hieroglyphs  in  his  Catalogue  des  signes 
hieroglyphiques  de  I'lmprimerie  Nationale,  Paris,  1851,  and  he 
reprinted  it  with  explanations  and  descriptions  in  the  first  part 

*  Grammar  of  the  Galla- Language.  Munich,  1845  ;  and  his  Lexicon.  Munich, 
1841. 

*  Vocabulary  of  the  Galla-Language.     London,  1842. 

'  Die  Dinka-Sprache  in  Central  Afrika  (with  Worterbuch).     Brixen,  1866. 

*  Bari  Grammar  and  Vocabulary.     London,  1908. 

*  The  Shilluk  People  : .  their  Language  and  Folklore.  Berlin,  1912  ;  Die 
Sudansprachen.     Hamburg,  1911  ;    Tfie  Nuer  Language.     Berlin,  1912. 

'  Liste  der  Hieroglyphischen  Typ&n  aus  der  Schriftgiesserei.  Berlin,  1875. 
This  list  was  arranged  by  Lepsius. 

'  Hieroglyphen.  Vienna  (no  date).  This  List  contains  all  the  unusual  types 
which  were  specially  cut  to  print  Maspero's  edition  of  the  Pjoumid  Texts. 

'  List  of  Egyptian  Hieroglyphics.     London,  1892. 


Introduction.  Ixxi 

of   his   Chrestomathie    iJgyptienne,    Paris,   1867.     This    contained 

about  340  hieroglyphs.     A  much  fuller  and  more  accurate  List 

was  published  by  Brugsch,  Index  des  Hieroglyphes  Phonetiques  y 

compris  des  valeurs  de  I'Ecriture  Secrete,   Leipzig,   1872,   and  it 

contained  600  signs  and  their  phonetic  values,  accompanied  by 

references  to  pages"  of  his   Worterbuch,  and  147  determinatives. 

After  the  Lists  given  by  Rossi  in  his  Coptic  Hieroglyphic  Gram- 

mar^  and  by  von  Lemm^  in  his  Egyptian  Reading  Book,  no  further 

attempt  was  made  to  discuss  hieroglyphs  generally  until  Griffith  ^^^  selected 

described  104  Egyptian  characters  in  Beni  Hasan  III,  London,  von  Lemm, 

1896.     Two  years  later  he  published  A  Collection  of  Hieroglyphs,  Griffith  and 

London,  1898,  which  contained  descriptions  and  identifications  of 

192  hieroglyphs  illustrated  by  really  good  coloured  pictures  of  the 

objects  which  they  represented,  copied  chiefly  from  coffins  and 

tombs  of  the  Xllth  dynasty.     The  most  recently  published  List 

of  Hieroglyphs  is  that  given  by  Erman  in  the  third  edition  of 

his  Aegyptische  Grammatik,  Berlin,  191 1.     It  contains  about  660 

hieroglyphs,  not  reckoning  variants,  selected  from  Theinhardt's 

List.     In  the  List  of  Hieroglyphs  given  in  the  present  work  I  have 

followed  their  order  in  the  List  of  Messrs.  Harrison  &  Sons,  but 

have  been  obliged  to  alter  the  numbers  of  the  characters.     I 

have  given  all  the  ordinary  phonetic  values  which  the  signs  have 

when  forming  parts  of  words  generally,  but  have  made  no  attempt 

to  give  the  word-values  when  they  are  used  as  ideographs.     The 

values  which  many  of  the  signs  had  when  used  in  the  so-called 

"  enigmatic  writing,"  and  in  the  inscriptions  of  the  Ptolemaic 

Period   are   not   given.     Want   of   space   made   it    impossible   to 

include  in  this  Introduction  a  list  of  the  hieratic  forms  of  hiero-  Lists  of 

glyphs  ;  for  these  the  beginner  is  referred  to  Pleyte's  Catalogue  hieratic  signs. 

Raisonne  de   Types  ^gyptiens   Hidratiques  de  la  Fonderie  de  N. 

Tetterode,  Leyden,  1865  (which  contains  388  signs),  and  the  works 

of  Simeone  Levi^  and  G.  Moller.* 

I  have  also  given  in  the  Introduction  reproductions  by  photo- 
graphy  of  the  Egyptian    Alphabet    as  formulated    by    Young, 

'  Grammatica  Copto-Geroglifica  con  un'  appendice  dei  principali  segni  sillabici 
e  del  loro  significato.  Rome-Turin-Florence,  1877.  It  contains  386  phonetic  signs 
and  124  determinatives. 

'  Aegyptische  LesestUcke. 

'  Raccolta  dei  Segni  leralici  Egizi  nelle  diverse  epoche  con  i  corrispondenti 
Geroglifici  ed  i  loro  differenti  valori  fonetici,  Turin,  1880  (contains  675  signs). 

♦  Hieratische  Palaographie.  Die  Aegyptische  Buchschrift  in  ihrer  Ent- 
wickelung  von  der  Fiinften  Dynastie  bis  zur  Romischen  Kaiserzeit.  Part  I,  Leipzig, 
1909  (contains  719  signs)  ;  Part  II,  Leipzig,  1909  (contains  713  signs)  ;  Part  III, 
Leipzig,  1912  (contains  713  signs). 

e  4 


Ixxii 


Introduction. 


works. 


Champollion ,  Lepsius,  and  Tattam,  and  reproductions  of  pages  of 
Reproductions  Birch's  Sketch  of  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary,  Young's  Rudiments  of 
some  early  ^^  Egyptian  Dictionary  in  the  ancient  Enchorial  Character,  Cham- 
Egyptological  polUon's  Dictionnaire  £gyptien,  and  Birch's  Dictionary  of  Hiero- 
glyphics. These  works  are  not  to  be  found  in  every  pubhc,  still 
less  private,  library,  and  I  believe  that  many  a  reader  will  examine 
and  study  them,  if  only  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  bibliographer. 
The  indexes  to  the  Coptic  and  to  the  non-Egyptian  words 
and  geographical  names  which  are  at  the  end  of  the  book  will  show 
that  a  considerable  number  of  Coptic,  Hebrew,  Syriac,  Arabic, 
Ethiopic,  Amharic,  Assyrian  and  Persian  words  and  names  are 
quoted  in  this  Dictionary.  The  beginner  who  wishes  to  examine 
these  words  will  need  to  learn  the  alphabets  of  the  principal 
Semitic  languages,  and  as  I  know  of  no  Egyptological  work  in 
which  they  are  to  be  found,  I  have  included  them  in  this  Intro- 
duction, and  they  follow  the  List  of  Egyptian  Hieroglyphs. 


Semitic 
alphabets. 


The  mistakes 
of  scribes  and 
transcribers, 
their  errors 
and  omissions. 


Apologia  and  Thanks. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  manuscript  of  this  Dictionary 
for  the  printer  I  have  not  spared  labour,  or  trouble,  or  time  or 
attention,  and  I  have  made  every  effort  during  the  proof  reading 
to  reduce  misprints  to  a  minimum.  I  have  copied  too  many 
texts  in  the  course  of  my  life  not  to  know  how  easy  it  is  for  the 
attention  to  be  distracted,  and  the  eye  to  be  deceived,  and  the 
hand  to  write  something  which  it  ought  not  to  write  when  doing 
work  of  this  kind.  The  professional  copyists  of  the  Book  of 
the  Dead,  and  the  monastic  scribes  who  laboriously  transcribed 
Coptic,  Syriac,  Arabic  and  Ethiopic  texts  in  Egypt,  Ethiopia 
and  Syria,  made  many  mistakes,  mis-spelt  the  words  of  the  arche- 
types in  their  copies,  omitted  whole  lines,  and  made  nonsense 
of  many  passages  by  omitting  parts  of  words  and  mixing  together 
the  remaining  parts.  It  seems  to  me  obvious  from  these  facts 
that  every  one  who  undertakes  a  long  and  very  tedious  work 
like  the  making  of  an  Egyptian  Dictionary,  must  be  guilty  of 
the  perpetration  of  mistakes,  blunders,  and  errors  in  his  copying, 
however  careful  he  may  be.  In  my  work  there  will  be  found  incon- 
sistencies, misunderstandings,  and  misprints,  and  probably  down- 
right misstatements,  and  as  Maspero  said  in  his  edition  of  the 
Pyramid  Texts,  "  je  le  regrette  sans  m'en  etonner.  .  .  .  C'est 
une  infirmity  de  la  nature  humaine  dont  on  finit  par  prendre  son 
parti,  comme  de  bien  d'autres."  Notwithstanding  such  defects 
I  hope  and  believe  that  this  Dictionary  will   be  useful   to   the 


Introduction.  Ixxiii 

beginner,  and  will  save  him  time  and  trouble  and  give  him  help, 

and  if  my  hope  and  belief  be  realized,  the  purpose  of  my  friend 

who  made  the  printing  of  the  book  possible  will  be  effected,  and 

my  own  time  and  labour  will  not  have   been  wasted.     Many, 

many  years  must  pass  before  the  perfect  Egyptian  Hieroglyphic 

Dictionary  can,  or  will,  be  written,  and  meanwhile  the  present 

work  may  serve  as  a  stop-gap. 

It  is  now  my  pleasant  duty  to  put  on  record  my  thanks  and 

gratitude  to  those  who  have  enabled  me  to  produce  this   book.  Thanks  to 

First  and  foremost  they  are  due  to  the  gentleman,  who  having  }^°^^  ^^°   , 

°  have  made  the 
discussed  with   me   my   plan   for  the   proposed   Dictionary   and  pubHcation 

suggested  certain  modifications  of  it  and  additions  to  it,  decided  ^^^."-^'^ 

°°  ...  Dictionary 

to  defray  the  entire  cost  of  its  production.  In  spite  of  my  possible, 
entreaties  he  persists  in  remaining  anonymous,  and  wishes  to  be 
known  only  as  an  English  gentleman  who  is  interested  in  every- 
thing that  concerns  the  history,  religion,  language  and  literature 
of  ancient  Egypt,  and  in  the  language  and  literature  of  the  Copts, 
that  is  to  say,  of  the  Egyptians  who  embraced  Christianity.  He 
is  also  deeply  interested  in  the  exploration  of  Western  Asia, 
and  has  liberally  supported  all  the  endeavours  made  by  the 
English  to  excavate  the  sites  of  the  ancient  cities  mentioned  in 
the  Bible.  Owing  to  the  great  advance  in  the  price  of  materials, 
and  the  various  rises  in  wages  in  the  printing  trades  that  have 
taken  place  during  the  War,  twice  or  thrice  I  was  on  the  verge 
of  being  obliged  to  stop  the  printing  of  this  book,  but  my  friend 
decided  that  the  work  should  go  on,  and  that  the  original  plan 
as  approved  by  him  should  be  neither  altered  nor  curtailed,  and  Great  rise  in 
he   furnished   the  means   for  continuing   the   work.     What   this  wages  and 

cost  of 

means  will  be  evident  from  the  fact  that  since  we  began  to  print  production 
in  July,  1916,  the  cost  per  sheet  has  increased  by  not  less  than  o^.this 
125  per  cent. !     In  addition  to  this  generous  act  I  am  indebted 
to  my  anonymous  friend  for  ready  help  and  sympathy  during 
the  last  forty  years. 

I  owe  my  wife  many  thanks  for  constant  help  in  the  sorting 
and  incorporation  of  slips,  and  for  assistance  in  the  reading  of 
proofs.  She  has  also  read  for  and  with  me  the  proofs  and  revises 
of  every  sheet  of  the  book,  and  its  completion  is  due  largely  to. 
her  help  and  encouragement. 

To   Mr.   Edgar  Harrison,  partner  in  the  firm  of  Harrison  &  Mr.  Edgar 
Sons,  I   am    indebted  in    another  way.      From    start    to    finish  Harrison. 
he    has   taken    the    deepest    interest    in    the    printing   of    the 
Dictionary,   and  has   done    everything    he  could,   both   officially 


Ixxiv 


Introduction. 


Messrs. 
Harrisons' 
fount  of 
Egyptian 
type- 


Messrs. 
Harrisons' 
Oriental 
compositor. 


and  privately,  to  forward  my  work.  During  the  War,  when  the 
resources  of  the  Firm  were  strained  to  their  utmost  to  carry  out 
the  urgent  work  which  was  thrust  upon  them  by  the  Govern- 
ment, and  when  every  available  hand  was  pressed  into  this  service, 
he  somehow  managed  to  keep  going  the  composition  of  this  book, 
and  found  means  of  machining  each  sheet  when  ready  for  press. 
Besides  this,  he  had  many  hundreds  of  new  characters  cut,  and 
spared  no  trouble  in  reproducing  my  manuscript,  and  when- 
ever necessary  he  cast  great  quantities  of  new  type  to  enable 
the  composing  to  continue,  and  so  avoided  delay  during  the 
distribution  of  the  type  of  worked-off  sheets.  At  the  present 
time  his  fount  of  Egyptian  type  is  the  largest  and  most  compre- 
hensive and  complete  in  the  world.  At  my  request  he  has  pre- 
pared a  list  of  his  Egyptian  Hieroglyphic  types  which  will  be 
found  at  the  end  of  the  volume.  On  the  Continent  great  printing 
firms  like  Harrison  &  Sons,  who  enlarge  and  complete  their  founts 
of  Oriental  types,  receive  subsidies  from  Governments,  or  from 
Academies,  but  in  England  no  subsidies  or  contributions  are 
given  to  printers,  and  the  satisfaction  which  they  feel  when  they 
have  done  a  public-spirited  act  of  this  kind  is  their  sole  reward. 
That  Messrs.  Longman  cast  at  their  own  expense  the  fount  of 
solid  Egyptian  type  that  was  used  for  printing  Birch's  "  List 
of  Hieroglyphics,"  and  his  "  Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics,"  and 
that  Messrs.  Harrisons  have  cut,  at  their  own  expense,  the  very 
extensive  and  complete  fount  of  linear  hieroglyphic  types  used 
in  the  printing  of  the  present  work,  will  ever  redound  to  the  credit 
of  the  great  company  of  English  publishers  and  master-printers. 
Dedication  :  the  coloured  border  was  drawn  by  Mr.  Alfred  Caton. 

Finally,  I  mention  with  gratitude  the  help  which  I  have 
received  from  Mr.  A.  E.  Fish,  the  able  compositor  in  the  employ 
of  Messrs.  Harrisons  who  set  the  type  of  this  Dictionary.  He  has 
shown  great  zeal  and  interest  in  the  work,  and  his  skill  and  great 
experience  have  triumphed  over  many  difficulties,  and  made 
the  proof  reading  easier.  He  is  a  worthy  successor  of  Mr.  Mabey, 
Messrs.  Harrisons'  great  Oriental  Compositor,  who  set  the  type 
for  George  Smith's  monumental  work  The  History  of  Assur- 
banipal,  London,  1871,  and  of  Mr.  Fisher  who  set  the  type  for 
my  text  volume  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  London,  1894,  published 
by  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum. 

ERNEST    WALLIS    BUDGE. 
British  Museum, 

February  2$th,  1920. 


A    LIST 


OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  WORKS  USED  IN  THE  PREPARATION 
OF  THIS  DICTIONARY,  AND  OF  THE  ABBREVIATIONS 
OF    THEIR    TITLES    BY    WHICH    THEY    ARE    INDICATED. 


n 


A  LIST 


Of  the  principal  works  used  in  the  preparation  of  this  Dictionary, 
and  of  the  abbreviations  of  their  titles  by  which  they  are 
indicated : — 


I 

II 
III 

IV 

Abbott  Pap.    . . 

A.  E 

Alex.  Stele 
Alt-K.  .. 

Amamu 

Amen.  . . 

Amherst  Pap. 
Anastasi  I-IX. 

Annales 
Aram.  Pap. 

Asien     . . 

A.  Z 

Banishment  Stele 
Barshah . 


Urkunden  des  Alien  Reichs  bearbeitet  von  K.  Sethe. 
Leipzig,  1903.     Large  8vo. 

Hieroglyphische  Urkunden  der  Griechisch-Romischen  Zeit 
bearbeitet  von  K.  Sethe.     Leipzig,  1904.     Large  8vo. 

Urkunden  der  alter  en  Aethiopenkonige  bearbeitet  von  K. 
Sethe.     Leipzig,  1908.     Large  8vo. 

Urkunden  der  18  Dynastic,  Bdnde  III  und  IV  bear- 
beitet von  K.  Sethe.  Leipzig,  1906-09.  Large  8vo. 
(In  the  Series  Urkunden  des  Aegyptischen  Altertums. 
Edited  by  G.  Steindorff.) 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10183.  The  hieratic  text  was 
published  by  Birch  in  Select  Papyri.  London,  i860. 
Vol.  ii,  pis.  9-19. 

Wilkinson,  J.  G.,  The  Manners  and  Customs  of  the 
Ancient  Egyptians.     Ed.  Birch.     3  vols.   1878.  8vo. 

Mariette,  A.,   Monuments  Divers,  pi.  14. 

Burchardt,  M.,  Die  Altkanaandischen  Fremdworte  und 
Eigennamen  im  Aegyptischen.     Leipzig,  1909-10.  4to. 

Birch,  S.,  Egyptian  Texts  of  the  earliest  period  from 
the  Coffin  of  Amamu  in  the  British  Museum.  London, 
1886.     Folio. 

The  Book  of  Precepts  of  Amen-em-apt,  the  son  of 
Ka-nekht,  according  to  the  Papyrus  in  the  British 
Museum  (No.  10474). 

Newberry,  P.  E.,  The  Amherst  Papyri.  London, 
1899.     4to. 

The  Anastasi  Papyri  in  the  British  Museum.  Published 
by  S.  Birch.  Select  Papyri  in  the  Hieratic  Character 
from  the  Collections  of  the  British  Museum.  London, 
MDCCCXLIII.     Folio.     PI.  35  ff. 

Annales  du  Service  des  Antiquites  de  I'ligypte.     Cairo, 

Vol.  i.     1900.     4to.     In  progress. 
Ungnad,   A.,      Aramdische  Papyrus  aus  Elephantine. 

Leipzig,    191 1.     8vo.    (No.    4    of    Hilfsbiicher    zur 

Kunde  des  alten  Orients.) 

Miiller,  W.  Max,  Asien  und  Europa  nach  altdgyptischen 
Denkmdlen.     Leipzig,  1893.     8vo. 

Zeitschrift  fur  Agyptische  Sprache  und  Alterthumskunde. 

Leipzig.     4to.     Vol.  i,  1863.     In  progress. 
The  text  is  found  in  Brugsch,  Reise,  pi.  22. 
Newberry,  P.,  El-Bersheh.      Part  i  by  Newberry  and 

Fraser  :    Part  ii  by  Newberry,  Griffith  and  Eraser. 

London  (undated).     4to. 


Ixxviii 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


B.  D. 


B.  D.  (Ani) 
B.  D.  (Nebseni) 
B.  D.  (Nu)       . . 

B.  D.  (Saite).  . . 


B.  D.  G. 
Beh.      . 


Beni  Hasan 
Berg.  I,  Berg.  IT. 

Bibl.  figypt.     . . 
Book  of  Breathings 
Book  of  Gates . . 

Brugsch,  Rec. . . 
Briinnow 


The  hieroglyphic  text  of  the  Theban  Recension  of  the 
Book  of  the  Dead.  See  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge,  The 
Chapters  of  Coming  Forth  by  Day.  Edited  with 
a  translation,  vocabulary,  etc.  London,  1898. 
3  vols.    8vo. 

The  Book  of  the  Dead  :  Papyrus  of  Ani,  edited  by 
E.  A.  Wallis  Budge.     London,  i8go.     Folio. 

Birch,  S.,  Photographs  of  the  Papyrus  of  Nebseni  in  the 
British  Museum.     London,  1876.     Folio. 

The  Book  of  the  Dead  :  Facsimiles  of  the  Papyri  of 
Hunefer,  Anhai,  Kerasher,  and  Netchemet,  with  supple- 
mentary text  from  the  Papyrus  of  Nu.  London, 
1^99.     Folio. 

The  hieroglyphic  text  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead  accord- 
ing to  the  Papyrus   of  Auf-ankh  (1  VN'^.:::^  T  ^  ^' 

It  was  published  by  R.  Lepsius,  Das  Todtenbuch  der 
Aegypter  nach  dem  hieroglyphischen  Papyrus  in  Turin. 
Leipzig,  1842. 

Brugsch,  H.,  Dictionnaire  Geographique  de  I'ancienne 
£gypte.     2  vols.     Leipzig,  1877-1880.     Folio. 

Rawlinson,  H.  C,  The  Persian  Cuneiform  Inscription 
at  Behistun  decyphered  and  translated.  London, 
1846.  8vo.  (Forming  vol.  x.  of  the  Journal  of  the 
Royal  Asiatic  Society.)  See  also  The  Sculptures  and 
Inscriptions  of  Darius  the  Great  on  the  Rock  of 
Behisticn  in  Persia.  Edited  and  translated  by  the 
late  Prof.  L.  W.  King,  assisted  by  Mr.  R.  C.  Thomp- 
son.    London,  1907.     4to. 

Newberry,  P.  E.,  and  G.  W.  Eraser,  Beni  Hasan. 
2  vols.     London,  1893.     4to. 

von  Bergmann,  Ernst  Ritter,  Der  Sarcophag  des 
Panchemisis  in  the  Jahrbuch  der  Kunsthistorischen- 
Sammlungen  des  allerhochsten  Kaiserhauses.  2  vols. 
Vienna,  1883-4.     4to. 

Bibliotheque  Izgyptologique  publiee  sous  la  Direction  de 
G.  Maspero.  Paris,  1893  (vol.  i).  8vo.  [At  least 
forty  volumes  have  appeared.] 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  9995,  Budge,  E.  A.  W.,  Book  of 
the  Dead  :  Facsimiles  of  the  Papyri  of  Hunefer,  etc. 
London,  1899.     Folio. 

Bonomi,  J.,  and  Sharpe,  S.,  The  Alabaster  Sarcophagus 
of  Oimenepthah  I,  now  in  Sir  J.  Soane's  Museum. 
London,  1864.  4to ;  Budge,  E.  A.  W.,  The 
Egyptian  Heaven  and  Hell.     London,  1906,  vol.  ii. 

Brugsch,  H.,  Recueil  de  Monuments  Isgyptiens. 
Leipzig.     Parts  i  and  ii.     1862-3.     4to. 

Briinnow,  R.  E.,  A  Classified  List  of  all  simple  and 
Compound  Cuneiform  ideographs,  etc.  Parts  i-iii. 
Leyden.  1887-89.  4to.  The  Indices  were  pub- 
lished in  1897. 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxix 


Bubastis 


Buch. 


Cairo  Pap. 
Canopus  Stele 

Chabas  Mel.     . . 

Champ.  Mon.  . . 

Coptos  . . 
Coronation  Stele 

Culte  Divin 
Decrets . . 

De  Hymnis 

Demot.  Cat.     . . 

Denderah 

Der  al-B. 

Der  al-Gabrawi 
Dream  Stele    . . 

Dublin  Pap.  4. 
Diim.  H.  I.      . . 
Diim.  Temp.  Ins. 


Naville,  E.,  Bubastis  (1887-1889),  being  the  Eighth 
Memoir  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund.  London, 
1891.     4to. 

Bergmann,  E.  Ritter  von,  Das  Buch  vom  Durchwandeln 
der  Ewigkeit  (in  Sitzungsberichte  der  Philosophisch- 
historischen  Classe.  Bd.  Ixxxvi).  Vienna,  1877, 
p.  369  ff. 

Photographs  of  Egyptian  Papyri  in  the  Egyptian 
Museum,  Cairo. 

See  Lepsius,  Das  bilingue  Dekret  von  Kanopus,  Berlin, 
1866,  folio  ;  and  the  facsimiles  of  the  Hiero- 
glyphic, Greek  and  Demotic  texts  published  by 
Budge,  E.  A.  W.,  The  Decree  of  Canopus.  London, 
1904.     8vo,  pp.  35-114- 

Chabas,  F.,  Melanges  Iigyptologiques  ;  ler  Serie,  Paris, 
1862,  8vo  ;  2me  Serie,  Chalon,  1864,  8vo  ;  3me 
Serie,  Paris  and  Chalon,  vol.  i,  1870,  vol.  ii,  1873. 

ChampoUion,  J.  F.,  Monuments  de  I'Izgypte  et  de  la 
Nubie,  vols.  i-iv.     Paris,  1822.     Folio. 

Petrie,  W.  M.  F.,  Koptos.     London,  1896.     4to. 

The  text  of  this  stele  was  published  by  Mariette, 
Monuments  Divers,  pi.  g  ;  Schaefer,  Urkunden  III, 
p.  81  ;  and  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  Annals  of  Nubian 
Kings,  p.  89  ff. 

Moret,  A.,  Rituel  du  Culte  Divin.     Paris,  1902.     8vo. 
Weill,    R.,    Les    Decrets    Royaux   de   I'ancien   Empire 

£gyptien.     Paris,  1912.     4to. 
Breasted,  J.  H.,  De  Hymnis  in  Solem  Sub  Rege  Ameno- 

phide  IV  conceptis  (lithographed). 
Griffith,  F.  LI.,  Catalogue  of  the  Demotic  Papyri  in  the 

John  Rylands  Library.     Manchester,  1909.     Folio. 
Mariette,  A.,  Description  Generate  du  Grand  Temple. 

Texte,    Paris,    1880.     4to.     PI.    Vols,    i-iv    and    a 

supplementary  volume.     Paris,  1870-74.     Folio. 

Mariette,  A.,  Deir  el  Bahari  :  documents  topographiques, 
historiques  et  ethnographiques  recueillis  dans  ce  temple. 
Leipzig,  1877.     Folio. 

Davies,  N.  de  G.,  The  Rock  Tombs  of  Deir  el  Gebrdwi. 

Vols,  i-iii.     London,  1902.     4to. 
Text    originally    published    by    Mariette,   Monuments 

Divers,  pll.  7,  8  ;  see  also  Sethe,  Urkunden  III,  p.  57, 

ff ;  and  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  Annals  of  Nubian  Kings. 

London,  1911,  p.  71  ff. 

Naville,  E.,  Das  Aegyptische  Todtenbuch  (Einleitung), 

Berlin,  1886.     4to,  p.  80. 
Diimichen,    J.,    Historische    Inschriften    altdgyptischer 

Denkmdler.     Leipzig,  1867  4to,  and  1869  Folio. 
Diimichen,  J.,  Altdgyptische  Tempel-Inschriften  in  den 

Jahren    1863-1865    an    Ort    und    Stelle   gesammelt. 

Leipzig.     1867.     Folio. 


Ixxx 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ebers  Pap 
Ebers  Pap.  Voc. 

Edfu     . . 

Edict.    . . 
El  Amarna 

Eg.  Res. 

E  T 

Excom.  Stele  . . 


Famine  Stele   . . 
Festschrift. 
Festschrift,  Leemans. 
Gen.  Epist. 

G.  I 

Gnostic 

Gol. 

Gol.  Pap. 

Goshen. 
Greene 
Harris  I. 


Ebers,  G.,  Papyros  Ebers  :  das  hermetische  Buck  Uber 
die  Arzeneimittel  der  alten  Aegypter  in  hieratischer 
Schrift.  Mit  hieroglyphisch-lateinischem  Glossar 
von  L.  Stern.     2  vols.     Leipzig,  1875.     Folio. 

Stern,  L.,  Glossarium  Hieroglyphicum  quo  papyri 
Medicinalis  hieratici  Lipsiae  asservati  et  a  clarissimo 
Ebers  editi.  (Printed  in  the  second  volume  of  the 
preceding  work.) 

Diimichen,  J.,  Altdgyptische  Tempel-Inschriften,  vol.  I. 
Leipzig,  1867.     Folio. 

Petrie,  W.  M.  F.,  Koptos.     London,  1896.     4to,  pi.  8. 

Davis,  N.  de  G.,  The  Rock  Tombs  of  El  Amarna. 
5  vols.  (vol.  i,  1903).     London.     4to. 

Miiller,  W.  M.,  Egyptological  Researches,  Results  of 
a  journey  in  1904.  Washington.  Publication  of 
the  Carnegie  Institution.     No.  53.     1902.     4to. 

Hieroglyphic  Texts  from  Egyptian  Stelae,  etc.,  in  the 
British  Museum.  Pts.  i-v.  London,  191 1  (pt.  i). 
Folio. 

Stele  of  the  Excommunication  now  in  the  Egyptian 
Museum,  Cairo.  Published  by  Mariette,  Monu- 
ments Divers,  Paris,  1872-89,  folio,  pi.  10 ;  Schafer, 
Klio,  Bd.  vi,  p.  287  ff. ;  and  in  Urkunden  der  dlteren 
Aethiopenkonige.     Leipzig,  1908.     Large  8vo. 

Brugsch,  }i.,Die  biblischen  sieben  Jahre  der  Hungersnoth. 
Leipzig,  1891.     8vo. 

Aegyptiaca.  Festschrift  fiir  Georg  Ebers  zum  i  Mdrz, 
1897.    Leipzig,  1897.     8vo. 

Pleyte,  W.  (and  others),  Iitudes  Archeologiques  dediees 
a  C.  Leemans.     Leyden,  1885.     4to. 

Maspero,  G.,  Du  Genre  epistolaire  chez  les  Iigyptiens 
de  I'epoque  pharaonique.     Paris,  1872.     8vo. 

Brugsch,  H.,  Geographische  Inschriften  :  Die  Geo- 
graphie  des  Alten  Aegyptens.     Leipzig,  1857.     4to. 

Griffith,  F.  Ll.,  and  Thompson,  H.  F.  H.,  The  Demotic 
Magical  Papyrus  of  London  and  Leiden.  London, 
1904-09.     8vo  and  folio. 

Golenischeff,  W.,  Epigraphical  Results  of  an  excursion 
to  Wddi  Hammatruft.  St.  Petersburg,  1887,  pp.  65-79, 
plates  1-18. 

Golenischeff,  W.,  Les  Papyrus  hieratiques  1115,  1116A 
et  iii6b  de  I'Ermitage  Imperial  a  St.  P/tersbourg. 
St.  Petersbourg,  1913.     Folio. 

Naville,  E.,  The  Shrine  of  S aft  el-Henneh  and  the  Land 
of  Goshen.     London,  1887.     4to. 

Greene,  J.  B.,  Fouilles  executees  a  Thibes  dans  I'annee 
1855.     Paris,  1855.     Folio. 

Brit.  Mus.  Papyrus  No.  9900.  For  the  facsimile  see 
Birch,  S.,  Facsimile  of  an  Egyptian  Hieratic  Papyrus 
of  Rameses  III  in  the  British  Museum  (Great  Harris 
Papyrus).     London,  1876.     Long  folio. 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxxi 


Harris  500 


Harris  501 


Hearst  Pap.     . . 
Hh 

HorapoUo 

Hymn  Nile 

Hymn  of  Darius 
Hymn  to  Uraei 

I.  H 

Ikhernefert 


Inscription  of  Darius. 
Inscrip.  of  Henu 

Israel  Stele 


Itinerary 

Jour.  As. 
Jnl.  E.  A. 

Kahun  . . 

Kubban  Stele  . . 


Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10060.  Facsimiles  of  several  pages 
of  this  papyrus  have  been  published  by  Maspero, 
Romans  et  Poesies  du  Papyrus  Harris  No.  500,  Paris, 
1879,  3-^d  Chants  d' Amour,  etc.,  Paris,  1883. 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10042.  See  Chabas,  F.,  Le 
Papyrus  Magique  Harris,  Chalon-sur-Saone,  i860. 
4to  ;  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  Facsimiles  of  Egyptian 
Hieratic  Papyri  in  the  British   Museum.     London, 

1910.  Folio,  pp.  34-40. 

Wreszinski,  W.,  Der  Londoner  Medizinische  Papyrus 
und  der  Papyrus  Hearst.     Leipzig,  1912.     4to. 

Text  of  Her-hetep.  A  transcript  of  this  text  is  given 
by  Maspero,  Trois  Annees  de  Fouilles,  in  Memoires 
de  la  Mission  Archeologique  Franfaise  au  Caire, 
1881-84.     Paris,  1884.     Folio,  p.  137  ff. 

Leemans,  C,  Horapollinis  Niloi  Hieroglyphica  edidit, 
item  hieroglyphicorum  imagines  et  indices 
adjecit.     Amsterdam,  1835.     8vo. 

Maspero,  G.,  Hymne  au  Nil  public  et  traduit  apres 
les  deux  textes  du  Musee  Britannique.  Paris,  1868. 
4to  (lithographed)  ;  and  Hymne  au  Nil.    Cairo,  1912. 

The  text  was  published  by  Brugsch,  Reise  nach  der 
grossen  Oase  Khargah.     Leipzig,  1878,  pi.  25-27. 

Erman,  A.,  Hymnen  an  das  Diadem  der  Pharaonen 
(in  Abh.  K.  P.  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften.     Berlin, 

191 1.  4to). 

Birch,  S.,  Inscriptions  in  the  Hieratic  and  Demotic 
Character  from  the  Collections  in  the  British  Museum. 
London,  1868.     Folio. 

Schafer,  H.,  Die  Mysterien  des  Osiris  in  Abydos  unter 
Konig  Sesostris  III.  Leipzig,  1904.  4to.  [In  vol. 
iv  of  Sethe's  Unter suchungen  zur  Geschichte  und 
Altertumskunde  Aegyptens.] 

See  under  Hymn  of  Darius. 

Lepsius,  C.  R.,  Denkmdler ,  Abth.  ii,  Bl.    150a  ;    and 

Golenischeff,   Hammdmdt,  pi.  15-17. 
The   inscription   of  Mer-en-Ptah,   which  is   found   on 

the  back  of  a  stele  of  Amen-hetep  III  (now  in  Cairo) ; 

published   by    Spiegelberg,    Aeg.  Zeit.,   Bd.   xxxiv, 

p.  I  ff. 
Parthey  and  Pindar,  Itinerarium    Antonini  et  Hiero- 

solymitanum.     Berlin,  1848.     8vo. 
Journal  Asiatique.     Paris.     In  progress. 

The  Journal  of  Egyptian  Archaeology ,  vols.  i-iv.  London, 

1914  f.     4to.     In  progress. 
Griffith,    F.    LI.,    Hieratic    Papyri  from    Kahun    and 

Gurob.     2  vols.     London,  1898.     4to. 
Prisse  d' Avenues,  Monuments  Iigyptiens.     Paris,  1847. 

Folio,  pi.  21. 


Ixxxii 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Lacau   . . 

Lagus  Stele 
Lanzone 

Lanzone  Domicilio 

Leemans  Pap.  Eg. 

Lib.  Fun. 


L.  D.     . . 

Ley  den  Pap. 

Lieblein,  Diet. 

Litanie 
Louvre  C.14 


Love  Songs 
M. 


Mar.  Aby. 


Lacau,  Sarcophages  anterieures  au  Nouvel  Empire. 
Cairo,  1903-4.  (A  volume  of  the  great  Cairo 
Museum  Catalogue  edited  by  Maspero.) 

Mariette,  A.,  Monuments  Divers,  pi.  14. 

Lanzone,  R.  V.,  Dizionario  di  Mitologia  Egizia, 
pts.  i-v.     Turin,  1881  f.     8vo. 

Lanzone,  R.  V.,  Le  Domicile  des  E sprits  ;  Papyrus  du 
Musee  de  Turin.     Paris,  1879.     Folio. 

Leemans,  C,  and  Pleyte,  W.,  Papyrus  £gyptien. 
Leyden,  1839-1905. 

Schiaparelli,  E.,  II  Libra  dei  Funerali  ricavato  da 
Monumenti  inediti  e  pubblicato.  Tavole.  Turin- 
Rome-Florence,  1881,  folio ;  Schiaparelli,  E.,  // 
Libro  dei  Funerali  degli  antichi  Egiziani  tradotto  e 
commentato,  vol.  i,  Rome-Turin-Florence,  1882, 
folio.  See  also  Atti  delta  R.  Accademia  dei  Lincei, 
anno  CCLXXXVII.  1890.  Serie  Quarta.  Classe 
di  Scienze  morale,  storiche  e  filologiche,  vol.  vii. 
Rome,  1890. 

Lepsius,  C,  Denkmdler  aus  Aegypten  und  Aethiopien. 
Berlin,  1849.  4^°.  s-^d  twelve  volumes  of  plates, 
large  folio. 

Gardiner,  A.  H.,  The  Admonitions  0/  an  Egyptian  Sage 
from  a  papyrus  in  Leiden  (Pap.  Leiden  344,  recto). 
Leipzig,  1909.     4to. 

Lieblein,  Dictionnaire  de  noms  hieroglyphiques,  vols, 
i  and  ii,  Christiania,  1871,  8vo  ;  vols,  iii  and  iv, 
Leipzig,  1892,  8vo. 

La  Litanie  du  Soleil  ;  inscriptions  recueillics  dans  les 
tombeaux  des  rois  d  Thebes.     Leipzig,  1875.     4to. 

This  stele  was  published  by  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der 
wichtigsten  Urkunden  des  agyptischen  Alterthums, 
Berlin,  1842,  pi.  9  ;  Prisse  d' Avenues,  Monuments 
J^gyptiens.  Paris,  1847,  pi.  7  ;  and  see  Maspero, 
Trans.  Soc.  Bibl.  Arch.,  vol.  v,  p.  555  ff. 

Miiller,  W.  Max,  Die  Liebespoesie  der  alten  Aegypter. 
Leipzig,  1899.     4to. 

The  funerary  texts  of  King  Meri-Ra  (o  "==31  \\j  ,  i.e., 
Pepi  I,  and  of  King  Mer-en-Ra  I  (o^^^^,  pub- 
lished by  Maspero,  Les  Inscriptions  des  Pyramides  de 
Saqqarah,  Paris,  1894,  4to  ;  and  by  K.  Sethe, 
Die  Altdgyptischen  Pyramidentexte  nach  den  Papier- 
abdriicken  und  Photographien  des  Berliner  Museums. 
2  vols,  1908-1910,  Leipzig.     4to. 

Mariette,  A.,  Abydos :  description  des  fouilles.  Vol.  i, 
Paris,  1869.     Vol.  ii,  Paris,  1880.     Folio. 


Principal  Works,  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxxiii 


Mar.  Cat. 
Mar.  Kar. 
Mar.  M.D. 

Mar.  Pap. 

Mastabah 

Meir 

Mendes  Stele   . . 

Merenptah  I    . . 
Methen . . 

Metternich  Stele 
Mission  I,  etc. 

Moeller  G. 
Moeris  . . 
Mythe  . . 
N 


Nastasen 


Mariette,  A.,  Catalogue  general  des  Monuments 
d'Abydos  decouverts  pendant  les  fouilles  de  cette  ville. 
Paris,  1880.     Folio. 

Mariette,  A.,  Karnak  :  itude  topographique  et  archeolo- 
gique.  Leipzig,  1875.  Text  4to.  With  a  volume 
of  plates,  folio. 

Mariette,  A.,  Monuments  divers  recueillis  en  Iigypte  et 
en  Nubie.  Paris,  1872-89.  Folio.  [With  text  by 
Maspero.] 

Mariette,  A.,  Les  Papyrus  Iigyptiens  du  Musee  de 
Boulaq,  3  vols.,  Paris,  1871-6.     Folio. 

Mariette,  A.,  Les  Mastabas  de  I'Ancien  Empire.  Paris, 
1882-85.  Folio.  [The  work  was  edited  by 
Maspero.] 

Blackman,  A.  M.,  The  Rock  Tombs  of  Meir.  London, 
1914.     4to. 

Naville,  E.,  The  Store-city  of  Pithom  and  the  Route  of 
the  Exodus.  London,  1885.  4to.  Another  tran- 
script of  the  text  will  be  found  in  Aeg.  Zeitschrift, 
Bd.  xxxii,  1894,  p.  74  ff. 

Diiniichen,  ].,  Historische  Inschriften,  Bd.  I,  Bl.  2ff; 
Mariette,  A.,  Karnak,  pU.  52-55  ;  and  de  Rouge, 
Inscriptions  Hieroglyphiques,  p.  179  ff. 

Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  II,  BU.  3-7 ;  Schafer, 
Aegypt.  Inschriften  aus  den  Konigl.  Museen  zu  Berlin, 
Bd.  I,  BU.  68,  73-87  ;   Sethe,  Urkunden,  i,  p.  i  ff. 

Golenischeff,  W.,DiV  Metternichstele  in  der  Originalgrosse 
zum  ersten  Mai  herausgegeben.     Leipzig,  1877.     4to. 

Maspero,  Memoir es  de  la  Mission  Archeologique  Fran- 
faise  au  Caire.  Paris.  Folio.  Vol.  i  was  published 
in  1884. 

Die  Beiden  Totenpapyrus  Rhind  des  Museums  zu 
Edinburgh.     Leipzig,  1913.     4to. 

Lanzone,  R.  V.,  Les  Papyrus  du  Lac  Moeris.  Turin, 
1896.     Folio. 

Naville,  E.,  Textes  relatifs  au  Mythe  d'Horus  recueillis 
dans  le  temple  d'Edfou.  Geneva  and  Basle,  1870.  Folio. 

The  funerary  texts  of  King  Nefer-ka-Ra  Pepi  II 
f  0  J  U  J  r  D  D  (1(|  J  published  by  Maspero,  Les  In- 
scriptions des  Pyr amides  de  Saqqarah,  Paris,  1894,  4to, 
and  by  K.  Sethe,  Die  altdgyptischen  Pyramidentexte 
nach  den  Papier abdrUcken  und  Photographien  des 
Berliner  Museums.   2  vols.   1908-1910.   Leipzig.  4to. 

Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  V,  pi.  16  ;  Schafer,  Die 
dthiopische  Konigsinschrift  des  Berliner  Museums ; 
Regierungsbericht  des  Konigs  Nastesen  des  Gegners 
des  Kambyses,  Leipzig,  1901,  4to  ;  and  Budge,  E.  A. 
Wallis,  Annals  of  Nubian  Kings,  London,  1911,  p.  140. 

/ 


Ixxxiv 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Nesi  Amsu 


Northampton  Report 

Obel.  Hatshep. 
Ombos 

p 


Paheri  . . 
Palermo  Stele  . . 

Pap.  Anhai 

Pap,  Ani 

Pap.  Hunefer  . . 

Pap.  KoUer 
Pap.  Mag. 
Pap.  Mut-hetep 

Pap.  Nekht      . . 
Pap.  3024 


Budge,  E.  A.  WaUis,  On  the  Hieratic  Papyrus  of  Nesi- 
Amsu,  a  scribe  in  the  Temple  of  Amen-Ra  at  Thebes, 
about  305  B.C.  London,  i8gi,  4to.  (From  The 
ARCHiEOLOGiA,  vol.  lii) ;  and  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis, 
Facsimiles  of  Egyptian  Hieratic  Papyri  in  the  British 
Museum.     London,  1910.     Folio. 

Compton,  W.  G.  S.  S.  (Marquis  of  Northampton),  and 
Newberry,  P.  E.,  Report  on  Excavations  made  at 
Thebes.     London,  1908.     4to. 

Lepsius,  C,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  Ill,  Bll.  22-24. 

Morgan,  J.  de.  Catalogue  des  Monuments  et  inscriptions 
de  I'ligypte  antique,  vols,  ii  and  iii.  Vienna,  1894- 
99-     4to.  

The  funerary  texts  of  King  Pepi  I  (B  1^1  published  by 

Maspero,  Les  Inscriptions  des  Pyramides  de  Saqqarah, 
Paris,  1894,  4to,  and  by  K.  Sethe,  Die  altirgypt- 
ischen  Pyramidentexte  nach  den  Papier abdriicken 
und  Photographien  des  Berliner  Museums.  2  vols. 
1908-1910.     Leipzig.     4to. 

Tylor  and  Griffith,  Ahnas  el  Medineh  ....  The 
Tomb  of  Paheri  at  El  Kab.     London,  1894.     4to. 

Schafer,  H.,  Ein  Bruchstiick  altdgyptischer  Annalen 
(Aus  dem  Anhang  zu  den  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl. 
Preuss.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin  vom 
Jahre  1902).     Berlin,  1902.     4to. 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  The  Book  of  the  Dead  : 
Facsimiles  of  the  Papyri  of  Hunefer,  Anhai,  Kerdsher 
and  Netchemet,  etc.     London,  1899.     Folio. 

Facsimile  of  the  Papyrus  of  Ani  in  the  British  Museum 
(ed.,  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge),  2nd  edition.  London, 
1890.     Folio. 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  The  Book  of  the  Dead  :  Fac- 
similes of  the  Papyri  of  Hunefer,  Anhai,  etc.  London, 
1899.     Folio. 

Gardiner,  A.  H.,  The  Papyrus  of  Anastasi  I  and  the 
Papyrus  of  Roller.     Leipzig,  1911.     4to. 

Chabas,  F.,  Le  Papyrus  Magique  Harris.  Chalon-sur- 
Saone,  i860.     4to. 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  looio.  See  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis, 
Book  of  the  Dead  ;  Chapters  of  Coming  Forth  by 
Day,  vol.  i,  p.  xv.  ff. 

The  Papyrus  of  Nekht  in  the  British  Museum  (No. 
1 0471)  ;    unpubhshed. 

Lepsius,  C,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  vi,  Bll.  111-112,  and 
see  Erman,  A.,  Gesprdch  eines  Lebensmiiden  mit 
seiner  Seele.  Berlin,  1896.  [From  the  Abhand- 
lungen of  the  Konigl.  Preuss.  Akad.  der  Wissen- 
schaften zu  Berlin  for  1896.] 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxxv 


Peasant 

Piankhi  Stele  . . 

Piehl 

Pierret  Inscrip. 
Precepts  of  Amenemhat 


Prisse  Mon. 


Prisse  Pap. 

P.S.B.A. 

Ptol 

Qenna  Pap. 


Quelques  Pap. 
Rawl.    .. 

R.  E.    .. 
Rec. 


Die  Klagen  de$  Bauern,  by  F.  Vogelsang  and  A.  H. 
Gardiner.  Leipzig,  1908.  4to  (Berlin  Museum ; 
Hieratische  Papyrus,  4,  5  ;  Litterarische  Texte  des 
Mittleren  Reiches). 

For  the  text  see  Mariette,  A.,  Monuments  Divers 
recueillis  en  Iigypte  et  en  Nubie,  Paris,  1872-89, 
folio,  pll.  1-6  ;  and  Schafer,  Urkunden,  iii.  Leipzig, 
1905.     4to,  p.  I  ff. 

Piehl,  E.,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques  recueillies  en 
Europe  et  en  hgypte,  Leipzig  and  Stockholm,  pts.  i 
and  ii,  1886 ;  2nd  Series,  1890-92 ;  3rd'  Series, 
1895-1903.     4to. 

Pierret,  P.,  Recueil  d' inscriptions  inedites  du  Musee 
Isgyptien  du  Louvre  (in  J^tudes  J^gyptologiques.  Paris, 
1873-78.     4to). 

The  text  will  be  found  in  Sallier  Pap.  No.  II,  pp.  1-3, 
Sallier  Pap.  No.  I,  p.  8,  etc.  ;  see  the  article  on  the 
Millingen  Papyrus  by  Griffith,  F.  LI.,  in  Ae.  Z.,  Bd. 
34  (1896),  p.  35  ff;  Maspero,  Les  Enseignements 
d' Amenemhazt  1"  a  son  fits  Sanouasrtt  i",  Cairo,  1904. 

Prisse  d'Avennes,  Histoire  de  I' Art  ligyptien  d'apres 
les  Monuments  depuis  les  temps  les  plus  recules 
jusqu'd  la  domination  Romaine ;  Texte  par  P. 
Marchandon  de  la  Faye.  Text  (large  4to)  and  plates 
(folio).     Paris,  1879. 

For  the  hieratic  text  see  Prisse  d'Avennes,  Facsimile 
d'un  Papyrus  Iigyptien  en  caracteres  hieratiques. 
Paris,  1847,     Foho. 

Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  vols, 
i— xl.     1879-1918.     Large  8vo. 

Miiller,  C,  Claudii  Ptolemaei  Geographia,  2  vols.  Paris, 
1883.  The  Tabulae  to  the  above  were  published 
at  Paris  in  1901. 

Facsimile   of   the   Papyrus  of   the   merchant   Qenna, 

^^^^  ^^'    published    by    Leemans,    C,    Papyrus 

£gyptien  Funeraire  Hieroglyphique  (T.  2)  du  Musee 
d' Antiquites  des  Pays  Bas  a  Leide.  Leyden,  1882. 
Folio. 

Maspero,  G.,  M^moire  sur  quelques  Papyrus  du  Louvre. 
Paris,  1875.     4to. 

Rawlinson,  Sir  H.  C,  Cuneiform  Inscriptions  of  Western 
Asia,  vol.  i,  1861  ;  vol.  ii,  1866  ;  vol.  iii,  1870  ; 
vol.  iv,  1874  ;   vol.  V,  1880-84.     London.     Folio. 

Revue  ligyptologique,  ed.  Revillout ;  see  under  Rev. 

Maspero,  Recueil  de  Travaux  relatifs  d  la  Philologie 
et  I' Archeologie  Iigyptiennes  et  Assyriennes,  vol.  i. 
Paris,  1880.      In  progress, 

/2 


Ixxxvi 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary . 


Rechnungen     . . 

Reise     . .  _ 

Respirazione    . . 
Rev 

Rhind  Math.  Pap. 
Rhind  Pap. 


Rosetta 


Ros.  Mon. 


Rouge,  Chrest. 

Rouge,  E.  de  . . 
Rouge,  I.  H.  . . 
Royal  Tombs  . . 
Sallier  I 

Sallier  II 

Sallier  III 


Spiegelberg,  W.,  Rechnungen  aus  der  Zeit  Seti  I,  2  vols. 
Strassburg,  1896. 

Brugsch,  Reise  nach  der  grossen  Oase  Khargah  in  der 
Libyschen  Wilste.     Leipzig,  1878.     4to. 

Pellegrini,  //  Libro  delta  Respirazione.     Rome,  1904. 

Revue  Egyptologique  publiee  sous  la  direction  de  MM. 
Brugsch,  F.  Chabas,  and  Eug.  Revillout.  Premiere 
Annee.  Paris,  1880.  The  last  volume  (vol.  xiv) 
appeared  in  1912. 

Brit.    Mus.    Pap.   No.   10057.     Budge,  E.  A.   Wallis, 

Facsimile  of  the  Rhind  Mathematical  Papyrus  in  the 
British  Museum.     London,  1898.     Folio. 

Birch,  S.,  Facsimiles  of  two  papyri  found  in  a  tomb  at 
Thebes  ....  and  an  account  of  their  discovery, 
by  A.  H.  R.  London,  1863,  long  folio  ;  Brugsch, 
Rhind' s  zwei  Bilingue  Papyri  hieratisch  und  de- 
motisch.     Leipzig,  1865.     4to. 

Lithograph  copy  of  the  Rosetta  Stone  published  by  the 
Society  of  Antiquaries.  London,  1803.  Large  foHo. 
See  also  the  photographic  facsimile  in  Budge,  The 
Rosetta  Stone,  vol.  i.     London,  1904. 

Rosellini,  I.,  /  Monumenti  dell'  Egitto  e  delta  Nubia, 
vols,  i-ix  (text),  Pisa,  1832-44,  8vo,  and  vols,  i-iii, 
plL,  large  folio.  [The  original  prospectus  of  this 
work  was  published  in  French  and  Italian  in  183 1, 
and  was  .signed  by  ChampoUion  le  Jeune  and 
Rosellini.] 

Rouge,  E.  de,  Chrestomathie  Iigyptienne ;  Premiere 
partie  (lithographed),  Paris,  1867,  4to ;  Deuxieme 
Fascicule,  Paris,  1868,  large  8vo  ;  Troisieme 
Fascicule,  Paris,  1875,  large  8vo. 

Inscriptions  et  Notices  recueillies  a  Edfou,  vols,  i  and  ii. 
Paris,  1880.     4to. 

Rouge,  E.  de.  Inscriptions  Hieroglyphiques  copiees  en 
Iigypte.     Paris,  1877-79.     4^0- 

Petrie,  W.  M.  F.,  The  Royal  Tombs  of  the  First  Dynasty, 
3  vols.     London,  1900-1.     4to. 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10185.  Facsimiles  of  the  hieratic 
texts  published  by  Birch,  Select  Papyri.  London, 
1843. 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10182.  Facsimiles  of  the  hieratic 
texts  published  by  Birch,  Select  Papyri.  London, 
1843. 

Brit.  Mus.  Pap.  No.  10183.  Facsimiles  of  the  hieratic 
texts  published  by  Birch,  Select  Papyri.  London, 
1843. 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxxvii 


Sallier  IV 


San  Stele 

Bare.  Seti  I 

Scarabs  of  Amenhetep 
III 


Shipwreck 


Sinsin  I 
Sinsin  II 

Siut 

Sphinx 

Sphinx  Stele    . . 

Statistical  Tab. 

Stat.  Taf. 

Stele  of  Herusatef 

Stele  of  Nekht  Menu. 


Brit.  Mus.  Papyrus  No.  10184.  A  facsimile  of  the 
hieratic  texts  was  published  by  Birch,  Select  Papyri 
in  the  hieratic  character  from  the  Collections  in  the 
British  Museum.  London,  1843,  pi.  144  ff.  See  also 
Chabas,  Le  Calendrier  de  Jours  Pastes  et  Nefastes 
del'Anneeligyptienne.    Paris  and  Chalon,  1863.  8vo. 

Lepsius,  C,  Das  Bilingue  Dekret  von  Kanopus,  pt.  i. 
Berlin,  1866.    4to. 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  The  Egyptian  Heaven  and  Hell, 
vol.  ii.     London,  1906. 

1.  Marriage  with  Tl  (Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  Mummy, 
p.  242). 

2.  Wild  Cattle  Hunt  (Eraser,  G.  W.,  P.S.B.A.,  vol.  xxi, 
p.  156). 

3.  Lion  Hunt  (Pierret,  Recueil,  vol.  i,  p.  88). 

4.  Marriage    with     Gilukhipa     (Brugsch,     Thesaurus, 

P-  1413)- 

5.  Making  of  an  Ornamental  Lake  (Birch,  Catalogue 
of  the  Alnwick  Collection,  p.  137). 

Golenischeff,  W.,  Le  Papyrus  No.  11 15  de  L'Ermitage 
Imperial  in  the  Recueil  de  Travanx,  vol.  xxviii, 
p.  73  ff ;  Le  Conte  du  Naufrage,  Cairo,  1912  ;  and 
Erman,  Die  Geschichte  des  Schiffbriichigen  in  Aeg. 
Zeitschrift,  Bd.  43  (1906).     iff. 

Pellegrini,  //  Libro  delta  Respirazione.     Rome,  1904. 

Pellegrini,  Ta  Sa-t  en  Sen-i-sen-i  mek  sen,  ossia  // 
Libro  Secondo  delta  Respirazione.     Rome,  1904. 

Griffith,  E.  LI.,  The  Inscriptions  of  Siut  and  Der  Rifeh. 
London,  1889.     8vo. 

Piehl,  K.  (and  others).  Sphinx,  Revue  Critique  em- 
brassant  le  Domaine  entier  de  I'Jzgyptologie.  Upsala 
and  Leipzig.     8vo.     Vol.  i,  1897. 

Lepsius,  C.  R.,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  iii,  Bl.  68;  and  see 
Erman's  summary  of  the  readings  of  all  the  copies 
in  vol.  vi  of  the  Sitzungsberichte  of  the  Prussian 
Academy,  p.  428  ff. 

Birch,  S.,  Observations  on  the  newly  discovered  frag- 
ments of  the  statistical  tablet  of  Karnak  (Jnl.  Soc.  Lit., 
vol.  vii). 

Bissing,  E.  W.  von.  Die  Statistische  Tafel  von  Karnak. 
Leipzig,  1897.     4to. 

Text  originally  published  by  Mariette,  Monuments 
Divers,  pll.  11-13  ;  see  also  Sethe,  Urkunden, 
vol.  iii,  p.  113  ff ;  and  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  Annals  of 
Nubian  Kings.     London,  1911,  p.  117. 

Eor  the  texts  see  Prisse,  Monuments  /zgypiiens,  pi.  17, 
and  Lepsius,  C.  R.,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  iii,  pi.  114  i. 
For  a  transcript  of  the  texts  with  English  trans- 
lations see  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  mT.S.B.A.,Yo\.  xiii, 
p.  299  ff. 

/3 


Ixxxviii 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Stele  of  Ptol.  I 


Stele  of  Usertsen  III 


Stunden 


Suppl. 
T. 


Tall  al-'Amarnah 


Tanis  Paj). 

Tell  el-Amarna  Tablets 

Theban  Ost.     . . 
Thes.     . .         . .   ■ 
Thothmes  III  . . 

Todt.  (Lepsius) 

Todt.  (Naville) 

Tomb  of  Amenemhat 


For  the  text  see  Mariette,  Monuments  Divers,  pi.  14, 
and  A.Z.,  1871,  p.  iff. 

Berlin,  No.  14753.  Lepsius,  Denkmiiler,  Abth.  ii, 
Bl.  136  {i). 

Junker,  H.,  Die  Stundenwachen  in  den  Osirismysterien. 
Vienna,  1910.  4to.  {Denkschriften  der  Kaiserl.  Aka- 
demie  der  Wissenschaften  in  Wien,  Phil-Hist.  Klasse, 
Band  liv.) 

Brugsch,    H.,    Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches    Worterbuch 
vols,  v-vii.     Leipzig,  1880-82.     4to. 

The  funerary  texts  of  King  Teta  f  ^  <=i  (j  j  published  by 

Maspero,  Les  Inscriptions  des  Pyramides  de  Saqqarah, 
Paris,  1894,  4to  ;  and  by  K.  Sethe,  Die  Altagypt- 
ischen  PyramUdentexte  nach  den  Papierabdriicken 
und  Photographien  des  Berliner  Museums,  2  vols. 
1908-1910.     Leipzig,  4to. 

For  the  British  Museum  Collection  of  the  Tall  al- 
Amarnah  Tablets  see  Bezold  and  Budge,  The  Tell 
el-Amarna  Tablets  in  the  British  Museum.  London, 
1892.  8vo.  For  the  texts  of  all  the  tablets  in 
Berlin,  Cairo  and  London  see  Winckler,  H.,  Der 
Thontafelfund  von  El  Aniarna.  Berlin,  1895.  Folio. 
For  translations  see  Winckler,  H.,  The  Tell-El- 
Amarna  Letters,  Berlin,  1896  ;  and  Knudtzon,  J.  A., 
Die  El-Amarna  Tafeln,  Leipzig,  1907. 

Griffith,  F.  LI.,  Two  Hieroglyphic  Papyri  from  Tanis. 
London,  1889.     4to. 

Bezold,  C,  and  Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis,  The  Tell  el- 
Amarna  Tablets  in  the  British  Museum,  with  auto- 
type facsimiles.     London,  1892. 

Gardiner,  A.  H.,  Theban  Ostraka,  pt.  i.  Hieratic  Texts. 
London,  1913.     4to. 

Brugsch,  H.,  Thesaurus  Inscriptionum  Aegyptiacarum> 
Abth.  i-vi  in  i  vol.     Leipzig,  1883-91. 

Birch,  S.,  On  a  Historical  Tablet  of  the  Reign  of 
Thothmes  III  recently  discovered  at  Thebes.  London, 
1861.     4to  {Archaeologia,  vol.  xxxviii). 

Lepsius,  C.  R.,  Das  Todtenbuch  der  Aegypter  nach  dem 
Hieroglyphischen  Papyrus  in  Turin  ....  zum 
erst^n  Mai  herausgegeben.     Leipzig,  1842.     4to. 

Naville,  E.  Das  Aegyptische  Todtenbuch  der  iSten  bis 
2oten  Dynastic.  Berlin,  1886.  Large  8vo.  In  three 
vols.  Vol.  i.  Text  ;  vol.  ii,  Variant  Readings  ;  vol.  iii, 
Einleitung. 

Gardner,  A.  H.,  The  Tomb  of  Amenemket  (No.  82)  ; 
illustrated  by  N.  de  G.  Davies.  London,  1915. 
4to. 


Principal  Works  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Ixxxix 


Tomb  of  Rameses  IV, 
etc. 


Tomb  of  Seti  I 


Tombos  Stele. 
Treaty  . . 


T.S.B.A. 

Tuat  I,  II,  III,  etc. 

Turin  Pap. 
Tutankhamen . . 

U.  . .         . . 


Verbum  Voc.    . . 

Wazir    , . 

Westcar 

Wild  Cattle  Scarab 
Wort.    .. 
Zodiac  Dend.  . . 


Lefebure,  E.,  Les  Hypogees  Royaux  de  Thebes  ;  Seconde 

Division.     Publiees   avec  la    collaboration   de   MM. 

Ed.  Naville  et  Ern.  Schiaparelli.     [In  Memoires  de 

la  Mission   Archcologique  Franfaise,  vol.  iii.     Paris, 

1890.     Folio.] 

Bouriant,  U.,  Loret,  V.,  Lefebure,  E.,  and  Naville,  E., 
Le  Tombeau  de  Seti  I.  [In  Memoires  de  la  Mis- 
sion Archeologique  Franfaise,  vol.  ii,  Les  Hypogees 
Royaux  de  Thebes.     Paris,  1886.     Folio.] 

Lepsius,  C.  R.,  Denkmdler,  Abth.  iii,  Bl.  5. 

Miiller,  W.  Max,  Der  Bundnissvertrag  Ramses'  II  und 
des  Chetiterkonigs.  Berlin,  1902.  8vo.  (In  Mitteil- 
ungen  der  V orderasiatischen-Gesellschaft.  1902-5, 
7  Jahrgang.) 

Transactions  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology , 
vols.  i-ix.     1872-1893.     Large  8vo. 

The  various  sections  of  the  Book  Am-Tuat  edited  and 
translated  by  Budge,  E.  A,  Wallis.  The  Egyptian 
Heaven  and  Hell,  vol.  i,  London,  1906. 

Rossi,  F.,    Papyrus  de  Turin,  Leyden,  1869-76.     4to. 

Maspero,  G.,  King  Harmhabi  and  Toutdnkhamanou. 
Cairo,  1912.     Folio. 

The  funerary  texts  of  King  Unas  ( ^^  (]  p  J  published 

by  Maspero,  Les  Inscriptions  des  Pyramides  de  Saq- 
qarah,  Paris,  1894,  4to,  and  by  K.  Sethe,  Die 
Altcigyptischen  Pyramidentexte  nach  den  Papier- 
abdriicken  und  Photographien  des  Berliner  Museums. 
2  vols,  1908-1910.     Leipzig,  4to. 

Sethe,  K.,  Das  Aegyptische  Verbum  in  Altdgyptischen, 
Neudgyptischen  und  Koptischen,  vol.  i,  Lautlehre  ; 
vol.  ii,  Formenlehre  ;  vol.  iii,  Indices  (Vocabulary). 
Leipzig,  1899-1902. 

Newberry,  P.  E.,  The  Life  of  Rekhmara,  veztr  of  Upper 
Egypt  under  Thothmes  III  and  Amenhetep  II  (circa 
1471-1448  B.C.).     London,  1900.     4to. 

Die  Mdrchen  des  Papyrus  Westcar,  2  vols.  Berlin, 
1890.  Folio.  (BerUn  Museum  :  Mitt,  aus  den  orien- 
talischen  Sammlung,  Hefte  5  and  6.) 

Eraser,  G.  W.,  Notes  on  Scarabs,  P.S.B.A.,  vol.  xxi, 
p.  148  ff. 

Brugsch,  H.,  Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches  Worterbuch, 
vols.  i-iv.     Leipzig,  1867-68.     4to. 

Description  de  l'Iigypte.  Antiquites,  vol.  iv.  Paris, 
1822.     Folio.     Pll.  19  and  20. 


/4 


xc 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


The  following  works,   though    not  specially   indicated,   have  also 
been  used  in  the  preparation  of  this  Dictionary  :— 


Amelineau,  E. . . 


Amelineau,  E.  . . 

Amelineau,  E. . . 
Amelineau,  E. . . 

Amelineau,  E. . . 

Arneth,  J. 

Arundale,        F.,       inl 
Bonomi,  J. 

BaU,  J 

Belmore,  Earl  of 


Belmore,  Earl  of 
Bergmann,  E.  Rittervon 

Bergmann,  E.  Rittervon 

Berlin  Museum 


8vo. 
London 


London, 


Bezold,  C. 
Birch,  S. 


Birch,  vS. 

Birch,  S. 
Birch,  S. 
Birch,  S. 

Birch,  S. 

Birch,  S. 
Birch,  S. 


Essai  sur  revolution  historique  et  philosophique  des 
idees  morales  dans  I'ligypte  ancienne.  Paris,  1895. 
Svo. 

G^ographie  de  I'ligypte  a  I'epoque  Copte.  Paris,  1903. 
Svo. 

Les  nouvelles  fouilles  d'Abydos.     Paris,  1902.     4to. 

Morale  Iigyptienne  quinze  siecles  avant  notre  ere  :  etude 
sur  le  Papyrus  de  Boulaq  No.  4.     Paris,  1898.     8vo. 

Tombeau  d'Osiris.     Paris,  1899.     8vo. 

Aegyptische  Sarcophages.     Gottingen,  1853. 

Egyptian  Antiquities  in  the  British  Musettm. 
(no  date).     4to. 

Kharga  Oasis.     Cairo,  1900.     8vo. 

Collection   of  Egyptian  Antiquities,   2   vols. 
1843.     Long  folio. 

Papyrus  taken  from  a  mummy  at  Thebes  in  1819. 

Hieratische  und  hieratisch-demotische  Texte.  Vienna, 
1886.     4to. 

Hieroglyphische  Inschriften  gesammelt.  .  .  .  in 
Aegypten.     Vienna,  1879.     4^0- 

Hieratische  Papyrus  :  (i)  Rituale  fiir  den  Kultus  des 
Amon,  Leipzig,  1901,  folio  ;  (2)  Hymnen  an  ver- 
schiedene  Gotter,  Leipzig,  1905,  folio  ;  (3)  Schrift- 
stUcke  der  VI  Dynastie  aus  Elephantine.  Leipzig, 
1911.     Folio. 

Oriental  Diplomacy .     London,  1893.     8vo. 

A  Complete  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Signs  according  to 
their  Classes.  [Being  Appendix  II  of  C.  J.  Bunsen's 
Egypt's  Place  in  Universal  History,  vol.  i.  London, 
1867.     8vo.     pp.  601-620.] 

The  Funeral  Ritual  or  Book  of  the  Dead.  [In  Bunsen, 
Egypt's  Place,  etc.,  vol.  v.  London,  1867,  pp.  123- 
333] 

Dictionary  of  Hieroglyphics,  ibid.,  pp.  335-586. 

Hieroglyphic  Grammar,  ibid.,  pp.  582-741. 

Catalogue  of  the  Collection  of  Egyptian  Antiquities  at 
Alnwick  Castle.     London,  1880.     4to. 

Historical  Tablet  of  Rameses  II,  relating  to  the  Gold 
Mines  of  Ethiopia.     London,  1852.     4to. 

The  Papyrus  of  Nas-Khem.     London,  1863.     Svo. 
Two  Egyptian  Tablets  of  the  Ptolemaic  Period.     Lon- 
don, 1S64.     4to. 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


xci 


Bissing,  F.  W.  von.    . . 
Boehl,  F.  M.  T. 
Boinet,  A. 

Borchardt,  L. . . 

Borchardt,  L. . . 

Bouriant,  U.    . . 

Bouriant,  U.    . . 

Brocklehurst     Papyrus 

Brugsch,        E.,        and 

Bouriant,  U. 
Brugsch,  H.     . . 


Brugsch,  H. 

Brugsch,  H. 

Brugsch,  H. 

Brugsch,  H. 
Brugsch,  H. 


Brugsch,  H. 
Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis 

Budge,  E.  A.  WaUis 

Budge.  E.  A.  WalUs 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis 
Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis 

Budge,  E.  A.  Wallis 

Bunsen,  C.  J.  . . 


Burchardt,     M.,      and 
Pieper,  M. 

Burton,  J. 


Geschichte  Aegyptens  im  Umriss.     Berlin,  1904.     8vo. 
Die  Sprache  der  Amarnabriefe.     Leipzig,  igog.     8vo. 

Didionnaire  Geographique  de  I'^gypte.     Le  Caire,  1899. 

8vo. 
Das    Grabdenkmal   des    Konigs    Ne-user-Ra.     Leipzig, 

1907.     4to. 

Das  Grabdenkmal  des  Konigs  Sa-hu-re.  Leipzig,  igio- 
13.     4to. 

Monuments  pour  servir  a  I'etude  du  Culte  d'Atomou 
en  £gypte  [Memoires  Inst.  Frang.  d'Arch.  Orient, 
du  Caire,  tome  viii). 

Descriptions  of  Theban  tombs  in  Memoires  of  the 
Miss.  Arch.  Frang.  au  Caire,  tomes  vii,  xviii,  etc. 

Photograph  of,  in  10  sheets.     London,  1883.     4to. 

Le  Livre  des  Rois.     Cairo,  1887.     8vo. 

Aegyptologie  :  Abriss  der  Entzifferungen  und 
Forschungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Aegyptischen  Schrift, 
Sprache  und  Altertumskunde.     Leipzig,  1891.     8vo. 

Drei  Fest-Kalender  des  Tempels  von  Apollinopolis 
Magna  in  Ober-Aegypten.     Leipzig,  1877.     4to. 

Geographische  Inschriften.  Leipzig,  vols,  i-iii.  1857-60. 
4to. 

Hieroglyphische  Inschrift  von  Philae.  Berlin,  1849. 
8vo. 

Inscriptio  Rosettana  Hieroglyphica.     Berlin,  1851.    4to. 

Neue    Weltordnung    nach    Vernichtung    des    sUndigen 

Menschengeschlechtes,  nach  einer  altdgyptischen  Ueber- 

lieferung.     Berlin,  1881.     8vo. 

Shai  an  Sinsin.     Berlin,  1851.     4to. 

The  Book  of  the  Kings  of  Egypt,  2  vols.  London,  1908. 
8vo. 

The  Book  of  the  Opening  of  the  Mouth,  2  vols.  London, 
1909.     8vo. 

The  Liturgy  of  Funerary  Offerings.  London,  1909. 
8vo. 

The  Greenfield  Papyrus.     London,  1912.     4to. 

The  Meux  Collection  of  Egyptian  Antiquities.  London, 
1893.     4to. 

The  Sarcophagus  of  Ankhnesraneferdb.  London,  1885. 
4to. 

Egypt's  Place  in  Universal  History.  Translation  by 
Cottrell,  vols.  i-v.     London,  1860-7.     8vo. 

Handbuch  der  Aegyptischen  Konigsnamen.  Leipzig, 
1912  (pt.  i).     8vo. 

Excerpta  Hieroglyphica,  No.  i,  Qahirah  (Cairo),  1825- 
28.     Long  4to. 


XCll 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictiofiary. 


Cailliaud,  F. 
Cairo  Cat. 


Chabas,  F. 
Chabas,  F. 
Chabas,  F. 
Chabas,  F. 
ChampoUion,  J 
Champollion,  J 


F. 
F. 


Champollion,  J.  F. 

Davies,  N.  de  G. 
Davies,  N.  de  G. 


Delitzsch,  F.    . . 

Description  de  V  Egypte 


Deveria,  T. 
Diimichen,  J.  . . 

Diimichen,  J.  . . 
Diimichen,  J.  . . 

Diimichen,  J.  . . 
Ebers,  G. 


Voyage  a  Meroe  au  fleuve  blanc  ....  fait  dans 
les  annees  1819-22,  vols,  i-iv  text  8vo.,  and  a 
volume  of  plates,  folio. 

Catalogue  general  des  Antiquites  £gyptiennes  du  Musee 
du  Caire.     The  volumes  chiefly  consulted  were  : — 

Borchardt,  L.,  Statuen  und  Statuetten  von  Konigen,  etc. 

Cairo,  1911. 
Carter,  H.,  and  Newberry,  P.,  Tomb  of  Thothmes  IV. 

Cairo,  1904. 
Chassenat,  E.,  zme  Trouvaille  de  Deir-el-Bahari.   Cairo, 

1907. 
Quibell,  J.  E.,  Archaic  Objects.     Cairo,  1905. 
Reisner,  G.  H.,  Amulets.     Cairo,  1907. 
Daressy,  G.,  Ostraca.     Cairo,  1901. 
Daressy,  G.,  Fouilles.     Cairo,  1902. 
Daressy,  G.,  Cercueils.     Cairo.  1909. 
Lacau,  P.,  Sarcophages,  2  vols.     Cairo,  1903-08. 
Lacau,  P.,  Steles.     Cairo,  1909. 
Lange,  H.  O.,  and  Schafer,  H.,  Grab-  und  Denksteine. 

Cairo,  1903-08. 
Maspero,  G.,  Sarcophages.     Cairo,  1908. 

L'Egyptologie,  Serie  I.     Annees  1-4. 

Une  Inscription  Historique  du  regne  de  Seti  I.    1856.   4to. 

Les  Maximes  du  Scribe  Ani,  vols,  i  and  ii. 

Voyage  d'un  £gyptien  en  Syrie.      Paris,    1866.      4to. 

Dictionnaire  £gyptien.    Paris,  1841.    Folio. 

Grammaire  £gyptienne.     Paris,  1836.     Folio. 

Monuments  de  I'^gypte  et  de  la  Nubie.  Paris,  1847-73  ; 
text,  2  vols.,  small  folio,  plates,  four  vols,  in  large 
folio. 

The  Mastaba  of  Ptah  Hetep,  2  pts.  London.  1900- 
01.     4to. 

The  Rock  Tombs  of  El  Amarna,  6  vols.  London, 
1903-08.     4to. 

Wo  lag  das  Paradies?    Leipzig,  1881.     8vo. 

Text,  vols,  i-xxiv.  Paris,  1821-9.  8vo.  Plates  11 
vols.    Folio. 

Le  Papyrus  de  Neb-qued.     Paris,  1872.     Long  folio. 

Baugeschichte  des  Denderatempels.  Strassburg,  1877. 
4to. 

Geographic  des  alteri  Aegyptens.     1877 

Zur  Geographic   des   alten   Aegyptens. 
4to. 

Der   Grabpalast   des   Patuamenap,    3 
1884-94.     4to, 

Aegyptiaca  :    Festschrift  fUr  G.  Ebers  zum 
1897.     Leipzig,  1897.     8vo. 


Svo. 

Leipzig,  1894. 


parts. 


Leipzig^ 
I  Mdrz 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


xcm 


Eg.  Exp.  Fund 
Erman,  A. 

Gardner,  A.  H. 

Gardiner,  A.  H. 
Gardiner,  A.  H. 
Garstang,  J.  . . 
Garstang,  J.  . . 
Garstang,  J.     . . 

Gauthier,  H.    . . 

Gayet,  E. 
Gensler,  F.  W.  C. 

Grebaut,  E. 
Griffith,  F.  LI. 
Griffith,  F.  LI. 

Groff,  W.  N.    . . 

Guieysse,       P., 
Lefebure,  E. 

Hall,  H.  R. 


Hall,  H.  R.      . 

Hammer,  de    . 

Hess,  J.  J. 

Hess,  J.  J. 

Hess,  J.  J. 

Hoelscher,  U.  . 

Horrack,  J.  de 

Ideler,  J.  L.     . 

J^quier,  G 

J^quier,  G. 
King,  C.  W.     . 


Atlas  of  Ancient  Egypt.     London,  1894. 

Aegypten    und     Aegyptisches     Leben    im    Alter thum. 
Tiibingen,  1884-7.     8vo. 

Die  Erzdhlung  des   Sinuhe   und  die  Hirtengeschichte. 
Leipzig,  1909.     4to. 

The  Inscription  of  Mes.     Leipzig,  1905.     4to. 

Inscriptions  of  Sinai.     London,  1917.     Folio. 

Mahasna  and  Bet  Khallaf.     London,  1902.     4to. 

Meroe.     Oxford,  1911.     4to. 

Tombs  of  the  Third  Egyptian  Dynasty.     London,  1904. 
4to. 

Le  Livre  des  Rois  d'i^gypte,  3  parts.     [Memoires  of  the 
Inst.  Franf.  d'Arch.  Orient.     Cairo.     Vol.  xvii.] 

Steles  de  la  Xllme  dynastie.     Paris,  1886.     4to. 

Die    Thebanischen    Tafeln    Stiindlicher    Sternaufgdnge. 
Leipzig,  1872.     4to. 

Hymne  d  Ammon-Ra.     Paris,  1874.     8vo. 

A  Collection  of  Hieroglyphs.     London,  1898.     4to. 

Stories  of  the  High  Priests  of  Memphis.     Oxford,  1900. 

8vo. 
i^ttide  sur  le  Papyrus  d'Orbiney.     Paris,  1888.     4to. 

and    Le    Papyrus    funeraire    de    Soutimes.     Paris,     1877. 
Folio. 

Catalogue  of  Egyptian  Scarabs,  vol.  i.     London,  1913. 
4to. 

Coptic  and  Greek  Texts  of  the  Christian  Period.     London, 
1905.     Folio. 

Copie  figuree  d'un  rouleau  de  papyrus.     Vienna,  1822. 
Long  4to. 

Der  Demotische  Roman   von   Sine  Ha-m-us.     Leipzig, 
1888.     8vo. 

Der  Demotische   Teil  der  dreisprachigen  Inschrift  von 
Rosette.     Freiburg,  1902.     4to. 

Der  Gnostische  Papyrus  von  London.     Freiburg,  1902. 
4to. 

Das  Grabdenkmal  des  Konigs  Chephren.     Leipzig,  1912. 
4to. 

Les  Lamentations  d'Isis  et  de  Nephthys.     Paris,  1866. 
4to. 

Hermapion  sive  rudimenta  hieroglyphicae  veterum  aegyp- 
tiorum  literaturae.     Leipzig,  1841.     4to. 

Le  Livre  de  ce  qu'il  y  a  dans  I'Hades.     Paris,  1894. 
8vo. 

Le  Papyrus  Prisse.     Paris,  1911.     Oblong  folio. 

The  Gnostics  and  their  remains.     London,  1864.     8vo. 


XCIV 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Lacau,  P. 

Lacau,  P. 
Lanzone,  R.  V 
Ledrain,  E. 

Lefebure,  E. 
Lefebure,  E. 


Lefebure,  E.    . 
Legrain,  G. 
Lemm,  O.  von. 

Lepsius,  C.  R. 
Lepsius,  C.  R. . 

Lieblein,  J. 


Lieblein,  J. 

Mallet,  D. 
Mariette,  A. 

Marucchi,  O. 

Marucclii,  O. 
Maspero,  G. 
Maspero,  G. 

Maspero,  G. 

Massey,  A. 
Matter,  J. 

Morgan,  J.  de 
Naville,  E. 
Naville,  E. 
Naville,  E. 

Naville,  E. 
Naville,  E. 


Sarcophages  anterieures  au  Nouvel  Empire,  Ease,  i  and  2. 

Cairo,  1903-4.     4to. 
Steles  du  Nouvel  Empire.     Cairo,  1909.     4to. 
Les  Papyrus  du  lac  Moeris.     Turin,  1896.     Folio. 

Les  Monuments  £gyptiens  de  la  Bibliotheque  Nationale, 
vols,  i-iii.     Paris,  1879-81.     4to. 

Le  Mythe  Osirien,  pts.  i  and  ii.     Paris,   1874.     8vo. 

Traduction  comparee  des  hymnes  au  soleil  composant 
le  XV  chapitre  du  Rituel  Funeraire  £gyptien.  Paris, 
1868.     4to. 

Les  Yeux  d'Horus  :  Osiris.     Paris,  1875.     8vo. 

Le  Livre  des  Transformations.     Paris,  1890.     4to. 

Das    Ritualbuch    des    Ammondienstes.     Leipzig,  1882. 

8vo. 
Aelteste  Texte  des  Todtenbuchs.     Berlin,  1867.     4to. 

Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden  des  Aegyptischen 
Alterthums.     Berlin,  1842.     Folio. 

Index  alphabetique  de  tous  les  mots  contenus  dans  le 
Livre  des  Morts  public  par  R.  Lepsius,  d'apres  le 
Papyrus  de  Turin.     Paris,  1875.     8vo. 

Le    Livre    i^gyptien     -*N?  Q  fl  Ht^   ^     "A         ^  VJf     C'^^ 

mon  nom  fleurisse.     Leipzig,  1895.     8vo. 

Le  Culte  de  Neit  d  Sals.     Paris,  1888.     8vo. 

Les  Listes  Geographiques  des  pylones  de  Karnak.  Text 
and  plates.     Leipzig,  1875.     4to. 

II  grande   Papiro    Egizio    delta    Biblioteca    Vaticano. 

Rome,  1888.     4to. 
Obelischi  Egiziani  di  Roma.     Rome,  1898.     8vo. 
Une  EnquHe  Judiciaire  d  Thebes.     Paris,  1872.     8vo. 

Les  Momies  Royales  de  Deir  el  Bahari.  [In  Mdmoires 
of  the  French  Archaeological  Mission  in  Cairo, 
vol.  i.] 

Sarcophages  des  Epoques  Persanes  et  Ptolemaiques. 
[See  Cairo  Catalogue.] 

Le  Papyrus  de  Leyde  I,  347.     Gand,  1885.     4to. 

Histoire  Critique  du  Gnosticisme,  vols,  i-iii  (text  and 
plates).     Paris,  1828.     8vo. 

Fouilles  a  Dahchour.     Vienna,  1895,  1903.     4to. 

The  Cemeteries  of  Abydos.     London,  1914.     4to. 

Deir  el-Bahari,  pts.  i-vi.     London,  1893-1907.     Folio. 

The  Eleventh  Dynasty  Temple  at  Deir  el-Bahari. 
London,  1907-14.     4to. 

Festival  Hall  of  Osorkon  II.     London,  1892.     4to. 

Inscription  Historique  de  Pinodjem  III.  Paris,  1863. 
4to. 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


xcv 


Naville,  E. 

Naville,  E. 
Pellegrini,  A.   . . 

Petrie,  W.  M.  F 

Piehl.  K. 

Pieper,  M. 

Pieper,  M. 

Pierret,  P. 
Pierret,  P. 
Pierret,  P. 
Pleyte,  W. 

Pleyte,  W. 
Pleyte,  W. 

Pleyte,  W. 

Pleyte,  W. 
Pleyte,  W. 
Quibell,  J.  E. 
Riel,  C. . . 

Rouge,  E.  de 
Rouge,  E.  de 


Rouge,  E.  de  . . 
Rouge,  J.  de    . . 

Sachau,  E. 

Schack,   H.,   Graf  von 
Schackenburg 

Schack,   H.,   Graf  von 
Schackenburg 

Schack,   H.,   Graf  von 
Schackenburg 


Le  Papyrus  hierogyphique  de  Kamara  et  le  Papyrus 
hieratique  de  Nesikhonsou  au  Musee  dti  Caire. 
Paris,  1914.     4to. 

Le  Papyrus  hieratique  de  Katseshni  au  Musee  du 
Caire.     Paris,  1914.     4to. 

Nota  sopra  un'  inscrizione  Egizia  del  Museo  di  Palermo. 
[In  Atti  e  Memorie  delta  Societd  Siciliana  per  la 
Storia  Patria.     Palermo,  i8g6.     Large  8vo.] 

Works  published  by  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund,  the 
Egyptian  Research  Account,  etc. 

Dictionnaire  du  Papyrus  Harris,  No.  I.     Vienna,  1882. 

8vo. 
Handbuch   der   Aegyptischen   Konigsnamen.      Leipzig, 

1912.     8vo. 
Die  Konige  Aegyptens  zwischen  dem  mittleren  und  neuen 

Reiche.     Berlin,  1904.     4to. 

Le  Ddcret  Trilingue  de  Canope.     Paris,  1881.     4to. 
Mudes  iJgyptologiques.     Paris,  1874,  1878.     4to. 
Vocabulaire  Hieroglyphique.     Paris,  1875.     8vo. 

Chapitres  Suppiementaires  du  Livre  des  Morts,  vols,  i-iii. 

Leyden,  1881.     4to. 
L' Iipistolographie  Egyptienne.     Leyden,  1869.     4to. 

iJtude  sur  un  rouleau  magique  {Pap.  348  Revers)  du 
Musee  de  Leide.     Leyden,  1869-70.     4to. 

£tudes  Archeologiques,  linguistiques  et  historiques 
dedi^es  d  C.  Leemans.     Leyden,  1885.     4to. 

Les  Papyrus  Rollin.     Leyden,  1868.     4to. 

Papyrus  de  Turin.     Leyden,  1869-76.     4to. 

Naqada  and  Ballas.     London,  1896.     4to. 

Der  Thierkreis  und  das  Feste-Jahr  von  Dendera.  Leip- 
zig, 1878.     4to. 

tltude  sur  une  Stele  JSgyptienne.     Paris,  1858.     8vo. 

Recherches  sur  les  Monuments  qu'on  petit  attribuer  aux 
six  premieres  dynasties  de  Manethon.  Paris,  1866. 
4to. 

Rituel  Funeraire.     Paris,  1861-76.     Folio. 

Geographie  Ancienne  de  la  Basse-Egypte.  Paris,  1891. 
8vo. 

Drei  Aramdische  PaPyrusiirkunden  aus  Elephantine. 
Berlin,  1908.     4to. 

Die  Unterweisung  des  Konigs  Amenemhat  I.  Paris, 
1883.     4to. 

Aegyptologische  Studien,  vols,  i  and  ii.  Leipzig,  1902. 
4to. 

Das  Buch  von  den  Zwei  Wegen  der  Seligen  Toten,  pt.  i. 
Leipzig.     1903.     4to. 


XCVl 


Works  also  used  in  Preparation  of  Dictionary. 


Sharpe,  S. 

Spiegelberg,  W. 

Spiegelberg,  W. 

Spiegelberg,  W. 
Steindorff,  G.  . . 
Steindorff,  G.  . . 
Stern,  L. 

Tylor,  J.  J.      . . 

Weigall,  A.  E.  P. 

Weill,  R. 

Wiedemann,  A. 

Wilkinson,  J.  G. 
Wilkinson,  J.  G. 


Egyptian  Inscriptions  from  the  British  Museum  and 
other  sources.  London,  pt.  i,  1837  '<  pt-  !•>  1841  (First 
Series)  ;  Second  Series,  1855.     Folio. 

Aegyptologische  Randglossen  zum  Alten  Testament. 
Strassburg,  1904.     8vo. 

Correspondances  du  temps  des  Rois-Pretres.  Paris, 
1895.     4to. 

Demotische  Studien.     Leipzig,  1901-10.     4to. 

Das  Grab  des  Ti.     Leipzig,  1913.     4to. 

Der  Sarg  des  Sebk-o.     Berlin,  1896.     4to. 

The  Hieroglyphic-Latin  Vocabulary  in  vol.  ii  of  the 
Papyros  Ebers.     Leipzig,  1875.     Folio. 

Wall-Drawings  and  Monuments  of  El-Kab,  2  vols. 
London,  1896-98.     Folio. 

A  Report  on  the  Antiquities  of  Lower  Nubia.  Oxford, 
1907.     4to. 

Recueil  des  Inscriptions  Egyptiennes  du  Sinai.  Paris, 
1904.     4to. 

Sammlung  Altdgyptischer  W drier  welche  von  Klassischen 
Autoren  umschrieben  oder  Ubersetzt  worden  sind. 
Leipzig,  1883.     8vo. 

Facsimile  of  an  inscription  on  a  sarcophagus  or  mummy 
case.  [Brit.  Mus.  No.  10,553.]  Published  by  Budge, 
E.  A.  Wallis,  Facsimiles  of  Egyptian  Hieratic  Papyri. 
London,  1910.     Folio. 

Materia  Hieroglyphica.     Malta,  1828.     4to. 


A  LIST 

Of    the   most    frequently   used    Hieroglyphic   Characters   with   their 

Phonetic  Values,  together  with  their  Significations  when  employed 

as  Determinatives  and  Ideographs. 


1. 

MEN  (Standing,  Sitting,  Kneeling,  Bowing,  Lying  Down). 

Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

I 

1 

inactivity,     inertness,     inanition, 
exhaustion. 

2 

3.4 

1 

k 

address,  cry  out,  invoke.     As  an 
interjection,  ^«z' (11  ^IJf], /«'[Ill]l]. 
deprecate,  propitiate. 

5.6 

7 

A'  A 

hen  J^ 

pray,     worship,     adore,     entreat, 
praise. 

praise,  exult,  chant. 

8 

I 

qa  a\,  haa  |  rj 

high,  lofty  ;  exult,  make  merry. 

9 

K 

an  ° 

go  back,  turn  back,  turn  round. 

lO,   II 

%t 

call,  beckon. 

12 

K 

see  No.  7. 

13 

^ 

H 

% 

an     ^ 

run. 

15. 16, 
17, 18 

ab  U 

dance,  perform  gymnastics. 

XCVlll 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as  * 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

19,  20 

h-^ 

kes  ^=:^p 

bow,  pay  homage. 

21 

-V. 



run  away  or  run  after  something. 

22,  23 

I'4 

pour  out,  micturate,  penq  «~»-. 

24 

ft^ 

make  friends,  be  in  league  with 
someone,    heter    \  "^   \    be   on 
brotherly  terms  with,  sensen  ||. 

25 

5 



hide,  to  conceal,  amen  \  ^. 

26 

^ 



dwarf,  pygmy,  teng  '•^.    . 

27,28 

H 

image,    figure,   statue,   tut   ^  \, 
mummy,      transformed      dead 
body,  sahu       nl  ^5  ^o  stablish 
a  custom. 

29 

1 

eternity. 

30 
31 
32 

ft 

ur  ^5,  ser  P<r-^ 

great,  great  one,  a  chief  official, 
prince. 

old,    aged,    dau    \'%^\,   senior 
semsu  P  1;^  P  ^• 

strong,  strength,  nekht  0^. 

?yi 

i 

beat  (?)  strike  (?) 

34 

shepherd  (?)  hunter  (?) 

35 

'f 

to  repulse,  to  drive  away,  seher 

36 

m 

to  perform  a  ceremony  (?) 

37 

f 

shepherd. 

38 

^ 

the  a>J?-priest  \\\\. 

39.40 

'i'^ 

41 

"^ 

strong,  strength. 

42 

% 

harper,    play    a    musical    instru- 
ment. 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


xcix 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

43 

^ 

break  up  ground,  plough. 

44.45 

4^ 

present,  make  an  offering. 

46 

^ 

mm     ^\      \\ 

pour  out  water. 

,47 

H 

purificatory  priest. 

48 
49 

if 

sow  grain  ;    to  use  a  throw-net 
in  hunting. 

skipping. 

50 

i 

khus  ®  \  p 

build. 

51 

^0 

work  a  boring  tool  (?),  drill. 

52 

[M 

qet  |c^ 

build. 

53 

V 

suspend,    stretch    out    the    sky, 
aM    ^  . 

54.55 

l4 

fa 

carry,  bear  on  shoulders. 

56 

^ 

^      n  ^ 
=  khesteb  —»—  J  ° ,  lapis  lazuli. 

57.58 

W.M 

qes  _£_ 

restrain,  bind. 

59 

B 

=  heg'  1  A,  governo^r. 

60,  61 

(SJ 

statue  of  king. 

62,  63 

M'tl 

king  of  Upper  Egypt. 

64.65 

!■& 

king  of  Lower  Egypt. 

66,67,68 

/I-.I'H 

king  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt. 

69,  70 

fcl'/l 

foreign  potentate. 

71 

fl 

=  dti  l)]|[jl]  king,  prince. 

72 

# 

child,  infancy. 

73,  r4 

■^•^ 

sit. 

£ 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


75>  76 

17 

78,  79. 
80 

81 
82 

83 

84,  85, 
86 

87 
88 

89 
90 

91.92,93 

94 

95 
96 

97.  98, 
99 

100 

lOI 

102 


!>'  ^' 


^ 


haa  |; 


m'sha 


royal  child. 


enemy,  death,  the  dead,  slaughter, 
=  khefti-'S^  "enemy." 


soldier  of  every  kind. 


soldier    of  every  kind  =  menfit 

prisoner,  captive,  foreigner, 

criminal. 

execution,  death. 

man,  sa  ,»vA,  ist  person  sing. 

invoke,  address,  cry  out  to,  inter- 
jection O  or  Oh  !  Hail !  etc. 

eat,  drink,  speak,  and  of  every- 
thing which  is  done  with  the 
mouth. 

inactivity,  inertness,  rest. 

praise,  hen  ^. 

pray,  worship,  adore,  entreat ; 
praise. 

hide,  amen  l]S,  conceal,  pro- 
tect (?) 

play   an    instrument    of    music, 

harper, 
drinking,  offering  (?) 

offering. , 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


ci 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


103 
104 

105,  106, 
107 

108 

109 

1 10,  III 

112 

116 
117,  118 
119 
120 
121 
122 
123 

124 

125 
126 


uab  \  ^l 


t 


1  i 


hehlil 


1 

i 


hide,  conceal,  amen  \  |S. 


priest. 


pour  out  water,  make  a  libation. 


carry  a  load,   atep   ^  g,    bear, 
support,  fa  -w  ^. 

var.  of  ^(?) 

great  but  indefinite  number. 

write. 


the  blessed  or  holy  dead. 

a  god  or  divine  person. 

the  king  holding  the  sceptre  f 

the  king  holding  the  sceptre  \. 

the  king  holding  the  whip  /\. 

the  king  holding  the  whip  and 
sceptre. 

the  king  wearing  the  White 
Crown  and  holding  the  whip 
and  the  sceptre  f . 

the  king  wearing  the  Red 
Crown  and  holding  the  whip 
and  the  sceptre  ^. 

the  king  wearing  the  Red 
Crown  and  holding  the  whip 
f  and  the  ankh  ^  "  life." 

the  king  wearing  the  White  and 
Red  Crowns  ^  and  holding 
the  sceptre  1. 

g  2 


Cll 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


127 
128 

129 

130,   131 

132,   133 

134.  135 

136,137. 
1*38,  139 

140 
141 
142 

143 


«^,  k. 


r^ 


2,  3. 

4.  5- 

6-  7. 

8 

9.  10. 
1 1 

12 


sheps  ^  p 


kher 


II. 

WOMEN. 


ari   \ 


\\ 


the     king     wearing     the     Red 
Crown  and  holding  the  object  f. 

the  king  wearing  the  White  and 
Red   Crowns  and  holding  the 

sceptre  ] . 

shepherd,  nomad,  sentry,  guard. 


sit  as  a  king  or  noble,  seat  oneself. 

noble,  honourable,   revered,  the 
sainted  dead. 

swim. 


lie,  recline. 

fall,  defeat,  slaughter. 

sickness,  vomit. 

reap. 


woman,  sa-t,   ist  and  2nd  pers. 

sing. 


queen,  lady  of  high  rank,  vener- 
able woman. 


woman    beating    a    tambourine 
and  playing  a  harp. 

present  at,  in  charge  of,  belong- 
ing to. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cm 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


13.  14. 
15 

16 

18,  19 


2.  3 

4,5 
6 

7 
8 

9 

10  . 

1 1 
12 

13.  14- 
15-  16, 
17,  18, 

19 


It 


bend,  bow, ^^^  ffl  J- 

pregnant  woman,  beq  J  <d. 

parturient  woman,  give  birth  to, 

rues  %\\ , papa 2^  ^. 

nurse,  mena  -www,  dandle,  rear  a 
child,  renn 


III. 


GODS   AND   GODDESSES. 


Asar    (Osiris) ;    usually    written 
Pth  (Ptah). 


Ptah-Tanen. 


Ptah-Seker-Asar. 


Menu  (Min,  Khem  Amsu  ). 

Amen  (Ammon). 

Amen  holding  the  sceptre  |. 

Amen  holding  Maat  ?^  <=> . 

Amen      holding      the     scimitar 
khepesh  §3°. 

Amen  holding  the  sceptre  "j. 


Horus  the  Elder,  Horus-Ra,  Ra, 
the  Sun-god. 


g  3 


CIV 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


20 


21 


* 


22,23,24 

25,   26 
27 

28 

29-30.31 

32 

33.34 

35 

36,  n, 
38 

39. 40 

41 

42 

43 

44 
45-46 

47. 48, 
49. 50. 
51. 52 

53. 54 


i,f. 


I'i 


"^'t' 


I 


tf.| 


I     NT . 


Amen-Ra,  or  Ra-Amen. 

Heru-aakhuti    (Harraakhis),     or 
Horus  of  the  Two  Horizons. 

Aah    1     § ,  or  Khensu    ®  1,  the 

Moon-god. 
Tchehuti  (Thoth). 


Set 


mnn 


(var. 


),  or  Setesh 


P  ^,  or  Sutekh  p  | . 
Anpu  (Anubis). 

Khnemu  (Khnoubis),  Khnoumis, 
Khnum,  Khneph,  etc. 

Hep,  or  Hapi,  the  Nile-god. 
Shu,  god  of  light  and  dryness. 
Bes,  a  Sudani  god. 

Set  as  a  warrior-god. 

the  Bennu  bird  (phoenix). 
Mesta,  son  of  Horus. 
Hapi,  son  of  Horus. 
Qebhsenuf,  son  of  Horus. 
Tuamutef,  son  of  Horus. 
the  Hare-god. 

Ast  or  Set  (I sis). 

Neb-t  he-t  (Nephthys). 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cv 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


55 

56 

57.58 

59'  60, 
61,  62 

63 
64 

65,66 

67 
68 

69,70,71 

72, 1Z 
74 
75 


k 


i'l 


A 


I- 


^ 


the  sunrise. 

Isis,  Hathor  or  any  cow-goddess. 

Net  (Neith). 

the  goddess  Maat. 

the  goddess  Nut. 
the  goddess  Serqet. 

the  goddess  Sekhmet. 

the  goddess  Anqet. 

the  goddess  Sesheta. 

of  many  goddesses. 

a  guardian  of  one  of  the  Seven 
Pylons. 

goddess  of  Upper  Egypt, 
goddess  of  Lower  Egypt. 


IV. 


MEMBERS   OF   THE 

BODY. 

I 

® 

tep,  tchatcha 

first,  foremost,  top  of  anything, 
nod. 

2 

^ 

her-i^,  |-> 

3.  4.  5. 

if. '^.  ^ 

hair  of  men  and  animals,  bald. 

lack,    want,    lacuna    in    manu- 

scripts, colour,  complexion. 

6 

I 

lock  of  hair,  side  tress. 

7 

s 

beard,  khabes  J  J  1. 

8 

<2>- 

ar     \ 

right  eye,  see,  an  ^. 

g  4 


CVl 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


9 

lO 

1 1 

12 

13 

M 
15 
16 

17 

18,  19 
20 
21 

22 

23-  24 

25 
26 

27 
28 
29 

30.32 
32 
33 

34 

35.36 


-<2> 


..•&      j 

^  


ar 


r,  ra 


see,  an  ::;^. 
eye-paint  (kohl\ 

grief,  tear,  weep,  rem  •=>  |^. 

left  eye,  see. 

beautiful,  an °. 

see,  behold,  peter  ^_^. 

divine  eye,  right  eye  of  Ra,  utchat 

divine  eye,  left  eye  of  Ra. 

the  two  divine  eyes,  utchatti, 
^iulli.  the  eyes  of  Ra,  2>., 
the  Sun  and  Moon. 

need,  what  is  required,  tebh  c=>J  \. 

tear-drop  of  divine  eye. 

pupil  of  the  eye,  death,  destruc- 
tion. 

see,  maa  \  W- 

eyebrow. 

ear,  mestcher  j|  P  <^ . 

breathe,  nose,  nostril  ;  the  front 
of  anything. 

mouth. 

lip. 

the  two  lips. 

eject  spittle,  vomit,  efflux,  exu- 
dation, moisture. 

jaw-bone, 
the  two  jaws, 
staff,  to  speak. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cvn 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


n^  38, 

39 
40 

42,43.44 
45 

46 

47,48 
49,  50 
51,  52 

53 

54 

55,56 

57 

58 

59,  60, 
'61 

62 

63 
64,65 

66 
67,  68 

69 
70,  71 


1 1 1 1 ,  -  II        ■  ■  ■  ■ ' 
*''*^      '11 1 1? 


■} 


u 


A.  AA 


,  w^ 


^ 

Q^ 


O-J. 


,i_^ 


/v-^ 


u_j] 


C3lJl 


ka 


khan 


aha  — 0 


khu®^ 


(?) 
mak  1^ 

a,  tet  ^ 


m,  m 


aai 


backbone,    hew    in    pieces,    dis- 
member. 

chine,    sacrum,    hew    in    pieces, 
dismember. 

breast,  nurse. 

embrace,    surround,    happening, 
event. 

the  double,  person  (?) ;  a.  strength 

of  the  ka,  .L  beauty  of  the  ka. 

ka-priest,  hem  \,  ka\   \. 

lack,    want,    need,    nothing,    no, 
not. 

magnificent, splendid,  tcheser  -^  • 

paddle,  row  a  boat. 

fight,  wage  war,  contend  against. 

present  an  onermg  ^^;::^:55. 

write. 

rule,  direct,  govern. 

splendour,  strength  (?) 


give,  erta  ^  or  ^  or 


■A- 


arm  (remen),  ^^,  bear,  carry, 
set  in  position,  anything  done 
with  the  arm. 

give,  ertaf='„. 

give. 

wash,  cleanse. 

AAAWV 

Strong,  strength,  nekhi^^r^. 


CVlll 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

^2 

t-n 

Strength,  rule,  direct. 

7Z 

f, — a 

khu  ®^ 

rule,  direct,  govern. 

74 

■^^^3 

shep 

hand,  take,  receive. 

75,76 

s 

^>    ^ 

kep^ 

press -down  (.''). 

77,78 
79,80 

t 

shep  (?) 

hand,  palm  of  the  hand,  tcha-t 
take  in  the  hand,  receive. 

81 

rfe. 



dew,  data  W.'^\. 

82,83 

t^,^ 

grasp,  lay  hold  on,  amni  \_W. 

84 

^ 

finger,  tchebd  ^~~\\  — » . 

85 

V 

ten  thousand,  tcheba   '^~\\  — «. 

86 

87,  88, 
89,  90 

V  V 

t 

right,    true    mean,    middle,    aqa 
-^  \^,      witness,      testimony, 
meter  \^^. 

take,  take  away. 

91 

^ 

nails,  claws,  talons. 

92 

\ 

men;;;;;;^ 

present,  offer. 

93 

f—iH 

met|^ 

phallus,   front,   male,    masculine, 
procreate. 

94 

\]=^ 

procreate. 

95 

heni^ 

procreate. 

96,.97 
98 

f.  1 

1^ 

lead,  guide,  scsheni  P  ool^. 
testicles. 

99 

^ 

l?em|^ 

female  pudenda,  female,  woman. 

100 

■^ 

go,  walk,  enter. 

fOI 

A 

run,  walk  quickly. 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cix 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

I02 

A- 

come  out,  go  out,  go  back,  return. 

103 

1 

gehes  S  I  P  ,  uar  ^  ^ 

run,  flee,  foot. 

104 

^ 

transgress,  invade,  attack. 

105 

f- 

stablish,  falsehood,  gerg  ^  a. 

106 
107 

A 

i 

q 

eat,  devour. 

108,  109 

I  10,  II  I, 
112 

IL 

9         J 

b 
f 

Compounds  are 

tcheb  "Jl .  «^  J^.  ^-  ieb  ^, 
khab  *A  -=. . 
limb,  flesh. 

V. 

• 

ANIMALS. 

I,  2 

M'^ 

horse. 

3.4 

^'  ^ 

bull,  ka  ^=:^\^,  ox,  dh  \\. 

5 

fel 

Apis  Bull,  sacred  bull. 

6 

^ 

cow. 

7 

^■ 

cow  charging. 

8 
9 

^ 
^ 

cow    lying    down  or  bound    for 
sacrifice. 

cow  calving. 

10 

fe5 

cow  suckling  her  calf. 

1 1 

t^ 

calf. 

12 

H 

young  ram,  thirst. 

13 

^ 

au   \\\ 



14 

1^ 

baj\ 

kudu,  ram,  soul,  the  god  Khnum. 

ex 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


15 

16 

17 

18 

9,  20, 

21 

1^ 


^ 


22 

23 
24,25,26 

27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 

33 

34 


^ 


I'l' 


si 


5a^ 


35,36.  i^&e,^^ 
37 

38 

39 

40 

41 


■} 


Jgas 
2^ 


khan 


re,  ni 


neb 


sacred  ram  of  Amen, 
goat. 

nobleman,  elder  ;  var.  ^ij^  (?) 
interior,  skin,  hide. 

ape,  monkey. 

rage,  fury, 
dancing,  merriment. 

sacred  ape,  praise. 

fight,  quarrel. 

ape  bearing  solar  face. 

ape  wearing  Red  Crown. 

ape  of  Thoth  bearing  the  solar 
Eye  (tit chat). 

hippopotamus-goddess    (Ta-urt, 
Thoueris). 

hippopotamus, 
lion. 


image,  sphinx, 
sphinx  (?) 
bolt  of  a  door. 


the  lion-gods  of  last  evening  and 


this  morning. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


CXI 


Number. 


42 


43.  44. 
45.46 


Hieroglyph. 


47      ^ 

48     I     "W 

49.  50.  I  la^.  £^'| 
51.52   ^.  ^J 

53.  54  ^'  "^ 

55 
56 

57 

58.59 

60 

61 

62 


63,  64, 
65 


K 


66  I   ^i5? 

I 

67  i   -^f^o 

68 


Phonetic  Value. 


set 


un 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


leopard,  cheeta. 

cat,  give,  gift. 

dog. 

wolf,  wolf-god  (.'')  Up-uat. 

jackal-god,  Anpu,  judge. 

underworld. 

fabulous  animal,  khekh  J. 

hare. 

wild  animal. 

elephant. 

bear, 
rhinoceros. 

giraffe. 

Set,  or  Setesh,  or  Sutekh,  evil 
personified. 

pig- 
mouse,  rat. 

Amem-mit,  a  composite  monster, 
one-third  hippopotamus,  one- 
third  crocodile,  and  one-third 
horse,  which  devoured  the 
hearts  of  the  wicked. 


cxu 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


VI. 
PARTS   OP  ANIMALS. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


3 

4 

5 
6 

7 
8 

9 

lO 
II,   12 

13 
14,  15,16 

18,  19, 
20 

21,  22 

23.  24. 
25,  26 

27 
28,29 


31 


4.* 


set 


usr 


ass's  head. 

fore  part  of  bull. 

bull. 

nose,    breath,  the  front  of  any- 
thing. 

the  nose,  breath,  front, 

throat  and  neck,  head  and  wind- 
pipe, swallow. 

cow-goddess. 

respect,  reverence,  shefit  ''^^^  1]  I)  o. 


the  Eight  Gods  (A7z^w^«M  PIq^) 
of  Hermopolis  Magna. 

wisdom,     knowledge,    shesa 

strength,  power. 

fore  part,  front. 

the  lion-gods  of  yesterday  even- 
ing and  this  morning. 

underworld. 


company,  group. 


strength. 


moment,  mmute. 
horns  of  kudu. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxm 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

30,31 
32 

V.  V. 

up 

crown  of  the  head,  apex. 

33-34,35 

\i/.a>i^x,x[/ 

New  Year's  Day,  up  renpit. 

36 

^ 

the  god  Khnum. 

37-38,39 

Y'T'T 

rank,  dignity,  high  position. 

40 

\ 

ab-.J 

horn. 

41,42 

^,  ^= 

beh  Ji,  hui^ 

tusk,  tooth. 

43 

4 

hear,  ear. 

44 

^ 

peh  d| 

end,  hinder  part,  attain,  reach. 

45 

incantation,    enchantment,    heka 

46 

CJV 

thigh,  shoulder  (?)  strength. 

47 

GY9 

pudenda  of  a  cow,  female. 

48 

fc^ 

constellation     Meskhet     (Great 
Bear). 

49-  50 

\-\ 

repeat,  bone. 

51-52, 
53-  54 

1/  1 

kap^' 

55,56,57 

f^.^.f 

skin,  hide. 

58.59 

|.! 

striped  or  variegated  hide. 

60 

T 

• 

shoot,  aim  at,  target. 

61 

X 

tail,  rump,  thorn,  prickle,  goad. 

62 
63 

■iSi 

nes        ,     p 

bone  and  tlesh,  flesh,  joint,  heir, 
posterity. 

tongue,  leader. 

64 
65 

I 

^"^^-^ ^^ 

the   lung   or   lungs,    unite,  join 
together. 

the    bull's    skin    in    which    the 
deceased    was    placed,    mesqat 

CXIV 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


VII. 

BIRDS. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


2.3 


4.5. 


lO 


1 1 


2,  13 

H 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20,  2  1 

22,  23, 
24 
25 


I 

9 


4=^ 


ma 


ti^.  - 


neh  <««««  I 


kite(?) 


eagle. 


Heru,  Horus  ;  hawk,  bdk  J  \  ■^=^. 

Horus  with  whip. 

Horus-Ra. 

Hawk  of  gold,  a  royal  title. 

king  of  the  South  and  North. 

king-god. 

Ra-Harmakhis. 

right,  right-hand  side,  the  West, 
Anient. 

Under  World,  Kher-neter. 

Horus,  uniterof  the  Two  Lands, 
a  royal  title. 

the  god  Sep. 
forms  of  Horus-Ra. 

Horus  or  Ra  in  his  disk. 


A  Uist  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxv 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


26,  27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 

34 

35 

38 

39. 40. 

41.42, 

43 

44 

45 
46 

47 
48 
49 
50 


'  S^ 


^ 

¥ 
^ 

^ 


khu  ®^ 


ner  ,;__>,  m[ujt 


mak  1^ 


m 


mm 


ma,  ma(?)  m',  mi(?) 


mer 


mer  <4^,  met 
tekh  ^ 

aakh 

gem  ffl 


the  goddess  Hathor. 


sacred  bird  and  image  of  a  god. 

Horus-Sept. 

vulture,  the  goddess  Mut,  mother, 
year. 

goddess  Mut. 

the  goddess  Nekhebit. 

the  goddesses  Nekhebit  and 
Uatchit,  the  tutelary  goddesses 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt 
respectively,  neb-ti  k^  ^. 


.\ 


before,  em  bah. 


light,  radiance,  brilliance,  shine, 
find,  discover. 

catch  fish. 

_  -  _ 


CXVl 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


51.52.   ^, 
53.  54 

55 


56 


57.  58 
59 
60 
61 
62 

63 
64 

65,  66, 

67 

68 

69,  70, 

71 

72.  11 

74 
75.  76 

77 
78.79 
80.81 


^ 


Phonetic  Value. 


ba  J\,bakJ 


ba(?) 


sa 


pa  D 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


ibis,    the    ^jod    Thoth,    tchehuti 

■^\\€ 

soul,  dig. 

souls,  divine  souls. 

nest. 

lake  with  wild  fowl,  nest. 


phoenix,  benu  J  o  %, 


Hood,  inundate, 
food,  fatten. 

red.     ■ 

goose  and  duck,  birds  in  general, 
insects,  son,  the  Earth-god 
Geb. 

washermen, 
shake,  tremble, 
destroy, 
enter. 

duck,  waterfowl,  flying, 
flying,  flutter,  hover,  alight. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxvu 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

82 

E 

qema,  then 

flutter,  hover,  alight. 

^Z 

\ 

tcheb  "1  j 

brick,  seal. 

84 

'fc. 

ur 

swallow,  great. 

85 

'&' 

small,  little. 

86 

% 

menkh  "^^  ® 

, 

%T,^% 

v« 

people,  mankind. 

89 

^ 

u 

chicken,  quail  (?) 

90 

^ 

au 

91 

^ 

mau 

92 

^- 

tu 

93 
94 

;^ 

tha 

fear,  terror. 

95.96 

1^''  ^^ 

ba 

the  beatified  soul. 

VIII. 

/ 

PARTS   OF   BIR 

DS. 

I 

-^ 



goose,  duck. 

2 

^ 

bird  of  prey,  masculine. 

3.4.5 

I'l'^ 

peq3 

6 

^ 

aakh(l\® 

bright,  shining,  etc.,  like  ^. 

7 
8 

amakh  \\  — ^ 

Eye  of  Horus. 

9,  10 

[Uij^iSj'  f     ^^^3Im 

flying,  wings. 

h    2 


cxvin 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


11,12 

14 

15,  16 

'7 
18 


Hieroglyph. 


PP 


,i-~^ 


JL-  JL 


Phonetic  Value. 


^ 


shu    t=!a^ 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


sha(.=>)imi^ 


feather,    truth,    uprightness,    in- 
tegrity, maat  -J''  c^ . 

Maati,     the    two    goddesses    of 
Truth. 

arm,  cubit,  carry, 
claw  of  bird,  talon 
cutting  tool,  nail,  claw  (?) 
women,  goddesses,  cities  ;  son  = 


IX. 

AMPHIBIA   (REPTILES). 


I,  2 

^.  mtr 

river  turtle. 

.   3 

^^ 

multitude. 

4 

^ 

5.6 

-«=.,  (SSi^ 

crocodile,  wrath,  rage. 

7 

4*. 

sacred  crocodile,  the  Sun-god  (.') 

8 

S^ 

Sebek  1 J  ^=?i ,  a  Crocodile-god. 

9 

king,  Ati!\c.\\l\. 

10 

jr     1 

k[a]m  ^  1^ 

1 1 

Si 

frog,    the    Frog-goddess,    Heqit 

12 
13.14.15 

^3^ 

l.-1'k 

tadpole,    the    number     100,000, 
serpent,  goddess,  priestess. 

16 

il 

fire-spitting  serpent  or  goddess. 

17.  18 

(g.® 

the  goddess  Mehnit. 

19 

I 

goddess. 

A   List  of  H ieroo^lyphic  Characiers. 


cxix 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


20 


21 


24 

25 
26   ' 

27 
28 
29 
30 
31 

32 

Z2, 

34 
35 

36.37 
38 
39 
40 


22,  23      ISSL'  'M!'™ 


1\ 


+ 


■i^T) 


tch 


goddess,  I  sis. 

shrine  of  goddess,  dier 


worm. 


the  loathly  Worm  Aapep  gf^. 


serpent. 


compound  of  n  =  metch   "  ten," 
and   ■^  tck. 

eternity,  tchet. 

compound  of  "^  tck  and  \  h. 

snail  (?),  slug  (?) 

a  sign  formed  by  adding  ■<—  to 
— H—  on  a  sarcophagus  in  the 
British  Museum  (No.  32). 

=  P  +^or.?+/ 

to  come  out,  per  =  <=>. 


go  m,  aq  =  —^  or 
serpent. 

spitting  serpent, 
serpent's  head, 
goddess. 

collect,  gather  together,  saq 


h  3 


cxx 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


X. 

PISH. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph, 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


I,  2 

3.4 
5 

6,7 

8,9 

10 


1,  2 
3 

4 


^So,  <e^ 


II,   12, 

£<««•,  f««<«« 

13 

8^^ 

14 

^ 

15 

^ 

16 

17 

«!.:?»« 

18 

<e< 

an 


kha®\ 


XI. 

INSECTS. 


M 


fish. 

fish,  rise,  mount  up,  foul,  fihhy. 

fighting  fish. 

rise,  mount  up. 

swim,  shining,  an ". 


a  deadly  fish  (?) 

dead  body. 

cuttle  fish  (?)  itar ". 

a  fish, 

/atus  fish  (?) 

antch   mer,   an  old   title  of  the 
governor  of  a  district. 


bee,  honey;  hornet (?);  king  of 
the  North. 

king  of  the  South  and  North, 
Nesu  Bat. 

the  flying  beetle  kheprcr  <=>, 
scarabaeus  sacer ;  become, 
kheper  ®  °. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characiers. 


cxxi 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


5 

6,7 

8 

9 

ff 

lO 
11,12 

13 
14 


4^ 


1 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


flying,  the  winged  solar  disk  of 
Her-Behutet. 

alighting. 

insect  found  in  mummies. 

fly,  aff^. 

grasshopper. 

scorpion,   breathe ;    the  goddess 

SerqitP^qq-. 
scorpion  with  thesign  for  eternity, 
shen  Q. 


I.  2,  3 

4.  5.  6 

7 
8 

9 

10,  1 1 

12 

13-  14 

15,  16 

17 
18 


XII. 

TREES,   PLANTS,   FLOWERS,  ETC. 

tree,  sweet,  pleasant. 
tree. 


LI 


khet  ® 


palm  tree. 

plot  of  ground  with  a  palm  and 
an  acacia  tree. 

tree,  wood. 

cutting  wood. 

growing  grain  plant. 

flourish,  blooming,  year,  time  in 
general,  last  year  of  a  king's 
reign. 

time. 


flomMsh,  renp'^^^^. 


long  time. 


h  4 


CXXll 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

19,  20 

'\            r 

spring  plant. 

21,  22 

i-i 

• 

thorn,  goad. 

23 

-- 

the  goddess  Nekhebit  and   her 
town  Nekheb  (Gr.  Eileithyias- 
polis,  Arab.  Al-Kab). 

24 

*.-».» 

nenr:r 

written  wrongly  in  later  times  W- 

25 

=  = 

suP^ 

plant  of  the  South,  king  of  the 
South. 

26,27,28 

res  «=>  p 

the  South. 

29.30.31 

^       1 .    ■I 

shema  !==)|^ — 0 

the  South. 

32 

■=1" 

qema  a\-j^ 

play  music,  musician. 

Zl 

Q 

see  m. 

34 
35 

a  (a,  e,  1) 
i 

36 

il 

ai 

go,  advance. 

n 

Ml 

sekh-t  p ; 

field,  garden. 

38 

i 

offering,  oblation. 

39. 40, 
41 

Mil.  Mo 
;n,    ,1 

sha  ==5"^ 

field,  garden,  flood,  inundation, 
t^T^T  =  field  in  the,  cith  ;  JiliJ 
=  field  in  the  Noi/ 

plant,  vegetable,  he^'               '  up. 

42.43 

^.  w 

hen  |~-" 

44 

f 

ha|\ 

cluster  of  papyrus  j 

45.46 

t'4 

papyrus  swamp,  the  swamps  in 
the  Delta,  the  North. 

47.48 

%% 

the  South,  Upper  Egypt. 

49. 50 

f^. 

uatchfl'^.utch^'^ 

papyrus  stalk. 

51.52 

I-I 

a  plant  of  the  South. 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


CXXllI 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

• 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

53 

n 

Upper  and  Lower  Eg^ypt,  the 
Two  Lands,  Taut  y-^^. 

54 

Y 

lotus  in  bloom. 

55.56,57. 

^P'T'  ("' 

plants. 

58,59,60 

^'  %  tj 

61 

-=>> 

bud  of  a  flower,  neheni  ~^  ^. 

62,  63 
64.  65, 



variants  of  , — 1°  uten  \  '=.  sacri- 
fice, offering. 

66,  67, 

^'*- 

flower. 

68 

/ 

69 

-f 

un  \ — ,  ^ 
untu 

70,71 

4>    i 

72 
73.74 

1 

kha  ®\, 
shen  "^ 

part  of  a  papyrus  plant,  leaf(?), 
the  number  one  thousand. 

75 
76,77.78 

hetch  1   "^ 

mace,  club ;  white,  shining. 

79.80 

].{ 

utch  \  "^ 

knot-grass. 

81,82. 
83 

4  J 

khesef  O  p  ^ — 

spindle  ;  repulse. 

84 

* 

mes  l^p 

fly-flapper  made  of  the  tails  of 
foxes. 

85.86 

!■! 

spelt,  dhurra  (i*) 

87 

f 

ear  of  corn. 

88 

^ 

growing  grain. 

89,90 

1 

'S  ,     tl&Ci 

grain,  corn. 

CXXIV 


A  List  of  H ieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


91,92 

93.  94. 
95.96,97 

98,99 

100,  lOI 

102 

• 

103,  104 
105, 106, 

107 
108, 109, 

1 10 


Hieroglyph. 


ft;       ^ 


Phonetic  Value. 


2.3. 

4 
5 
6 

7 

8,9 

10,  II,  12 


'ir-  T^ 


trtt' 


o.  o 


O  '   50     'ft 


tcher 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


granary. 

date,  sweetness,  pleasure,  grow. 

sweet,  pleasant, 
flower. 

fig- 

bundle  of  plants  or  vegetables  ; 
boundary. 

vineyard,  pergola. 


union     of    Upper     and     Lower 
Egypt. 


XIII. 
HEAVEN,   EARTH,   WATER. 


heaven,  sky,  ceiling,  what  is 
above. 

the  night  sky  with  a  star  hang- 
ing like  a  lamp  from  it,  dark- 
ness, night. 

rain  or  dew  falling  from  the  sky. 

the  sky  slipping  down  over  its 
four  supports,  storm,  hurricane. 

sparkle,  shine,  coruscate,  light- 
ning, blue-glazed  faience. 

one  half  of  the  sky. 

sun,  the  Sun-god  Ra  ^,  day, 
period,  time  in  general. 

the  Sun-god  Ra. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxv 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


I 

o 


H 

15 
16 

17,  18, 
19,  20, 
21,  22 

24,  25   ;    ®,  Q 

26  a 

27 

28 

29. 30 

31 

32,  II  34 

35  ,      ^ 

36  I      * 

37.38 
39 
40 

41 
42 

43 

44 
45 


Phonetic  Value. 


c:^  ^  ^ 


)       ^tiiST^ 


kha 


sba 


tua- 


ta  ^' 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


tchu   ^  ^,  tu 


circle. 

shine,  rise  (of  a  luminary),  beings 

of  light, 
shine,  lighten. 

prepared,    ready ;    the    Dog-star 

SeptitP^q^§. 

winged  solar  disk. 


walking  disk. 

rise  (of  the  sun),  coronation  of  a 
king. 

nearly  full  moon, 
crescent  moon, 
span,  shesp  oa  P  q  . 
moon,  month, 
month. 

the  half-month. 

star,  morning  star,  hour,  time  for 
prayer,  pray. 

the    Under  World,  Tuat   =>  4?) 

\-  ■ 

land. 

the  Two  Lands,  Taui,  i.e..  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt. 

"lands,"  Taiu,  the  world, 
foreign  country,  the  desert, 
foreign  land  =  f^-^'^  +  \ 

East. 

West, 
mountain. 


CXXVl 


A   List  of  Hieroo^lyphic  Clia7'acters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

46 

C©] 

horizon. 

47.48 

#fr.    ^K 

nome,  district. 

49 

\> 

* 

land. 

50 
51 

the  eastern  and  western  banks  of 
the  Nile,  i.e.,  Egypt. 

- 

52 

3S 

boundary,  limit. 

53 

S?2 

uafl\,  her  l-^- 

way,  road,  remote. 

54 

X 

travel,  traveller,  journey  afar. 

55.  56, 

57 

rn  k'  ^m  l||^ 

side. 

58,59 

I      1 ,      DIP 

stone. 

60,  61 

0 
0  )     00 

grain,  powder. 

62 

63 

/WVVNA 

n 

water,  watery  mass  of  the  sky. 

64,65 

66,  67, 
68,69 

1   ^\  1     1 1  ,"1 

m 
sh 

canal,    any   collection   of  water ; 
written  wrongly  sometimes  for 
du  ( — )  "  island    ;  love,  loving. 

lake,     sea,     ornamental     water, 

khent  ±^^. 

70,71. 

72 

r     ) 

horizon. 

73 

74 

\\C\V\7C\W 

S 

the  two  horizons  of  the  East  and 
West. 

75 

i         ^=^ 

au^^ 

island,  du  \\ . 

76 

11>  78, 
79 

f     1 

v\T(^^i\     *i3Prinpial  fMlcp 

sen :;:::;::: 

go,  pass,  like,  similar. 

80,81,82, 
83.84 

■ 

pool,  lake,  sheet  of  water. 

85,86 

D'  ^ 

kha  ©^ 

shellfish,  cockle. 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxvii 


XIV. 

• 

BUILDINGS   AND   PARTS   OF   BUILDINGS. 

Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

1 
1,  2 

©,    ® 

city,  town. 

3.4. 
5 

CrT3  .     ITT],' 

l;  _i 

,JL^,  late  p  or  pa 

house,    any    building,    to    come 
forth. 

6 

• 

• 

^V 

offerings  to  the  dead,  i.e.,  offer- 
ings which  appear  at  the  com- 
mand of  the  dead  person,  per 
kheru  [pert  er  kheru). 

7 

+ 

treasure-house  per  hetch. 

c 

rO'  ill.   ra 
m 

h 

9 

f"er  1^*=* ,  nem  ^ 

Mer,  a  name  of  Egypt. 

lO,   II, 
12,  13 

U'    U' 

mansion. 

• 

14 

llll 

mansion  with  many  rooms. 

15 

1. 



house  of  the  god,  temple. 

16 

f 



"Great  House,"  castle. 

17 



"  Lady  of  the   house,"   i.e.,  the 
goddess  Nephthys. 

18 

E. 

shrine,  tomb. 

19 

s-  s 

"  House  of  Horus,"  i.^.,  the  god- 
dess Hathor. 

20 

a 

- 

"  House  of  Nut,"    i.e..  the  sky, 
heaven. 

21 

w 

house  of  the  king. 

22 

X 

libation  chamber. 

cxxvni 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


23 
24 

26 

27,  28, 
29.  30 

31 

32,  zz 

34 

35.36,37 

38 
39,40 

41 
42 

43.44 
45.46 

47 
48 

49 

50,51.52, 

53,  54 

55 


iL/ll' 


A.  A 
i 
Q 

a 
1 1  III 


hap  ji  ;^  D 


palace. 

palace  of  the  god. 

door,  gateway  protected  by  uraei. 

title  of  a  legal  official. 

court,  usekht,  of  palace  or  mansion. 

wall. 

overthrow,  throw  down. 

"  White  Wall,"  Aneb-hetch.  i.e., 
Memphis. 

fortress. 

shrine    of  a    god   with    the  two 
doors  open. 

angle,  corner,  title  of  an  official, 
qenbt. 

hide,  conceal  ;  var.  A. 

funerary  coffer. 

pyramid. 

obelisk. 

memorial  slab,  boundary  stone, 
landmark. 

pillar. 


pillars  with   lotus  and  papyrus- 
shaped  capitals. 

capital  of  pillar. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxix 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


56 

57 

58 

59 

60,  61 

62 
63,64 

65 
66 

67 

68,69 

70.  71 

72,  12> 

74-75.76 

77 
78,79 

80 

81 
82,83 

84.  85, 
86 

87 


T 

m 


s^ 


ZN,,  A 


S=9SS  ea«x>-3 


p 

V, 

Phonetic  Value. 


aa 


tches   ^ ,  thes 


qet  £:, 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


decorate,  adorn. 

object  (flint .'')  used  in  birth  cere- 
monies. 

hall,  council  chamber.  ,■ 

bend,  twist. 

festival  of  renewing  the  king's 
life,  hed  set,  "  festival  of  the 
tail"(.^) 

festival. 

stairway,  stepped  throne,  ascend. 

open,  door. 

door-bolt. 

travel,  go,  bring,  carry. 

knot  together. 

the  god  Menu. 


funerary  coffers.  - 
shrine  of  Ptah. 
door,  gateway. 


chapel  of  the  Ka. 
door(?) 

great  house,  castle. 

angle  block  (?) 


cxxx 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

88 

0*0 

funerary  offerings  of  bread  and 
beer. 

89 

Bffl' 

.90,91- 

^-ii. 

92,  93. 

1'  S- 

door,  gateway. 

94.  95. 

n.  n. 

96,  97 

n.  n 

98 

n 

a  Sudani  kubbah. 

XV. 

SHIPS,   BOATS,   SACRED   BOATS,   ETC. 


I,  2, 

3,4. 
5 

6 

7.8 
9 
10 

11,12 

13.  '4 
15,  16 

17 

18 

19 

20,  2 1 , 
22 


<i=9. 


A 


^^■'f 


uha^i 


iha 


shesp  -^,  seshp  i=g=i, 
shep 


D 


boat,  ship,  to  sail,  travel. 

capsize,  overturn. 

a  loaded  boat. 

boat  of  Ra. 

boat  of  the  goddess  Maat. 

sailing,  to  sail  upstream. 

wind,  air,  breeze,  breath. 

stand  up. 

steering  pole  or  oar,  helm. 

rudder,  voice,  speech, 
receive,  take. 


sacred  boats  for  use  in  shrines 
and  in  religious  processions. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxxi 


XVI. 
FURNITURE   (SEATS,   TABLES,  CHESTS,    STANDS) 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

I 

i 

s  P,  hetem  \^\, 

seat,   throne;    the  goddess   Isis, 
Ast-\i^. 

2 

3 

instrument  for  measuring. 

3 

i^ 

chair,  stool. 

4,5. 
6,7 

us^P 

litter. 

8 

^ 

lie  down,  recline,  sleep. 

9 

^ 

dead  body,  bier. 

lO 

^ 

couch  of  Horus  or  Osiris. 

11,12 

^.  ^ 

pillow,  head  rest,  raise  up. 

13 

[1 

s 

14 

(ipor  pr 

eight. 

15 

...Mm 

weaving  tool  or  instrument. 

16 

<     > 

ser  P  -=- 

, 

17,   18 

r.^ 

fractional  number  (f ). 

19 

<# 



=  s-pekhar   1  **-=> . 

20 

f- 

sefp^ 

.  iCM</^.    '"I 

->  I 

—  ^5^  seshem  P  ^^  |^ 

22 

offering,  oblation,  sacrifice  ;  rest, 
set  (of  the  sun). 

23.24,25 

ffl,  m,  A 



stand  for  a  vessel,  down,  under. 

26 

I 



daily. 

cxxxu 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


27,  28, 

29.  30. 
31 

32 

33 
34 
35 

38,  39 
40 

41 

42 

43.  44. 
45 

46 

47 
48 

49 
50 
51 

52,  53 

54.55.56, 
57.58 


'.  Ts   zr . 


t:^:^! 


I 


tcheba  ^  J  ^,  teba 


an    H    , aun 


f\V 


hen  \  ""^ 
as  ^  — 


l5l 


? 

T 


sarcophagus,   funerary    chest   or 
coffer. 


region,  place. 

substitute,  substitution,  supply. 

pillar,  light-tower, 
van  of  preceding  (?) 


metcher  §^.^,m'tchet 


utcha  \l  — "  or 


=  =^=  =  ci=t=  "book,"orc±=  "offer- 
ing." 

Shesmu  '-^  |^  \ ,  the  headsman 
of  Osiris. 

oil  press,  wine  press, 
squeeze,  press. 


clothing,  apparel. 

lamp-stand. 

ceremonial  umbrella. 

shade,  shadow  of  the  living  or 
dead. 

scales,  balance,  weigh, 
measurer  of  the  hour,  unnu  ^^%. 
right,  correct,  just,  equable. 


raise  up,  exalt. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


CXXXlll 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  !^eograph. 

59 

' 1 

maa  — ^^ 

true,  right,  truth,  integrity. 

60 

-^ 

stand  for  sacred  images,  etc. 

61 

? 



mirror. 

62 

^ 

XVII. 

weigh,  balance.                      ' 

SACRED   VESSELS   AND 

FURNITURE. 

I 

T 

altar  with  bread  and  beer  on  it. 

2 

/i?^ 

stand  with  libation  jars  upon  it. 

3 

T 

altar. 

4 

t 

altar. 

5.6 

» 

god,  God. 

7 

n=]n 

divine  mother. 

8 

tl 

Soter,  Saviour-god. 

9 

^ 

Under  World. 

10 

■y 

mistake  for  \  \. 

II 

^ 

tchet;::^,  tet^ 

sacred  object  worshipped  in  the 
Delta,  confounded  with  ^  the 
sacrum  of  Osiris. 

12 

I 

sma  —  ^  \ 

unite,  join. 

1 

13.  14. 

15.  16 

sen  p  — 

two,  friend,  brother,  associate. 

17.  18 

t-t 

left  ««^  q  \  J,  left  side,  J^J^,  ^ 

19 

r 

4m  (11^ 

what  is  in,  who  is  in. 

I    2 


CXXXIV 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

20 

r=o 

var.  of  nr  tm-tu. 

21,  22 

t^r::! 

the  goddess  of  Wisdom,  Seshat 

23.24-25, 

!•  !•  i-l 

26,27,28, 



censer  stands. 

29,  30- 

s.h) 

31 

t 

XVIII. 

Khnemu. 

CLOTHING,   CROWNS,   ORNAMENTS,  ETC. 

I 

^ 

crown. 

2 

'^^^^^ 

crown. 

3 

'D 

k  ^==n  (late) 

covering  for  head  and  neck. 

4.  5 
6 

the  same  with  uraeus,  symbol  of 
royal  war  helmet,  khepersh  < — >. 

7 
8 

crown   of  the   South   or    Upper 

Egypt. 
=  /^  +  ®  Upper  Egypt. 

9 

10 

V 

net  "T  (late) 

crown  of  the   North  or   Lower 
Egypt. 

=  V  +  ©  Lower  Egypt. 

1 1 

^ 

crowns  of  the  South  and  North 
united,  sekhemli  P  ®  |^  \\. 

12 

e 

cord. 

13 

© 

u^ 

cord   measure,  the  number  one 
hundred. 

14 

■■ 

pair  of  plumes,  shuti  P  ^^ 

15 

1 

helmet  with  plumes. 

A   List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxxv 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


i6 

17 
18 

19 
20 

21 

22,  23 

24.  25, 
26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 
33.34 
35.36 

Zl 

38 

39.40 

41,42 

43 
44 


ffi 


<?.^. 


Q 


ahU 


hep|a 


mer  ^     ,  nes 


helmet  with  disk  and  plumes. 

helmet  with  horns,  plumes,  and 
uraei. 

decoration  of  crown. 

decoration  of  crown. 

decoration  of  crown. 

plumed     standard,     often    con- 
founded with  if. 

triple  Ate/  crowns  with    horns 
and  uraei. 


the  Ate/' 


crown. 


crown. 

pectoral. 

pectoral,  deep  collar. 

plough  l\\,  acre. 

ploughman,  ploughman's  belt  or 
strap. 

tunic,  loincloth. 

the  uterus,  etc.,  symbol  of  Isis. 

the  goddess  Sati. 

clothing. 


tongue,  overseer,  guide. 

sandal, 
ring,  circle. 


«  3 


CXXXVl 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


45 
46 

47 
48 

49 
50 


s 


51 

0^=^ 

52.53 

il-tl 

54 

1 

55.56,57. 

f.  I  ^. 

58.59.60 

?.?■! 

61,  62 

!•-= 

63.64,65 

Ih4 

66,67 

h\ 

68 

^ 

69,70 

I't 

71 

0 

72 

i 

11 

/ 

74 

! 

75 

.1 

7(>,77<7^ 

IM 

kheb  ®J 


kap  ^^\,D 


uas  -f)  P ,  tcham  Jl^ 


unite,  sum  up,  a  total. 

live,  life. 

seal-cylinder,  seal,  valuables. 

seal-cylinder  with  cord,  seal,  what 
is  put  under  seal. 

"  counterpoise "  of  collar,  the 
mendt  Si  ^l  '=^,  symbol  of  plea- 
sure and  gladness, 

incense,  cense, 
provide,  supply. 

sistrum. 

mighty,  powerful,  direct,  rule, 
emblem  of  authority,  sceptre. 

present,  offer. 

right  side,  the  West. 

fan,  fly-flapper,  air. 

box  that  held  the  head  of  Osiris. 

district  of  the  head  box  of  Osiris, 
Abydos. 

rule,  reign,  govern, 
sheep  and  goats, 
sceptre,  fine  gold,  serenity. 
Thebes,  Uast\'^. 
strength,  strong, 
term  of  Horus. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxxvii 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


79.80 
81,  82 
83,84 

85 

86 

87 
88 

89 
90 


91 


I,  2 

3.4 

5 
6 

7.8 

9 

10 

1 1 
12,  13 


A.   A 

4 


trtrtTtTl 


.-CK 


M 


1- 


\ 


symbol  of  Upper  Egypt. 

symbol  of  Lower  Egypt, 
whip. 


a(?) 


the  firstborn  son  of  Osiris,  Baba 
White  Crown  with  cord. 

pectoral  (?) 

fringe  of  the   "banner"  of  the 
Horus-names  of  kings,   as    in 


ass's  load  in  a  caravan. 


XIX. 

WEAPONS   AND   ARMS. 


tepg 


boomerang,        throw,        foreign 
nations. 

keep  watch,  be  awake. 


pillar  support ;  ]  TT[  the  four  pillars 
of  heaven. 

calamity,  disaster. 

carpenter's  axe,  work  in  wood. 

battle-axe. 

first,  foremost,  at  the  head. 

scimitar,  short,  curved  sword. 


t  4 


cxxxvin  • 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters, 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


14 
15.  16 

17 

18 

19,  20 

21 
22,  23 

24 

25 

26,   27, 
28,  29 

30 
31.  32 

00 

34 

35 

36,  2>1, 
38 

39.40,41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 


\,   ^ 


X 


■^'S'foP 


or 


w 


sa 


kha 
tebh  _  J  \ 


mooring  post,  arrive  in  port,  to 
land,  die,  end  a  journey. 

cut,  inscribe  a  name,  designate. 

knife  and  block,  slaughter. 

a  gory  knife,  slaughter. 

hone  (.''),  slaughter,  massacre, 
razor  (?),  shave. 


slaughter. 


bow. 

Nubian  bow,   symbol   of  Nubia 
and  the  Egyptian  Siidan. 

extend,  spread  out,  stretch  out. 
arrow,  shoot. 

symbol  of  the  goddess  Neith  as 
huntress. 

arrow  in  hide  of  a  beast,  hunt, 
arrows  and  target. 

spear,  pike,  stab,  transfix. 

back,  at  the  back  of,  hinder  part. 


great. 


a  collection  of  weapons. 


chariot. 


target  (.'')  memorial  stele. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxxxix 


XX. 


TOOLS   AND   AGRICULTURAL   IMPLEMENTS. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


6,7 
8 

9 

lO,   I  I, 
12 

13 

14,15,16 

17 
18 

19 
20,  2  1, 
22,  23, 

24 

25 
26 


shut  in,  confine,  restrain. 


T 


m  ^  or 


ma 


nu 


^ 


=V. 


J^ 


■\ 


pYnri 


I' 


] 


m^.k^o'' 


tear  drop  from  the  Eye  of  Ra, 

part,  portion, 
adze  and  block,  choose,  select. 

blade  of  an  adze,  cut,  hack,  chop, 
claws,  nails,  talons. 
=  *^  beat,  slay. 
or    sickle,  reap. 


maa 


mer 


heb  raj 
tern  ^  ,  A 


t  <^,  ta  Q 


love,  plough,  digging  tool. 

ward  off,  keep  away,  storehouse. 

plough,  fruit,  seed. 

finish,  complete,  bring  to  an  end. 

ore,  wonder,  marvel,  astonish, 
grain  measure. 


cxl 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


27 
28,  29 

30 

34 
35 
36 
37 

38,39 

40,41,42 

43.  44. 
45 

46,47 
48 

49.  50 
51 
52 

53-54 

55 
56,57 

58 

59 


1 


f 
f 
T 
! 

M 


1^.14 


("ssn 


,  ry 


4n 


tcha   "^ 
utcha  ^  ^  \ 


mer 


ua 


\ 


qes/3  l,qers  I 


bap|\D,  hep|D 


metal,  mineral,  heavy  substance, 
weighty,  salt,  soda. 

fire  stick  or  drill. 


work   in    wood,    excellent,    fine, 
splendid. 

sick,  diseased,  pyramid, 
handicraft,  workmanship. 


open,  make  a  way  or  passage. 
=  'i'  ward  off,  keep  away, 
rub  down  to  a  powder,  grind. 

pike,  harpoon,  the  number  one. 

the  goddess  Neith. 

razor,  shave. 

follow  as  a  friend  or  servant. 

hollow  reed,  bone,  to  bury. 

worker  in  stone  or  metal,  metal 
founder,  sculptor,  artisan  of 
Horus. 

claw,  talon. 

=^■ 

gold  of  every  degree  of  purity 

silver, 

gold,  tchdtii  2la[  %^- 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxli 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

60 

A 

=  / 1 

maa  k\-^ 

truth,  right. 

61,62 

A'  c^ 



weave,  net  (snare). 

63 

* 

XXI. 

=f- 

WOVENWORK,   PLAITEI 

)  ARTICLES. 

I 

^ 

cord. 

2 

S 

u\ 

measuring  cord  ;  the  number  one 
hundred. 

3 
4 

.set  "*" 

'"-'■      Ci 

claw,  talon. 

5 

A 

au\^ 

wide,  broad,  spacious. 

6 

^ 

dignity,  high  rank,  worth. 

7 

5 

shes  □□  P ,  qes  z]  P 

tie,  bind,  cordage. 

• 

8 

55 



constrained,  suffering. 

9 
10 

5 

shen^^ 

15 

geb  fflj 

packet,  small  bundle,  sachet. 

1 1 

^ 

germinate,  grow. 

12,  13, 
14-  15 

roll  of  papyrus,  tie  up,  bind  to- 
gether, come  to  an  end. 

16,  17, 
18 

ii  J 

fill,  complete. 

19 

c^ 

shet  ^ 

take,  accept,  receive. 

20,  21, 

¥~^  ,     x=x 

=  >«=x,  the  goddess  Neith. 

22,  23 

XIX,     3 C 

antch  — °  "^ 

sound,  healthy. 

24 

n 

the  god  A  tern  i).^^. 

cxlii 


A  List  of  hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

25 

8 

foundation. 

26 

fl 

ua^\ 

27 

5f 

magical  protection,  amulet  {^sa). 

28 

-OOOfl- 

snent  (wva^ 

29 

£i 

knotted  cord,  magical  knot  (ia). 

^0 

I 

h 

31 

her|- 

32 

+ 

hai-. 

33-34,35 

+■$.+ 

sek  ^ 

36 

1 

set,  place,  put,  stablish. 

Zl 

1 

is  often  written  for  |  or  \. 

38,  39, 
40 

^'     •[ 

offering,  oblation,  sacrifice. 

41 

^^<? 

^ 

a  sign  composed  of  s=i  and  ^=71. 
It  occurs  on  sarcophagus  No.  32 
in  the  British  Museum,  and  was 
cut  on  it  when  the  sarcophagus 
of  Queen  Ankhnesneferabra 
was  usurped  by  a  man. 

42 

. —  > 

revolve,  circle  round,  return, 
the   bowels,   the  weight   teben 

- 

=>]-• 

43 
44 

%     t 

th 

^^ 

seize,  grasp,  capture,  conquer. 

45 

0 

swathe  a  mummy,  embalm  a  body 
with  unguents,  spices,  etc.,  the 
dead,  to  count  up,  reckon. 

46 

rt3 

incense. 

47 

a 

- 

skin  of  an  animal  (?) 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxiiii 


XXII. 

VASES   AND   VESSELS,   BASKETS,   MEASURES,   ETC. 

Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

1,2 

vases  for  unguents. 

0 

fi 

unguent,  ointment,  bitumen, 
naphtha ;     the    goddess    Bastt 

^  \>  P  S,  and  her  city  Bubas- 
tis. 

4 

! 



libation  jar,  praise,  commend. 

5 

S 

coolness,  refreshing. 

6 

! 

the  king's  majesty,  servant,  kind 
of  priest. 

7 

I 

servant  of  the  god,  Aem  neter. 

8,9, 

ffi- :,„:■. 

jar  stand  ;  be  in  front. 

lO 

(iiti  J 

> 

II 

5 

consort  with,  be  joined  to,  unite  ; 
the  god  Khnemu  ®  |^  ^  ^. 

12,   13, 

^'    ^"    1 

milk. 

14.    15 

h  '  -^«  . 

16    17,18 
19,   20 

5,  0  ,  0.1 

0-  0   t 



vase,  vessel,  pot,  what  is  fluid, 
viscous,  etc. ;  waiter,  attendant, 
beer. 

21 

Vi 

milk  pot  (?) 

22 

# 

wine  skin,  wine. 

23 

0 

nu 

vase,  vessel,  pot,  what  is  fluid 
or  viscous,  internal  organ. 

24 

i 

bring,  bear,  import. 

25 

•& 

heart. 

cxliv 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


Number. 


Hieroglyph. 


Phonetic  Value. 


Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 


26,  27, 
28 

29 

30,  31 

32,  zi 
34.35.36 

ZJ 
38,  39 

40 
41,  42 

43 

44 

45 
46 

47 
48 

49 
50 

51 
52 

53.54 

55.  56. 

57.  58. 
59 


\:7 


0.    0.    ^^ 

zs 


^37 


^-'° 


^^3:7 


ma  |^(),  mer 


ab 


•J 


ba,  b  (in  late  times) 
tcher  <^ 

g 
neb    J 

k 

variant  of  ^^^ 


libation  priest,  clean,  pure,  holy. 

clean,  ceremonially  pure,  holy. 

as,  like,  similar. 

vase,  vessel,  pot,  goddess,  queen, 
mistress ;  broad,  spacious,  wide. 

bread,  cake,  loaf,  bread-offering. 

pottery  lamp(?) 

flame,  fire,  heat. 

vase  of  burning  incense  (?) 

limit,  boundary. 


basket,  receptacle  for  offerings. 


vulva  of  cow. 
pour  out  (?) 


festival. 


title  of  a  priest  kheri  heb,  "he 
who  hath  charge  of  the  festi- 
val." 

an  offering. 


grain  of  all  kinds. 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxlv 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

60 

0 

cattle. 

61,  6   2. 
63 

^        1 

vessels  in  stone,  the  city  of  Abu 
or  Elephantine. 

64,65,66 

^•f'& 

pottery  jars,  stone  jars  with 
covers,  etc. 

67 

A^ 

a  kind  of  priest. 

68,69 

^-^ 

ta-\ 

heat,  fire,  furnace. 

70 

D 

metal,  especially  copper  or 
bronze. 

71 

'^ 

XXIII. 

the  goddess  Neheb-ka. 

OFFERINGS,   CAKE 

S,   ETC. 

I,  2, 
3 

QS^,  0 D, 

r  wvj        J 

bread,  cake. 

4 

C  W  ) 

the  town  Nekhen  (Eileithyias- 
polis). 

5.6 

8.  e 

bread,  cake  ;  father. 

7.8 

©.  ® 

bread,  cake,  shewbread ;  pri- 
meval time. 

9,  10 

0,  © 

ennead. 

1 1 

© 

circle,  disk. 

12,  13 

®'  © 

time. 

14 

® 

kh 

sieve. 

15 

river  bank,  land. 

16 

A 

give,  present. 

cxlvi 


A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


XXIV. 

WRITING   AND   MUSICAL   INSTRUMENTS,   GAMES. 

Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

I 

% 

scribe's  writing  outfit,  write, 
writing ;  rub  down  to  powder, 
polish  ;  variegated,  stupid. 

2 

r-"^ 

roll  of  papyrus  tied  round  the 
middle,  book,  deed,  document, 
register  ;  of  the  abstract ;  group 
together. 

3.4 

c=^l6=j ,    t=S=] 

bag,  sack. 

5 

J 

harp,  zither. 

6,7.8 

?.|.| 

sistrum,  castanets. 

9 

I 

goodness,  happiness. 

lO 

^ 

the  god  Nefer-Tem  J:^^^. 

1 1 

^ 

saapq\ 

recognize,  know,  understand. 

12 

m 

men  1^ 

draughtboard. 

13 

fl 

XXV. 

draughtsman. 

SI 

'ROKES   AND   DOUBTF 

UL   OBJECTS. 

I 

1 

a  sign  added  for  purposes  of 
symmetry,  e.g.,  Y'.  ?.  4:..  etc. 

2.3.4 

III.  ' ".  1 

sign  of  the  plural. 

5,6 

II.  w 

ill 

sign  of  the  dual. 

7.8 

X'    U 

a  pair  of  tallies  =  O,  count,  tally, 
reckon,  pass  by,  depart,  etc. 

9 

n 

the  number  ten. 

A  List  of  Hieroglyphic  Characters. 


cxlvii 


Number. 

Hieroglyph. 

Phonetic  Value. 

Signification  as 
Determinative  or  Ideograph. 

lO,  I  I,  12 

13       " 

14 

15 

16 

17 
18 

19,  20 

t— 1— 1 
r  Ti 

a 

t 

objects  of  wood  or  wickerwork  ; 
terrify,  terrible. 

divide,  cut. 

territory,    estate  ;    to    complete  ; 
head,  chief 

the    oval   round    a    royal   name, 
cartouche. 

beat,  kill. 

women's  apartments. 

step,  walk. 

nem|^ 

cxlviii 
THE    COPTIC    ALPHABET. 


COPTIC   LETTERS. 

COPTIC   NAMES   OF 

THE   SAME. 

PHONETIC   VALUE. 

NUMERICAL  VALUE. 

ax 

a 

Z         I 

Alpha 

DiXX4.<i. 

H 

Bida 

Hl2ii. 

b 

S              2 

\^ 

Gamma 

\7^JuuuL^ 

g 

V          3 

"X 

Dalda 

"X^-Xiii. 

d 

2.             4 

e 

Ei 

ei 

e 

e          5 

F*       6 

? 

Zita 

^IT-A. 

z 

f          7 

H 

£ta 

Ht-l 

e 

K            8 

e 

Thita 

GlT-i- 

th 

e          9 

I 

lauta 

I^,T^-«L 

i 

I              lO 

R 

Kappa 

Ri-nni. 

k 

K            20 

'\ 

Laula 

<Xi.TrXi. 

1 

X           30 

U 

Mi 

Ui 

m 

JtX       40 

H 

Ni 

Hi 

n 

n       50 

^ 

Xi 

^i 

x(ks) 

I       60 

O 

0 

0 

o 

0        70 

n 

Pi 

ni 

P 

n        80 

p 

Ro 

Po 

r 

p       100 

c 

Sima 

ClJULA. 

s 

c       200 

T 

Tau 

T^T 

t 

T      300 

Y 

Ue 

Ye 

u,  y 

T         400 

^ 

Phi 

^i 

ph 

^        500 

X. 

Chi 

X» 

kh 

X    600 

* 

Psi 

Ufi 

ps 

^      700 

UI 

Au(6) 

DEXt 

6 

u3      800 

m 

Shei 

cgei 

sh 

4 

Fei 

4ei 

f 

qt      90 

Jb 

Chei  (Xei) 

jbel 

ch 

— 

a 

Hori 

ftopi 

h 

2C 

Djandjia 

Xi-nxiA. 

dj 

6" 

Tchima 

6'lJU.A. 

tch 

^ 

Ti 

Ti 

ti  (di) 

The  last  seven  letters  are  derived  from  Egyptian  hieroglyphs  (through  Demotic) ;  thus  :  aj  from 
TtTtl ,   q  from  n.=w  /n,    (^  from  T,   ^  from  8,   X  from  L   (J^  from  ^c:^,   'f"  from  ^ — °. 

*  This  bign  represents  the  Greek  sign  f  BnS,  and  has  the  value  COOIf,  i.e.,  "six";  it  is  only 
used  as  a  numeral. 

t  When  a  letter  has  a  double  line  over  it,  its  numerical  value  is  increased  a  thousandfold,  e^'., 
a  «■  1000,  fi  =  2000,  etc. 


cxlix 


THE    HEBREW   ALPHABET. 


HEBREW 

HEBREW 

r 

PHONETIC 

NUMERICAL 

LETTERS. 

NAMES   OF   THI 

.   SAME. 

VALUE. 

VALUE. 

^* 

1 

> 

I 

Aleph 

n^«' 

2 

Beth 

n"'3 

B,  BH 

2 

:i 

Gimel 

':Q"'a 

G,  GH 

3 

-T 

Daleth 

^W 

D,  DH 

4 

n 

He 

«!:7 

H 

5 

T 

W4w 

T 

W,  U 

6 

T 

Zayin 

n 

Z 

7 

n 

Kheth 

nin 

KH  (CH) 

8 

tD 

Teth 

n-na 

T 

9 

1 

I6dh 

-rt"" 

Y 

lO 

D,X 

Kiph 

ni 

K,  KH 

20 

h 

Lamedh 

V    T 

L 

30 

Q.D* 

Mem 

DP 

M 

40 

:,]* 

Nan 

P 

N 

50 

V 

Samekh 

^D 

S 

60 

V 

'Ayin 

r:^ 

< 

70 

2,  ^* 

Pe 

«B 

P,  PH 

80 

X,  ^* 

Sadhe 

"T 

S 

90 

P 

Koph 

nip 

Q 

100 

") 

Resh 

tL^«i-\. 

R 

200 

ttr 

Sin 

pto 

s   1 

l£^ 

Shin 

1"^ 

300 

n 

Taw 

in 

T 

T,  TH 

'       400 

1  • 

*  Form  at  the  end  of  a  word. 


k    2 


cl 


THE    SYRIAC    ALPHABET. 


SYRIAC 
LETTERS. 

SYRIAC    NAMES   OF   ' 

HE   SAME. 

PHONETIC 
VALUE. 

NUMERICAL 
VALUE. 

(< 

Alaf 

£^t^ 

» 

I 

.3 

Beth 

^13 

b,  V  (/3) 

2 

•^ 

Gamal 

1:«K 

g.  gh 

3 

1 

Dalath,  D^ladh 

iA.-i,  .li.i 

d,  dh 

4 

en 

He 

pCco 

h 

5 

o 

Wdw 

OpCO 

w,  u 

6 

\ 

Zai,  Zen,  'or  Zayn 

.t^V   t»* 

z 

7 

M 

Kh^th 

huM 

kh  (or)  h 

8 

\ 

Teth 

Av»\ 

t 

9 

> 

Y6dh 

ICU 

y 

lO 

1' 

Kif 

.^& 

k,  kh 

20 

Limadh 

.isoi 

1 

30 

> 

Mim 

yixjso 

m 

40 

.^^^J 

N<in 

— ^ 

n 

50 

00 

Semkath 

^^jMso 

s 

60 

.:^ 

't 

relj^ 

'  (guttural) 

70 

^ 

Pe 

p*:^ 

p,  for  ph 

80 

_? 

3adh6 

rCsK^ 

s 

90 

« 

Kof 

ACLS 

q 

100 

• 

1 

R^sh  (Rish) 

T«i,  Jt-i 

r 

200 

JL. 

Sh!n 

^ 

sh 

300 

^ 

Tiw 

Of^Al 

t,  th 

400 

cli 


THE    ARABIC    ALPHABET. 


1 

i 

CONNECTED 

CONNECTED 

CONNECTED 

WITH     PRP- 

ARABIC 
OF   THE 

NAMES 
LETTERS. 

PHONETIC 
VALUE. 

UNCONNECTED. 

WITH 

PRECEDING 

LETTER. 

WITH 

FOLLOWING 

LETTER. 

WlJrl      (KCi- 

CEDING   AND 

FOLLOWING 

LETTER. 

NUMERICAL 
VALUE. 

Si 

^ 

Alif 

» 

\ 

I 

I 

K 

Ba 

b 

^ 

-^ 

J 

X 

2 

i\J 

Ta 

t 

t-j 

.11. 

J 

A 

400 

ili- 

Tha 

th 

A^ 

C^ 

i 

A 

500       1 

S 

Jim 

g.    J 

S 

^ 

^ 

'^ 

3 

SU 

Ha 

h 

c 

t 

^ 

.^S 

8 

9U. 

Kha 

kh 

• 

z 

t 

.=* 

2£V. 

600 

% 

Dil 

d 

^ 

0^ 

4 

J<3 

Dhal 

dh 

^ 

<x 



700 

»L' 

R4 

r 

J 

y 

200 

s   , 

^b 

Z^y 

z 

j 

> 



7     i 

Sin 

s 

u~ 

LT 

MW 

AM 

60 

£ 

(j*^ 

Shtn 

sh 

LT 

lF 

«w 

Al^ 

300 

sad 

s 

u« 

(ja 

to 

Ad 

90 

Dad 

d 

o^ 

U^ 

>b 

ta. 

800 

nL 

la 

t 

lo 

k 

h 

k 

9 

i\ib 

Za 

z 

]i 

li 

t  . 

la 

900 

CO- 

CJ^ 

'Ain 

c 

a 

^ 

c 

X. 

70 

*o. 

w^ 

Chain 

gh 

t 

• 

i 

• 

I, OCX) 

id 

Fi 

f 

• 
C_5 

• 

( — » 

* 

X 

80 

s  - 

Kaf 

k 

•• 

t_5 

( Ji 

S 

ii 

100 

Kif 

q 

iJ,   ^ 

ill,  d5C 

3-,  S, 

5:,^ 

20 

*  - 

s 

Lam 

1 

i 

'  3- 

J 

i 

30 

r^. 

M!m 

m 

f 

r 

^ 

♦  »  -T 

40 

«  J 

e>^ 

NCin 

n 

• 

CJ 

J 

A 

50 

fU> 

Ha 

h 

k 

A 

it) 

4 

5 

W4w 

w 

i 

i 

— 

6 

•~ 

*L, 

Ya 

y 

i? 

iS 

J 

A 

10 

clii 


THE    ETHIOPIC    SYLLABARY. 


BTHIOPIC 

NAME 
OF  THE 
LETTER. 

<^£: 

WM: 

ft: 
HJ2: 

e^: 

A4:: 
T: 


Hoy 

Law! 

Ha  wet 

May 

Sawet 

Rg's 

sat 

Kaf 
Bet 
TAwi 
Kharem 

Nahas 
■Alef 

Kaf 

Wawi 

'Ayen 

Zay 

Yaman 

Dant 

Gamel ' 

Tayt 

I'ayt 

Saday 

D'd[)k 

Af 

Pa 


PHONETIC 
VALUE. 


H 
L 
H 
M 

S(SH) 
R 
S(C) 
Q 
B 
T 

KH 
N 

'(N) 
K 
W 

Z 

T 
D 
G 
T 
P 
S 

P 
P 


U  ha 

A  la 

(],  ha 

«»=>  ma 
UJ 
4 

n 

t     ta 
-^ 


sa 
ra 
sa 
qa 
ba 


kha 
na 
'a 
ka 


0)    wa 

0    'a 


H 

p 
J? 
1 


y5 
da 


m    ta 
/^    pa 


8 

e 

T 


sa 

da 
fa 
pa 


If  hf> 

A-  la 

rtv  ha 

'^  ma 

U>  sft 

4,  ra 

tu  sQ 

*  qO 

fV  hd 

'\:  tfl 

•V  khCl 

V  nfl 

^  'a 

TV  ka 

(D,  wa 

O  'a 

H-  za 

P  ya 

J?,  da 

T  g<^ 

nv  ta 

ft.  «fi 

e-  da 

^  fa 

T  P<^ 


y 

ht 

A, 

ir 

rtv. 

hi 

c^ 

m! 

l>t 

si 

<i 

ri 

il 

si 

t 

qi 

a 

bt 

t 

ti 

-^ 

kht 

^ 

ni 

A. 

'i 

n. 

k! 

t 

wi 

^ 

'i 

K 

z! 

R. 

y« 

^ 

d! 

1 

gi 

(li 

tt 

K 

PJ 

ft. 

?t 

^ 

dt 

d 

{] 

X 

pi 

V  ha 

^  la 

't^  ha 

'^  ma 

m  sa 

<J.  ra 

^  sa 

?  qa 

n  ba 

:^  ta 


A 

n 

T 

H 
P 
J? 
3 


kha 
na 

'a 

ka 

wa 

■a 

za 

ya 

da 

ga 


Tl  ta 

ft  pa 

ft  sa 

q  da 

4:  fa 

X  pi 


A.  16 

rh.  h6 

cK^  md 

Ut  s4 

L  re 

*  qe 

a  bs 

ir  t6 

-h  kh6 

A.  '6 

«g  w6 

a  ze 

(%  y^ 


^ 
a 


d^ 
g^ 


ft.  p^ 
ft.  ?^ 


a 


d6 


tJ  he 

A  le 

rh  he 

^  me 

Mi  se 

C  re 

f\  se 

¥  q5 

-fl  be 

^  te 

'^  khe 

\  ne 

A  'g 

n  kg 

(D'  we 

6  '« 

H  ze 

.f?  yg 

jr  de 

n  ge 

^  te 

h  Pe 

ft  se 

6  de 


1/  h6 

A"  16 

<t>  h6 

^  mo 

MJ  s6 


r6 
sd 


f  q6 

0  b6 

T  to 

•^  khd 

7  n6 

A  '6 

^  k6 

P  w6 


<     fe 
T     pe 


4: 
7 


fe 
pe 


p 

'6 

H 

z6 

P- 

y6 

^ 

d6 

•) 

go 

C\^ 

t6 

ft 

p6 

ft 

sd 

J^ 

d6 

tf^ 

fo 

T 

p6 

Ethiopic  Diphthongs. 


e    I 

B     2 

n  3 


rr  kua 

T*  gua 

^  qua 

•\  khua 


B    4 

2    5 

S    6 


n^  kui 
7^  gui 
<^  qui 
"Y.  khui 


S    7 
X    8 

H    9 


Yi^  kue 
T"  gue 
c|>>.  que 
•^  khuS 

Numerals. 

I     10 
Z    20 

m  30 


]\  kua 

3.  g"i 

i  qua 

^  khua 


p>  kue 

"^  gue 

$  que 

r^  khu6 


9  40 

a   50 

S  60 


E  70 
I  80 
1  90 


E  100 
IE  1,000 
E-E  10,000 


cliii 


THE   AMHARIC   SYLLABARY. 


I 

Gl'Z 

2  kA'Ib 

3 

salIs 

4  rAbI' 

5  hamIs 

6  SADIS 

7 

SABi' 

II 

ha 

Ih    hu 

^ 

hi 

W      ha 

*i     he 

fl 

h,  hi,  he 

If 

ho 

A 

la 

A-    lu 

A. 

li 

A    la 

A.    li 

A 

1,  h,  le 

A" 

lo 

rh 

ha 

ih-   hu 

'h. 

hi 

*h   ha 

<h.    he 

;h 

h,  hi,  he 

(K 

ho 

uo 

ma 

oo-mu 

un 

mi 

atf   ma 

"«A   me 

IJU 

m,  ml,  me 

qn 

mo 

UJ 

sa 

Uh  su 

"1. 

si 

ui  sa 

ut    s6 

A" 

s,  si,  se 

»H 

so 

4 

ra 

<.     ru 

<^ 

ri 

6.    ra 

*^     re 

c 

r,  rl,  re 

C 

ro 

n 

sa 

i>    su 

IX 

si 

1*1    sa 

l\     s^ 

n 

s,  si,  se 

r> 

so 

n 

sha 

fb    shu 

a 

shi 

fl    sha 

n  su 

fi 

sh,  shI,  she 

h 

sho 

«!» 

qa 

*    qu 

t 

V 

3>    qa 

*     qe 

* 

q,  qi,  qe 

* 

qo 

n 

ba 

n-  bu 

a 

bi 

n    ba 

11,     be 

•n 

b,  bl.  be 

p 

bo 

T 

ta 

•fs     tu 

X 

ti 

J-    ta 

t     te 

■I- 

t,  tl,  te 

+ 

to 

1* 

tcha 

*P     tchu 

=n 

tchi 

^    tcha 

1?     tche 

>i^ 

tch,  tchi,  tche 

^ 

tcho 

t 

kha 

1.     khu 

T. 

khi 

:i     kha 

-^     kh^ 

'* 

kh,  khi,  khe 

•r 

kho 

* 

na 

V      nu 

i. 

ni 

r    na 

%      ne 

T 

n,  nl,  ne 

r 

no 

T  na (gna) 

"j:    nu 

t 

ni 

V    aa 

"E     ne 

i 

h,  nl,  ne 

V 

no 

^ 

'a 

h,    'au 

^. 

'ai 

>»    a 

h.     e 

>» 

',  'I,  'e 

^ 

'o 

In 

ka 

tb    ku 

n 

ki 

vi    ka 

Yl.    ke 

Vi 

k,  kl,  ke 

Y^ 

ko 

^ 

kha 

T>   khu 

Yi. 

khi 

"Tfl    kha 

Tl.    khe 

^ 

kh,  khi,  khe 

V 

kho 

(D 

wa 

(D.  wu 

T 

wi 

<p    wa 

«E     w^ 

(D- 

w,  wl,  we 

<P 

wo 

0 

'a 

O'    'u 

^ 

'i 

vk    a 

t\      e 

0 

',  'I,  'e 

f 

•o 

H 

za 

H-    zu 

K 

zi 

ii    za 

H.    ze 

H 

z,  zl,  ze 

H 

z6 

IT 

dza 

"If   dzu 

•h: 

dzi 

"H"  dza 

'h:  dj6 

K 

dz,  dzl,  dz6 

•K 

dzo 

P 

ya 

B     yu 

p(. 

y" 

^    ya 

R    y^ 

^ 

y.  yi.  ye 

P- 

yo 

R 

da 

^    du 

^ 

di 

X    da 

K.     cle 

^ 

d,  dl,  de 

^ 

do 

$. 

dga 

5^    dgi' 

K 

dgi 

g,    dga 

il     dge 

$: 

dg,  dgl,  dge 

M 

dgo 

1 

ga 

•^   gu 

1 

gi 

:i   ga 

•I     ge 

T 

g.  gi>  ge 

1 

go 

rn 

ta 

111-   tu 

m. 

ti 

"\  ta 

m.  t^ 

T 

t,  tl,  te 

in 

to    ■ 

m. 

tcha 

Ul;  tchu 

CM. 

tchi 

tR,  tcha 

H*-  tche 

tp. 

tch,  tchi,  tche 

I.M. 

tcho 

A 

pa 

A.    pu 

A. 

pi 

*    pa 

fL     pe 

fr 

p,  pi,  pe 

>* 

po 

X 

H 

H 

**      I    A 

X.1    . 

fr 
6 

Is,  si,  se 

— 

'S. 

fa 

*     fu 

<L 

fi 

4.    fa 

<^     fe 

^ 

f,ft.fe 

G. 

fo 

T 

pa 

T     pu 

T 

pi 

X    pa 

T     p6 

T 

p.  Pl,  pS 

T 

po 

Ami 

lARic  Dn>] 

ITHONGS. 

^ 

qua 

— 

«l»^ 

qui 

$;    qua 

<t     que 

«!»- 

qui,  que 

— 

1. 

khua 

— 

•% 

khui 

:!.     khua 

:i     khue 

■u 

khui,  khue 

— 

Yi- 

k''ua 

Yl- 

kui 

irx    kua 

XL    kue 

Yl- 

kul,  kue 

— 

> 

1 

gua 

— 

> 

gui 

3.    gua 

3.    gua 

•h 

gul,  gue 

— 

cliv 


THE    PERSIAN    CUNEIFORM    ALPHABET. 


A 

fn 

I 

"T 

U 

<¥ 

KA 

T«= 

Ku  (QU)  <y 

KH 

«n 

GA  (GI ) 

<Tr 

GU 

<B 

C  (TCH) 

TT^ 

J 

-T< 

DJ 

-<^ 

T 

^TTf 

TH 

T<r 

DA 

TT 

DI 

^TT 

DU 

<t] 

NA(I) 

^< 

NU 

«^ 

P 

^ 

B 

^r 

M 

7tT 

MI 

r<^ 

MU 

H- 

Y 

T<- 

RA 

^I 

RU 

-« 

V 

n^ 

VI 

ti 

s 

u 

SH 

■^ 

Z 

T-r 

H 

<^< 

F 

T« 

T 

iir 

TR 

TT 

<sign 

for  division 

between  words. 

[1] 


o 


a    ^^v ,  in  some  respects  =  Heb.  i^ 

a    ^v  ,  an  emphatic  particle  ; 
y"^  "^j  Peasant  i8i;_n_^ 
Peasant    i8o;    Peasant   B.I.    125;    (j  v\ 

f,  Peasant  224.  It  seems  to  be  used  some 


times  to  mark  a  quotation  like  f\  in  Ethiopic 
(r^<J^¥^(^:  Brit.  Mus.  Orient.  No.  678, 
Fol.  Ilia,  i). 

a  ^^7^,  Rev.  12, 17,  =  (|  ^7\  ,  to  come. 
a    K^      _   ,  Berlin  2296,  estate,  farm. 


a-t 
a 


I  ^,  field. 


■  ^/p^  Westcar  9,   16;    12, 
p.  85,  to  bring  forth. 


aa  =  a-t   ^   ^  ~  =   *«^  "^  ,  field, 


I 


ground,  territory,  region  ;  var.  \\ 


aXf  aax 

stick,  stave. 

aat 


,  staff, 


>fe   ? ,  back. 

U.   321.   535.   'P.   294 


u    ,  to  sleep,  slumber  :  var. 


1-^. 


w 
^^^-*^^C'fi^^^'Copt.I^.&, 

lis,  2,  agodof slaughter;  var._ fl  ^ 


L_Z1' 


aati 
aati 

a-[t] 


be    strong, 
hostile. 


enemy. 


\^     N.    920,    the    uraeus    of 
Hj  '  Horus. 


aau 

aa 

aar 


lau   ^  (|  ^  >..^^ ,  stick,  staff,  pole. 

to  bind,  to  restrain,  to  keep   in    restraint,    to 
oppress. 

aas    "^  (]  P  /^.  bile,  gall;  var.  |j  H  O  . 

aasb  ^^  t^    '   J  -■:'-^i  seat,  throne,  some- 
thing fixed  ;    compare   3,tt?"'. 
to  beget. 
/\  ,   grave,   tomb;    varr. 


aa 


f=G> 


OicLci 


1  A'=;a- 


aau 


d'H'df 


aaau 


v\,    U.  564,    the  hands; 


7\  ,  Rev.  II,  131,  to  come. 
,    Lit.   17,  journey- 


ings,  those  who  travel. 


aaa 


sleep,  slumber. 


aaa 


1-^3-, 


J-^&-,   to 


L=v], 


l^, 


ciaici 


to  punish,  to  do  harm  to  some- 
one. 
. — fl  t—^—t 

fl  ^      „ ,  to  plaster,  to  build, 

to  bespatter,  to  make  a  charge  against. 

aaau    "^      ^  %:,  f6\  I Z), 

S  (^  wJ,  Anastasi  I,  28,  6  ...  . 


J> 


aaa-x 
aaa~x 


o   /Aj\Qf,  Israel  Stele  22. 


vessel,  measure ;  plur. 
fl^ 

t:    '::^  III" 


Mil' 


O 


vase, 


11 


=fli, 


^=0=1 


[2] 


uctct 


Rcc.  14,  41,  foreigner,  interpreter  (?). 


(3 


Rec    14,  42,   foreigner, 
barbarian. 


aaia    ^S\ 0  LIU  ^^^^-  ^-=^  .  Thes.  1203, 

to  extinguish,  to  put  out  a  fire. 

aau  ^        _^ 

lool- 


case  for  a  book 


case; 


aab-t 


J 


5       case   for   arms 
(Lacau). 


000 


J 


?^ 


J 


I  I  I 


IV,  510;  Excom.  Stele  8;  A.Z.  1908,  70; 
opposition,  resistance,  vexations,  entreaty,  ca- 
lamity, ruin. 

vase,  pail,  measure. 

aaabu  "^^  jr2  ^ ,  the  little  vase  for 

incense  which  is  attached  to  the  handle  of  the 
censer. 

aafi  "^  ^^  -S3=v    ^'"™-  ^'  '5>  IS.  9.  ^ 
ft^    \\  '  repulsive  man. 

aaan  %.  nJ  ii,  "^  '     °  -^   ^. 

plur.  "^  HJ  \\  5 ;  Copt.  ert. 

Aani 


- flW 

n 


1\\ 


B.D.   (Saite),   5,  5, 
the  Ape-god. 

Aaanu  "^^  0  '^  ^  ^ '  t'le  Ape- 
god  'Ihoth. 

\?  Of)  interpreter,  foreigner. 


a&s 


,  a  weapon. 


ai 


stag;  Heb.  ^«,  Copt.  eieo-ffX,  Arab.  J^'} , 
Assyr.  ai/u. 

aish  '^(j(]liM'^^.  Rev.  12,  44, 
truce;  Copt,  eioje. 

aiq  "^^(j^^^'  R^^-  '^'  45>  reed,  bul- 
rush; van  H"^^^-^. 

ai-[t]  "^  (](]  ^,  Rec.  36,  203, 
"^  (]  (]  ]  ^  ;^.  Jour.  As.  1908,  310, 
"^  l)(j  ©  "^  c.)  %-.  ^  ,  calamity,  trouble, 
prejudice  = 


Ai  "^  ^^S'   •  "''^^  ^'  *"  ass- headed  god  : 


ait    *C^  OU  li  a  kind  of  bread,  or  cake. 


au  A  ^'^^  39°' "^/^^'P- 336, 

be  large,  to  be  wide,  to  be  spacious  ;  Copt.  (WOT. 
JK  ^)    =  the  height  of  a  spirit,  B.D.  1 09,  8. 

au,am/z,;^|j,   /^  ^  j ,   A 

^  ^  Jl        ,^    '^   "^^      ^^"g'h,    totality,    all, 
Jr  _ZI   U  '     ''o  ,  w  ,'  throughout. 

au-t  A^^'  A^^'   '^"S^*^- 

largeness;    ^^  V^  c^     '"    ,    length    of  the 


earth  ;  <rfl|  ^ '  ^  ^  ^ '  ''^"^'^  o*" 

advanced  in  years  ;  /^  ^  ^  l]i]  t^  j  -  ^'l" 
vanced  in  iniquity. 

T.  339,  A  1^  ^  O  ^  o'  ^-  '^'^'  ^""  °*' 
days;  A^(  'j'.>^7.  Rec.  27,  219,  long  of 
stride;  /\  ^^  !■  P-  187,  M.  349,  N. 
902,  long  of  foot;  (f^  ^g,  P.  215,  abundant 

in  offerings;  f^\>  ^    \  >  !'•  <^°-'  ^^''^^  °*" 

^,  N.  802, 


C30 


tail  (a  name  of  Isis) ;  /^  '  J^- 

1 155,  long-haired. 


[3  ]  A 


5  1 


tion  of  heart,   swelling  of  heart,  pleasure,  joy. 


gladness;   /^  ^5,    A.Z.    1906,    127; 

^jM.  \\  '^^^,  "  his  heart  was  glad  to  do,"  Stele 

of  the  Dream,  ^^ ;  if^ 'O  ,  /^'^  'O'^.agod. 

au-t  aby-^,%^.    "^    I  '0'°      medicine  for 
the  heart  (?). 

au  ^  "^"J^ fl,  to  make  an  offering. 

au-a,  au-t-a^^  c^—^,  ^'^ 

ff^  ^  j  D ,    gift,    present,  offering,  alms, 

oblation,  i.e.,   "  that  of  the  open  hand " ;  jjlur, 


I     III 


Au-a 


the  god  of  gifts,  B.D 

99.  29;  ^ fl  %>  ^,  Tuat  IV,  a  title  of 

Horus  and  Thoth. 

Au-t-a  f^\>  1=^        °  £e^,  the  name  of 
a  serpent  on  the  royal  crown. 

Au-au-Uthes  (?)    ^  — °  ^  "^' 

Tuat  IV,  a  name  of  Thoth ;  see  Uthesu. 


au-h.er 


A^l 


^ 


1,    Peasant   271,   a 


man  of  broad  face  {i.e.,  sight). 

Au-t-maatiu-kheru-maat 

a  group  of  gods  who  gave  alms  when  on  earth. 

Au-matu(?)   /^--^%,  Tuat  ill, 

a  god  in  the  Herer  Boat. 

^(Jfl  ^,  to  stretch  out,  extend,  IV,  498,  612. 

au/5Z^^^,Rec.3o,i87 
Rec.  26,  65 


auit 


1  1  1' 

to    be    strong, 
^     /l'    ^g"  ^_^'  violent. 

,  Rouge  I. H.,  pi.   256, 


something  promulgated,  a  decree. 


aut  if^      'O  I   °  ,  a  kind  of  ochre. 


Ill 


au- 
au- 


'='     Jl  o  o  a'  unguent. 

-t  AOo  0.  u.  S08,  A^Q®- 

IV,   173,  food,  offering,  sepulchral  meals,  sup- 
plies of  all  kinds. 

au  (f^,  j^^  :  ,  Rec.  20,  42,  splendour. 


aui 


Rev.  II,  166  ; 


.<S. 


1,  Rev.  14,  21  ; 


.  1K<2 


splendour,  words  of  praise  ;  Copt,  eooif 


I 


I  ^  I  .  g'ory. 


j.-j    -M   t^  ^  S    rays  of  light,  something 


Q. 


auau 
au- 

au  ^(ai 

^^,  sorrow,  pain,  care,   misery,  ruin, 


to  rejoice. 

lething 
bright. 


sadness,  the  opposite  of  J^  'O  \\-       » 

aU-t  ^^^'  Rec.  35,  32,  slaughters, 
animals  slaughtered  for  food. 

a^  A  ^  ^  {  '   ground,  region. 


au 
auu 


^\ 


I ,  IV,  967,  administration. 


v\  v\,  swamp,  marsh. 


Auit  (?) 


,  Wort.  32,  478,  a 


goddess  of  nurses  and  children. 


au 


I,    B.D.     130,    13, 


,  children. 


au  "^  V:>  f^ ,  to  be  old. 
Supp.  383  ;  A.Z.  1874,  90,  a  measure  of  land  (?) 

^^-«Sfl^T'"'TvitV:it' 

aui   ^f].(]qU^,'o  rebel,  be^^vio- 
N.  916. 


A    2 


[4] 


auau  g^  e  i]  e  I^,   dog,  jackal ; 
pare  ojlj^j^^- 
aur 


^ 


terror(?),    restraint, 
violence. 


^^ 


,  net ;  Copt. 


aurf(?) 
i.Xoo-re. 


scales,  balance. 

ausek  (ask) 

stick,  staff,  rod. 

ausha/K,TiM° 


\y^^'],  sceptre, 


■o    (3    w 


Wort.  144;  Suppl.  514;  Rev.  11,  138;  balsam, 
incense,  unguent  of  a  light  yellow  colour. 

*^.      1 ,  gift,  offering,  sacrifice. 

abu  f  J^^,  y^^>  elephant; 
Plur.fj^^j.f  J^|;Copt.e&(in 

eKpoc). 

abH  f  J  ®  ^,  suppi.  514;  ^  ^-^ 

(or  Jy  \  elephant  grass,  or  balsam. 

f,l,|fJ^|,Pap.Koller38;fJ^77;, 
f  J^^^   var.y^|:,IV,   1x49; 

T    1  ^  f      1'   P"'''^'  '■^■'   ^'^'^  rotten,   ivory,   IV, 
329;     ivory   tusks   and   tooth,     T     \\    \> 

Abt  T  J   ©    \>  J) '  "^^^  '°^"  °^  Abydos 
personified  as  a  goddess. 

ab  Y   ]  (j ,  variegated,  marked  with  different 

colours,  streaked,  striped;   (fl),  having  feathers 
of  different  colours,  a  title  of  Heru-Behutet. 

abu  f  J  ^  ^'  Rec.  30,  188,  leopard. 

ab,  abi,  abit  f  JI^,  fj*^^. 


Pap.  Roller  4,  2,  ¥  j  [  [j  "^v^^  ,  leopard ;  leopard 
of  the  South,  ?  j]  OQ  ^  i.  leopard  of  the 
North,  ?  J  ^f]  ^  ^;  ^  leopard  six  cubits 
long,  and  four  cubits  in  girth,  ¥    j   jj^Xx^  ''^'^^ 

mill    I        I    '*>\.  I  I  M  _M^  X        _fl  *^-=^ 

Abit  ^  J  1)(|^'^.  B-D.  76,  2  ;  104,  4, 
the  mantis  which  guided  the  deceased  into  the 
Hall  of  Osiris ;  see  U  J  ^^^  ^^  "^^j  J 

ab  T  J^ '  '^e  thirsty ;  see  7]<  J  g?i . 
ab    I  J  .— Ss,  ¥  J       \  Dream   Stele  4  ; 
B.l).  19,  15  ;  ^    Vi'^ ,    Uream  .Stele  14,  the  left 


,._J1. 


Hymn  of  Darius  17,  the  left 
eye  of  Ra. 


side  ;  see  TTv    1 

ab  ¥    1  Qf^,  to  wish  for,  to  desire,  to  long 

for;seeyg,^y(2g,|^yj©g. 
Pap.  Koller  3,  2,  in  order  to,  wishing  to ;  com- 
pare niN- 

abeb,abebufJJ,OJ^,y 

1    \\ ,  to  love,  to  wish  for,  to  desire,  to  long  for. 

abeb-tyj.,yjo^,lv, 

975,  1092,  wish,  desire. 

abu-t  ¥   j    V  '^  V  ■  '  ''"'"^'y  disposition. 

t  J  ^  ^  \  ^  5  i'  ^°'^^^^^^'^'  S'^'"^- 

parents,  ancestors,  kinsfolk  ;  T  J M^  V  \l  ' 
Hymn  of  Darius  19  ;   compare  nillt^. 

abu  f  J  q'  f  J  V®'  *^^s^^''°";  -^^ 

¥    1      ,  ceaselessly. 

ab,  abu  f  J  fj,  Edici  rf,  f  J  ^  IJ , 

fJ^,,ob,.„d;.eefJ|J*^,L.U 

III,    184,    36. 


[5] 


ab  ^^i^.  Rev  II,  i8o,  father; Heb.lM. 

20,  light ;  compare a    1  /K  . 

aban  ^\    ^^^    0,    Rev.   12,   69,  alum; 

Copt.  a)S.en. 

ab  -  Ian  -  athan  -  alba 

Gnostic  ABAA0ANAABA. 


0 


U  J],  Rev.  II,  i8o,  a  god. 


^ 


Rev.    I- 


abahi 

21,  tooth;    Copt.   O^gjG. 

abakh  "^"i^® 

to  forget ;  Copt.  (JoE.^. 

abash  ^^PI^^P  11^, 

Jour.  As.   1908,  267,   "^"i^  P  ^^  !^'    ^° 
forget;    Copt.    toE^g. 

49,  Rec.  36,  86,  Sphinx  i,  89;  Alt.  K.  3,  name  of  a 
Libyandogof  Antefaa,  theSlughi,  jJJ«i~:  1 li- 

o{3 


1     .L        "Tk     '2_      ^S    A      Rev.  service, 

abatu    :^'^^^.        y^. 
abitf  JHq-^,  ^^^'••'^-"•53.  35.  • 

I   J  h^"^^ '  pyramid  tomb. 

abekhy,0^,fJO    yt,^, 

^J®^X,^J^,  IV,  365,to  mix  with, 
to  unite  with,  to  penetrate,  to  enter  in  among, 
enter  battle ;  see  %    j       Q^ . 

abkhekh^jV'-'^tp'Jh.rjd": 
abs 


to 


Jy     I    Annales  9,  156,  a  kind 
Vll    1'  of  plant. 

of  fish ;  see  T    1 


,  Hymn  of  Darius  11,  a  kind 
abt  T  J     O  ,  to  shut,  to  bolt  in. 


Ani,  I,  15,-a  mythological  fish. 

Aparius  "^  a  "^  -2!s5> 


AireWnioi,  a  Macedonian  name  of  a  month,  the 
Roman  December. 

Apuranites  ^  a  f]  -^^  ^  17 

aph  '^  °  I  f, )'  Leyden  Pap.  8,  13 

apsu  "^  °  P  ^  "^ '  '^''■^^• 

D 


apt 


D 


7^' 


7\,  L.D. 


Ill,   65^,   Rec.  4,  35,  to   flutter,  to   alight  as 
a  bird. 


apt 


D 


n 

D 


^^,    goose,    duck;    plur 
,   U.    570,    N.    940, 


°  ,   Tombos  8, 


^^53-l'^|.k=L^%.¥^. 


IV,   877, 


i'  m  @" 


,  water-fowl  in  general; 

=a  %*=  ti       11'  ^^^^'^  Soose,  P.  699  ; 
Copt.  OJ^X. 


apt 
af 


af-t 


IV,  1047,  staff  (?). 


^^^^ 


af 
afa 

afa-[t]  ^^ 
afau  (?) 
af,  afau  (?) 

B.D.    78,   6, 


<5<  B.D.   172,  36,  offerings  of 
Ml'  birds  and  fish  (?) 

^^  P.S.B.  14,  232,  gift,  offering, 
;fzzi'  present. 

\M   Hymn  of  Darius  38,  might, 
nj '  strength  (?) 

glutton,  greedy 
man. 


,  greed,  gluttony. 

°   a  kind  of  balsam, 
o'  or  medicine. 


@. 


1, 


W 


w    ■'^(g 


'<".  I  I 


(2 
',  to  trouble,  to  be  troubled ; 


li' 


I    those  who  are  troubled,  or 
those  who  give  trouble. 

A  3 


[6] 


afaf 
aflt 
afu 
Afu 
afer 
afri 
aft 
aft 
am 

am,  amu 
L_=/],  Rec.  3, 46 


?1k? 


to  praise,  to  rejoice,  to 
'  exult. 


ijl  ,  flame,  fire. 


^:si' 


to  injure,   to    inflict   an 
injury. 

„  Tuat    VII,    the 

'   W-'     "Worm"  Kheti. 

to  burn,  to  be  hot. 


-  A  [j  (1    Verbum  Voc,  smoke, 
. '^'^'4  hot  vapour.' 

I,  Rev.  13,  38,  foot  soldier  (?) 

;?   to  bend  the  leg,  to  march, 
^'  part  of  the  leg. 


not. 


tiv.^'U.  177. 

ti ,  to  seize,  to  grasp. 

ti  ,  M.  742, 


,_>Ci, 


amm 

^^ — a,   Rec.  31,   17, 

I,  A.Z.    1905,  36, 
to  seize,  to  grasp. 

amm-t  ^   ^ 


."Q- 


grasp,  fist. 


IV,   158,  to  understand,  to 
know. 

_-^  .^^ ,  Merenptah    2,    to 


am. 
amam. 

know,  to  understand. 

am  "^  ^^  f ,  Amen.  9,  19,  to  swallow. 

am  (read   hemp)  Y   ^\     ^>  Jour-    As. 
1908,  305,  artisan. 

am  ^c\  t 


tk  ^    to  grieve,  lament,  to 
n  Sl '  mourn. 


Jf  I  I  I 


mourners. 


\M-\^V°coZL':. 


amiu 
am 

Rec.  16,  109,  to  burn,  to  consume. 

am,  amut  '^J^ls^lj."*"". «": 
amait  "V  -^  M  v'  ''''''"^(^)'  '*""^- 


to  see 

(2 


ama  %  --^  "^  -  -^ 
araa,  ami 

"^L-J,"^!  Ijfl'^^— =3.  to  mix  together, 

to  compound  a  medicine,  to  rub  down  drugs. 

•   +  "^    0  fl    "^       something    rubbed 
^""^^       ^  ^  4  L=J'      down,  or  crushed. 

A       •    "^  A   ^  TombofSetil,  oneof 

^^   m  1  ^^    the  75  forms  of  Ra. 

Ama-ami-ta  ^^[|  ^^  !]  f  7^|. 

Tomb  of  Seti   I,   one   of  the  75  forms   of  Ra 
(No.  63). 

amau  '^k^^'^'"^'^'^'  ''''^"^ 

ama-t  (am-t)  ^  t^ 


^\  O  ,  meal,  pottage. 

o    III 


am.i-t  ,,. 

nature;  "^^   %" 


,  Rev.,  the  interior, 

<^   T  1  '^  I  a  good  disposi- 
o  0    ci  '  tion. 

Amu  "^k^'  ■"'^'  "'  ^  ^'^'^""S°^- 
ames,  amsu  \{^,  N.  803,  |   p.  ^-  169, 


^X     11  ^'jl,    p.   614,    M.    781,    N.    1 138, 

|^^,rodofauthority,sceptre,stafr;^^p 
^rr-l-'4.twosceptres;plur.^£[l|l. 

the  amulet  of  the  sceptre. 

ames-ab  ^ I  P  ^  0,  0- J-  Wort.  ,4. 

-,  liver. 


ams-t 
Amtit 


Q  fl  fl       "1    I   foreign  tribes 
i' 


"^tiai'    and  peoples. 


[  7] 


A 


am    ^v  w>wv  MM  j^,  Rev.  12,  19  =  M  '>A''^, 
to  remove,  to  put  aside. 

^'-'■■^    ^^  jwA^v  It  _A,  Rev.,  removal. 

anpa^^^^s.Rev.  .3,  t4, 

an  interrogative  particle  =  <^ ^^^  1 . 

tured,  be  put  in  restraint,  to  strangle,  to  shut  up, 
be  netted. 

arut  "^  <^-r>'^  o  ^  ^,  Rec.  31,  II. 


ar 

ar-t 
ar 


^ 


j\ 


,  disgrace. 


Yh,  hair,  tress,  lock  of  hair. 
"^1  A,   Rev.    13,    4., 
schoenus ;  var.  (I  <3>    \  J\ . 

ara  "^.^^"^  a,  Rev.  u,  157,  ,2, 

41,^^         y^,  Rev.  II,  161, "^.2^1 


"^.aas  1|(|  ^,  Rev.   12,  40,  to  go  up,  to 
embark  in  a  boat,  to  bring,  to  be  high  ;  Copt. 

arar  ^.^^.a^g,  ^-2^ 

^^ -2»  A,  Rev.    12,   23,  41,  high,  exalted; 
Copt.  uoX. 

^''"'^'^^SMO'  ^^'■'''   "3-  vine; 

Copt.  eXooXe. 

arb  "^    1^  ^ ,  Rev.  1 3,  63,  to  besiege ; 
Copt.  lopS. 

,   Rev.,  rest,  repose, 
-2^ 


arf 

death  :  Copt.  (jopq. 

Arsatnikus    ^g^  S  ^  ^ 

33,  6,  Aristonikos. 

Arsinfau^^^[j(]T;^^ 

II,  57,  Arsinoe. 


179  =  AXxm. 

ark-t    \\   ^:=^  ^^^^  f    ,  Rev.  5,  94, 

froth,  foam,  aphronitnmi ;  Copt  ^AI2£I. 

arg  "^  "^  (^  ,  Rev.   II,  169,  a  member 
of  the  body  ;  Copt.  ^2i.<LX. 


Artakhshassha 

JjT 


Vi^lMil 


A.Z.    49,    80, 
Artaxerxes. 


Artakhshshs  ^ 


-as> 


Artaxerxes;  varr.'^  ^  J  ™  JM^  "^  ^ 

Jl^  — liM'Pers.  ^  ^f  ^|yy  «yy  ^ 

t=  ffy,  Babyl.  T  si  !=>  \^  ^n- 

Artikastika^-^](](]^^f 

]  ()[j  -^3=^  "^  ^  ,  B.U.  (Saite)  .65,  3,  a  form 
of  Amen. 

•       ^c^^H'      security ;  Copt,  ojpx 

artcha  ^  ^  i  1^.  ""'copl^'aJpi: 


.ra: 


Rev.    13,   29,   ^N,  4ii  ^,    ^  ra  ^ 

^,    Rev.    II,    123,   pain,   grief. 


ra 

trouble,  loss,  sorrow,  poverty,  misery,  debility, 
destitution,  sadness,  ruin,  woe  ;  Copt.  ig,e. 

ahi  ^  ra  Ijlj  ^  ^,  «-  r£^: 

ahu  ^  ra  ^"^  ^,  Peasant   249,  a 
disturber,  one  who  causes  trouble. 


ah,  aha   ^ra  ^u-^ ,  Hymn  of  Darius  23, 
ra  ^^  ^y^'  ^"^v,  any  cow-goddess. 

Ahait(]ra'^^^,^ra^^ 

^S'^ra^^^.L.D.4,   82B. 

B.D.   162-4,  (i)  a  form  of  Hathor ;  (2)  wife  of 
Osiris  the  Bull-god ;  and  (3)  mother  of  a  Horus. 

ahai,ahi^ra^(j(l,^ral)()|^, 

interjection  O  ! 

ahai  ^ra  (j(j  ^,  \mM^ 

Mar.  Karn.  55,  62,  camp  ;  Heb.  7nb<  (?) 


A  4 


[8] 


ahi  "^  ra  (]  (|  i  ^ ,  to  go  (?),  to  march  (?) 

-^  J    B.D.  (Saite)  142, 
O  o'    5,  22,  a  goddess. 


Ahit 


ra 


ahem 


ra 


j\ 


Rec.   16,   109,  to  ad- 


ahem-t^-^raf^.^^o,!)^; 

rG  ^vN        '  incensCj  unguent. 

_o?tr  000 


If. 


Rec.  16,  108,  to  groan, 

to  grieve. 

Rec.  32,  216,  weak, 

powerless,  grief. 


ploughed  or  cultivated  land;  plur. 


o 

111' 

^1,%.    §^^l.  Amen. 
^>  III'    J^X  s  1'  .mX  ci   I   I 

7,  14;  Copt,  eioi^e,  eioog^e,  i^.^^,  lo^i, 

ah-t   Stat^l^,    ^c:^,Thes. 
1288,  arura. 

Ahut-en-Amentit  %.  §  T  '  '  ' 

Tuat  V,  the  estates  of  the  blessed  in  Ament. 

I  I 

of  a 
field. 


ah-t 


^    L.D.  III,    229c, 
I  '  flax  fields. 


aha-t'^|(]^©/h^°^'^""g 
ah-t-nu-arr^f  5  O  ^pW 

Rec.  6,  7,  vineyard;  Copt.  i^.gji.XoAI. 


ah-het 


^If^Q 


zrzi 


Akten.  p.  340, 


the  pit,  or  shaft,  of  a  tomb. 


N.  281,  ^  I  C=D,  IV,  171,  754,  a  herb  (?), 

a  plant  (?),  a  vegetable  (?),  pot-herb  (?),  a  kind  of 
bread,  or  cake. 

ah,  ahu 


pottage ; 

ah-t 
ah 


I  I 

o' 


1 1 1 

,  food. 


,   meal, 


c^  I    a  kind  of  medi- 
01'  cine. 


.,  Rev.    II,  139,  12,  33,  50, 


evil,  grief,  disaster,  prejudice ;  var. 


.ra 


ah-t  "^  I  ^  ^ '  entreaty,  petition,  prayer. 


ah-ti 


^  w 


,  see 


c.  w 


**^-*i^IU?'^^'^'"°''^'^'''=flI"^^- 


to  lighten  (?) 

Aha,Ahu\|^^,P.^o4,M. 

^\,  N.850,   y  Hh. 

566,  ^:^,N.  1330=1^^,  M.  699, 

^^,^.  IV,  263,  B.D.  40,   6,  Rec.   29, 
157,  a  form  of  Menu. 


33i> 


aha 


IT'-I-I 


Rec.    12,   9j 


(A        s    Rec.   13,  42,  to  har- 

T^  -^"^  '  vest,  to  reap. 


\i   ~vwvv^  canal. 

Ahs  "^  I  P  ^,   P.   668,   the  name  of 
a   Sfldani  god;    varr.   |1    |   M    ^ ,   M.    779, 

Akh-t  JiU  ^ ,  the  fi'St  season  of  ll.t  year j 
^=^^^  W  see  Aakh-t. 


akh  <^0  Y'  ^^-  ^^^'  ^'"'-  '^'  ^^'  '° 

bloom,  to  blossom,  become  green,  green. 

reed,  water-plant  ;  Heb. 
iriKi  Gen.  xli,  2. 


akhi 

akh-t  '^®  Mil  ^,  IlM  ®>  N.  996, 

watered,  or  irrigated,  land. 

akhakh^®^®,^®^_©f: 

to  become  green,  to  put  forth  shoots,  to  blossom. 

akhakhu  "^^'^^fiH'  ^^'^-  3'.  -». 


Amen.   6,   9, 

16 1 J  blossoms,  flowers. 

akhakh 

M. 641 ; 

akhakh 
akh-t 


5 


e^iii 


,  K.ec.    15, 


)i<i<i<,  P.  340, 

^C    flowers  (of  heaven), 
III'  i.e.,  stars. 

5=^    night,  dark- 
*     '  ness. 


,  thing,  affair,  busi- 


ness, matter  of  the  day;  plur.  ^^.  .  y  .'i  ^.ec.  i 


[9] 


akhakh 

N  III 


akh 


,  bone;  plur. 


^^  "^t  4^'  ^'''- '''  ^^' 


7^ 


,  Peasant  97;  A.Z.  1866,  100, 


[^  XZ3 ,  to  be  light,  speedy.     Coptic  A.CI4LI  (?) 


n  ^     J:    ,    Peasant   277, 


as.  asu 


to  withdraw  an  arrow  from  a  quiver. 


akhakh 


X     I 


I,  Hh.  483, 


^' 


the  tackle  of  a  boat ;  var.  akhut 
Hh.  481. 

akha  ^^  J\  ,  to  enter,  to  go. 

\\      '''^3^ ,  \\    ®    ^     /I ,  to  carve,  to  engrave, 
to  scrape,  to  shave  olT. 

akha-t  "^^  ^^"^  ^_,,  scar. 

Akhabi  ^--J^qy.    B.D. 

(SaVte)    153,5,    ^•=^Jflfl^5^i'   ^■^■ 
153A.  II- 

Akhabit  ^"^"-^  J  f]^  ^  5^  >  T"^'  "' 

a  god  with  an  ankh-shaped  phallus. 

Akhabit-ankh-em-tesheri  ^^^"^^ 
J  ^fl  f  T  ^  ™  \^  --I '  ^^^^^^^^  ^ 

30,  Ombos  II,  2,  p.  134,  a  goddess  of  the  dead. 
.  akhah-t  "^ll   '^   >  ^ec  13,  124,  reed, 
papyrus  ;  Copt.  ^.X'• 

akhu  "^^    ym  splendour,  light,  bright- 
ness ;  see  (]  ^0  ^  | . 

akhu^®^%.'^^,U.  S70, 

M.  823,  light,  beings  of  light ;  see  (j  ^€)  ^^. 

akhu  ^0  ^ '^  %> %-' u.  59°, 

di^ne  spirits ;  see  aakhu. 

AkhkhU  ^J^  ^,  B.D.  153,  8(SaVte), 
a  god  of  vegetation. 


Rec.    8,    13s,    "^     1 


-e- 


W  ■~^,    R.E.    6,    28, 
7\,  to  make  haste,  to  hurry  to,   to 


flow  quickly,  to   run,  to   attack ;  Copt.  ItOC  ; 
21,  to 


j\  '^,  Rec.  13,  21,  to  judge  hurriedly  ; 


^P 


.  w 


as-t 


P 


— M (&— 


© 


hasting  with 
swift  feet. 

p  -  i  v., 

-e- 


-<0- 

! 

ast 


,  Jour.  As.  1908,  268,  haste,  hurry, 


ci      "-     "-^  yea     hasters   away, 
7\     III   ^  ^ 


J\  III 

I 


,  runnmg  water. 


fugitives  ; 

as  "^^    I  IT  I,  N.  296,  300,  an  offering. 

as  ^  p  ^^,   Mar.   Karn.  53,  35 

as  "^  n  O ,  Hearst  Papyrus,  VIII,  14, 
Rec.  30,  183,  "^  n  O  ,  Tombos  Stele  8,  gall, 
gall-duct  or  gall-bladder  (?),  filth. 

as  "^  n  O,  old  (?)  ;  Copt.  i.c  (?) 


as-ti 


w 


1^,  testicles. 


asi  ^^  ^  HS  ^'  ^'^'^-  ''•'  ^9'  payment, 
punishment ;  Copt.  oce. 


asaka  (ask) 


1908,  302,  to  delay;  Copt.  UJCK. 


[q]^^' Jo"'--^^s- 


asu 


I ,  Hh.  230 


A.Z.  Bd.  46,  108,  Isis  ;  see  Ast 


Rec.  30,   193,  11.  3,  4, 


i 


O 


to  consume  by  fire. 

asbi[t]  "^  P  J  (j(|  [J,  flame,  fire  ;  plur. 

^PJ^fl^li- 
-""^PJ^ 


^^     to  reduce  to  pow- 
^^'         der,  to  crush. 


[10] 


Asbit  ^  P  J  ^'  M.    237,   N.  615, 

Denderah  IV,  81,  a  fire-goddess. 

the  goddess  of  the  fourth  hour  of  the  day. 

,    B.l).     17,    41, 


^     _ 


d  ®  Q 


B.D.  (Saite)  147,  7,  a  fire-god. 


asem 


•A 


I   P. 


375  = 


a  sceptre. 


H  w"!     '  ^^^'  '^'  "''^° 


asen 

breathe  easily  or  freely. 

aseh.  "^^    I  [U  r~~]  ,  drum. 

asekh  ^~J"  ^>  M.  224,  N.  129, 

to  reap,  sickle  ;  Copt.  tOg^C  COC.^. 

asekh  ^^  H  ®   %'cr-zi,   Ddcrets  34, 
slaughter  chamber  (?) 

c~n     Rev.   14,   T9,   delay; 
Copt.  COCK. 


;_=vi' 


A         I 


asq 

ast     ^    [I   ~   i,    clay,    earth,    chalk  (?); 

I  ^^^ ,  ^^  I  Ci  T  Dnm ,  potter's  clay. 
ast  '^-*-]  O'  Jou''-  As.  1908,  300, 


ground,  earth  ;  Copt.  CHX. 


Asther 
asta  ^  p 


-2a«>, 


(?) 


Annales  III,  178, 
star  ;  Gr.  'Atniip. 

to  tremble;  see 


asteb  "^n  ■^^^^  to  eat;  see  0  ■=■  J 
ash  '^pa'^^, evening; see 


ash,  ash-t  *^i=2a5_j. 


dog,  jackal ;  var.  1=1  JM,  "^  "^  • 

ash  ^^^1  u  I  \j\,  an  offering  made  by  fire. 


00^^^^,  IV,  482, 


ashash-t 

asha  "^  l^  "^  ^,,  to  scatter  [sand 

o       lllJ 

ashahu  ^^a  1)  |^  °>  «•!>•  (Saite) 
42,  21,  paralytic;  Copt.  cyCTg^e  (?) 

Ashu^C30^|,B.D.95,3,awat.- 

(meat  oaj^j. 

B.D.  144,  a  fire-god  in  the  5th  Arit. 

ashep  "^ 

day,  light. 

fl^hpr  "^    '^^^Q     '°  burn,. to  melt,   to 
^^^®^    m<=>'4'       roast,  to  try  by  fire. 

asher.t^S^,N.r348,^  °° 


Q   ,  A.Z.  1900,128  =  ^^^^, 


U.    124,     *^  <=>0020^,  U.    29s,    ^  <^  I  11, 


r-^rn   -n    r"wn 


r-n-1 
Ml' 

asher 

.2^ 


■,  roast  meat  offering;  plur. 


O      III 


roasted  joints 
or  birds. 


^  o. 


r-^rn 


)i\ ,    evening ;    see 


rrr-i 


round, 
estates. 


aq,  aqa 


,    Peasant    259,    295, 
,  to  fail,  to  be  weak,  to  be  weary. 


to    be   tired,    diminish,  come    to   an   end,    be 

,,  to  run  aground  ; 


A^^ 


ruin. 


exhausted,  perish,  die ; 

^^^,   tired,    weary;    J^  ^   ,   ,   ,  , 

destruction  ;  Copt.  A.K(X),  and  ^Ko  in  x«LKO. 
aqu    '^  %>  -^,   Peasant    iii6b,   46, 


Peasant   i  ii6n,  23, 


©   X 


^^' 


©  I  I  I 

Aq-t-er-pet 


destruction,  ruin  ;  Copt.  i.KO. 


A  ■^  D   <^ 


,-  P.  645, 


name  of  the  Celestial  Ladder. 


[11] 


aqa    '^  ^^  ^  ,  steps,   height,   a   high 
place  ;  see  ^  "^  ^  . 


aqa 


aqau 


Q,   filth,   vomit  =  A 


„      a    house-boat ;  Arab. 


Aqan  "^  '^^~''^  J  >  ^•^-  99>  int.  4, 


the  name  of  a  god. 


aqb-t  ^^  J  o ,  arm,  shoulder  ;  see  ^  |  ^ . 

Stele  4,  a  foreign  people. 
of  Gates  III,  a  serpent-god. 

aqem 


^1 


.^N      %^,    A.Z.     1898,    49. 
Rev.    14,    10,  to  be  sad; 


A  A 

;  see 


&i  Copt.  oKeju.. 

-5\  /I  /I      / 

aqen 
aqers-t 

aqr etchna  ^4>  ^  1^  m V,  669, 


1^^,  tomb;  see 


j^    I       \\  I 
a  weapon,  axe  ;  Heb.  'j^'^S  (?) 


aqhu 


^".1 


L=/),    Rechnungen    70, 


,  Rec.  29, 


165,    ^^    X    %.  L=fl,    Mar.   Karn.   42,    22, 
'^J^,'^|^L=/1,  to  work  m  wood,  to 
be  a  carpenter,  to  hollow  out  a  boat ;  1  5  @  - 
Rec.    21,   91,    dressed   timber;    cans.     I 


L_=fl,    \A 


aqhu  '^,  '^  I  %  L=^,  carpenter. 

aqhu 


A.Z.    1905,    142, 

®  X    carpenter's  adze,  axe,  battle- 
t — /]'  axe. 


aqhau    )  (J    y^  'W  ' '  ''^^^"""^"j  soldiers. 
aqh    ^  fi       ,  clay,  earth. 


aqS    ^,      13  7^ ,  to  move,  to  walk,  to  go. 

aqs,  aqs 


A      <$.      ■ 
to  tie,   to  bind;  aqSU    *^ 


III, 


Aqetqet 


\  ^\ 


bonds, 
fetters. 

A 


ak 


_^,Hh.   ,01,    ^^S^S   ^,one 
of  seven  spirits  who  guarded  Osiris. 

( I  "'^^  ^^ ,  to  become  weak,  to  feel  pain 

or  sorrow,  destruction  ;  Copt.  ^KCO. 

aku-t    ^^  ^,  boils,   blains,   sores, 

rr^   ^    Oi    III 

pustules,  any  inflamed  swelling. 

,  chamber,  abode. 


aki-t 
akuiu 

w 

aliens,  foreigners,  enemies, 
il 


,L.D.  Ill,  194,  33, 


I,   Rec.   33,   7 


(2  \\J2^\ 


Aker 

U.  461,  N.  850, 


-2» 


,  u.  498, 


rvvvvv\  _-, 

AAA/^   J       1  .     291, 


S^::^ 


^ 


1 


,1^::^ 


^tsism 


-2^ 
,  Rec.  26, 


65,  '^^'^y  5^,  Rec.  31,  29,  an  Earth- 
god,  who  had  a  lion's  body  with  a  head  at  each 
end  of  it ;  Copt.  <LKU3pi. 

-2^ 


Akeru 


! ,   T.   319, 


I 


isism 


Rec.   30,    196,     31,    17, 
S^x£Sbi£Sbi£,  N.  1386,    "^^"^^^ 

Earth-gods  who  are  said  to  be  tlie  ancestors  of 
Ra  and  of  the  Akhabiu-gods,  B.U.  153A,  11,  23. 

13,  a  group  of  Earth-goddesses  (?) 

Akeru-tepu-a-Akhabiu  ^€^  ^~^ 

B.D.  153A,   II,  the  ancestor-gods  who  worked 
the  net  for  catching  souls. 


[12] 


Akeru-tepu-a-Ra 

°  _y  I    I     __fl^'  ^'^'  ^"'^'  ''•^'  ^^^ 

ancestor-gods  of  Ra. 

akraut  '^  "^^      (|  o  %  o  ,  wagons  ; 
compare  ni73i?. 

Akerta 


U.  614,  the  name  of  a 
god. 

to  lack,  to  want. 


ag  "^  S  I  ,  U.  639,  plant,  shrub ; 


see  h  "^  <jj;  Copt,  ^,Ke,  oeiK. 

^g^b  ^ffl^J^'^^^^Nile,  water- 
flood,  deluge ;  see  ^  S       '^^^  ■ 

agap  "fe.  ffi  "V^  ^-=^'  "^  S  "^^S' 

to  destroy,  to  flood. 

agb'^ffij=,  U.  193,  T.  73,  N. 

587,605,    ^fflJ(]^,M.  2.7,    ^ffi 

the   celestial    waters,    flood,    stream,    any  large 
mass  of  water;    ^^^  Q    jM  wa^a,  T.  56,  M. 

216;  Copt.  cocT^. 

Agb^fflj:^,  N.  706,  ^fflj 

'vw^  Jl,  B.D.  189^  II,  the  primeval  Water-god. 


,  P.  1.  806, 


^O  J  ^,  u.  608,  ^H  J  =  ^111, 


^ffij^,  ihe  Great  Agb. 

ag^^  ^  Z5  J  I)  ^  ^,  u.  395.  P. 

-71  fl  ^/vw^A  "^ii_     tV 

384;see<^fflJ::^^^. 

agb  ^^ffi   ]  >  ^n  astronomical  term. 
ageb  ^S  J?,  knee;  see  (|  ^J  ^. 


ageb  ^^  oV  ^,  Metternich  Stele  179, 
to  weep,  to  cry  out ;  caus.    1  S  J  Of  • 

Agebsen(?)  "^sj^.^'  Tuat  ill, 

a  goose-headed  god. 

at,  atu,  at  \q,  ^°q',  f^.  ^  |. 


a  small  portion  of  time,  moment,  minute,  hour, 
the  lime  of  culmination  of  some  act  or  emotion  ; 

^Z-J,  at  this  moment :  /         ^st\ 


O' 


at  this  moment ;  i ,\\  ^ 


^,   from  hour  to  hour  ;    ^--^  T  <:p> 
^— '  J4  I ,  a  happy  time  with  the  women. 


at    ^  „,  B.D.  177,  7  =  -JW,  not. 

1 8,  injury,  harm. 

at-t    V\     ''=>--  >  loss,  diminution. 

at  "^g^  ^  '^ ,  loss,  prejudice. 

at  "l^^  J]|.  rebel,  prisoner. 


at  ^^  f\ ,  u.  456,  P.  182,  M.  285, 

li  ^,  U.  370,  N.  S94, 
..  <ff\       violence,  wrath. 


,  T.   249, 


. ,  crocodile  (?) 


at 

enemy ;  plur.  V\     ^  \^  '^  1 ,  enemies,  fiends. 
"^  p,    to  be  angry,  to  behave  in  a  beastly 


att 


o 
o 


manner. 
^  "'  %^'  destitute,  poor. 


possessing  nothing  ;  Copt.  <LT". 

Rev.  14,   15,  he  who  is  without,  who  has  not, 
^  — (^    without   failure,   in- 


ati 


mjury  ; 


at-t 


w 


-t^^ 


fallible. 

a  milch  cow,  cow  suck- 
ling a  calf. 

p     Rec.  12,  19,  vulva,  uterus; 
^  *  Copt.  0x1. 


fej 


[13] 


ati-t  "^s^  ^^  V'  ^^^^-  ''^'  ^'  ^"^^^'  "'^''"^ ' 

couch,  bier;  van  ^^^  ^ [I  'J^- 

atit,  ataut  "^  1  ^^'H'  ^^^'  *^""'^'^' 

cushion;  plur.^]()(j^|,'^][] 

.    atit^ 


1  Q  I  1  I 


nurse,  nurse ;  see 


at-t 

w 


■"   ^    ?.   X   ?■ 


X. 


1 


X 


stiff-necked,  varr. 


,  Thes.   i2o6,  high-backed, 


^^,B.D.  154,15, 


(j  "^"^  JjJ  Copt.  OJT-  (in  ^I(«X). 


at 


Ata-ra 


^      standard,  perch,  resting  place 
of  a  god  or  divine  statue. 


].,, 


1 


^, Cairo  Pap. 


23,  4,  a  god  in  the  form  of  a  mummy. 

ata  ^]|  (]  ^fli'  '^'-  '°°'  P-  ^79.  boat. 
ata  ^  I]  t^^^'  l^ev.,  a  kind  of  fish; 


Cr) 


Ati 

atita 

atu 


,  Tomb  Rameses  IV',  28,  a  god. 


-^Sr>  ministrant(?) 


Shipwreck  1 1 2,  to  trouble 
oneself. 


,  B.I).    145,  4, 


16,  a  kind  of  wood. 

ateb  "^^  J  I ,  land,  region. 
ateb  "^^  J^'  sceptre  (?) 

atep'^^^U=y] 


^  a 

"^V  "^  V  ^  fl'  '°  '"''^'^'  '^  '^"^  '''^'^^"  '  master 
of  a  load,  ^^37  "^  □  ^  §)'  ^^'  '"^''^ 
Copt.  U3Xtl. 


atep-t 


:¥. 


\^Zh'  ^-Z-  49.  32> 


m-^' mo  = 

As.    1908,    282,    load,    burden  ;  ^  D  V\  3 


Jour. 


Peasant  259  ;  Copt.  exntO. 


(2 


atepu 
atep 

i2^    ,  Rec.  27,  222,  31,  170, 


j     bearers  of 
I '  loads. 


chest  for  clothes. 


I     I     I 


nra 


V    ■^  Z  '  '^^'  ^  crown  of  Osiris. 

,^v  n  °  incense,  spices, 
sweet  unguents. 


A/WS/\A 
I      I      I 


a  cutting  tool  or  instru- 
ment. 


or  /V^A^^A       A.Z. 

W  III 


o     Rev.  12,  10,  ground,  earth  ; 

Copt  eixn. 


atf 


atf   "^  ..~    i,  a  tree. 

atf 

a-ten 

1889, 71. 
aten 

atr    Vn  ^  .  river  plants,  papyrus. 

_&^  j2»   111' 

17,  to  draw  a  bow  =  (I  ci  Q  t     /i" 
26,  233,  to  nurse,  to  nourish. 

a*^-*  ^T  H .  ^  S  ^'"^^  ^°"'^'^' 

stool,  chair,  canopy. 

athp  "^  ^  ^,,  to  load,  be  laden  ;  see 
^^llWl^CoptOJI-a. 

^  %  ;]  I ,  burden,  load  ;  var.    ^^^  ^  ^ 

Copt.  exn(JO 


Athpi 


,  Tuat  XI,  a  dawn-god. 


[14] 


at 

at-t 

at 

ati 

at-t 

at 


o 


,  a  small  portion  of  time,  moment. 


"'^^j  back,  rump. 


X, 


w 


TflfiJUl' 


,  heart  disease  (?) 

=^^  X    to  be  wounded, 
W   '^'       be  afflicted. 

inflammation 
'    of  the  eyes. 


atah^c^(]fe|;see^^f|;. 


atit 


O 


,  disease  of  the  eyes. 


j'^\-^\i['"%'kz:-s::;. 


atu 


j\ 


,  to  run,  to  flee,  to  make 
one's  escape. 


calamity. 


ata 
at 

w 


,  Rec.   lo,   136,  to      I 
suffer  injury  or  loss.      ^ 

,  Rec.   26,  12,   27,  10,   31,   14, 


,  Rec.  27,  61, 
,  to  Ije   angry,   to 


1  r    "i,  Amen.   12,  8,  to  load,  be 
D     .-.—.Si   Ji 

loaded  ;  see  *K\   _  !^  L-J . 


^^^p^^n^'r^' 


1 1 1 


rage  at. 

',  Rec.  29,  157, 
wrath. 


atu  "^^^^  ^  -sss^  ^,  a  man  of  wrath. 

at-ha-t  (?'il\   ^^^  '0'.  a  man  of  wrath- 
axnai^i'^    ]^  ,^^    ,  ful  nature. 

4.     Ik  'Ox  .  Peasant   181,  croco- 

at-t  "^  ^^^^  I  ^ ' '°  '"^''^  '^^''^^^  ^  ^^'^' 

to  prepare  (?),  Leyden  Pap.  9,  i,  i4>  2- 
fire,  flames. 

atau  "^^^^^T'  ^""'  "^^'  ''' 

garment,  apparel. 


geese. 

atf 


atf 

atm 

ath 

swamp ;  see  (I 

atsu 


a  kind  of  balsam  tree. 
o  ,  mcense. 

o 

"  ^SV,'  N.  982 


' ,  a  kind  of  plant. 


Ates-heri-she  ^^f 

the  iierald  of  the  6th  Arit. 
atch  "^  ^,  calamity. 

atcha  "^  I  %^  '^.  a  bad  act,  wicked- 
ness,  guile,  fraud  ;  Copt.  02£I. 

^*^^^  ^  i  ^  ^'   '*"''  ''spJmter 

atchait^i^(](]^,R.E.4,76. 

fraud,  injustice,  wickedness ;  Copt.  02CI. 


[15] 


^  A 

•    A ,  represents  a  short  sound  of  a,  e  and  i 
^  H  in  English. 

a  H  ^,  Rec.  31,  16,  I),  I,  ^,  ^,  ^,  ^, 
pronominal  suffix,  ist  person,  I,  me,  my,  etc. 

a  (j,  (]  I,  U.  ,73,  T.  333,  (11^,^,(1'^, 
P.  825,  O,  hail  '."%    '^  ?  ^'  O  my  heart ! 

a   (1  g?i,  he  who,  that  which. 

a   l\j\  =au   (l7\V^,to  come. 
a  O  y^   n ,  P.  643,  M.  680,  N.  1 242,  to  wash. 
a  (?)   U  "^^1  A-Z.  1908,  16,  an  amulet. 
a  (J  I  '^  ,  a  kind  of  plant. 

Asien  u.  E.  p.  313,  Lieblein  Diet.  No.  553. 
aa  |]'^  =  rD^'Re^-3^84,34,i82. 

N.  669,  Rec.  31,  171,  glory  !  praise^ 

aaaa  n  "^  l\  '^,  U.  609,  acclamation  ; 

I]  "^  (]  '^'*|  ^>  Amen.  14,  14,  flattery. 

aaaau   ()  ^  () '^^,  cries  of  joy. 

aa  (|  "^"^  ^  I '  'o  cry  out  (?) 

&a-t  (1  ^^  ;     I  ,   rank,    dignity ;    see 


A  l\ 

aa-t  (|'^c=^(?)  bounds  (?),  limits  (?) 

,  she  who  embraces,  nurse. 


aa-t  n 

aa-t  (j^'^'^,  girdle  (?) 


aa-t  h 
aa-t   h 


t::^:il 


,  pain  of  body  or  mind. 

s    I 
grave,     sepulchre,     dust    heap ;     plur. 


J 


lc£iJl^^:Jt-2-J,U.   208,  (j"^ 
P.  i74,'f^,A.Z.  1883,  65,  (] 


tomb. 
III 


\>  III 


Ci    S 


"■  5"' 1  "k  I"]  ti^  m  ■«"''' °"''"  """''' 

the  tombs  of  Horus  and  Set ;    ^^^     ^^, 

P.668,M.  778,  h 

two    tombs  of   Osiris ;    [I    ^ 


^^-v^  ^^^>  the 


the    14  Aats,    B.D.    149  and    150, 


Book  of  Gates,  66  ; 
the  Western  Aat ;    U 


c»    1 


''''^   ff"  '-',  B.D.  85,  17 

I     n  (\     I  n  1 1 1 1 

"^  ^,  IV,  882  :    ^^^    ^  ^^ 


^  "^  ,  a  sacred  grove  in  Busiris  ;  t-^'^  | 

j-|  ^  ,  the  tomb  of  Osiris  in  Busiris ;  •¥• 

"  Aat  of  Life,"  the  necropolis  of  the  8th  Nome 
of  Lower  Egypt ;  u-°~si  ^A^AAA    1    |  \^  ,  the  tomb 


of  Osiris    in    Mendes  ;    U-°~si 


■u^ 


,  the   Holy 


Aat,  a  locality  in  the  nome  of  Gynaecopolites ; 
RH  ,  Metternich  Stele  07. 

Aa-t  (J  ^^  ^^^_^     ,  the  name  given  to  the 

sections  of  the  Kingdom  of  Osiris  as  described 
in  B.D.  149. 


[16] 


l\ 


Aat  Aakhu     _  '^ ' 


I 


1 1 ,  B.D.  149,  the 

S    J2 '  JLri  I 

3rd  and  5th  sections  of  Sekhet-Aaru. 


aa 


■tH 


Cl 


four  Aats  of  Horus. 

Aa-t-en-uabu  /   I 

31,  35,  a  mythological  town. 


,  M.    689,   the 
,  Rec. 


I    I   I 


•  U-°~sl    '^~^>^    AAAAAA 

Aa-t-ent-mu  -^^~«,  B.D.  149, 
ww^,  B.D.  (Nebseni)  17, 

g  ^  AAAAAA 


o     I 
the  13th  Aat  of  Sekhet-Aaru. 

Aa-t-en-setch-t  -w^wv     jL  B.D 

(Nebseni)  17,  43,  a  district  of  fire  in  the  I'uat. 

Aa-t-Heru  i^-^^l^-°-^i^'°~vi 

1\    Ci 


the  divisions  of  the  Kingdom  of  Horus  in  heaven. 

Aa-t-Heru-mehti    1)   ^  ^  ^ 

°<^  ^^,  P.  555,  the  domain  of  Horus  of  the 

North:    fl'^     "^    '■^^^      °^,  P.  610,   the 
domains  of  the  North. 


IV,  1098,  islands  of  the  Mediterranean;  ^^ 
'-'    Q  .^  ,  islands  of  the  Eastern  Medi- 

III     I       ^^^=^3^^ 

terranean ;  (   P  0  j  ]'  i^'^"'^  o^  Senefru ; 

(^S^  /        u-°S).  the  necropolis  of  Philae ;   ^S> 
I  jl  1 11  u-^-vi,  the  necropolis  of  Hermopolis, 

Aa-nsasa         '•^^^  '  0   '  0  11  >  N.  393. 

see  Aa-nesrnesr-t. 

Aa-nsernser-t 


v^/w\   I  I  M     \  , 

1        S  I       A/VNA/VA    I  i^ 


Rec.  27,  217,  ^AWAA 

in 


I       A/VNA/VA    I 
A     ri     /'A'^AAA 

Rec.    27,   218;    varr.  '  ^    *n   N  ^^^ 

l<:=>  1*^,  Rec.  31, 
PpfJ©,    Rec.    31,    173,  ^ 
wM^    II  I ,  Rec.  30,  7 1 ,  Avwu\   II  < — > 

Q  ^    Rec.  31,  173,  the  "Island  of  Flame,"  a 
■{7       '  region  in  the  Kingdom  of  Osiris. 


aaa 


fl 


,  ground,  earth,  rubbish- 


Aa-t-Heru-resu 


fl^^^i^'      '      heap;  plur.q^^;^^,  Tutankhamen  7. 


P-   555)   the  domain  of   Horus  of  the   .South; 
P.  610,  the  domains 


,QU--°-nI 


1-°^   4=  '^' 


of  the  South. 


aa-t   [J  ^\         ,  region,  ground ;  (1 

1  JffS'  I    H  1 


c  I 


Aa-t  Kher-aha  ^    Q^ 

B.D.  149,  the  14th  section  of  Sekhet-Aaru. 

Aa-t  Setesh-t  t^s^iiii^ii  tr^n^^^ij,  U. 

208,  ||  ^t:Silb:S::JL:::S::dn^_^,kS^li^iJl^:S:^ 


^  P.  188,  M.  351,  N.  903,  the  divisions  of 
£j,  '  the  kingdom  of  Set,  or  Setesh,  m  heaven. 

Aa-t-shara  i^^^  TtTtl  <^=>  (|  n  ® ,  Rec.  3 1 , 

35,  a  mythological  locality. 

aa(|^y^=(|^^^,boat. 


Mar.  Kara.  52,  4,  rubbish-heap. 

■ >    I      waste    lands, 

s    I   III'         islands  (?) 


Aat 


^^^3 


A/WV/V\      1      '      '  C 
(WSAAA 

^^    the  great  canal 
t=t'    of  Heliopolis. 


aa  [1  V\   ^^ ,  Stele  of  Herusatef  99,  ox ; 
plur.  [I   ^^  S ,  cattle. 

aa-t   (j"^  I^,DeHymnis36,  I] 
"^I^,  an  animal. 

^^■t  ^  ^"  A'  '■  ^^^'  fl  m 

'  fl  ^  ^  v-^.  st'ind  for  figures  of 


W 


gods    and   sacred  animals,  stand,  perch ;  plur. 


aa  u 


1 — y  

Rec.  13,  22,  island ;  plur. '       ),  s^ 


^^-. 


(£2  1    l'(2vl'"^^-'''=    n    flflll<^<>l 


P.  4n,  M.  593,  N.  1198. 

two  sup[)orts,  U.  426,  (1  "^v     v-T^  >-^,  T.  244. 


k 


A 


[17] 


1 


/I  %   ^  Q     ^^-  55°.  things  with 
1   -^  Jl    III  '  a  strong  smell. 


Aa-t  ent  Up-uatu  ()  ^  v^  ^- 

^  ,  B.D.  99, 1  6  a,  part  of  the  magical  boat, 
P.  146,  364,  415,  M.   185,  895,  N.   1077,  1200 

mace,  rod,  sceptre,  stick. 

^^  fl  '^^^'  ^  ^  ^'  P°'''  ''^^'  '''^^• 

(|  "^^    "^  ,  plants,  herbs,  flax  (?) 

aau 

aaa  n 

aaa-t  (1  ^^  (1  o ,  praise. 

Aaait  (j  "^  ^  Q  I .  B-D.  (Saite)  145,  R- 
a  goddess  in  the  17th  Pylon. 

*^*  1 '^  1  — '•  1  ^  1 C- '"  ""'■■ 

y8i  \^  \A^  P-  437>  440,  M.  651,  65s,  flourishers 
^  ^  ^'  of  sticks. 

aaar(]^ij<:=>i^^(]<^|. 

daa    fl  "^   °     '^   '^'"'^   ^"   animal  for 

H    P^  «= '  sacrifice. 

8'3'8'   iJ  ^^       1 1  ,   to  burn,  flame,  fire. 
aaasn    [I   ^^\   ^^  gSi,  to  call,  to  cry  out; 

Copt.  cocg. 
aaatchtau    (]  ^  ^  (j  ^  f) 


o  ,  a  kind  of  stone. 

^  o 


j*,  young  man,  youth. 

aaatchta-t  (]^-^^(]@^^|, 

maiden,  virgin. 


Aai   0  ^qO>  Tuat   IX,   an   ass-headed 

god,  the  opponent  of  Aapep  and  Sessi ;  (I    ^^, 

[1(1  -jj  I ,  the  allies  of  the  same. 

Aaiu   I]  "^  (](]  ^  |.   Tuat  IX,  a  group 
of  gods  who  bewitched  Aapep. 

aait  (|'^l)l|°/^|.  »l<i»ie- 

the  "  old  gods,"  gods  of  olden  time. 


moment(?),  =^g(?). 

a  horned  animal;    Assyr.  j^  ^  ]^,  W.A.I.  II, 
6,  Col.  4,  n  ;   Heb.  V^N . 

Aau    l|  "^  ^,  Tuat  I,  a  singing-god. 


W  (2 


mation,  adoration  ;  Copt.  eoOT. 


aau 


*-11^M'ft'ft|.ftS 
^MS^fti.q^ft^. 
ll^SS^iS'  "-^  ■'■°'  ■"• 

veteran,   aged   folk ;    plur. '  (1    *^  i ,    U.    513, 

1^^.?..-'---.l)S^ftf 


fl 


[18] 


two  goddesses. 

AauNu,  (|^^f^^^,B.u. 

57,  the  primitive  Sky-god. 

official    position,    rank,    dignity,    position,    pro- 
fessional   occupation ;     plur.    (I   *^.        T  1  '  ' 

TTT'  TTTIJ.  fl^°rTTT^ 


I    I    I 

,T.  336,  P.  8ii,  M.  253,  N.  639. 


\«y    n    <2   1 
aaUU    r  ^^  U  Rev.  u,  i3r,  dignitaries. 

aaui    I    (1(1  ^     -^;  to  have  power  or  rank. 

herds,  cattle,  sheep  and  goats ;  [1  ^^^  ^  ^^^ , 
Rec.  29,  148. 

strife  (?)  opposition  (?) 

dau-t  n  "^^      /^  1  tliG  sticker,  the  stabber. 

4au(|^l_3,(l^^,lj^~;^, 

Amen.  4,   6,    to    turn    aside,    to    deflect  from 
a  course  or  purpose.   ■ 

daua  h  "^  -^  L— fl,  to  bear,  to  carry. 


portable  shrine  or  chapel. 

aaui  (?)  Ij  '^  ^^,  Rec.  21,  99,  100,  P.S.B. 
12,  123,  13,  574,  a  particle. 

Karn.  54,  45,  companies  of  troops. 

Aaurmerra  i)^  |  x  ^  g  ©  ^, 

Jour.  As.  1908,  312,  a  proper  name  (?) 


aaulia(]^^ra(] 
aauhu-t  cud  ^  | ' 


®   Rec.  30,  72 

11'       


'\> 


(2   W 


steering-pole,  rudder ;  see  merhu-t. 

(?  .4.  ,  ^  ^        .«.   n  <2>-  .4.  •<2>-  .6,   n 

1 7|.,  left  foot;  7,.  J    ^    ,7[.    ^,7,.  J 


i3 

<2>- 


the  left  eye  of  heaven,  the  moon. 

aab-rek  k  J  ,^_j] ,  p.S.b.  20,  203 


•k 


[get]  away  to  the  left !  Compare 

aabi-ty^,!])^,^-^ 

the  left  eye  of  Ra,  i.e.,  the  moon. 
T.iS8,295,l]^Jf,f^,P.203,f  J 

T    J  '^      '  T    J  ^^^^'  ^'^^'i  eastern;  plur.  7|< 

tj: 


w 


Ci    ^,Q   \     .4,     n  Ci    ^ 


Q^i£ieii  I'  T 


aab-t  ()  "^  J4^.  '!'•  80,  ^  ^,  M.  234, 


fl 


[19  ] 


Aab[it]  'tK    j,  Tuat  I,  a  singing-goddess. 
Aabtit  IJ  "^  "^  J ,  goddess  of  the  East. 


Aabtt 


.6.    n  i:^    ^21 


1^     the  name  of  a  serpent 
r^-^^^  iUV       of  the  royal  crown. 


Aabtt-hena-ka-f 


.6.   n  c^  ci  p  '^'^'^^^A 


r^./^/i 


U 


a;^      B.D.  141  (Saite),  18,  the  East  and  its 

double. 

aab  (1^     H,   ^-    ^■*4'    sceptre,    cere- 
1  -£e^  Ji   I  monial  mace  (?) 


aabt  Jf-v^o^f^^,-^ 

the  head-box  of  Osiris  at  Abydos. 

T  JV  '^ '  T  " "  J  '  '^  '^''^'  '°  ^^'^"')  to  come 

to  an  end,  to  cease,  to  finish ;  _n_  (1    1  m  c^ , 

U.    285;    -^^"^Jfl'    N.    719  +  11, 

ceaselessly;  -^K  A    fl    %      ceaselessly  day 
wM^  I        -=il  ^^=a>^  and  night. 

aab    mj^o:^,  Tj;  ^-*^  c=>^ ,  Rev.   II, 
129,  136,  decree,  message. 

,    to    wish    for,    to    desire,    to    love ; 


aab  TK 


w 


an  animal  marked  for  sacri- 
fice. 


aab   tt;^  ""^   Sphinx  III,    143,  a  mark  on 
I  \\  O '  animals  sacred  to  Set. 

a    mythological    fish ; 


aab 


<s3<, 


tJu^^'      Copt.te4>tox(?) 

^aabifj3-^,ycy,y(](]Y, 

¥  J  (]  (  "iok'  leopard,  panther ;  plur.  tt  J  ^  V; 
see^jqjl^. 

aab   TJiJI,    fJI?'   tJ^I^' 

aab-t    tt;   I  ,  enclosure,  garden. 


•     -1      4  S 

aab  'f  Y,  0.  kind  of  cloth. 


Aab[ut]  'IJ 


^5:^^ 


I 


^^Jl^l 


I ,    see 


u-\ 


,  fighters. 


slaughters. 


.4. 


C2  Q^  ,   Amen.  8,  13 


aabb  f  J  J^- f  J  J  ^^.  Rec.  32,^ 

181,  to  love,  to  wish,  to  desire. 


I ,  Rec.  19,  19,  pleasure,  desire. 

I     ,  "  beloved  of  his 


aab-nut-f  f  J  ^ 

city,"  a  title  of  Amen-Ra. 

to  burn,  to  flare  up,  to  burn  off,  to  brand. 

III,  194,  form,  figure,  similitude,  statue,  effigy, 
mark,  sign. 


\\    nS  3}  I ,  fathers,  ancestors. 
¥   ]      ,  to  cut,  to  slay,  to  smite,  carved  work. 

Aabtiuy^^l 
aabutyo^^ 
Aabauherulj^J^^^l^l, 

Rec.  31,  171,  "  fighting  faces  "  (?),  the  name  of 
a  company  of  gods. 

aabi-t   ¥  J  (][]  '=^'^=>  the  mantis. 

aabis-t  (?)      f  J  fjl]  P^"^^^-     Nastasen 
Stele  61,  eye-paint  (?). 

aabu     "^Jf^,    an    official,    butler (?); 

28,  a  singing-god. 

aabnn  f  J  ^        W  ,akindofbird. 

aabrek  (1  d^  f  J  ""^^^^^^7,  Wort.  42,  a 

vessel  or  instrument. 

aabekh  •|J^,L.D.lii,i94,9,f  JJ 

T  J      ^  I   ¥  °^  I   to  pierce,   to   penetrate,    to 


B    2 


fl 


[20] 


force  a  way  among  or  into,  to  be  permeated  with ; 

T  J  ^21©'  ™'"Sled. 

aabbkh  ¥  J   J  ,  shrine,  sanctuary. 

aatbekhab  (?)  ^  J  _^M  — ,  a 


kind  of  stone. 

aabs- 


Tfc   I  o  ,  eye-pamt. 


aabet 


.t.     W  c^i- 


a  part  of  a  crown  men- 


tioned with  V  (I ' 


Aabtu 


U 


<c=< 


>  Rec.  35, 


56,  f  J 


<e=i,  B.D.  3,  I,  44,  11,211,3,  B.M.  No.  32, 


1.  123,  (I  TTC  ,  a  fish  that  acted  as  pilot  to  Ra; 
var.  ?  J  Q:£\£|'^  <e<  ;  Copt.  -fei^UJ-r  (?)  ; 
JK  J  cz^ii  ^vL  f     1  '^^^  >  the  holy  aabt  fish. 


aapa 


,  a  baked  cake ; 


compare  Heb.  nDt^- 

aafut  h 


aam 
aami 


___    a  baked 

'       cake. 

N.   165,  talons, 

claws. 


,  to  tie,  to  bind. 


fl^kvll^K 


w 


aamaam 


U^<\ 


1207,  to  be  strong,  effective. 

aam 


to  grasp,  to  seize. 

_    X 

~^-il' 


L=0' 


Thes. 


fl"^    l\   (1    T.8s,M.239,N.6i6, 
S  m  -B^  '4'  to  set  fire  to,  to  kindle. 

p.  826,  palm   tree;    var.   U ^  ffl,   M.   249, 

aam,  aama  (1  __>  L  u.  249,  h  _Jp 
of  tree,  date  palm  (?) ;  plur.  f  ^  ^  ^  ' . 


A  \ 

^  -^  I,   Rec.  29,    152, 


tree  of  life. 


aam.a  (?)  A  0  ,  a  wine,  palm  wine  (?) 


Aamtiu 


mi'^ 


I ,  the  people  of 


to  deal 


the  Oasis  of  Jupiter  Ammon. 

aam  ^  v\    j\ ,  to  arrive  happily. 

aam  (]  ^    ^ 

kindly  with,  to  be  gracious  to. 

aama(]^|,|)|^|,ij|,  (JJI, 

to  be  pleasant,  to  be  benevolent,  to  be  gracious. 

\  X 


f 


aamaam 


fl 


''i-Jl 


,  to  treat 


very  kindly;  1 1^  |  <>  .  Ij  |  |i^  |  ?  • 
lj_>$^,  .o„d-l,e».<.,  tJkH 
Y  •f^^'  "shadow,  pieasant  to  thine  eyes"; 
^ 0,  kind  of  hand,  benevolent. 

Thes.  1205,  graciousness. 

aamit    $  ^  ^.     ^  $  |^  fl  I, 

amiability,  graciousness,  pleasure,  things  which 
please. 

atitleofRa;plur.y|^^||,S-ious 

Aamit 


the  "  gracious  "  goddess  Hathor ;  (|  %.   ^v    M 
c^  ^  ,  name  of  the  crown  of  Upper  Egypt. 


Aamu-t  I)  ^J^  ^ ,  u.  197,  M.  229, 


N.  608,  P.  230,  T.  76,  the  name  ofa  divine  nurse. 


1 


A 


[21] 


Mission    I,    596,    Rec.    32,    177,    kindly   one 
gracious  god. 

4am.t    1)1^1 

house,  tent,  camp,  station  ;  plur. 


© 


e 


1 1 


aamu 
aamu 


t^  j  °       waggon  load  of  some 
_ZI  U  °  '  material. 


aam-t   (]  A  ^,  '^  P^""'  °^  ^^^'^  body,  in- 


testmes. 


aam 

Aamit 


f  ^  '    I'   •^^'  ^57.  weapons. 
f]  A  '^^     a   part   of   the   bod 

(][]-]^,     Asien 


u.  E.,  p.  316,  a  god  (?). 

Aamit 


Aanait 
aaneb 


I 


a  goddess. 

^      Rec.  2,  31,  a 
I  '  EToddess. 


D 


,  L.D.  Ill,  65A,  15; 


1—^1 


Rec.  36,  199,  axe,  battle-axe. 
forms,  transformations. 

^arr-t,  aarrut  |)  ^^  p(~,  (]  ^ 

^^,  vine;  Copt.  eXooXe;  plur.  (] 

iXoXi,  eXeooXe;  ^j^V^,  p.  292,  the 

vine  of  the  god. 
beans,  berries  (?). 


<E>-  Q      ° 
I    I    I 


A  q 

O,  milk;  Copt.  epOJXI, 


aar-t  h 
epcjoxe,  epco-f . 

aar[r]t  (j  ^ '^  i^;^  ,  fish-spawn  (?). 

^^^^    fl  ^  -^  t[  ^  ^.  T.  395, 
P-34,(]^<::>(|^^^^,  M.515, 

\^  ^  © ,  the  name  of  a  celestial  city. 

aaaru(j^^^;^,  reeds. 

Aaru,  Aarr    (]  ^  2,    U.  598, 
(]  ^^  ^  J^ ,  N.  964,  the  god  of  the  Field 

lion;    Heb.    ^N . 


aaraar 

\>       I       \>       I 

Anastasi  I,  23,  9,  hero  ;  compare  Heb.  /N''1^5. 


-2^ 


■  '^^'   2.  kind  of  bird. 

^ ,   ditch  ;     Copt. 


d      ' — ' 


aar-t   [1 
eToop. 

aar  h 
aar  (| 

misery. 

(Saite),  125,  43.     .     .     . 

aarat    (]  "^^  I)  2,  to  plant;    see 


Yj.  ,  tress,  lock  of  hair. 

T'  ^  ^  T  "^'  '^"■ 


Aarait 


'M'^^Sx'  Uraeus-goddess. 


aartiar  h 

a  kind  of  bird. 


w 


B    3 


l\  A  [  22  ] 

mourning,  a  cry  of  grief. 

aahau  h  "^TD  "^  ,^,  feeble,  weak. 


aahar  ^     ^ m 

I  \> 


hut,  tent ; 

(I  rO    v-  ,   tents  made  of  camels'  hair; 

Heb.    hr}'Vi'. 

aahem    0'^     m    o      an    ingredient    in 
1  _M^  ' °  mcense. 

ra5^(v».(|S^,q.y),B.B. 

78,  25,  26,  a  fighting  god  in  the  Tuat. 
aah  (1  "^K    P  Y,  to  set,  to  place. 

^^'^  i\\h- IMl' "\:s. 

9  1  \  ,  p.  200,  N.  936,  an  ancient  SAd^ni  god, 
"Head  of  the  Land  of  the  Bow,"  ([[h  Ij  (1  '=^^ 
I  ^  (Nubia);  varr.  "^  |  P  ^.  ?•  668, 

aakhi  ()  ^|l^  I),  T.  227,  [j  ^IjM  ijfl' 
485,  617,  M.  694,  N.  1297,  to  flourish,  to  burst 
into  flower,  to  bloom. 

aakhi  i]  ^  Mil.  *°  ^°°'^' '°  '"'^^'1' '° 

^    {i^  j±y=b'  mundate. 

iakh-t  l^,  ]Mo,  Hil^,  Hil'^o 
T«Ttl®,  ^"^  BM,  A.Z.  1904, 89, 147 


TiTiT  ®    'h^  files'  season  of  the  Egyptian  year 
Mm^'  (July  20-Nov.  15). 

Aakhit(?)  Mil",  Ombos  I,  90,  goddess 
V  /  ijjjj,  I  ,       Qj-  ji^g  fj^g^  season 

aakh  Q  "^  MtT  "'^^^.  M.  684,  pond,  lake 

largecanal;plur.  ||'^%1^,  i|'^llli2%; 
P.  123,  N.  1040. 


aakh-t    TtTtT,   liM,  " -^   1,     Amen.  6, 
2,  8,  water  plants;  Heb.  ini^,  Gr.  t'xei,  Copt. 

aakhkh  (|  "^  ®  c  |  'J,',  neck,  sinews  (?) 

aakhkh  I]  "^Jo.  "ight;  van  ||  ®  ^. 
Aakhabit|)^"«^J|j(];|,B.D. 

145,   (Saite)   14,    52,    a    goddess   of  the    14th 
Pylon. 

aakhu-t  "^^  ;    Hi  ,  L.D.  HI,  140c,  fire. 

aakhu[it]    '^  ^  l](j  '^'    "'g^^' 

evening;  Copt.  enfcgH. 

Aakhuait  ^^^1)1)^,  ^ 

I'uat  I,  one  of  the  tv,'elve  goddess-guides 


of  Af. 

aakhu  (|  '^,  N.  112, 124,  [|  ^,  T.  292, 

(]  "^^[j^'  '^'-  399>  Rfcc.  31,  17,  '^, 


p.     2, 


© 


I  1,   to 
J  I 


shine,  to  be  bright,  fine,  splendid,  glorious,  ex- 
cellent, good,  to  be  useful,  to  recite  formulae. 

aakhu-t  "^^      1 ,  A.Z.  1904,  143,  Metter- 

nich    Stele    107,    '^^     ,     Dream    Stele      7, 


I 


li' 


any- 


thing which  is  beneficial,  good,  splendid,  benefit, 
strength,  protection,  advantage,  credit,  renown  ; 


"^Jl^?'  IV,  890; 


1^ 


'0'    excellent 
I  '  hearted. 


Aakhu-menu 


odd' 

a  building  of  Thothmes  HI. 


of  power,  protective  formulae,  spells ; 


S£li  i' 
I ,  words 


,  Thes.  1 295,  the  magical  formulae  of  Thoth  ; 


\tl 


^    D 


I     I 


,  magical  words. 


fl 


[23] 


aakhu  I)  "^(j^,  U.  622,  P.  237,  (] 
^|.   ^^||..v,„,^«|,|, 

,,    A.Z.     1900,     129,    light,    splendour, 


radiance,    brilliance,    glorious   deeds,    splendid 
acts,    virtues,    excellences,    blessings,    benefits ; 

aakhu-t  ^  ®  J  ,  "l\'''lf,  °^  ^^^  priestess 
"    ^\!1    oftheNomeProsopites. 

aakhut   S^^Jjl,    Rec.    27,    219, 

beings  of  light,  i.e.,  wise,  instructed  folk. 

Aakhu  H,  Rec.  27,  59,  (JS^  8 , 
p.  447,  N.  656,  662,   I]  '^^  ^  .  Rec.   30, 

^®1|,    1^,    Pap.  30.4,65,    ^-g 

^  ^  ,  Hh.  561,  the  Light-god ;  (|  ^  ^  I 

Rec.  31,  13,  the  Great  Light,  i.e., 
the  sun. 


aakhu-t 


d 


,  T-  251,  321, 


u.440,'^  ® 


<E^, 


^^,    m  ^  <s»-,   the  Eye  of  Ra   or   Horus, 

the  fiery  light  of  the  sun,  a  flame-goddess,  the 
fiery  uraeus  on  Pharaoh's  crown,  the  name  of 
]     the   uraei   on   the   royal 


a  crown ; 


aakhu-ti  'fe^  ®  ^^^^ 


"^^4:- 


■■<E>-'       '-'     -CS>-'    Itl  o'      Jl'     ^f^      V^  1' 

the  two  eyes  of  Horus  or  Ra,  i.e.,  the  sun  and 
the  moon. 

Aakhu-t  (^    ®    y(,ananieofIsis-Sothis. 

Aakhuit  '^  p.  I ,  Tuat  I,  the  fiery  uraei- 
goddesses  who  light  the  way  of  Ra. 

Aakhu  'l%l*.g^.  \^  *, 


e 


■*:, 


i< 


,   Denderah  II, 


10,  one  of  the  36  Dekans;  Gr.  x"- 


Aakhu-nekhekh    ^^  ^\  ^, 

Denderah  II,  10,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

Aakhu-ra  '^^^'JuatXII  a  singing 
Jy      I  dawn-god. 

Aakhu-heri-ab-He-t-ashemu  S  %> 


and  148,  the  rudder  of  the  eastern  heaven. 

Aakhu-heri-ab,etc.j|^^|y_ 


Light-god  in  the  temple  of  the  gods. 

Aakhu-hetch-t  '^  ?  A,  Cairo  Pap. 
IV,  2,  a  god  of  the  dead. 

Aakhu-kheper-ur  (?)  1|  ^  [^  J  > 

B.D.  162,  7,  the  body  of  Ra  in  An. 

Aakhu-Sa-ta-f  m    £^    l  ^n,    Denderah 
IV,  60,  a  warrior-god. 

aakhu 


to  be  or  become  a 

spirit;    '^  ^  U'^3::*  ^  |  B.D.  9,  6,  "I  am 

a  spirit "  ;  '^^  |  (I ,  endowed  with  spirit,  having 

become  a  spirit ;  see  '^,  |  H  i^  I  S  |  | ' 
Rec.  33,  30. 

spirit-soul  of  a  god  or  man ;  '^^  ^_^  t  ^  , 
Rec.  32,  182;  ®  ^^ '^J'  a  damned  soul. 
Pap.  3024,4;  piur.  '^  (|  %,,P.  712,  N.  1367, 
-^^^o,  M.  268,  270,  ^  ^^  ^, 
N.  888, '^%.'^,N.  70, 


N.SSS,    ^^l^'^j^.^JH 


l'»,l' 


0.21  I  I  I 

B   4 


[24  J 

• 


i'(2 


IIS. 


•1» 


I ,  A.Z.  1908, 

,  spirits,  the 


glorified  spirits  of  the  dead,  the  dead,  the  sainted 
dead ;  Copt.  I^  . 


9i>  4 


aakhu-t 

,   a  female  spirit. 

aakhu  aqer    '^,  ^  h 


Q  w 
0 


A 


I, 


B.D. 


a  spirit  whose  mouth 


is  able  to  recite  spells  with  skill  and  knowledge ; 


<\^^°\ 


B.D.  169,  15. 

aakhu  aper  '^^  ^  "d^  ?^  ||,  B.D.  91, 

Rubric,  a  spirit  equipped  with  amulets  and  spells. 

aakhu  ankh    ^  ^  T        .B.D. 

65,  8,  a  living  soul. 

Aakhu  '^^ 


I ,    B.D.  64,   21,  the 


'spirit-souls  of  the  dead  who  numbered 
vX  ,  4,  601,  200 

Aakhu  ' 


1 1 


■=1  ^     Berg.    I,    13,    a   ram- 
I  ^  '  headed  god. 


Aakhu    '^^^,     Denderah   IV,   80; 
B.D.  149,  the  god  of  the  sth  Aat. 

Aakhu  "^   ®    J,   B.D.  I4SA,  the 


doorkeeper  of  the  17  th  Pylon. 

Aakhui  '^  ®  M    Tuat  II,  a  god  with 
AaKnui    ^gl^q.      two  lotus  sceptres. 

aakhuti  '^'^  "jj  (]'  N.  760,  '^  ^ 

f\     Lit.   90,   the  two  spirits,  i.e.,   Isis  and 
Q '  Nephthys. 

Aakhuti'^  c>  w,  P. 642,  ^'^^^> 

t\      N.  1239,  a  pair  of  divine 
'^'  spirits. 

®    Tuat  VI,  the  spirit-souls 
III'    of  the  gods  of  the  Tuat. 


M.  677, 

Aakhu 


Aakhu  '^ 


,,  U.  70,  275,  527, 

T.  174,  289,  330,  P.  120,  M.  155,  N.  109,  331, 
719,  the  spirit-souls  of  the  gods. 

Aakhu  IV  '^®^  -^  " 


'■\ 


1 1 


,  B.D.  96-97, 
3,  the  four  spirits  who  follow  the  Lord  of 
Things;  '^^^  !    '.'.'.'.  B.D.  17,  87,  the 


I 

I     III 


seven  spirits  of  Sepa ; 


I  III 

I      WMV.    „ fl    III 

I  III 


B  D.    149,   II,   spirits  nine  cubits  high  ; 


I ,     the    ancestral    spirits ; 


111 


e 


© 


Aakhu  VII 


j  the     primeval 

(sic)  I '  spirits. 

?|  I  ,  B.D.  17, 

LI  I  I  I  I            ' 


©' 


,  N.  114,  the  spirit- 


87,  100-106,  the  seven  guardian  spirits  of  the 
body  of  Osiris. 

Aakhu  VIII  S  ''^  "  " ,  Berg.  I,  7,  the 

in  iia'  11 11      "     ' 

four  sons  and  the  four  grandsons  of  Horus. 

Aakhu-ami-Neta  '^  (|  41-  ""^  (] 

P.  7,M.  10,  (J-j[-^[j 
soul  of  Neta,  i.e.,  Osiris. 

Aakhu-akhmiu-seku 

the  spirit-souls  of  the  imperishable  stars. 

aakhu  %§^^   ^'\^V 

"Spirit-soul,    Lord   of  Spirit-souls,"   a   title    of 
Osiris. 

Aakhut-nebat 


(I  Q  Ijl  ,  Nesi-Amsu  37,  17,  "  Flaming  Eye," /.«;., 

the  goddess  Sekhmit.  

[Aakhu]-neb-S   f'^^l  ^~^.  Den- 
derah IV,  84,  the  name  of  the  loth  Pylon. 

Aakh-su-ash-mer-t-Uast  '^    ® 


a  Theban  god  (?) 

Aakhu-Set-heru-kheru  %.  '^  '^ 


the  spirits  of  Set,  celestial  and  terrestrial. 


aakhu-t 


U.  501, 


C®3  ,  C^,  C^  ^~~' 

om'  o  'q   I     I 


,  T.  320, 


pQ^  ,  Rec.  31,   161, 


c.ir:D 


the  abode  of  the   Light-god   or   Sun-god,  the 
,  the  horizon  of  the  sky ; 
the  horizon  of  Manu,  i.e., 


horizon :    CiiO 
c  ca   o    000 


the  West. 


fl  A  [  25  ] 

Aakhut-en-aten  c^  .«wvn  |]  .^ ,  Berg. 

II,  13,  a  title  of  Nut.       "^^  ® 

C®3  ww«|0|,  eternal  horizon,  ?>.,  the  tomb. 

"■  -'■  ^  ^°  ]  fl.  ^ 


C©3 


C©G  r8n 


aakhutiu 


the  god  who  dwelleth  in 
the  horizon. 


°.  P-  357, 


,  N.  1071, 


Rec.   31,    171 


i^        Ci        o 


w 


1,  c^ 


i,     c®2 


"^^""^  J)  I     C®3    th*^  g"ds  and  beings  of  the 
1  I  I  W  r  O  III'  kingdom  of  the  Light-god. 

Aakhu-t   Khufu  f^^^^]  '^ 

__^  /\  ®,  the  name  of  the  pyramid  of  Khufu. 


aakhu-t  sheta-t  c^d  ^^^  i)  j 


r-TT-i  n  anoUin'^n 

"-^^  n^  the  secret  horizon,  the  name  of  a  part 

^     "  of  a  temple. 

I    Rec.  27,  86,  a 


kind  of  fish. 

I 

-I, 


aakhu  [^ 
aakhmt(?)^^^,'^®^J, 

^%^l]ll^,C;(](l-t,her1.,reed,  plant, 
-Qii    ^    Jj    ©II111   grass,  vegetation. 

aakhu-t  ^  J,  '^®^,  Rec.  .7,  86, 

"^   "    '^  \,    "^  cs       ■>  ,  ,      , 

,  '      ^  >  soil,  ground,  land,  earth. 

aakhu  meh '^  °T^ ,    Suppi.    131,   the 

•    «3  _     n'        name  of  a  cubit. 

A.Z.    1906,    114, 

sacred  cow. 

Achaemenes;  Pers.  <t<  «yr  fn  -fyr  -<  f  ^, 
Beh.  I,  6 ;  Gr.  'Axtufiemj^. 

aas  (]  "^  n  "^,  to  hasten  ;  Copt,  jhc, 


aakhu-t   ^l^, 
Aakhmansh 


j\ 


IU3C. 


^^^fl^Pl.^Pig'!.""'-.;: 


Aas-t  (Ast) 


l^-°~slQ 
-H-0 


the  goddess  Isis 


Aasabatiu  "V"  'o'  ^  ^  "^  g>  }, 

Harris  Pap.  I,  77,  3,  name  of  a  tribe  or  nation 


!■ 


name  of  a 


Aasakhr  '~~^  'o'  ®  *^ 

Hittite  goddess. 

T.  340,  N.  628,  a  region  in  the  heaven  of  Ra. 

aasb  (|  ^  p  J ,  the  name  of  a  game. 

aasb  O"^   fl    11^:,^    throne,  seat;  com- 
1  -M^  I   Jl  '       pare  Heb.  Hyi^ 

^      I  <=p>  t^ ,  tamarisk  tree ;  see 


aasr 


Aasten^^^^^^',   Berg,   r,  34,(1 

■0"  ^,  B.D.  18,  G.  I,  Nesi-Amsu  16,    6,  (]  0 

O   Jj'  °"^  of  'he  eight  ape-gods  of  the  com- 
pany of  Thoth.     He  presided  over  the  seven 

aash  0  "^  1:30  ^ ,  'o  "y  out.  call,  incite, 
1  _ffi^  ^ '   ask  for ;  Copt.  ujcy. 

aash-t  (11\^^4,cry. 

Aasha  (|  "^M  >^,  i^  iji^^  -^ , 

"the  crier,"  i.e.,  "roarer,"  a  name  of  Set,   or 
Typhon,  jackal. 

Aasha  ^^^T(T»T%,  ^V^Z^  a  kind  of  dog 


or  jackal 

aashaf  ^  J^  ^-  fj ,  to  bum. 
aashata^^^](]^,akind_^of 

aashata  penu  ^^^^T<T<!'^]  (]  -^S-  %^, 

a  plant,  rat's  bane  (?)    "^  U  1    0    Jl 

p.   182,  M.   256,  /)  ^  ^  ,  N.  894,  to  enter; 


of 


see 


A  y\' 


aaq  h  "^f,  U-  283,  N.  719-f  10,  torule, 
1  -M^  I  to  govern. 

aaqu  (]  '^^  ^^,  los.s,  want. 


k 


[26] 


1 


aaq-t  j\  ''K       \^ ,  leek,  onion ;  Copt.  HX\, 

iS.i\i\»'  ^""'"  "•  "•  "■■ 

0    V\  "^,  Rec.  iQ,  02,  seed  of  the  same. 

aaqu  ^'^^L^J,  ^'^'^^^^,  A.Z.  1874, 

62,  to  bastinade. 

Aaqetqet  (]  ^  \|  "^  \1  "^  5^  >  b.d. 


I,  B.D.  (Saite)  28, 1, 


17,  102,  one  of  the  seven  spirits  who  guarded 
the  body  of  Osiris. 

Aak  1)'^^/^.  A.Z.  1906,  122,  old 

man,  senior;  plur.  (]  "^  \j^\'  ^-^^  ' 'J 

AakuH-^^^^l, 

a  group  of  warrior-gods  in  the  Tuat. 

II (I  ^,  mason,  stonecutter;  plur.   (I   ^^, 

1  [J  (J    u)>,  wailings,  mourning,  mourners. 
a  weeping,  mourning, 
woman;  plur.  ||^J(j||^l|,   I) -^ 

A.kebi|)^j^q^,    fl^J 

the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  29). 

Aakebi[t]   (]  ^^J  ^  ^'  T"at 


Aaker  h 

Aag-t  h  %s    S  @ ,  a  town  in  the  Tuat. 
AagU-t   (]  "^  S  ^  III .  seed  of  a  plant. 
aat   [1  ^^,    Nb^ ,   to  fail,  be  weak. 
aat-t    [    V\      !    weaknesses,  defects ;   var. 

1  .mm 

fl  ^  "^  ^^'  J""''-  ^''  '^°^'  ^°'" 
injury,  breach,  stab. 


S 


Ni>^  '       ' ,   slaughter  houses. 


>>- 


Peasant  177,  resister. 

aat(?)  ^    ^    ,L-^-  "^'   HOB,  deadly 
'■   '    Jf^  fvA/i'  country. 


Aat  h  "^^  J| ,  Mar.  Aby.  i,  44,  the  god  of 
the  block  of  the  goddess  Sekhemit. 

Aat-urt   (j^^^^.    1)'^^ 

T.  98,  P.  813,  M.  243,  a  sky-god. 
aat  (]  ^^d^,  speech  (?) 

aatata  "'     ^  n.         I'l'^'  ^°^'^^'^  ^^P- 

R  I  (1  il,  Anastasi  IV,  2,  12, 


s 


3,  I 

a  kind  of  strong-smelling  plant. 

aatem  i^  ^  ^  ^,  ^"^^^  ^'^-  "' 


aateu  u-°^  awwv  ,  disk  of  the  sur 

,  stud  bulls. 


O 


■III' 


VIII,  the  name  of  a  Circle, 


Aaker  \^^^,  ^''^-  ^'  '^'  ''-P''°' 


tector  of  the  dead. 


jn;  see  (I 

aatru  h 

aath  l\  ^ 
aathu(l^^^^^,Hh.555 

places  of  slaughter, 

aatha 


^^_^^^    Hh.    481,  to 
^=^'  lack. 


'  V    I 


Anastasi  I,  11,  2,  21,  5, 
this?  compare  Heb.  n^t;?. 

aatha  ^^ 

I  \> 

18,  2,  to  seize. 


\> 


?_fl' 


what  is 


,  Amen.  15,  2, 


[27] 


aathamai 


\> 


Anastasi  I,  26,  8,  part  of  a  whip. 


->^fl^. 


aatharaa-t 


\S:&\ 


J\ 


Anastasi  I,  18,  8,  neighbourhood 

.^^  ,  disk  of  t 
® 

,  T.  399,  M.  409,  to  descend 

ent,  hour. 
',  Rec.  33,  6,  (j 


aathen  u-°-nI  '.waa    disk  of  the  sun. 
O   ® 

aat  (]' 
aat  \\ 


,  Rec.  II,  71,  mace(?) 


o 

w    1  ' 


v 


ground,  place,  region, 

Ci      III' 


aat-t  I] 
Rec.  21,  15,  n 
field,  meadow  ;  plur.  (I 

aat-t  (1  ^^        ^^!^ 

marshy  land,  luxuriant  meadow. 

aatutilV<x— ^^'^ 

140B,  Rec.  14,  97,  pastures,  cattle-runs. 

aatt-t  Ij^ 

cow  ;  see  | 


M 


cattlf 

^^.   a   stud 


I 


aat' 


t-t(] 


aat 


'](Sd| ,  vine-land,  vineyard. 


AAA/sA/\   ' 


dew,  mist,  vapour,  rain-storm,  mois- 
iO    ^JJJ^J  *      ture,  exudation  ;  Copt.  eiCJOXG. 

aat,aat-t(|^|),(]^^^, 


^ 


(I   ^^,  2/),  child,  youth,  young  man 


,H  n-^  c:=s^^S  n-n,,^  esse 

net,  cord  of  a  seal,  a  ceremonial  bandlet ;  plur. 


III 


Aat-t  (j 

"  the  A 
;ad  in 

aat-t  h 


^    ^3,B.D.  j53A,the 

net  of  the  Akeru  gods  for  snaring  the  souls  of 
the  dead  in  the  Tuat. 


I     plague,  disease. 


\  (■ 


epidemic. 


(1 


^  Q    some  strong-smelling 
\       '  substance. 


dat-t  h 

aat-t,  aati    (|^;^^,    (] 


X 


,  Mar.   Karn.  53,    39;   Amen.    4,   4, 


21,  8,  to  vex,  to  injure,  hurt,  oppress,  be  hostile 
to,  to  be  oppressed,  desolate. 

aatU  (|  ^  ""^^  ^  i ,  Rec.  10,  61,  A.Z. 
1905,  16,  foes,  enemies. 

aatua  (|  "^^-f]  ^^,  Israel  Stele  17, 
to  suffer,  to  be  oppressed. 

Aat|)^^^,T.239,(] 
U.  419,  the  name  of  a  sky-god. 

Aat      h  "^    "^.  B-D.G.    78,    a    mytho- 

Aata 


logical  locality, 
'(ji^,    N.    908,    (j-^ 

f]  ,      P.  189,  M.  357,  a  lake  in  the  Tuat  in 

1  '  which  the  righteous  bathed. 

2,  8,  a  goddess,  a  friend  of  Osiris. 


aatb  11  ^^'=^  II  ^-=^ 


^^J^'«°°^- 


Aaten 


U-°-vl 


G 


the  disk  of  the  sun ;  see 


o 


aatu    (I   ^^.  O ,  some  strong-smelling 

substance,  dung(?) ;  Copt.  eiTeit 

^3  I ,     stud  cattle,  a  yoke  of  beasts ;   Copt. 

aath   Q  "^^^  ?  ■#,  swampy  land,  marsh, 
■  ■      1  _S^     A    E  papyrus  swamp. 

aatclin  i^i^ig  '^  y  o,  disk  =  l\^ 

aamiu  (]  ^  (| 

aa,  aai  (] . — a,  u.  95,  N.  373,  (] 

Hh.381,  1  p;,  q  rr^5 /-^ 

to  wash,  to  bathe,  to  dip  in  water; 
,   Rec.  36,  162,  indissoluble. 


o 


I ,    kinsfolk. 


/SAAA/V\ 


AAAAAA 

o 


1 


[28] 


A 


\ 


aai 

washed 


iL^ 


Rec.  30,  218,  something 
Rec.  36,  162,  things 


1  www!  (II  washed  away. 

aai-ha-t  (or  aai-ab)    0  7^  '^ ,   Israel 
Stales,   ij 


j^ 


,  Peasant  206,  to  wash  the 
heart,  i.e.,  to  cool,  to  gratify  the  mind,  to  be 
appeased;  (J  a«ww  ^/ 

aai-ab  en  aten  (] 


AAAAAA 
,  AAAAAA 


eiCA)  gjKX 


■0"  I 


o 


Rec.  15,  46,  joy  of  Aten. 

aaiu-nub   (]  ^  ^  U=/l  ^'^.  gold- 


washer;  plur.  H  ^AAAAA  V\ 

1   AAAA'VN   _// 


U^ 


j  nsn.  L.D.  III, 
140C. 


I  o    o    o 


aai  (1 


aa 


vessel 


A  t /I.  to  remove,  transport. 

A 

[I  jvwvAA  '-^,  Amherst  Pap.  30,  bowl,  pot, 

1     AAA^W\        I 

;  plur.  (| , — 


O 


AAAAAA 
AAA/W*    '    I  I 


^- 


aai 
aa 


/VAAAAA 


I . 

Rec.  14,  122,  tosport  with, 
to  hold  or  treat  lightly. 


£5^-£55- 


aa-t    [Lq.j>,  U.  462,  path,  road,  direction. 


i^^' 


Mi 


1- 


(] d/\,,  U.  562,  p.  764,  M.   765, 

„  P.  65  8,  to  approach,  go  up  to,  to  ascend,  to 
'  rise,  to  reach  up,  to  exalt ;  Copt.  iJXe . 

aa    h g  A    T.  268,  M.  427,  grave,  tomb, 

H  '- — -"  sepulchre,  monument. 

aa  []  ^%,  P.  65,  655,  u.  120,  (]  — fl 


S^^^,    M.  760,    (j    ^    |.    1)  ^. 
(1  e^-)  l\  11 ,  flesh  and  bone. 

T.   343,     h  D%(],P.222,   |]X^ ^ 

1  _ZI       1  1       JT       'WWVA      I     I     I 

Berlin  2296,  food,  offerings,  morning  meal. 

Aaau   h °  "^  I  ^-D-  S.  2.  the  ape-gods 

1 D    £l  I  who  praised  Ra. 

ia-td  J_^](]^, f^^=^°^ 

Aa-t-nt-khert  i\—^    _   ^,  b.d. 


99,  a  part  of  the  magical  boat. 


Hh.   204, 


aaa-t  h  *"^  <a,  t.  15 

aaamesk  J_^^[l]        ^ 

Aai  (] fl  (](]  O.  Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one 

of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  55). 

aab  |)__flJ|,U.507,ij-^J,T.32i, 

fl fl  H  ^  ^ ,  T.  366,  '°  approach,  to  come 

H  Ji   JT^  1  towards,  to  meet. 

(1  1  ^,  M.  127,  to  present  a  gift,  to  make 

an  offering,  an  offering;  (I  j  3  a«wva,  liba- 

aab-t    fl  fl   J    (3    TT,    offering;    plur. 

Asbi  11   lt7|](l=;,™-'M.'°;~i<a 

fl^        ^^A^^^sAA  ubations. 

aab  fl a  J  \ ,  to  comb. 

aab  fl^-f>,^^^-    '3,    73,  a   measure  = 
aab   fl D  J  j\,  table  of  offerings. 

aabb  (|  „^  J  J  ^,  ^  §.  Rhind 

Pap.  32,  scarab,  beetle. 

aaper  f|^|]|  |' ^'^-462,  (j^^ol^  |j, 

to  equip,  be  equipped. 

aaf  (1          ,  (1           V=^  >  to  squeeze,  press 
out  oil  or  wine,  to  wring  ;  var. a  L— =3. 

aam  (|  — d^,  U.  512,  633,  T.  324,  to 

swallow,  to  eat ;  see fl  ^\    g5i,  etc. 

aan  1    "^^"^  )  ,  to  so  back,  return  =  -wvw 
Rec.  30,  187. 

Mn  fl       °,  U.  527,  (\ZZ^,  l\Z^^> 

(]  °  T^'n,,  ape;  plur.  fl  °  I]  %  W  . 
R66i,fl  °  fl  ,P.  776,M.772,fln^^, 
Rec.  31,  19;  Copt.  en. 


fl 


[29] 


aaan 


aaani  n  r    n  w 

Amen.  17,  9,  22,  ape. 


(] fl  S^'  ^'^^^  3°.  195.  ape. 

1     ftA/S/W\ 


aan  j] 


a  box  of  anti 
(myrrh). 


h  7X^  %\  ^,  Peasant  R.  186,  h 

■o\v ;  var.  '»^ 
D 

'  H  ci  Jr 


aan 

'I  ■  r-  " 

a  I ,  to  utter  cries  of  loy  or  sorrow ;  var.  /www  1 


AAAAAA 


L.D.  Ill,  140,  cries,  outcries. 

aanu 


\^- 


aana  |l"-^l],ape;see()— ^,  (]- 

1    AAAA/\A      1  1    A^A/W\  1  ..^ 

Aana  q  ~wwv,  Juat  II,  the  Ape-god;  plur. 

(I  /www  '^  r^  ' ;  "  They  praised  Ra  daily  at  dawn, 

and  acted  as  his  guides,  and  supported  the  Great 
Hand  "  (Tuat  XI). 

Aanait  (1  '•w^  c^  W,  (J 

Rec.  30,  195,  ape-goddess. 

Aana  Tuati  I  "~^^    w^,  one  of  the  tk 


N.  551,  the 
living. 


forms  of  Ra  (No.  69). 

aankh  (]-?•;  see  •?-. 
aankhu  h  -^  %^  ^  ^  ^, 

^ar  [j  ^  /\,  (]  ^ £52,  Hh.  395,  to 

approach,  to  ascend ;  see  £5:$ ;  Copt.  ^Xe. 

aar-t  (]  ^^-  u.  470, 630,  p.  195, 660, 

773,  M.  369,  770,  (j^iroi,  P-  260,  (|^^, 


(  <:::r>     ,   snake,  snake-goddess;  plur.   [I  <rr> 
U.  394,  fl^^ 


o  m  I 


T.    305.    320,    (|  ^^ 

^^^-^M^S^Sl'^- 543.(1: 


the  two  Uraei-goddesses,  Isis  and  Nephth)  s  (?) 


aararut  h 

/.  I ,  uraei,  serpent-s. 


J Do  ^      I 


•  o  m  I 


01 


aarut  VII 

great  Uraei. 

Aarut     ^ 


^^h 


1 1 1 1 
1 1 1 


a.. a 


c^ ,  the  seven 

Hh.  376,  the 
Uraeus-god. 

' ,  the  serpent  amulet, 


0  ^^'     ",  A.Z.  1908,  16. 

Aar-t  ankh-t  h  :^  ■?-,  Tuat  VIII,  the 

living  Serpent-god. 


Aarut  ankhut 


!\:^mfZ\- 


Tuat  IV,  the  uraei  who  burnt  up  the  souls  and 
shadows  of  the  dead. 


Aar-t  per-t  em  Setesh   h 

^  n  ,  N.  955,  a  serpent-goddess. 

Aara-t  heri  ab  he-t  neter  h  ^^  ^  D 

Si  J    '^    v\'   B-D-  136,  a  uraeus-goddess. 

aar  (]^^|,  Hh.472,  (]^ 

spiked  reeds  ;  Copt.  ^,pO,  i.pOOTe 


cypress  trees ;  Copt. 
i-pO. 

,    P.  279,    I] a  J  J, 

,N.  1103,  (]— Ji|(-, 
,  P.  203, 1) o| 


aar  (] 
aah 

T.  365,  l\ 
N.  944,  (|  _ 
N.  1 104,  h 

the  moon,  Moon-god;  Copt.  log^,  lOO^j  lOIg,; 
Heb.    n-(\ 

Aah  meh  Utchat  ^  ^  °^ 


o 


'(3 

Quelques  Pap.  41,  the  full  moon. 

Aah  her  res-t  )  ^  f"  ^  ^^|  | .  Q^ei- 

ques  Pap.  47,  the  moon  at  noon. 

Aah  Tehuti  (Tchehuti)  h 0  J"^ 

^^5, ,  Thoth  the  Moon-god. 

aah  (1 fl  Q  ^:^  ,  U.  2 14,  to  break  ground, 

to  plough,  to  dig  up  earth. 


1 


[30] 


aah.U  ^?^  ^ ,  field  labourer,  peasant. 

aah-t  ^  ^ ,  field. 

Aah-ur  (]  _.  I  ^  ^  ^  ,  Rec.  26, 

225,  the  name  of  a  god. 

kah  l\ D  I  ^=^  '^  ,  to  hold  back  (?),  to 

restrain  (?);(] n  |  ^=^  ^  <=>  ^  ^  -==-, 

N.  764,  restrain  thy  tears. 

Aah-rem-t  (^  ^  ^ ,  Rec.  37,  63, 

the  "  Drier  of  tears,"  title  of  a  god. 

aah.   (1 a  X  (^  (^  (^  >  limbs,  members,  flesh, 

aash  h       \  Rec.  4,  135,   {] 

Berlin  6910,  to   cry  out;  see 


C3S=]  , 


2     Copt. 


aash  en  ha-t  (1 


.^ 


OCD, 


I  /wwA  '»=^  ,  pilot. 


aaq 


k 


,  M.  728,  T.  259,  to  enter;  see 


Berg.  II,  409,  change, 
transformation. 


aq 

ai  (l(l(]  =  (j^,  tobe 
aiu(?)(l(iq^{, 

ai   (]  (](|  -<2>-,   Rec.  3,  204,  the  evil  eye(?). 
ai    ^|)(],P.i84,  M.293,  N.897,  ^,^^, 

y\   ^\    Qwl)^.    ^fl^^'   to  go,  to  come; 
Coptei;5q,P.i37,    fi^H^.    fi^ 

5  Nx^,   come,  come!    ^Ij^^f,, 

30,  187,  comers,  comings,  1^  ^,  ^-  '°^'  ^;  ^i, 

"-fill 

Mu-her-sa  J  (](]  ^  ,^,  *  "d",  Thes 


1° 

to  come 


o,    acommg; 
Rec. 


]    those  who  shall  come, 
I '  i.e.,  posterity. 

round,  to 
circumvent. 


who  come 
posterity. 


ai-t 

Ait 


crz2 


fl^ 


,  house,  palace. 

,  Berg.  II,  13,  a  name  of  Nut. 


Ai-em-hetep    f|  ^\  ,  a  physician  of 

Memphis  who  was  deified  and  became  the  god 
of  medicine  and  surgery  and  the  art  of  embalm- 
ing ;  he  is  called  the  son  of  Ptah  and  was  the 
third  member  of  the  triad   of   Memphis;    Gr. 

•"--"fi=f^?°r"'t:tr 
"■tfiiq^.fifl^^Jfl^:^- 

evil  hap,  ill  luck,  unlucky  event,  wrong,  injustice. 
Peasant  228,  a  kind  offish. 

,  Rouge   I.H.    pi.    159, 


ai 
aia 


<s< 


^ 


flifl^ 


aui(?)   []  I  I    Ijljs,  certainly  (?) 
aih  (]^(](]U,IV,  772,  aplant. 

aikha(l(](l|^|e^ 

Rev.  demon,  spirit ;  Copt.  I^. 


alas  !    O  ! 
hail! 


-k 


aitenn  [1   (][]   a/^  ^  -f]-,  ground,  earth. 


mud,  dung;  Copt,  eixen 


au 
au 


pers.  pron.  ist 


(]  v\,  to  be ;  the  Pyramid  Text  variant  is 
,  P.  164  =  N.  859,  and  see  U. 


215,  P.  652,  653,  654,  M.  438,  560,  755,  756, 
758,  759,  N.  941,  1048,  1167,  1376. 

au-t  (|  %>'^,  P.  693  {l>is),  act  of  being. 


au|)e,(l^,()^ 


=  er< 


>i()eA^' 


,  Up  to, 


'^  ^     ,   backwards,   behind; 


all;  |](5_^p=q,above;  (]  ^ 
until;  ()e  -^ 

Copt,  e^^.2^o•^f ;  [  e  A  f-  ^"''  ^^^  ^'^^^  °^'' 
Copt,   e  T-fie ;   (]  «  ^  ^  "^  ^-' 

Rev.,  aussi  bien  qu'i. 

Au  (]%>,   Tuat  XII,  one  of  the  12  gods 

who  towed  the  Boat  of  Ra  through  the  serpent 
Ankh-neteru,  and  who  were  re-born  daily. 


[31] 


1 


Au-ankhiu-f  l\\  ^  '  '  ' ,  Tuat  xii, 

one  of  the  12  gods  who  towed  the  Boat  of  Ra 
through  the  serpent  Ankh-neteru,  and  who  were 
re-born  daily. 

Au   |]  %>  ^%,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  44,  a  god. 

Au(]|>=]|,Berg.I,   ..,_.^80d^wi,h 

I 


I ,   praise. 


au   (J  ,   Rev.,  bread,  cake. 

1  0=0 

au  (|  %  y^ ,  U.  220, 1]  ^  ^.  P-  212.  6i9> 

N.  759,  1303,  (]  ^,  T.  189,  P.  676  =  ()  (|(]^, 
N.  1286,  7^^,  Ti^A,  -^y^,(]7^,|)]^, 
|)7\%>  ^   ,|]7^^7\^,  Stele  of  Herusatef, 


j\,   Rev.  12, 


73,  100,  106,  (je'j^,  1]^  : 

25>    fl^|;J^'  Rev.  12,  17,    (]s|^.  Rev. 
14,  21,  to  come,  to  go;  Copt.  61 ;    (j 


AAAAAA    AAftAAA 


^^^^^^  aaaa/v\ 


,^,_,-T.233;  y^ 

=■     it  hath  gone  out  in  peace;  explicit 
Q '  liber. 


aui  j\ 


,  Rec.  32,  177,  comer,  leader. 


auiu  7^ 


7\ 
7\ 


|,  Rec.  35,  138,  7\^",  7\^ 


I 


I ,  passengers,  passers,  comers,  goers. 


_n       1      Jl  errand,  embassy. 


au-t  en  athen 

of  the  solar  disk. 


7^ 


i 


AAA/w\  [I  AAAAw  ,  tlic  course 


,  goose  pens,  aviaries. 

auu  (for  aur?)  (]%>  |j(>  I'ght,  brilliance, 
radiance;  compare  Heb.  Ili^- 

Rec.  32,  78, 1^  |g=^,  R-^^-  ^4.  ^9,  chijd, 
aU-t  "^^^  o  ^^,  Rev.  II,  60,  posterity. 
au-tu  ^  :  ^  ^  I ,  Rev.  13,  14,  growth. 


au  ^Wf,  N.  760,  ^^§, 

g?l  I ,  to  cry  out,  cry,  outcry,  wail. 
auau  ^^  ^^ ,  cry,  outcry,  wail. 

311,  a  group  (?)  of  divine  beings. 

Au-qau  (?)  S^  I  I'  I  ^  ^ ,  M.  374, 

the  name  of  a  god. 

auau  ^  ^  -^,  Mar.  Karn.  53,  23, 

^  ^  4-  ''■^■^-  '''  ^'''^\®^' 

dog,  jackal ;  plur.  ^  ||||  j ,  ^  ^  | . 

•  aU-t  ....  ^  ^  [1 ,  U.  605 

au  1^,  S^^^,  2:^(2^,  ^ 

(]  ^  ^,  sticker;  ^  ()(]  |^|,  those  who  cut; 


au  (| 


r\  r?)  AAAAAA 

M  A^^^  river,  strearHj 

^      '^-^^^JrX'www'    to  wet. 


aui  ^^ 
au- 


,  S;S\  /wvsAA ,  Jour.  As, 


AAAAAA 
(VySAAA 


1908,  261,  foul  or  Stinking  water;  ^rj^ 
filthy  one. 

au,  au-t  ^  ^,  ^  Jg,  ^ 

^^q3;  y^^^,  sin,  wrong,  calamity,  crime, 

disaster,  deceit,  evil,  disgrace,  ofTence,  ill-luck, 
harm,  injury,  wickedness. 

aui-tl^Y'flfl^'^ 

Peasant  264, 1:^^^  .^  | ,  ^ 


c^    I 


^W\ 


I ,  sin,  sinful  ones. 


autiu  %^ \  IJfj  ?  5^  j.  Rev.  6,  156, 
foul  ones,  a  group  of  gods  in  the  Tuat. 


11 


[32] 


1 


au  l^^s^,  M.  556,  (|  ^^^g*s, 

M.  57°,   1]  ^  ()(]  ^^,  P,  390,  400,  1^  ^ 
(jljs^,  N.  1177,  (]^C=d|](],P.  644,  M. 


>t2k;- 


%.  ^,  £;=,  ^^  ^,  'LtTht-iL 


e 


.1;a 


"^  ^^v8\  shipwrecked 


:=£^£, 


sailor. 


au  |)^c=3,  M.  201,  ()^^.  N. 

679,  nest,  home. 

tail  i»(5(jl|  ^,    &»^,    &> 

abode,  house,  court,  temple,  shrine,  quarter  of  a 
town,  camp,  cattle-pen;  plur.    %^   v\  (1(^  o 


),  Rev. 


au  arpi  %s\  cr^  (|  ^ 

14,  67,  wine  shop,  tavern. 

aUU-t    (|  ^  "^  Y '  ''^"'^'  '^'Snity. 

^  rH     ^  "^     animals,  cattle,  sheep  and  goats, 
1^'     I    III'  herds. 

^^  I,   Rec.  29,  148. 

Aua-en-Geb  ()  f]  ^ "^  J  5^ . 

E.D.  125,  III,  30,  name  of  the  threshold  of  the 
Hall  of  Maati. 

Auai]f]^ss*V  ''■"••r-^ 


roads. 


I  I  1' 


old 
ancestors. 


!, 


I,  R.E.  3, 


,   a  kind  of  fish. 


girl,  maiden. 

auaa  2s;s,  *  M^  0   \\  c    „ 


,L_=ilSi  |- 
39,  farmers,  husbandmen;  Copt,  oifoei. 

auaa  ^fll\<^r^,  ^(^l\^, 

Jour.    As.    1908,    285,    Rev.    14,    52,    pledge, 
guarantee. 

auai  i)  -f]  "^  ^^  f^^'  •■oof{?) 

Auai  (j  ^'^  (jl)  ®  ^ .  Tomb  of  Seti  I,  • 

one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  60). 

1lS,°.1f]1^11=,°-^>--»-« 
^— lifll^k-^S-ofpS 

auag  (|  ^  s ,  N.  997,  to  flow(?) 
auata,  auat  S^s^-f]]  (j^ .  ^  -f]' 

between;  Copt.  OTXe. 

aua  ^^  (3  (1 ,  to  be  conceived  =  S^A ,  aur. 

aua  S?^e  ^  tv]^^  ^'  ^°^^'  ''^^'  '^°^' 

285,  ^:^  "2  1]  r.      .,  to  take  in  pledge,  to  commit 
violence ;  with  s^p* ,  to  be  wearied  or  annoyed ; 

Copt,  ^.o'f  (A3,  (Tii-onrco. 

auau-t^^e(|%  ^  ,  chamber,  abode  (?) 

au.An(?)1^^7f,^-^^«'^'„te: 
aua(]^^^,  P.  366,  (j^^, 

p.  581, 604, 621,  N.  429,  (l^^^^"^' 
T.  372,  (]  ^  •^,  P-  366,  ^\t,^\ 

P     o   '^^Jr'^' the  body,  joint,  carcase. 


A.-if(JO. 


7\ 


fl  A 


[33] 


^ 


'^'     '^' 


'|3 


,  flesh  and  bone,  joint. 

auau  (j  ^^^^>  N.  429,  1079, 

divine  flesh,  the  god's  body. 

^ -S.  S3:,  ©  [^  ^,  £^  ^  ^ ,  heir, 
inheritor;   plur    '^\  °  ^  ^  5   !' 

geny,  posterity  ;  S^ o  ]^  ,  male  heir. 

auaau  S^S^^li^  j,    Rec  27,  85,  off- 
spring (of  animals). 

I  ]    Rec.  21,  15, 


heirs. 


auaau  ^ aSs 

aua-t  %:^  ^^\   ^  '  Rs'^-  30,  196, 


Aua-ua  2:^ 


tance. 
,  Rec.  31,  24, 


the  "One  Heir,"  the  name  of  a  god  (?) 


auai 


■t^^. 


1 1 ,  Stat.  Taf. 


10.^  (]  ^i^'I^e*---  '3,  i6r,^ 


^ 


\,^ 


I 


l,S^ 


I' 


H, 


,Rec.  27,  204,  S^"^ 


'I' 

I 


S^^ii-^llll^^i^i.acompany 

of  serfs  or  slaves,  a  body  of  soldiers,  any  group 
of  men,  civil  or  military,  bodyguard,  troop. 

,  to  reward. 


^^^\-^,&^\ 


to  recompense. 


L^ 


aua-t  S-a-^,  ^^''  '°°^'  chamber,  abode, 
"^^^Q  n'  house. 


auaa 


&^ 


,  gazelle,  a  horned  animal. 


auau  ^  ^ a^  O ,  ring,  bracelet  (?) 

auauit  ^ a ^  OO  ^  ^  ' .  Rec.  2, 

III,  dogs,  jackals  (?) 

auaft(?)  S:^^^,  L-D.     Ill,      229c, 
^  '  ac=»^      Suppl.  514 

auar-t  h  %\  ^^  ^Si,  joint,  haunch. 

aui  (]%(](],  Rev.  II,  140,01;  Copt.  eie. 

aui  I]  ^  (](] ^s,  p. 400  =  (]  S^ ^^s^, 

M.  57°,  S^  ^  (|(|  a^,  N.  1177,  sailor. 
auiu  0  %  ()  O  f%  '  >  Israel  Stele  10,  old  men. 
aui  (]  ^  c=:3  M  ,  P.  644,  to  repulse  (?) 

aui-ha-t  ^  (j(]  -C,  Rev.  13, 7,  S^c^  (]l| 

1=  ^^         Rev.    13,   2,   to   be   patient,    long- 

aui  g^  (3  (j  (j  "^ ,  Miss.  1 3, 1 2 7,  a  plant  (?) 
aui-t  [I  S  (1(1  o  .■••^,  grain  measure. 

Auirna-t  (]  ^  i](|  ^'^o  ^,  Rec 

6,  6,  the  name  Irene. 

auisu  '&^ 

■     e 

aub-t  (|  s  J 

Auuba  (]  ^^  ^^  |],  B.D.  168,  a  god' 
who  bestowed  peace  on  the  dead. 
aub-t   (j(2j^©,,,.net. 

aubku  (1^1  ^~^  ^,  to  weep;   see 

^up  \\  ^  ^^ ,  to  open  ;  see  up  \«/ . 
Aup-ur  (]  ^  ^  ^  >  '-i  god. 
auputi  (]J/y^,lj  V^TS^.IjV 

(1  \J   V^      ^  A  W^,  envoy,  messenger;  plur. 

c 


(3     W 


pouch ;  Copt. 

<LcioTri. 


,  cake,  bread. 


k  A 

Aupasut  ^  ^  ^  ^  P 


[34] 


^ 


J\ 


\ 


■\i\--\ 


t£^    ^  j     B.D.    112,    2,   a   group  of  gods   of 
t:i>  El  I '  Anep. 

aupen(|'^   °  ,P.S.B.  13, 112  =  (]    °  . 


auf 


^i•flM■^i^ftm• 


fl^r-fl 


e  1^ 


III 


flesh,  meat,  body,  carcase ; 


S 


^  devouring,  consuming,  consumed  ; 
1  "uz:^  ^  © '  Copt.  i.q,  i.qo'if  I. 

Auf  /]  "^  «        1    -^    ^^'"g-   I'  34,  a  dog- 
H  Jr  I  n '        headed  ape-god. 

Auf  (1          Ml,  Denderah  2,  49,  a  frog- 
faced  ape-god, ojg^^- 

Aufa   0  %^_  Q  '^,  U-  533,  the  nanie 
1  Jl  1     I         of  a  serpenl-god. 

aufta-t  ^'^lljo^^,^^ 

\  !\  °    foliage,  leaves,  plants,  a  kind  of  grain  ; 
I)  H  III'       compare  Heb.  Q'^NSDJ^,  Syr.  AiSQi. 

auma,  aumat  S=»^3,  ^3a 

^^  -^^  ,  part  of  a  waggon. 

e    _M  Q  III  ^  ^^ 


I  I  r 


I      I      I 


aiLiaan   (amn)    h  s 


juuuLon. 


aumi  (I  V:>    n  n    SZ,  fear,  awe,  reverence, 


aumer  i 


ll^^l)(J3S,W5rt.  34 

(]  ^  if)  ^,  (]  ^  I  -— ,  A.Z.  1879,  51.  1904, 
^48,  1905,  86,  IV,  65,  loi,  157,  348,  693,  808, 
973,  1079,  Thes.  1281,  1282,  1483  =  (1  '^  + 

j5i,  self-evident,  obvious,  not  to  be  gainsaid. 

aunn  (ann)  |l  © ~vwva,  [l  g  -wwv.^ y^^ .  Q^p^ 


i.non. 


^un(l-f,P.2i4,(l^U.6oi,(]  -f  i, 

I  A/SAAAA  1    AA/»A^A  |    AV\/WA  P 

'1'.    201,   to  open,  to  make  to    be   open ;    see 


aun-ra 


cere- 


(]   Hr  ,  to  perform  the 

mony  of  opening  the  mouth  ;  (1   t"       i         H 

aun  her  (]  ^  ^,  N.  482,  0  -=f  I  ^. 

N.  145,  to  open  the  face,  i.e.,  show  oneself;  Copt. 

ofcong,. 
aun  gra     ^.  Rev.  12,  117,  S^ 

inner  chamber. 

aunn-t  S;s^^,  a.z.  1872, 37, 2^ 

„  ^         /WWW 

&£^        )  S^   V  !^^'  shrine,  sanctuary,  part 
of  a  temple ;  plur.  g^  V\  ~^  i ,  halls,  courts. 

,  A.Z.  51,  72, 


AA/NAAA 


aun   I]  -^^^  >ta£,,  with 
cabin  of  a  ship  or  boat. 


aunll^a,  ll^^e.  (]^^:»^. 


1     AAAyWN     III  1     AAT^AA 


I 
I 


■  fl 


Dion 


,  Rec. 


15, 19,  U  "=t^  "tCl'  1'^ality,  characteristic,  manner, 
colour,  pigment ;  Copt.  ^OTT^rt. 

aun     (1    -^^  ,    disposition,    nature; 

0  '^^  III  I  '  SOO'^  "''  kindly  disposition. 

1     A/VSAAA  0    < > 

S        (3    '  Copt.  i.o-)fem,  i.Tem. 
aunnu|1^^7^^,P.„8,^ 

^,  T.  171,  M.  151,  ^  ^,  N.  106,  abode, 
nest,  home;  S=;s;  ^^  "^=f,  T.  376. 

,  Rec.  21,88,2:3^ 


AA/WV\ 

/WWV\ 


auna 


R.E.  6,  39,  S^ 


f,  Anastasi  1, 13,  i,  to  decree,  proclaim  (?), 
cry,  assuredly,  certainly,  in  truth ;   Copt.  A.tt  ; 

compare  JSi  ^,  A.Z.  1905,  loi,  Bd.  41, 

i-       f  ^  ^'  i3ofif,  Suppl.,  509. 

1  _  _  „  fl  fV  "•"^  Tuat  XI,  a  form 

^^^■^^■fi)l^Ii:^'^''ofthegodAf. 

aunit  ^^  qi]  ,— ,'J--i^-  ni,65A,  14, 

,«?      TT  ^     Rec.    27,    225,    inner  chaniljer, 
^^    Hi]    CT]'  sanctuary. 


q 


[35] 


k 


Aimut  &>  ^  ^  ^  ^  I  "I.  R»- 

31,  173,  a  group  of  divine  beings  (?) 

aunk   0  ^^  '^■,  var.  ff  AAA^  vS[,  a  medi- 
cinal  plant. 

aur  (j  ^,  S^  (j,  u.  198,  I)  ^,  P. 

57S>  691,  (]  ^,  N-  700,  ^>  M.  68,  N.  49, 
(]  ^<=>,  P.  98,  S^  2,  N.  750,  to  con- 
ceive, be  pregnant,  £;a  ,,  .  (|^      ,,  >  T-  342, 

P.  221 ;  compare  Heb.  1^17 •  L^t^r  forms  are 
the  following : — 

2^  I  -°^  p  ,  to  conceive,  be  pregnant; 
tions  (?)  Copt.    (JUIO. 


*^— ^   j7     !'•  333>  N.  703,  the  child  conceived, 
d    d-i^  pregnant  goddess  or  woman. 

auru  %a  ^='  (;§^  Vir  J)  '  >  human  beings. 


e 


e 


^      ,  beans,  Syrian 


aurit  S^ 

KeC.  30,217,£:;5; 

s:      000 
beans ;  Copt.  A.p(JO. 

to  separate  (?) 

aur  (j    ^    ^7^,  (|^<c=.^y^,  schoenus; 
see  (j    ^ 


aur-t  (ater-t?)  D^  "^^,  tomb,  place 

^  '  T<=>^  n  of  rest. 


aur 


1]  ~v»wv,(]  v\ ,  stream,  canal, 

river,  arm  of  the  Nile;  see  (1  \\ 


Copt,  eiepo,  eioop,  Heb.  "iN"!. 


aur-aa 


fl 


(0        ^^/^A^^    - 

AAAA^  A  ,  "  great  nver    ;  var. 


aur-t  1] 


AA/SA/SA 


aur- 

AAAAAA 
A/WVAA  . 
AAAAAA 


e 


,  the  Canopic  arm  of  the  Nile. 


.  AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 

.  ^^^AAA 


open  space,  area ; 


Aurauaaqrsanq  Rabati  S:;^^  p  -Sas 

B.P.  162,  a  name  of  Par,  a  form  of  Ra. 

aureh  S9s^<::2s.|c 
'^^^'^^'  Copt.  o-ifpe&. 

aurekhu  (]  ^^^  ^  j-  iv,  481, 

men  who  know,  the  learned  ;   a/  #    . 

aurtchaau   h  ^ 

1    2i  I        riJ! 

,  Koller  Pap.  4,  4,  staves. 


i'-'\^ 


^f— -Sl 


ra 


ra 
auh-t  (j  ^  ^ 

ra 


ra  j^L«/l' 

to  load,  be  loaded,  bear,  carry. 

ra 


,  speech  (?) 

e  X 


,   Theban 


auhamu  h 

Ost.  No.  6 

(2  ra '^i    I     a  medicinal  wood  or 

bark. 

ra         .    Si    a  god  of  the 
Tuat. 


auht-t  h 

Auhet  (]  ^ 


^■rSi 


AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 


A^^NAAA 
AV\AAA 
AWAAA 


AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 


O   © 


AAAAAA 

AAAAAA     r  /I   » 

/VWAAA     *^  ■■  -*? 


^  A/V\AAA        ^-  O    AAAAAA        _^  ^  ^(*  Q  ^ A 

to  inundate,  to  flood,  to  steep  or  soak  in  water, 
to  moisten,  to  sprinkle,  to  shower,  to  pour  out 
a  libation. 

c  2 


11 


[36  ] 


1 


auh-t  ^  I  ^^  I  ^ ,  lotion,  liquid,  flood. 
auhu     &?^  j"  ,  to  lament. 

auh  So.  ^  \. ,  £;a  ^,  t°  c"'  ^"'^y;  '« 

•    '^•"^  '(>    ^    . .  w  set  free. 


Auhu 


7\ 


S 


a   divine   name   of 
magical  power. 


X        Suppl.  513. 

L=fl'  

^     P.  1 1 16,  B.  20 


Auhu-t  (Auhit)  ^"  J, E.D.G.  292, 

a  goddess  of  Philae ;  2i;5\  /vwwv  J) ,  Metternich 

Stele  189,  the  female  counterpart  of  Un-Nefer 
and  mother  of  Horus. 

auhu  ^^  (2  fi  (2     ,akindofgrainorseed. 

auhal^;^f> 

auhnu(?)2^|  0 

Au-her-aptes  ^  (]  °  H  '  ^,  Tuat  v,  a 

god  with  a  lasso  who  destroyed  the  dead. 

iukhekh  H^J^.Ij^J^^. 

0    V     "^^^  ' '  "'S*^^'  darkness. 

aukhemu(|^®^^;^,iv,48o; 
seekhemu0^^;^. 

Aukhemu  urtu  (1  %  ®  _ n- 
Ma,.    Aby.    I,    8,    ,o,    (|    ^  ^        ^  ^  ^ 

the  stars  that  do  not  rest. 

Aukhemu-seku  (|  "^  ®  ^  '^  "^ 

Mar.  Aby.  I,  8,  90,  the  stars  that  never  perish. 

Aukhemu-pen-hesb  (?)  (]  %i  ®  ^ 

tk  -A--     □       O      a    B.D.    189,    15,    etc.,  a 
_2r  I  '  I  www  .—'•<-■  iU  '  group  of  divine  beings. 

aukherru (?)  (] ^^.2^^  ^  ^. 


111' 

-JU. 


P.S.B.   14,  237,  3rd  pers. 
sing.  fern. ;  Copt.  ec. 


aus  (]  ^  - 

Aus-t  1]  ^  P  ^  fj.  Mar.  Aby.  II,  16,  Isis 

aUS(as)  (jsP'^  I  ,  Rev.  14,  18,  a  perfume. 


Ausars  (Asares)  (1  e  H  "^^^  ^ ,  Nes 

Amsu  28,  21,  Osiris;  see   r(  J],  Asar. 

Ausasit  A  %.  n  *-=>  "^  n ,  y\ 

Nesi-Amsu  25,  22,  Hymn  of  Darius,  3i,7\    I — »t-, 
"  I  <^_  O 

HarrisT,   pi.    i,   a  consort   of  Temu   of  Anu 
aUSU  S:^^  ^  ],  ^  s..-^,    Peasant    148, 

ausem  S^s;  ^\  ^| 

ausekh     (1  %>  "J~  \.  ,   to    reap;    see 


a  small  pair  of  scales  held 
in  the  hand. 

Rev.,  to  prevent, 
to  obstruct. 


aushesh&?\m.grs,%^,  pottage, 

(g    (T=r)  ^^^ _R  000 
plaster,  cake ;  Copt.  OOTCy. 

auqet  fl  ^  '^  '^ ,  '■^^'^^  "^e*^  '"  ""  '^^°" 

1    Ci     I  I  I  ratory. 

Auqau  S^  ^  ^  ^  ,  M.  374,  N.  943, 

a  name  of  the  divine  ferryman. 

aukiu  (l^'==^(](j^]'  I'-i^-iii,  219K. 

17,  quarrymen  (.') 

Auker  h  \\  ^^,  'I'omb  of  Rameses  IV, 

30,  the  god  who  bears  on  his  back  the  solar 
disk,  which  is  held  in  position  by  ropes  in  the 
hands  of  Nari,  Khessi,  Atti  and  Rekhsi. 


!\ 


Auger-t   Augertt    (]  %v.    Z5    r^r\^, 


(0     fl  Q    <=. 


fl  ^    ZS      '^      ^  name  of  the 
'    H  JT  <=>  err: '      Other  World. 


Augeru  O^  ^  r||  l.thegodsofAugert. 

Augerit  (]  \^  ^  ^,  R-i^-  64,  u, 

goddess  of  the  Tuat  of  Anu. 

Augerit-khenti-asts  h  ^  <~>  m. 


AA/WVA         I    ^^      I — 1 


B.D.  141,  18,  48,  one  of  the 
seven  Divine  Cows. 


fl 


[37] 


t\ 


aut 


/l^vll     ^^^-    "'    '43.   who,   which; 
H  Jr  0'  Copt.  ex. 

who,  or  what,  is  not,  without,  lacking;  Copt.  ^JT. 

aut  ^  e]  ys.  Rev.  .i,  i86,  g^  ^-  ^, 

Rev.  4,  74,  between ;  Copt,  onrxe. 

au-ti  ^  ^,  Rec.  29,  157,  158,  swath- 
ing, bandage ;  plur.  S^A  ^  ^  ^  • 

Auti  1]  ^  \  (jfj  ?  ^,  Tomb  of  Seti  I, 
one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra. 

axiX611"'t  ^rji  'wv^AA  ^  2i;^  AAAAAA     Mar  Aby 

I,  6,  31,  Anastasi  Pap.   i,  26,  i,  ^:^  ^v^m     . 

(g     D   Q  i  ' 
Rec.  21,  15,  ground,  dust,  earth,  dung;  Copt. 

eixrt. 
authth  S^  ^^^ 


^   Rev.  13,  3,  between  ; 

m'         Copt.  oTxe. 

a^t  S:^:^         .  Rec.  21,  98,  between ;  Copt. 


"^■^    A    '  in  charge  of. 

Thes.^96,%.^,S^^^,|^A, 
^=^  _^  .  S^  ^  c^3 1  A ,  to  separate,  to  re- 
move, to  divide,  to  travel  through ;  ^^j^  v\  , 
to  lead  astray. 

auten-t  S;a  ^^,  ^^  %.  ^^  %  "*, 


dust,  ground,  earth ;  g-j,   -wv-aa    ^    1     Amen. 
9,  20,  dung. 

autenb   a  %>  ^"^^    |  °,  incense  (?) 

autchamana(?)^|^|^ 


w 


^.A't.  K.  206 

autchu  I]  ]  %,  i*-  146,  672,  M.  661, 

N.  1276,  (1  I  V:^n-Q-,,  p.  672,  to  make  an  order 
or  decree,  to  give  a  command. 


autcheb  1]  |  J  '^^^,  river  banks;  see 
utcheb,  I    j  =3. 

ab  (]  J  0-,  M.  407  =  ^,  T.  394,  -O-  J,  "0- 
U.  16,  451,  P.  no,  369,  653,  654,  833,  M.  172, 
754,  757,  759,  N.  690,  1145  ;  plur.  ||J  ^  O  O" 
T.i8r,P,2O4,y^'^,Rec.3i,28;"0-_^^ 

heartofthesoul,  Rec.  32,  79;c^^'^c:^  '^     '^ 


N.  27,  the  dictates  of  the  heart ;  ^^  '^,  heart's 
desire,  U.  629.     Later  forms  are  : 

middle,  interior,  sense,  wisdom,  understanding, 
intelligence,  attention,  intention,  disposition 
manner,  will,  wish,  desire,  mind,  courage,  lust, 
self;plur.'^^,'0'oV^|,-&|,>0>'&>&,^^| 

^     I  III'  I  ^ err  I  r  I  i  i •OO'' 


I'  I  I'  I 

fl  III'   O  "O-O 
'O  I 

.=i:£=„  joy,  gladness; 


,   Stunden    109;    Heb.   3,7 


I 


to  eat  the  heart,  i.e.,  be  sorry;  %>  ^^  ll  "^ 


o   U  I 

dense  of  heart ;  p  '  ^  1 ,  y  '  ^,  everybody. 
Rec.  33,  7;  ^  V  '  ?  '?'  thoughts,  inten 
tions  ;  y  -=^  O"  ^ ,  heart  of  my  heart,  N.  350, 

ab  en  Ra     "^    ^  J,  "heart  of  Ra,"  a 
nameof  Thoth,  '0'  %:^  J  -wwv,^  J,  ^^^-  '^' 


Ab  ^ 


Amen.  14,  18,  a  god. 


4b   Y   '^  ,  the  amulet  of  the  heart ;    plur. 
I ,  heart  of  carnelian. 


'&  O"   '0'  '"^ 

I   III    I  ra 


O  I 


ab-ab  '0'    ^  O    ^    Rec  27,  182.  image, 
I    ill    I    ^'  statue  (?) 

ab-t   2  tr-D ,  ||J  i^T] ,  I'hes.  1 296,  h  J 
<Acj^  cr^,  middle  room  of  a  house,  cabinet. 

ab-t   (]  J    ^    ,  bread,  cake;  plur.  '0  %>(?) 

IV,  1 131,  calf. 

c  3 


fl 


[38] 


k 


Anastasi  I,  24,  8,  Feasant  B.  2,   117,   to  think, 
to  suppose,  to  imagine,  to  let  the  fancy  run  free. 

Copt.  eiE.e  ;  (]  j  S,  Rec.  26, 78, 1]  J  O ; 

Arab.  ^-^J . 

*b.tyg,u..,..y^.y-  - 

||     ^    ,  thirst. 

rbyj,T.33^jji.yjt, 

N.  622,  0   J  J  ^^  ^^  ^.  to  be  thirsty. 

Peasant  B.  2,  118,  thirsty  man. 

Ab  ()  J  "^°,  U.  539,  T.  296,  vases. 

ab      {]  J  ^^S^,  to  mix. 

ab-t   i)  J  <^  ^  ^  ','  I'easant  130,  179 

y^".y^=-u^ 


AAAArtA  *' 


nrirlrl 


Rec.3.s..yqqOJJQ'T^ 

(]  J^t^n,  Rec.  26,  8,    (]J%^c^ 
"-"       '    C^ ,  a  walled  enclosure,  place  of  pro 


tection    or    of    restraint,    cave,    abode,    strong 
building,  asylum,  re.st-house. 

ab  M    J  (fc^         ,  pegs  or  stakes  of  a  net 

■if    {\^  ° 
or  snare ;  var.  m    j 


Abb 


yj^:,?«-i.; 


e 


,  Rec. 


30,  68,  ropes  of  the  magical  boat. 
ab  fl   J  A,  draughtsman. 

tb.4bay^fl^,  N.„,,y 

^fl.y^Ty'-'W'yi:' 


^^:,.->,.a.b.*i«',*ory,*ri'. 


;  var.  aab,  tK 
tt;      ^>  to  dance. 

4bau,4bay/J,^^,y^ 

y MOV  ^- -  y  1.QM' 

N.  1 1 80,  dance  [of  the  god]. 

abau  [1  J  /^  ^  ^,   dancer,   dancing 

man;    var.    f  J  f^  ^.    f  (£  W  T '    ^''"'■- 

Ahti  H    H^   T  Tuat  I,  a  -'dancer  "-god 
H  J  m    t  '       who  sang  before  Ra. 

ab-t   (]  J|,    (]  J^|(?)sistrum(?) 
ab-t   (1   J  Ci  ,  sceptre;  var.  1]  J  ¥• 
ab  (j  J  ^  "^,  a  spice  offering  (?) 

»byt^,y^,t.y^?,. 

y^^^i-^«'y^:'y 

V\     ,  a  kind  of  seed,  or  plant,  used  in  medicine, 

lettuce;  Copt.  1UJ&  (?)  i  (jj  ^  ,^,  ^  T" 

f\    \1  tk    \Tt  'III'  tk  °     <"'"'  of  the  South  and 

Ol'iMl^iir  North. 

abu(?)y^.oo.,U.336,e>:credons, 

ab-t  (1     )  ,  something  pure  or  holy ; 

see  /     1  w^^^  . 

ab  \\  1  1  '  Q  ¥  J  >  to  cease,  to  stop,  cessa- 
tion ;   var.  "^J  .A  ,   '^J  "I^  ^^. 

ab-t  (]  J  ^  £5^.  !'•  579,  path,  road(?) 

ab.ty:=(j==j=. 

Ab-ti  y  ^  ^  ^ '  a  goddess. 

Aba(]^,  |j^,(]^^.T.35o, 

p.  74,  109,  N.  109,  973,  to  endow  with  soul,  to 
make  strong  or  courageous,  to  be  filled  with 
soul  or  strength. 


.     [39] 


fl 


aba  fl  11  ^  P-  1*^5,  M.  317,  N.  821,  to 

HJ    ^'  open. 

aba,  abaa  ()  J^"^.  T- 18-'.  0  ^'^> 
N.  653,  (]  J  c*^,  M.  164  =  J  c^  0,  P.  527, 

to  marvel. 

Abait  Ij  J  ^  "^  [(]  (]]  ^  '^' 

y(](]o^,fJI)(lI^,B.D.76,.,i4o 
(Saite),  the  Mantis  that  guided  the  deceased. 

Hh.  744,  P.S.B.  14,  400,  part  of  a  rudder. 

abain  (j  ^  Iji)  ^^.  Rev.  13,  8, 

wretched  man,  poor;  Copt.  eJS.IHIt. 

tk  £_^  \    Rec.  29,  148,  small  animals,  sheep, 
J?^r  goats. 

abar  []   h  ,  ^■'^■^-  "'  ^^^^  ^^"'^'^  '=^.  i.'^ 

T  <:r>  comi)any  with. 

4bar  i]^  ^ -=p-,  (|  ^  ^  ■=  ]^ , 

H  Sr   jl  ^^  *^^^  ^  H      '  ^*^''^^'  stallion,  horses, 
bulls;  compare  Heb.  "T^^^i  and  "l^3,X. 

abash-t  \  ^  ^^^        ^  ( — ->  \  Anastasi 


Pap.  IV,  14,   I,     ^     <^  XiM  Ijtj  cr=D(^vV), 

Gol.  6,  II.  1]  ^  ^^t  1=50^  V\  CI3,  Kahun 
40,  23,  a  kind  of  cake  or  bread. 

abagi  (j  J  "^  ffi  Ijlj.  N.  984,  weak  (?;, 
helpless  (?);  see  J  "i^  ffi 


4bat..aq^J^^5^._A^„. 

tasi  I,  23,  i;,  "thou  hast  destroyed";    ^y■^^^^. 


abata  (|  ^  J 

slave;  Heb.  12.y. 
honey;  Copt.  efilO). 


D    ! 


I  Mt)   servant, 


^,   Rev. 


ibay^q^,  yijo  Rec.34, 

ri,akind  of  unguent  =0'^'0''^^^^  "' 

*«-y^^(iq.^-=»« ■ 


abu 


yvf'O^if 


a  tree  sacred 
to  Horus. 


f\     B.D.  42,  3,  a  god  or  goddess  of  the 
iu\'  Block  in  the  Tuat. 

si©  ^  O .  a  sick- 
ness or  disease. 

abem  1]  J^^-  ^e*^-  "^5, 5 

abm[er]-t  (|  J  |;^  |^,  grave,  tomb. 


abn   []  J-^j3  (3|||.   Harris  I,  63c,  15, 

f\         n   AAA/W.      O  A         n       ■^  AA/SAAA      r» 

yo^,„>Rec.x5,r99,y%,^^. 
alum  ;  Copt.  ujfi.ert. 

abns  (]  J  TT  %  f  ^'  ^^'^™"t(?); 
Copt,  i^ctjurt. 

4bry_^,y_^,;.y- 
U-§.fl^i4Ty-qS' 

y-i;,'y-^^.y-"«°- 


^,  salve,  unguent,  ointment. 


abrau  maa  (]  J  -==>  (|  |  J,  ^„  |, 

genuine  abr. 

"""'ysrjj^^'ys:' 

y%ra^^°;,   stone  of  Abhcti,, 
Nubia,  a  precious  stone,  emerald  (?) 

tooth  ;  plur.  <=,  U.  41,  68,  h  J  |^^,  N.  660, 

^■^•y-i.yi-y^5 

yi^7r:'<>fts^''°i>'-°sae. 
"«'-«iiJi^.yi:ii.'»«''>«; 

0  J  I     ^  I ,  Hymn  Nile  24,  teeth,  "biters." 

ibh  0  114^  §  "^ ,  ^^^"■^  P^P-  '°°'  9'  13. 

•    1  Ji^*)  X  111  moist,  wet. 

abeh  ^^  —  af.  "^tf  —  .0     8 


AAATsAA 
AAAAAA 


A.Z.    1899,  89,  Rec.   23,  102,  title  of  a 

priest. 
c  4 


[40] 


I 


AAAAA'V 


'LJ 


,  IV,  386,  to 


■^-^  N.  524,  a  wooden  ob- 
o  '  ject,  goad  (?) 


sprinkle,  to  moisten 

abhn  Ij  J  f  ^^.  I)  J  I  — .  T-  282, 

N.  132,  to  drive  away. 

abekh  \\  J  ®^,  to  proclaim. 

abkha  OJ  ®  ()  °;  var.  aabkh-t,  i  J 

®  ^O      .  .   .  ■         J- 

„  X        ,  ointment  contammg  many  mgredients. 


U.  538,  T.  295,  P. 
229 


abekh  (?)  (jj* 

abes  (]J-^,u.4o5,  (]J^,  P.  215, 

Rec.  31,  162,    (]  J^  =  J^,   to  make  to 
rise,  to  make  to  advance. 


abes 


y 


^ 


,  a  kind  of  cap,  headdress ; 


var.  |]Jpi^,Rec.  5,  92. 

Abesyp^.agod. 

absa(?)    1)J^'d'   1^.    feasant   25, 

medicinal  plants,  or  seeds ;  jA-w^  °WIp  ,  a  kind  of 
medicated  oil. 

absit   \\  J  — —  (|(|    ^   ,  part  of  a  boat; 
plur.  (]  J^^.Rec.  30,  67. 

absi  {]  J  I4I  [1  (|(|  H  ,  wolf,  or  jackal. 

absha  ||  J  ^^^  Kl ,  gazelle. 

wailing,  weeping;  see  (I  v ^    )  Qr- 

net,  snare,  trap;  Copt.  <LfiiU3. 

Abtka  y^^U|,  B.D.  65,  8, 
a  god  who  fettered  Aapep. 

Abta  []   11  =^^    ^    T"^^  ^'  '^"'^  °^  'h^* 

1  J)  '  <==== '     nine  ape-porters. 

dbeth  (]  Js=^,  p.  616,  M.  784, 

(I    ]|  ,  N.  1144,  to  snare,  to  hunt  with  nets. 


ibthersu  %^l^.^^]f. 


an  animal. 

abt 


o 


o' 


,^?. 


=    0   ' 


M 


,  month ;  Copt.   efi.OX  ;  plur- 
^-^,T.„,P.65,,,6.,M.,64,;;^^;J, 

140  =  Pashons:  <r^='^  1,  ^^,  monthly  festival: 
^)*(    ,  the  12  monthly  festivals;  ^  ^  ';3>',  the 

n  11  0  '^ 

2nd  day  of  the  month ;      Vc  ^      *         , 

month  by  month. 


Abt  .  The  gods  of  the  1 2  months, 

each  containing  30  days,  were  : 

Month.  Gor>. 


Tekhi      w 

D 


or    Mknkhet 


I II I  ■'=^^^0 


Ptah 

Het-her 

Sekhmet  Y '*',  or  Kahkkka 


,  or  Apt  [I       ^ 


U 


^  u 


c 
o 

IT. 

a 
in 


I     c>   O 


I  I    Q  o 


Menu   ^^^,  or   Shefbeti 


W 


I  I  I  Q   O 

III    I    Q     0' 


^J 


Rekh-ur 


Rekh  Netches 


RevnUTET  'wwv< 

o 


^^, 


or 


^: 


in 


c 
o 

n 
u 
CO 


^AA/W^0.  KHENSU 


Aw^O.         HERU-KHKNTI-KH.Vni- 


<£y 


l-K 

fly 


G.      Apt 


1° 


Q) 


III 


G .      Heru-aakhuti 


^ 


[41] 


1 


abt 


*        G 


I ,  a  temple  of  Shu. 

ap|]o,u...6,P.33s,ll°|,(j°4., 

count,  to  reckon  up,  to  number,  to  enumerate, 
to  assess,  to  adjudge  the  value  of,  to  appreciate, 

to  measure ;  Copt,  ton  ;  (1      J   *"^^  ^^  ^"  , 

the  great  counting,  i.e.,  last  judgment ;  (1  n  (1(1  3  , 
Rec.  26,  231. 

a-P-t   (1  ;  ,  (1     ^'^  I ,  numbering, 

number,  measure  ;  Copt.   Hire  ;  H 

countless;  (I  D^  ;  ,  taxes. 

reckoning,  account. 


census, 

D 


I, 


a  D 


,  to  count,  etc. 


-M^- 


ap-t  (|  °  1^1^'  P-  557,  a  counting  of 


bones 


■M 


<^ 


I  ci 


,  counting  up  the  mem- 


bers of  the  body  to  see  that  none  is  wanting. 


Api-abu  \\ 


•COO, P. 541,(1   °   ^, 


p.  697,  "counter  of  hearts,"  a  name  of  Anubis. 
Api-ab-neter  1]  °  OT,  "reckoner  of  the 
heart  of  the  god,"  a  name  of  Thoth, 


%■ 


Api-khenti-seh-neter  I]  d  ff[|]  fTl , 

Rec.  20,  79,  the  god  who  makes  a  man  to  live 
no  years. 

Api-tchet-f  \\  °  2T|1,  "counter  of  his 
body,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

ap-t  (l^°^ll,    (1^°^,   a  kind  of 
plant,  papyrus  (?) 

list,  register  of  lands,  rolls ;  (]  D  V\  1  / 


o     1 


1 ,  estate  rolls. 


ap-t  ]\       ^,  Amen.  8,  19,   18,    21,   stick, 
sceptre,  measuring  rod,  corn  measure. 


Rec.  14, 56,  a  measure  of  corn  =  40  liJ    Q  v  1  ' 

P.S.B.   14,  432,  A.Z.   1904,   143;  Heb.  rrp"'t;», 
Copt,  oine,  Gr.  (LXX)  oi^it,  o(0e/. 

ap-t  (1       .."^  ^  the  quadruple  heqet,  and 

was  the  measure  of  a  ration  for  beasts,  R.E.  6, 
26,  Rec.  17,  159. 

ap-t  (1  D  ^ ,  fl       ^ ,  a  vase  or  vessel.  • 
ap-t  (1      rSmn,  Rev.   n,   169,  metal  pot; 

plur.  n  .      y 

^     1  Q  111 

ao-t   fl     ^    -    Ko"^''  P^P-  3^'  refined  (of 
^'     Hq    \-'  gold). 

55,  house,  dwelling,  palace. 

ap-t  neSU  l'^  cr^  ,  1    '-^   ,  royal  harim. 

T  "^  T  Q    111 

ap-t  ur-t  h  °  "^^    ^    ,  the  great  temple 
<=.  <=>  cr-n  

ofKarnak;  among  its  gates  were  :  i.  I  O  tita  M  1 


ti^  %^ 


\; 


r^""^^ 


[■^^^ 


^,; 


■k 


0 


cinson  3, 


(1^;3.(] 

1     AAAAAA  1 

6.(1^ 

1     AAAA/ 

Apap   (1  D  (1  ,  the  month  of  enici>i 

ap(heb-e..^)q°^  =  y^. 

(1  --5,  a  festival  in  the  month  of  n^,tjune, 

2 1 3,  the  tutelary  goddess  of  Ta-apt,  ^^\  (]  j^, 
Thebes. 

Mon.  36,  ChampoUion,  Mon.  i,  27,  No.  4,  one 
of  the  mother-gods  of  Egypt,  nursing  mother  of 
Thebes,  who  appears  in  the  forms  of  a  woman 
and  a  woman-headed  hippopotamus;  her  chief 


1 


[42] 


k 


Apit    I]  ,    the  goddess  of  the  nth 

month  of  the  year  ;  Copt.  eTIHTl  ;  varr. 

Apit-hemt-s   I)  °  j  »,    I)  °J  °  p, 

!n^<£y^^®/    Rec.  34,    192,    one    of   the   12 
I   O  ^ii  Q  C) '  Thoueris  goddesses. 

Apit-aakhut-thehen  Ij  °  J  ^  ^^ 

,  Ombos  I,  45,  a  hippopotamus-goddess. 

Apit-ur-t-em-khat-Nut  H     <=> 

Rec.   34,   190,  192,   one    of   the    12    Thoueris 
goddesses. 

3'P  0  □  ^ )  stairs,  staircase,  steps. 

apap  (papa  ?)    [|  D  [        ,  tablet,  plaque, 

tile,  brick ;  compare  Copt.  c{)^c{)e. 

A  □ 
8'PP   IJ      J  to  journey,  to  traverse. 

round  cake ;  (1       V\  o ,  pills,  pastilles. 

ap  (]  V"  i  ^  ;  see  up. 

Ap-t,  Apu-t  (]  V  ^,  T.  312,  (]  V 
|^,N.946,  V  A,P.  650,  726,  !\a\J 
%  I  ^,  M.  751,  the  Messenger-god. 

ap-ti  (aupti)  h  \/  "^  ^  ^  ^,  Rec.  21, 

81,  messenger,  envoy. 

U.  604,  M.  664,  [j  ^,  U.  476,  N.  738,  1280, 
^  °  ^^  '  ^'  ■^"'  ^'  ^^^'  ^"  "^^"^^  ^°  ^'^''  ^^  ^^' 

house,  dwelling,  /larim  ;  Copt.  HTII. 

^Paa-f  (l^D'^lj.W,  P.  645,a 
proper  name  (?) 

apath,apatM  ^^^"^2=*'^ 

\\ ,  M.  374,  N.  934 


a  measure  for  corn  ; 

Copt.  oine. 


oT^o    A      A     Rev.,    to  think,  to    consider; 
*P^  ^°^'  Copt.  ton. 

Apa   (]  □  (|  ^.  a  goddess. 

Api[t]  (]a[]|j,U.487,(ln(](j\,P-64o, 

(]  D  (](]  ^,  M.  672,  a  god  in  the  Tuat 

api-t  (jaljlje^ 

api   \q\!^     ^    ,  Rev.,  judgment. 

apu   (1  □  p  I .  ^^'hat  is  assessed,  tax,  tribute. 

apu  \\u\,  U.190,  (l°|.(lai]^i. 

(|d%Io  ^D^fl^i'  '^^'"-  P'^^"-  P'"""-  '^^^• 
these;  fern.  (I      V\. 

apui   (1  D  V\  ,  these  two  (masc). 

aof  fl  ^    U.  487,  T.  203,  P.  96,  310. 
1  '  N.  792,  dem.  pron.  masc.  this. 

apen,  apenu  d    °   ,  I]  °,  I]         V' 

these,  these  two  (masc). 

apen   \\      Q>^ ,  to  play  the  tambourine. 

apeh    (]  D  I  -A  ,  P- 163,  to  make  arrive. 

apeh  (j  nl-^.pig- 

._„    \\U   \\  n  Q  "~*T    part  of  a  boat, 

aps  1)  __---' t|  ^^777,'         Hbs(?) 

Denderah    2 1  o,    one    of  the  36   Dekans ;    Or. 
A.4)OCO. 

Apsetch.t(j_^;^^,(]^'^,., 

A     D     ^=^>    Thes.  113,  one  of  the  seven  stars 
4      II     ^  g'  of  Orion ;  its  god  was  Horus. 

apshen   H '^'"^ ,  a  medicinal  seed. 

apt     ||  °  "^  ,  ^  ^  "^ ,  goose ;  plur. 
(|'-'(|||'^i,  Rec.  iS,  182;  Copt.  (W&X. 

^Pt   (1  °  (  I  ^^^ '  P^""'  of  a  ship. 

aptu  (I      ""^^  ,  Westcar  7,  i,  Rec.  34, 118, 

A.Z.  1898,  147,   ^^^  I,  (J     Q         ,  cases  for 

ci  I I  I     1  ^ri      III 

amulets;  var.  (1  vS 


^ 


p.  40,  301,  M.  610,  636,  Hh.  312,  these  two 

(fern.).    , 


aptf 


D    " 


,  Hh.  433,  dem.  pron.  plur.  of 


apten,  aptenti  (] 9~>^,  |] °  "^A^  ^'^, 

these  two  (fern.). 

aptul]    °    ^,  (]    °    %-^,  IV. 
1  c^^  III      1  ci^rp  Ji    I  I  I 

1 149,  Rea  34,  118,  furniture,  beds,  boxes. 

^Pt   fl  ^  '^'  goose;  plur.  (]  ^  ^2- 
^^^^'fj^j'^l^'^j'  Rec.  1 3,  2. 

apt  M  __  o  >  cup,  pot ;  Copt.  ^.nox. 


^Pt   (J  0 '  ^  measure. 

AptcheS    h  a  "^   H ,    Annales  I,   84  — 


Af  (1  ^~    ,  god  of  the  6th  day  of  the  month. 

af  I)  '^,  U.  268,  519,  (j  '^^,  U.  535, 

flesh,  meat,  joint,  member;  plur.  (J     p     3  3  3, 

eee^l^^idden  body;  (]^,^-ad,  cake, 
Af,Afu  h 


[  43  ]  A  ^ 

af  h  °~^  ,  to  turn,  to  twist,  to  revolve. 

af  ()  "Y  M. '  i]  "Y  HIS- '  serpent,  viper ; 
Heb.  rrirON ,  Arab.      ^\,  Eth.  l\(f:p^  : 

Af  I)  ^^V^,    (|  'Y  MJi.  Tuat  III,  a 
serpent  hostile  to  Rii. 

af,  af-t  (]  Y,  (j'Y^.abed. 

Afa  h  2^,,=^  1],  Tuat  I,  an  ape-god  gatekeeper. 

affl   I)  ^  OO  «=<.  Tuat  VIII,  P.S.B.  7, 
194,    shrew-mouse,    shrew-mouse    god;    Copt. 

afen  ||  -^a^a^  ,  u.  545,  (1  «^,  'r.  300, 310, 

p.  232,  to  flee,  to  get  back. 

afekh   (|  '^^^ ,  U.  209,  T.  310,  to  unloose, 
to  untie,  to  unroll,  to  unpick,  to  disentangle. 

aft   (1  y  ^  '  medicine  for  the  eyes. 

aft   (1  AA,  to  rest,  to  repose,  to  sit. 

aft    (|^^,bier;(]fe^-^^5, 


the  carcase  of  the 


Sun-god  of  night,  or  the  dead  body  of  Ra;  he 
has  the  form  of  a  ram-headed  god,  and  his  shrine 
is  encircled  by  the  serpent  Mehen. 

Af  l\  '^''^     PPP    Tuat  V,  a  name  of  two 
•^  ^    III'   \\\'      man-headed  sphinxes. 

AfiAsarm^^q^^^.  Tuat  VII, 

the  flesh,  :.e.,  dead  body,  of  Osiris. 

Afu  ftU  "^  I?  J]  nil,  Thes.  122,  the  four 
gods  who  fought  Set. 

Af-ermen-ari-f  "^ 

associate  c)f  Thoth. 

Afa-heri-khent-f  (]^<^  -^^ 

Tuat  II,  an  ape-headed  god  with  a  knife-shaped 
phallus. 

Afu  Tern    (1  ^1  ^,   Tuat  VII,  the 

"  flesh  of  Tem,"  a  god  who  devoured  the  enemies 
of  Osiris. 


O 


,  an  ape-headed 


bed  with  fine  linen  bedclothes  (Love  Songs,  r^  4). 

:--_    ,1— .Si  ■ 

bedstead  like  the  Sudani  , _,  ^jij^ . 


aft  I) 


,  couch  with  cushions, 


/T-~.a 


aft  !\  ^  I ^'tT.  Peasant  48.  f| 

Amherst  Pap.  i,  (|  ^  f=^  '^ ,  (| 

linen  garment,  piece  of  stuff,  linen  cloth,  rect- 
angular sheet  or  coverlet  of  a  bed,  square  shawl 
or  head-cloth,  bed,  bed-clothes. 

,  a  rectangular  box  or  chest,  a  rectangular 

stone,  a  rectangular  socket,  a  rectangle,  (I 

^y^©,Dum.T.I.I,io,,4. 

MX  (j  '^'^^  Iji-nJ ,  sarcophagus. 


aft 


,  a  rectangular  plot  of  ground. 


1 


[44  ] 


fl 


aft  |)fe,(|^i,(j^|A,lc,flee, 
leap  away,  to  jump  up  from  the  ground ; 
(]^  ^^==>^>    IV,  697;   Copt.  qoT. 

aft-t  (I  c^s  ^^~w^  ]  3] ,  sweat  of  the  god  ; 
Copt,  qtjoxe,  qo-f ,  qcof . 

(J  c^>,  four:    [  d^a       ,  four  spirits,  M.  40s  ; 
Hc>iiii'  S    ^     llll'  ^  ^  ^' 

Copt,  ^.qxe,  qxoT,  qTrcooir,  qxooT. 

aftU   q     -^     (^^  ,  a  fourfold  garment. 


am 
am 


(1  ^\   ,  adverb;  Copt.  AJUULi.T. 


imi-t  -f[- 1^,  U.  23,  (]  -J-  o.  U.  38; 

between 
among  (? 


q^],M.350.    ^|.],"--'^ 


ami- 


(]  ^,  I)  ^  W  o  ^,  Rec.  20,  42,  -J-  ^  ^ 

a  v\         ,  between  two,  IV,  362  ; 
[j  JL  ^s^  VAv  ,^„^j^  ^  ^^  between  the  two  legs. 


B.D.i74,7;(j^[^f]Jl](j 
Unas  is  between  them  ;  <:rr>  [I  — 


Ml' 


\\^ 


■^ 


f*^"  „,  between. 


^m;i 


some  person  or 


something  which  is  in ;  plur.  i\  -\\-  V\,  11  -\r 

I    jf  I '    U    -if  "^^^  <G=<  I '  the  waters. 

ami-t   -\[-  ^\  ,  (I  4^  "^^^  ,  she  who  is  in, 

it  which  is  in;  plur.  amiut   [1  -|i-  1  c^  ,    [1  4U 

ami-at  (]  4|- 


^^  o 


someone   at 


the  supreme  moment  of  some  emotion. 

ami-ab   [j -[|- ^,  ^  ^  ,  (]  ^  |^^, 

^,  one  who  is  in  the 


■0" 


heart,  darling,  trusted  one;  fern.  -]^j^,t  -Vr 
'^  ^ — ^  li  (J  ^ -6,  thy  darling  sister. 


<2>- 


p.  .85.  (j  f  ^  ].-!]- 14^°!^.  •■'"""•  '• 


among  (?) 
&mi-ta    (|  -0-     |l(],    P.     167,    between; 

^M  K.  H  K' 1  k  ^fl' 


ami-ab  a  41-  "^  ,  ^V-  '°°''  '^^'f  .'^°"- 

U    <,.=.  fidential  friend. 

ami-abt  4^"^,  ''"  '''^°  '^?u^  ^^'-'^^ 

U    V<  O  month,  a  priest. 

Amiu  amau  [|  ^  ^  I)  _>  0  0  0' 

N.  1327,  a  group  of  gods(?) 

ami-ariti-j^^,f;^^,(]| 

-JL  ^   (]  [i  n  w,  "^    ^,   he  who  is  in  the 
tomb,  the  name  of  a  priest  of  the  tomb. 

ami-ast-a  f  jj_^>  f^jj.^^. 

—   n  ^'    ^'^'^    '^'*'^    °'^   ^    priest;  plur. 

j|=_.^l,M.,3,.f^jl.^^.^, 

r.  332. 
ami-ast-a  em  Herset  -{]-  jl  ^  ^ 

•*— ,  an  amulet  (Lacau). 


1  A  [  45  ] 


fl 


ami 


■^ikT^'-tt-T— ^'''^'^"^ 


(j,  p.  674,  M. 


666; 


a  priest  of  Heru-ur ;  —  . 

plur.  -  -  "^ fl'^,  N.  1282. 

ami-aha  -|]-|^|^,l) 

—  'O'ctt:,  he  who  is  in  the  palace, /.«.,  the  king. 

ami-uab   j\  -0-  /^ ,  "  dweller  in  the  pure 
place,'  a  title  of  a  priest. 

ami-unnut  -0-  f^  ^AAA^^  '^^,  horoscope. 
ami-unnut  -11-  tx'^'^  ^^  ^ 


^  W,  A.Z. 


AA/VVA^    £^ 


1899,  II,  horoscopist. 


ami-unnut  41- 

Copt.  eJULItO-CT. 

ami-unnuit  41-  In^^  -^^ 


&\    Awwv  -^  guard  ; 


01 


O   (s  •11  "  ■  111' 
Rec.  14,  13,  a  priest  who  served  by  the  hour. 

ami-iirt  "d-^^.  ^j-^.  ^f^^ 

41-<^5ry:!-Q  ''^^  P°'^''  ^'"^^  °^  ^  ^"^^  when 
'   ''      -~  '  sailing  northwards,  the  west. 

a  title  of  the 
king. 


U      o 

ami-urt-sa  41- 


ami-bah   (]  f  2'    H-^^' 

in  front  of  or  before ;  plur.  (1  4  h  V\  ^  1      I     , 
Rec.  36,  =  „,f  1^^^  ||,  (||.^^, 


I    (=lil 


I ,  Tombos  1 2. 


W        I 
\\ 


ami-per-j^"^^,! 

Rec.  ,9,  16, -[^^c^,  I 

-\]-    J    ^^  ■   -|[-  ,  a  will,  conveyance  of 

property,  inventory  of  goods  for  testamentary 
purposes,  title-deeds. 

amit-per  41- 

I] 


Methen  15, 4^ 


III      I 


amiu-mitu 


will,  testament,  schedule  of 
household  goods. 

I   a  name  of 
I ' the  dead. 


f: 


ami-ren-f  41-  ^v^  ^^,  -||- 

Q?^  '^^i^,  -1^  ^^\    wwv^,  JU  wwvv  o^,  a  list 
•of  names,  catalogue,  register;  plur.  4U  ^\    ^ 

'^^^^  Hfi     ,  Rec.  21,  IK,  -\\-  V\    wwv,  (^  1 , 
0(221111  '     ^'    U    J^K^-STl 

registers,  deeds. 

ami-hru  -jL  HI,  JL  HI  "^q,  Rec.  15, 

150,  contemporary. 

ami-ha-t  41- 


v^\     "S^ 


Ci       I 


,    Peasant    193, 


•f 


W    Q    I 


he  who  is  in  front,  leader. 


amit-ha-t 


qfK 


.^ 


,  what  is  at  the 


(E 


breast,  in  front. 

^  ^  I    ancestors,  predecessors,  beings  of  a 

D  jH  I '  former  time. 

4miu-Uha.  f  1^^-41^ 


Rec.  31,  18^  O  ^,  Rec.  31,  29,  f  ^ 
%  ||(]  :|i  **^',  Thes.  1481,  thoughts. 

fx     £^    he  who  is  in  front, 
JS^  Oi'  leader. 

of  a  priest;  plur.  -fj-^^^^. 


I 

,  I 
ll  Q    I 

ami-khent  h 

ami-khent  q^l^fflll 


y^, 


fl 


amiu-khen 

palace  officials. 

^mi-khet  f  ^,  -]]- 

,  follower,  companion,  member  of  a  body 

amiu-khet    l\  ^  %>  '•^^,  n.  652, 


I  ®A 


II  ^J^ 


i 


III   ®.A 


I ,  those  who  come  after 


A 


posterity;  varr.    ^^     o   ,  T.    180,    M.    162, 

ami-sa  -i  -  Y  yf  >  ^  t'tle  of  a  priest. 
ami-sa  A  -  ^^  •$,  he  who  is  behind. 

ami-shepa(?)  (j-J-cna^G,^-  '7' 
Ami-qerq-t  []  -[}-<=>  ^^  > U.  530 

M  ^ ,  title  of  the  chief  priest  of  LetopoHs. 

amiut-ta  -|l- 

Ami-Ta-mer  (?)  t\  -^^  ""  © ,  Rec 


'=^    '^^  -^    herbs  of  the 
1   sill'  field. 

33)  3)  dweller  in  Ta-mer,  i.e.,  an  Egyptian. 

Ami-tahenb-t(?)  (|-[1-S'ij^'<i  J°. 
amiu-tcher  (|  -f|-  B  ,  P.  161 

Am-t  (Amit?)    h  ^'^^'  the  name 
of  a  serpent  on  the  royal  crown. 

Ami-Anu   (JI^IJ-   U.  354,  l)f 


,  N.  716,  a  title  of  Ra  or  Osiris. 


Amiu-asu   l\-^\  l\  ftj^  -*-^' 

M.    174,  a  group  of  gods  whose  abodes  were 
hidden. 

Ami-Antcli-t    J  41       °  '^  c=i, 
U.  256,  h  -f]-^  ,  N.  717,  a  title  of  Osiris. 

Ami  uaa-f  (1 41-  w  s^  ^.  Tu^^t  xi, 

one  of  the  divine  crew  of  the  Boat  of  Ra. 

Amu.upt(]|^\/,T.3.,f^V, 

N.  202,  a  form  of  the  Sky-goddess  Nut. 

Ami-Unu-meht  (Jl^^^T^,  u. 

265,   "dweller  in    Hermopolis  of  the  North," 
a  divine  title. 

Ami.Unu.resu(]^^J^.U. 

264,   "dweller   in    Hermopolis  of  the  South," 
a  divine  title. 

Ami-urt-j^l^^^,  B.D.  ,45, 
7,  a  cow-goddess. 


ami- 


[46]  A  l| 

"dweller  in  the  chamber  of  embalmment,"  a 
title  of  Anubis. 

Ami-ut  1)  ^  ^  ^  ^  .  Rec.  36,  215, 

A  JL  t^     Jl.  %\  "    "^e  Mo*^  of  the  9th  day 
HTJr    '   TjrO'  of  the  month. 

Ami-utcliat-saakhu-Atemt  -||-  -^^ 


^  o 


i]^^   1,  Rec.   34,   190, 


one  of  the   1 2   Thoueris   goddesses ;    she  pre- 
sided over  the  month,  J'itA      • 

Amiu-bahiu  -||-  ^■^^=3  J  I ,  B.D. 

17,  59,  the  gods  in  the  presence  [of  Osiris]. 

Amiu-bagiu  -(P^j  ^^ffl^(||, 

Tuat  VII,  the  "  helpless  "  gods  Avho  lie  on  the 
back  of  the  serpent  Nehep. 

H  Om '  ^'^'  ^^^^^^  1 25  ;  see  Ami-besek  -f]-^^ 

Ami-beq   (]  ^  J  ^  I  ^  .  Cairo  Pap. 
23,  3,  a  god  of  the  dead. 

Ami-Pe  41- 1\  °  ^^''^-  'f'  "•  ^  lion-god, 

U  _K5^©' a  protector  of  the  dead. 

Ami-pet-seshem-neterit  41-  ^  °  ^ 

180,  one  of  the  12  Thoueris  goddesses. 

Ami.pui-|]-|^o^|)y,B^D.  ,s, 

arai-mu  ^h  %i^   ^^~^,  a  t't'e  of  Sebek. 

Amlu-Mehnit  l)f  ^Qll-Sl' 

B.D.  168,  the  gods  who  are  with  Afu-Ra. 

Ami-meuen-f    Ij  f  |^   1}  ^ 

&    B.D.  64,  18,  a  title  of  Afu,  the  dead 
^'^^  ^'  Sun-god. 

Ami-naut-f  (|-{}-''"~^%^''^— -. 

U.  331,  (]  -j] ^^^5_^'  '^-  ^°°' 

a  serpent-god  of  the  "  bush." 


[47] 


Ami-Nu 


DDO 


,   Tuat  VIll,  the 
O, 


aged  primeval  Sky-god. 

Ami-nu-t-she  (?)    (]  -jj-  ^ 

U.  266,  the  name  of  a  god. 

Ami  Nebaui  h  -f-  ^/v^^^^v  J  (]  w  "^ 

C\  (\     Tuat  II,  the  warder  of  Urnes   in   the 
'4 '4'    ■  Tuat. 

Am[it]-neb-s-Usert   41- 

-f  fl  *~^^^  ?)      B.D.  145,  146,  name  of  the  9th 
I  r^  om'  Pylon. 

N.  166,  a  name  of  the  Sky-god. 

Ami-neht-f  |)  -[^  ^^  ^  ^ ,  (]  -[|- 

^^"^^3  %    N.  153,  Rec.  30,  187,  the  name 
ra    ^^Jil'  of  a  god. 

Amm-t  Nekhen  -ll-  |C  ^  ®  Pn  -  ^he 

name  of  a  serpent  of  the  royal  crown. 


Ami-Net  (]  1 


Ci 


,  B.D.   746,  the 


doorkeeper  of  the  7th  Pylon. 

Ami-net-f  Q  -fl  "^      .•-''^  '^'^ ,  Tuat  xi, 

the  serpent  guardian  of  the  loth  Gate. 

Ami-neter -[[- '1 ,  Tuat  Xll,  a  singing-god. 

T.  346,  P.  689,  N.  1 14,  a  title  of  Osiris. 
Quelques  Pap.  79,  title  of  a  god  (?) 

Ami-ret  l)f  2  ^' ^- 5^°' ^li' 

p  ^-7     JL  <?     ^^-  6^5)  N.   1281,  the  name  of 
•  ^■*'  T  ^  '  a  god  (?) 

amiut-haiu^l^^^ra^Hq^, 

"11- 1^  ra  ^  I  ^ ,  contemporaries. 

Ami-hafq^|^m^^^.B.D. 

115,   6,  a  god  who  received  a  harpoon  (mab, 
p      j     from   Ra,  which   was  kept   in    Mabit, 


Ami-hepnen  (]  -R-  IS5,  T.  308,  the 

name  of  a  god  (?) 


.  1M!1, 


Ami-hem-f(]-[j-^ra^ 

B.D.  108,  4,  5  ;  see  Ami-heh-f. 

Ijfl  ,  B.D.  loS,  4,  5,  the  serpent  of  the  Mount 

of  Sunrise  who  was  covered  with  flints  and 
metal;  he  was  30,  or  50,  or  70  cubits  long, 
3  cubits  in  girth,  and  his  head  was  3  cubits  long. 

amiu-hetut  h  -fl- 

B.D.roo,  5.-11-^^1 
sing  to  the  rising  sun. 

Ami-He-t-ur-ka  |]  ^Q  ^=^5^  © , 

U.  263,  a  title  of  Osiris  and  of  Ra. 

Ami-He-t-Serqet-Ka-hetep-t  )i  v< 


.w  ra 


I 
1. 

^^    t::^  -U.         ^  I  I 

I ,  the  apes  that 


^qU^'  U.  257,  a  god. 

ami-hat  -[^|^^g^,  Tombos  6,the 
royal  uraeus  on  the  king's  head. 

Ami-hent-f  (|-f|-| ^^ , -||- §  ^wA.lli^.-,  , 

M.  762,  p.  665,  a  title  of  Osiris  and  of  Ra. 

Berg.  I,  18,  a 
tector  of  the  dead. 


Ami-her  -[[.  ^  "j  ^ ,  i^erg.  i,  18,  a  pro- 


Ami-Hetep  h  | 


D 


,  Cairo  Pap.  2  3,-3, 


a  protector  of  the  dead. 

Ami-Hetchpar  h  ^v   ? 

Amiu  khat  Asar  JL^  |  "^   ]]  , 


N.   719,  a  title  of 
Osiris  and  of  Ra. 


Ami-khent-aat 


i 


Tuat  VII,  the  12  gods  who  sleep  on  the  serpent 
Nehep. 

c.  o  O 
EdfA  I,  12,  15,  a  goddess  of  Edffl. 

Amiu-khet-Ra  -[]-% '  ®^o ,  Tuat  IX, 

four  gods  who  towed   Heru-tuati  in    his    boat 
Khepri. 

III 


Am.iu-khet   He-t-Anes 


i 


'7^ 


n  o'  n<e«t        6)    B.D.  (Saite),   17,40, 


Amiu-khet-Hem 


i\ 


group  of  gods. 


I®  ^m' 

Tuat  IX,  four  gods  who  towed  Heru-tuati  in 
his  boat. 


k 


[48] 


Amiii-khet-Tehuti  -^W] 

Tuat  IX,  four  gods  who  towed  Heru-tuati  in 
his  boat. 

Ami-suht-f  []-[]- [1^1^,  B.D., 7, 

22  (Nebseni),atitleofRa;-||-^-*-^|^_   , 

Todt.  Lepsius  4,  83,  B.D.  149,  the  god  of  the 
9th  Aat. 

Ami-sepa-f  -H-  "^  i^^  5^^=-, 

P.  759,  -j]-'^^^^^'^'  ^'-  '656, 

the  name  of  a  god. 

Ami-Sept-t   []  -{^  p  j\  ^^.  "a  dweller 
in  Sothis,"  a  title  of  Horus. 

Ami-Seh  (j  ^  m^  ^,  U.  260,  a  title  of 

Osiris  the  god  of  Orion. 

Ami  sehseh  -[]-  -^  f  -^  |  ^  >  ^^c- 

31,  27,  the  name  of  a  god. 

Ami-seh-neter  h  -|1-  [^  £2 ,  U.  258, 

a  title  of  x\nubis. 

Amsu,  10,  17,  a  title  of  Ra. 

Ami-sekhet-f  (|-f]-|||^,  Tuatix, 

a  god  of  his  domain. 

Amit-she-t-urt  -f|- 

Ombos  II,  130,  a  goddess. 

those  who  are  in  the  following  of,  the  body- 
guard of  a  god. 

Ami-Shet-t   I) -[]- ^^ 

1360,  title  of  Anubis. 

Amit-Qetem  (]  -||-  ^^  'J  """^^K'  ^-  ^°'*' 

M.  342,  (|-[[-'^  ^"^^.N.  868,  a  goddess 
who  assisted  at  the  resurrection  of  Osiris. 

Ami-kap  (j  ^  ^z^-^  ^,  u.  258, 

N.  718,  a  title  of  a  god. 

Ami-kar  (1  -|j-  ^ 


o 


p/^^ 


^m.'  N. 


Ami-kehau  []  I  ^1^^,(1  f 

Ami-ta  -JU         ,  Rameses  IX,  10,  a  ser- 
pent-god and  associate  of  Tematheth. 

Ami-ta  (jit;,  Tuat  n,a^god^onh. 

^-■t-ikJ--'"Tlion'.gS 

ami-ta-f  (]f^^,R-^,^.,^ 

,  B.D.   168,  a 


Amiu-ta(?)|.^|^^, 

^roup  of  gods  who  fed  the  dead. 


fkl 


O  (S.  I 


,  a 


Tuat  I,  a  sing- 
'    ing  ape-god. 


Ami-tehenu 

title  of  Set. 

Ami.thephet.f|)^«|^4| 
^=*  8  ci  [HI  '''"^^  ^-  3^^'  ^-  3°°'  ^  ''"^  °^ 

□    ji,       iyni,"UyMi'  several  gods. 

Amiu-teser-t-tep  Q  -ff  y  '  ^^  ^ 

®  Pp. ,  B.  D.  1 68,  a  group  of  benevolent  goddesses. 

'Ami.Tetf^|o^.^-.4,38,atitle 
Ami-tcMamu-J-l^^^^, 

T.  305,  a  title  of  a  serpent. 

Ami-Tcheba   kher-ut  (?)    -||-  ^ 

J fl"!  I  o  ^  '  ,  T.  369,  a  title  of  Osiris. 

!  var.  (j^, 


y\ 


,  come ! 


am 

Copt.  iJtXOt. 

^"^   fl^^'  ^'-  ^93. -J- (]  i  .  N.   719 
-f  14,  to  be  attacked. 

Rev.   II,  138,    S)  I ,   l^ec.    14,   15,  to  eat;  see 
ft,  Rec.  29,  144;  CopL  OTftWJUL. 


<^ 


A 

X 


[49] 


1 


X 


Rev.,  to  overeat ;  Copt.  CCCOAXOTf  Hp. 
am-t  -O-^^  ' .  Israel  Stele  7,  -[l 


i 


7.  146,  -j- 


.^  ...Q 


',  Rec.  17,  146,  -\\-  ^^  .•■•■     ,  R.E.  6,  22, 
food,  fodder  for  horses  and  cattle,  provender. 

am-t  il  t\    "  ,  T.  1 20, ' ,  U-  149,  name 

\j  ci^  of  a  wine. 


fl 


am,  am-t  -^^=z^,  (j^J, 


child, 
pupil. 


Am 


(IT  ^  ,  B.D.  G.  569,  a  form  of  Horus 


suckled  by  Renent,  ^~vvA/^      fL  . 


Amit 


■']' 


Q 


,  Ombos  II,  2, 195,  a  goddess 


I    I    I 


Am[it]    h  -f|-  ^::^.  Tuat  VIII,  goddess  of 
the  circle  Hetepet-neb-per-s. 

Am  41-  ^v    ^Sas,  Berg,  i,  34,  a  lion-god. 


am 

rSAAAAA 
A/W^AA 


-Qt'  ^^*^-  35>  56,  tj  jx~x^>  iJ 
/^ww  ^j  Rec.  36,  213,  to  cry,  to  wail,  to  weep. 


s  /A  I 


Ll  I 


•fl 


i, to  cry. 


cry  out,  to  exclaim,  to  groan. 

am   (|-[]-^^|,A.Z.  1905, 107, woe! 

(1-JUq  Q   (Lacau),  staff,  stick,  standard 

am,  amit  (j^fJ.-U- 458,^'^[J, 

to  burn,  to  flame,  to  blaze,  fire,  flame;  plur. 

amu(ammu)  (1^=^^|^.  (]  | 
(aam-t)  ||   ^  ||.  |  ^  |j^ , light, rays, beams. 


amemu  h  > ^\   |R  ,  Todt.  (Lepsius),  6, 

43 ;  see  Hemnemet. 


AtkO    B.D.    148  (Rubric), 
V  Jl  III'  paint;  S( 


amu 

amm  || 

amam-t   (]-[|- I]  ^^,  strength. 


colour, 
see  flam. 


r      .    to   make  firm,   to 
'  strengthen. 


am 
am 


stuff,  cloth,  garment. 


ftA/VW\ 


£ 


Amen.  20,  5,  boat, 
ship. 


Rec.  188,  13,  30,  72,  stream,  flood,  deluge 

am  (amm)  (]T^^,  (jl",  (]/=: 

%^  ^3iS,    Hymn   Nile    26,   (| 

am  (amm)  (].^^ 

eyebrows. 

am  (amm)  [1 1 —  ^^  I^,  skin  (?),  cat. 
am  (amm)  (|£=^^,  Rec3i,i47, 

to  be  hard  of  hearing. 

am  (amim)  |]  / —  ^^   ■'^,  Amen.  12, 

14,  (I  I y\    .^^^  I ,  patient,  submissive. 

am  (amm)   (]  r=^  (^3,  jj 


\. 


N.   170,  960,  to  putrefy,  to  rot,  to 
°°°°'  ferment. 


am 


\ 


(S.  I 


Oi 


i ,  filth. 


am  (amm),  ammit  h  £=^v° ,  h  c^ 

°     H  l\     AA"  clay,  like  clay;  Copt. 

•  Ill'  4^^mHHQ'  OJULe,  OJULI. 

am(amm)(l^|^,tS,^)£(?)' 
am(ammu)  l)^|^()^ 


(?) 

,  P.S.B. 


13,  411,  fruit  trees,  palms. 


ami  (4mm)  \\  < ^^  A  e  ^  ^ ,  grace- 


fulness of  form,  graciousness. 


am-ti(l^-|j 

,  grace. 

graciousness. 

^^^  1k^' 

Tuat  X] 

,  a  dawn-god. 

^"^^ik'kl 

\  to  eat ; 

L 

Copt.  Olf  UJJU.. 

ama  (  lw|.  ast 

aff. 

^ 


[  50] 


A 


1 


amau 


I    '        ,  borders,  boundaries. 


M.   750,  to  make  to 
travel. 


house,  tent. 


\ 

amaa  U  _Jp 
d,mani  (]— ^ 

•Jk-,  date  palm  (?);  plur.  (j  _Jf  "^ 

ffl  a  ,  kind,  gracious,  agreeable;  (1  ^  A 
"^ ,  darling. 


amakh  ^ .  (]  -^  ^'  -J-  ® .  Jo"''.  As. 

1908,  313,  to  honour,  to  worship,  to  be  worthy 
of  honour  or  worship ;  Copt.  jm.ncy^  ;  Rec. 
23,  204. 

amakhu   (|  ^  ^  J ,  Rec.  36,  78, 


A  _>  «^  ^,  (j  -^  °|^ ,  one  who  is  bound  to 

honour  a  master,  or  worship  a  god,  vassal,  one 
who  is  worthy  to  be  honoured,  revered,  or  wor- 
shipped;   plur.    (]^®^^^",   P.    403, 

\J>'®'\  ^^^^^.  M.  576,  \  -> 


paternal  serfs,  IV,  ^°S4;  11'^  [% 


IV,  1045;^' 
Osiris;  fem.  (I 


i? 


,  aged  serfs, 
,  vassals  of 


J^ 


amakhi  ^(|(]^>  Rec.  27,  53,  |j 

t®.  JliA    serf,  vassal  of  a  god,   person  of 
X  UMT'  honour. 

^  0(J  "^i  female  vassal  (?),  vassalage,  fealty. 

amakhkh  \-^  ^  j^.  Amen,  n,  4, 
the  venerable  dead. 


Amakhu  (]  ^  ®  ^^^  \\\,  P.  404, 

\\  VS,  N.  1 183,  the  divine  serfs  in  the  Tuat. 


1  rs  ■«?=^  » I 


0 
i  I 


il 


Amakhu  nu  Asar 

. .® 

B.D.  14T,  the  serfs  of  Osiris. 

Amakhu  (|_-i' ^%>^,  N.  1200,  the 

name  of  a  god. 

Amakhui  (?)  «^^,  Tuat  XII,  a  god 
who  towed  Af  through  the  serpent  Ankh-neteru, 
and  was  reborn  daily. 

Amakhit-f  4^  ^^  ^i '  ^^''"  ^'^^' '' 
ama  (]  J,  P.  258,  T.  69,  M.  224  =  | ^^-  f^^ 
ama,  amait  (|  ^^^^Q  I^^.Rev.  u,  178, 

(]  ^ |l  (] (]  "J,  Rev.  13,  3,  cat ;  Copt.  eJULQ-if. 

ama  (?)-t  (]  Il^vj^H^,  Rec  31, 27 

amar  (|  Q  <=>,  u.  190,  n.  601  =  (]  Q , 

T.  69,  M.  224,  like. 

amakheri(||^|](]^,  (]g^|)|j 

■^         ,  a  kind  of  balsam  tree,  white  manna  tree. 
amma  (read  ami  ?)  \\  ^^  ^^ ,  {\  i 

Aa,^^    a     0   give,  let,  grant,  I  pray,  make, 

H  _^_a^  III'    cause;  Copt.  JULHI,   JOLOI. 

dm  (amm)    Ij  ^  %  ^.  grain, 

wheat  or  barley. 

amaa  (]  § ^  ij ^  1 3'  ^^'-  ^-  ^5' 

proper  name  (?) ;  compare  Heb.  Dt^. 
li   (]_^(](],  would  that! 

li-t  1]  ^^^  00    '  Re^'-'  nature, disposition. 

Ami  -jj-^OQfl'  Nesi-Amsu  30,  21,  a 
name  of  the  Eye  of  Horus. 

Ami    -[^^  5^.    B.D.    (Saite)    no,    9, 


ami  II  ^: 
ami 


1 


[  51  ] 


A 


'A  (\^ '  ^■^'  '^'*'  "*'  ^  "^'"^  of  Sekhmit-Bast-Ra. 
amitiu    (    V\    W] ,    dead   person ;   plur. 


fl 


e 


I,  L.D.  III,   219E,   18, 


i 


Amutiien(?)  (]  ^^^.  T-  49,  5'. 

P.  160,  a  goddess  of  milch  cows,  V\    FD  (J  i^ 
S  S  Ef ,  and  cows  that  give  suck,  /wwv\      1 . 


i 


amn 

=  5jLju.on 
amen 


,  R.   II,   140 

i  1      AAA/V»A        L 


■■^■^^  Ira 

,  Peasant  182,  to  hide,  to 
conceal,  to  be  hidden,  secret,  mysterious. 


1     /WVAAA  _j!I 


amen 


,    U.   508,    (] 


1  I    "   I    i   ra       1  _ 

thing,  concealed,  secret,  mysterious ;  (I  ^~^~^A  IT^, 


,  hidden  person  or 


f^"^^ 


Ul 


I  [1   AAAAA^    * 


fl' 


^     U  I 


Amen   (1  iT^  ,  title  of  the  high  priest 

of  the  Gynaecopolite  Nome. 

Amenlj^^o'^r 

a  name  of  the  Uevil. 


>,  "hidden one," 


r\     "  M  ■  I  ■  n 

amen-t   [I  _    ,  something  hidden. 


amen 


•M 


AAAAAA        ^^ 


,  a  hidden  place. 


a  sanctuary;  plur.  (I  ■ 

amen  amen  (1  A        ,  u.  524, 

U  I  0  I  ,  T.  330,  doubly  hidden  (?) 

1        AAWV\         1       /VVWV\ 


amen- 


i-ab  (] 

heart,  to  dissemble. 


jumij,. 


amen-a 


fl; 


Y^,  to  hide  the 


],  to  conceal  the  hand. 


Amennu-au 


flf^l 


I  ,  Tuat  VII, 

1 2  gods  whose  arms  were  hidden,  and  who  lived 
with  the  body  of  Ra  in  IJet-Benben. 


,  7'uat  X,  a 


1*"^^^ 


Amen-aakhu 

destroyer  of  the  dead. 

Amen-ren-f  h 

^_  '.  T.  322,  (1 

he  whose  name  is  hidden,  a  title  of  several  gods, 
the  great  judge  of  the  Tuat. 

Rec.  27,  55,  the  name  of  a  god. 


Amen-ren 


■her  (j 


Amen-hau 


flSI?^'fl  =  ll 


D  ja    Tomb  of  Seti  I,  B.D.  168,  one  of  the 

?  <?^  l[] '  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  30). 

Amen-Heru    Ij^  '^,    Tuat   X,   a 

destroyer  of  the  bodies  of  the  dead. 

Amen-khat  h  '-'^^  "j|  ^  i  jj ,  one  of 

the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  39). 

Amen-khat  [1  ^^"^ ' ,  h  wj^  "j^  ^  i, 

Tuat  X,    the   name  of  the  Hand   that   holds 
Aapep  by  a  chain. 


Ament-seshemu-set 


,  Tuat  VI,  a  goddess  of  the  Utchat. 


fl 


AA/SAAA    ] 


Amen  (]  ^^ ,  U.  558,  P.  703,  (1  ^^  ^ , 

M.  478. 1]  ^^,Hh.  385,(1^  A  (1^1, 

1   C_l    /VWVVA  1   AAAAAA    i_J  1    AAAAAA       I 

"  the  hidden  god  "  who  is  in  heaven 


A/WNAA 

W 
;  Assyr.  ->f  ]}  fcj  ./-,  Heb.  ]'\12i?, 

Nahum  3,  8,  Copt.  ^.AXOTrt,  Gr-'Afifito. 


|Um^ 


Amen-t  (Amenit)    h  ^^?^,  U.   558, 


Hymn  of  Darius  23,  fern,  of  pre- 
ceding. 


Ameni(l^(](]y,ll^|)(],Rec. 

1    A(«^AAA       1     1      U     i I  1    AAAAAA        I    1 


Edffl  I,  9D,  a  form  of  Amen 
and  Ra. 


^  A' 

3.  "6,  (j 

Ameni   A  ''^^^  AA  J,  Tomb  of  Seti  I, 
one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  52). 

Amennu    A  ^^  ^,   A  vwwv  '^  _^, 

p.  266,  N.  1246,  the  "hidden"  god. 

D    2 


k 


[52  ] 


Amen-aab-t  ()  ^f  J  5^-  ^^^  ^7, 

119,  Amen  as  god  of  the  East. 

Amen-aabti  i\^  l\^UT i^ 

Herusatef  Stele  154,  a  form  of  Amen  worshipped 
in  the  Sftdin. 

Amen-apt  l\^<^   ^ cA:  5I '  ^"'^" 

of  Karnak ;  compare  Tell  al-'Amama  J  ]}  "tT 
Amen  of  Karnak ;  var.  [J  /^    ,   [I  J| 

Amen-Menu  |]  "^^^^^^  f,  iv,  1031, 

Amen  +  Menu. 

Amen-meriiti  (I  w>wa        ^    ,  Amen 

the  beloved,  or  loving,  god  (?) 

Ainen.naanka(?)(|^^^l||U, 

B.D.   165,  4,  a  form  of  Amen  worshipped  in 
Nubia. 

Amen  net  Nut  (?)  |j  i^^  ®  ® 

satef  Stele  34,  Amen  of  Thebes. 

Amen-neb-khart    h 

Amen  as  lord  of  the  Nome  of  Heroonpolites. 


AA/WAA    £^  1 


r^*"^^ 


,  Heru- 


Qlllt' 


Amen-neb-nest-taui  n 


/WVVNA 


t  I  I 

^    "  Amen,  lord  of  the  throne  of  the  Two 
'  3x  '  Lands,"  i.e..  Amen  of  Karnak. 


~''^~" ,  Dream 
D     Q  © 


k 


Amen  Nept  (j 

Stele  8,  Amen  of  Napata  (Gebel  Barkal) 

Amen-Ral]^  0,11^^0^. 

Amenit  Ra  fl  ~vwva  O,  L.D.  4,  2,  the  female 

1     o      I 

counterpart  of  Amen-Ra. 

Amen-Ra-Ptah  (]  "^^^  9  °  §  >  '^'^  '"^'^ 

Amen  +  Ra  +  Ptah. 

Amen-Ra-menmen-mut-f  ()  '^^^^  J] 

=^ ,  Culte  Divin, 


Amen-Ra-neb-nest-Taui  (1  "^^^^  J| 

throne  of  the  Two  Lands,  i.e.,  Egypt,  prince  of 

Amen-Heb  J  '^^^  ra  1^,  Rec.  28, 182 

1    A/^AAA  .^  ® 

=  'Afievri/it9,  Amen  of  Heb,  the  capital  of  the 
Oasis  of  Khargah. 

Amen-Ra  nesu-neteru  [ 

iiiT  ^  —  '^^  A  4  —  m 

'AfiovpaatcvOqp,  i.e.,  Amen-Ra,  king  of  the  gods ; 


e^  o 


/VVVVV\  I 


n 


Gr. 


also 


I 

Amen-Ra  Heru-aakbuti  \\ 

,  the  triad  Amen  +  Ra  +  Heru-aakhuti. 


O     I 


Amen-Ra    Heru-aakhuti    Tern 
Kheperi  Heru  (]  =  |  0  |  ^  ,§ 

of  Amen  +  Ra  +  Heru-aakhuti  +  Tem  +  Khepera 
+  Heru. 


FS        JJ 

Amen-Ra  setem  (?)  ua  (1  ~ 


(0     (3 


AA/WV\ 

0      I 


J^  ,  Rec.  26,  57 


p.  1 24,  Amen-Ra  as  his  mother's  husband. 


Amen-Ra  Ka-mut-f  \\  '^^^^  9  '^ 

,  Amen-Ra  as  his  mother's  husband. 

Am7nB„ruti5=^-|^y. 

B.D.  165,  4,  the  triad  Amen  +  Shu  -i-  Tefnut. 
Amen-hap   \\  '^^^^  ^^  D  ,  an  ithyphallic 

1     AAAAAA       c4 

man-headed  hawk-god,  a  form  of  Amen-Ra. 

Ament-herit-ab-apt  \\  ^^  ^  '^  i]  ^' 

ChampoUion,  Mon.  IV,  332,  3,  consort  of  Amen 
as  god  of  the  Apt. 

Amen-khnem-heh(j^^Q^ 

)    9  0S,  Amen  as  god  of  eternity. 

Amen  -  sept -hennuti(?)  \\  ^^^^  J] 

A  ^\^,  Nesi-Amsu  1 7, 14,  Amen  with  the  ready 

horns;  Sept-hennuti  is  probably  the  original  of 
a  title  of  Alexander  the  Great,  Dhu  '1-Karnen. 


[53] 


1 


Amen-qa-ast  h  '^^^  T  fl  J  >  Amen  of 

the  exalted  throne. 

Amen-kau  D^VH,P.6o.J^ 

\J  \J  li^^    ^'  '  '54'  sod  of  the  east  gate  of 
"^'  heaven. 

Amen-ta-Mat   (]  ^  ^  ^^  ^  (] 

^^^,  Rec.  21,  94,  I02 

Amen-Temu-em-Uas  (]'^^^^>==%^ 

-^    / T     ,  Amen  +  Temu  in  Thebes. 

AmenTehnitq  =  |S-;, 

Rec.  14,  74,  Amen  of  Tehnit. 

Amen   (]  "^^^^  J  ,  (]  '^^^ ,  Lanzone,  pi.  1 7, 

a  frog-headed  god,  one  of  the  eight  elemental 
gods  and  goddesses,  and  grandfather  of  the 
Eight  Gods ;  see  Khemenu. 

Amen   (1  ,  Pierret,  Et.  i,  a  lion-god. 

Amen  1]  ^^ ,  (1 '^^  Ha ,  U.  543,  T.  299, 

Tuat  IV,  a  serpent-god. 

Amen-t  (1  w^^  JlJ,  (1  /w^^a  ,  Lanzone,  pi.  1 7, 

a  serpent-headed  goddess,  counterpart  of  the 
preceding. 

^^^^\  B.D.  168,  a  bull-god 


■^s^  Tuat  VIII,  one  of  the 
nine  Shemsu-Ra. 


(?) 


Amen  h 
Amen  h 

Amen-usr-ha-t    h  ^^^  ^  -^  ..^^, 

(l^l-^.    11^1-^^,    IV,4.r, 

895,  the  name  of  the  sacred  barge  of  Amen-Ra 
at  Thebes. 


Amen-Ra 


i 


i ,  an  official ; 


ftAAA/V\  O         1 

compare  Am-mu-ni-ra   J    Jj^    >-^    ,^    t^TT' 
Tell  al-'Amarna. 


Amen-Ra-em-usr-ha-t  (j'^^^^O 

1   /SA/VW\       I 


IP 


S)    Rec.  20,  41,  name  of  the  sacred  barge 

ci    I  '  of  Amen. 

Amen-ta-f-pa-khepesh  (]  ^^^^  '^ — '^ 

®  '-' r~;xj    ^GV.  II,  60,  the  name  of  the 
I  vv  I         '  favourite  horse  of  Seti  I. 


dmen  h 


^,  P.  406  =  ^ 


k^' 


M.   580,  the  right  hand,   right  side ;   compare 
Heb.    •<t2"'. 


f\tii^     P.  406,   right   side,   western; 
"'  H '  Heb.p;. 


amen 

N.  I 


r\    ■"■■■', 

amen-t  |l  -www ,  p.  610, 

the  West,  the  right  side. 


amen-t  ft  ^\  ,  the  right  eye. 

amen-t  <^  ci  1^2,  <^  1±2,  t.  81, 

M.  234,  N.  612,  the  west  wind. 

Amen-t  []  ^^^^  f^■^^/^ ,  ft  '^  ,  1^  f^^^ , 

Inscrip.  of  Darius  9,  the  west  bank  of  the  Nile 
and  the  land  westwards. 


^,<^^,|jS,  Tuat  III, 


west  wind. 

Amenti 

Will    r  w  Tq  w 

the  god  of  Amenti  or  the  West. 

amenti   '^lO,   '^^11], a  denizen  of 

Amen-t,   one   belonging   to   Amen-t,    U.    578, 
N.  966. 

amentiu 


Q  I 
I 


5  (^^\£i 


d 

l^/^/^ 


/SAAAA/\ 


C^^^Jl^  !. 


I, 


TL         Ci     I 


!, 


I, 


I, 


I 

I     I     I 


mo^^^ii'  I'     jm  ill  i- 

I    those  who  are  in  the  West, 
I '  i.e.,  the  dead. 


Amen-t   [I  ^/^w^  fw/^ ,  Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one 


of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  27). 


Amentt  „ 

,  Q  Q,  [J  ,  the  west,  the  abode 

[VXQ  '  |N^VQ '  ^  "  - -^  " 


of  the  dead.  Dead-land  ;  Copt.  eXJLtVT. 


Amentit  h 


SI 


O 


,  the  goddess  of  Dead-land. 


Amen-t  ft  ,  Tuat  I,  a  singing-goddess ; 

the  name  of  the  ist  Aat  (B.D.  149). 

D  3' 


[54] 


II 


p.    miiii    "^^^ 

Amen-t-urt   0  ~^^  *==■, 
Tuat  I,  a  gate-goddess. 

Amen-t-Nefer-t  (]  ^^  f^^^o  T  ^^ , 

H-HoS'   tJT'T-tII,Berg.II, 

3;  (i)  a  goddess,  the  personification  of  the  ist 
division  of  the  Tuat;  (2)  the  name  of  the  15th 
Aat  (B.D.  149);  (3)  a  goddess  who  hid  the 
deceased  (Berg.  II,  11). 


n- 


Amentt  ermen  l^  "", T^'it  vii, a star- 

I'  ,-.-~5i  goddess. 

Amen-t-hep-neb-s    ^  \/    ^^ 

B.D.  G.  494,  goddess  of  the  necropoHs  of  Mem- 
phis and  Abydos. 

Amen-t  sefml-t  0  i^^  A     the  ante- 
chamber  of  the  Tuat. 

ameil-t    (I  aaw^a,  A.Z.  1908,  16,  name  of  a 
vuhure  amulet. 

amen-t 


name  of  a   sceptre   amulet 
(Lacau), 


1^^"^^ 


amen  h 

to  make  to  arrive,  or  reach  = 

amenmen  h 


.  U.  335,  T.  396,  N.  1 149, 


I  I  I  I  I  1  I        I  1 1  n  n 

see  y\ 


I   AAAAAft  ftAAA/V\ 


,  to  set  in  motion ; 


amen 


r^""^^ 


,  Rec.  4,   121, 


q  ,  T.  340,  N.  1352,  to  make 

1     AAA/W, 

firm,  to  stablish,  to  fortify ;  see  i 

amenmen  h 

Hymn  of  Darius  4,  to  stabhsh  ;  see 

amenu    h  ^^^^\,,  made  firm,  established. 

Amenu  -  kherp    (Kherp  -  He  - 1  - 


r^ 


Amenu) 

the  pyramid  of  Amenemhat  II. 

Amen-sekhem-f-au    h  ^^^^  ^  1\ 


,  the 


I ,  name  of  a  gate  at  Thebes. 

amem.t(l^lir,ll^ 


regular  daily  sacrifice  or  offering ;  (1 

7,  IV,  1 142,  (I  ~wwi  in 


^    Q    I 
Thes.  1253, 


amen 


0 


IjS^^,   U.   589,  M.    823, 
3,N.  1338,  (]^<:^,P.  669,N.  895, 

daily  sacrifice  of  a  bull ;    plur.   (1  (I 

I     AA/WNA        I 

(1  ^ww^  A,  Rec.  36,  81,  flower,  plant 


amenu 
amenu 


NI^.'lL       f\        11  "  '  I  I 


t^^  0  ^_^^      pasture  ;    Copt. 


amenu  h        ^  ■'^=,,  dove. 


amenhu(]^V^^,|)^| 


.11  "!■!■»]    p  (3 


(J  Y  '^'^>^^'  sacrificial  priest,  butcher. 

(Nebseni),  31,  fl  § 

of  slaughtering  gods. 

amer  (j  ^,  |]  ^,  T.   264,  P.  320, 

M.  129;  see  ,  to  love. 


17 


I 

I ,  a  group 


(]  2^,1)^^.^,  to  be  deaf. 
[I  %jC       it-i. ,  an  animal  for  sacrifice, 
•t  -^  t-  Y  '  ^  *'-^'^'  sceptre  (?) 

ameh  /]  In!^"    ^'=<^-  32.  67,  a  kind  of 

1  .fliv^   °  '  incense,  perfume. 


amer 
amer 
amer 


dmeh  I] 


=^ 


,  Amen.  27,  13, 


q-I 


V^,    I)  J^'^,P.S.B.  20,  19s,  (]g,to 
absorb,  to  fill  oneself  full. 

ameh  (]^°^. 'i'  363,  []^°^n|. 

N-  179,  (1  °^  I  L=/l,  Rev.  12,  59,  to  seize,  to 
have  power  over  ;  Copt.  ^XJL^^TE. 

Amh-t.Ammh-t(]  1^1^,1)^ 

^       B.D.  72,  I,  149,  the  name  of  the 

6th  Aat. 


CTTD 
I      ' 


[55] 


1 


i 


I 


,  the  Kingdom  of  Seker,  the 

god  of  Death,   at  Sakkarah.      There   was   an 
amh-t  at  Thebes  also. 

of  these  kingdoms. 

amkhen  (1  41-  ^  ,  (1 -11-'*^,  t.  190, 

I         U         AAAVSA  I         U         AAA^rtA 

P.  676,  to  make  a  voyage,  to  travel  through  or 
about. 

_    U.  296,  N.  533,  to  con- 
duct. 


ames 
ames 


*ms.t(l(ljP^,il=^P§,Ebe„ 
Pap.  47,  12,  81,  10,  Rec.  7,   108,  shrub,  plant, 

anethum,  Gr.  av^eov,  Copt.  A.AJLICI,  eJULICI. 

Ad,.Te.38,!]|^_^,(]^(l 
I  Y  '^  s5^7^ ,  Staff  of  office,  sceptre. 

,  B.D.  17,  34,  Todt.  (Naville)  II,  41,  a 


W 


title  of  Menu  *~^  as  the  bearer  of  the  sceptre 

ames,(]f|]p^.^. 

ames   (|  jtl,  to  give  birth  to;  see  mes  JTl; 
(][ji(]^,  born(plur.),  N.  1229. 

amnes,  (j^ilipg. 
4ms  (j^iQi  S  =  if] [Ir^, Rev.  14, 73, 

usury  :  Copt.  XJLHCe. 

imesua  ypU^%.   H  P  U 
amset  h  ^J[\ '=^*T" *? '  ^"^^*^^' ^''P- ^^' 

ft   n  -9         Q       the  loins,  reins,  kidneys  ; 
",  3,  Ij -jj- ^3^-^,    Copt.  JULeCT-   2,HT. 


amset 


i^]?.flT-]i.;nLs 


N.  S92.  T.  60,  P.  46J,  (|  ^  p  ]^,  M.  551, 


(I  ^^^^  'y  I  |^Jl '  '^^  following  forms  occur 
which  suggest  the  reading  Amges :  (1  ¥\  c=^ 
P  ],  P  445,  706,  M.  218,  Ij  ^  ^=^  p  o, 

P-  673,  i]^«=^P  '='^,  N.  1279;  Amset 
was  one  of  the  four  sons  of  Horus  and  assisted 
in  embalming  Osiris. 

Amset  (j^l"^,  Ij'lpp^'j.godofthe 

loth  hour  of  the  night. 

Amset   i]  ^=1^X7,  (IT"*"^,  the  god 
of  the  4th  day  of  the  month. 

Amesta-em-abu  A  ^^^1 0  T  '^,  Den- 

derah  II,  10,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 


P-  535,  689,  690,  N.  172,  (|  ^'^.  to  perish, 
to  decay,  to  become  corrupt. 

amgah(|^ffi|^|),(|^ffl^ 

Am.tt    [  c  Q,  Rec.  32,  80,  a  region. 


[V^\£l' 


i^ 


cake  offering. 

Amtenm  0  ^H  tiv  ,  Hh.488, 

a  magical  name. 

Rec.  31,  165,  kinsfolk;  see  untuit. 

amtchart   -f  ^  i  ^  ^,  salve, 

unguent,  ointment,  (1  *^\      B*  ,  U.  297. 

amtcher  |j^zz|^  B»  [[,'"'°!^f,-°on' 
an     1    =  Copt.  ftxo. 

/www 

D   4 


A 


[56] 


A 


C6) 


an       1    ,   j\  \/,  a  mark  of  emphasis,   an 
indication  of  the  subject  of  a  sentence. 

&a.     ']    ,M.  624,  625,  a  particle  =  (1  |\a~w«, 

P.   316,  317. 

an      I    ,  interrogative  particle;      4 

{o,  shall  then?      1    (|  %>  _(u. ,  is  it  that  not ? 
',who?      q      ^O^,      ^ 

/www     _ii*V5  1      '^■~~  AAAAW 

an      H    ,  a  conditional  particle,      1     (I  S; 
Copt,  ene  (late  form,  l|  ^  ] } 
an      'j    ,  a  post  negative  particle. 

/ww^^ 

an     4   =  -WW",  of,  IV,  3, 140. 

/VA/NWV\ 

kn      H    ,  (]  V  ,  iJ  ^' ,  in,  to,  for,  because,  by. 

-www      1  W       ^,ww\ 

an    i]^,   (] -vwA^  ^ ,  said  by  =     1    ,  IV, 
;  var.  M  g5i  a«wa  ,    (I  gi  ^ 


4,  220,  1141 
we  say. 

an  meru  1 1  /ww« 


I  I 


so  that. 


ann 


M     AA/WAA  M 

1       I      I      I  1 


,   pers.    pron.    ist 


pers.  com.  we ;  Copt.  ^noit. 


ann   (I  ^  '■'"^^ ,  an  interjection. 


I  I  I 


w     w 


dnn  A  — =  0 

ann     1    11,  P.  318  =  11,  M.  626. 

AA/\AAA      IT  11 

ani(?)   jj,  U.  2,  ^,  ^ ,  (]  ^, 

1  /www     JJ    Jr       JJ  'vv'wvA  jrf     J  J  www    JJ  7\ 

A    M  t  U  -w^,  (I  ^wwv,  to  brmg,  to  convey,  to 

ft  0  "'""^  N.  1 1 18,  bringing:   Copt. 
produce;  y    ^,  ^' ^^^^ 

&VM    A  AAwvA  ^P\,  porter,  carrier,  bringer; 


an  au     ji  ,  to  shut  doors, 

an-uauai    H  -^  -^  ()f| 

of  reports,  i.e.,  herald. 


e 
V 


i,    bringer 


anutcnat  J]^^.  the  Eye  of  Ra. 


I  I 


,  to 


an  em  skhai   j\«w, 

put  into  writing. 

an-t  ret     l\  j  ,  Tomb  Amenem- 

hat,  p.  93,  the  name  of  a  ceremony. 

4n-shet  £(J,  "»-  '■""^-'.ill.iS 

an-t,  anut  A  o,  J\  ^  ,  something 
brought,  conduct,  lead;  J\o%  "^  '['  offerings. 

an  ||  ^  www,  U.  556,  ||  ^^,  M.  544, 
n  J\  j3%,  T.   26,  P.  44°.  gift,  offermg;  plur. 

M.2Si,(]^        y^7\y^,P.82,N.788,^^^, 
U.    212,    509,   P.    688,    ^  O  ^  °'   T.    323, 

T.  292.     Later  forms  are  the  following  : 

^  R  o,    jl  0  ,  gift,  tribute,  offerings,  products, 
revenues,   income,    increase,  wages,  something 


brought  in ;   Copt,    eme  ;    ^3^ 
Peasant  120,  owner  of  merchandise. 


0 
1 1 1 


1 


J 


things  brought,  offerings,  etc 

offerings  of  flour. 

ann    H'^Ai    I V,  1152,  tools  used  in 
ann  J]o^1  r|'  brickmaking. 

an-t  (]  _J2.  P-  172.  (j 

watercourse,  channel,  valley. 


A/VAA/V\  ft     AAAAAA 

^'  ^-   '72.   (Jj^.  N.   939, 


fl 


[  57  ] 


A 


Rec.  32,  82,  the  name  of  a  serpent  deity. 

An   j\    1    X,  A  jlX'U-^72,  275, 

the  name  of  a  goddess. 

ft  T^    Tuat  III,  the  "bringer"  of 
Jj    1)     '  "  the  Eye  of  Horus. 

Antit     A  ,  Tuat  III,  a  goddess  who 

JJ  Ci    <ri       ' 

"  brought "  the  pupils  of  the  Eyes  of  Horus. 

Anithi-ff=,T""^".««'J°^- 
An-ari-t-Ra    A^s>-  W ,  Tuat  III,  a  god 

J  J  Ci     I      1 

of  the  Utchat,  '^^• 

An-atf-f  R  w^  I]  ^  ^  =^^ ,  B.D.  92, 

5,  a  form  of  Horus. 

An-a-f    j\     I     ,  Denderah  III,  69,  Haaaaaa 

;T^WJL,  B.D.   125,   II,  j^ ^^3'  ^ 

serpent-god,  one  of  the  42  Assessors  of  Osiris. 

An-a-f    %^^^^^  <^''^-'^-  17  (Nebseni), 
26  ff.,  the  executioner  of  Osiris. 

An-urt-emkhet-uas    %< 

'^S)^^^    ^-^^  99.   i5>  name  of  the 
®j^  0  (  _^     II    '    mast  in  the  Magical  Boat. 

An-maat    f\  n  .-S-,,  Tuat  V,  one  of  eight 

gods  who  burned  the  dead. 

An-nef-em-hu  J\  V  ^^     ,  Berg,  i,  3, 

Q  D    (^   |-[]   e  G^  Rec.  4,  28,  one  of  the  eight 
sharp-eyed  custodians  of  the  body  of  Osiris. 

K-^-^^f      9  -^^^^   B.D.  12  c,  II :  see 

An-re-f     J^ ^^,         Maa-antu-f. 

an  ha-ti    |\  aaaa^v  '^ ,    a  w^a,  -=^  O,  to 

sacrifice  a  heart. 

An-her-t  j^^J-^.^^^, 

Der  al-Gab.  i,  18,  J\  Q  <^£55,  P.S.B.  7, 

'75.  J\  l^^^'  Cairo  Cat.  71,  JJ  ^ 

"^"-^  Wl'     Ay?  i^^^^)  the  god  Onouris,  the 
centre  of  whose  cult  was  Abydos  (This)  ;  Copt. 

^.n^^onrpe,  Gr.  'Oi/oy,>/». 


^^ 


Tuat  IV,  a  god  in  the 
Tuat  of  Seker. 


III 


Anher  neb-mab    H  ~^  ^:z^      ,  , 

Anher,  lord  of  the  harpoon. 

An-her  Bast-ntet-tha  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

^^,  Thes.  I,  23,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

An-her-Shu   _^  — ^^    [5  (2^, 

l--P^|.Lanzone,pl.TgTP^?. 
Mission  13,  126,  An-her  -f-  Shu. 

An-her    R %  B.D.  144,  the  Watcher 

An-hetep    R  = 
An-hetep-f  |\ — ^  c  J\=^ 

B.D.  125,  II,  one  of  the  42  Assessors  of  Osiris. 

Antaf  _^ — Afe'^1  —  A&' 

U.  548,  T.  303,  a  serpent  fiend. 

A«   ^=0^    A  *s=^    A  -^    A  "^^  il  A 

an         A«WV\  M      (VWW\  ,       M      AMAAA  ,       (J  J        fV  ) 

A.        I    A.        1     A.        1  (wwA   U 
Rec.  32,  181,  to  turn  back,  to  drive  awayy  to 

repel. 

anan   (j  wwa  (J  w«w ,  T.  31  i,  to  turn  back. 

ann  0        ,u. 297, T. 311, H'-^,  1.338, 
lj:).VT..4.,M.„S.(l^,N;J3,..o.^.pel. 

N.  ■3.,(j™/ljl].H   ..S,'ep«"e'- 
anti   n  waaa   *?  a.  ,  1]  "^^^ ,  repeller. 

on  +    A  ""~^     A  O  A     ^  repelling,  some- 
H^/V'    ^^       '        thing  returned. 

ann-t   U  '"'^    U  '^'^ ,  a  turning  back. 
1  Q  A-    1  Q  A. 

ann-t  (j^,  P.  685,  t|^^^^,N.96i, 

something  repelled. 

ftAAAAA     ^/^AA'V\         fi    /SA/W^A   AA/VAAA         f\    /\A/VW\ 


r\     ftAAAAA     ^/^AA'V\         r\    / 

anetnet  (I  ,  II 

f  7^ ,  delay,  withdrawal. 

Anen-retui  (| 


r 


^^V^A'\    I 


an  ^^^*',  ||  ^"^ >=;5^ ,  Rec.  6, 7, 


I    AWVNAA 


Tuat  VI, 


>^,Rec.,.,r43,l]^C'fl^^^ 
IV,  546,  to  cut,  to  destroy,  to  reduce,  to  sup- 
press, to  obliterate  a  name. 

n  -0*1  f|  <e=<  knife,  sword,  to 

H H ^^*^ '  destroy. 


anan 


fl 


[58] 


fl 


-0*1    CE 


an   [|         ,-^".,11  ~^~^  r  "^  «>  '^o  fetter,  to  tie 


(Vi/NA/Vl    II  I 


an  fl"^''  ^     /] 

lAAAAftA  \       I    -^1  1 

up,  to  bind,  to  wrap  round,  to  rope  up. 

an    (I  (5,  cord,  rope;  plur.   [1 

Hh.  482. 

anau(?)    (1^1)^,    h^  l\\, 

1      /v/^yV\A        I      I      I      I  1     A^V^AA        1       III 

fetters,  bindings. 
an   n  a^^^aa  ,  anew. 

an-t  (]^,(l^ii^,(j^,(| 


yVVNAiV\ 


valley,  /?:i^(?r,  ravine;  plur.  [J  aaaa^  I  D  T^  Hh.  229, 

n     A/^vAAA    |A/yi        iV,       1020,       (I    AAAAAA  KBC.       20, 

1     d    f^^^^  1    c>     I  I  I 

147   (1  *^^  C=!^__^^  I    upper  valleys  or  ravines, 

an-tt  h 

1^ 


O      I    I    I       Q      I 

J  AAAAAA  fv^vn 
of  valleys. 

an-t  aa-t  [j  ^_^  ^,  m.  i88,  n.  694, 

the,"  Great  Valley." 


valleys  of  the  tombs. 
N  AAAAAA  f\./\/i ,  a  region 

I  £Zi      Ci 


an-t  anti  (J  aaaaaa  aaaaaa  o  ^  the  valley  of  myrrh. 

an-t  pa-ash  n  aw^  mh  a^  r^  A ,  valley 

of  the  cedar.  *^ 

an-t  heb  ks^  h^^  :^y^,  "^  fune.r^ry 

1  Q  Q  festival. 

.  A    AV^AAyV^   1*—  ^\  [ 

An-t-sekhtu  ^  ^     ®    Y>  1 ,  Tuat  xi, 

the  pit  of  fire  containing  the  damned  standing 
on  their  heads. 


An-tt  Kek 


'^,  B.D. 


G.  43,  the  "  Valley  of  the  Shadow,"  or  "  Dark 
Valley"  through  which  souls  entered  the  King- 
dom of  Osiris. 

Ayi.t   -^^    one    third   of    a    second,    the 
c:^  Q  "  twmkhng  of  an  eye." 


an  M     AAAA/V\  ,       KeV.       II,        167,      AWVAAAj 


sm 


DaiD 


"■^ 


U  '■'^^y  (I  =  (I  <=>,  Stone;  Copt.  OJIte, 

1    IHID        ]    EUD  1    oniD 

corti ;  plur.  U  Awuw. 
1  nnnilii 

an  1)^^,1)  ^=.  =  (1^3  13, 

or  (1  fi  :=^»  eyebrows, 

^-^  _ir  ^^'  1  aaaaaaCs  III'  H<=>^i'iD  (g  in' 

Amen.  13,  i,  Anastasi  Pap.  I,  25,  4,  hair  of  any 
kind,  covering,  colour  of  hair,  colour  of  face, 
complexion. 


anau   |]  n    UX,  skin  coverings. 

an   (1  ra  ^,  >  '^^^  scale  or  rust  of  a  metal. 


an 
an 
an 


(I  V!  purple  linen  (?) 

(1  A/vww  0  ,  KoUer  Pap.  3,  8,  red  cloth. 

(j^'^J^^^.akindof 

^^^AAft  I    1    I 

An-t   n  ^^^.^Sq,  B.D.  15,  43,  (I  ,  a 

mythological  fish,  one  of  the  two  fish  pilots  of  Ra. 

An-t    (1  A«,AAA  U^,    Qenna   Pap.    2,  8,  a 
mythological  boat  of  the  Sun-god. 
an-t   (I  AAAAAA  "^^^ ,  sickness. 

an  t    fl  *^^  ri  ®  O    the  pallor  of  fever ; 
H  AAAAAA  "^  ^  111  '     Copt.  A-OTfi-rt  (?) 

an  M  ««w«'^,  some  strong-smelling  substance. 

an   f]  '^^°  W  O    juice,  sap,  drink  of  some 
1  AAAAAA      III'  kind  (?) 

an    I ,  N.  535,  538  =  ij    Q  ,  T.  294,  295 
=     1     ,  P.  229,  pillar,  column;  plur.   |  |  [H  , 

P.340,M.642,|||^^|,IV,8i9,  1;^. 

IP    Anastasi  Pap.  I,   15,  3,  the  shaft 
^ '  of  an  obelisk. 

?  Y  > ,  Rec.  27,  87,  mast  for  a  sail  (?) 


an 
an 
an 
an 


CTJ 


,  battering  ram. 

a  building  (with  pillars?)      4 

AAAAAA 

an-t  u  ,  Rec.  10,  136,  building,  abode; 

(|^     ^      |r.^^,  Rec.  30,  66. 

an    I    A  ,  hall  of  a  tomb ;  plur.    |    A  I , 

I  I  A  ^  I ,  graves,  cemetery  i  |  ^  1 .  Rec.  8, 
136,  the  slain. 

an-ti 


T.  r8,  the  two  pillars  of  a  palace, 
portico  (?) 

o  o  o ,  Rec.  4, 


121 

columns,  colonnade, 


cm 


,  a  hall  of 


.  [59  ] 


fl 


B.D.  15,  89,  I,  a  form  of  Osiris,  the  Moon-god; 

I  ^    (j  A^Q^v^,    Litanie  53,    |  ^^,  An  of 

the  stars. 

An-a    fll  ^  /]    •''•  ^9°'  ^^^  divine  father  of 
111  ©  H '  ■  Pepi  I. 

Anit|(](]-^,B.D.G^8,|;Rec.x5, 

162,  the  consort  of  Saaba,   I  *^  jj  and  mother 
of  one  of  the  seven  forms  of  Harpokrates. 

Anit  I  (j(j^^,  Wilkinson  A.E.  111,232, 
a  form  of  Hathor  and  a  goddess  of  childbirth. 

Anit  I  (II]  '^^  |.  Rameses  IX,  pi.  10,  direc- 
tress of  the  serpent  Neha-her,  ^ . 


Anit    1 1  0  (1  j__| ,  B.  D.  1 69,  2  o,  the  habita- 
tion of  the  men-gods,  <=>!  \^\^^,  fj^^^, 

An-mut-f  1^^^.  P-  828,  N.  772, 

DenderahIII,3S,|^'=l,/^/..IV,84,|^ 

f^^,  IV,  157,  Beni  Hasan  III,  27,  a  god, 
whose  exact  functions  are  unknown.  The  ori- 
ginal form  of  the  name  was,  perhaps,  | 

Z^ ;  see  ^^~^o  ^y\  ,  P.  661, 

1  ^.  "■  "•■ 


'^^^. 


R  776^ 


r — I 

An-mut-f 


o 


(i)  title  of  the  priest  at  Denderah  who  personified 
the  god  of  this  name;  (2)  a  bull-god,  who  pre- 
sided over  the  19th  day  of  the  month  ;  (3)  the 

god  of  the  9th  hour  of  the  night,    fjl  |  ^ 


Jitsmsi' 


Anmut-f  abesh  |\n^  ^. 

Ombos  I,  I,  252,  a  star-god. 

An-mut-k  |  ^  "^  ^,  Mar.  Mast.  1 ; 
^^^-   i  ^  -  ^  =  An-kenmut,  |  ^ 

Anranr?)   fji  "^^^^    ^-^-  3.  80,  a 

111  wwv^  '  form  of  Hathor. 


[n  O  T  ^  rt    ],  a  form  of  the  Moon-god. 

ii  p  J  A^.  T.  289, 


U.  419,  the  name  of  a  god. 


I'P 


An-sebu 

An-smet||p|^— ,  U.  421, 

^s  ^\    ^&=,  T.  241,  a  pillar  of  Osiris  with 

the  eyes  smeared  with  stibium,  a  title  of  the 
Bull  of  Heaven. 

An-k<?,    |2^=|,P.<i9.,a.i.leof 
An-ken-mut   [|  ^^^\n,   f|  ^ 


^,  T.S.B.A.  VII,  366,  Mar.  Aby. 
11,  23,  16,  a  god  (?) ;  see  Anmutf. 

An-Kenset   i  ^  ^  ,  ^-Z'?' '^- ^^<J 

'"  CO^'  title  of  a  god  (?) 

An-tek(?) 
An-tt  |-  -(X,, 
An-tiu 


©' 


^P.  690,  the  divine 
'  mother  of  Pepi  I. 

the  desert  between  the 
Nile  and  Red  Sea. 


Ill' 


,1; 


the  Eastern   Desert,   the  Troglodytes,   Eastern 
Desert   tribes   in   general,   their  chief  god  was 

the  Eastern  Desert. 

An-ti  Set  m  '^j  a  man  of  the  Nubian 


Desert;  plur.  |  |  | 

1 


I 


Q  .  Rec.  20,  43. 


|||6q£!^   I^  I' 


"^[Xil^'  the  dwellers 


An-tiu  Sett 

in  the  Eastern  Desert  as  far  north  as  Palestine 


an-ti 

Nubian  bow. 

an-na 


w 


',    RS.B.   18,  37, 


I ,  Rev.  = 


W 

as  an  inter- 
rogative. 

^^ana  ^Z:^®  ^.  Sphinx  1, 258, 

the  name  of  the  original  owner  of  the  D'Orbiney 
Papyrus. 


fl 


Methen  4,  a  title,  or  name  of  an  office. 

ana  I]  '^  I]  ■^,  (]  O  Oe^,  a  kind  of 

plant,  twig,  branch;  plur.  [I  [1   \I. 

1      /V.^^VAA        1      I    I    I 

ana  (]         []  =  fl  '^^^^i  stone. 

1  /^AA^AA  1      1  mini 

anau,  anu  (|  .'^ — .  l]  v  ®'  ^^^-  ^''  ^37. 

(I  gai'^— ^.^^,  Rev.  1 1, 131,  see!  CoptittiT. 

anauau  J^i)^!]^^'  i)  —  ^^ 

(|  (9  '^  ,  (1  I]  ©  (]()  "^  ,  a  kind  of  plant. 

anauba  i]  ^  i]  ^  4"^""^^'  ^^^'  ''^' 

165,  (1  ^w^M  (1  (3  «^  ,  a  bearing  pole. 

Anaushana  (]'«"~«0<2|{I}I'^1,   ^, 

Ana.stasi  Pap.  IV,  i,  13,  i,  Rec.  15,  no,  a  kind 
of  plant. 

Anaukar  (1^(]^^<-!  [^], 

(]^(j^.«m.|^,(jq^^^,A.Z.Bd. 
43,  97,  the  disease-fiend  Ningal,  *-*^  i*^ET  £!'"• 

anar-t  fl  :^  =  fl  ^  ^,  milk. 
anas(]jp^,P.6.r="q]^,N--^99. 


[60]  A  ^ 

Anu   (]  ^■"^,  U.  392;  see  '^^• 

I)  ^^  1 1,  sandals. 


_  A/»A/VW 

ana  =  5        ,  IV,  1 161,  with. 


^ 


ana  (I         t_  ,  P-  567,  chin. 


anau 


I    ^  ^!,B.D.  Nav.   15,  48,  to 


blaspheme ;  var.  J-, o  ^ 


am 
ani- 


a  man  of  On  (Heliopolis),  or 
singing-man  of  Denderah. 

dancing-woman  of  Denderah. 

dni  <e<(]|]iiniii,         (][]iiinii,(]        (jflDim, 
Jour.  As.  1908,  292,  stone;  Copt.  COIte. 

anit  (1^(11)7^,  (l^y^"^, 

1    AAftAAft     11'''         I  A/vy^A^    11  000 

(I^^QQ".  :,^^^,  twigs,  palm-leaves.a 


.11'*'         *WAAA    I 


anu 

anu-t  (J  J^  ^o^.  P-  437,  M.  65 1,  boat  (?) 
anun   h  '^  -^^  "^ ,  herbs,  plants. 

1     AAAft/SA    AWTVW     I    I   I 

I;  Copt.  A.noK,  Heb.  ""SiM. 

Rev.  II,   157,  I ;  Heb. 


anuki 


k 


O 


anuk-hu  h^  '  |  1   (^ ,  Rev.  12,  87,  i 

myself;  Copt.  ^.noK  g^CXJ. 

anebQ^,|]^jQ,|)'^jn. 


III' 


^     /)  p  I ,    Rec.  6,  9,  wall ;   plur.  fl 

aneb-t  j]  J   0^O>  N- 955. : 

(1  1  ,  Anastasi  Pap.  V,  20,  2,  a  walled 

enclosure,  a  walled  town,  a  palace,  a  fortress  ; 


:  O      I 
I         <  >• 


Fill 


I     I 


Aneb  |["',  Israel  Stele  3,  a  walled  city. 
anbi    [1  fl  [ji]  n,  a  wailed  district. 

anbiti)^J^,  Ij^J 

ql  0 1]  J  fenced  enclosures,  pounds  for 

AAiVV/V\   -iiJ      1     I     I      I      I 

catde,  zeribas,  the  sides  of  a  ship, 
to  surround  with  walls,  to  shut  in. 

anbu(l'«-J^^,lj^jD^. 

wall-builder,  mason  (?) 

W 


aneb-hetchtiu  j]  T  -^^  ^  i ,  inhabi- 

tants  of  Memphis. 

anebj^  1%(]'^  J|-^,deRougd. 


fl 


[  61  ] 


Peasant  26. 


1     AAAAW   J   Hi     Ml'     1     AWA«N  Jl-ir   I    I   1' 

Rec.  31,  26,  a  kind  of  medicinal  plant,  herb,  or 

fruit. 

A  H  "^    to  dance,  to  perform 

1     W    J    t  '  acrobatic  feats. 

anbs(?)  h  '^(s;c)^~-^''^j^,  A.Z.  1907, 

46,  title  of  an  official  of  Thebes. 

aneb-t  (?),  aneb-ta  h  ^1^7  J  |  fl . 
P-  79.  (]  "^^^^  1 1] ,  N.  22,  (j^^^lj,  M.  109, 
dual  of  ^z::^,  lord. 


anp  (1        ,  B.D.  188, 2 


D  n' 


anp   [1  S),  Sphinx  text  4,  (I  a, 

fl  ' tK  M   Thes.  1281,   child,  boy,   prince, 

H     D    Jri^'  IV,  157,  898,  994- 

anp   [I  5 »  ^'^  swathe,  to  wrap  round. 

anep  |1     p.,Rec.  29, 157,  to  decay,  to  stink. 
Anp,  Anpu  (|  ^  ^  m^  >  Peasant  B  2, 
115.  (]     !_,    ^^.  Rec.  36,  II,  ^,  Rec.  2,  27,    ■ 

the  judge  of  hearts  (U.  220);  Copt.  ^rtOTTIl. 

fl     AA/\AAA         U      I 

Anpu    (I  J|  1 ,  EdfO  I,  14,  the  four 

forms  of  Anubis  :  (0  (j  "^^^ -^O  5^. 

Anp-ami.ut  |j    ^   H}-^°^B.D. 


Will 


Anubis  in  the  embalming  chamber. 

Anp  neb-Ta-tchesertt  (1        J 


^"^  ^  ,  Anubis,  lord  of  the  cemetery. 

Anp  heni   (]  FQ    (](|,  Tuat  v,  a 

jackal-headed  god  who  guarded  the  river  of  fire, 
a  form  of  Anubis. 


Anp-heri-em-pet-ta-tuat  "W 


I  s  ^[ra 


,    Cairo   Pap.    Ill,   5,  Anubis, 


governor  of  heaven,  earth  and  underworld. 

Anp  khenti  Ament  ^^  f[|]]  ^  i^, 

T.387,U.7i,N.33r,^fflllT^i' 
M.  403,  Anubis,  lord  of  Ament,  the  predecessor 
of  Osiris. 

Anp  khenti-seh-neter  (I         J| 

m^^     I       S\    B.D.  117,  Anubis,  chief  of  the 
I  i^TD  iiJ '  hall  of  the  god. 

Anp  khenta-ta-uab  -^  ^  awaa  "ji  (] 

/    I  "^"^ ,  Anubis,  chief  of  the  holy  place. 

Anp  Khenti  Ta-tchesertt  ^^5^  f[[}]o 

.    ^  ,  P.  707,  Anubis,  prince  of  the  cemetery. 

Anp.a-As4rq7|^j^|. 

Anubis,  son  of  Osiris. 

•  f\     /VV/^\A     ^ 

Anp   [I  ^^'  Anubis  of  various  cities: 

,         '?  '^   etc.,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  45,  Nesi-Amsu  25, 
i®'  24. 

^-p-^^«MS^I!-.firo/?het: 


n  ^ fl    Denderah  IV,  83,  god  of 

■a-up   H     D    III'  the  14th  Aat. 

Anp   j\^  ^   Ombos  I,  62,  a  hunting-god 

1  D  Cl'         worshipped  in  the  South. 

anp(j^-^^.-a.neofthe^2.t^^^^^^ 

j\    /*AAA/NA  AAA/VVA 

anef  H 

anf   [I  AAAAAA  /^     I  ,   [I  AAAAAA  \\  J^fT'   )   (J 

1  ^#-^    I        1      I  ^r-^  I  AAAAAA 

^^=^  O    droppings  from  the  eye,  diarrhoea,  any 
(3     III'  kind  of  bodily  exudation. 

fl — 1^'  fl — ^'fl  V 


anem 


I,  L.D.  Ill,   140B  = 


W 


s,  who? 


A^^VAAAAAA 


Copt.  niJUL. 

•^J'U-543.fl3^ 


AAAAAA 


11 


[  62] 


J^ 


A  ^YjN  ,  (]         ^"iJi.,  Rec.  5,  90,  (| 

\\  <54v>,  skin  of  human  beings,  or  animals,  hide, 
pdt;Copt.^.rto^;()^j^I^^^, 


Rec.  30,  67. 
anemu  (] 


<e=< 


/.f.,  human  beings. 

1"^  11      AA^/nAA  f^ 


anem- 


w 


ill  I 


I,    "skins," 


W 


,  Greene  II,  17, 


Q  ,    M  ^^        .  Rec.  14,  195,  skin  bottles. 


vessels  of  drink ;  plur.  [I 
Rec.  16,  57. 

an-m'k-t  fn 

ill  I  I  I ' 

home,  abode,  dwelling. 

anmer  (|  |  ^,  Rec  33,  35  =  (| 

to  love. 

anmesit  jj  -~^  p  g  g  ^^  cloth,  garmoit, 

Anenit  (]:}.:(.  r:(j(i;;;.B.D.  168,  god- 

desses  who  bestowed  virility. 

aner 

stone ;  Copt.  (JOne. 

anrit  (| 

stone;  plur.  (I 

Aner-ti  H  ,  H 

the  two  rocks  near  Al-Kab  j  (1  , 


n  <=>,  De  Hymnis  44,  shell  of  an  egg. 

T   unm 

,    (^S  '^,   gravel, 


,  stone,  pebble,  worked 

(S/WA^    h  A    /2\     1 

I. 

~^'>~"  mnD    n<e<Qiii!ni  ^-,  „ 

,  IV,  894, 

omii   ^  <=>\\iiiiiD 

, — ^^    B.D.  134, 


aner  ua 


fl 


nani 


.«-ni-,  IV,  932,  monolith. 


aner-en-bda  h 
aner-en-benu  h 


AAAAAA 


;^^>  /v^.^/^^  ^prif    basalt. 

EUD  mnn 

AAAA/\A 

nnm 


N    11    0    "^IMI 
o'^      .  ""^o^  tmiDJ,  yellow  sandstone. 


aner-en-bekhenu 

0  V\  mm) ,  porphyry. 


(1 

p.    /vw\/v\  n 

1     lllffll  J 


irnni 


aner-en-ma    (1 

Rec.  3,  48,  granite. 

Aner-en-Maat   h 


CUD 


ffiHD 


Sinsin  I,  "  stone  of  truth,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

aner-en-rut  [  <=>  /^^va  <y\,  Qm]] , 

sandstone. 

aner-en-rut-ent-tu-Tesher    H  <=> 

1     nnm 

Thes.  1286,  red 
sandstone. 


^     /W,AAAQ^ 


nnm 


:  qhttth 


IV. 


mrm 


I    ^\' 


rnnn     o       I 

aner-en-sen-t   (] 

1 174,  a  kind  of  stone. 

aner  hetch  h  ^^  ? ,  h 

white  calcareous  stone,  limestone. 

aner  hetch -nefer- en- rut -t  l\<=> 

Y  T  A«wA^      ,  Thes.  1285,  fine  white  sandstone. 

r\    AA/V^A     .  o 

aner  sept  (I  <=>  A  1     ,  prepared  stone  (?) 

anerkam  (]^.!:=3,  (J^  |^  ^ 

v\  Q  ,  black  granite. 
anr   [|  |  1  '  '   O  ,  a  vase  ^?) 


^ — I 


anr 


anr  fh| 


■"^j  skin  head  covering. 
,  Anastasi  Pap.  IV, 


liJ.^Pli.BirchI.H.  15, 


III      I 
9,  a  reptile  (?),  worm  (?) 

anr . . . 

a  kind  of  cake  or  bread. 

An-rnt-f^^'^l,!]^^ 

"  the  place  where  nothing  grows,"  a  mythological 
locality  at  Hensu ;  var.        n^  (l  ^ 

anrana  (alana) 


-2^ 


III      I 


cm 

"ii.-^':ki' 

1    oak  trees;   Heb.  ]^7^< 

anrahama  (arhama)    f|  |  "^^^  <~> 

i'  imT^^^^-O'^ 

Harris  I,   i6a,   10,   pomegranate;  Heb.  'j'iS^ 
Syr.  ntxsio*,  Arab.  ^1^',  Eth.  C^^  :,  Copt. 


[63] 


*  t 

Anratat   [| } 

the  river  Orontes. 

anhama 


ra 


AAAAAA 
AA/\AAA  T-r 


W 


Harris  I,  56A,  5,  pomegranate;  see  m  | 

anhemen  |]  "j^t:^  | ,  iv,  73,  Rec.  2, 

rQ  *5^^  0  »  ^  fruit-beanng  tree  and 

I  I  I  I  rn 

),etc. 


Anhetut  0  "iT  "^  I,  Q«""^  4,   5,  the 
1  <:i  c  if  ( I     Singing  ape-gods. 

I  /vnawv  a  I   AAA^^^  A  1  aaaaaa 


A  I     A/WVSrt    A    ^f  1     AAAAArt    A 


w 


AA/VW\ 


Copt. 


/SA/WV\ 


eyebrows;  Demotic  form, 

eng,,  rt&. 

anh(]^|—    H^—    (] 

to  surround,  to  enclose,  to  embrace,  to 

rimmed,  or  banded,  with  gold. 

anhu   Q'^g^^dj,  those    who     sur- 
1  iwwvA  A  Jl  I  I  I    round  or  encircle, 

anh  (]^Q,  (j^^'7,  an 

enclosed  place  of  protection,  courtyard. 

anh    (1  0  St'  ^  ^^°'''^  ^"'h  a  hidden 

meaning,  a  secret,  a  riddle. 

anh-t  [I  9     ,  vase,  vessel. 

1    wv^/v\  A  D 

anhasapr?)  R  ■qYf  H  ^  o  a  kind  of  un- 

^   '  JJ  H    I    Do  guent  or  salve. 

An-hefta     1     ?  "^"^  Tuat  IX,  a  guardian 
AA/ww  X  ==.'       of  the  8th  Gate. 

anhem  (j  ^  f  ^  ^   .  skin,  colour, 

covering;  mistake  for  j\  "^^  J  f\     "ttl  • 


^ 


anhem  0   ^^  ^  (?)  U.  182,  to  carry  off. 

anherher 

an-khU  ftl  l  Jl®  ®  Turin  Pap.  67,  n, 

ill    I  I  I   U  OfflD        a  kind  of  stone. 


^      "^     to  rejoice ;  see 
:3=><:=>'         nherher. 


ankhurasmara 


w 


I  III 


,  Alt.  K.  No.  81,  a  precious  stone. 


anes  |1  a^wv  1 ,  p.  662,  (]  a^vw  I   1 1  ,  m. 

774,  U.  398,T.  242,  (j^P^^S,  (]  ^^, 

(IaaaaaaX,  (I  I  5>  (1  ^^~«^  5'  0  „  1 1    , 

I   M 1    A/^AAA    1  1  H 1    AAAAAA         \\  1 


AAAAAA 


I  Q     1 1    ,  a  red  bandlet,  cloth,  apparel;  plur. 

Anes-Ra  (15®^^.^-°-^^"'"'^^ 
ans-t   (j^Poie.    l\^Tl 

the  sole   of  the  foot;    plur.   (J  w^jv.    I   Yi  ^, 


<e=<i  n  "=^1 


ans 
ans 

ans 

ansu 


a.ns-t   (I  AAA/wv  ci  ^  ,  the  hoof  of  an  animal. 
,-t   0  ^^  n  ^  •^,  a   kind   of  plant ; 

I     AAAAAA    I  III  Gr.     UViaOV  (?) 


<e^ 


Peasant  34,  the  seed 
III'  of  the  same. 

Jjtffi'   h\w    king;  see' nisu'. 

ansuti^^-'=],Rec.4,25,^iQ, 

a  reed  case,  box  (?) 

anseb-t  0  —  fl  1]  £^,  U-  160,  n.  511 

1  I  J  to  flame  (?) 

anq /J  ^^,  Rec.  17,50,1]  ^.(l-j^^^,, 

to  withdraw,  to  return  (?) 

anq(]7^.  U.236,  (]7|;j, 

P.  667,  M.    777,  (]  '^  ^  Q,  P.  601, 


q 


"^^'  ^  ^'  "^^^'^  '^^^'  ^  ^  0' 

•U.     /^    Amen.    13,  3,  to  embrace,  to  gather 
P^  _fl '  together,  gird  round. 

Anq-t  h  -^r^.  B.D.  153B,  3,  the  net 
used  by  the  Akeru  gods  in  snaring  souls. 

AnnA   n  ""^^  fl  <^    Rec.    30,    67,    cordage, 
anqa  ij --«  q  ii|,  •" tackle  of  a  boat. 


[  64  ]  A  ^ 

anth-t  (^  ^=='^ ,  fetter,  cord,  cordage,  rope, 
jplur.   il^^(?.  U.  422,    1] 


/i 


anqefqef-t  m  ^~^^  ^'  ^"'^^" 

tasi  Pap.  I,  24,  7,  a  part  of  a  chariot,  or  harness. 

ank,  annk    (j  ^  ■^,   (J  ^  ■^, 

n  <e=<  ^Y-=.  I      n  ^^     A  "^^^  "^  I    a  kind  of 

i)^^|.  t]^^'  t];:;:;;:::;  \^  1'       plant. 

ank    n  ^2'  *°  '''^'  *°  ^^"^'''  ^°  ""estrani. 
ank   (J^,fiend;plur.  (JY    tj^  ^^l" 
Anku  (1  '^,  Tuat  VII,  "the  netter," 

a  god  who  fettered  the  foes  of  Osiris. 

.     .     h'^S<^L^    to  bind  up  or  cripple  [the 
^^M ^JS'  toes]. 

ant-t    11  '^    ,  ,     II  (®>   cord,   rope, 

chain;pl.ant-ut,l|2e,,l)^^V|,,,(J^^^^^, 

Rec.  31,  17- 

p.  /wvAA   -pyj^i-  X,  the  chain  by  which 
Ant-t  t]  ^  f.  Aapep  is  fettered  to  the  earth. 

Antiu  (]  "^  ^  m'  '^"^^  ^'  ^  ^""^  °^ 

four  gods  who  slew  Aapep. 

•  ^4.    f1  *S=4  ^    Hymn  of  Darius  13,  to  stifle, 
ant   l|--^^^,  to  choke,  to  close  up. 

dnti-tU  n  ^5        ,  hindrance,  obstruction. 

4nt-t  1]   ^    |,  N.  682 

intu  I]  ^ ^,  L.D.  III,  140B  =  o ^ . 

AntriUSh    jl  ll  .2^  [j  (|  ^  ^ ,  Darius ; 

see  '^  [jlj  ©  IM'  ^''-''■'-  "n  m  H  T<-  "TS 
<-yy-^  Babyi.  T  EKT  -TW  E^T?  -S-K- 

Antesh  (]  ''~-~^  o  ,  Mettemich  Stele  73, 
a  mythological  animal. 


tackle 


1.  242,    M    /www        I       rwwvv    V^  vir,=-,  ''     '    o'' 

Antheti   [1  ^^  ^,  Tomb  Seti  I,  one  of 
the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  64). 

Antheth      fl     "^^   Tuat  VI,  a  goddess, 


functions  unknown 

ant   U  ^^  "^^ ,  u  ~>''^  ^^ ,  to  be  in  need 
of,  want,  misery,  sadness,  disgust,  trouble. 

Antebu  (]  §  J  ^  5^'  ^.d.  99,  7, 

(]gJ(2^;_3|,agod. 

anetch    j]  'T',  protector,  defender,  advo- 
cate,  avenger;  see  ^-=».       ,  U  ^-=!|       ,  t.  i»o, 

anetch  n    \,  to  strike,  P.  204. 
anetch  her   I)  ^  '^  <^'  ^-  ^°^' 

thee '  the  opening  words  of  many  hymns ;  see 

antch  I  ^ ,  I  ^,  to  suffer  grief  or 
pain,  oppressed,  depressed. 

antch-t    I  "^ ,  grief,  sorrow,  pain. 

antcher  l]   g,  ,^.  l)   B^  ,    > 

T.  386,  M.  394,  to  grasp,  to  seize. 

ar      1    ,  a  conditional  particle,  when,  if. 

ar       1    ,  an  emphatic   particle;  also  used 
with  other  particles,  e.g.,      1     (j  |l,  ^_J_^ 

J^^,  ^>^,J^ XT !)<=:>   (j^. 
Rev.  6,  12. 

ar     A^  =  *=^>.  ""oi^e  than;  (1  4 


[65] 


26,  32  =  preposition  • 

=  preposition   <:z>  to,    to- 
W  wards,  from,  etc. 


<2>- 


ar     J^,  an  old  form  of  the  preposition  <;:=>, 

at,  by,  to,  towards,  as  far  as,  against,  until. 

ar   j]  ^  <r— >  ~  preposition   <c:z>  to,  to- 
1  21  wards,  etc. 

ar   l\  ^^^   Nastasen  Stele   ii,   22,   25, 

ar  (]| 

ar-her  l]^^?.  ijg^f.  i"to 

the  presence  of  someone ;  Copt,  eg^peit. 

ar,  ari  (1  ^s:^,  U.  586,  P.  16,  96, -;2>-, 

,:^,  ||-C2:^(|[|,P.  i9o,M.  392, 

I)  ^  ^,  Rec.    21,    76,  (] 

do,  to  create,  to  form,  to  fashion,  to  beget,  to 
produce,  to  pass  the  time,  to  be  made,  done, 
created,  etc.,  and  used  as  an  auxiliary;  Copt. 

eipe  ;  ^^^^ss-,  do  not ;  Copt.  XJCnp,  Sinep ; 

Nastasen    Stele  66  = 

vT^'        cy^"T"eqeipe. 
ari  •<s>-,  to  visit,  'cn^  nj]  ^a^^^  <2>-  (] 

^  ffl  ^C\    fv"^,  "  any  other  man  who  visited 

Amam";  -s>-  ^  J  ,__  j^^,  "I  visited 
the  mine  region." 

ari  <2>-,  to  serve  in  the  army 
"a  second  time  1  served." 


W 


e 


K^: 


an  .<s>-,to  amount  to,  wwv\ 

^  „  „  ,  IV,  666,  "amounting  to  1784  teben." 


an 


,  to  pass   the  time 

-ff  "  I  III    I 

eight  days  in  exploring." 

ari  abu 


_D 


J\  ,  "\  passed 
Y  Jjv^  7^  ,  to  make  a  stop- 


page. I.e.,  to  cease. 

ari  aau-t  <2>-Y 


,  to  occupy  an  office. 


to  enjoy  a  dignity,  to  exercise  the  functions  of 
a  certain  ofifice. 

ariaakh  os.-'^®   to  benefit  someone, 
/Till'  to  do  good  to. 

ari  dui  .o>-  f)  ®  '^    ^°  P""^'^^-  '"  perform 
1  \\  ii '      a  service  of  praise. 


ari  ab  (?)  .<s>-  '^ ,  to  do  the  win  of  some- 
one, to  carry  out  the  intent  of  someone. 

ari  ar-t  <s>-  (j  :^,  to  milk  an  animal. 

ari  aterti  (i?l  f^'  '°g°  '^"""'"Eoye^Egypt'^ 


ari  a  (?)  '"^rl'.  '«  ^^^^^  the  irrigation 


ari  aukh 


w 


f 


of  a  district. 
,  P.S.B.  10,  47,  to 


take  an  oath,  to  perform  what  one  has  sworn 
to  do. 


ari  ant 


Jhy~^    worker   on   the   nails, 
c^    '  manicurist. 


ari  antch.  <2>-  3cx: ,  to  heal,  to  make  to 
recover,  to  restore  to  soundness. 

ari  ua-t  (?)  <2>-  ^^,  to  travel,  to  journey. 


ari  uat-shu  -<2>-''~*^  \    "^r  ^>  Rec  19, 

92,  to  work  at  the  trade  ofa 


ari  utcha 


^cs:^ 


^i; 


-^ 


,  to  heal. 


ari  baka-t  o:^  J  ^  \_\  ^  ^,  to 

conceive,  to  become  pregnant ;  Copt.  epfi^OKI. 
ari-t  pequ 


D 
c     A 


ari  em  hetep 

contentedly. 

ari  hetep  \\  ^s>-  %> 


to  prepare 
food. 

to  work 


,  to  do  what 


ought  to  be  done. 

ari  em  qaa 


to  make  oneself  like  someone,  to  feign  to  be 
someone  else,  to  disguise  oneself,  to  pretend. 


ari  em  tena-t 

jister  oneself,  t 

ari-t  maat 


l^okto 

r  AAftA/VA        I  III 

register  oneself,  to  enrol  one's  name. 

^  K  3  1,  to  practise 


right,  to  lead  a  life  of  integrity. 


ari  m'k-t 
ari-t  menkh-t 

very  best  work. 

Ari  metcha 

to  write  a  book. 


to  protect,  to  spread 
'  the  wings  over  young. 


0    ,  todothg 


I       I 


SS:>^ 


L. 


ari  en  <s>-  nwj^  ,  made  by,  produced  by, 

<2>-  ^ — '    ' '  produced  by  the  lady  of  the  house, " 
w/wvo  CTD'        "born  of  the  lady  of  the  house." 

B 


[66] 


A 


\ 


to  have  inter- 


ari  ennu  <=:=> '       o,  Rec  21,  80,  to  do 

a  thing  continually. 

ari  nefer  <^  J  ^. '°  P""^"™  ^^eiL 
ari  nefer-t  .<2>-  T''~ 

course  with  a  virgin. 

ari  neh 
ari  nekhi 
ari  nekhen 

youth,  to  act  as  a  youth. 


[□"=0'  to  protect 


-C2>- 


^^ /) ,  to  protect. 

,  to  renew  one's 


ari  neter  ^^^^  T  to  deify. 


arinetch^t^'"^'^%'rrt° 
ari-netchemm-t-am-henen   n  -s>- 

M.  529,  N.  1 108,  to  masturbate. 

ari  rethu  aqeru  -co>-  w  ^ 

h     ^    %,  to  appoint  "trustworthy  people." 

ari  Haker  -s::^  fD 

celebrate  the  Haker  festival. 


^^£7 


to 


ari  hep  er 


ran 


in  motion  against  someone. 

an  hru  <==>  i  u 


c=>,  to  set  the  law 
to  pass  the  day. 


w  <z=>or 

ari  hru  nefer  <s:^<c:=>T,  to  make  a 

O    I  0 
day  of  rejoicing,  to  celebrate  a  festival. 

ari  hett  -<s>-     rO    ^ ,  to  praise. 


ari  ha 


® 


',  to  make  magical  passes 


over  the  dead ;  <2>-  "W  ^  y  •<s=-  -<e:^ ,  to 
make  magical  passes  over  the  eyes. 


ari-t  heb 


■<3>- 


Q    n  Vi^    to  celebrate  a 


O  III'  festival. 


JP 


,  to  make 


□  I    to  work  the  paddle, 
^  0'    i.e.,  to  row  a  boat. 


ari  hebsu  <s>- 

cloth,  i.e.,  to  weave. 

arihep-t  <e: 
arihemu^\^,^^|^^N^, 

to  work  the  steering  oar  or  rudder,  to  steer, 

dri  hem  ■<=>-^/° 


work  at  a  trade  or 
handicraft. 


ari  hem-t 


-CS>- 


^ 


^ 


W 


^  J| ,  to  live  with  a  wife ;  <2>-  ^  Jj  : , 
to  pass  time  in  philandering. 

ariher.<2>-   |    ^    S\.,  to  terrify. 

ari  hes-t  ^s^  fi  0         ,  to  do  the  pleasure 
of  someone,  to  make  someone  pleased. 

ari  khet  < 

active,  to  acquire  wealth,  to  sacrifice. 


,-^-'—,,  to  do  things,  to  be 
I  I  I 


ari  kheperu 


I ,  to  effect 


transformations,  to  take  different  forms ;  ^ss-  ""^^ 
_'  I  I  I 

"'"^^ ,  they  changed  their  forms. 
Ill 


ari  kheru  h 

87,  to  thunder. 


(£ 


© 


i,  Rec.   21, 


ari  kher-f  <->-<^,  '"^  p^'^""™  ^'^  J^lf 


ari  sa  <s>- 
ari  sep  sen 
ari  sem 


j    to  make  magical  passes 
I '  over  someone. 


II 


,  to  repeat. 


D  ©  D 
1\     ^ ,  to  greet  with 

good  words ;  Copt.  pcJU-O-r  (?) 

ari  senther  -s>-  |,  s=  ^,  <2>-  ^  , 

C  < >  III  000 

to  make  an  offering  of  incense,  to  cense. 

ari  sekhem  -'^s^- 

ari  sekheru  -<s>-  n<|>  I  |.  to  devise 

plans,  to  arrange  men's  destinies,  a  title  of  one 
of  the  Khensu  gods  at  Thebes. 


■  Y  §    to  play  the 
1    I  '      sistrum. 


ari  sesh 


,  to  act  as  a  scribe,  to 


copy  a  document  or  book  ; 

to  act  as  a  scribe,  to  copy ;  ■<s>- 


O 


i' 


I 

111' 


,  to  do  into  writing ;  <2>- 


,  IV,  1004. 


^^.to 


ari  seshsh  -s>-  Of 

play,  or  rattle,  the  sistrum. 

ari seshem kh[n]s ■<5>->K    ^^  '^. 

to  praise. 

^ri  seka  ^2>-  p  U  "^  ^  ^-fl 

plough. 


to 


[67] 


l\ 


ari-t  setep  sa(?)  ^^^  "'"",  to  make 

magical  passes,  to  perform  magical  ceremonies 
with  a  view  of  securing  protection  from  evil,  to 
visit  the  Court. 

ari  Shen   <2>-  "^j^ ,  hairdresser ; 
<zr>  Yj.  ,  chief  hairdresser  at  Court 


arikat  ^;^,^±=, '^"c^.,  "doer  of 

the  Splendid  Works  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,"  t.e.,  the  royal  Clerk  of  the  Works. 


D 


^SS,  to  protect. 


ari  gestep 


ari  ta-t  tep-f  n  ^  '^-^  ®  '^^ 

W       c^      1    <=>  I   IS 

he  who  has  laid  his  head  upon  the 

earth,  i.e.,  the  dead  man. 

^^^  °'-=*j    to  make  a  speech,  to 

<=>  e=.('  say. 

-<2>-  A  A  fV  .21    working  men,  slaves, 

I '  servants. 


ari  tchet 

ariu"^/]/)^ 


.<2>- 


!, 


I ,  work- 


arit 

ing  women. 

*-^  *■•'"  f;.  Tr,-^^!\\  !■ 

v\  3  I ,  workers,  doers,  those  who  make,  etc. 

ari-t  <ss-  (1(1  Ci  ,  IV,  901,  made,  artificial 
(of  ®    I  J  ,  lapis-lazuli). 

ari-t  ^2:^(j()  o,T.342,(j<s^']|,P.  191, 

(]^,P.r7o,^,<^(j(]o,<^(](]^|, 

A  X2  <2>- 

l\  ^  <=>,  somethmg  done,  work,  the  act  of 

working,  deed,  act,  a  thing  to  be  done ;  plur. 
work  of  all  kinds. 


Q  iir« 

^      o  '  c.  Ill    ^ 

ari-t 


,  creatures. 


.  Ill' 

Rec.  32,  176, 


*,  creature ;  plur 
human  beings,  mankind. 

"  worker,"  i.e.,  the  creative  god,  as  opposed  to 

the  god  whose  heart  is  still,  i.e.,  <=>   fl        ' 
Osiris. 

Ari  -o^-^,   Ombos  I,  i,i86-i88,oneof 
the  14  Kau  of  Ra. 


Ariti  <:3>Jl|,  Rec.  15,  178,  a  goddess. 

Arit-aakhu  "'^^'^^  ii.  Tuat  vii, 

a  star-goddess. 

Ari- Amen  o^-  h  ^^^^  ^ ,  a  god. 


<2>- 


Arit-aru(?)  ^ 
Ari-maat 


M 


]    Tuat    VII,    a 
I '    star-goddess. 


-± 


!, 


Ui 


"doer  of  the  right,"  a  name  of 
Osiris  and  of  other  deities. 

Ari-em-ab-f  <2>-^£j^  ^,6.0.125, 

II,  one  of  the  42  Assessors  of  Osiris. 

Ari-em-aua  "^^^^  TT"  [1 0  1,  Rec.  4, 28, 


^ 


<s>- 


XJ 


■^^i^MPu^^^fe,, 


.<s>-  ^ 

e  - 

n  L=J1,  Berg.  I,  7  :  (i)  one  of  the  four  grand- 
sons of  Horus  ;  (2)  god  of  the  6th  hour  of  the 
night ;  (3)  god  of  the  15th  day  of  the  month. 

Ari-en-ab-f  "^^^"^  1  J ,  b.d.  ho,  42, 

AAftA/V\    ^.-^         i I 

a  blue-eyed  god  in  Sekhet-Aaru. 

Ari  -  entuten  -  em-meska  -  en  Nem- 

urA^;^^A/:;;;:vAi\  fflPLj' 

B.D.  99,  19,  the  leathers  of  the  magical  boa*t. 

Ari-ren-f-tchesef  ^^-2r|  i.  Berg,  i, 

7,  Rec.  4,  28,  ^  »^_  .2n  ,^'^J^: 

(i)  one  of  the  four  grandsons  of  Horus  ;  (2)  god 
of  the  loth  day  of  the  month ;  (3)  a  part  of  the 
magical  boat ;  (4)  god  of  the  8th  hour  of  the  day. 

Ari-hetch-f  <^  -^  fl  ^  =^, 

"creator  of  his  light,"  a  god. 

ari-khet    <2>-  ?^,  "  maker  of  things," 
I  1  I 

a  title  of  several  gods  and  kings. 

Tuat  VI,  the  12  gardeners  of  Osiris. 

Ari-ta  ''^^^,  Rec  27,  189,  a  title  of  Ptah. 

Arit-ta-theth  (?) 

Tuat  X,  a  lioness-goddess. 

Ari-tchet-f  -<2>-  o  1 


the  god  and  festival  of  the  9th  day  of  the  month. 

E  2 


A 


[68  ] 


A 


&T  ,  to  see ;  compare  Heb.  Hb^'l  and 

Copt,  eiojp^  (?) 

ar  O '  the  pupil  of  the  eye  ;  Copt.  lOpgj. 


ir-ui 


-C2>- 


]• 


eyes.     This  reading  is  very  doubtful ;  the  correct 
reading  is,  perhaps,  something  hke  the  Coptic 

,   -<2>-  -<S>-  -<2>-        ■<^>-        -CS>- 

ar-t       ,       ,        p,        o,        -^ 

p  ,  the  eye;  compare  Copt.  eiiX, 
a  seeing,  a  looking,  look,  glance,  the  faculty  or  act 
of  seeing,  sight,  vision ;  and  61  in  eiepfi-OOItt", 
evil  eye. 

-<2>-  E3^       -<S>- 

,  eye  to  eye. 


ar-t  em  ar-t 


ar-ti  .<s=-.<2>-,  U.  63, 

<2>-,  p.  167,  <= 

Q  o  w    w 

O  O,  the  two  eyes ;  -o^-,  eyes. 


>U.  551, 
-cs>-  O  O 

o      o  '©^         ' 


ar-ti  en  nesu  <2>-  I 

T 


ar-t  nebt 


AAWVAA      T     /V*AA/V\ 


a  title  of  an 
official. 


1 


-<s>-  V y  -<s>-, 


I     -<2>-,  ( 

. ,         I,  xS 

eye,"  i.e.,  all  persons,  everybody. 


"  every 


Ar-t  (?) 


,   B.D.    loi,  4,  the  Eye  of 


seven  cubits  with  a  pupil  of  three  cubits. 

Ar-t-aabt         %,  %  -o^-  j| ,  Thes.  104, 

the  left  eye  of  Horus  or  Ra,  i.e.,  the  moon. 


Ar-t-ua 


,  B.D.  (Saite)  1x5,  i. 


"one  eye,"  a  title  of  the  Sun-god. 

Ar-t-unem-t^|^^,B.D.r7, 

71,  the  right  eye  of  Ra,  i.e.,  the  sun. 

Ar-t-unemi  .^^\  li "^^^l;.  '°*'  ^"""l« 

of  Sinus  and  Ra. 


Ar-t-utt  (?) 


a  goddess. 

Ar-ti-f-em-khet  ^^  ^^  01 ,  one  of 

the  42  Judges  in  the  Hall  of  Osiris. 

Ar-ti-f-em-tes  ^^^  w  ^  ^^^  , 

B.D.    125,    II,    "Flint-eyes,"  or    "Fiery-eyes," 
a  god  of  Sekhem,  one  of  the  42  Assessors ;  varr. 


Ar-ti-m-tches 


.■<s=^ 


Ar-t  Ra 


Rec.  15,  17,  one  of  the  42  Assessors  of  Osiris. 
j ,  eye  of  Ra,  the  mid-day  sun. 


Ar-t-Ra-neb-taui 


?ex 


•,  Om- 


bos  I,  I,  47,  a  serpent-goddess. 

Ar-t-Heru  -<2>-  ^,  N.  421, 


I 


fj. 


U.  91,  112,  117,  the  Eye  of  Horus,  ?.^.,  the  sun; 
fern.  .^B-  ^^^  ,  Denderah  IV,  81 ;  ss^^^.  , 
U.  37,  the  two  eyes  of  Horus,  one  black,  one 
white;  vS,   1,  T.   196,  P.  678,  N.   1292, 

the  southern  Eye  of  Horus ;  <2>- 
U.  37,  the  two  Eyes  of  Horus  =  <2>- '^  and 
<2>-7r;,  P.  264,  265 ;  'CBs^  ^^  i '  ^-  5^^'  'he 
green  Eye  of  Horus;  .<2>-  *^.    i,  N.  519,  the 


white  Eye  of  Horus  ; 
red  Eye  of  Horus. 


^    I 


,  the 


Ar-tHeru^J^^^,U.  83, 

the  Eye  of  Horus,  a  name 
given  to  offerings. 

Ar-t  Heru  hetch-t  o:^'^  i  d  'Tp, 

a  ceremonial  garment. 

Ar-t  Khnemu  [1  "^  fj  k ,  "l«  ^^'e  of 

1    ci    ^-i  "^      khnemu. 

Ar-t  Khnemu  "^^^  fi  s^,  p.  444, 

N.    1 130,  "Eye  of  Khnem,"  the  name  of  the 
boat  of  Her-f-ha-f. 


Ar-t  Shu 


P^^^EyeofShu,/.., 


Ar.t(?)Teb  ^^  ^ 


,     .  J  (]^,  428,  a  god. 

Ar-t  (?)  Tern 


the  day-sun. 

J   ^,   T.    245, 


,  Pap.   Mut- 


hetep  5,  Eye  of  Tem,  the  setting  sun  ;   fern. 


O 


,  Denderah  IV,  81. 


[  69  ] 


Ar-ti-tchet-fr?)  ^^^"^^ 


,  the 


god  of  the  9th  day  of  the  month. 

ar,  aru   (|  <2>-  ^  |,  N.  119,  (]  ^, 
U.  4^1,  (]^^  ^  ^  ,  Rec.  27,  217,  H  ^^^ 

J*f  ,l)oj,l]c|,(]o^j|,form,f,sure, 
image,  ceremony,  rite ;  plur.  [I  o:^  vS ,  N.  213, 

T.  245,  330,  the  divine  forms  in  the  Tuat. 

ar    (1  <:^>  wwNA,  river;  Copt.  eiOOp. 

.      ^    ft  <:;;;;> -wwvv    /^  <^  moisture,  flow  of 
1    Ci    AA(WNA     1  I  1  I  water. 

ar-aa   ^^"^  -ww^  ,  Herusatef  Stele  1 7, 

the  Nile;  Copt,  eiepo. 

I  0  ,  Rec.  32, 183,  ||    ^    ||[|     ,  Rec.  13,  4,  21, 
milk  ;  CoiJi.  epoJXe;  see  fl  s=*  ^. 

artu  (arut)  (|  -<e>-q%^,  u.  68,  [j  <o>. 

who  give  suck,  nurses  (?) 

ami    h   ^^^^  %   ^f^,    stalled   ox;    plur. 
(1  ^^' '  cattle  for  sacrifice. 

arit    (1  <s>-  (](]  c  ^3,  milch  cow. 

beans ;  Copt.  ^pCA),  Arab.  Jj. 


ar-ti  ( 
ar-ti  l\ 


III 


A         1 

,  a  kind  of  seed  or  grain  (?) 


,  some  strong-smelling 


!> 


ar-ut 
ar-tit  h 


s 


'TT,  Tuat  IX,  a  god 


substance,  or  disagreeable  sensation. 

ar  (1  -^^^,  to  be  oppressed ;     ^  n  -wvw  [I 
Rec.  2,  109,  greatly  oppressed. 

oppressed  one,  a  man  in  trouble. 

Ari-t   h  -<s>-  llh     ^   ,   Tuat  V,  the  gate 
of  the  5  th  division  of  the  Tuat. 

,  part  of  the  magical  boat^ 

5,  blue  garment. 

ar-ti   U  <=>  ^  ^1    ,  coloured  cloth  of 
which  flags  are  made. 

Arti(?)  -<s: 

who  swathed  Osiris. 

ari    [|  <::^  (j(],  N.  391,  (]  .^>  (],  N.  1164, 

Ij  "^,  []  '^,  r.  663,  Ij  <^^  (|,  P.  204,  961, 

YJH  ,  he  who  belongs  to  something,  or  someone, 
one  who  is  in  charge,  keeper;  dual,  (I  <z:>^-(|(l, 
P.  391,  M.  557,  N.   1 164;    plur.   ||  <=>  ^, 

P-  433, 1)  <=>  fl  '  -  ^'  ^i-  619,  (]  -^^  I) ' 
^"/^\'^'  "24;Copt.  epHTf. 

ari  U  '^~^  Wi^>  '''■^  ''"^"  whose  duty  it 
was  to  attend  to  something;  fern.  (I  V^  3  J) . 

ari  i)^5[]A^,Rev.  II,  139, 12, 25, 

(1  <2>-  Y^ ,  friend,  associate,  companion. 

V^J  ci  J  1 ,  that  which  appertains  to  someone  or 

something,  the  duty  of  someone,  office,  appoint- 
ment. 

iri  aui  j]  ''^  0  ^>  ""''  "'tt^  ^''T  °! 

1     W     1  W  Upper  Egypt. 

E  3 


1 


[70] 


I 


ariu  aakhut  (j  '^  '^  J  ^  -  I- 

dwellers  in  the  horizon. 


an  aru  "^  ^  Jp  ^^ .  t'tie  of  the  high 

priest  of  the  loth  Nome  of  Upper  Egypt. 

Ari-ar-t-tchesef  ^  "^^^  (^  ^:^, 

Rec.  4,  28,  a  god. 

ari  as-t   •iJj  n ,  throne  attendant. 

Ari-as-t-neter      ^    jj  '^  !>  T"^'  ^^> 


'A 


guardian  of  the  divine  throne 

ari  aui  h 

4ri  a-t  (]  <=>  ;^ 

ariaa  fj'^.^.N.  1074.  []  q  .P.6sr. 


belonging  to  the  arms,  i.e.,  brace- 
lets, armlets. 

1^    steward,    house- 

o  CTD'  keeper. 


[    IIMIIlll 


imiiiii 


Wi,   y^|l  ..„„^,  porter,  doorkeeper;  plur. 


inmnr 
|iipi|)i 


iirninT' 


H^M 


iiimni' 
I   I   I 


■^ 


^:zM-^iii-i 


III  iiiiiiiii  I 

Ari  aui  vj) 


IIIMIIII 


,  B.D.  G.  608,  keeper  of 


miimr 

th6  Two  Gates  (Egypt) ;  a  title  of  Horus. 


Ari-aa-em-as-t-maat   h 


l-J} 


,  Cairo  Pap.  VII,  4,  a  lioness-goddess, 
I I  o    "O 

keeper  of  the  throne  in  the  Hall  of  Judgment. 

Ari-aa-en-Asar  0  "^^^^  %.  ^^^    ]]    , 

1    IIIIIIIII    "  "^  .<2>- 

N.  1074,  the  doorkeeper  of  Osiris. 

Art-aa-nt-pet   (I    ^q_    ^  , 

P.  651,  M.  752,  the  doorkeeper  of  heaven. 
dri  aau  V^   ^"^  1 ,  ass-herd. 

Ari-anb-f  ()  S  J  -^  '^'=^, Tuat  viii, 
a  dog-god  in  the  Circle  Aakebi. 

dri  anti  (|''^^^^^vf)^;^L«Jl^,  Quelques 
Pap.  67,  title  of  an  official  of  the  "  House  of 
Life,"ir-D  -^  era. 


pylon-keeper ;  plur.  (|    ^    '^  =  '   ^^  ^  ^ 

tei  pet  4ll^.l\^4°^. 

belonging  to  the  heavens,  i.e.,  divine  being,  or 
bird;  plur.   (j*^^,  U.  430,  (j  ^  ^  j 

^,T.246,(]<^^()|)^,P.39i,M.5S7, 
Ari-peMi<^£3,DenderahIV,^7^9,^a 

ari4pehui(]^_af,<-''fj-ies 


^^^  bow-master, 
y  Q    I '  bow-bearer. 


ari  petch-t  h 


an  m' 


^1^1^  11^    master  of  the  scales. 


'       a  title  of  Anubis. 

arimenkh-t   ^  M-  •^-p^^.^^UI^ 
Ari  mehiu  h  <=> ^3! °^^  M\> '^^'^ , 

T  WVAA  >     T    1    _ZI      I      I      I 

Tuat  V,  the  keeper  of  the  drowned  in  the  Tuat. 

arinitC?)  (]  ^  >3  11  ?5^  N.' '  -  - 

ari  Nekhen   w]  ^  ,  a  title  of  high  rank  or 
learning ;  see  Nekhen. 

Ari-nebaui  l^<=>  —  J  1) f^ fj ^  ^ - 

Tuat  I,  keeper  of  the  fire,  stoker,  a  firegod. 

Ari-nefert  h  <=>  T  ^^f ,  Tuat  iv, 

keeper  of  the  boat's  tackle,  a  sailor  of  Af's  boat. 

Ari-ti-nefert  h  "^^^  T  ^^  J| ,  keeper 

of  the  virgins. 

ari  neter  0  <=>  1 1  ,  belonging  to  the  god, 
i  I '  sacred  property. 

Ari-t-neter-s   (]  "^  "]  p.  "X*  1  P' 

Tuat  I,  attendant  on  her  god,  a  singing-goddess. 


^ 


[71] 


ariretui(j^>^fl2ii'^T 

^^ ,  belonging  to  the  feet,  i.e.,  anklets. 

Ari-ret-ur      1     |  ^=f  c^td,  p.  672, 

N.  1276,  "  keeper  of  the  Great  Leg,"  a  god. 

ariretui  vf)  ft  ^^^-  33-  6,  associate, 
^  J  Ji '  companion. 

Ariu-hut  (j  «^^  ra  ^^,  B.D.  168, 

gods  who  directed  the  food  supply. 

(1  ^ -=S?  ^c^^  captain,  title  of  a  priest. 


O    ' 


director  of  the  festival. 


ari  heb 

ari  hemu  M  ^  ^^\^,  steersman. 

Ari-hems-nefer  (]  "^  J  ^  •  ^  "V" 

whose  wife  was  Tefnut ;  (I 
AA  T  =  Arensnuphis. 

overseer  of  the  cultivators. 

Ari-khabu  Ij^-^l^J^T^. 

Tuat    VI,   master   of  the    scythes,   i.e.,   of  the 
Seven  Reapers  of  Osiris. 

^khekh^J|,q«f^|VJe. 

[1  <i^,  Ijelonging  to  the  neck,  i.e.,  collar. 


KD 


U  I 


='flTJk"=-^""''^ 


necklet  ;[|  "  '^. 


ci     o  I  i'>ni<\ 


irisipu!l-^pi)o^|j, 

B.D.  17,  123,  keeper  of  the  divine  register  of 


n-\M 


ariu  sura 


P 


jj  vvvftAA  ^Hs ,  butlers,  men  in  charge  of  drinks. 

arisba  (j*^^  ^^J 


-mmnr   door- 
iiiiiiiii  '  keeper. 


ari  sebkh-t  n)  3   H  J      "^  >  gatekeeper. 


Ariu  sem-t  (?)   h  <=>  %>  1   ^ 

B.D.  141,  61,  the  divine  keepers  of  cemeteries. 

ariseshem  i]<=>Y^P"^^'  ^' 

Rec.  26,  7,  keeper  of  the  slaughter-house  (?) 

Ar-Stau      0  ~^  C^O^a,  a  portion  of 

1      I      — ^ 

the  kingdom  of  Seker  the  Death-god. 

Ariu-stau-amenhiu  (]<==>  %>Y^ 


31  (Nebseni),  the  overseers  of  the  slaughtering 
gods. 

ari  qeb-en-she-en-shet  -S  |zij^^ 

■=2^  X  r\    keeper  of  the  bend  in  the  Lake 


(!■ 


of  Fire. 

Ari  kenem  h  .^^^^-k,  Ombos  i,  i, 

252,  the  keeper  of  the  Dekans. 


U    I   s 


,  belonging  to 


ari-t  ta  h  ^^^^  vfl 

earth,  i.e.,  a  man,  or  animal. 

Ariu-ta  (]<3>^=-=,  |]<=>^^ 

0=?^^,  U.  431,  T.  246,  the  denizens  of  earth. 

o 

Ariu-ta  (?)  (]  <=>  % '  ^"^ ,  -  B.D.  168, 

the  four  water-gods  in  the  Tuat. 

ari  thetthet  (1 


Amen.  22,  20 

ariu  tha-t  h 


w 


(E 


(3         ili   fill    I 

s^    Amherst  Pap.   28,  companions   in  theft, 
S:     71'  fellow  robbers. 

'1 5^,  Berg.  I, 

»    Edffi  I. 

bandages,  mummy  swathings. 
,  to  remove,  to  transport 


34 


EdfCl  I,  1 3D,  keeper  of 
the  slaughtering  knife. 


Ari-tes  l\<=>'^ 
aru  ^l: 

•ar(j^i^,(j<c=>^c=.,--- 

^r-t   U         ,  (1  <i=t^,  a  skin  roll,  a  book; 


see 


see 


ar-ti  I]  ^_>_>,  the  two  jawbones, 

E   4 


o  w 


I\ 


[72] 


1 


arr 


(j''^^^,  Wort.  I02,  deaf(?) 
grape  seeds ;  Copt.  eXooXe. 


^ 


I 


I 


17,  Alt  K.  io6,  a  wine  jar. 


drr-na  (]^^^T;-<>,b.m.  5633, 
H  21     I        I      ^    I  '      a  pot  (?) 

Ari   (]  <c=>  ||  \, ,  Tuat  I,  a  singing-god. 

Arar-ti   (|  ^^  ^  ^  ^'  *'''°  uraei-god- 
desses,  Isis  and  Nephthys  (?) 

ari   ||  -cs^-  (1  fl  ^  ,  knife,  weapon. 

Ari   (]  ^""^  Od  )  \^,  A.Z.  Bd.  38,  17, 


a  proper  name  =  '^'^. 

Rec.  35,  57,  name  of  a  fiend,  hostile  being. 
ari-t   (1  <s>-  (jfl  o  /Ci^,  fruit,  produce, 

,  land,  estate. 


arutana  (1 


TTT 

arb  U  .2^ 


Voc.  the  name  of  a  disease . 

arut(?)  (]<^^L=il,||<=>;^^, 

to  tie,  to  fetter,  to  rob ;  ||  <:=>  %\  '^  L„J)  "^ 
M5i ,  poor  man,  one  robbed  of  his  goods. 

I    ^        to  be  shut  in,  driven 
*J^'      in  ;  Copt  Ojpfi.. 

*-"'" ^TJl^B. 

Annales  4,  129 

arp  (]  '^,  p.  724,  "(S^i,  U.  43A,  \  "^ 
]5^  ^  ,  p.  243,  (]  ^  H  ^'  ^-  ^*°^' 

'I     D     III'    \     D     ^111'   I  D  e  III'   #' 
M.  719,  N.'i327,  winej  Copt.  Hpn  ;   |] 


i  ,  IV,  670,  honey  wine;  I]    j-j    =^  -Tl-, 

Rec.  13,  7-5,  wine  by  measure ;  0  , 

■"'•*'  ^  '  oCa   Hd  ©III' 

wine  shop;  (1  ■^^  1,  wine  cellar; 

^  '^  I?  I   °^  I  ^  "f"'  ''"■"'  °'"  '^^  "'"■"'  ' 

wine  of  the  Southern  Oasis. 

^rp    (I  ^ ,  wine  of  various  kinds  and 

districts;  (j  ^    (^    Ms  ^  '  ^'  '^°'  ^'"^ 

of  Pelusium ;    (j  =0=    - a  J   i~^^  -A&.  , 

T.   119;   l]      Q  O    '^'^'^^    ^^  ^,    ^'-   148, 

cedar  wuie ;  (I  ^    a^ww    0   *^.    /vww  X]  , 

T.  121,  ;^«  wine;  (1  :0=      '  0  ^  ,  T.  122, 

wine  of  Syene. 

arp   (j  "^ ,  wine  plant,  vine. 

arpi[t]    (1  (]|]  *^,  product,  food. 


I  I  I 


,  to  rot,  to 
to  ferment. 


16  =     D    . 

arpi  (]  '^  ^i)  i^'  J°"''-  -'^*-  ^908,  300, 

temple  =  ,  ©;  Copt.  pne. 

arpi-t  0         0  0  ^  >  ^^''"^  '^"P  (•*)  ^''''^^• 

aref  (1  ,  B.D.  52,  3,  an  emphatic  par- 

arm   (I  ^^^  ,  L.D.  ii,  49B,  a  word  used 

in  connection  with  a  blowpipe. 

arm  (]  <=>  ^  ^  ^.  ^  man  of  Aram 
(Syrian,  Mesopotamian). 

Armu(?)^^^] 

Pap.  4,  3,  a  tribe  in  the  Sudan. 

Armau|]<=.|^^ 


i ,  Roller 


Thes.  926, 
a  god. 


\\ 


1 


k-"¥fli^&iM 


[73] 


Treaty   lo,   with,   along   with;   see 
Copt.  nix. 

armen   [1 ^ ,  see  remen. 


•1^ 


Aranth  h 


I      I      I      /WWiA 


1      I      I      I 

'^'^'^^■^    AAAAAA 


k  ft/VVWA 


lV^*J^A  1 1 

/Wvv\  / 


•r 


the 


River  Orontes. 


■  I  W  III 


Theban 


Ar-hes  5??^  JJ  | '  ^  >  ^  lion-god. 
arekh  (]"^,  u..i4,(l"^^,  Rec.27, 

57,  to  know,  make  to  know ;  see 

arkhekh(?)   (|  §    ^^ 

Ost.  No.  4,  a  mineral. 

ArkMm  Khertt-neter  (j*"^^^^  41- 

■^  ffl    "  ",  B.D.  (Saite),  pi.  72;  Denderah  4, 
83,  a  lioness-headed  goddess  in  Aat  XI. 

T.  286,  370,  P.  69,  670,  M.   174,  N.  687,  760, 
1272,  to  wake  up. 

Arsi  ^^  %   ^°'-  '°'  42.  B.D.  181,  14, 
W    ill '  a  god. 

arr-sa  h  ""^^  'o' ,  after. 

•       Arsu    ^E>-  1  ^  r^ ,   Obel.  Hatshepset, 
Kubbin  Stele  4,  "  his  maker,"  the  king's  god  (?) 

Arsu    (1  g?^  4=  ^  1  ^  >  ^  Syrian  general 

who   ruled    Egypt   at    the   end   of  the  XlXth 
dynasty. 

,  Rev.  6,  6,  ^^,  3,  .\rsinoe. 


arq 


^7 


to  roll  up. 


ara  fl*~~^?  ^•^'  '9°^>  '*^i  "^^e  of  a 

H     A     4'  serpent  amulet. 

■  I       J*g:^    JI-    I    III' 
Roller  Pap.  4,  3,  a  kind  of  stone ;  compare  Heb. 

tr-'nj-^N,  Arab.  ^^^\,  crystal  (?) 


arqabas  (j^^.^^^f 


irk  0^^,  A  ^.i"- 266,  N.  1244, 
1  ^;=::^  ^     H  '=:=^  a  god. 


Arkanatchpan  H  g?i         LJ         q 

Alt.  K.  n6,  a  god  whose  functions  are  unknown. 
ark-ta  /I  ^^'^ll  /I  .^^-  Rechnungen  59, 


:a|]. 


0  S         'a  kind  of  wood. 


Art  (|^|J|a_^,Rec.i4,ii,(]^^, 

Mett.  Stele,  p.   19,  note  15,  a  serpent-fiend  in 
the  Tuat. 

P.  231. 
the  Tuat. 


W 


4rt4tchar  l)^l,](li\ 

a  kind  of  bird. 

arth-t  (]  ^  J,  (] ^  ^  I ,  U.  20,  T.  338, 

368,  P.  247,  milk. 

Artheth-aa-sti  (?)  (|  s=i  *^,  Tomb 

of  Rameses  IX,  pi.  10,  god  of  the  serpent    ^  . 

S'^t   (1  I)  (1  ns'  www ,  moisture,  liquid. 

artb   [      ?      ]  a  measure  ;  Copt.  epTofi, 
Gr.  tifndpi],  Arab,  ardeb. 

oVi/ln^     n^r-i^to  utter  cries  of 

ahu    (]  ^  nn  ^  I ,  cries  of  joy. 

aha  (]  ra  '^,  P.  42,  M.  62,  N.  29,  O ! 

shouts  of  joy. 


ahai  \\  m 
ahahai  \\  t 


Mira 


ra 


!    O  !  hail !  hurrah  !  cries 


of  acclamation. 


ra 


I 


god. 


aha(hi?)  (]  ra  (],  T.  185,  287,  P.  371 

M.  820,  N.  42,  O  !  moan,  cry,  hail ! 

abah   (j  ra  I]  ra  ,  U.  295,  a  shout  of  joy. 

ahi(]ra  \\\,  I]  ra  ()(],  (JrallC 

\\  ra  Q  Q  ^ )  a  cry  of  joy,  O  !  hail !  hurrah 


ahit  \\  rn 


a  ) 


,  a  cry  of  joy. 


fl 


[74] 


f| 


ahh,  ahha,  ahi   I]  g  j|.  I)  [^  I) 

Kec.3.6s.qmqqg,  qmqqii 

()ra|](j|,Rec.6..37,l)g@lllj|,cryof 
joy,rejoicing;plur.(jra(]l]gj,(|^ra(j(jg|. 

ahhi   (]  ^  ra  HI  (jfl  'V27,  a  festival. 

n  rn  S I    sadness,    misery,    trouble,    ca- 
'    1  "^^  I '  lamity,  affliction. 

5V  I ,  death  cry. 


ahai  ()^ra 

death  sentence. 

ahi(]^ra(j(jx'^ 


i,  a  cry  of 
woe,  death  wail. 

ahi   [1  rn   ^\  to  make  to  go. 

aha   q  rO  ^R\  ,  to  go  in,  to  make  to  embark ; 

see  ra  "^  J\  ,  M.  691,  696. 

ahai-t 


l)(]^,(]  ra^(|(]:r-=i,Mar.Karn.S2,r5, 


I  I  I 


^     I 


A.Z.  83,  65,  1)  g  ra  ^  ij()  ^  j .  cow-byre. 


stable,  any  outhouse  on  a  farm,  chambers,  dock. 

J  ^  ^  m  '  •'"^'  ^^^^"^^'''  ^'^"cing. 
sistrum  player. 

ahab  (lra^jA,(||>ra^>, 

to  send  a  messenger,  to  let  fly  (an  arrow). 

d,ham  (j  ra  '^^^^.  Ahem,  10,  7, 

A  |— I  "Jk     ^— — --^^^     Israel  Stele  25,  mourning, 
4  "-'  .M    ©     ^^'   lament;  Copt.  A-^OXX. 

dham    (1  ra  ^^  ,  to  run  aground  (of 

a  boat),  to  drive  ashore  (of  a  ship). 

*hil]ra(|i,ljral]^/"-S: 


ahi   [j   raljljc^,  [jra^crz],  camp, 
courtyard;  plur.  (1  ra  (](]  >  Israel  Stele  7. 

ahi  n  aua  (|  ra  (jfl  "^  -^^^  (|  -f]  ^y^^' 

house  for  cattle,  cattle-shed. 
ahi  (]  ra  ()[]  ^,  grain. 
ahb   [1  ra  J    4^,  to  rejoice,  be  glad. 

ahbut  [j  ra  J  ^  ^  j'  ^^'^^  '°'  '5°, 

dancing- women,  love-women,  concubines  ;  com- 
pare VnnN- 

ahbu  (jra  J'^l^lltl,  IV,  504,  a 

class  of  officials  or  workmen. 

ahm    (|  ra  ^  |,  (]  ra  ^,  Rec.  30, 

,,    ^,    Q,    n  r-i  f\      A     to  drive  ashore  (of  a 
72,  33,  Si,  Ijra^  7^,  bW 

ahm  (]^,(]  ra  ^g^.  (]^^^. 

Rec.  30,  ji  7,  (]  ^^. Thes.  1 199,  (j  ^^|> 
Thes.  1206,  groaning,  grief;  Copt.  i^^OXX. 

\  ^t  i '  ^*'^'  ^'^'  '^^'  fl  ^  ^  c?o'  ^^'^^^' 

smelling  gum,  incense,  unguent. 

ahn   (1   ra    '         B.D.  145,  3,  12,  a  wooden 
H  iniMiii  v:^,*-'  instrument. 

ahir  (?)    (]  ^  ^  ^,  Mar.  Kam.  52,  7, 
camels'-hair  tents ;  Heb.  ^i^'^- 

,  and;  Copt.  OTfO^,. 


ah  I]- 

ah   (1  I  ^= ,  Mett.  Stele  39,  to  crj'. 

ah,  ahi(?)  (j  f  §.  (]  1^^.  i^f^ei 

Stele  2  2,  cry  of  grief.  Oh ! 

ah   O  §  A  ,  P.S.B.  24,  46,  interjection,  O ! 

ah   (]  I  ^  ,  to  go.        • 

ah  (]  I  5^,  I)  I  ^  f=Si,  Rec.  21,  92, 

5f^,   ^,    (|  '-^  i^  ,  ox;  Copt,  eg^e  ;    plur. 
^i-   fll^i'  (l|e5^.«-^en.  cattle;' 


q 


A 


[  75] 


'fcjj  I    of  the    -w^   V^  I   I ,    foreign   cattle ; 

^i iZ\'  ^i ^1,  cattle  of 

certain  weight. 

Bubastis  A.  34,  cow. 

Ah-pet   I]  I  ^  °  "^  yc,  M.  704,  "  ox  of 
heaven,"  the  name  of  a  star. 

ah-tesher  h^H  '^ ,  P.  706, "  red  bull." 

ah   ^  "^I ,  pasture  (?) 

H  h  cr^ ,  stall,  stable,  workshop ;   h  |  a-3  ^ 

n  ^  1 ,  stable  of  horses ;  |]  §  "^^  'M    O   , 
royal  stable. 

ah-t   [J  8  ,  a  chamber  in  the  Tuat. 


(S. 


ahut   O^X    ^    '      ',  Rec.  2,  116,  prisons. 
ah.  ^:Z  ,  to  be  green  (of  land) ;  see  aah. 

^  I  ^  '    O  °^'  ^"^'  ^^'^'  tillage,  pasture, 
parcel  of  land ;  Copt.  eiOU^e  ;  plur.  .jb?  , 

see  aah. 


*i 


w 


(2 


^^'*5^C'*5 


O  ^  \\  ^  ^  ^,  ploughman,  field 
labourer, /.//#;  plur.  ■^  \^.   ^\ 

Ij  J  ^  ^  ,    U.   150,  N.  458  =  I  (] 

T.  121,  IV,  60,  767,  1078,  Annales  III,  109,  to 
spread  out  a  net,  to  lay  a  snare,  to  catch  animals 
or  birds,  to  surround  with  a  wall,  to  enclose. 

ah   (]  ^ -ft,  (]  I  ^.fishing  net. 


ah   I]   g   &;,   a  girdle,   a  collar,  necklet, 
something  worn  round  the  neck  or  body. 
ah   (||  {® ,  rope,  cord ;  plur.  ()  |  ^  |^- 
ah   (]  X  '^i  papyrus,  marsh  flower;  plur. 

a  kind  of  plant  and  its  seed ;  [I  X       T      ^    , 
white  ah. 

ah   (]  II .  I)  1 1)111 .  a  kind  of' tree ;  plur. 

. ,    n  0  \    Rec.  24,  161,  the  moon  ;  see  aah  ; 
^  •   ^  ji  V '  Copt.  log,,  Heb.  nil  • 

Ah   (|  8  J ,  the  Moon-god. 


ah 


m) 


^-.£7, 


lunar  festival  on  the   i8th 


day  of  the  month. 
ah   0  9  '"***^ ,  white  metal,  silver  (?) 

i   A  o    o    o 

ahu   [I  X  1 ,  limbs,  members,  flesh,  body. 

ah  (j|o.  Wort.  107 

steering  pole,  rudder,  paddle ;  plur.  [I  9  ^  |  1 , 

ahah  l)|(l|'^m^>to ^^'O'"'^ ^ P^^dle ; 

I  %^  /wwvA  (1  Q  0  Q  )  ,  the  sound  of  paddling. 

to  smite,  to  fight. 

^h   (j  I  Q^i"(]fQ-l^^.  packets 
of  arrows  (Lacau). 

ah   [1  fi  ^  ,  spears,  arrows. 

^^^  fl  1^0^'  to  fight;  see  „.  I 
ahai^f-q(]I^,^f  (jl^(j 

=  (J  ft  [1 0  "Sssw ,  some  filthy  animal. 

ahai-t  ||  |  '^  ^f)  *f  >  ^istrum  bearer. 


« 


A 


[76] 


flesh,  limbs. 

aha   (]  I °  I' '  P-   1 75,  to  rejoice,  (]  | 

-_i:|j,U..66,(]J^|(j(l,P.x94. 

^^^  ^  i~~^  y '  ^  I  ^%  p- 45°,  642, 

M.  461,  678,  N.  1239,  to  rejoice,  to  acclaim, 

(]|i=i'^,N.  69,649. 


D  K 


AMp   (]  -|-^  ';:L^ ,  the  Nile-god. 


ahi    |)|(](],  p.  364=|(j(],  N.   1077,  to 
smite,  to  strike. 

Ahi   I]  §  [1[]    Tuat  VI,  an  attendant  on  the 

ahi,ahit|)|(ll|'J,y(l(||,Rec.3o, 
.«,3.,.7o,.,4!sl|.llII)!-lS. 

B.D.  125,  II,  one  of  the  42  Assessors  of  Osiris. 

Ahi,  Ahui,  Ahai   (]  |  (jl)  *J,  *J. 

B.D.  102,  2,  149:  (i)  a  form  of  Harpokrates ; 
(2)  the  god  of  the  ist  Aat;  (3)  the  god  of 
the  i8th  day  of  the  month. 

Ahi-sa-He-t-her 


a  priest  or  priestess  who  personified 
Ojli'  the  god  Ahi. 


B.D.  G. 


348,  a  form  of  Harpokrates. 

ahu  (1  K  \\  ^ ,  a  pair  of  clappers  or  qfistanets. 

Ahui    (j|\\^@,B.D.  I24,i5='^|\\ 
\^^  (?),  i.e.,  Horus  and  Set. 

ahi   (jf  (]l)"tQ.,hair. 

Ahi   /ion*         ^<^^^  ''  29,  7.  a  croco- 
■^^     HXHH  '^«=''  dile-fiend. 

^hi-t   (]  I  (](]^,  fish-pond. 

ahiut(?)  (]  I  (j(]  ^  ^  ^  ].  a  class  of 

human  beings,  peasants  (?)  J  (J  0  0  0      n|  '  >  ^ 
class  of  divine  beings. 


Ahibit  [j|l)y(](j^|,  B.D.  X46,a 
goddess  of  the  17th  Pylon. 

ahU(?)  (|  j^^,  IJIJ^,  weak- 
ness,  helplessness  (?) 

Ahu  (?)    (]  I  e  J  ,  B.D.  124,  8,  a  form  of 

Ahu  (]  I  ^  ^ ,  Rec.  30,  198  =  [j  __j] 
I  ^  ^,  a  form  of  Thoth;  (j  |  ^  ^^  HI, 

Rec.  26,  228. 

ahun(j|^^^,(]|^^^^, 

,omh,,.,ipli„g;plun  (j|^°^|,  (||& 
I)  I  ^  ^  j^  ^  ,  Rec.  32,  176,  young  god. 

ahbenut(?)(jy  — f  t^'cSe. 
ahem  (|  <t::?  J;^,  ?•  492,  493,  494,  (j  ^ 

|,  N.  HOT,  to  decree  (?);  (JC^^  J, 
P.  276,  M.  520,  (]^^g'J(],N.  nor. 
ahemu  (]  ^^  > ,  ^•°-  (^ebseni)  92,  .3 

ahems  (]  t^  p  ^,  M.  677,  (|  ^^  []], 

N.  1 240,  to  sit,  to  seat  oneself. 

ahems  [1  ^  ^,  p.S.b.  14, 207,  a  child 

who  was  allowed  to  enter  the  royal  nursery. 
ahenn   (1   Q   :^,   Mar.  Kam.  54,  42  = 

ahennu  (J  fi  awa^^^,  U.  167,  workmen, 
field-labourers ;  see  P  ^^^  L— =/)  • 

ahes   (]  I  n.  Wort.  550,  to  strike  (?) 
Ahes   (|  I  n^,  M.  779,  a  Sildani  god; 

ahesmen[j|^^^^^4^,p.292, 

packets  of  natron. 


A 


[77] 


A 


<1 


Ahkai  (]|[J  (](]  j]^,  Hh.43i,thegod 

who  composed  magical  spells  for  the  gods. 
aht-t   (1  fi      n  ,  rent  of  a  field  or  estate. 

aht    (1  ,  liquor. 

aht    (I  ^Si,  the  lung,  or  lungs. 

il  OO  ^  II?,  neck,  throat,  windpipe,  lung. 


Ahti   (I  fi      T?  N|'  ^"3-™eofOsirisasthe 
throat  and  lungs  of  the  dead. 

Ahti    h  I  "^  ^.  L.D.  4,  82B,  consort  of 

Rerit^^(?) 

aheth  (]|^^|],u.539,t.2  96 

aht      (1  fi  ,  chamber,  stall,  stable ;  see 

ahetchta  h  |  "^  \"^^^'  ^-  43^.  M.  6i8, 

N.  1222,  to  dawn. 

akh,  akhi  (?)  h    ®  ,  h    ,  an  interjection. 

akh  h 


^  Copt,  ^.^o,   why  ?  what  ? 
where  ? 


akh  fl®.U.424,lj^,  |)®j|,  ()®||, 

(J      .  (J  ®  iJiJ,  an  interrogative  particle;  Why? 
what?  in  what  manner?  wherefore?  how?  Copt. 

IV,  649;   J    f)     ®    ,  for  why? 

akh-rek  (I  Rev.  30,  99,  what 

is  the  matter  with  thee  ?  Copt.  i^^poK. 

akh.t(];,|j;|,(]^®J|],||, things, 
property,  goods,  possessions ;  see 

akhit  r 


akh 


i 


I  I  I 
product,  revenue,  food. 


^    Rec.  30,  189,  fertile  land, 
grassland. 


akhkhut  Q  ®  ^vT^,  Pl^"'^  ^"^  herbs,  vege- 
1  ®   ^  tables,  verdure. 

akhakh  [1  ®  II  ®  *    ^^^^''^  °^  '^^  ^'^y. 

1       1       Hi  /.«.,  the  stars. 

akhakh   (]  ®  (|  ®  t^,  darkness,  night. 

athekh(jJ^,q:.(lJ,,|J|^, 


,  darkness,  night. 


i<  G 

Akhkhi   l|  J  (](]  "^^  (O  a  doorkeeper 

in  the  Tuat ;  (2)  the  night  personified. 

Akhekh   l\®  %    ^-D-  (Sai'e)  98,  3.  an 
1  ®  ^  '  associate  of  Shu. 

akhaar  ^  J  ^  ^ 

Street,  quarter  of  a  town. 


,  Rec.  33,  120, 


akhab,  akhb-t  (]»-=.  J]^,  h 


J  ||;^XSi»;.  pure  water. 


akhabU   |]  *»-=>  J  %>.•••  j"^,  grain. 

akhkha   I)  J  I)  J.  to  be'green,  to  flourish. 

akhai(]Q(|(],R6i4,(j^(](],M.78o, 

N.  1137,(1''^  ^    to  make  to  rise  on  a  throne, 
1  21 fl'  to  crown  a  man  king. 

akhi    Ij  ®  (j(j  ^,  gladness,  jo.y. 

akhi  11  ®  (1(1  i^=R,  upper  region,  sky. 

akhiu    (j  ®  l|(|  j^  |,  spirits;  Copt.  I;^. 

Akhkhu  qji^^.M.  409,  (]J^, 
T.  399,  ^  ^  ^  ^.  B.D.  (Saite)  98,  3,  the  Light- 
god;  var.  (]®^^. 

akhu  (]  ®  %  ^  1 ,  ^^'"'^'  °^  "§'''■  'P'""^ ' 

Akhuti  (|  ^  %  '^,  the  two  snake-god- 
desses, Isis  and  Nephthys  (?) 

akhb  ^®J§,tofeed(?) 

Seti  I,  one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra. 


I\ 


[  78] 


akhem    (1  / ,   to   be   ignorant,   to   do 


I  I  I 


nothing,  to  have  nothing ;  see  £^= ;  [1  ( 
IV,  201,  inert,  weak,  feeble. 

akhem,  akhem-t  n 

,  without,  lacking. 

akhm-taua  U 

P.  142,  without  sourness  (of  wine) ;  var.  (I  ( 
-^  — ^,  N.  885. 

akhm-t  ama  u  ®  ^^~'^~^ 


.{*■ 


-JU. 


., Of    N.  885,  without mouldiness, 

— ■^ '  or  staleness  (of  bread). 


',  U.  645,  a  goddess, 


akhem  khestch  \\  ®  ^  _(u.  ®  H  "^ 

oro,.N.885,|)®^-^®P'^,T.  288, 

M.  65,  \\  ®  ^-^  ®  P  *^.  N.  126,  without 
going  mouldy  (of  bread). 

Akhemit  [j®| 

consort  of  ■'^37  1  ^  1    I 

Akhem  aut  \\  ®  ^  _ju.  (| 

U.477,ll®^--^(l-f^>N.74^. 

Akhem-upt-amkhau  \\  m  ^T^  X/ 
U,1l.'ll.lli-='I^^.^-s-».(l«k 

T.  323,  a  hunting-god  who  bound  the  gods  for 

slaughter. 

Akhmiuurtu  (l®^7^:5^>^ 

14,  B.D.  (Saite)   15,  2,  32,   2,   78,    28,  98,  3, 
102,  2,  the  stars  that  never  set(?) 

Akhem-urt-f  []  ®^^^.  Tuatix, 

a  god  who  supplied  souls  in  the  Tuat  with  water. 

4khmiu  urtchu    \\  ®  ^  _jv,  %> 

^-^.P.  382,  N.  1,57,(1®^---^ 

''-^  ^  ]    Rec.  26,  234,  the  never-resting 
(  jO  I '  stars. 


.J— 


Akhemu-betesh[iu]  (1  ®  ^v    ^   J 

^^  Z*"^,  P-  241,  a  group  of  gods  in  the  Tuat. 

Akhmui-remthu  \\  ®  |\    '^  ^= 

gy^-  ^  •^    N.   710,   the   two   gods   (Horus 

''^  _zr'  and  Set)  who  weep  not. 

Akhem-hep-f  (]  ®  1^  ^  ^.  Tuat  IX, 

a  god  who  sui)plied  souls  in  the  Tuat  with  water. 

Akhem-khems-f  \\  ®  t\     ®    ^a", 

Tuat  IX,  a  god  who  supplied  souls  in  the  Tuat 
with  water. 

Akhemu-seshau  ()  ®  ^  -^  ^  ^ 

0  /^  []  ^,  P.  241,  a  group  of  gods  in  the  Tuat. 

Akhem.-sek  [j  ®  1\  y  ^^z^  ,  an  ever- 
lasting god  who,  under  the  forms  of  other  gods, 
protected  the  members  of  the  deceased.  Each 
of  the  Cardinal  Points  possessed  an  Akhem-sek. 

Akhem-sek  (1  ®  t;^  P'^'  ^'-  ^'^' 


^ 


near  the  pole,  i.e.,  a  star  that  does  not  disappear 
till  dawn  ;  a  never-failing,  or  imperishable,  star ; 
®  _^  "h  ^35»    a   title   of  Ra,    the 

^___n_,— »-   8^  .^,  "never-failing." 

^  P^==:^  (]  ^^^,  U.  211,  214,  482,  T.  289, 

353.  366,  397.  P-  158.  159.  181,  203,  308,  381, 
412,  544,  70T,  M.  186,  285,  715,  749,  N.  118, 
839.  893.  944,  957.  99°.  1196,  1219,  1329, 
1342,  Rec.  26,  234,  31,  21  :  (i)  the  "imperish- 
able "  stars,  i.e.,  the  stars  which  never  set  below 
the  horizon;  (2)  a  group  of  12  gods  with 
paddles  (Tuat  X)  who  were  reborn  daily. 

Akhem-sek-f  h  ®  ^  ^5,  Tuat  ix, 

a  god  who  supplied  souls  in  the  Tuat  with  water. 

ftkhkhm-t  [j  J.^^.  U.  141.  (j 

']'.  112,  N.  449,  fire. 

bank  of  a  stream,  dam ;  see 


akhem-t  Ij^S^^.M)®^ 

Ti,  dam ;  see  " 

akhm-t  (]®^^. 


s  III' 

A.Z.    19.10,    125, 
pool,  tank. 


A 


[79] 


fl 


akhemti 


M 


o  f\/VO 


T.    2 


jDOnA. 


[VAT)' 

,  U.  418,  the  two  regions  (?) 


38, 1]  > 


^' 


Akhmu.t|]^^^^^,P.3„, 


f^,  M.  626,  a  district  (?) 


akhem  (]®^^,  u.  509,  (j( 


ti 


T.  267,  323, 


,  N.  39,  to  seize,  to 


smite,  to  grasp  violently. 

akhkhm-t     0  ®  fsT,  U.  91,  0 
fl  J— 5 

if  ,  P.  624,  M.  607,  N.  1 212,  a  smiting  (?) 


akhen 


fl 


1  .1  ^'  1  "T  ^ 


®    ^ women's  apartments  ;  Gr.  ^(waiKeloi', 

Awww   c^  '  seraglio,  harim. 

ork  a 
boat. 


akhen  (]  \5^  —  ■^,  P-  603,  to  w 
Akher   (j    ®    ^,  T.  246,  311,  346, 

[1  ,  U.  430,  Peasant  150,  a  conjunction,  but, 

because,  then  ;  var.  [1  ^^• 

akher    \\    ffl    ,  but,  because,  then. 

akher   (I  ,  possession,  property. 

akher  \\  ^  p.  228,  |]  ^r*7.  ^-  7°^. 

M.  69,  (]  <^  ^,  Hh.  426,  (1  §  ^ ^, 

to  make  to  fall,  to  cast  down,  to  bow  oneself  to 
the  ground. 


^\^i-*= 


akheriu 

sacrifices. 

akheriu  \\ 

fallen  in  death,  enemies,  fiends. 

Akhsesf  |)®^^,(]®PP^^, 

(j  ^5^,6.0.75,  4,  a  god. 

akhet  0  ^  U.  163,  T  134,  N.  471,  plant, 
1    Ci  wood,  tree;  Copt.  cye. 

as  (I  I,  T.  271,  M.  33,  an  enclitic  conjunc- 
tion, often  used  as  a  mark  of  emphasis,  or  to 
draw  special  attention  to  the  phrase  to  which  it 
is  attached ;  it  also  serves  to  mark  an  explanation, 
and   may  be   translated    "namely,"    "to   wit," 


"  that  is,"  "  behold  "  (Copt,  eic),  etc. ;  _a,  (1  0  = 
but  not ;  ask  (1  1  ^^:z^,  and  ast  (1  1  Ci ,  or  asth 
=5,  have  a  somewhat  similar  meaning. 

as   f]  P  ^'  Q  P  '^.  to  call  to,  to  hail; 


see 


nas   qp 

as  Ijpg,  UpO.Rec.  28,  176,1]  Jpo, 

to  reckon  a  price,  accountant.  . 

as-t    \\   p  s.^^,    (j   P^,   plank,    beam, 
timber ;  Copt.  COI  {.'') 

aS-t  (or  St)  j,   j  ^  ,   U.   222,  jj  -p^  , 


^■^9''jlS'jPT'7'il-5S.' 


CT] 


,  Hymn  of  Darius  8,  seat,  throne,  place, 
abode,  tomb,  room,  chamber;  plur.  n  [j  n  ^  , 
U.  400,  P.  608,  M.  174,  P  jjjj  ci,  N.  687, 

furniture;]]  |  ||||  ,  U.  222. 
as-t  ab   r| 

J1  S   fl  -^  ^'  ^  place 


'^    >0'    the  dearest  wish  of  the 
C^     I  '  heart,  heart's  desire. 

as-t  amakh    rl  '^   A  — ^ 

where  honour  is  paid  to  one. 

as-t  ado  . fl,   U.   507,  jj fl;  plur. 

n    J   -^   ,e,e,(2 
an  assistant  priest ;  plur.  H  h  j]  n?>  n?^  W^ . 

as-t  a    [j  c   ^ ^ ,  an  office,  chancery. 


as.t  aui 


J, 


the  place  of  the  hands, 
i.e.,  a  possession^ 


A 


as-t  aha  en  neb  jl  '^  f  ^ 

L.D.  Ill,  65A,  15,  the  place  in  the  temple  set 
apart  for  the  king's  use. 

as-t  uab-t    n  ^    /]  '^^'^ ,  place  of 

purity,  bath  (?),  sanctuary. 

as-tur-t  H      .^cttd,  ri     <^ 

I      X    "^v      ^    ^   Rec.  14,  17,  great  place, 
CD  <=^>  ^^  Era  ^'  i-e.,  heaven. 


j 


fl 


[80] 


€73 


as-t  utcha-t  jj 

the  Eye  of  Ra  in  heaven. 


as-t  maa  jl  "  —^ 

spectacle. 


- ,  the  position  of 


,  scene, 


as-t  maat 


law,  I.e.,  the  Kingdom  of  Osiris 


aja^ 


,  place  of 


as.tmenajj^_^,^ 

landing,  landing  stage,  quay. 

as-t  na  shau  ri       ^k         ^ 

library,  record-office. 

as-t  neferu  r|  '^   t  '^"'^  VH^  i-   n 

Ill   «  ' '  '•^^  ^^^'  *^^  '■'^^  happy,  i.e.,  heaven, 

as-t  nefer-t  jl  ^   I  '^"^  ^  ■~^'  '^^ 

cemetery. 

as-t  nemm-t  r 


U3 


^  7\ ,  place  for 
,  a  temple  of 


walking,  path,  promenade. 

As-t  en-Net   H  c^  ^^ 

Neith  in  the  Gynaecopolite  Nome 

as-t  ent  senetchem  rj 

^^  p,  resting  place. 

as-t  heh  (neheh)  jj^  |®f'  jj 

T\    Q  9  ,  "eternal  home,"  i.e.,  the  tomb. 

asut  neteru  (He-t-asut-neteru) 


PI 


l]  ll  ll  1 1 1    I '  P'^l^''"^^  ^'^'^'  ^  sacred  building. 
as-t  ra    rj  ,  occasion  for  speech. 

as-t  retui    rj  ^  H  .  P'ace  of  the  feet, 
one's  accustomed  place. 

4s-t  her  jj  (^  "f.  i"  the  phrase,  ffl  jj  fj_, 

"  under  his  supervision  " ;     i"    J|  i— i  Sf ' 

under  my  authority. 

As.thert    rl"^     ^      ^     the  high  place, 
as-t  neri  j]  ^  <^  ;=^'      «>.,  heaven. 

as-t n  ^  O  ^  >  place  of  sacrifice. 

as-l  aeru  J]  ^  ;^.     the  royal  throne. 


As-t  Heqit   rl  '^  |z]^  J]  cd,  the  temple 
of  the  Frog-goddess. 

as-t  hetep  rj 


\C3a   Q 


,  abode  of  peace,  the 


I  n 


J  S  i_  _i  "       J  Ci  .   "  . -, 

tomb:  plur.  11      c~zi -vww  ^  Q;  fl  V, 

place  of  the  heart's  rest. 


D 


as-t  khet 


i 


c^   ,  place  of  duty  (?) 


asut  sutsut  jjn  P^^'P^^^^- 


J  o     (3    I 

Anastasi  I,  21,  8,  n  1 


J\ 


,  places 


® 


a  temple 


IH 


Ci  — " — 
CZl  D   III 


for  promenade. 

As-t  sutenit   rl  "^  1  (1  (1 

of  Ra  in  Gynaecopolis. 


as-t  smeter  rj  ^ 

tribunal,  judgment  seat. 

As-t-sen-ari-tcher  rj 

B    1,  Rec.  4,  28,  agod(?) 

as-t  sesh  j)  j^  f i{] '  j|  ^  '^  ]^  -  l^u^eau, 
office,  clerk's  room. 

as-t  segera  jj '^  fl  ffl  [1  ^,  Thes.  1480, 

place  of  silence,  council  hall. 

as-tqebhj.J|,P>-of^reJres^^^^^^ 

as-tqen-t    H        d  .^,  "bad place," z".^., 
evil  plight,  critical  state. 

As-t-qerh-t  jj^ 

in  the  Heroopolite  Nome 


iCa 


a  sanctuary 


as-t  taa  rj 


|j[,  the  place 


Infi 

of  fire  in  the  Other  World 

as-t  tcheb-t  j  c^ 

Rev.,  place  of  retribution,  hall  of  punishment. 

as-t  tchef-t  ^:^,  ''"'^  i^°"^^'  Ao"^'^ 

cU  Q  I  '  for  provisions. 

as-t  tchesert    rj  ^  '^'^  ^,  "holy 

place,"  sanctuary. 

Asut  tcheseru    rj  jj  jj  ^  ^  ^ , 

name  of  a  building. 

as-ti  jj  ^,    rj  Ci    I  [1,  one  in  the  place  of 


another 


-,  deputy  ;jj  I , 


successor. 


ast-a  j  ^,  jj 


[81] 


i 


^^,  disease,  fever;  H 


I      III 


disease  caused  by  a 
goddess. 


^  (2  II 
Ast    jj  Ci  ^,  N.  62s,  903,  1 139,  jj  o  , 

of  Osiris  and  mother  of  Horus. 

Ast  Ament-t    rl  ^  ^  Tuat  V,  Isis  in  the 
il       I'    kingdom  of  Seker. 

AstAnpUjj^^l^f  ^,Mar. 
Aby.  I,  45,  Isis-Anubis  in  Tept. 

Ast  urt  em  Aa-t-sM  rj  o  ^^='  ^ 


i^-°-j 


n,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  44. 


^st  ur-t-mut-neter  fjlo^l^C)], 

the 

J 


[1-3 


Mar.  M.D.  I,  33,  Isis  the  Great,  mother  of  the 
god  [Horus]. 

Ast  em  Ast-aa-t  ]|  c>  J) 

Mar.  Aby.  I,  45. 

Ast  em  Per-mau   rj  ^ 

1^  t^^ ,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  45. 

Ast  em  nebt  ankh  rj  ^  ^^  •^^,  the 

iJ0^37    1  0' 
goddess  of  the  ninth  hour  of  the  day. 

Ast  em  Semt-t(?)  jj  c,  ^^^o, 

Mar.  Aby.  I,  44,  a  form  of  Isis. 

Ast  em  Shenas-t  (?)    r| 

&C-D ,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  44. 

Ast  em  Ta-tcheser  rj  c^  f\  ,^^  rv/vn, 

Mar.  Aby.  I,  45,  Isis  in  the  Holy  Land. 

Ast-Mehit     ^    . 


Ifll-i 


0  f\    8  00  ^      '  "^'  ^^'  '^  "o"hern  form  of 

'  f]    Rec.  28,  182  = 

,  B.D.  119,  Isis  in  all  names. 


As-t  nekheb  ri 

Ast  -  netrit  -  em.  -  renus  -  nebu 


I    ^^^  rj^l^     III 

Ast-netchit  jJ  c^  "t"  °^  |],  Tuat  11,  isis 

the  Avenger,  with  knife-shaped  phallus. 


Ast-Rait-set(?)  j;^-^]^. 

Ombos  I,  I,  163,  a  lioness-headed  form  of  Isis. 
Ast-Septit    rj^  A  '^,  Isis  +  Sothis. 

Astta-Uhjj^  o'^^|3|^,Rec.24, 

160,  Isis,  the  Scorpion-goddess. 

Act    rl  ^     Tuat  II,  a  uraeus  in  the   Boat 
^^*  I\^'  -  ofAf. 

Ast  jjo 


Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one  of  the 
75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  17). 


Asti 


rl"  Jj ,  IV,  1085,  wife  of  Thoth  (?) 

Asti-pest-t    fj"  ^^©Juat  IX,  a  minister 
•^      •       JJ  err:  Q  of  Osins. 


as-t 


,  palace,  any  large  building.. 


,  N.  534, 


as,  ast  (]  ^  ^__^,  u.  296, 

tomb,  chapel  of  a  tomb ;  [f  ,    (I  [f  N 

(j  JP<=   ^,  tomb;plur.   Jj~ 
N.   707,  (|  lift  —  ;^,    M.    .,4,  I) 

as-t  tchet  h  k  — »-  ^  "^Zl ,  Rec.  29, 78, 

a  tomb  held  in  perpetuity. 

as-t    n    ^     [J  ,  granary,  silo. 

-t   fl  "T"  Q  Q  Q '  ^-  ^^^'  453'  st'^lae, 


nil' 
ill, 


u 

I 
I 
I 


as- 
frontier  stones,  memorial  tablets. 

y^  I,  workshop, factory ;  plur.  (J  [f   lOiJ  1 . 

asui(?)  ^®,T^,(|P^^.Rec.  ,8, 

Thes.  1290,  (|^P\\% 

as-en-sesh  []  ft  0  "  "^  -w^^^v  Wi  g 

copyists'  room,  chancery. 


IV,    175,   1058, 
laboratory. 


[  82.] 


k 


as  neteru  (j  ^  p  c-^  ^  ^j^,  Tuat  viii, 

the  workshop  of  the  gods,  a  circle  in  the  Tuat. 


as-t 


I ,  workmen,  gang  of  labourers ; 


\^^\ 


I  o  n  1 


I ,  male  and  female  servants. 


ra 

a 


I 
asu 


as  (]  J  p  ^.  Rec.  15,  141,  (]  J  [1  \N  5  . 

[1  i  n  ^y,  reed,  papyrus,  herb,  shrub,  myrtle 
I)  J  (1  «  Ijl)  ^,  Rec  „,  ,46,  I)  [)l  [1 .5  ;^, 

old  writings  (^  |  1 ),  old  registers  or  written 
regulations,  old  orders  or  rules  ;  plur.  ""^  "^  "^ ; 
0  A  _^  "«i5  ,  old  laws. 

old, ruined:  (]  ^  ^  (^"^  |  j.  Rec.  31,  146,  old 
age,  infirmity;  [|  i  R  (|[|  J,  old  woman. 

"^  ,  rags,  old  pieces  of  cloth ;  |  J  ^  ^^  5^ 
[1  ^  n  b  I ,  old  rags  used  for  lamp  wicks. 

asut  0  ft  P  ^  -^  ^1'  t"'^''^'  ^"''*^^'  '■^P'^- 

a  a    nCl>~P   Peasant  B.  2,   103,   159,  light 
^^    Stf   "^'  in  weight. 

as-ao  q-*-U\lI  ,  ^-minded,  unstable. 
asu  (]  ft  n  -x^,  a  light-minded  man,  unreliable, 


(2   W 


asu 
as 

lie,  sin,  deceit. 

[j^n^I±3j,  air,  wind,  breath;  (j  J 


,  a  disease  of  the  belly. 


breeze,  puff  of  wind. 

as    [1  ft  n  1^3  \>  (?)  ground,  place. 

as,  asi  -n-,Tr-(](]  3  , -nr- J(](),who?_ 

as,  asi   []  -n-,  u.  2,  (]  -rr  (],  U.  208, 

(1tt-()[],U.  223,qT^-*-[l(l,P-93, 

—jy-  %>  7\  ,  to  make  haste,  to  make  to  pass 
quickly;    Copt.    ItOC  ;  ^   V^,    IV,   809, 

',  U.  7. 


W 


ashak 


t.A 


IT 


A 


UJl 


-rr 


A     1 


,  IV,  659, 691,  (j 


\ ,  Thes.  1297,  quick  spoil,  spoil  easily  taken. 


/v  =  -nr  ^  /v(?) 


asiasi (?) 

to  stop,  to  hinder,  to  oppose. 

asi  —rr"  ill]  "^^,  tt)  pass  away  in  decay; 
^  \^  — TT"  O  (]  "^^ ,  incorruptible. 

asu    — TT"  p  ^*,  decay,  destruction. 

as     (]piT3.(]prtjj>  bile,  gall. 

ass  (| 

ass  II  ~^  =  (]-*-  I]  —,  to  punish;  see 


ass 


U.  534,T.  293,  P.  539,  to  run, 
to  move. 


|)pp^,tofetter,totie;|]pp;^ 

®; 
I 

ass-t  h 


'%\  L-dQ  @  iww^    those  whose  heads  are  tied  up. 
Jr  I  I  I    I    1  I  1' 


,  rope,  cord. 

'=^    Tuat  VII,  a  town 
©'  in  the  Tuat. 


ass 

Ass-t 

Ases   I]  n  n  ®,  B.D.  149,  the  7th  Aat ;  van 
(Saite)  !\  P  ?» 


o    D 


[83] 


Asa  h  — «- 


M.  14  =  -»- 

guard,  to  pasture  flocks 

asa  h  — 


T.  88,  N.  6i8 

P.  X.,    (]  -* 
N.   1 1 6,  to  watch,  to 


U.    12 


0) 


P-  73,  N.  15,  (]  ^, 
-»— ,  M.  701,  P.  60,  N.  1322, 
,  T.  2  79,  to  come  (?)  to  travel  (?) 

H   2S^  ^  n  I '  Copt.  CRT. 

asa  (lP^^.I)P^^g.(JPt^i. 

T.  58,  M.  217,  N.  589,  to  fill  full,  to  satisfy. 

asa ... .  Q  (A  fl  -^   '^  ,  P'^^^  °f  '="-'^'°'iy 

1  ^  I   K<^Z  cr-D            or  restraint. 
asa  (?)    Ul^U  -^j.  Amen.  22,  10 

asa     (]  p||,Rec.  34, 121  =  (]^(j>,  baton, 
club,  mace. 

asaa  h^h O /I\,T.  268,  to  introduce; 

asau    h  n  g^  %i,  M.  62,  to  lead. 

Asar  X.  U-»,  jj^,  j]^,  J1 

jj  ^  ,  Rec.  30,  II,  ^^,  Rec.  33,  30,  36 

|i}^^.Buch.5r,(]P^O^,R.E. 
141,   ^ ^  J|,   Rec.    26,  224,  27,  56,  33,   2 


A.Z.  Bd.  46,  92flF.,    rj'^  =  Wo\v6(p0u\no'',  the 

great  Ancestor-god  of  the  dynastic  Egyptians. 
The  origin  of  the  god  and  the  exact  pronuncia- 
tion of  his  name  are  not  known.  He  was  said 
to  be  the  son  of  Shu  and  Tefnut  and  the  grand- 
son of  Geb  and  Nut.  He  and  his  wife  Isis  and 
his  brother  and  sister  Set  and  Nephthys,  and 
his  son  Horus,  were  brought  forth  by  Nut  at  the 
same  time.  He  was  drowned  in  the  Nile  by 
Set  and  suffered  mutilation,  but  he  rose  from 
the  dead,  and  having  been  declared  by  the  gods 
innocent  of  the  charges  brought  against  him  by 
Set,  became  King  of  the  Dead  and  giver  of 
immortality  to  all  who  believed  in  him. 

"Iroj^Y  of  JEjyj  . 


Asartiu   -^^ -^   J  |    BD.  89, 3,  beings 
m  ^  I '    like  unto  Osiris. 


Asar-Aau-ami-Anu    jii  /%  |^ 

-H-IX     fll^^    B.D.  142,  85,  Osiris,  the  Aged 
T  J3t5^  111  ®  tU  '  One  in  An  (Heliopolis). 

Asar-Aah     HS  J|,  Lanzone  42, 

ji  "^  ,^ ,  Osiris  the  Moon. 


Asar-ami-ab-neteru 


o 


^i?l|. 


Tuat  VI,  Osiris,  Darling  of  the  Gods. 

Asar-An   ^  |   ^ ,  Denderah  HI,  35, 
Osiris,  the  solar  god  An. 


Asar-Anpu  -^-^  \\ 

~     1     D 


%>,   B.D.   168, 
Osiris  +  Anubis,  a  jackal-headed  god. 

AsarAhti  J^  (j|^Je  5^,  B.D.  142, 

98,  Osiris,  the  Lung  god  and  giver  of  breath  to 
the  dead. 

Asar-as-ti     rj  J)  j]  ",  Tuat  ill,  a  form  of 

Osiris,  functions  unknown. 

Asar-AtiX5^lli](l(l||.B.D.r42, 

106,  Osiris,  the  King. 


Asar- Ati    H  "^ 


S 


,  B.D.   142,  43, 


variant  of  preceding  (?) 

Asar-Ati-heri-ab-Abtu  "^  WW 

ill  f  ^  J  ^  ,  B.D.  142,  93,  Osiris  of  Abydos. 

Asar- Ati -heri-ab-Shetat  ji"^!]!! 

flails™  S5'^-°-  '•^''^4'  ^^'"^''''"g 

of  the  Tuat  of  Memphis  and  Heliopolis. 

Asar-athi-heh    [1   s^  §  o  |,  Tuat  III, 

Osiris,  conqueror  of  eternity. 

^sar-ankhtiXf  A^'Jlf 

[1(1  ^,  B.D.  142,  2,  Osiris,  the  Living  One. 

As4r-iru  jo  jH  ^^  j^,  B.D.  o.  1064, 

a  form  of  Osiris  worshipped  in  Lower  Egypt. 

Asar-up-taui    ri  '^  \J  X)  = 

B.D.  142,  5,  a  form  of  Osiris. 


s 
s 


F    3 


^ 


[84] 


A 


Asar-Un.neferj|^y,X^ 

Mar.  M.D.  i,  6,  Osiris,  the  Good  Being,  true  of 
word. 


Asar  ur-pa-asht    rj 

f|  I  ''^  I  A  j    Nesi-Amsu  17,  15,  Osiris,  cliief  of 
H  ■  ...  .  Y  I '  the  acacias. 

Asar-Utti   X  i  -  W  r=^, 

B.D.  142,  53,  Osiris,  the  begetter. 

Asar-Bati-erpit  X*^  uT"  fl^  " 

ffi    B.D.  142,  76,  Osiris,  the  dual  soul 
'"^  '^  '  in  Erpit. 

Asar-Ba-sheps-em-Tet  j-]=1  (^ 

8<;^^    B.D.    142,    19,   Osiris,  the 
(s   ©'  holy  soul  in  Busiris., 

Asar-baiu-tef-f  J^  ^'  ^  ^. 

B.D.  142,  72,  Osiris,  the  souls  of  his  fathers. 

Asar-Bati(?)    ll    \M]M,Tuaim, 

•<S>-  usSa  !lw^ 

a  form  of  Osiris. 

Asar -pa -meres  (  j^^^"J. 

Annales  VI,  131,  a  form  of  Osiris. 


Asar  -  p  -  akhem     d  =] 


XJ 


B.D.  142,  15,  Osiris-Ptah,  lord 
of  life. 


Denderah  III,  10,  Osiris,  the  divine  Akhem, 

Asar -Ptah- neb -ankh     J    °  O 
Asar-Pa-Heru  j-j'^i 

B.D.  142,  68,  Osiris,  carrier  of  Horus. 

B.D.  142,  80,  Osiris  in  Asher  (part  of 
©    ill '  Thebes). 


Asar-em- Asher     ri'=^  ^ 


Asar-em-Aat-ur-t  ji'^ 

^     I ,  B.D.  142,  62,  Osiris  in  the  Great  Aat. 

■■il 


Asar-em-Anu 


B.D.  142,  84,  Osiris  in  Heliopolis. 

Asar-em-asut-f-^mu-Re-stau     l] 


MiFiK\^:r.\^i 


I    III 

B.D.    142,    97,    Osiris   in    all    his    shrines    in 
Sakkirah. 


Asar-em-asut-f-ara-Ta-meh    J] 

*     <2>- 

95,  Osiris  in  all  his  shrines  in  the  North. 

Asar-em-ast-f-em-Ta-shema   ji"^ 
^=  j  1^  ^  ^  ®  ^'  2-^-  '-^^•  '^4, 

Osiris  in  every  shrine  of  his  in  the  South. 

Asar  -  em  -  ast  -  neb-meri  -  Ka-f-am 

B.D.    142,   146,  Osiris  in  every  shrine  his  Ka 
loves. 


Asar-em-Atef-ur  jii  ^O . 


©  JH  ,  B.D.  142,  50,  Osiris  in  Atef-ur. 

Asar-em-ater  X  ^  ^  fl  <^' 

B.D.  142,  104,  Osiris  in  the  river  (?) 

Asar-em-Aper    j]    ^  "d^  ?\  ®  c^  . 

<2:^  JiJ^  <::z>  U      lU 
B.D.  142,  35,  Osiris  in  Aper. 

Asar-em-ankh-em-Het-ka-Ptah 

95,  Osiris  in  the  Ka-house  of  Ptah  (Memphis). 

Asar-em-Antch  X  ^  I  '^  I' 

B.D.  142,  20,  Osiris  in  Anlch. 

Asar-em-aha-t-f-em  Ta-meht    r]  "^ 

,  B.D.  142,  145,  Osiris 


n^^  Hi  © 

in  his  station  in  the  North. 

Asar-em-Akesh(?)  jj'^ 

B.D.  142,  87,  Osiris  in  Akesh. 


Asar-em-Uu-Peg  "^^zz:'^'^ 


S-r» 


B.D.  142,  69,  Osiris  in  the  great 
sanctuary  of  Abydos. 

Asar-em-Uhet  (?)-melit  "j^  [^1 

"^  O  JL  ~^  ^    B.D.  142,  61,  Osiris  in  the 
Jl^  o  ^ — ^o  \.  SLl'  Northern  Oasis  ( Bah  riyah). 

Asar-em-Uhet  (?)-rest  J^  [^1 

tk  O   -1     1    "^    B.D.    142,    60,   0.siris    in    the 
_P  ^  t^a  g  I  '         Southern  Oasis  (Khargah). 

O  ^  ,  B.D.  142,  32,  Osiris  in  the  Hawk-city. 


[  85] 


Asar-em-Benben-t 


J      J 


./a2>-  (-1 


CD 
B.D.   142,  83,  Osiris  in  the 

sanctuary  of  the  stone  (obelisk)  of  the  Sun-god. 

Asar-em-Bener  3^^J^|, 

B.D.  142,  74,  Osiris  in  Benr. 

Asar-em-Betshu  J^  i  %^JZ\ 

®  ^,  B.D.  142,  115,  Osiris  in  Betsh. 

,  B.D.    142, 


Asar-em-Pe     l]    \^ 

26,  Osiris  in  Bute. 


D 


® 


Asar-em-Pe-Nu    jj^ 


® 


~vww  ^,  B.D.  142,  88,  Osiris  in  Buto  of  Nu. 

Asar-em-Per-ent-meh   ]]    ^^^  ^^ 

^    B.D.   142,  12,  Osiris  in  the  sanc- 

^  '  tuary  of  the  North. 

Asar-em-pet  ll    t\  °  '^  Jj.B.D.  142, 

47,  Osiris  in  heaven. 

Asar-em-Per-ent-res  j] 


B.D.  142,  II,  Osiris  in  the  sanctuary 
of  the  South. 


Asar-em-Pesg-ra 

^     ^,  B.D.  142,44;  var. 
Osiris  in  Pesg-ra  (?) 

Asar-em-Petet    d"^ 

Osiris  in  Pet. 

Asar-em-Maati 


a   f 


® 


ri=^pp:i. 


B.D.  142,  70,  Osiris  in  the  city  of  Truth. 

Asar-em-MenaJ^lx^^q® 

B.D.  142,  71,  Osiris  in  Mena. 

Asar-em-Nefur  (Tau-ur  ?)  H'^ 

Xtn'^^'  ©  %,  B.D.  142,  40,  Osiris  in  Nefur(?) 

Asar-em-Nerutf  ri  ^  tm  ^        J^ , 

B.D.  142,  31,  Osiris  in  the  necropoHs  of  Hensu 
(Herakleopolis). 


Asar-em-Netru  J    f\  i 


® 


Asar-em-Netit    ri'S  ^ 


B.D.  142,  28,  Osiris  in  Netr. 

B.D.  142,  41,  Osiris  in  Netit,  a  place  near  Abydos 
where  Osiris  was  slain  by  Set. 


Asar-em-Netbit 


i^ 


ilk 


® 


B  D.  142,  113,  Osiris  in  Netbit. 


Asar-em-Netch-t      ll 

var,   '-=^  ^pt,  B.D.  142,  24,  Osiris  in  Netch. 


© 


3®' 


-^O- 


a  III 


Asar-em-renuf-nebu    ri'^ 

,  B.D.  142,  149,  Osiris  in  his  every  name. 


Asar  -  em  -  Rert  -  nefu  (? )    H  "S  /=z 

^  y^-jlll  ffi    B.D.    142,  55,    Osiris  in 

t^^V®5il'  Rer(?) 

Asar-em-Rehnen  J^^<=>^:).:|. 

^  (var.      I      ^^^Jt),  B.D.  142,34, 


o    ® 

Osiris  in  Rehnen. 

Asar  em  resu  (?)    ll 

B.D.  142,  25,  Osiris  in  the  South  Land. 

Asar  -  em,  -  Rastau      d'^  <= 

B.D.    142,  39,  Osiris  in  the  kingdom  of  Seker 
the  Death-god. 

Asar-em-Hena     U    f\     rD   (]©, 

-<2>-  JiH\:s-  /wwv>     I 

B.D.  142,  124,  Osiris  in  Hena. 

Asar-em-Hetaa  3^_^^^. 

B.D.  142,  89,  Osiris  in  the  Great- House. 

Asar- em-het-f -ami -Ta-meh  jl'^ 

46,  Osiris  in  his  temple  in  the  North  I^and. 


Asar-em-het-f-ami-Ta-shema 


=Q' 


^i^ 


■^® 


^.  B.D. 


J1 


142, 


45,  Osiris  in  his  temple  in  the  South  Land. 
B.D.  142,  86,  Osiris  in  the  Laboratory  City. 

Asar-em-Heser     ll     t\    ?  0 


Asar-em-Hemag  ri  '^^ 


B,D.    .,,,.,;    v„.   PI  VS^.    IP:. 


®' 


:f^^i^ 


Osiris  in  the  City  sacred  to 
Thoth. 

Asar-em-Heken    rl'S  / —  fi  '^'^^  ©, 


B.D.  142,  65,  Osiris  in  Heken. 

Asar-em-khakeru-f-nebu 


I  I  I 


Jlk 


e 


B.D.   142,   152,  Osiris  in 
all  his  ornaments. 

F  3 


[  86  ]  -A  ^ 


Asar-em-khauf-nebu 


ill' 


01 


e  III 


B.D.  142,  151,  Osiris  in  all  his  mani- 
festations. 


Asar-em-Sau  jj'^/: 

B.D.  142,  23,  Osiris  in  Sa. 

Asar-em-Sau-heri 


s^  !m.® 


j]i 


e 


B.D.  142,  29,  Osiris  in  Upper  Sa. 


Asar-em-Sau-kheri 

© 


\' 


A. 


nnm 


B.D.    142,    30,    Osiris   in 
Lower  Sa. 

Asar-em-Sa  "^  ^=z  0  (1  "''*" 

B.D.  142,  78,  Osiris  in  Sa. 

Asar-em-Sati  J^  £=  [1  ()  ^  ^  ® , 

B.D.  142,  79,  Osiiis  in  Sati. 


Asar-em-Sunnu 


iS^P-r®l 


I   AAA^J^A  @ 

B.D.  142,  33,  Osiris  in  Sunu  (Syene). 

Asar-em-seh-f-nebu 


lira' 


J1 


©  III 


B.D.   142,   147,  Osiris  in  all  his 
council  chambers. 

Asar-em-Sesh    jj^  |^  ^  ^. 

B.D.    142,  59,  Osiris  in  the  Nest-city,  i.e.,  his 
birthplace. 

Asar-em-sek-f  ]] 


B.D.  142,  54,  Osiris  in  his  feathered  headdress 

Asar-era-Seker 


J1 


B.D.  142,  66,  Osiris  in  Seker  (Death-god). 


Asar-em-Sekri 


B.D.  142,  37,  Osiris  in  the  city  of  Seker. 


Asar-em-Sekti 


>  nv<    S)     B.D.    142,   54,   Osiris    in    the  Sekti 
^=^^  511'  Boat. 

B.D.  142,  67,  Osiris  in  Sha. 

Asar-em-Shenu  rj'^ 

B.D.  142,  64,  Osiris  in  Shenu. 


5    ^ 


Asar-em-Qeftenu     ll 

©  j|,  B.D.  142,  36,  Osiris  in  Qeftenu. 


yj        AA/VNAA 


Asar-em-qemauf-nebu  j]^ 


3 


s 


B.D.   142,  148,  Osiris  in  all 
his  creative  works. 


Asar-em-gerg-f-neb   ji'^  \ 


tt 


L 


"^-^^   ffi    B.D.  142,  150,  Osiris  in  his  every 

settlement. 

Asar-em-ta  ^  |^,  7^  '^  ^•^^-  '^'' 


J]1^ 

48,  Osiris  in  the  Earth. 

Asar-em-taiu-nebu  jH"^  /= 

„       .7? ,  B.D.  142,  81,  Osiris  in  all  lands. 

©   lllJlJ 

Asar-em-Tep  ji'^'= 

B.D.  142,  27,  Osiris  in  Buto. 

Asar-em-Tesher  jj'^  1^ 

B.D.  142,  58,  Osiris  in  the  Red  City. 

Asar  -  em  -  Tcbatcliau      n 


1 ,    B.D.  142,  25,  Osiris  in  the  Chiefs. 


Asar- nub -heh 


°    111  ^1  m  I 

B.D.  142,  75,  Osiris,  gold  of  millions  of  years. 

Asar-Neb-Ament    ]] 

■< 

Osiris,  Lord  of  Anient. 

Asar-Neb-ankh     [] 


,TuatlII, 


f 


B.D.  142,  3,  Osiris,  Lord  of  Life. 


Asar-Neb-ankh-em-Abtu 


f 


D   r]C=0  ffi   B.D.    142,   90,    Osiris, 
I  J  ®  ^'LordofLifeinAbydos. 


Asar  -  Neb  -  pehti  -  petpet  -  Sebau 

96,  Osiris,  Lord  of  Might,  crusher  of  the  rebels. 

Asar-Neb-er-tcher  j]  ^^  Bs 


0X,  B.D.  142, 


tdl  ^^  ^  ^  3  '  B.D.  141,  4,  Osiris,  Lord 
to  limit  of  the  Earth,  i.e.,  Osiris  Almighty. 

Asar-Neb-heh  j]  S 

57,  Osiris,  Lord  of  Eternity. 

Asar-Neb-ta-Ankh    ri'^ 

'^  ^    B.D.  142,  22,  Osiris,  Lord  of  the  Land  of 
f\/\yi '  Life. 

Asar-Neb-taiu-Nesu-neteru    ri"^ 

^^^1    -    111,  B.D.  .4^,  73,  Osiris. 

S3I S   T  ww«     I    I    I 

Lord  of  Lands,  King  of  the  gods. 

As4r.Neb-Tet  2l^8§^ 

B.D.  142,  91,  Osiris,  Lord  of  Busiris. 


A 


[87] 


k 


Asar-Neb-tchet  rl'S-=^  "^,3.0. 142, 

56,  Osiris,  Lord  of  Eternity. 


Asar-Nemur    ri  ^  in 


jll- 


crl 


Stele  87,  88,  Osiris  +  Mnevis;      r\ 
thie  tomb  of  Osiris  Mnevis. 


Metternich 

LTI 


Asar  Nesu 


•bat  m  [J^E  Ani 

Pap.  19,  Lit.  9 ;  ^\^  rjhl--<2>-l  B.M.  No.  236, 
Osiris,  king  of  the  South  and  North. 

Asar-nesti     iJ    t;;iS      Jj,  b.d.  142, 

49;  var.  J^  ^  ^^  ^  '  0«i"s,  belong- 
ing  to  the  throne. 

Asar-heri-ab    Asher    'f%  "^  '^ 

fl  ^a      J^    Nesi-Amsu    17,    16,    Osiris    in 
1  -aa        ®    '  Asher  (part  of  1  hebes). 

Asar-heri-ab-se[m]-t  j^t,'^  ^' 

B.D.  143,   18,  Osiris  in  the  desert  {i.e..  Necro- 
polis). 

Asar-Heri-sha-f    [1      ®  '~^^ 


III 


,  B.D.  142,  76,  Osiris  on  his  sand. 


V 


Asar-Heru   rj  J]     "^     Jj,  Osiris  4- Horus. 

Asar-Heru-aakhuti  jV^ 

B.D.  142,  100,  Osiris  -I-  Harmakhis. 


Asar-Heru-aakhuti-Tem 


],  Osiris  -I-  Harmakhis  -f  Te 


~fa=a 


J1 

mu. 


Asar-heq-taiuj^l^lll 


[($. 


B.D.  142,  18,  Osiris,  Governor  in  Busiris. 

Asar-Heq-tchet-em-Anu     []    J|  j 

nor  of  Eternity  in  An  (Heliopolis). 

Asar-Khas  "^^        "^i  .\nnales  xill, 

277,  a  form  of  Osiris. 


Asar-Khenti Amentt  AJ]{[\\\       "^ 

of  Amentt,  Osiris,  Chief  of  those  who  are  in 
Amentt. 


n, 


Asar-Khenti-Un  ^  rfTK 

B.D.  142,  6,  Osiris,  Chief  of  Un. 

Asar-Khenti-peru  (?)  ^J^  ^      ^^ 

CD!     »    B.D.    142,   72,    Osiris,    Chief  of  the 
I  ,  ,  ^'  temples. 

Asar-Khenti-men-t-f    JJ    ^ 

\\\  K^    ,  p.  706,  Osiris,  Chief  of  his  ,  . 

Asar-Khenti-nut-f    ti     ^ 


i 


B.D.  142,  42,  Osiris,  Chief  of  his 

town. 


Asar-khenti-iiep[r]     rji  fllh 

'^^^  ..-O   ^    B.D.  142,  7,  Osiris,  Chief  of  corn 

D     "!)Q<5   JlJ '  (all  kinds  of  grain). 

AA^^/^A 


Asar  -  Khenti  -  Nefer     l]     f[||] 

W  J],  B.D.  142,  69,  Osiris,  Chief  of  Nefer. 


W 


Asar-Khenti-Rastau     E    d  h 

<='-^t^j^^^   B.D.   142,  16,  Osiris,  Chief 

I     I  I  I  _fl 
of  Rastau  of  Seker  (D.iath-god). 

Asar-Khenti-seh-kaut-f  _^  3  ^ 


_  wiXB  II  1  ci   I  V il  i  Icn^   I 

B.D.  142,  77,  Osiris,  Chief  of  the  house  of  his 
Cows. 

Asar- Khenti -shet-aa   jl'S 

">-=■     S\    B.D.    142,  82,  Osiris,   Chief  of  the 
UIi  ca  ^  '  I>ake  (?),  Pharaoh. 

Asar-Khenti-geti-ast  (?)  jj^^i?  S 

''^rl'^  J,  B.D.  142,  92,  Osiris,  Chief  of 

Asar- Khenti -Tenn-t    rj'^fllh^  ^^ 

Osiris,  Chief  of  Tenen. 

Asar  -  Kherp  -  neteru     11     ^  1  '' 

Tuat  III,  Osiris,  Director  of  the  gods. 

Asar-Sa   X  ^  "^"k  "k 

L=J)  J],  B.D.  142,  71,  Osiris  the  Shepherd. 

Asar-sa-erpit  J^  "^^  "^  ^  ^ 

,  B.D.  142,  14,  Osiris,  son  of  the  two  Erpti 

F  4 


^ 


A 


[88] 


A 


k 


3^  p  1 14*  5^'  B.D.  142,  8,  Osiris  +  Orion. 

Asar-Sep  J'^^.  Rec.  3,  46,  j|o  ^ 

n>te  ^^ ,  Rec.  14,  i3>  Osiris  +  Sep. 


Asar-Sepa    J^ 

j]  1 1  ^^im  jn 


|^|,B.D.   r43,9, 


Osiris  Sepa,  Osiris,  the   holy  worm  (?)    of  the 
Souls  of  An. 


Asar-seh    rl"^ 

Osiris  of  the  Council  Hall. 

Asar-Sekri     JJ   ^ 


ca 


n\ 


,  B.D.  142,  99, 


,  B.D.  142, 


51,  Osiris  +  the  god  of  the  coffin,  i.e.,  Seker. 

,  _^n>-  — H — 

Asar  -  Sekri  -  em  -  Sheta  - 1    ri  S  ^^^ 

a^   ^n  ^    B.D.   142,  51,  Osiris  +  Seker  in 
Jb^q  n  SiJ  '  Sheta,  the  modern  Sakkarah. 

Asar-Ka-Ament  ^  [J  I,  Tuat  iii, 

Osiris,  Bull  of  Ament.        * 


Asar-Ka-heri-ab-Kam 


^ — I 


® 


B.D.  142,  97,  Osiris,  Bull  in  Egypt. 


B.D.  142,  75,  Osiris,  the  swathed  one. 

Asar  Tu-Amentt     ^"^  '^^  5  -^^  ^ 


_  J]  1    I  nnm  I'  c^o^' 
Osiris  of  the  Mountain  of  Amentt. 

Asar-Tem-ur     l]    >!:~^  ^^  3 ,     j] 

, ^f\    ^=:5.^'^=f  %    B.D.  142,  SO,  Osiris,  the 

.J^  t^ n  <=>  tlJ '        great  Executioner  (?) 

Asdr-Tet-Sheps^|^,j|^gj^^, 

Osiris,  the  holy  Tet. 

Asar      J]    ,  Tuat  II,  the  name  of  a  term. 
■cz>~ 


Asar    A  J\ ,  Tuat  VI,  one  of  the  nine  spirits 
who  destroy  the  wicked,  soul  and  body. 

Asar-merit    j!    ""^^  01]  °.  »  P'^ce  in 


the  Athribite  Nome. 


asa  (]  p  ^,  U.  296  =  (]  p  ~^,  N.  533, 
to  introduce,  to  make  approach. 

4si..,.-n-|)()^Y,Rec.3i,  12 


asu^,  S3^|,  (]p^|,  (IJp 

^uyjP^v.^.q&P^ii. 
qPf^,qPK,fl 


^  '^,  ^  ^-, 


w 


^-^fl 


C£ 


i ,  reward,  recompense, 


return,  substitution,  price,   payment,  remunera- 
tion,   retribution,    equivalent ;    Copt.    A.COT  ; 

'  It    '      ^^,  those  who  are  rewarded ;    ^\    (I 


in  return  for;  <:r>^3i,  asareward; 
A D    (J  ft    I   V  ^    I  >  Rec-  20,  40,  to  endow. 

testicles. 

asu.t(?)  1)1^".  U"!^'  ^-  '^°' 

M.  494,  an  explanatory  particle. 

P.S.B.  19,  261,  Rechnungen  59,  board,  plank, 
beam,  seat,  throne  ;   plur.  (J    '  -Jf  )   ^v  > 

Heb.  !T^U?«,  Arab.  lyj\ ,  Syr.  ,<kjo^. 

^.l)[lj;^.  I1PJ^,P.S.B,.4,«, 
L.D.  Ill,  194,  47,  seat,  throne;  compare 
Heb.  v/^?■^ 

Aseb  ()PjTmm,Berg.I,34,(|PJ^°|, 
Rec.  4,  28,  a  benevolent  serpent-god. 
Asbit   I)  P  J  ^  ^ .  a  goddess. 
Asbu-peri-em-khetkhet  [I  P  J  %i  1 

::'-^  ^3-»^    EdfCl  I,   lOG,  one  of  the  eight 
/ ^./V|  ®A  '      sharp-eyed  servants  of  Osiris. 

Aseb  [j-rr  JJ,Hh.328;.see-nr-j7\. 
asbar,  asbur    ij  P  J  ^  'T^  '^. 

(]  PJ^i  -SiRl'^,  Anastasi  I,  24,  2,  (]  pj 


5C^=iv 


'  l\  A  [  89  ] 

thicket,  undergrowth,  scrub,  thorn  growth ;  com- 
pare Heb.  nViatr. 

h  n  Js<=>s;-,^,  Aiiastasi  I,  26,  8,  KoUer 
^       Pap.  I,  5,  (I    I  J  (2  ""^   ,  whip,  beating  stick; 

asp    (]  p  D,  U.  137,  T.  108,  N.  445,  to  be 

offered:  see  - 

□    t Q 

aSD    fl  n     '^      '°  keep  count  of  something, 
1  I   .  w  ,'  to  reckon  up. 

sledge,  bearing  pole,  wood  packing,  timbers. 
asp-t    (II  ,  Israel  Stele  12,  throne;  see 

asp-t   (|  ^  n  cr^ ,  P.S.B.  13,  424,  Heruem- 
heb  (Masp. )  18,  seat  of  royalty,  palanquin. 

quiver;  plur.  (]  p  ^  ]  fl  i^'  ^=^''-  ^^''"-  53> 

A.Z.  17,  57,  quiver  filled  with  arrows;  Heb. 
^5^?^|l;  Assyr.  ishpatu,  plur.  jr<yy  -if:  f];  ^f, 
Sennach.  VI,  56. 

asepsep(?)    0  ^  ~^ ® ,  Anastasi  I,  14, 
3,  15,  4,  slope  of  side  of  an  inclined  plane  (?) 
aspr    (]  pD^whip;  see  |]  P  J^^- 
aspt   (]  P     °    -^^,  Rec.  8,  171,  sledge. 

asf  11  ,  U.  120,  to  cut  off;  var.  , 

N.  429. 


A 


1 


asf-t  []  W  c=3,  U.  394,  J  ^,  (]  =^  ^^, 
Rec.  31,  22,  Ij  J;  ^  ^^,  I]  J  p  ^,  fault, 


sin,  wrong,  crime,  iniquity ;  plur. 


sinner. 


&ri  asf-t  ■<e>-  (1 

men,  criminals,  fiends,  sinners;  var.  (J 


W        Will 


asfa  h  ~^ 
asfekh  h 
asfekk  h  p  ^,  (]  p 


j    Rec.  31,    II,   a 
I '  group  of  gods  (?) 

P.  643,  M.  679,  N.  1241, 
'  to  do  away,  to  cast  aside. 

^  ^^'^y^,  U.  58, 


N.  310,  to  split,  to  sacrifice  (?) 

asfekk-t    h  [\  ^^  c, ,  slaughter  (?) 

asmar  j\  H  — ^  <r^  ° 


,  Turin  Pap.  67,  11, 

I         I     III  ^ 

a  kind  of  stone,  emerald  (?) 

asmen  (|  P  ^^^^,  u.  26,  p.  409,  M.  586, 

N.  1 191    [1  /^^5  il    ^^*^-  '''  9°>  to  stablish, 
'   1  21  /www  U'  make  fkm. 

rTfir/)t<i,  emery  powder  (?),  or  Heb.  '^''P^\ 

asmes  (]  p  |,  M.  466  =  p  |,  p.  243, 

[1    1  (1)  ot),  Rec.  1 1,  90,  to  give  birth  to. 

Asmet  h  P  ^r  ^,  M.  663,  one  of  the 
four  sons  of  Horus  ;  see  Mesta. 

f\    K     n    /WWNA        .4.  i\     n   /w/w^v\ 

asen,asenn  l\^\]    ^^    4^- ()  |^. 

T.  289,  M.  66,  N.  969,  Rec.  13,  iii,  (||  ^^, 
N.  128,  I] 


<£? 


,  to  sniff,  to  smell,  to  kiss, 


to  make  friends  with,  to  fraternize. 

r\  r^j    ri   /wv/.^s  /vaaaaa       .k       _ 

asenn, asensen  l\W\\  7Z3-, 


i^       _  i^  I ,  air,  wind,  breeze. 


asen 


l-ta   (j  P  >/  ^^,  to  smell  or  kiss  the 
earth  in  homage ;  n  II  I 


N.  114. 


fl 


[  90] 


asm 


li  (j  ^^  p.  608^  Ij  ^  |j(],  p.  631, 

()  ""*~  0  llfl,  M.  498,  (]  ^^  (](),  N.   1080, 
to  make  to  open. 

asenut|l^^,P-36o,N^:o,4,^ 
asensh  (?)  H  ~^,  U.  375,  T.  19,  (|  ^^^ 

-mmr,  T.  356,  P.  32^,  668,  (  ^  (|||,  P.  196, 

M.  628,  N.  928,    1080,  to  push   back   doors, 
to  open. 

asnet   (11  6 ,  a  ceremonial  bandlet ; 

plur.lj.p^^ 

aser   (|  Y ,  N.  294,  staff,  mace. 


aser  (]^  ^ .  n.  755, ^^^f  >  U-  '88, 

T.  66,M.  22i,N.S98,  I]  p^,    (j  [1  <^r>  | , 
(]  P<=z=.^,  (j  [1<:=>^-^,  P.S.B.  8,  X58, 

foliage,  branches,  etc. ;  Heb.    /ttJ^,  Copt.  OCI, 

oce. 

Aser-t   ()^^,  (]^0,  u.  188, 

T.  66,  M.  221,  N.  598,  a  sacred  tree  whence 
came  Up-uatu,  (I    l<:=>--=f^^,  B.D.  42,  4. 

-^    B.D.   178,   14,  a  town  in 

®'  the  Other  World  (?) 

\\  ^\^  Rec.  17, 155,  aforeigner(?) 

T^  1 21'  prisoner  (-|ib«)  (?) 

^7r~  t^K  /\    R-c.  8,  171,  article 

of  furniture. 


Aser  (]  p 

asru(?)    ^^  ^-ft-,^ 

asrut   (in  '^.   N.  738,  to  make  to 

grow;  .see^__^^3  . 

aseh   l\    |-j-]  ,  B.D.  (Saite)  no 

asha   (]  n  HI  "^  6  .  linen  bandlet  (?) 

asha(?)  jj  ra  "^g),  ^^^'^''  '^'  '9 
ashabuqpm^J^I5,'^';i|^°^ 
ashabu  i]  P  n:  ^  Je]^,  P-S.B.  13, 

4 1 2,  whips  made  from  the  skin  of  the  same. 
ash   0  P  I  ''^  >  U.  388,  to  make  to  travel. 


ashetch 


askh 


i\ 


f]  n  0    T.  281,  N.  130,  to  shine  ; 
Sir  see  hetch. 


^^>^ 


L_vi, 


mn 


^'^, 


^P®^^'    U^J^.   to  reap;   Copt 
U3C&;  see  ^    q   -^. 

askha   Ij  P  ®  J  ^,  T.  199,  N.  1295,  to 
call  to  mind,  to  remember. 

asshau  !\  flczio'^  %\.^'-  '^+'  ^-  433 


asesh  h  p ™,  u.  140, t.  i i i,  n.  448 

^SShem   h  p  "2?^,  N.  762;  see  seshem. 


^'^^j  to  cut,  hack  in 


^L=J 


asq  (]  p  z], 

pieces,  to  decapitate. 

as<i(]p^|,|)p^,(]P^,()P^|.,, 

,  to  linger,  hesitate,  delay ;  Copt.  UJCK. 


qP 


asqer(?)    1]  P  ^,  ^■^•^•,--  ,;5°-  - 

=^,(JP^^,--P>-rtL7 


ask 


particle. 

ask   Ij  p^::^|,  U.  481,  P.  188,  M.  354, 
N.  144,  906,  to  draw,  to  strengthen. 

aska(?)  jjpU-^.^'^^^'^'^^^o'ih' 
Asken   h  ^^,  p.  79,  M.  109,  N.  23, 

n  ^=^  C=3,  M.   708,    h  ^z^  i=c,    p.   379, 

I]  ^=^^,  N.  1324,  M.  333 ... 

ast   (]  p  ^,  (]  p^,  Rec.    19,   187  ff.  (many 
examples  given),  an  e.xplanatory  particle ;   var. 


fl 


4sti 


MP 


w     I 


Mar.   Karn.  54,  i,  report, 
document. 


to  tremble,  shake  (of  the  limbs). 

asta   (]p-^=^p-J',tohasten. 

astit   0    '  "^  ,  unguent,  incense  (?) 

asti  0  ft  P  ''^  ^  ^  >  a  deceitful  man,  liar  (?) 

astb  (lP-J[g  =  ljpJ  "    "'^'' 


'  throne  (?) 


,1 


[91] 


^ 


nation  of  Thoth  ;  the  'Oo-Taci/?  of  Democritus  of 
Abdera. 

asten  |)  ^  ^  L_Ji,  (j  p~f-^^, 

to  tie  up,  to  lace  up,  to  tie  round,  to  envelop,  to 
fetter. 

to  beat  down. 

asth   h    1  g=>,   U.  224,  P.    102,  M.  89, 

N.  96  ;  see  (     1  £i ,  an  explanatory  particle. 

Asth  Thaath   ^  ^  ^  (]  ^, 

Tuat  VI,  Isis,  the  clother  [of  Osiris]. 

Asthen  (]^il;see(]n  ^  ^. 

ast   Pc^    A    P.  125,  M.  136  N.  647, 
■    1  I  '</  spittle,  saliva. 

Ast  D  n  <==i.  >J_J ,  U.  388,  a  name  of  Set  (?) 


w 
w     w 


Thes.  1 202,  (1  n  """^^  ^ ,  Rec.  9, 6 1 ,  (| 

Asten  IJP^5^.f|P^^.  (JP 

P.S.B.  20,  140;  see  I)  p^^^^. 


astes    (]  p  ^  p  ^,  u.  40.,^k.fe, 
Aste8()p^^|,(]P^^,(]p 

one  of  the  Company  of  Thoth. 

dstch  (1  I  ^°^,  U.  455,  601,  609,  to  cast 
out,  to  shoot,  to  hurl,  to  break. 

Astchet  O  P  "^  ^  ,  B.D.  149,  a  fiery 
region  in  the  12th  Aat. 


ash-t  h  °°,  u.  5-,  P.  693,  (1  ^, 

1        Ci  1     o  o  o 

N.  708,  [     Q    ,  (1  W'-  '  thing,  possession; 

ij'  — ^  ,  legal  possession. 

ash-t  fl  ,1     '=^    I,  Rec.  31,  165,  wealth, 

1q    III     li-'-^l 

,  [  ^^,  U.  185,  T.  324,  and 


goods  = 


ash-tt     0   ""^  0  0  ,    T.   344,  meat  and 

drink  offering  (the  five  offerings). 

asll-ta(]°°](],   N-    972,    to   make   a 
^    ci     U    1  possession  of. 

ash-t   I]  ,  food,  meal,  ration. 

ash-t-fkhu  (]  ^  ®  im^^' 

evening  meal. 

ash-t-f  tuat    h  '"^  c=^a  -^      Y'  corn- 
ing meal. 

ash   (|^^|°,  an  offering. 


to 


N.  663,  69s,    H  ™  ,.,0,  M.  93,  (] 
spit  out,  to  evacuate,  to  pour  out. 

ashu  h  i=s=i%  ''"<i:>,  U.  333,  outpourirfgs, 
emissions,  sweatings. 

U.  15,  emission,  saliva,  efflux. 


ashsh  h . 

1  I  ^  I  1 

bear,  to  carry. 


A^^-'^ 


ashaf 


1.=^     X 


■k 


ashsh   (]°°o,  Rec.    32,    67,    perfumes 
i  "w-|  o  unguent  (?) 

i^       X      to  break,  contrition  ;  Copt. 
w    ^^'  olfcwcgq. 

ashakhar  l)|^IiM^l^  "^^ 


I        KX 

,  Alt.  K.  152,  a  disease. 

asha   h  ^3  -=:=^,  U.  552,  (|  ^^IJ". 

P.  425,  M.  608,  to  cut. 

asha-t  [1 o"'^^:^!  piece,  something  cut  off. 

ashu  j\  r-rr-i  p  ,  to  dry  up ;  see  Shu  ^  %i  O  • 


^ 


[  92  ].    • 


ashui|JP^(]|),P.447,p(l^,M.54., 
(I  Ij  v\,  N.  1 1 22,  to  raise  up,  to  elevate. 

ashep     h    ^^   \Tt,    cucumber;    Copt. 

1     D      ^  ecgoon. 

ashf  (1  O  ,  a  liquid,  unguent  (?) 

ashem   |]  c^,  M.   ir4,  \\  ^  ^, 

M.  20I,  559,  N.  ii6o,  ii66,   (]^5^^. 
U.  488,  T.  193,  to  make  to  go. 

ashem-t  (j  ^^,  i'-  96,  (]  ^,  M.  114, 

"5^,  N.  4 1 ,  a  going ;  (1  ^ t=?P  t^",  Anastasi  I, 
24,  4,  journey,  travel. 


ashem  sek 


fl 


csn 


~wn  -Ju. 


""^^P*,  the  imperishable  stars;   van  "^^5^  ^^ 

Ashemiu  seku  [|^^— ^^r^illl, 

The.s.  59  =  (^  ^=-^^-i»  j   I   I  1,  a  group  of 
four  jackal-gods  who  towed  the  Boat  of  Ra. 
ashems    (1  r^;r-|  n  a,  to  make  to  follow. 

ashen    h   5  '~^^,   U.   267,  to  furnish,  to 
ornament,  to  encompass  with. 
asher   (  ""^^  (1  ,  fire,  flame. 

d.Sher   (1  <z>,  roast  meat.    - 

ashes-t(|5c=sanQ,M.2  7i,([   g_   pQ, 
N.  756,  (]  ^  p  o  ,  N.  888,  Hh.  429,  (]  ^ 

n  c  ^,  I]  5_  n  '^ ,  Rec.  26, 225, 29, 151, 

interrogative  particle,  who  ?  what  ?  where  ?  why  ? 
wherefore?  0  5    '  ^  Qf  ^1  ^,  Peasant  129. 

ashesep   \\  ^^     ,  to  make  to  shine. 

Ashesp  (]  ^°  jl  ^,  light-god. 

Ashespi-kha  (j  ^  °  jj^  ^  q-  "r*^^^-  3i. 
the  goddess  of  the  4th  hour  of  the  day. 
dshesep   h  ^£  5 ,  bandage,  garment. 


ashespit  (]  ^  ^ ,  []  ^  n 

(1  ;;vy  a  booth  in  a  garden,  a  summer 

house,  a  niche  in  a  temple,  a  chapel,  hall. 

ashesn   |1  5  ^,  to  utter  a  cry  of  joy. 

asht    [  Sf^i  to  compel ;  see  "^^  ^      „. 

A»htit(|^;,  B»..   ..   u.^ajg.- 
^|j^,  a  kind  of  tree,  persea(?)  sycamore  fig;  plur. 

II /I  I  PI  k^  *"""'"'■'"" 

in  Heliopolis  ;  D_X  M  '^^  § ,  a  title  of  Ra. 
Ashteth    Q   '"^  ©,    U.   360,  a  city   in 


h=^ 


Sekhet-Aaru;   var.    o   ,  N.  1074. 

asht  (|  "^^^^  ^ ,  u.  154,  (|  ^,  q 

Rec.    15,    107,    P.S.B.    13,  499,  sycamore  figs; 
I  \  w^A/>  1—1      ffl,  fruit  of  the  sycamore. 

Asht    i]  2  I'  ^■^■*-  '  7-  2i>  a  mythological 
tree  in  Anu  by  which  sat  the  Great  Cat  (Ra).     . 
Ashtt   [j  ^  f^  5^  .  Hh.  438,  a  god. 

A   Zl      A     z]       to  lose,  to  be  injured; 

^^  '^  O'  ^  ^^'       Copt.  ^.Ko,  ^.Kto. 


[1  .id  '^^^'  1°SS'  '"i""")''  •""'"'  destruction. 
3'Ql''fc    0      O.  ^  l''"d  of  drink. 

aq-t  (jf;^,  A.Z.  35-  17,  i)^^^. 

Rev.  12,  48,  reed;  Copt.  ^K€. 

aqi   l\^l\^  ["^j.  reed  ;  Copt,  ^^e, 
aqi-t   (]  /d  (](]     ,  Nasta-sen  Stele  48,  some 

kind  of  gold  ornaments  or  figures;  var.   [I 


(1-  SO). 


A  I 

I 

o  I 


A 


[93] 


fl 


3'Q.  1}  g  \ ,  form,  ceremony ;  see  /] 

fl'Q.a'  (I  -^^^^  A.,  Amen.  26,  16,  to  come. 

aqa   (^  zi  "v^v^  ^,  to  dance  (?) ;  perhaps  = 

T.  65,  M.  220,  N.  597,  847. 

aqai    (]  ^^^(j,  exalted;  see  ^^|. 

aqau  1]  ^^  ^>  Rec.  27,  218,  (]  ^  |] 

exalted  (?) 

Aqauasha  (]§^^(](j  ^  "^lilil 

f^^^-  \K  I    Mar.  Karn.  52,  i,  a  Mediterranean 
eLl  I  people. 


fishing  tackle. 


aqarljg^^^ 

aqeb  0  ^  -^  J  ^  ^= .  to  double. 

aqep   (1      lHlf)  Hymn  of  Darius  12,  storm. 

aqem  ()  ^^1^,  ()  ^  |^  i),  shield, 

buckler. 

aqmu  (|  ^  ^  ^.  N.  766 

Aqen  0  ^  -wwvv  -?] ,  B.D.  168,  a  protector 

^        ^  '--  <^'  of  the  dead. 

,  to  be  excellent,  perfect, 

A 


Q 
aqer   []    ^ 

precious,  valuable; 
A 


\ 


,  excellently; 


Heb.  15^. 
aqer-t  (] 

aqeru(j^^|l,(]^^|,|) 


(I  J  ,  most  excellently ; 


something   excellent   or 
precious. 

A 


I ;  fem. 


\ 


j    the  perfect  ones,  a  title 


of  the  beatified 

Aqeru    jj  ^  ^  ° '  P-  92,  M.  121, 

^  j^  ^  ^ ,  N.  699,  the  "  perfect "  gods. 

AqruQ     ^    %1MM,'^-    3°S..   a   mytho- 
^       ^,__^Jj>ouM'         logical  serpent. 

Aqrit  Ij  ^  c.  trjinn,  T.  3°5,  I)  ^ 
\L  ,  a  goddess. 


Aqrit  Khenti  -  he  - 1  -  set  |]  <=>  [\£vq 

f|Jll^Q^P-^g^,B.D.x48,oneof 
the  seven  divine  cows. 

Aqertt  |]  ^^,  ^ '^(i^,  Berg.  II, 
12,  the  "  perfect  land,"  the  Other  World. 

aqer  (]    ^   ■^,  a  plant. 
aqra(qeri?)  ||    '^    (]  s::^,  bolt. 

Aoeh    A   '^    -^    B.D.   168,  a  protector  of 
^         H  ra  ^ '  the  dead. 

Aqhit    ||  zl   "^j  U.  556,  a  goddess,  the 

aqh  (]  ^  J  >^  ,  Rec.  18,  181,  \^J\, 

(|  z]|  ^  7^  ,  Rec.  10,  136,  1]  -^1   .  .  to  enter, 
to  invade,  to  rush  in  (of  water). 

**  l]^||.l)^0,ligl>i(?) 

726,  a  metal,  some  mineral  substance;  Copt. 

Ke&Ke  (?).  > 

aqes  \ay  ''»5>^,  to  cut. 

Aqes  I)  ^  p  ^,  (j  ^  p  ft-  ^,  Rec.  32,  81, 
the  name  of  a  god  (?) 

aqes   (|  \  \\  ,^ ,  to  be  vile. 

aqes-t  y  p^^>  ^'^^'  ^'''^''='^^'^'  ^  ^''^ 

aqet  (1  A  c^s,  U.  560,  to  work  like  a  sailor, 
to  row,  to  pilot,  to  punt,  to  tow;  \[\  (1(1  J|  I, 
(1  A    ^    \\\\\,\\\     Sf  I )  sailors,  boatmen,  crew. 

aqettiu(]i|^^|,  (j^^(jl]j.(j\ 

divine  sailors  in  the  Boat  of  Ra. 

aqettiu  qeras  ^  7  ^  i  <^  fl  P^' 

Rec.  36,  78,  funerary  bearers. 


fl 


[94] 


aqet(|^c:^g|,p.833,{]^^^[^, 

(|g^^^y(j^!  ^,to  build. 

aqetU    0^^^'%^^^.  mason,  artificer, 
labourer,  workman;  plur.  [1  \     yr     \\  1  E  SI     71 

aqet-t  0  \|  ^  (1,  Rec.  36,  78 ;  see  \|  "^ IM. 


'^   D 


■aqet    (1  M  □,  T.  ry,    builder's  con- 

struction; plur.  j\  \  ^^^^  0    V  ' '  ^'  ^^^'  i  °  ' 
M.  426. 

aqet    IH^f.    ^H^-^'  builder's 

plan,  design,  draft. 

Alt  A  ^_,      n        U.  537,  T.  295,  M.  466, 
S  '■^::356'  thou  =  k^crP6. 

aV    A  ^~ — ^     to   suffer    injury,    be    lost   or 
1  ^^'  destroyed. 

akin   (j'^z:^  M   \>  ^^ ,  lost  ones,  things 
destroyed  ;  [1  kz::^  t^O    V  '^  ' '  '^^  damned. 
ak-t    [I  ^^\  ,  pain,  injury,  something  lost. 
Slkk    M  Sp ,  cry,  song. 

•    ak,  aku   (]  -=^  f^X    fl  ^^^^  ^  ft' 

Rec.    30,    198,   stonemason,    quarry  man ;   plur. 

ak-t(?)    (l"^ft^.Hh.45i 

akU   h  ^  '^l^  V\  f%  f^^^ ,  stone  quarry. 

ak-t    q^,U.536,[|^c{}:,  T.  294 

;  plur.  (]  ^^3^  (]  ^,  U.  537,   (]  ^z=^ 

^|*.T.295. 

aka-t   [1  ^^       I ,  estates,  lands. 

Akfl    fl  ^  LI  °     ^■^-   '^74,    64,    sesame 
H  21    I    111'        seed  (?);  Copt.  OKe. 

Diim.  H.  I,  I,  19,  (]  ^=1^  [[[?|.    ()  ^!=1 

.hMd;plu,.(lc3|^;?,(]^|^J3. 


akamu    h  ^rz]  '^  %.  ^^,  wretched, 

miserable,  patient ;  Copt.  tOKeJUL. 

akana    h    U  "^  W,  Birch,  Thoth- 

mes    III,    p.    13,    IV,   665,   717,  Rec.   17,  76, 
basin,    bowl,    vessel,    pot,    bottle;    Heb.  'iSN, 

Syr.  rtyo^rc,  Gr.  "X""'; ;  see  (I  ^. 


aka 


d 


>P.i73, 


n^n 


T.  SI 


,  P.  1 60,  to  cry  out. 
akka    h  ^~^  n  <^=f=^,  night,  darkness. 

akau ....  (]  ^=^  S^  Hffl  ],  P;  _^^-5 
Akanhi  (]  ^:3^  [|  7n"  ^  I).  U.  327,  the 

name  of  a  serpent-god  or  fiend. 

aki    (]  ^^^(j,  u.  537,  ()  ^3^S^(1I), 

T.  295  

A  Vn    fl   T>t)\    Tuat  III,  a  god  or  animal 

■^  ^^^Jf^'   "  in  the  Tuat. 

aku-ta    (1  '^^  "V  0  °  '"'^'  ^"  ^^' 

(]^y„=^,M.ii2,(|-^;|.'^o=^, 

N.  25,  (]^=^^=^^,  P.  1S7,  (]^.z^^^=^^, 
M.  348,  N.  901,  bowings  to  the  earth  (?) 

akeb   (|^:r:::«  J,  to  bow;  see^:::*  J  ^^. 

akeb  q^J^,  ^i^J^' 


iiii^ 


akebu  h  ^^^ips  J 
4kbit(|^J|)(|l,  () 


to  weep,  to  lament,  to  cry,  to 
'  wail,  to  tear  out  the  hair  in  grief. 

]    Amen.  i8,  5,  weepers, 
I '  mourners. 


waihng  women. 


Akbiu  (j-^^^^jllljl.  Tuat  XI,  Ij 

n  tk  fl  fl   %\    B.D.  (Saite)  80,  8,  a  group  of  four 
JjriH^iJl'  weeping  gods. 


l\  A  [  95  ] 

Akeb   (1  ^:z^  J  -wvAA/^ ,  (1  'CTP*  J  T=T, 

Edfft  I,   8o,  q^i^q  ^,   (]^^, 
(]  'cr^  I  ^,  the  Nile  and  its  flood. 

for  fumigating  purposes. 

akep    [  ViM  ,  rain-flood,  storm,  torrent. 

akem    fl  ^^z^  ^^   M,    buckler;    plur. 

(Lacau). 

aken    (1   »aww  ,    (I  '-' ,   bowl,   basin ; 

1        ^[7  1     ^^/^^A^        I 

Heb.  |2b? ;  see  [1  I I  ^\  (     T',  compare  Assyr. 

y;^   tyyyi-    ^y    yTVf.    "bowls,"    Rawllnson, 
C.I.W.A.  I,  23,  122. 

aken.  11  '■^^^'^  ,  a  kind  of  stone  (?) 

1     lEQl 

aken-t  (1  -wwvs ,  U.  6ri,  resting  place  (?) 
aken-t  [1  '-f^^^ ,  domain,  estate,  abode  (?) 
aken    (1  ^  >  '°  make,  to  fashion. 

aken   (1  ~wwv  ^  ^ ,  to  salute,  to  address. 

aken  (1  ^^^^ -x^^.,  Rec.  1,48,  (j  aww '^^-cx., 

|1  ga  ^Aww^  Vp\  vjr,a- ,  a  digging  tool,  hoe,  plough, 
pick ;  plur.  (I  «wwv  \S  i , 

a  class  of  gods  like  Osiris. 

akenu  (|g~^^^,  Amen.  13,  6,  24,  3, 

some  evil  quality,  lying  (?) 


q 


Aken-ab  (]  ^  "^ ,  '■'"'"'  ^'  ^  '^°°'-'^e'^pe'- 


Akenh  h 
Akenha  h 


ra 


U.  544,  the  name  of 
a  serpent. 


rn  U  'ittSm,  T.   299,  the 

""  n^^^^fl  "^^^  A 

name  of  a  monster  serpent ;  var.  (I  U    [7]    S' 


U.  327. 

Aken-tau-keha-kheru  h 


^0 

AA^^AA     I    I    I 


D  I  I 


J 


B.D.  144,  the  doorkeeper 
of  the  6th  Arit. 


!\ 


W 


Akenti   H  aaaa^a  j] ,  B.D.  146,  the  door- 


keeper of  the  7  th  Pylon  ;  varr.  (1  _»_  3,  (1 

Aker   (]  ^~^ 


w 


2^:^ ,   an   Earth-god ;    see 


gods  who  guarded  the  great  tunnel  through  the 
earth. 


Akeru 


the  9th  Aat ;  var.  (Saite)  [ 


Q  ® 


® 


,  B.D.  149, 


akeshti  (]^^  J^^,  ^.T-'^'X^"'!"''!' 

1  i-^r-i  ti^  o    Nubian  (adjective). 

Akesh  I)  ^  tL  ^(  ^'  Rev.  14,  13,  a 
Nubian;  plur.  ||  ^^  tL  ^  | '  ^^^'-  '3,  3, 
I)  ^  ®  ^  j '  ^'^'■-  '^'  52 ;  Copt.  e6locy. 

Akshit  h  '^~~^  p.  ",  B.D.  o.  134,  a  cow- 
goddess  of  Oxyrhynchus,  mother  of  Apis. 

3'S   11  ^  '^w^AA ,  Stream,  flood. 

1    I  I  I   A/\/w\^ 

agU  I]  S  '^,  a  plant  or  herb;  var.  h 


Z5 


aga, 


aga(]ffi^_.,  (|ffi^^,A.z. 

1869,  86,  a  kind  of  wood. 

aga   (|  a  "^  ^,  to  quiet,  to  subdue. 
AgaqB^^|,B..>.,S,35(Sa,,e,, 

Rec.  29,  157,  159,  a  god,  a  form  of  Anubis(?) 
Agau    (]  S  ^  ^  ^,  B.D.  64,  19,  a 

title  of  Anubis  (?) 

agap   (j  S  "^  □  Iflf  >  flood,  rainstorm. 

Tuat  VIII  and  X,  the  souls  of  the  drowned  in 
the  Tuat. 

agit,  aggit  (]  ^  ffl  (](]  o  "y",  Ij  g 

1 1    ,  a  kind  of  garment  (?) 


fl 


Aggit-hebsit-bag,  etc.  h  ^ 


[96] 


^ 


^  (var.  (|    ffl   ^  □!!  Sa,te),  y    ^ 

the  name  of  the  7th  Pylon. 

agb|)fflJ-^,-b°2l°^eTubrued° 

4gbii|^,llfflJ::^,(]ffiJ 

flood;  Copt.  (JJ(fK. 

•agbu  I)  ffl  J  ^  43,  (j  ffi  J  4=,    ',    ^ 

Rec.  27,  84,  (|  ffi  J  e  ^O  i .  wind,  air. 


Agertt  0  ffi    "^  ,  Q  ffl  "  ",  B.D.  137, 

B.  13,  17,  (]    S*    O  _2_  _2_  ®  .  the  abode 


agep   (]Sf=^,T.3I9,1]S|||,P.44i, 
710,  U.  609,  M.  545,  N.  160,  193,  1125,  1352, 

rain  storm,  tempest,  flood  ;  Copt.  ^THni . 

agep  (]  ge|f  ^i®'!)  §^'Rec.  27, 

210   h  ffi  f^^S^   ^'^^^   ^7,  84,  cloud,  fog,  mist, 
'^'  S    D  the  darkness  of  a  storm. 

agem    \\  /^^i ,  to  discover. 

ager  (j  ffi  ,m.i93i,U.86=^,n.  363, 

O  www    r,      j^ 

Rec.  29,  78,  but,  now,  however;  Q         n^  ' 

I,  36,  yea,  even. 

ager   (|    ffi    =  |    '^    ^,IV,  236,  hunger. 

ager  (|^§>  ^^^§'  ^''^- ^^^ 

20,  to  make  silent,  to  quiet. 

Agerlu(lJ^||(j^fj,(|J^^5D!, 

•  u  u-.     .      (■  A     7A    '^  ^    the   Tuat  of  An 
mhab.tants  of  (]  ^  j^^,  (Heliopolis). 

Ager    (]   ^  ^.   B.D.   (Saite)  64,    19, 
(|   ffi    I  J,  Rec.  30,  192,  31,  20,  a  god. 
Tgrit[j^7|,B-D-(Sa.te)64,^,^9.^a 

A  »ri1-   \\'^^Tl     '^^  goddess  of  the  5th 
^         '^  jp  O  UA'  hour  of  the  day. 

Ageru    (j  ^^  5^  !■  B-D 


^^^yi''^''''"^°^^'°^ 


no.   5. 

s  in  Sekhet- 
Aaru. 


in  the  Tuat  of  the  souls  from  An. 

ages  (|  ffl[l==^,^-  '^3^'  ^-  ^53.  ^ide. 

Agest   (1  ll  o ;  see  Amset. 

at    il  o,   N.    1126,   father  =  ,   P.  441, 

M.   545;  (j'^^lj^I]^,  P-  442  =^^^ 
°  ,  M.  545. 

O 

at  (j  o,  T.  368,  M.  207,  N.  668,  [|  '^,  P.  441, 
M.  545,N.  ii25,father;  plur.  I  1  1 ,  ||  q  (1  o  (Iq, 
\    "^  ,   U.    213,    P.    85,   442,    N.    43.    1365. 

I    o  o  o 

Thes.   1287;  see   fl  and  M?^;  Copt. 

eiCOX  ;    Q  I  ^1  T=T  =  Philopatores ;     j  (1  o, 

A   ^  f)      ■=!     father  of  the  god,  i.e.,  a  kind  of 
t7     H'^l'  priest. 

at    (]^  ^,  child,  suckling;  plur.  (j  < 
Rev.  14,  14,  11  ^^7^,  Rev.  13,  10. 
at-t  (j"^S 


I  I 


e^  III 
&,  nurse. 

at,ata|).^,^,^g,,^^,^, 


womb;  Copt.  OOTe,  OXI  ;  r.j4  i ,  concu- 


bines ;         °  W  1 ,  cows  or  mares  in  foal. 

at  (|q,  p.  287 

at   (j  ,  house. 

at    Q  '^,  stone  (for  (]^)(?) 

f.     ^  no      part,    portion; 

^*   ^  Kj'  "^    'i  K-s'      Copt.  XOI. 

&t   0  ~^,  Rec.  20,  91,  fluid,  liquid. 

A4.    [I    "^      to  smite,   to  pierce,  to  beat,  to 
ai-   l|^   _/!'  constrain. 

ati   (1"^,  beater,  scourger. 

hX  (jo|^^,  N.  747 

4t    fll   T.  182,  p.  529,  M.  165,  N.  653,  twig, 
ai-   L|  0'  branch  (of  a  palm). 


fl 


it-t  (]    ^    O^acordnet;plur.  (1^.^^(3(2(2, 
cords. 

it,ata  (j-^^;^,  ^Ijo.p.  94, 

M.  118,  N.  57,  a  kind  of  red  cloth. 
At  (j  ^  ^ .  Rec.  29,  149,  a  god. 

at  (]]j|,   king,  prince;  see  |) ]  (] |)  || . 

N.824,  /■^,  '^,  (1^,-a,  |)--,corn, 
grist ;  Copt.  eiUJX- 

Ati-t-khau||]=^^;^,.,i.leof,h. 

crown  of  Upper  Egypt. 

ata   (1  o  ^^^  cur^  ,  boomerang. 

Atar  l\mh^  '^'^^'  ^■^-  '^4 

9,  a  Nubian  (?)  dwarf-god,  son  of  Ra. 

dta    d  o  Q  /^     '^^"''    moisture ;    Copt 

1      1  UQ.^'  eiujxe. 

Ata   M  A  fl  ^,  N.  766,  an  associate  of  Shu, 

sovereign,  suzerain. 

ati     "^^    J,     Rec.    3,     116, 


[97]  A  ^ 

atu   (]  ]  ^,  P.  5°5-  507  (with  ^^  o^) 


,   king. 


Ati 


Atiu  f\, 


,  Tuat  VI,  a  crocodile-god. 


I ,  the  bandaged  gods, 


i.e.,  the  divine  mummies 

Attiu 


iu(l^]](j(|^4!,  fiends,  the 


1 '       damned. 

Ati-baiu  QHT]^^.  i.  hS,  the 

name  of  a  pyramid. 

Atu   (]]^,U.632,|)]^^,T.3o6, 
an  associate  of  the  Serpent-god  r-rr-i  U  g ' 


Atum  (j  o  ^  £u-Li  [v^v£] ,  (]  I  ^  ^j  IM^^, 
-4sien,  p.  316,  a  Syrian  god;  fern.  (1  ^^  ^^Q' 
wife  of  Reshpu;  compare  Heb.  Dil^i*. 

atur   ()o%<c=>  i  J\,   ^°  ^°'"e  °"''  '° 
1     JT  -^  flow,  to  march. 

atur     h-'^ZZ,    d  ^,    0 


Q   (o 


AAAAAA 


V, 


Atur  aa 


river,    flood,  arm  of  the  river,  lake> 
basin ;  see  ater,  atm. 

,  a  name  of  the 


Canopic  arm  of  the  Nile. 


<\ 


!\ 


""■•  I^^ST- 1-^ 


(-2 1     (Q    '^'vw^A 


1?  -^     a  measure  of  land,   stade, 
^  n  I '  league. 

Atur-meh  (|  "%^^^.  I'hes.  1251, 

Lower  Egypt. 

Atur-res  l\^\^  "^^^  ^ ,   Thes.  1251, 

Upper  Egypt. 

the  two  chief  temples  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
the   two   halves   of  Egypt,   the    northern   and 

southern  halves  of  the  Egyptian  sky;     "^     , 

U.  418,  P.  453- 

ateb   O  "^^  J  V  ^  ,  tongue. 

ateb  O^Jl^.     Rev.    13,  62,    to    be 
removed;  Copt.  oifCUXefi. 

atep    [1  '^  '^     '°  '°^^'  ^°  '^e  laden  ;  Copt. 

^tpa   H^l)^.  bark,  boat 

G 


fl 


[98] 


1 


(|    "    «^\    (|    °    ^||,  two  fathers; 


i 


I, 


I  ;   see  also  under  at  and 


tef. 


i,    plur.    ^;     (]^  ^ 


V^  I     L.D.  Ill,  140D.,  father  and  mother  of 
\:::z^ '  all  mankind ;  Copt.  eiU)X. 


Atf-meri  h^ 
Atf  neter  1  h 


,  =  Philopator. 


,  "  father  of  the  god," 

title  of  a  priest,   or  father-in-law  of  the  king ; 

000 


^j.  IV,  349. 

Atf,  Atfa-t  ()^^,  Rev.   13, 


I 
Atfa-ur   h 


atem 


the   serpent   on   the   royal 
crown. 


,    P.  26,  M.  37,  N.  67,  a  god. 


fl^k-»-'M 


U.  491,   M.   129,  N.   75,  (|  .^ ^  ,  Rec.30, 


_(U. 


:\!\ 


190,  not,  without;  plur.    [I 
N.  938  ;  see  tem. 

-^  k  ^'  "■  ■""•  "■  ""■  1  ^  -^ 

those  who  are  not. 


r     J,    to  shut,  to  close,  to 
'        make  an  end  of. 


see  ^jTT-ir 

atem  (| 
Ateinl]^,u.3aa,(l^,(1^5^. 

Rec  30,  66,  3,,  .4,  (l-^^sfl.lj^k 

^    fl  J)a    the  god  of  the  evening  and  morning 
0  Jf{i  O  '  sun ;  see  Tem,  Temu. 


Atemit  -^  ",  [j  ^,  U.  2i8,the  female 
counterpart  of  Tem. 

Atem   fl    '^     Goshen,  PI.  2,  a  dog-headed 
!>=='  bow-god. 

Atem    Khepra    (|  c^  ^  1  ^  ^  T 

Atem  -I-  Khepera,  the  union  of  the  evening  and 
morning  Sun-gods. 


atemu-t 


q 


I ,  knives. 


atemti  1]-^^ 
Atemti   (1  ^^ 

goose-headed  god. 


W 


one  who 


destroys. 


,    Tuat   III,   a 

atem   h  ^^^  J\  ,  a  verb  of  motion. 
atem   [  ^"^  iy-i  1 ,  air,  wind. 

atma-t  (]  c.  ^5,  (]  o  g(][j  5.  (j  ^ 

(1  (s  0  ,  a  kind  of  red  cloth. 

Aten  h   ^  f  G%J   "^  ^l 

Rec.  27,  55,  31,  174,  (]  ^  8'  Rec.  4,  128, 
(]  ^  (]  ®  ,  Rev.  14,  7,  (D-  Hymn  of 
Darius    7,    '^  sCX,     (]  ^.      1]  ^  j^j . 

0511  ^^°5'  ^I^V^' 

the  disk  of  the  sun,  the  disk  stands  still, 
Metternich  Stele,  207;   (|  ~^>X,  disk  with 

two  horns  ;  (]  -^  =#  ^  ^  ^  X'^— ' 
A.Z.  1 901,  63,  the  name  of  the  barge  of  Amen- 
hetep  III. 

Aten  VII     H'^ ',','''    ^•^^-  ^°-  32- 

1.  253,  the  seven  disks  of  the  Sun-god. 

Aten-ur-nub    h  ^^  ^^  r^,  a 

serpent-headed  supporter  of  the  throne  of  Ra. 

aten  (j  ^,  mirror.    ^  ^  =  (j  Pl- 
aten  l\'^^,    to    act    as    a  deputy;    see 

atenu  (j^^L-ii,  [jg^  a  ,  i\^ 
\1^'  \^i^'  i^'^^-'^'^-i.  1)^ 

y^^.  Rev.  II,  127,  (j^/^  5^'  '■•'''"■' 
^— ^^  ,^,  n  o  O  A\  Rev.  12,  18, 
deputy,   waM;   L|   ^^ eali'     directors  (?) 


[99  ] 


aten-t   (I  ^  ,  staff  of  office,  mace. 

Ij  gAA^  ^,   to    push   aside,   to  repulse;   van 
II  ^>  to  resist  authority,  to  revolt. 

atenu    (1  ~^  %,  Mar.  Aby.    II,   30,  37, 
1     O     Jr  revolt. 

atenu  (]  g%  ;|^  I,    (]  ^|«^^  |, 

rebels,  fiends. 

aten   (l^^^ir,  Thes.  1295,  ()   ^ 

i,    Anastasi  I,  5,    n  ,   Hymn  of 

1  \\  vii  EZ   H] 


e  2 

Darius,    12,    (Iawaa,    Rev.   12,   10,    (] 

Rev.  14,   II,  an  opening,  air  hole  (?),  place  of 

restraint  (?)   prison  (?) ;   (J  wvw  /W  ^  \ 

atenut  1).^^"'   'J-^"^^, 

circle,  horizon. 

aten  U':^,  Rec.  15,43,  (^^/^,  Rev. 
13,  67,  l\  ^^  ,  j]  -vAAA/w '^k,  ground,  dust, 
earth,  land,  estate,  farm;  Copt.  eiXIt. 


aten 


"^y  to  bind,  to  tie. 


aten-petch-t  |j  -^  ^^,  l.D.  hi,  55B; 

IV,  194,  stringer  of  bows,  bow-bearer. 

atennu     (J   jwaa  knots,     difficult 

I   O   (2    III 

points  in  a  book  or  argument ;  '^^^  [I  ~^  '^^^'^ 

- — qHd  e  I  I  i' 

untier  of  knots,  i.e.,  solver  of  difficulties. 

atennu  h'^^s^T  P'"t  of  a  book, 

1     0     Jr  C^  '  or  of  its  binding. 
aten   0  ^  °^,  a  kind  of  plant. 

ater-t  i)<§>S  ^,  Rec  31,  162, 

ij  <^  c=~=3 ,    l|  <^  Q  ,  a  hall,  a  large  or  small 
building,  a  cell  or  shrine  of  a  god,  e.g.,  of  Amen 

^,  A^i^A'v^     r\     ■'■■■'■ 

at  Elephantine. 


Rec.  26,  234,  27,  218,  219;  see  aturti. 

Aterti   g  g  ,  Denderah  IV,  67,  the  name 

^^,  Rec.  5,  92, 


of  a  funerary  coffer; 
the  shrine  of  Osiris. 

Ater-t    meh-t 


1 


fl  #*  O  T'f'  ®'  P-  ^^^>  Lower  Egypt; 


=B>  cr^  °^  J    the     goddess    of    Lower 
^  ci   Q'  Egypt. 

Ater-t  shema-t  (?)  h . 


"k- 


^#13^-'  ^-^-'iig. Upper 
Egypt;  (|<=>[r^-^J,  the  goddess  of 
Upper  Egypt;   (| 


the  two 


sides  of  the  southern  heaven. 

ater (?)...     H  !]  c1  >A'  ""  '^^  belt  of 

*-   ^  U  ^^^  III  '     Orion  (?) 

atru   (|    "^    %>/'^,  to  pour  out. 

atr,  atru  (j^^^^i.  Rea  31,  168, 
f]  <S=>     f\   '^  fl    ^  ~^^^~^     A   ^ 


AAAAA/S 


III' 


~vj~vj  I,  P.  42s,  M.  92,  607,   Rec.  26,  65,  80, 

29,  146,  river,  stream,  canal,  Nile;  Copt,  eioop, 
Heb.   1N\ 


fl 


I 


atru   l\  rzr  i ,  Nile  festivals. 

atru  (j^^s,  I]    ^   ■^^^, 

l|  <=>  I  I  ,  ,  Hh.  373,  watered  land,  a  watering 
place;  ^   IJ  ^  '^,  Rec.  20,  41. 

Atru-neser-em-khet  h  ^  '^^^'^ 

^'^^'Imo'l'  "•^-  '49,  the  13th  Aat. 

G  a 


q 


[  100  ] 


A 


\ 


J\ 


rwv^>A^  . 


ater,   atru    [j  ^^,   (| 

a  distance  of  between  1,500  and  1,600  metres, 
or  3,000  cubits,  the  schoenus  of  30,  32,  40  or  60 

stadia,  Rec.  15,  164  ff.  The  square  fl^g. 
=  18,200  aruras  =  182,000,000  square  cubits. 
The  ater  of  Edffl  =  14,000  cubits  =  4-2  miles 
=  40  stadia,  P.S.B.  14,  409. 

ater   h    ^    "^,  Jour.  As.   1908,  302  = 
l\    Bi   £^,  limit;   Copt.  i.pHX. 

atru   (|    "^   {.   (    ^  %> f ,  time,  season, 

iii.  ■^.  •"'■;  k^{'S-  ■*-  '■  «• 

morning  and  evening. 

ater  Q  ^  Oi,  Rec.  4,  28,  (1  "^  ^, 

Rec.  3,  49,  papyrus,  the  cord  of  a  papyrus  roll. 
ater   (]    ^    ^ra  W ,    yoke    of    animals ; 

cattle ;  Copt.  ^j^Tpe  . 

Athabu(l§;ra^J^^.B.D. 

163,  I,  a  town  in  Egypt  or  the  Tuat. 

ath   []  o  1^,  U.  89,  i o  ,   P.  366, 

(]o|^,  (]ci|(^L-J,  Rec.  27,  230, 
(]^|^L«fl,   P.S.B.    10,   49,    [j^|U-fl, 

0  o  9*  ^  n'i^,  U.  442,  to  drag,  to  haul,  to 
draw,  to  harness,  to  yoke,  to  pull,  to  tow  a  boat,  to 
constrain,  to  restrain ;  (1  ^  Q  .  ,  to  string 

iH.(|^|^,    lj-5^,    place  of 
restraint,  prison,  fort. 

Att  (]c.  I I'J;,  fields. 


fl]li°'U«S'^^^^'^"^=^and. 

athu().|.|^,--PP'--;-t 

ath  ^^  Q ,  U.  89,  N.  366,  a  cake-offering. 

4th-t  Ij.  I  ^■^,  «"-,!'«*,) 

itkh[j'^^,     to    brew    beer;    (]  ^  ^. 


brewer  (?) ;  see 

atsef  fl -^  O,    cake;   van  [j    q   . 

dth.   (J  ,  Thes.  926 

Till 

A+-h    A  ^=^     Mett.  Stele,   120,  to  hurt  (?), 
atJl    q  ^^.  hurtful  (?) 

athth-t    (|  ^""^^  ^  I ,  bloody  pus. 

athth  (]  ^,    N.    953.   1)  ^%-' 

AS=>'1/^    .       to  twitter,  to  pipe  like  a  bird, 
q  ° 1  yvk  -^  '  to  quack  like  a  duck. 

athi  en   S^=^  '^"^ ,  since,  from,  up  to  now, 

hitherto;    S^a^a^o,    from   this   day;     S^ 

Rev.    12,   38; 


,^111111 

loiiio' 


with     numbers — °^^1 
Copt.  x\n- 

ath  s^,  U.  537,  (]  s=»,  T.  26,  N.  209, 
(|s^,  U.  I,  564,  P-  340,  N.  1221,  1231, 
qg,  T.3-,  [j^qq,  P.  340,  IjY' 
P.  318,   ^^^H'   Rec.  31,  10,   ^^^_^. 


£2i  (Ci      Ci 


^X^,    T^^'    ^^^. 


to 


seize,  to  steal,  to  snatch  away,  to  conquer,  to 
capture,  to  plunder,  to  carry  off,  to  transfer,  to 
remove ;  Copt,  xi- 


athu  ^^  I  ^  ^'  -'^™^"-  '9.  h  ^^ 

c^\>^^,  robber,  seizer,  conqueror ;  plur. 
Ijs^q^.    P-  204,   N.    1232,    ljs=^^. 


[101  ] 


1 


N.    1231, 


fl^ 


.  ^^ 


I  I  I 


S^,    IV,  667,  foragers; 
conqueror  of  Egypt;  '^yr'r     /,       rl]  '  >  ravisher 

of  women ;   °-'^    i.     n  <-=^  ^    stealer  of  hearts. 

o  ^  a   will 

Athtiu-abu    ^  (]([  ^  ^  ^  ',. 

B.D.  27,  I,  the  robbers  of  hearts. 

athit  s=5p[l[l  o     '"^''^  '^  ^^'^^*^'  ^°'^S^> 
IT  plunder. 

athi  au-t  S^ S:?^ L=Z1  rvl  c^ ,  Jour.  As. 


1908,  294,  to  torment;  Copt,  (fi  i.0Ta3. 

athi  mit   S^  ^  (j(j  "J  a  ,    Jour.  As., 
1908,  293,  to  set  out ;  Copt.  XI  JULoeiX. 


67, 


athi  en  qes 

A 


Rev.  14, 


Rev.  13,  30, 

A 


Rev.  II,  146,   S^=' ^^AAAA    S    '^,  Rev.  14,  67, 
to  wrong,  to  do  violence;  Copt,  xi  HfT^ItC. 

athi  her  f^   ^^   .  b.d.  g.  281,  s^ 

„  <i=i]<r:> 

D  0/1     ''^^^'  "'  '3^'  ^°  ^^^"'  favour,  to  accept 

\    1  1     the  person  of  someone  ;  Copt.   (J^  o  o. 

athi  hetr  ^^^  1 1^^.   Jour.  As.  1908, 
252,  to  have  power  over;  Copt.  XS  P^Top. 

Athit-em-aua  ^^  L=Z1 1^ 


t     n  fi     B.D.  99,  23,  a  bolt  peg  in  the  magical 
tiJ '  boat. 


Athi-hru-em-gerh   p^    °      ® 
•    l-J]  ^=  <=> 


^^^,  Tuat  III,  a  god. 

Athi-heh  s^ 

atha,  athai  h  ^L=fl,  (| 

MIS 


Tuat   III,  a  title  of 
Osiris. 


w=Vj, 


fl 


X 
,   ibid.  6, 


Israel  Stele,  53,  24,    h  ^    .., 

(I  ^^  [1(1  w=fl,   to  seize,  to  snatch  away,  to 
carry  off,  to  lay  violent  hands  on,  to  steal. 


dthau  ( 


^ 


ffi.    Peasant,  192, 
^^ — fl^,     Rec.    21,   79,   thief, 
robber;    plur.    (j^^^lgj,    (]  ^ 

mini'  HQ?m  l^l- 

athap  (]  ^D,T.  23, 

atharlj^^^-^^^,  Ait.K. 

193,  prisoner;  Heb.  "l^pN(?). 


Athep  h 
Athemti 


I' 


Tuat  I,  a  singing-god. 

j|\    '=^   Tuatlll,  agoose- 
_^\\'    god  in  the  Tuat. 


o 


4then  (1  ^~^A/^A,    (1         ^1    q 

(I  /wvw\  ^  ,    (I  Ajw^  v\  o ,   the  disk  of  the  sun ; 

plur.     (I   ^A/'AAA  v\       . 


ip  ||1  ^^  Kec.  27,  55,   29,  152,  the  name  of 

athen    (1  ^>  ^°  P"sh  aside,  to  repel. 

athnu    (1  ^A~w,  fc/f  J  deputy,  chief. 

athnu(j^^^^j/-,„»*s, 

time,  season;   varr.  ]  O,    [I  ]. 

to  beget,  to  raise  up 
children. 


athes 


l=Ti), 


,   Rev.  12,  II,  restraint, 


athtcha  s^  |  : 

prison  ;  Copt.  ^iTT^O. 

at,  ati  (]  rfe.(|{|,  U.  416,  [j  r?s., 
to  cense,  to  pour  out  a  libation. 

3't-t   (1  ,  incense. 


an      mcense 


offering. 


at-t(j^^,  q^^ 

at  (j.^^,    [j"^,    M.   693,    |jrfe.(], 

p.  416,  M.  596,  N.  1201,  (1    ci   ,  Rec.  31,  169, 
IV,  222,  615,  dew;  plur.   j]  ^    ^,  U.  565; 


S^^        LI  LI      AAAAA/\ 
/VWA'X 


;  Copt,  eicoxe. 


G  3 


fl 


[  102  ] 


A 


&t  (1  c:^>  -^ ,  Mett.  SteJe,  53,  swampy  land. 

&t-t   l\^0,    (]^,    U.  115,  N.  424, 


a  cake-offering. 


rich,    abundant,  multi- 
tudinous. 


at-ui(?)    (1  ^^^^,  the  pupils  of  the  eyes. 
at   (jc^:^^,  child;  plur.  (]^=^^^|' 
ati-t   (j  c^:-  111]  ci  ^ ,  girl,  maiden. 


,  U.  608,  Rec. 


at   Ij^.U.  608,  Rec.  26,  67,    (]^j, 

0  «=:=>  p  ^  .    (1  ^^^^^  i/  ,  to  be  deaf,  deafness. 

att-tir^'")    /1^§^     ^"^"^    Papyrus,   99, 
••       ^   ''    H^^^'   14,  15,  deaf  ears  (?). 

at(?)  ^,  part  of  a  plant,  ^.^.,  at-en-aam 
^^(jl^l^;  at-en-ah  ^^(] 
8  vl  I ;  at-en-aru  ^  /^^^  '^  °  %\  A  ^^^^  ; 
at-en-rega  ^  4::^.  S  "^  '^,  0  "^ 
^^^^i'    Rec.  15,  119,  120. 

at   (j  ^~^  4)  "^ ,  a  kind  of  bird. 

IV,    159,   uterus;  Copt.  OOT"e,  OXI,  O'TTe. 

at   0  c^:s  (^ ,  Rec.    26,    235,    to    seize,    to 
■     1  /J '  grasp,  to  smite. 

atiu,    attiu    (]c^(](]Z^|,   |] 

Vi.'^-^^,   smiters,  slaughterers. 


&t-t    [1  p^  ,  slaughter,  a  smiting. 

at(j2 


=■     Wort.  Supp.  170,  the  cord  of  a 
^'  papyrus  roll. 

at    (1  cr^ii  g^ ,    p.  70s,  to  be  fat,  strong. 
&t   (j  "^^6 ,  to  be  oppressed,  afflicted. 

destruction,  death. 

&tU    (j-^^^'JT^.  IV,  480 

ata-t     ||   c=>  "^    ^   "^i  oppression, 
misery,  miserable  state. 


Ata-t  (]. 


'^    M.   703,    a   mytho- 
^  '  logical  locality. 

Atau(?)  (]  g-=^^^-^  5^, 

Rec.  31,  19,  the  name  of  a  god. 

ata 


U.  332,  479,  T.  300,  P.  655, 

M.    366,    759.    N.    141,    1)^^,   Anas.    I, 
26,  2,  to  make,  to  cause,  to  grant,  to  give. 

Atti   (|  ""^^  (|  (j  <G=< ,  Tomb  Rameses  IV, 
29>  30)  Kec.  6,  152,  a  supporter  of  the  Disk. 

AtU  (j  ^=^i'%  © ,  B.D.  149,  the  I  ith  Aat. 

atua    (1  c=5.  ■£\i^,    T.    289,    M.    66, 

(I  <=^>  ^  ,  Rec.  30,  185,  to  praise. 

ateb|)^J=.,  []^J^,(j^J 

,   Rec.   25,   191,  land  which  the  waters  of 

\>  V  ^ 


(2 


E  H  H 


the  Nile  can  reach;   plur.   (j  c^^x^    \\> 
^IS'   "^-   334'   P-  376,  N.   1 157,    \^=^\ 


\    73    l]-ww«    Rec.  31,   174,  flooded  Nile 
^       Jl  ~wwv '  banks. 

itebui  5^J=,  \^\\^, 

^^^j^-='     ^-     '^°'     ^°3'      7'^'     N-     698, 


two  banks  of  the  Nile,  i.e.,  all  Egypt 


ateb  (1 
atb 


A.Z.    1879,   54,   plum 
tree  (?) 

X        Herusatef  Stele,   93,    Nastasen 
t>— ^'     Stele,  61,  to  reward,  to  punish. 


W 


atbana 

Pap.  501  .  . 

atep   (]  '      " ,  U.  15,  to  taste 

atep    \\  ^^^^^  ^  ,  load  ;   Copt.  U5Tn 

atep-t  (]^___. 

atep   fl  ^;  see  tep  g 

Atem'  ()g^^] 


I  I ,    Harris 


place  for  loading  up, 
station,  khan. 


ry\^ 


Alt.  K.  ic6, 
Edomite. 


\ 


[103] 


A 


1 


see 


Atem   (1  |,   god  of  the  setting  sun; 

atma   (I  <c:s:3  y ,  N.  972,  to  make  like. 

atmait  (|c^=.Q^,   P.   692,    (!<==> 
I  \^'  M-  592,  N.  1197,  I)  e=^  y  g, 


(1  ci^ra  V\    ^  ,  the  name  of  a  garment  or  article 
of  apparel  made  of  dark  red  cloth. 
aten   (1  v_>°;  see  at  and  at. 

aten.    (|wAAA^,    Amen.    10,   12,    (1  "~v^  ^  ) 
Amen.  25,  19,  god  of  the  solar  disk. 
aten   h  "^^  ^  ,  ear;   Heb.  H^  . 

as  deputy,  to  rule  for  someone  else,  to  serve  as 
wakil. 

aten    0'^^,    fl^,  '«  enter  as  deputy 
iD  J\      ^    y\  on  some  service. 

atenu    ^  ^L=Z1,  Edict  i6,  (l^S  f  ^, 


^ 


deputy,  agent,  vicar,  wakil ;   var.    (1    ^ 

atnu  tent  -  hetru 


0^^=^, 


v(a  U 


L=J1, 


D 


W 

O  ^L=/l 


]     c    l^^i^W'     R--7,  MS. 


deputy-master  of  the  horse. 

atnu  pa-menfit  ^  ^  '^ 

deputy-general  of  the  army. 


atnu  , 


per-uatch-ur 


8^0   ^ 


ei  I 


AA/VAAA 


deputy-sealer  of  the  maritime  department. 

atnu    banti        ^   ^^  J  (1  -^ —  '9 

L_=/i,  deputy-confectioner. 


W 


atenut 
atenu  (] 


AAAA/V\ 

O 


^       Herusatef    Stele 
III'         91  


D    go    111 


aten-t    [1  wv^a^  L  ,  part,  division. 
1  Q  s    I 

ater  (1        ,  P.  186,  344,  609,  M.  301, 

N.  899;   (|^^,    (|^^^-  to  destroy,  to  do 


away,  to  remove,  to  chastise 

ateriu 


fin  ^    A.z.  1869,  134, 

111  11'  destroyers  (?) 


Jl 


I,  B.D.  125,111, 16, 


aterit  (j"^ 

calamities,  destruction. 

Aterasfet  h  ""^^  (|  ^^  ^ ,   n.  980, 

"  Destroyer  of  sin,"  the  name  of  a  god. 

ater  (j^-^iT^,  1)2^^7,^,  stud 

cow  or  bull;   plur.    H'^'^^'^,    Coptos,  PI.   i8, 

ateru    d^S'^l    ^^'    745,   geese  kept 
1  xf^b"  -^^  I '  for  breeding  purposes. 

ater    (l  ^"^^  '0>,    h  ""^^  '^  (^,  an  internal 
organ  of  the  body. 

atrut     ()^^^^   c  ^,    P.    661, 

1)  '^^^^^^'^  ,  P-  778,  M.  772,  garments, 
bandages,  swathings,  bandlets. 

ateru   h  ^S  I ,  Ebers  Pap.  109,  9  ...  . 

atre  (]  ^^=^   ^^    ]\,  "^'"^  ^""P-  5°' 
atre-gaha     (]  ^  ^  2,  ffl  ^ 

m  ^v   1 1  ,  Harris  Pap.  501 

fl==|^=,(|  =  5^f't.  swamp, 
marsh,  fen-district,  a  common  name  for  land  in 
the  Delta;    plur.   (]c^ff^|,    l\^l\ 


IS 

III    I 


athi[t]  'J'  1)1]  1^,  marsh  plants,  reeds,  etc. 


f^  vSi    the  swamp-dweller,  fen  man.  Delta 
I    SI'  man. 


obstruct. 
G  4 


1 


[104] 


\ 


Amen.  23,  20,  to  pull,  to  draw,  to  haul,  etc. ; 
seeath   h  c^  |rn- 

^=^>    X       to  make    to   fall, 
®   t r\'     to  make  tremble. 


atsh    h  ^^  Z-^,    Hymn  of  Darius  25,  to 
i  osn  I  spit  (?) 

atga    O^'^'kf  S.     f  5>   head- 
cloth,  garment. 

atch  her  h  °^  .§,    U.  357,  P.  204  = 
atchanr  tj  |f  ^  ^  ,  ,  ,  _  |f .  Birch, 


Atchai 


In.  Hier.  Ch.  29,  3,  to  rejoice  ;  compare  Heb. 

I^IJN  (Alt.  K.  209).  • 

B.D.  G.    769,    Osiris 
in  the  Fayyflm. 


atcharta   h  ^  i 

K.  210,  a  pot,  vessel. 


W 


,  ]  (]  0  ,   Alt. 


see 


atchbu    j\  "^  J  V  Ml  '    ground,    land 

atehba(j°^J 
atcher    (1   B 

boundary  ;  Copt.  ^pHX  . 

atchera  fl  B  flo 


fingers,  U.  552; 
Heb.ni^^rjN. 

nf'    2_^,    hmit. 


Rhind    Pap.  34, 
as  long  as. 

atcher  |j  ^  [[  ;=ji  , '«  -^i^^  ^^fy  (?° 

atcher-t    (1    B«     ^    ,  IV,  1 175,  fortress. 

Mchet  1)^,  (]^^,   (If  ^, 

U.  270,  p.  652,  655,  M.  76,  193,  754.  to  make 
a  reply,  to  speak. 

words,  utterances,  speech,  divine  talk. 


[  105  ] 


a  fl  =  Heb.  ^ . 


^ g    piece,   one,    a,    an,    pair;    see  the 

following  eleven  examples  : — 

J- — a ; , 

a  uraeus  amulet. 


a  ar-t 


'A- 


a  "^i    ^  plant  or  flower; 


J-^ 


©  vi. ,  an  unbu  plant. 
Ill 


a  menh-t 
a  en-meri-t . 


1*^"^^ 


I 


Ci ,  an  amulet. 


Rec.  2  1,  21,  a  port,  harbour ;  Copt.  .LlteJUtpO). 

a  em-khet-em-ash  ., a  \;:^ 


ci  I 


r~Tr-i  ~ 

a  en-hetrau 

a  body  of  cavalry. 

a  en-saga 


,  a  censer. 


n  I  ft>wA^A 


.flf^S 


Anastasi  I,  25,  6,  a  piece  of  sackcloth. 

a  en-thebut        °  a~wva  g=i   I]  o  %>, 

a  pair  of  sandals,  white  T  ,  or  black 

a  en-senther  a  a^^wv  i 


a  shem-reth 


I    ^1 


1-^  g==> ,  an  amulet. 
I      -^J     I  I  I 

an  amulet. 


a  tchet 

_    D 

a            ,  m  compound  prepositions,  etc. : — 
I,  Rec.   21,  21,  truly; 
0 ,  before ; 


Copt.  ^^-XJLe ; 


.."f- 


^. 


.w 


S\  ,  a  second  time  ; 

I  I      I        I       I 

y  - °  V'  ^'  °"ce,  immediately ;  "^  V\  ; 

before,  in  the  presence  of ;    B*  ,  at  once. 

a  D  I ,  hand,  authority ;    l^  ,  under 


the  authority  of. 

a  *^, — 0 


: ,  the  forearm,  the  hand, 


the  prominent  part  of  a  thing  ; 


A^^'^^  P ,  tip 


X 


_c[i£^^ 


II  r^-^ 


of  the  nose;  ,  '         inm.Rec.  21 

I  £li         i  AAft/NAA  I 

21,  hill  top;  Copt.  i.IfTtOOir  •  a«ww  (] 

fkK^  ft  ^  ^  ' '  ^^^fidle  of  a  quiver. 

a  ,  used  with  verbs  of  motion  (Copt. 

^m,  Xm):-~^Q^'^L=3,  a  fighting;     ^ 


I 


AAAVW    Q 


a  flight; 


I 


/vAwvv  ^^AA^A  ^  y^ ,  a  journeying,  or 

'A«w\  I  NN  I ,  a  going,  a  passage ;  /vaaaaa 

"^  ^    A  '   ^^  journeying ;  —^  Q^ 


J\ 


I 


r3 


0,  a  mighty   battle; 


aui 


R256,- 


I  L_=/l,  an  eating. 

.  P-  643,  666, 


.^^\ 


W 


\\!\- 


dW    w 
\\ 


vN  I ,        ,  the  two  forearms,  the  two 

hands;  |\    ^^— ^  0  ,  ^^'   'u''  i^^  ""^  T 
'  J^     I     a  H  hands  actually. 

aut  "^,1),  family. 

airi  •*■ — ''vS^  D  I     "hands,"  /.?.,  workmen, 
1 '  labourers. 


a-n-Heru 


I 


O   ^Slj^.-^rm  of 


Horus,"  i.e.,  censer. 

A-sah  — ^U^  ^,  "a™  of  0"°"'7he 

I      ^*-^  name  of  a  Dekan. 

Aui-f-em-kha-nef  ""T""  '^'^  '^^^, 

Tuat  XI,  a  double  serpent-headed  god. 

Aui-en-neter-aa  ~~^\\%> — "1 1  ^"^j 

etc.,  B.D.  153A,  12,  the  "hands"  of  the  net  for 
snaring  souls. 


aui 


'11,  armlets,  bangles,  brace- 


lets ;  var a  ^ 0  ^  0  (?) 


auau . 


arm  ring,  bangle, 
'  bracelet. 


[106] 


a       I  ^  ,  Anastasi  I,  26,  6,  pole  of  a  chariot. 

a fl  \  ^  J\  ,  Anastasi  I,  20,  6 

a  I  -w^v^-,  GoL  12,  104,  handle  (?) 


a  ,  Sphinx  II,  174,  Decrets,  100,  cara- 

van  (?),  or  some  article  used  in  carrying  goods 
in  the  desert  on  asses  or  camels  (?) ;  ^  ^\ 

D:£H1,  a  caravan  ot  Metcha,     Some  think 


that 


^i=K 


::i 


i ,    dragoman, 


interpreter,  P.S.B.A.  37,  1 17-125,  224. 

a  D  I ,  Mar.    Karn.  54,  42,  state,  condi- 


tion, means ; 


r\       r\       AftAAAA 

J  I  w^A/>    I  -¥■    ^  ,  L.D.  III, 


140B,  means  of  keeping  alive ;  | ,  Rec.  2 1 , 

21;  Copt.  ^It^^i. 

,  _ — Di,  _ — 0,   region,    place,   e.g., 


a 


\    1  ©  I  W>  I ,  the  region  of  the 

Shasu;  Di  Jfl  4;  ,   the   southern   region; 

I           .  his    place    of    yesterday ; 

1  AA/WVA       I  O 

lii®n   I   I  J|  I,  estate  of  the  gods;  att; 

A  (1 ,  east  side,  etc. 

aui-sem-t 


^    o      IV,  574,  hilly  coun- 
n  f^/^^ '  try. 


aui-tu  Q£] ,  IV,  388,  hilly  country. 


a  !^:^,  Rec.  18,  181, 


A^AAA^ 

AAftAAA 


•r,„„              A  „,    r^~^^1     Kahun  Pap.  100, 

Rec.  10,  136, DI      ^w^    ,  J      ^  ,  ,    ' 

•^  L'^'^^^'-J  dam,  dyke. 

S,-t  ,  domain,   estate,   plot  of  ground ; 

,  Rec.  II,  174,  bank  of  river, 
ci — I 

R.E.  II,  125,  chamber,  house,  palace,  temple; 
Copt.  HI. 

a-t  Arp   °  0  "^  0  ,  ^^i"e-shop.  wine- 

oc::  1  a  em  cellar. 


a-t  bener-t ' 


— fl  'K''^'  IV,  ii'4i,date  shop 
■.C3/^\'  or  .store. 


fi-t  nem  -w-w  ^  t:     n  Rec.  12,  32, 

sleeping  room  (?) 


a-t  nemm-t       °  ?V 


^,  ,  chamber 

in  which  men  and  bodies  were  dismembered  or 
dissected. 


a-t  nett 


Q  ^AAAAA,  cistern. 


a-t  en  retui 


.CD 


lie. 


Rev.  II,  169,  foot-cases,  sandals  (?) 

a-t  ent-khet 

^CD     Ci 
Thes.  1254,  summer-house. 


^ 


I  I 


a-t  heq-t  °  §  ^  ^0=,  beer  shop. 

till  L  J  />■  ;:zi 


©3 


J, 


^ 


a-t  seba 

CD 
Rec.  18,  63,  school,  college;  Copt.  i.It^Hfi.e. 

a-t  tau  '    °  -^t?  I , 


.CD    (E3)i 


a-t 


-J] 


V 


J 

c- 

,  baker's  shop. 

— '5 


limb,    member,    piece ;    plur. 


U.    219,  _ Dl,_ fl^,        ci  I 

^    (^  I     e    Will     (f  (^(^     Q    I?  I     ci  III 


D  I    - o„^ ,  C^^ 

I'     ^    ^    Y 


hers. 


a-ti  — "  W,  Hh.  433,^"^^,  "'*'  '"'^  '"^"'■ 
a-t  neter  1'     °,  the  god's  body. 

I  Oi     (? 


a-t  ua-t  em  aner 

a  single  piece   of  stone,   monolith ; 
Mar.  Karn.  42,  i6. 

a,  ai  ^ a^, 


r,   AA/^A^'\ 

5.    1      lEED 


X7 


•l\l\ 


i,  to  cry  out,  to 


speak  loud,  to  recite ;  see ' 


a 


a 


© 


^,   Oh!   Alas! 
.  U.   575,  ,= 


P.  695,  Methen  8, 


charter,   wriiing,   register,   list,    document,   will, 
original  document,  roll,  deed,  order,  edict;  plur. 


I      III 

a-ti  ' 


,  Rec.  21,  14, 


W 


L.D.   Ill,   229c,  list,  register,  catalogue;  plur. 

(£  ,  Amherst  Pap.  29 ; d  vs  , 

c.  W  I  I  I  Jr  III  I  I  I 

P.S.B.  19,  261. 


A 


[107  ] 


a 


,  to  grow  (of  the  moon). 


a  ir-£-^,  darkness,  night. 


a-t 


J 


a  xj, 


,  goat. 
fl 


o, 


^o. 


XJ 


^  ,  '^ ,  Amherst  Pap.  30,  a  vessel, 


'^  ^^^^  pot  of  in- 
8111'         cense. 

a    half 


a  pot,  a  measure,  w^w^ 

o  '^  n  — 

a  ,  a  measure  : 

a-t    ^  Ui^  ,u 
^  o  ^-^« — 

mistress,    great    lady,    queen ; 
P.S.B.  20,  191. 

a  a  j| ,  god  twice  great  (Thoth). 


1   -0- 
-^    II'  rneasure. 

^,  Rev.  14,  9, 


a  lues 


(2 


^ip^ 


a,  aa         £55, 


first   born,    eldest 
born. 


ijFi'    £5^' 


J]  _F^ 


,  B.D.    125,  III,    14,    IV,   650, 


Wazir  10,  Pap.  3024,  151,  here,  hereabouts. 


aa^  aai 


X  A' 


V\, 


to  journey,  to  travel  (?) 

aa  __ 


C-D 


aa-t  -=-  ^-=    "^  s ,  ''°"''-''  /^°^''' 

n  I    <=,irT:    ^    1  estate,  domam. 


aa-t-shetat  =??;=,  "hidden   cham- 

ber,"  /.<?.,  the  sanctuary  of  a  temple. 


Aa,  Aai  ^ aru, 

see  Aati. 

aa  iiKiiiii ,  u.  324, 

)  TTinnrr 

_    -  n    "niinnr     iiiinnr    < 


n,  B.D.  125; 


-flv 


iiiiiiiii       inumi 

mn,  leaf  of  a  door,  door. 


■ vj»-7^  I  '  IIMIIIII 

cover  of  a  sarcophagus.  Dual :  aaui  |  i  ,  U.  269, 
P-  276,  .,„^,  ,„^  ^,  Rec.  29,  153, 


fjAX   lllllllll 

Jf  -mniiir' 

<«=  -Os\\  Timnir 

UUO   (0  <_> 

UllJJlU    S  ^.^-r^ 

iiiiiiiii  e  LJ  _j 

■nnmir  \\     1 

'   mm  Will 

■nmmr  \\  1  1  1 

"■'Mill   \\       iMinnr       Y7    '^^irrr  Tininr 


,   the  two 


leaves  of  a  door,  door ;   aau,  aaiu  ttttttttt  ,  T.  288, 

TTTTTTTTT 


391, 


I         ,  Rec.  27,  231,30, 67,  ^^ 

I  I  I  I  TEnmr  _zi   i  i  i 


III' 


vx, .  '  > J  J  ^-^^  >  doors. 

IIIIIIIII   V I  I      mnniT    |   |   |     ^    111     iniiim    1   1   1 

aau  r^  Timmr  J| ,  ™"  '^,  doorkeeper, 

^       /)  ill      V       /]       I         7rciaT/06f>o<!. 

aaur  '™™"    "great  door,"  title  of  a  high 
''^f^ '  official. 

Aam-en-sbaiu-Tuatiu  ^"^  ^  I  /wwv^ 

I    ^AAAAA  ^Tf  I,  B.D.  141,  58,  the  door- 


i# 


cr^  I  [^T]  ill  I 

keepers  of  the  doors  of  the  Tuat, 


Aaiu-shetaiu  "^^  1 


1    i^D 

B.D.  141,  56,  the  gods  of  the  secret  doors. 


aa,  aai 

"j3  ,    "^^ 


JiJi 


w 


).  ^ 


L=J], 


S) ,  to  be  great,  to  l)e  large. 


to  be  mighty,  to  be  spacious  or  abundant,  to  be 
powerful;  *"^  ^1^1  1^  |  ']'  S""*^^''  Copt.  <kI«LI. 
The  ordinary  use  of  aa  is  illustrated  by  the 
following : — 

aaab'"'^'^  il"^ 


N.  651,  B.M.   138,  great  of  heart,  i.e.,  proud, 
arrogant. 


aa  aru 


U--\! 


I,  great 


of  forms,  i.e.,  of  very  many  forms. 


aa  baiu 


aa  pehti 


m' 


I    great  of  souls,  i.e., 
I '        of  mighty  will. 


great  of  valour,  most  brave. 

aa  maa-kheru  I^ 


,   great   of 


truth-speaking,  most  truthful. 

aa-mu a~wwvj  great  of  water,  the  Aamu. 


aa  mertu 


•  V'  S^eatly  beloved. 


[108] 


aa  nerut 


^^- 


"%      great  of  terror,   most  terrible,  most  vic- 
L     /i'  torious. 


aa  nekhtut 
aara'"^ 


J    I 


^I'-^L—Jl,  niost  strong. 

great  of  mouth,  i.e.,  boast- 
'  ful,  insolent. 


aa  rennu 


,     0 


names,  a  title  of  Thoth. 

aaherit  '^n  ^ 

most  terrifying 


I ,   great  of 


Ml",  great  of  terror, 


aa  kliau 


e 


J I 


I ,  great  one  of 


risings,  a  title  of  Ra. 

aa  kheperu  Z 


a 


U  I 


I ,  great  of 


transformations,  i.e.,  of  many  changes. 

aa  khenu 


;¥ 


of  large  interior 
(of  a  barge). 


aa  sent  "^ 
a^  sheps  ZZ 
aa  en  shefit 


£>\-i''°"'fJ: 


P 


IJ 

most  holy,   most 
august. 


w 


!, 


most  terrible,  or  most  awe-inspiring. 
aa-aa  a d,  to  be  doubly  great, 

aa-aaau  '"^^  *"^  ra  u 
aau  ^'^ 


j    very  great 
I '  men. 


VJl    0.=."^  very.exceed- 
.S'lJ'  J?'  ingly. 


aa 


,  great,  grand,  mighty,  important, 


noble,  lofty,  weighty,  chief;  fem. 


fem. 


W 


;  dual,  masc. D  VN 

,N.   1385,^;    ^j{ 

Hi 


Thoth,  the  twice  great;  plur. 


I  I  I  I 


1 1  I  I 


u 


\E1  I 


aa  23,  *«=>,  ^"^(j,  p.  696, ^ 

29,  a  great  person,  chief,  officer,  governor,  noble,  a 


AAAA/V\  H 

great  god  as  opposed  to  a  little  god  "'-'^  .1;^^ 


plur. 


_D    PJ? 


1 

T.325. 


^1         S.'      ^^«^^ 


very  great  gods. 


Illl 


I  I  I  I  I  I  1 


aa-t  J] ,  a  great  goddess ; fl 

two  great  goddesses. 

aa  ahenut-hen-f 


,  director  of  the  royal  corvee. 


aa  a-t  a  ,  marshal  of  the  court. 


Aa-t-em-Aneb-hetch     c, 

B.D.G.  57,  a  gate  at  Philae. 


01 


aa  em  aha 


a  man  advanced 


O 


aa  en  uab  ^^ 

libationer. 

aa  en  ntcha 

director  of  storeh(juse  (Bet  al-Mal). 

aa  en  per 
Aa-m'k 


wwvs  chief 


M 


z±i=>\r3\ 


steward,   major- 
domo. 


Jdn 


alDJ- ,  name  of  the  sacred  boat  of  Edfil. 


s„  ^«  ^rr.,-.    ^"^  ^^^^    head   of  the 

aa  en  mu  c^^=,  ^^~w^ 

,.,^^j.^  ^wvvA    I    \>  Stream. 


aa  en  mer 


,  chief  of 


the  port,  harbour  master. 

aa  en  sa  a  — 


i,  phylarch. 


aaenqetut  _ 

of  marines. 

aa  kha  rp  T 

Aa  — ^"|\,  U.  513,  "^o 


I  J- 

I,  director 


,  chief  of  the  diwan. 


,  T.  325,  a  fire-god. 


Aai 
Aait 


o 


Rec.  6,   137,  a  god  of 
the  dead. 

,  Ombos  II,  132. 


Aa-t-aakhu  I^o 

a  singing-goddess. 


^1 


Tuat  IX. 


[  109  ] 


Aa-t-Aat-t 


<\ 


I ,  Tuat  IX,  a  singing-goddess. 

Aa  -  ami  -  khekh    ->=■  O  -||-  ®  '^> 

Thes.  31,  the  god  of  the  12th  hour  01  the  day. 

Aa-aru  •><=>  (|  o  ^ , 


B.D.G.  104,  Osiris 
of  Athribis. 


Aa-t-aru 


c^  ■<s>- 


\ 


1 ,  Tuat  IX, 


a  fiery,  blood-drinking  serpent. 

Aa-ater  *"°^  h 


o    'VAAAAA    'Yunt  I,  a  sing- 


Aa-perti^^^,^^| 


ing-god. 
,  Rec.  21, 

LJ    LJ  iU    i-l 

1 4,  Pharaoh  ;  see  Per-aa. 

Aa-pehti  ^^L_J  ^,  Denderah  IV,  63, 

a  bull-god ; 


;^,^^.Rec.2r,x4,atitle. 


Aa  -  pehti  -  petpet  -  khaskhet 

DDXE 


1,  Lanzone  106,  a   composite   hawk- 

crocodile-cat-buU-lion-goose-ape-ram-god. 


_S) 


la  ra    ^  •  ^  g°d 


Aa-pehti-reh 

of  a  Dekan. 

Aa-pehti-rehen-pet-ta  ^^"^^ 

Denderah  II,  10,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 
Aa-nest  ''"^  S,  Tuat  VI,  a  god(?) 
aa-hemhem 


~Kk5i<- 


motic  form),   "  Great  of  roarings,"  a   name  of 
Amen. 

Tuat  VI,  a  god  of 
terror. 


Aa-herit 


."^m' 


Aa-kheru 


1,  B.D.  144, 


the  Watcher  of  the  7  th  Arit. 

Aa-kherpu-raes-aru 

jl  A  ^-n-^  t)\  Jl  !    Tuat  X,  the  name  of  the 
iJ  H  JT  iJ  1 '  ■  door  of  Tuat  X. 

Aa-saah 


tI  fl  ^    Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one 
^%^'     of 


Aa-t  sapu 


the  36  Dekans. 
p  Ija^j,  P.S.B.  25, 


2 1 8,  a  title  of  Sekhmit. 

Aa-sekhemu  H 


B.D.  149,  the  god  of  the  nth  Aat 

Aa-sti  ^r 


t«k^^ 


Tomb  Rameses  IX,  pi.  lo,  a 
serpent-god. 


Aa-t-Setkau '. 


J 


Tuat  VIII,  the  name  of  a  Circle. 


Aa-shefit 


,  a  title 


of  several  solar  gods. 

Aa-t-shefit  r^ 


o 


,  Thes.  28, 


r~n~i  (1(1     ,  Denderah  III,  241,  a   4p  c^ , 

Berg.  II,  8,  the  goddess  of  the  4th  hour  of  the 
night. 

Aa-shefit  *=.  J^  ^ ,  Denderah  IV,  84, 

the  name  of  the  4th  Pylon. 


Aat-Shefshefit         n 

Tuat  VIII,  the  gate  of  the  9th  division  of  the 
Tuat. 

^  ^^55,^,  Nesi-Amsu  32,  49,  a  serpent-fiend. 


Aa-t-qar-uaba   c^  a 


aa 


"   "   to  beget,  to  gen- 

! — iD   ' — u) '  erate. 


Aa-pest-rehen-pet  f=ijS'^ 

IT  I   fwv^^A      )k 

Denderah  II,  10,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 


aa 


(=a' 


'f. 


disease  of  the  genital  organs. 

-0_  Ebers  Pap.  99,  12,  hair 
of  the  pubes. 

aa^  aa-x 


,  r=Ui  W,  Rec.  25, 192,1^  I^, 


I 


KoUer  Pap.  i,  3, 


^ 


(=t3)  '^,  ass,  she-ass;  plur. 
I 


,  Bubastis  34A, 


I  I  I 


III     Q    I   I II    Q    I    fii  III* 
;^,Rec.25,i95,;^(](2a|,Rev.  13, 

III  r^^al      V  I         35. 

O    B.D.  125,  III,  12,  the  Ass-god,  a  form 


^111 

aaut 


of  Ra. 
Rec.  30, 


67,. 


-C2  y.^-r^       \J    A 

3  ,        ffl,  pillars,  colonnade. 

Aaut-ent-Khert-neter  '^^  c  %\ 

_^  -www     c3     g  £)    g^^   j^^   oar-rests  of  the 


VA' 


magical  boat. 


[110  ] 


aa-t 


■I- 


,  Rev.  12,  63,  70,  a 


o         ^ 

bandlet,  a  garment,  woven  work ;  plur.        y.  1 ; 

Copt,  e\^^^.t{?) 

aa-t         ,  ,    ^      nniD,  Rec.  20,  40, 

,  stone  of  great  price  or  value,  gem, 

ni 

amulet,   tumour:   plur.   fl 


III' 


mm  I 


r-TV-|  X 
In  II 


,  rare  stones;  *^  W  Q  'O ,  N.  743,  pots 
of  precious  stones. 

aaut,aut   I^^^S'T'!^' 

glands  of  the  throat  and  neck. 
aa  '"^  "^ D   to  beat  (?) 


H'O'U 


J,   M.    136,  fl 


13    ,    ---    -^-,  j>j^     ]-,  . 

N.  185,  647,  well,  fountain;  plur. 


"^ 


ID 


X3, 


III 


,  Rec.  26,  224. 


glD,P.  411,  M.  588, 

N.  1 194, fl 

aaaui  — a'^'^^D  0'  ^-  "^'  ^-  9^5. 

the  two  sides  of  the  ladder. 

Aai"*^ 
Aai  "^ 


f=Si  jj,  the  Phallus-god. 
(=Ti)  J],  Tombof  Setil, 


one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  34). 

aai-t  <^ 

abode,  chamber 


_fl 


,  house. 


aai-t  0-=. 
Aait-ar-t  "^ 

the  place  of  sunset 


,  roof(?)  ceiling  (?) 


Q    I 


,  B.D.G.  147, 


aai 

aaiaai 


[|(]  lA.  fl'inie,  fire,  heat. 


® 


aau  ^  ^, 


to  rejoice,  to  exult. 

Rec.  18,  183,  to  speak  with  violence,  to  curse, 
to  abuse,  to  blaspheme ;  Copt.  OTi.. 

s„„ ^"^  ^  Tuat  IV,  a  jackal-headed 


porter. 


aau 


,^^'t. 


to  flourish. 


aau 


„Y      flax,    linen ;    Copt. 

aaua^fj^,  ^^(](](2^,  to 

steal,  to  rob,  to  plunder. 

aauait 


nO  (  J^HS?^ fl'  a  reaping. 

aauau— f]^(j^^,bo^y,Jr.. 

aab  23"^  J  (®  I.  to  be  acceptable 
to  anyone,  to  please ; 


;^Jifl^H 


Pe«„t4.._^^J(|(|^fg|j,Amhe« 
Pap.  1,  things  or  feelings  which  produce  pleasure. 

aab-t^.-^  Jfg(),U.579,— ^[gf 

J 


T.  383,  [g  o  Op  ,  U.  193, 
T.  73." 


o  >{:n.,p.  372,. 


P.  161 fl 


J^ 


0   ' 


^  ^^,  M.  203,  N.  68s,  [g a  ^,  N.  703, 


N.  1 148, 

Q  o 


J!      f4  I  I 


(i  I  1' 


;^j-rf^'4'^--^'^3s,3x. 


164,  offering,  sacrifice,  sepulchral  meals.     Later 
forms  are  : — [^  3  1 ,  j^,  J  1^,  "^ 


J 


I  I  I 


J' 


vessel   for   ceremonial 
purification. 


aab-t  [^  ^  ^, 

aabb,abb  jJJt,^^.^P-'^„_ 
Aabi_J(iy,B-D-(^--)  78.^38 

aabu  "^"^"^  J  ^^,  a  kind  of  herb? 

aaber-t  «x=>    1  ,  balsam,  unguent. 

^ ^^  qIII 


fiabes  IJ  P  fl.  fii's.  flame. 


[Ill] 


A 


aabag 


J 


S 


J^  S  ^,  ^^^-  3^.  86,  to  be  weak,  or  help- 


aabt 


:J' 


slave,  worker ;  Heb. 

inN ,  or  iT\:}. 


aap      ^    ^^,  to  fly;  Heb.  n?|^. 


D 

Aapep 


P  g  ^Mk,  |-j      "Wmn 


D  a 


T  D  D  -mm'  D  D    D  dHH         ' 

/  f  ^iihh}),  Rec.  6,  158,  a  monster  mytho- 
logical serpent  which  produced  thunder,  light- 
ning, storm,  hurricanes,  mist,  cloud,  fog,  and 
darkness,  and  was  the  personification  of  evil. 
He  was  called  by  7  7  "  accursed  names " ;  Copt. 


aapi 


D    W 


«Of, 


ds> 


aapint 


a    11  '^'  1°^, 

the  winged  disk,   the 
summer  solstice. 


Aapit  ^^^     ,  a  goddess. 


Aapef 

aafa  _ 
aam  _ 

aam  )  ^ 


000 

D 


■ ,  unguent,  incense  (?) 


TKmui, 


D 


W    D      *<=.=^^=_    B.D.  39,   2,  a 
'n    D'WyMi'    serpent-fiend. 

\  <5^    '°  ^^  greedy, 
^    '^'  glutton. 

§N       "Ci     to  clasp,  to  grasp, 
^_B'^^ M'  to  seize. 


iiiiMiir 


inmiM    ^ 


,  I  ^^  V^ ,  an  Asiatic, 


imiiiii 


a  nomad  of  the  Eastern  Desert ;  plur.  ]  VX     V\  1, 


(^y^r)^ 


aamu-||^^,-l^ 

1^^^^  ^.  Rec.  ^2,  118,  1^^^.  shep- 
herd, nomad,  herdsman,  farmer ;  plur.  I  *|\  ^ 
^  I ,  fellahin. 


aamit  )  ^^,  \ 

IV,   743,  ]  t 


•funifiT' 
an  Asiatic  woman ; 

Aamu  )  f\    ^  I    Tuat  V,  the  souls  of 
I  ^^  Jr  I '  the  Aaum  in  the  Tuat. 

aam  )  t\    H. ,  1  %  ^  ,  animal,  beast ; 


animals  of  Egypt,  e.g.,  Apis,  Mnevis,  the  ram  of 
Mendes,  etc. 

aam  a  |  t\  ^,  to  bring  down  birds 

and  animals  with  a  boomerang. 

aamu  ]^^^==^, iv,  335, throw-stick, 

boomerang;  plur  r — 


^^^    "^^ 


Aam  ^ 
aam'^ 
aamut 


3t^<J'^^   boomerangs  (?) 
iJT  I  I  1'  nets(?) 


o    crystal,  some  kind 
° '  of  sparkling  stone. 

B.D.  (Saite),  62,  2, 
'  a  god. 

?.   to   eat,  to   under- 
X'  stand,  to  perceive. 


^'^  "^    Hymn  to  Uraei  25,  a  kind  of 
Juci  III'  plant. 

|\    0'.R.E.4,'75, 


aamm.  ha-t 

sweet,  pleasant 

aamaa  ^"^^  \^ 


aamaq  ■> 

A 

aamati  ^ 


part  of  a  bed. 
A 


,  valley;  Heb.  pOJ.*. 


,  part  of  waggon. 


aameh  '"^  imni ,  B-^-  (S^"^)  3°.  4,  a  kind 
•    ^^  of  stone. 

aanniu  cz^i=,  I        "(^gf ,  ape;  Copt.  eit. 


aann 


Nw^r^  1       \\      -ft- 
^., »   /vu^w^    AA/NA'V\ 


=,111     \\ 


Heb.  n:y,  Arab.      U 

aanata         "^ 


-,  to   sing; 


,  singing-woman  (?) 


aano-t  KZi^^'V,  axe,  hatchet;  plur.  Tmnnr-::::^, 


[112] 


_  ^«^^» /^/>A/VA      ^-^1       ^s^  ^^^^^^  ^^^>  \ 

z=±t=,i  t  \    cinii  III  [=^;f=,  1  I  I  jSasI 

r-^-^  III    1    nr       .-^-^  III    I   III'  '^ 

bles,  round  stones. 


aanratat 


■-^•^  III       I 

W 

=-1 
upper  chamber,  balcony ;   Heb. 


s   I 
or 


Gol.  5,   14,   15  =    ^ 

aanh  ^^w^  U^ ,  a  winding  serpent. 

aankh      ^__     ■¥-  (Demotic  form),  to 

live,  life;  Copt.  (JOHg,,  UJH^. 

aankh     ^,   ^  ^  ^^,  Rec.  33, 137, 

to  swear  an  oath  ;  Copt.  <Lrt.i.cy. 

aant  o  ,  spice,  perfume  =  "^  o  • 

;;-.».   /•=„!•>   <'■'='     _       (?  to     ascend; 

aar  (aal)^^|y.,  ^^p^^^^; 

,  a  kind  of  stone,  a 


aar-t 


>  EUD 


natural  block  of  stone  (?) 

Anastasi  I,  23,  3,  pebbles ;  Copt.  A.'X. 


aarara 


.2^ 


aara 


,    a   part   of   a    building; 


,  Rec.  3,  55,  tenons  of  a  coffin. 


:dn' 


.2as.o  III 

aaref  ^"^^       ,  Rev.  1 1, 184  =  ■ 
Copt,  (jopq,  tope^. 

Aar-n-aaref  "^^  ^  ^^  "^ 

Rev.     II,    184,     Horus    of    bandages;    Copt. 

opnoTfuopq. 

aarsh  "^"^  .Sas  TjljT,  cult,  service. 


.-"^       I       o     III      D       I 

t^  °    Rec.  21,  91,  lentils,  beans;  Copt. 

^  III'  -i-Pffl^n,  i-pam. 

aarata  "^^  <==>  i  Q  crzi ,  "^"^  <:p.  1 11 


•E    I 


Rec.  21,  82,  an  upper  chamber ;  Heb. 


Aartabuhait 


w 


•]1>ra^ 


'  V,  Harris  501,  b.  9,  a  female  demon. 


Aah  *<= 

Aahpi 
Aasit  1 


■  I  ^,  the  Moon-god  =  (] d^ 


JAW 


,  Annales  III,  179,  a  god. 


n  \\\ 


I  W\'  ^'^'  ^'  '^^'  ^^"" 


zone  140,  Rec.  13,  78,  a  goddess  of  war  and  of 
the  chase. 

Aasiti-Khar  2^3  P  ^^  ]  fl^  -^  B\ ' 

Rec.  7,  196,  the  name  of  a  goddess  of  Syria. 

Aaserttu  g]  ^  ^;  see^  -]  (]^. 
Aasek  —  p^^,   — ^P 

M.  143,  N.  648,  a  god. 


AAAAAA 
^AAA'W^ 
VWVWV 


w 


aashasha-t  ■>-='.TtM  \^ 

throat,  gullet. 

aasharana  ^"^^  tjTtT 

a  kind  of  seed  or  fruit. 


!• 


/SAA.A/VV         O 


111 


^    X 


L=/l'^ 


M' 


/i  "^^ 


r.      /,!  to  oppress,  oppres- 
sion, to  usurp,  violence;  Heb.  p^V . 


aaqer 


aag 


2,  68,  8  . 
S   ,  Peasant  185, ' 


ZS 


aag-t 


ffi   J  )  to  beat,  to  bastinado. 


ffl  J/,  nail,  claw,  toenail,  hoof;  plur. 

B 

Rec.  30',  72. 


'^•3^°-_.^5n' 


aag-t 


S  W  O    the  oil  made  from 

Ci  U  1 1 1 


the  agit  plant,    ^    (1  (1  ci   vl 

aagit"**^  ' 


TT  A  f]  "^  an  offering  of  some 
^HHo'  kind. 


aag 


.  ^ 


aagarta^ffl^*^]!] 


ffi 


I    llll       chariot;  Copt.  .LCToXTe, 


Heb.  n"?:!:^. 


[113] 


aagasu ^  <^  © 


Sallier  Pap.  II,  4,  2,  5,  8,  cord,  belt,  girdle  (?); 
Heb.  D3^(?) 

Aagm'  "^  ^  1  ^,  '•'^  "^'"'^  °^  ?■ 
'^    _cm  I  JM  fiend. 


Aau-taui  — "^^^  ^,  ^.D.  125, 

III,  38,  a  title  of  Thoth. 

Aabt  __Dm    1^'^^    the  name  of  amy  tho- 
I  J!<!G=i'  logical  fish. 


n 

aa  fl,  to  bring,  to  carry. 


7^ 

■aa fl,  Rec.  10,  61, 


•C7^ 


(K  ^ 


-^3~, 


aatkh 
aat 


a  woven  stuff. 

,  a  piece  of  fertile  ground. 


Aat-en-sekhet 


n 


B.D.G.  136,  the  second  station  on  the  old  cara- 
van road  between  the  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea. 


61,  to  doze,  to  be  drowsy,  to  sleep, 
pyramid. 

Aatt 


_j/\  j^^^>  the  pyramid  region, 


aat-t 


c^    III 


,  Sail.  II,  3,  I,  2, 


Rec.  35,  161,  gate  sockets  (?)  slabs  of  stone. 

Aati  ^^ 


B.D.  125,  one  of  the  42  assessors  of     1 

Osiris.      I 

Tomb  Seti  I,  one  of  the  75  forms  of 
Ra  (No.  23). 

,  of  a  livid  colour,      ' 


aat 


e 


the  necropolis,  the  Other  World. 

dess,  the  personification  of  the  pyramid  district. 

aa,  aai       °  ^ ,  " — n  ^ ,  ~ — "  |]  (]  ^ , 

fl^^  = ^M- °^^'    to  cry  out,  to 

shout,  to  speak  loudly. 

aa  __J  I  ^  ^.  Rec.  14,  42,  foreigner  (?) 
speaker  of  a  foreign  tongue  (?) 

> .  joy. 

"A^    Denderah  IV,  79,  an  ape-god 


aa    ^  .Q. ,  joy. 


Aa 


.I\' 


pale  (of  the  face),  yellow  ;  Copt.  OTfOXOTf GX.  aa  O  ,  filth  (?) 


aat^na 
aattau 


=!:£=.     W 


III 


.lentils;  Heb.  ttJljr. 


\j\j  "a 


who  slew  Aapep. 
',  flesh  and 


I 


who  conspire. 

aatch  *" 


3    (2 


I ,  men 


,  pallor,  paleness  (of 


aa fltj 

I 

bone,  heir,  inlieritance,  posterity ;  an  accursed 

heir  1;?=^  \Ji|j}l>! . 


the  face) ;  Copt.  OTfOXO'Vex. 

aatcn-t  ^^      ,  fat,  grease. 


o'lll 


■  *•'  ■  lUi 


aatchamm 

kind  of  oil. 

aatchar  <>-= 

to  help,  to  as.sist ;   var. 

aatchr-t         ^  1 


f\^^  l\^^  ^ 


'^"^'o*^ 


aau 0,  seed.  ^ 

(S   III  ^ 

aa  .       ,  to  tie,  to  bind,  to  compress  ■■ 


III' 


J        (?)  =  Copt.  ujqe. 

Aelt.   Tex.    28,  a  kind  of 
tunic. 


a  kind  of  balsam 
tree. 


aaa 
aaa 
aaam 


Nav.  Lit.  26 


l^'^. 


aau,  aaua  ^^,  ^^,  Rec.  30, 

196,  heir. 


-iimS^iii' 


aaam 


the  seed  of  the 
same. 

H 


114  ] 


A 


aab 


_::j.:^j^'z:j— 

Annales  III,   no,  a  vessel,  a  bowl,  a  copper 
vessel,  spoon. 

aab 


J\^. 


to  card   wool,   to 


comb;         °   1]         ,  L.D.  Ill,  65A,  15 

aabt^^Jc^^, 


,  incense  vase. 


aaf 


L=Z1, 


,    to 


squeeze  out,  to  wring  out,  to  press  out  oil,  to 
strain ;  Copt.  Ojqe. 


aam 


_i]_a 


^m 


^A/^AAA 
AAAVSA 


f^MAAA  J  canal. 


AQ-m    '^  fx     ^"~^    Edffl  I,  81,  a  name  of  ^     ^,. 

^^"^    ^S^:r:'  the  Nile.  ?-^ 


aam 


ii_a>^  III  - 0 


f\    O  ,  an  earthen- 


ware vessel  (?) 


'^^^^i^Cop,. 


eit. 


aana 


AAAAAA     p    f  , 


_fl L 


Koller  Pap.  4,  3. 

Aan  IZ 


Aanu 


o 


BergT  I,    19,   a   minister  of 
the  dead. 

]I^  ^,  Jour.  As.    1908,  313, 

the  ape-god  ;  Copt,  ert 

Aanau  TZji  \,    S\,  B.D.  126,  2,  the  four 

AA/\^/v\    JET    jNj) 

ape-gods  who  Judged  the  dead. 


aan 


aan 


\\«H,Jour.  E.A.  III,  105 


aah 
aah 


,  camp,  place,  tent,  station. 

'1  =  1         ^T  ,  to  rejoice. 

TO    Kev.  1 1,  151,  cattle  ;  Co|)t. 
Ml'  e&e. 

Aah-ti  "  I  ^r^  J4 '  -''  pair  of  goddesses. 

ama  (1(1  ""^  cmD,  a  kind  of  stone. 

^^^  ]i^' V\[ -^m ^\ 


1,  ]>i,-^i^-few, 

and  goats,  animals,  flocks ;  M  ,  animal  kept 

"T— V,  desert  game. 

au-t-neb-  etc  J  y\^^^'^l\^^, 

all  kinds  of  four-fooled  beasts. 
au    I  ^^^,  wretched,  miserable. 

1  ^  Q  Qft '  ^  beast  of  a  man ;   plur. 


au-t 


au    I     V    ^^  ,  sins,  evil  deeds  (?) 

au-t  

au-t  d|^,  U.  283,__ii|^,  M.  766, 

"  ,  St.lff, 


^     stick   with   a  curved  end 
f   '  (Lacau). 


^.P.659,--|'^- 


^,P.659 
crook,  sceptre  (?) 

au  __i]  ^  £5=2,  M.  253,  to  travel. 

,  a  call  house  (?) . 


au-t(?)   ^ 


au 


\j 


auau 


^  0 '  77^  ^ '  ^  '''"^  °^  '^°°^- 


aua,  auai 


Rec.  8,  136,  to  smash,  to  crush. 

j,  Peasant  292 fl  ^  "^L-^, 0 


steal,  to  rob,  to  injure,  to  do  violence,  to  break, 
to  plunder,  to  waste,  to  reap  grain. 


[115] 


auau 


brigand;  plur a|  -O  ^^=^,  Rec.  16,  57 

Thes.   1480;    fern.  a^  "^  ^^   ^  '^ 

one  who  is  robbed. 


aua-t 


_J]-?t        c 


injury,   harm,   violence, 


ff  I   m  ^H  "  L^'       '     ■        robbery,  theft'. 

Auai 0  ~f]M  L=Z1,  Tuat  III,  a  winged 

serpent-headed  god. 

Auait^__.f]^^^,  _^fl 

^^  ^^L_=fl^'  ^'^'  '''  ^^'  ^  Soddess  who 
kept  the  register  of  the  punishments  inflicted  on 
the  foes  of  Osiris. 

aua^^f]^^,_.^^_,.., 

^0,P.i43,-_^f]^O,Rec.3o,i9r, 
to  ferment,  to  become  sour. 

auait  _^  f]  ^  (jlj  ^  O  _,  ^ 

of  fermented  drink. 

auab  ^{]j^~ 

aua 0  %  ■ 

Auaha  (Aha)  ~ 

126,  a  goddess. 

aubbu  °^J  J^ff^.  I^casant229, 

a  kind  of  fish. 


,  courtyard;  .see  uba 


(^ — '    to  give  a  gift,   to 
t] '  present. 


Mission  1 3, 


aun 


^.  i'  ^.o  e^^'  ^''-  3^' 


8,  ^^^  ,  Mett.  Stele  181,  219, 


t°, 


^. 


out  in  pain,  to  wail  (lik?  a  jackal). 


J^^^' 


, to  cry 


aun 


^_  /I     /     C*  /I    --•-■-■  jj  IVVVVVI     /     ^ 

^^^  1 '  ^^  L^' ^^ L^l ^-^' 

""g^    to  rob,  to  steal,  to  plunder,  to  com- 
.^a  t_=/l'  mit  deeds  of  violence. 

n  (VAAA/V\ 


aun-t    .^    ,-  ^  - ,  robbery,  violence. 


ravager,  oppressor. 


,  robber. 


aun-ab  ^^  o  (£  "[^ a  v',  The.s.  1207, 

Y )  greedy,  covetous,  avaricious. 


^^J 


;\men.  lo. 


aunnti 

10,  robber. 

^^^  ^^'^  god. 

/WWW     i_i 

Aun-ab  ^^^  ,  liUL.  Mett.  stele  189, 
the  scorpion  that  stung  Horus  and  killed  him. 

aun-t  ^  _^,  Roller  Pap.  i,  5,  Rec.  i, 
48,  ^^^^  Q^  ^  ,  a  kind  of  wood,  cypress  (?) 
stick,  cudgel,  a  pole  of  a  chariot ;  plur.  ^^  Q  \^ 
- ,  Staves  from  the  Oasis  Ta-ah-t. 


I  I  r 

aun 


I  I 


j^i).^?- 


,  to  sleep,  to  slumber. 


aunra  __ 


I  v\  (miD ,  pebble,  stpne ; 


-B     W 


plur. 

<2    III    ffiHD  III  . 

auratchaut  (artebatu) 

auq   TV   ^  '^^     ,  stream,  canal. 
aug  a  ^  ffi  f^  ,  to  heat,  to  cook  (?) 


autcharu 


(2 


w 


L-^ 


auxiliaries,  a  class  of  soldiers. 

autcharu  (atcharu) 


L_=Z]' 


,  part,  or  parts,  of  a  chariot. 
Ill 

autchata (atchata)  ^ i \\\ (1 
Alt.  K.  306 " 

ab_i,J\|,_^J\||,,obe 
nowned,  famous,  strength  (?) 

ab_.J\,  \,  _.J^,u.  270, 

"X,  JlV'  ^'-  V'9'  born,  tusk  of  an  elephant; 


re- 


H   2 


A 


[116] 


A 


plur.  — ^  J  ^  \  |.  — ^  J  ^.  U.  270, 
^  J^,  N.  719;  dual,„fl  J^'  >^, 
^  11'  r^  ^.  Rouge,  I.H.  II,  1.4; 
Y  ^  =  ^'^"'^  ^''^™"^'  P  ^  /\  I  — ^ 
1  V  ^V^  '  ^^  ^^'"^^  horns  ready  10  gore ;  <=^> 
^'^^^<  U.  577,  the  four  horns  of  the  bull  of 
Ra,  the  four  horns  of  the  world. 

abati(?)  J^^^,'J'hes.  .,98.  the 

ab  1  3  ,  tusk  of  ivory ;  see  ab  T   13, 


Abui  ^  (](),  Tuat  V,  >Q^  ^,  B.D. 
(Saite)  64,  14,  a  god  who  burnt  the  dead. 

Abu-tt  D  J  %  \  '^  ^'  'he  name  of 

a  serpent  on  the  royal  crown. 

ab  D  J   \,^.  B.D.  (^ Saite)  134,  4,  a  star. 

Ab-peq(?)^-r^'^";/ila"£ 
Abet-neteru-s  \  '^  "1 '  '  ' ,  Tuat  x,  a 

lioness-goddess. 

ab  seshu  a  J  \ 

and  of  a  kind  of  priest.' 

Ab-sha  \  ™  °, 


-J\ 


'i'uat  VII,  a  crocodile-god  which  guarded   the 
"symbols." 

Ab-ta  X'^^HJL.'^""'''  ^^'  ""  'fP^"'" 

^  I   sx  gatekeeper. 

o 

ab   X  ^JlJ  o'  ^  '^'"'^  of  incense. 

ab,  aba  \  L_J1, °  Jf^> '«  ''esist, 

.    to  revolt  against,  to  oppose  by  force. 

abb a  11  11  L_J]  *°  ^^^^'  *°  ^"'■'  ^  ^P^'^'' 

J!  *i  '  or  any  weapon. 

S.but fl  J  V\         ,  opposition,  resistance. 

a^   \  O.  \  0|,  ^p&O^,  resistance, 
opposition,  what  is  opposed  to  existing  things. 

enemy,  rebel,  fiend. 

ab  \  r^^~rar    to  s'"k)  to   drop  back,  to 
^  O  stis. ,  diminish  (of  the  Nile). 


ment ; 


ab  ^  J  |,  J^  ^,  Roug^,l.H.  II,  .25, 

to  sink  into  [the  ground]  through  fear  (of  tiie 
feet). 

abab  ^a, — flj„iij\j],  to 

push  a  way  into,  to  open  up. 

ab,  aba  —nj  \  ^,  — a  J — a^, 
aj"^^,  Thes.  1483, °J^^^> 

J^^,  A.Z.  79,  51,  IV,  loi,  368,  751,  to  con- 
tradict, to  gainsay,  to  oppose  in  speech  ;  0   J 

X  ^^    ,  Rec.  10,  61,  to  contradict  his state- 

JA^    Mar.  Karn.  44,  35,  con- 
gX'  tradiction. 

abab   -|j^^,  Rec.  8,  124, dJ 

-J  J  \  |,  Rec.    23,  203,  D  J D  J 

I,  to  contradict,  to  gainsay. 

abab-t_.J_.J^gj,_.J 

a   )  \    ci,  R.E.  7,  24,  contradiction. 

ab  Q  J  VJ ,  "^J ,  -J-O  I ,  to  face  some- 
one or  something,  to  meet,  to  join,  to  unite  with  ; 

kJ^.  k\J•lc"J-^• 
^\  1  \,  3  t^,  together  with,  face  to  face 
with,  opposite ;  er  ab  <cii>  I  \,,  I'.  815. 

abu  a  H  \  ^  ! ,  ^^''-  3.  '  16,  cattle 

Ji    ^  -^yT  [     -..      for  sacrifice. 

a  bird  with  a  loud  harsh  voice. 
ab   \.  .      , ,  to  weave. 

abab     J      J    5 ,  to  weave. 


Abuti  ^  ;^^ 

Isis  and  Nephthys. 


,  the  two  weavers. 


[117] 


Sb   — Jpl  ^*^  ,  to  purify,  to  make  clean. 
abu    a  ^     J  ^,    p.    449,    N.    912, 

f'^  ' '  'a    H  ?V  1'  P'^rifications,  cleansings, 
libations,  washings  with  water. 

abit__/]J(j|jo^^,  offering. 

ab,  ab-t   ^  J,__iiJ  ^  ,__j]J^, 

0   \      Y7,  a  vessel,  vase  of  purification. 

ab   M7  U  ,  to  embalm. 

aba  — fl  ^  ^.  ''•  175,  —J  J  ^  |, 

n  t^  .     to  make  an  offering,  to  present  a 
J!  Jl  U'  propitiatory  gift. 

abu,abut  —jj*}'  |,  g  ^ »Jq 

"^(JH  Y  I'  ^  g'ft>  ^'^  offering;  plur q  J 


,  P.   552, a 


ODD 


Ab 


Aba-taui 

Hh.  456  •  •  •  ■ 

aba  __ 


]  J  Y  ,  Tuat  II,  a  grain-god. 


a  jl  ^  QS© 


DOD 


t?,   N.  1072, 


altar,  a  table  tor  offerings. 

aba fl  J  "(^^  Effl] ,  a  I  "il^  Y  I™ ' 

ab 


a  slab  of  stone  on  which  offerings  were 

placed. 

??? 

^^  ^  ,  a  kmd  of  stone ;    plur. 


-J 

ab-t  a  J  Q        ,  N.  503,  a  kind  of  grain. 


I. 

ITMl  I 


ab[a]u  -^ Ji^-,  -S^,- ; 

^  &^,  the  gods  who  slay. 

ab-t a  J  Jgl ,  Palermo  Stele, o  J  ^ , 

sanctuary,  shrine,  any  holy  place  ; .. fl   irS  0  0  <?- 

JU  /www  Jl  .    =  Iffeioi'. 

abu  fl  J  %v  ^3:7,  a  festival  at  which  the 

making  of  offerings  was  obligatory  ;  plur. fl    j 

G    111  Jeo   111  J 

aba_.J(J'^ 


^^E7     L.D.   III, 
III'      194,  35- 

,  T.  227, 


I 


P.  708,  Rec.  31,  166,  to  penetrate,  force  a  way 
into. 


aba 


'? 


I'-  339. 


?■ 


M.  641, fl  J  "^  "^  ^  ^-=3,  Rt;c.  27,  231, 

to  act  as  captain,  to  direct. 

ab,  aba a  1^  ^,  u.  274,  n.  798, 

^  J  "^  ^' '  ^'  •^^3'  ^-  3"'  ^'3' — °? 

N.  673, D  J  ^,  U-  206,  sceptre,^staff, 

o  I ,  fl       ci  ,  staff,  stick. 

abut  __i)J^  o|,  p.  186, . — fl  J  o  |, 

M.  301,  p.  666,  staff. 

abb-t  fl  J    J  ^ .  staff,  sceptre,  stick. 

ab-t fl   In,  kidney,  testicle. 

abu — flJ^r=a),A.z.49,s9 

ab   ^®, Rec.  ,1,92, dJk7|^,^0, 

-^  I'  —^M'  — ^  J  ?  S' '°  ^^'"^' '" 

show  different  colours,  "  shot  "  as  in  "  shot  "  silk. 

variegated,  spotted:  lilfi,  ^Po^^d  or  speckled 
v.  r    or  striped  plumage. 

ab  Shuti    ^  R  "  ^,,  Thes.  414,  he  of 
the  variegated  wings,  a  title  of  Horus  of  EdfQ. 
abu  i^  n?^^  MS,  people,  men  and  women. 

H  3 


A 


[118] 


A 


Jflfl  EkI     animal,  reptile,  or  in- 
H^X'  .sect(?) 


abi  . 

abab  -^-^  ^ ,  Rec.  20,  4 


ababu 


J  J D  J  ^,  Rec.  15,178,10 


rejoice,  to  dance. 

abb  fl  J   J  -^3-,  to  see. 

abb_.JJg,_.JJ^|^..o 

desire,  to  love,  to  be  desired. 

abb    dJ  ^  ^^ ,   to   fly,   the   flying 

scarab ;  var. a  ]  0  (J  M  >  the  flier. 


abb 


bb 


beetle, 
scarab. 


Abb  ^  ^  M,  B.D.G.  1394,  a  form  of  Osiris. 


aba  __ 


%-^'— 'JV 


..^B-,  to  see. 

abaaui  -ubxj 


w 


■"    to  open  the  hands 
ji'  in  greeting. 

abut_.J^-,.,__.J^-^,,ropes, 
bonds,  fetters. 

Abbut  .^ D  J  J  o  %'^,  I,  Tuat  IX,  the 

nets  (?)  used  in  snaring  Aapep. 

Abbuitiu °  J  J  ^^  ^  j '  Tuat  IX, 

three  gods  who  fettered  (|  "^X    M. 

plants  or  flowers,  bouquet. 
®     Itl,  frog  (?)  toad  (?) 

Abraskktiaks a  J  | 

n    S\  _'Aft/>aaa^,  Leemans,  Papyrus  III,  210- 
\m~  213- 

abeh-t  — ^J|  ^^.  ''•  334,  — a^ 
JciC^=T3),M.  637,  I)  J|o,P.  552, flj 

9         a      Hh.  227,  247,  to  pour  out  water  or 
X       Sh '    seed,  to  create,  to  make,  to  fashion. 

abesh o  j  cso,  vase,  pot,  vessel. 

S.besh Djc3a,U.62  2, dJoo%, 

U.  539,  T.  296,  P.  230 


a  mass  of 


^^'-^1 


W^ 


]  j  CSZl,Tuat  X,  aformofPtah 

J.  Thes.  112,  one  of  the 

C30, 

/\,  R.E.  3,  III,  a  pyramid  tomb, 

^^''  '-«"■'  Aim:-  "i^ 


Abesh 
Abesh 
Abesh 
abesh. 


seven  .stars  of  Orion. 

a   benevolent 

serpent-god. 

r.  1 1 9,318,  N.  1344, 

a  kind  of  wine. 


b   of 
s(?) 


ap      ^    V^,P.703,^^, 


D 


J'  a  D 


^, 


y^  ,  y\  ^ ,  a  verb  of  motion,  to 

D  all       D  nJi 

travel,  to  go,  to  go  in,  to  go  out,  to  escape,  to 

1  -A     tramplings 


walk,  to  march,  to  journey, 


ap 


a 


Q   Dill'  under  foot. 


D 


.,  J  ^S ,  to  fly,  the  winged 
D    ^T  I  I  I       D 
disk,  the  summer  solstice. 


Api 


D 


',  Rec.  35,  56, 


Rec.  14,  7,  the  "flier,"  a  name  of  the  Sun-god; 
^,the 

apu 


rismtr  sun. 


^    Hymn  of  Darius  37, 
515  '  scarab,  beetle. 

Ap-ur    "-"  ^^^',  B.D.G.  798,  Osiris 


"C7 


in  the  form  of  a  beetle. 

Apep 


Apap 


a  a , 


st--e|-j  |-,  W^- 


_fl 


Q  Q    WJ!}).B-M.  No.  383;  see 

,^,.  and  ^i'iiii , 

D    Dj^          D  D 

apap  ,  ground,  earth,  estate. 

apap  ,  brick  or  tile  kiln. 

D  D       I 

O ,  Rev.  12,91,  account  =  ®^. 


api 


D 


AAAAAA      cioUin 


A'WAA'V     iCl 


serpent, 
V '      worm. 

aper  '^^ .  i'-  663, 783,  m.  775.[j|   ...  ■ 

Q^'  ^'-  '78. 'I"- 32',  U.  5°7,  Q^>  M.  268, 

2g,N.88S,^|,^2j],  Y--. 
j^  *^,  1^ fl,  ^  |.  to  be  equipped,  to  be  pro- 
vided with,   furnished   (of  a   house) ;  Q 

kill 

Hymn  of  Darius  38. 


^>   III' 


[  119 


-D  X    J^Cifc; 


Q  ,  a  boat  equipped  with  everything  neces- 

sary and  a  crew ;  v  V^  i  I  Q  ^  ^\^  i  ,  Thes.  1 296. 


apesaustaas  "^  °  (]  (2  (2  i^  <^  ^  ^ , 

Rev.  II,  185  =  u^evaTw.;  unfeigned. 


apesh    D   ,  Rec.  s,  97 

C3in 


aperu     d 


im 


il,       D 


I  I  I 


apesh  ~Q 


ST] 


,  tortoise,  or  turtle. 


ship; 


D 


m5^  I ,  crew  of  a  boat  or 

III  £11  I 

^    P.  396,  M.  564, 
O    '  N.  1171. 


Apesh     G    ,^^,B.D.  1 6 1,  the  Turtle-god. 

Apshait "~~ 


aperu 


apshut  ~af      V ,  a  kind  of  beetle ;  pli: 


I    A\-  I  ^111 


D 

af,  aff 


'(?) 


?^  "^^  °  ,  ?^    "     °  •  ornaments,  fittings,  chains  '''"  '"^^ct  which  devoured  the  dead. 

m<.    Ql  II I      mil  I    "^    I  111  _         ■■        .    fl  (?   ^ — 7 

attached  to  jewellery, accoutrements,  furnishings ; 

D  T        c 

D     1  a^*S,  the  equipment  of  the  royal      |        r 

< >    T    AAAAAft 

bargejQ'^f^w^^JI,  ^^^^-  ^arn   S3    36 
"      U    2  ci  O         a  woman's  outfit. 

aper  Q  5 ,  mantle,  garment. 

Aperit  A    q   ,  a  name  of  the  Eye  of  Horus. 

anpr   IS  *^~^   ^^^  name  of  the  21st  day  of 
LJ  ^^3:7'  the  month. 

Aper  ^2«|, 2^^, the  god  of 

the  town  of  Aper. 

Aper-peh   Q_^']  ^,   Berg,   i,    .8,  a 


(M  .   g^  M  ,  Rec.  30,  201, 
,fly;plur.^^'^ 

af  aba-t  "    ""^  (|  aR  o. 


I    Rec.  31,  15; 

I '  Copt.  ^.q. 


Rev. 


13,  20, 


honey  fly,  i.e.,  bee. 


af 


aff 


_fl    (2 
fl 


;  Copt.  ujqe. 


'  f^\^     crown,  helmet,  hat, 
\\         ^'^ '  diadem,  cap. 


_fl. fl 


protector  of  the  dead. 


(2 


\- 


Thes.    818, 


Aper-pehui  A  ^>j 

Diim.  Temp.  Insch.  25,  Rec.  16,  106  :  (i)  a 
hawk-god,  patron  of  learning  and  letters,  who 
was  one  of  the  seven  sons  of  Mehurit ;  (2)  a 
watcher  of  Osiris. 

'^    '^ 

ng-godd( 

Aper-her  Nebtehet  ~d^  ^  "^  , 


Aper-t-ra  T 


Tuat  XI,  a  form  of  the  rising  Sun. 

Aper-ta   Q""!,  Q^ 


afaf  'SSI.,  crocodile, 

af-t  II  '^  o ,  Rev.,  gluttony. 

Tuat  I,  a  sing-      [      ^  ,    ^^  ^ -^,    — ^  t[  , 
'      ing-goddess.      i      1  1  1         c^     ^^  ^      ^^^^  1 1 1 
plants,  vegetables. 

afa 


s 


Tomb  of  Seti   I,   one  of  the   75   forms  of  Ra 
(No.  45). 

aper  Q<:z=>^L,  a  kindofgoose;  A'^O, 
the  egg  of  the  aper  goose. 


afa 


afa 


>iii 


,  the  seed  of  the  same. 


,  food,  bread. 


O ,  filth,  dirt. 


Afat  " — '''^>f'  Tuat  VI,  a  god  in  mummy 


Apriu  "d" 

w     s  .  2  I 


Afau 


I,      D 


,  Tuat  II,  a  god  of  one 


r    D   C2 
I  I  Wi  I,  Harris  I,  31,  8,  a  class  of  foreign 

stonemasons  ;  var.  Vi  <^^>  (j  (J    V  1  ^ 

'  '  '     L.D.  Ill,  219K,  17.     'i'hey  were  once 


of  the  seasons  of  the  year. 

Afa  — 


[y\£|' 


identified  with  the  Hebrews. 


.   T-    339.  ,,j^^ 

a  class  of  divine  beings  in  the  Other  World. 

H  4 


[120] 


afait 


i  ,  tent,  camp,  chamber. 


c-3. 


afa 


afa 


XJ 


Rev.,  to  be   greedy,  a  glut- 
tonous man. 

^  „  4  evil,  calamity, 

I    ^         'sasi.j  crocodile. 


afen 


_flD     X       fl„ 


-  IJ    ,  to  bind, 

L=/l 


to  tie,  to  tie  something  on. 

afen-t  ^^'^^,  T.  359,  P.  712, 


-y,   Rec.   31,   20, 


ID 


N.   1365,  1387, 

head-cloth,  headdress,  wig ;    plur.  ^.-^    /^"y  i , 


^^  X' 

AAV«/NA    U 

- DO 


'V\AAAA    U 


'^Ti- 


aftiut  ^^%^  o  "If ,  Hh.  459, 

,  bandlet. 

afen-t  ^ 


ftA/Vi/\A   \5i 


Afnuit 


afs 
Afkiu 


^■^-"  '='   "^    haunt,   retreat,    hiding 
AAAAAA  iz  Z]  place. 

^— ^^/l/l^  D    Ombos  2,  133,  a 
I^eHSofl'  goddess. 

1 ,  a  disease  of  the  eye. 


^^  WJ  ' '  ^  S''°"P  "'^  sods. 


aftit 


,    Rec.    4,    29, 
Rec.  8,  171,        °1(](]^Rec.i4,8, 


-flCTl 


c.      I 


—0     W 


,    Rec.   3,    56, 


J] 


!jj— J ,  Rec.  30,  198,  box,  coffer,  chest,  coffin, 


Rec.   30,   187,   195,  31, 
163,  32.  79- 


AAi&A  ' 


sarcophagus ; 


aftch-t 

box,  chest,  sarcophagus. 

am  ^ 0  T  o^  ,  fore-arm,  thigh  (?) 

am fl  v\   ti  ,  to  grasp,  fist. 

am      "fd^'"^  (]e^.  Jour.  As.  1908, 
290,  to  know,  to  understand ;  "3^  U  ^  yf  "^'^ 
:,  Jour.  As.  1908,  313,  book-learned;  Copt. 

eiJtxe. 


am  ^ 

P.  655,  __i]  v< 


',  U.   169,  

«^^>M-  511.  761,  N.  1094, 


_fl  V 


,  to  eat,  to  swallow,  to  devour. 
am-ha-t  a  fx    /^  "^ 


J 


0'     to  eat  the  heart,   to   feel  remorse,   to 
I  '  repent. 

to  de- 
rour. 

am-t    .. a   V\    7  Q7»,  something  that  is 


amaama-t  --^  'Z^'\  ^  Sf' '° 


eaten,  food  ; 


,?    Rec.  30,  195,  flesh 
3iK'  for  eating. 


-iir=n 


am: 

t    III' 

— ,  food. 

(^    ^  ^  ^  _ 

amami '     °' 


JlT^    (£      III" 

' ,  food. 


-fl^ 


am'it 

flesh-food. 

Am  _ 


.  ^  ^  '^ 


III 


a% 


,    Nesi-Amsu   32,    36, 


devourer,  a  title  of  Aapep. 

Am  ^^  Tx 


P.  445,  M.  552,  N.  1 132,  a  god  who  fed  on  the 
hearts  of  the  dead. 

J fl  ' 


Amam 


5-^^|, 


'I^, 


B.D.  145,  V,  Rev.  J.  A.  X,  9,  p.  497, . 

.C2 


^, 


the  eater  of  the  dead. 


Amiu 


^  j    eaters  (of  the  dead), 
I '      a  class  of  fiends. 


Am-autiu  (?)  —  -^  -^  i ,  'fuat  III, 

a  keeper  of  the  Third  Gate. 

Am-asfetiu  ■— ^  ^  |  ^  (j  P  ^ 

j    B.  1).  40,  2,  5,  Osiris  as  the  "eater 


am-a 


of  sinners." 


,  Rec.  31,   10, 


"eater  of  the  arm,"  a  mythological  pig  associated 
with  Osiris. 


A 


[121] 


A 


Am-a 
Am-a-f 


'j'uat  \'I,  the  name  of  tlie 
pig  in  the  boat. 


B.I).  II,  2,  a  god. 


^  ^^^   n.   ^,   "eater   of  the 


ass,"  the  name  of  a  serpent  which  attacked  the 
Sun-god. 


Amu-aau 


*"^^  Ifi ,  B.I).  40,  I,  a  name  of  Aapep. 
c — U)    ^ 

■,TuatII, 


an  ass-headed  god  with  a  knife-shaped  phallus. 

Ama-asht  ~^  |  §  ^^  '^^'^^^ 

many,  the  name  of  a  fiend. 


Am-baiu 


'eater  of  souls," 


the  name  of  a  fiend. 

Am-mit  0  \ 


Q  I 


O  I 


I ,  Tuat  II, 


J^ 


PI.  3,  a  monster,  part  crocodile,  part  lion,  and 
part  hippopotamus,  ^i  ^s^  [  I  ^  "^^^  _^ 

devoured  the  dead. 

Am-emit a  ^  ^  ^,  B.D.  ,68,  a 

goddess  wiio  strengthened  the  dead. 


an  invisible  dog-faced  god,  who  devoured  human 
hearts  in  the  River  of  Fire,  and  voided  filth. 


Ama-kha-t 


/|,  Rec.  15,  17, 


one  of  the  42  assessors  of  Osiris. 

Am  -  khaibitu,    Amam  -  khaibitu 


!, 


T,  B.D.  I2S,  II,  one  of  the  42  assessors  of 
111  ^    ^\    ^  ^ 

Osiris ;  van 


Q  '^  III 


Am-khu 


'k«^^ 


1  ,   Tuat  VI, 


a  serpent-god  who  devoured  the  shadows  and 
spirit-souls  of  the  foes  of  Ra. 


Amainti  kheftiu 


I, 


Tuat  II,  "eater  of  foes,"  an  avenging  goddess 
in  the  Tuat. 


Am-t-teheru 


¥^\'^^ 


I ,  Tuat  II,  a  goddess. 


amu 


^    °    seed  of  a  certain  herb 
III'  or  plant. 


amam 


-a  "^ 


plant  or  herb. 

amm a  ^ 


C!f   I  I  I 

the  roe  of  a  fish, 
eggs,  intestines. 

amu,  amaui  (?)  ^1^)  ]  ] ,  „.^ 


^   I  |,  pillars. 

5  j^  — °  I    1    weaving  instrument  or  machine, 
, — '  shuttle  of  a  loom  (?) 


amam  (amm)  

to  throw  the  boomerang,  to  catch  in  a  net  ? 

amam_.^^Q, 


a  garment,  or- 
nament. 


amam-t 


O    I 

I  . 

h:   I  I 


3S 


,  estate,  parcel  of  land. 


amam  (am) 


-MID 


T> 


3D, 


places  with  water  in  them,  wells,  pools. 

ama  -^ ,  N.  885,  -^  '^,  T.  288, 

M.  65,  •*33'  "m./^'  ^'  ^^^' '° ^°  sour(of  wine). 

ama-t  i 


^     Rec.  29,  148, 
:^^'  Staff. 


(£       W 


a  kind  of  stone. 


(2  p:  ^    ,      . 

9^S  ^  ,  to  wmnow  gram. 


amia 
ama  __ 
amam  -^ 


.,Rec.2.,79,   t^^l^J^. 

understand,  to  comprehend,  to  see,  to  know ; 
^f  IX     Px        ©      to  show,  to  instruct ; 


.^'  Coi)t.  eiJULe. 

amami  -^  t\  l_=fi.  Amen.  10,  i,  -^^ 

fix    T  ,  Amen.  14,  17,  "~^ 


A 


[122] 


A 


-3 


-y 


':^kk^!^'"^^''"'^Teiz:;: 


Amam 


Si,  Nesi-AiTisu32, 

a  \\  A?  _ 

21,"^!^  >K\    ''igV,  Rec.  14,  i2,a  nameof  Aapep. 

Amam-ar.t(?)   "3  ^' ^  # 

,  Sinsin  11,  a  god  of  the  Qerti. 


amam 

mS^iii 

Amamu  —^ 


the  seed  of  the  same. 


f^^^, 


ail  Asiatic 
people. 


aman 


>e  111 

Rhind  Pap.  32,  a  kind  of  plant,  garden  (?) 

Amanh  -^  ^,  '^e  god  of  the  nth 

^A^wv  ©   ■*  hour  of  the  day. 

amar  — %  -^^  ^ ,  travellers  (?) 

— ^      1       111  ^  ' 

ama,  ama  . oQ  (][i:i,'^= -^i  R.E.  n, 

122,  clay;  Copt.  OJULG,  OAJLI. 


ama  __ 

ama 

ama,  amam 


,  Rec.  30,  1 96,  to  nurse. 

,  T.  I  7,  a  plant  (?) 

a 


f=a 


J] 


("=Tj),  a  man  suffering  from  some  defect  of 


the  sexual  organs ;  plur. 


■J 


("=0) 


I  ;  fern. 


-n  ;;^ 


(=Tfi' 


ama_ 


-fl\^ 


ama-t 
ama_ 


D  Amen.  24,  13,  a  disease 

Qui'     of  the  sexual  organs. 

,  a  liquid. 


.i!);^  0  III 


a  herb; "  ^v^  v^,. the  seed  of  the 

amaa-t 


boomerang,  net  (?) ;  var. 

amati-t  __ 

Amu  °  ^,  Tuat  V,  a  fire-god. 


|,  Rec.  29,  148, 

=  11- 


,,    ,a  kindofland. 

Hh.  221,  to  be  sour 
(of  beer  and  wine). 


amth. 

^^IMTi  '"'''•'''1)  storm. 

amt  ^ 


k^lf'^T^ 


Jl  (3 


to  be  languid,-  to  col- 
lapse. 

^,  Rev.  to  turn,  to  turn  oneself,  to  return, 

to  repeat  an  act,  to  take  back,  to  retract,  to  sub- 

D  Q  /I   r         fl 

tract,  agam  ;  [I  1  .^^  aaawv,  to  be  seen 

again ;  V^  T   *^v  /vi^/vw  ,  to  seek  again  ;  wj^^ 

^^ ,  to  repeat ;  ^^w^  >^\  1  w  1   1   v\     ga ,  to 

return  an  answer ;   ^  -^^    r-t-ttj^  ^  A. ,  his  face 

was  turned  round,  i.e.,  behind. 

.     Peasant  299,  L.D.  Ill,  140B, 
'  to  return,  to  turn  back. 


aUU     ^^AAAA 

ft/VAA/V\ 


annu 

from  f  he  grave ; 


A-,  one   who  returns 

(Jt    V  ' '  '•'^"^'^  "'^'^  return. 

"the   turner    back,"   a    title   of 
Horus. 

^   fi^    to  turn 
back. 


anan  /\_ , 


^' 


ji 


I 


_D 


anan  g.p  i,  , 

a fl    I  

to 


ftAVNAA      tV  AAAAV\      /WSAAA       Vi  hf.l\f^\/\     ]y*''^ 

gainsay,  to  contradict,  rejoinder. 


) 


_a 


_fl  © 


A.        ^  A.     n       o 


^<. 


again  again,  on  the  contrary ;  Copt,  on 

ann  ^/ws^^ ,  P.  509 

/^^\AAA 

_fl 


Ann  abui  (?)  zz:::  ^^,  the  god  of  the 
24th  day  of  the  month  ;  he  is  gazelle-headed. 


an 


C£    e 


,  to  paint, 


to  make  designs,  to  practise  the  craft  of  the 
artist ;  Tjii|  ci  v\,  painted,  coloured. 

g^jj  - — '^  ^Q,    a  letter  ^f  invitation  from  a 

woman. 

,  a  kind 
painted  cloth. 


an  mess 


an  rut  j{^  cJ^  ^e  ■^,  Rec.  i,  48,  a 
kind  of  painted  cloth. 

an  nesu  1    ^         °  jO.,  b.m.  145, 

I  v^ww  [i  g  J  ,  artist  directly  under  royal  patronage. 


[  123 


A 


O    §     (wvAAA  ,    JT  ,  -wAAA  Treaty  4,  vvawv 

t>       0 ,  a  writing  tablet,  a  flat  thin  writing  board, 
plaque ;  plur. 


O 


\J 


HiU    611    3>I1       'VW\/V\     VWWA 

aniu  (?) 


I  I 


the  tablet  of  the 
'     artist's  palette. 

plaques,    wooden 
tablets. 


anu 


\N    :^&:  ,     ~vww   Vp\ 


fine  limestone  from  Ti>rah. 


I  I  I 


51.  Tin        /WVNA^ 

O 

D  mnD    ,  ,    ,      ^  ,. 

^~wv\  blocks  of  hmestone, 

D   em' 


v\        ,  Peasant  1 7,  a^aj^s 


0      III 


g  „   "  --5,     Thes.  1 1 08,  to  turn  a  glance 

Q  (p  towards  something. 


_D 


A^W^An    .^^_  V7 


J] 


D 


fj       ^^AAAA 


.^&- 


,  to 


be  pretty  or  beautiful,  beauty,  beautiful,  pleasant, 
delightful,  gracious ;  *w^  f,  [I ,  splendid. 

an  WAA^  J  VQi,  Thes.  1481,  !^  ^\       yra, 
-^&- U  cii  '-'     /)  .  "  .  y^i 

Thes.  1482,  a  man  of  noble  qualities,  a  cultured 
man,  a  good  man  ;  plur.     jt    ^  M^  1 . 

anu  '>~w«  v\,^^,  a  beautiful  object;  dual 


/VWi/VA    J 


\\ 


1  °-®-        —       „ 

'  0    e   I    I    I   '  O    (3  ^ 


anu-na   -wwv,  Vp\  Ik    .^3_,  Mar.  Aby.  I, 
[o,  wl 

an-t 


9,  10,  what  is  pleasing. 


AAAA/VA 


AAAAAA  a  beautiful 


goddess,  or  woman. 

an-ha-t 


wwv\ 

o 


j^3~   '^,  .-Xnastasi  I,  23, 
8,  a  fine  or  beautiful  disposition,  a  noble  heart. 

f\      n     I      A^w^A  y,  o.     .jl- 

anu  nekhti  -«w«  3   1  -^^^"^    Jf     , 

B.D.G.  1 1 16,  the  beauties  of  the  warrior. 

An  Z;;;;^ ,  ;=^  ^  ,  Berg.  1, 16,  an  antelope- 
headed  god  who  beautified  the  faces  of  the  dead, 
and  removed  blemishes  from  the  skin. 

An-t-mer-mut-s  '^^  :^  '"^^  "^v^ 

,  T.S.B.A.  3,  424,  a  goddess. 

An-em-her  ^;^|\  §- ^ /r.s.B.A.  3, 

-^_a>^  1    W424,  agod. 


a  kind  of  dry  incense. 


an    -wA/w    A,AAAA    wcll,  foutttain  :  var. 

t==t'  ^^  a 


^;Heb.r.:;. 
an,  anti 


wvw\ . 


/VAAAAft   A/WAAA       ^^yyWN 


mud(Lacau). 


an  mA,  ape;  Copt.  eit. 

An   ~"AA/« ,  Tuat  XII,  a  mythological  serpent. 

Anit  "^^  J    Denderah  III,  12,  a  female 

Q  O  G '  counterpart  of  Osiris. 

=:„  4.  fl„  fl 

a,n"l/      AAAAAA  /V ^  ^     A/\AAAA   fl 


I ,  a  sharp-edged 


(3  Cl 

or  pointed  tool,  adze,  axe,  auger,  bradawl; 
an-t   /ww«  \\  ,  a  knife. 


an-tJ    AAAAAA  , 


U.  537,~wv«  '        ,  T.  295, 


/v^^AA^^^-^ 


/Ijv^    AAAAA^  Tl    /wAAA  claw  of  a  bird  or 

animal,  talon,  nail  of  the  hand  or  foot ;  plur. 


/VWAAA 


'■^^^<~^,   P.  425,   M.    737,   N.  1233,  I2I3,   v^ 

V^- — ^  ^ a\p- — >    ^      1^ 

^ — >ci,  P.  608,  N.  798,  AA/wv  ^Tv — ^  <::zs><:zs>, 


^A^^'v 


P.     612,   AAAAAA  ReC.     ^1,    171,    /WVA^n  ,     ftAAAAA 

'      Ci        I    I    I  -^    '      '     '      O      I    I    I     .   o 

JorziD  fl^i    — ;^,  - fl 

I  ,  I    NN    I  wv^  ^?=' ,  to  cut 
I)  I      X^      O 


.vW\AA  /\AA/NAA 

I  I    0   (2  I  I  1'    o 


the  nails;  • 


_n 


AAAAAA  J  to  rub  down  the  nails. 

V — -u     O      I   I   I 

An-t-ent-Ptah  ww^a  ;Xww    q,  b.d.  153H, 

6,  "  Ptalj's  claw,"  a  part  of  the  magical  net. 

An-t-tep-t-ant-Het-Heru  "^^^  ,j7==' 

K^  •«      B.D.    153.^  19,  a  part  of 
■M-l  cl '  the  magical  net. 

X^f^j-akind  of  cattle. 


®        ° 

a         ci 


3,11    •    •    ■      AAAAAA 


anan 


'W^A'V\       /VNAA/W 


/\AAAAA      AA/NAAA 


AWV\^   lia 


fi    ^^ '  ^^^  nape  of  the  neck. 


anan,  anan-th 

wigs,  headdresses. 

an-t 


1  A/WvAA 

I  I  I     - 03=3  I  I  I 


^, 


^AAAA^ 


an-x  v^AAA 


annu 


n     ^  /-N     0     ring,   seal, 

^       c^  c>  O  signet. 

[0]  )  a  vase,  vessel. 

0  vS     ,  Rec.  31,  r8,  cords,  ropes. 


[124] 


A 


an   -vww    )] ,    /wwv\   Mj    Rec.  8,  I  -58,  to  cry 
out,  to  entreat,  to  beseech  as  a  captive. 
TO,  cry,  appeal. 
an  AAAAn^'  ^^^^,  a  mythological  fish ;  see  Snt. 


anani  '^^^ 


am 


anu,  annu    „wwv 

Rec.  13,  15,  a  kind  of  tree. 


,  U.  633,  nape  of  the  neck  (?) 


anu-t         o , 

30 


ray  of  light,   beam ;  Copt. 


onrem. 


anut  /wwAA       ulcers,  boils,  sores. 

^  em 
anutiu(?)  "~o^  " '^  1 VJ^  1  >  ^^^c.  14,  42, 

""O^'lci  ^  I,  L.D.  III,  219E,  17,  ^^^  I. 
a  class  of  foreign  workmen  (?) 

fl   Tuat  IX,  a  god,  son  of  Heru- 
d'      ami-uaa,  a  hawk-headed  lion. 


Ana 


'w>AA/v     ci      a  kind  of  worm. 
D  ISSlSl 


anart 

Anutat=;^](l=^,,.e:::|ij;g^. 

^    f]     to  surround,  to  bind,  to  tie,  to  grip,  to 
O  J'  clutch,  to  seize  prey. 

anb  ^   \  £  f^,  a  bundle. 

anbthema-t       °  \|s=>— ^,iv,  1124, 


anb  — ^  j  ^  ■^,  — ^  J  Ip  grape. 


vine :  Heb.  12^. 


anep 


Peasant  1 1 


3> 

basket,  crate. 
anep    ^^^^v  ^CX? ,  the  festival  of 

D      o       a 

the  2oth  day  of  the  month. 

anep  O    ,  the  third  quarter  of  the 

moon ;     one    of    the     seven     stars    of    Orion 
(Thes.  112). 

fv     1^  1     a  kind  of  precious 


tft/VWV\ 
,  U.    igi,  T.   71,  M.   225, 

®    ,  "T",  '>A~w  -¥•,  wvjsA  2J),  ■¥"  , 

R*—  U  ^ '  ^  T      '  thing,  life ;  Copt.  tong,. 

ankh  —   "T  n  | ,  "  life,  stability,  prosperity 

(or,  content) " ;  -r  c>  I  ^:Z7  T?   I     |    -^^z^y 

^=y  ,     Q     §    III'      !      (f^ ," life,  all  prosperity,  all  stability,  all  health, 

[and]  joy  of  heart,"  a  formula  of  good  wishes 
which  follows  each  mention  of  the  king's  name 
in  official  documents.-  See  the  following  exam- 
ples. 

ankh  —  ■?■  1  "^  ,  l'-  (152,  life  and  con- 
tent for  ever!  ■¥•  1  ^:z:7  ^^  ,  P.  18,  M.  20, 
N.  119,  all  life  and  content  for  ever ! 

T.  338,  N.  626,  life,  strength,  health  ! 

ankh.  —  cr^  V ,  c-3  -+-  i^^ ,  the  name 
of  a  college  of  priests. 

ankh  —  f  T  '  "  repeating  life,"  a  formula 

used  sometimes  in  the  place  of  maa-kheru. 

ankh  -  A   ^  ,  ^'^'^-  '9.  184,  "to  whom 
M    I  11'*:^  IS  given. 

T|,    Y  r^,  "ever- 

living,"  a  title  of  gods  and  kings. 

ankhu    •J'^'  Edict  17,  man,  citizen. 

®     I  ^\     \     m 

®,Rec.  16,  70,  citizen;  fem.  ■¥•  ^  ®  J). 

iii !  1       ®       I    iii  t  iJi 

'^  ^  vra  iu  I . 

,    -¥-    C>  ,   A~WVA        U.    192,  T.    71, 

®     Ci       1  ®     o 

M.  225,  N.  603,  Rec.  31.  32,  T   ,  '   T  ^      • 

a  living  person  (fem.)  or  thing;  Ijl  "T  ®  ^> 
"living  fire." 

ankhi,  ankhu  -^  '^'^  (]  h ,  ^^^  -^ , 


anem 
anem-t ' 
anheb-t 


stone. 

o    falsehood,  lies,  no, 
not  so  (?) 


a  kind  of  bird. 


T     ''^    '  T  SS  '  '^  ''^'"^  l^eing,  a  living  thing; 

lirSMMi'  T   ®  ^fl'  T®  e 


[125  J 


f^     I     O  O  O     living    beings,    men     and 
ml'   III'  women. 

ankhu   -^  f  f ,  M.  723,  f  ^.  N.  S7, 

^     ^o,  p.  94,  M.  118,  ^^J 

^^^,N.  1327,  T®i^al'-^^''-  "^' 

236,  "the  living,"  i.e.,  the  beatified  in  heaven. 
,  house,  living  place. 

ankhu  nu  menflt  ■?■  ^ '  ^  t^  ^ '  > 

military  folk. 

II      1    ®   S^ilir  sons. 

ankh.    ■¥■ ,  an  amulet. 

N.  649,  "living,"  the  name  of  a  beetle. 

ankh    -^    ®      Berl.  2312,  a  name  of  the 
\   u-°~sl'  tomb. 

Ankh-t    ■$-  ®^    'he  "land  of  life,"  i.e., 

Ankh  Uas-t  ^f'^,  Rec  19,89,  "life 

of  Thebes,"  a  palace  of  Rameses  II. 

ankh  merr  ■¥•  <=>  ^^ ,  an  amulet. 
ankh  neter  T  ■?-,  A.Z.  1908, 16,  "god's 

life,"  name  of  a  serpent  amulet. 

ankh  neter  T  '^17  -¥■      ,  Rec.  1 2, 79,  a 

parcel  of  sacred  ground. 

Ankh    -^    %   '"^^  personified,  the  name  of 
T  5lJ'  a  god. 

ankh    ^>.,    star;plur.    ^l^,    f  I, 

Ankhiu    -^  *,    •?•  ^  *,   Thes.    133, 
1    III      1    ®  III 

"living  ones,"  «>.,  the  36  IJekans. 

Ankh  ^  ®  ^,  P.  ,74,  ^  ^  , 
P.  672,  y  ^,  M.  661,  N.  1276,  the  son  of 
Sothis,flO^^«rp|\, 


■  >*;■ 


"living  one,"  a  name  of  the  Eye  of  Horus  and 
of  Tefnut. 

ankh-ti  -^  <b>^,  ■¥•  ^^,  the  two  Eyes 
of  Horus  or  Ra,  i.e..  Sun  and  Moon. 

Ankhi    -^  (1  h ,  Tuat  X,  the  god  of 

time  and  of  the  life  of  Ra. 

Ankhit    -^  ^    T"^*  ^^'  *'^^  name  of  a 
X       '  monstrous  scorpion 

Ankhit  (?)    ■¥•  ■¥•,  Tuat  IX,  a  fiery, 

blood-drinking  serpent-god. 

Ankhit  f  ll(]^>  f  7^|,   f  7~^ 

■y,  ■y  i=i ,  "  living  one,"  the  name  of  a  goddess. 

Ankhit  o  ■?-  ®P„  c^,  ^ec  n,  178,  a 

1        [U\  uraeus-goddess. 

Ankhit    -^  '^^^'^  Ombos  I,  i,  46,  a  hip- 
1      ®    O'     ])opotamus-goddess. 

Tuat  VII,  a  woman- 
'  headed-serpent. 

Tuat  V,  a  guardian  of 
the  river  of  fire  of  Seker. 


Ankhit  -?- 
Ankh-ab  •?■  O 


!  ^ 


Ankh-aru-tchefa  ■?• 

["2     1    Jl  ]    Tuat   VII,  a  serpent-guardian  of 


III 


T©  III 


f 


I '  Afu-Asar. 

Ankhit-unem-unt  ^^^^U 


^. 


s.  f 


^V^AAA  1 

AAAAAA 


O' 
O  z3 


ga  /wvw  ,  Rec.   34,    190,   one   of  the    12 

Thoueris  goddesses ;  she  presided  over  the  month 


I      I      I     AAAA/W 

Ankh-f-em-fentu  ■¥■ 


•mm 
III 


\ 


,  B.D.  144,  the  doorkeeper  of  the  5th  Arit. 

Ankh-f-em-khaibitu  ■?-'^'^?'^, 

Tuat  XI,  a  serpent-god  with  a  pair  of  wings  and 
two  pairs  of  human  legs  and  feet ;  from  his  body 
sprang  Tem,  the  man-god. 

Ankh  -  em  -  fenth    -V-  T  yw^  -^jfyy, , 

Berg.  I,  1 5,  a  form  of  Bes. 

Ankh-em-maat  ■?-'^,  ^^"i^- 1' 12  a 

1    / 1    god  of  1  ruth. 

Ankh-em-neser-t  f  ^^^fj, 

Berg.  II,  9,  the  goddess  of  the  8th  hour  of  the 
night. 


Ankhit  ent  Sebek  -f        ^^ 

n  J  ^~^  3  ,  B.D.   125,  III,  30,  the  name  of 
the  socket  of  a  bolt  in  the  Hall  of  Maaii. 

Ankh-neteru  -^  1 '  '  ' ,  Tuat  xii,  the 

monster  serpent  through  the  body  of  which  the 
Boat  of  Af  was  drawn  by  1 2  gods  daily  at  dawn. 


^T-~Si 


Tuat  XII, 


Ankhit-ermen  (?)   ^ 

a  wind-goddess  of  dawn. 

Ankh-her    -^  <§■ ,  Tuat  VI,  a  guide  and 
protector  of  souls  and  spirits. 

Ankh-hetch    ■?•  A ,  Tuat  X,  a  goddess 

who  touches  her  lips  with  the  tip  of  her  fore- 
finger. 

Ankh-Septit  -^  P^\".  Tuat  VIII, 

a  serpent-god  in  the  Circle  Aa-t-setekau. 

Ankh-s-meri  •?•  H  ^^^~^  M  i(,  Den- 

derah  II,  11,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

Ankh-ta    ■?-  ""^    Tuat  X,  a  serpent-god 
1     I   n  '  of  the  dawn. 

Ankhti 


f 


\\ 


"  the  living  one,"  a 
title  of  Osiris. 


ankh  ■¥•       ^,  ■¥■ 

®  hT    1 


oath;     ^      f 
ar  b 


/VA/V>       /O  /~\  /~\    A/VyV\A 

^ ,  to  swear  an 
111^ 

,  to  take  an  oath ;    ft  f| 
r\        1       ®    y  1  4  ^ 

to  swear  a  tenfold  oath;  ■¥■ 
to  swear  by  the  life  of  the  god; 

•¥■  J|    ■¥•  I    I ,  he  swore  by  the  life 

of  Pharaoh  ;  Copt.  i.ni.aj. 

goat,  any  small  domestic  animal ;  plur.  ■¥-        X  , 

I    ®  1 1 1 

Mar.Karn.54,6o,f^^^|,f  o,^. 
ankh  ^^,  ^■^,  if^-if.^, 

1      5j^ii         1      titi'i         1      1      luvia 

f^^/^/w        ■■■■ 
/"^ — ^,  grain,  corn,  wheat. 

*  Q  I ,  victuals,  food,  viver.s. 


I  "^  ^^ ' '  goose-food. 


[  126  ]  A 

ankhit  -^(jlj, 

ankh   ^^,  ^"7^,   ^q(]^,, 

vl,  ■¥-     ®    ^S,  flower,  flowers; 
®      I  I  I        1     o<^  I  I  I 

ankh  -         T''^'        "^^-f-  ®  '^, 

A  W  0  .,Y„    plant  or  wood  of  life,  i.e.,  corn. 


grain,  food. 


ankh-t 


f!H, 


!•; 


A^AA^V\      I   .   AAAA/V\ 


P.  93,  M.  117,  Rec.  31,  113,   161,  staff,  stick, 
stalk. 

dual  ^^4,ff 


'S 


ankh    -V-^,  ear; 
the  ears  of  a  god;  -^^^ -¥■  ■¥• 

ankh-ti  f  f  ^ 


'^=T  ^  5L  ^  ^  ^  I  /  god's 

^  Ci  I  I    the  two  ears,  i.e., 
p  ^ '     leaves  of  a  door. 

''■ft 


ankh-ti  -^  -^-^S,  Rec.  u,  i 


O    o 


,  T"  ■¥"  (J  p  >  the  two  eyes. 
ankh    -^  |  ,  a  kind  of  metal. 

ankhf  j!j,  ^(^,^^^,^^, 


a  mirror;    •¥•  | 


CDl 


,    mirror  in   its  case ; 


I 


,    A.Z.  1908,  20,  the 


mirror  amulet 


^fi 


A^G 


,   mirror  for 


daily  use;  of  various  metals,  e.g:,  -¥•  V\     ft     , 

ankhshau  ■^l^lj^'^.aseal  Q(Lacau). 
ankh-t   ^wva  n:7  ,  -r    ^       ,  a  vase,  vessel ; 

W,  unguent. 

Ankh-taui  -^  -^j  "  life  of  the  Two 

Lands,"  or  "  Memphis  plant." 

aj^ham   ^.j^^,   ^|^^, 

I  n    ^y)<  ''^U' '  a  flower  used  in  funeral 


A 


[127] 


A 


n  a       \\  I      0   n    |\    \\  1    the  seed  of 

H  1^  C  I '   T     ®    T  m  o  I '      the  same. 

ankhus   ^1^,  ^®^^as|,milk. 

S^cl, "H      ^O     "      r. 

EuSn   www  -¥-   ftAAAAA     Rec.  3,  152,  to 

. 

Ansh-senetehemnetchem  '^^  ■?• 

^^  -  ^^^^^-^   ' 

S  J  ,<=Ti)i    Denderah  IV,  59,  a  bull-god, 
^^«w^  W  I  giiardiati  of  a  coffer, 

anq  wa^   -L'  ,  Rec.  12,  30,  beam  of  a  plough. 


Anq  AwvvA  II ,  a  god  in  the  Tuat;  see    /i 
or 0 


Anqit  ^~^AAA  0   ,  a  Nubian  water-goddess, 

of  Sudani  origin,  who  with  Khnemu  and  Sati 
formed  the  great  triad  of  Elephantine  and  Philae. 
Champollion  (Pantheon,  p.  20)  compared  her 

with  'Rrr-in. 

Auqiiaaxiiu  ^^aa^a  v>aaaa  AAA/^AA^  Alt.  K.  273 

f.^O>-^    0-=»     AANIWV 


Heb.  aj^ip  jy,  DVip;:. 
ant,  antiu  ^^^  ^,  ^~ 

mfnin'  ^wv^miii' 


j]° 


III  '     o 


ftAA(VV\ 

ci  Win 


Q   W 


II  Ci 


^        v\  ri       °  *        AAAAAA     m     O  A/«AA/^     J^    O 

m,  \J  °'  ^  \\m°'  ^=5^0 ' 


D    o'   D 


J]° 


")      ^AAAAA      "  ) 


-^ 


A       0     111    O    '      WA~<      Ulll' 

...-J 1  a°     00  Q  ° 

1 1,  /wvAA^  o^   ^ m    o^  myrrh. 


'^■'^BZ:nBz:l\l% 


antiu  -  antiu  uatchiu 
antiu  —  antiu  en  hemut 

/-AAAA^   ^-^  ^U  I ,  women's  myrrh. 


III 


d  lU  I 

antiu  —  antiu  nu  tekhu 


0 


:^' 


n    /V^VAAA 
V^SAAA     AAAAArt 


moist  myrrh  as  opposed  to  dry  myrrh. 


antiu  —  per  antiu 

myrrh  store. 


AAA/W\ 


^i 


antiu  -  perit-en-antiu 


AAA/^A 


\     III 


,  seed  of  the  myrrh  shrub. 


(/ 


antiu  —  khet  -  en  -  antiu 


^A^AA^ 


III 


,  wood  of  the  myrrh  shrub. 


W 


Anti   'AAAA^  ^,  the  Myrrh-god. 


anti   wAAA^  ''^  (/    an  image  made  of  myrrh, 
used  in  funerary  ceremonies. 

Chabas,  Pap.  Mag.  207,  waaa      IjO ,  a  war-goddess 

of  Asiatic  origin,  who  was  adopted  by  the 
Egyptians,  and  stated  by  them  to  be  the  daugh- 
ter of  Set ;  Heb.  ni^- 


Antit 


;  see 

O  AA/WV\ 


']\' 


^AfsAAA  '  see 


Antu,  Anth  " 

Anthet  wwva      J)     Diim.  H.I.  I,  19;  see 
Anthrta  ^^'^^^  ll  (|  D     Treaty,  28,  a 


fl    (2 a 


^^. 


Hittite  goddess. 

ant  ^ 

wvA^A   2r-  to  have  or  possess  nothmg, 

to  lack,  to  want,  to  be  destitute,  destitution,  to 
diminish. 

ant  A 


"^^^  W,  the  destitute  man  ;  plur. 


AAAAAA         -t-^  I 

^  ^      I      I      I  AAAAAA 

_fl 


ant 


AAAA/Vi 


ant-t 


Sj ,  calamity,  trouble. 

,  the  minority,  as  opposed 


to  =?=^ ,  the  majority. 

ci  III 


ant 


^^^ 


■    3C3C   I   I   1 


,  deeds  of  violence. 


-„.    3CX  x,;.^    xzx:         X3C   >oc 

ant  p^,  ^     ci,         ,  <:r^> 

DCZ5C  I  " 

L_=/],         >!5^  I ,  to  cut,  to  slay ;  see  at 


I 


^'>-. 


J 


ant       I     ,  part  of  a  fowling  net. 


A 


[128] 


A 


ant 
ant 


5CX 


,  to  know,  to  perceive. 


X3C  <e=< 


X3C  X     yzx. 


,  to  be 
7\  '      o      U'      Ci    XJ\ 
sound,  in  good  condition,  to  be  well,  to  get 

better;  r     /)  I  V  ^^'  '°""*'  ^^''''^'^y'  '''^"• 


anti  ,       _  ,  <--pi,  he  wlio  is  well. 


w 

sound,  firm,  healthy,  prosperous. 

■Ji<=^>  A.Z.  1908,  16,  name  of  an 
amulet. 


ant-t 


ant 
ant 


xr-c 


bank,  side. 


xzx:  f  30C 


',  ground,  field,  soil, 


cultivated  lands :  plur.  XJN     ,       , ,  1 . 

c:S>  JT  III    Q    \\  I 


XDC 


Antit  ^s^,  $^^ss^  Jt''     '^^^' 

C  Cl  111        ^ 

^U^,  •^^  M  in^,  ^^^'-  M,   165.  the 
Boat  in  which  Ra  sailed  from  dawn  to  midday. 

ant  ^Av^  o ,  '•'^■'^^        ,  ~wAA  ^^  o ,  ~^^^ 


'  e^a  1  flV   Dra       '    0:0  li\'     C^  Jf  III 

light. 

_    .  xrx:  3C3C  ^0=  >=<  ^  >::^  O  >=^  =0= 

•    nnm       w    III     \\    111     e:    III  <=^3iir 
c^>     ,  fat,  grease,  manure;  e^>  Jj ,  unguent ; 

Cl      III  000  — 1 

■^^^^  O  ^4^  11 ,  fresh  grease;  Copt.  tJUX. 


e 


anta 


.^ 


ra      =  AAAA/vv  o    myrrh. 
S     III      c>  111° 


ant  c^>  \^  I ,  a  kind  of  fish. 

Ant-mer  pet 
A.nti  ^^'^^ 


xr<''==X.D  Q  a  title  of  the 
t     -/I  p==i'      Nile-god. 


B.D.  125,  II,  one  of  the 


42  assessors  of  Osiris  ;  see  Aati. 


antu 


=0=  Hearst  Pap.  11,6,  Leyden 
f^.^  _2r    I       I'ap.  4,  II,  vase,  vessel. 


antit  "JJX^  (J  n     ,  vase,  vessel,  pot. 


antiU  ^ww^  V^'^^y^ ,  B.  I).  1 30,  30,  darkness. 
Antu   -wvA^^  ^  ©,  a  locality  in  the  Tuat. 
antCh"~°  /3,  destitute ;  see  ant  —  "!^. 

antchut  °  "^  V§  ^^,  t^e  poor  the 

-     wvwv^    o  I  ai  I  1  I  destitute. 


antch 


'^a. 


a  vessel. 


antch    ""     °  "^  ""^,  p.  615,  M.   783, 
N.  1 143,  the  tip  of  a  wing. 

antch  °"t',<.=    P-  643.  claw,  talon. 


nail. 

antch-t  )  -AA^^^ ,  Rec.  5,  90,  a  drug 

from  which  a  tincture  was  prepared. 

antch        °  "'^  m ,  Rec.  2  7, 60,       "  ^^ 

/VSAAA^  \  I  I  I  AA/\A/W  \ 

V  n\ '  ''8^'>  radiance,  splendour. 

Antch  ^^  ;r-Q-j,  M.  253,  a  name  of 

the  sun  when  in  the  sky. 

antch  —^  "^,  -wPlI,  king. 

AAA/W\  \  B        IjJ 

antch  n_^  :xzx ,  to  know. 

antch  ^  ^'~~^°*^^'  P-  '^'''  -^'-  9°°' 

to  be  strong,  sound,  healthy. 

antch  n:^^,^xz>c,^^j, 

sound,  firm,  strong;  io:  ^^(J(|^^>  strong 
men ;  see  ant. 

antch-ur  "^  >cx  ^*  J|,  "^  '^^~^ 

^^  jj,  B.D.  41,  5,  a  guide  of  the  dead. 
antch   X3C        il     ,  fat,  grease. 

nil 
Antchet  x=x:y^,        ^J^,  ^^  n\g,, 


^  n^ ,  the  Boat  in  which  Ra  sailed  from 
sunrise  until  noon  ;  see  Mantchet,  Matet,  etc. 


antch-t  ^  ,  p.  406,  M.  5 80,  N.  1 1 85, 

'       ',  M.   709, 


_fl 


U.   298,  ,  .    ,, 

^  I  ■  '  n  I 

'^'  ",  field,  pasture,  lake,  pool 

Antch-mer 

form  of  Osiris  worshipped  at  Hebit. 

antch-mer  ^    ^  '^,  p.  80,  m.  ho. 


^,    B.D.G.    130,    a 


N.  23, 


,  Royal  Tombs,  I,  43, 


a  very  ancient  title  meaning  chief,  governor,  etc. ; 
^^  111111111,  N.  851,  the  chief  of  the 


gods; 


XDC 


'l^n 


]    IV,  952,  the  chief 


O  ^  I 


of  {he  nomes. 


[129  J 


Antcn-mer  'www ,  B.  D.  1 7  (Nebseni), 


^»<  Y^, 


a  lake  in  Sekhet  Aaru. 

Antch-mer-uatch-ur  n  w?aa, 

B.D.  (Saite),  no,  a  lake  in  Sekhet  Aaru. 


ar 


-A, 


==>,   £^^.    £^3' 


^£5* 


^'  ^1^'^^ 


j\ 


.^" ,  to  come  or  go  up  to  some  one  or  some- 
thing, to  ascend;  Copt.  ^Xe,  udX,  Heb.  H^V. 

,    — i!  nn  tk  ^ 

goes  up;  plur. 


an 


he    who 


J] D 


III 

D a 


arar  ,    _ 

to  go  up,  to  rise  up,  to  ascend. 


\J      \J 


^. 


^r   ^A.   ^^AfTt'^'^P^' 


stairs,  staircase. 

Ar-neb-s         °  _/\^ 


Denderah 


IV,  84,  the  name  of  the  and  Pylon. 

ar-t  ^^^,  "xTt,  Peasant  I,  305,  Rec. 

26,225,  ^^'^S'^j^'Thes. 
1296,  rush,  reed,  sialk  of  a  plant,  reed  for 
writing;  plur.  <=>  \I. 


ar-t 


'f> 


,  Amen.  15,   20,  19,  5, 
oc=>^     \j 


a  book,  a  roll,  register,  document,  a  writing,  a 
leather  scroll  or  roll,  parchment,  deed;  plur. 
-^=Ji  I     D  ^  o^      ^==J  c^  .    D  !    X 


I  I  1       © 


III 


I  I  I  I 


©     M.ral^Y.R-   ax, 
85,  day  books,  daily  account  books. 


^  hA  ,  great  rolls  of  skin. 

aru  hau  ^^^S^^"^  m'^  O 


ar-t 
ar-t" 


Ci 


rn      skin,    skin-roll ;    compare 
X'  Heb.liir. 

_  l^  ,    goat,   gazelle,    ibex,   ram,  any 

horned  animal  ;     Copt.    eo^fX,     Heb.    7^1;*, 
Eth.  UP^:,   Arab.    S^\,  Syr.    ^V 
ar  ^^,  lion;    Heb.  ''"(M. 


5^  -Ssa      ,  D-ramnr    the  two  leaves 

ar  ,  door ;  <ci> ,  r      > 

iinirrii  q    \\   """i"  01  a  QOOr. 

ar  ,  <=>,  Rec.  5,  93,  a  writing  tablet; 

"  n  n,  p.  1 86,  M.  300,  899,  a  writing  tablet 

with  two  leaves,  or  two  tally  sticks  made  of  palm 
wood. 

""",  N. 


669,  wooden  objects,  poles  (?). 

Dnm,  a  kind  of  Nubian  stone. 


ar  <==., 

tiiim 

pebble ;   plur. 
-2ai  °      £ 


jl  mrm 


000 

ftAJVW\ 


I        o  o 

ar 


<-_^>  000  I       < 

C:^^     stone  of  the  moun- 
o    I  '  tain,  rock. 


O 


>,  pill,  grain,  pellet. 


Ar 
ar 


-n  KJ 


,  P.  45, 


lOC^ 


,   N.  31. 


.-On 


,  Henu  4,  to  complete,  to  finish. 


5j,j,  ^j j]^     /]    Thes.  1205,  to  be  efficient, 

<:zz>  '  capable. 


arar 

X 


Anastasi   I,    267, 


rhes.    1319, 


L_J, 


to  bring  to  an  end,  to  finish,  to  repair,  to  make 
good,  to  complete ;  Copt.  XooXe,  Xa.Xuj. 

n         J]  jO 

^,  Rec.  21,  90,  52,  to 


arar  ^ 

fulfil,  to  agree  to  a  proposition,  to  fall  in  with. 


ar 


-Sas 


kind  of  tree,  terebinth ;  plur.  fj  (3  m  1 ,  Heb. 

rhvK. 

O  «jn^  I ,  a  kind  of  shrub. 

O,  Anastasi  V,  13,  4  ...  .. 
■>,  jaw-bone,  the  lower  jaw;  dual. 


ar  ~" 
arar 
ar-t : 


.> 


_fl  ^..^ 


-^^^.U-26.  Rec.  5,91,30,68,  <=>^^; 

plur.  .^  ^^  _J?.      The  early  Eg)'ptians 

thought  that  the  lower  jaw  was  formed  of  two 
parts. 


ar-t 


:_^, 


.,  p.    604:    Rec.    29, 


156,  3°>  67,  3i>  18,  haunch,  tail. 

arar  °         °(^,  rump  (?)  tail  (?). 


ar-t 


\7 


a  kind  of  bird. 


[130] 


A 


ar-t 
ar-t 


flame. 


'fj,  fire, 


Rec.  II,  178, 


Ci    'v:::^    <:3>_g^iiJV  uraeus. 

arti  <::=>  p.  P-  ,   the  two  uraei-goddesses 

Isis  and  Nephthys ;  <r:>  V\  D-  |X  <===>  TTn ) 
two  great  uraei-goddesses. 

arutankhut         v^i  ■¥• 

<=.Jri  1  ®  III 

B.D.  125,  III,  44,  the  Hving  uraei. 

arar-t         °  :^^  tstsm ,         "  ^^ 

uraeus,  uraeus-goddess,  uraeus-diadem. 


'Si- 


arar-ti 


'S\S\  ^uB\S\- 


the  two  uraei-goddesses  Renenti. 

Art  ^^  -k  -k ,   Tomb  of  Seti  I,  ^^^  ° , 

Tomb   of   Rameses  IV,  <c::r>,  Annales  I,  87, 
one  of  the  36  Dekans ;  Gr.  'Epic. 

Arit    ■         tjO      '   Denderah   II,    10,   one 


of    the    36    Dekans  ;    varr. 

ft  __fl  ickk     ,,     . 
/  < — >  ;   or.  A/iov. 


-Sas 


I 
storehouse,  treasury,  magazine. 


I 


n 


ar-t 

chamber. 

arau 


^B'  ^^B' 


s 


shrine, 


-"  fl  ...  '^     Rev.,  outcries  of  plea- 
>  S      vi '  sure  or  pain. 


U 


^  J,  Rev.  II, 


Aratsia    "   (J  e 

185  =  Gr.  'WijOcia. 

arM  .2^  \\  c^>  /\ ,  ^~^  %  c=^>  _/] , 

steps,  stairs,  staircase. 

^ci,   Rec.    13,    24,   uraeus;    ^^^^^' 


^ ,  two  uraei ;  compare  Copt.  Olf  p^C  (?). 
I  I   W 


arra-t 
arait  < 


T)^ ,  uraeus-goddess. 
,  a  hall,  chamber ;  plur. 


a    I 


arit,  arrit  ^^ 

— a  nri  ci     _2^ 


,   Thes.    1480; 


W  ^ 


Ci       U  ,   door. 


gate,  hall  of  a  palace,  judgment  hall,  cabin  of  a 

a  nn  ci  I     ^ 

boat ;    plur.      [J  (J  ^  ] , 

Rec.  II,  173. 

Arit  ^ 


'""tI  ,  a  division  of  the  Tuat. 

The  Arits  were  seven  in  number  <:rr>  (1(1   || 
c^    nil 


I  I  I 


III 


,  and  each  was  in  charge  of  a  doorkeeper, 


a  watcher,  and  a  herald;  see  B.D.  144. 


ari  ""|)(j[|,  light,  fiery 

Ari,  Arit '~~ 


one. 


1        fl  r\  Q 

.i(,  (I     ,  the  name  of  a  Dekan ; 


Gr.  A/IOV ;  ^A^A^^ 

Copt,  i-po-if,  epo-r, 
arit  II  LI  o 


,  the  star  of  Ari ; 


an  " 
Ari 


ari(arri)  ^| 


Ag,      an    internal   organ 
V"         of  the  body  (?) 

l]ll^,  akindoffi.sh. 

,  B.D.  125;  see  Aati. 

breeze,  wind. 


Ariti 


^  w 


w 


T=T,    EdfCl  I,  79,  a  name 
of  the  Nile-god  and  of  his  Flood. 

arut,  arrut   '    °^Pu'    ^-  ^43. 

door,  gate,  gateway,  hall;  plur.  <::z=>ci  V^n], 

=0=11  =51.  ■'■-".^■[ji'^^" 

,  Rev.  II,  179,  184,  child; 


iCT]   U   I 

aru        Q. 


Copt.  i-XoY. 

aru  (2  n?^,  Rev.  13,  15,  perhaps;  Copt. 

<LpHT. 


A 


[131] 


A 


■u 


arb  "^^^IJl,  fume,  flame,  a  burning; 

Copt.  cX^oSl,  eXg^tjo^. 


arp-t 


a 


,    Rec.  31,  23  =    a     A. 


arp-t  <:=>  O  )   vase,  pot,  vessel. 

D  '^ 


arf: 


•ti, 


'^,» 


GO    g 


>g,    to  grasp, 


to  enclose,  to  collect,  to  twine,  to  weave ;  Copt, 
OJpq  ;  ^^5  Y  ^^'  holder  of  [many] 
dignities ;  a  pluralist. 

arf^-^,^^,  ^^|,p„,se, 

bag,  bundle,  packet;  plur.  <r=>  ^  ;  ^^  vs   T 
'  ^    »t^=^lll    ^^Jr   D 

^?  ill  1^  ^111'  '^°  P""^"'''  °""  °^ 
sulphate  of  copper,  one  of  stibium. 

Arf     ■^imsi,    ^-^G-    653,    a   serpent 
'^^^_  water-god. 

arn-t(?)   '^^,  a  beer-pot. 

arsh  ^^^"^     '°  suffer  pain,  to  be  in  re- 
I   N\  I S '  straint. 

arsh       ^    l^  L-=J,     Rev.    12,    86  = 
^^^         ;  Copt.  poo-Jfcy. 


G 


Df 


arsh  ^  JM^'^'  Jo"""-  As.,  1908, 

305,  to  be  amazed  or  stupefied  ;   Copt.  OOncy. 


arq 


A 


•rfi'^^rn'P-4".<i-. 


M.  603,  N.  813,   1208, 


A  e 


A 


Z L  ^J 


A    (2 


A   e 


Zl 


,  L.D.ni,i94,: 


J 


Anastasi     IV,     12,     i. 


\J 


A 


1^ 


J^ 


,  (i)  to  complete,  to  con- 
clude, to  finish,  to  make  an  end  of,  to  abstain  ; 
(2)  to  swear  an  oath,  to  take  an  affidavit ;  Copt. 
tWpK. 

arq  en.  neter 

swear  by  God. 


A  e 


1|. 


to 


arqu 


A 


A    (S 


^Q?)  an  educated  man,  a  wise  man,  coun 
sellor,  an  expert,  an  adept. 


fl 


arq 
arqta 
arqit  : 

conclusion  of  a  matter. 

5°.   <= 


1 


1^^ 


the  end  of  any- 
thing, the  last. 

,  end  of  the  earth. 


,  decree,  decision,  the 


O, 

„„...,     ,  Rec.  -5, 

Rec.    2,   III,   the   end  of  a 


I      o 


period,  the  last  day  of  the  month ;  var.  y 
(Nastasen  Stele)  ;  Copt.  ^.XKe 

arq  renpet 


_  -I  ,  the  festival 

of  the  last  day  of  the  year. 


arqab 

finished  in  heart. 


•o 


,  Thes.  148 1, 


-0- 


arq  ^  ^^  '^  ^  ,  a  book,  roll,  writing. 
,  Rec.  3,  49,  ^^  i  ,  <=> 


arq 


y\ 


A     I— I 
,  to  tie  up,  to  wrap  up,  to  cover  over,  to  put 


on  a  garment,  to  bind  round,  to  wriggle  (of  a 
serpent). 

^     '^       girdle,  tie,  band- 


arq 


A 


,'    P  crx^'  ^    let, 

arq   heh   ^^^rri,    Thes.    1253, 

'=^^^__j,  Rec.  15,  173,  necropolis. 

Arq-hehtt  ^^  ^ 

World. 

-^,    A.Z.    1874,   64,   vase(?)  a 


1   Ci     Ci 

I         ,  the  Other 
I  DsC^ 


arq 

measure. 

arq 


A  e 

<:z>  'jM     ,   part  of  a  chariot. 

X     (2  ° 
■Will 


X 


arq  ur 

il  II  I 

Sphinx,2,8;[J)^^^,    Q  ^, 
("^fea],    \.XA,  silver;   Gr.  upyvpoo. 

artch  I  gii.  Jour.  As.   1908,  276, 

Rev.  14,  43,  pledge,  money  deposit,  money. 
ah d|^=^,U.  i62,T.i33, 

=  V^ D  g  ^""^ ,   carobs. 


I  I  I 


I     2 


[132] 


A 


ah  -~*^  ^■'=:^,  ^ts--,  moon;  see  (1 a  8  fl. 

ah„j]|^,  — d|sc^LJ,  to  till 

the  ground,  to  dry  tears  /f^- 

ah-t  a§  IC^  <3,  N.  512,  P.  592,  net(?) 


ahu_.fy,  ^1^^,.^,  p. 

6r5,   M.   782,   785,  N.    1 141,  cordage,   tackle, 
ropework. 

ah-t  °|H'  U.   214,  Thes.    1253,  H, 

111  a  large  house  or  building,  palace, 

3       '  chapel. 


ah-a 


title  of  the  high  priest 


of  the  Nome  Prosopites. 

aha     XJ  I    *^  W  I ,    Rev.,   oxen ;    U 

l\^\y^^^'   ^''-   '3.  73,  sacred 
oxen ;  Copt.  €^€- 

aha  Q^,  U.  5  38,  Q^  ^  L=/l ,  Q^ '^, 

stele,     Q£l^(lll^.    Q^^^. 
n^  *=^ ,   to  fight,  to  do  battle,  to  wage  war ; 


aha-a  q-<^    ,   ,  U.  560, 


T.  170, 
N.  689, 


I    -        "     '  A  -M:^    I 

Q£l'^7°'    ^^-    ^79,  CKi 


I 


Q£i 


L=^- 


I 


Q£l 


L_=Z)        ,    D£xx^-^ 


©c^!^ 


battle,  to  wage  war. 


DA 


to  fight,  to  do 


"=>  w 


ahati,  ahauti,   DA  ^^_^>  Ro"ge 


'  DA  '''^tBj   Da  ^v  ^     ^'   warlike  man,  war- 

rior,   soldier,    fighter,   a    fighting    bull ;    Copt. 
^OO-CT ;   plur.  (Kl  ^   I ,    DA  ^  ^  1 ' 


OA-^}|i.DA^^.  DA 


(£ 


ahati  Q^^,   Q^  o  ^,  "slayer,"  the 
title  of  a  priest  of  Anher  in  Sebennytus ;  var. 

DA      '    n- 

aha  Qy^  ^^,   W  ,  a  fighting  animal,  the 
Set  animal  (?) 

aha  Q^,  QA'^*e=<,  the  "fighting " 

fish,  latus  Niloticus  (?) 

aha-t,   Q^  ,   a  fighting  ship,  ship  of 

war;  DA  ^>-=^,   a  name  of  the  sacred  boat  of 
Sebennytus. 

aha   Q^ 


(3 


DA 


L_=fl 


Koller  Pap.    I,   4, 
,   arrow,  spear,  weapon   of 


war ;  plur.  Q^  "^  ^  I ,  Mar.  ^Karn.  53,  36, 


DA 

DA 


L_Jli 


'  DA  ^  j '  packets  of ; 


I  III 


,  weapons  of  bronze. 


aha-t  taui  DA  ,  Rec.  22,  107, 

day  of  ^  the  fight  between  the  South  and  the 

North. 


Ahaui  on  ^  J%  J% ,  N.  755.  DA 


1>  DA 


,    Pellegrini  II,  31,  B.D. 


75,  5,  the  two  Warriors,  i.e.,  Horus  and  Set. 

B.D.  28,  3,  the  "Fighters,"  a  group  of  gods  in 
animal  form. 

Aha-aui  q^^'^  rzS  ^ ,  B.D.  64,  48, 

a  warrior-god. 

Aha-nebt-benu  fv\         L  ^  ^. 

Denderah  IV,  63,  a  warrior-god  of  Denderah. 

Ahau-heru    QA  ^  T-     ^^-    ^°°' 

Qy^  %>  I    '^,   B.D.  168,  the  "fighting  faces" 
in  the  Tuat. 

Aha-Heru  Q£:i^.    |.    Denderah  III, 
36,  a  god  of  Denderah. 

Aha-sati-neterui  q^  ^,  ^^^   |  | , 

Denderah  III,  36,  a  god  of  Denderah. 


[133] 


alia  Qj^,   unlucky,  unfavourable,  bad,  as 
opposed  to  T  ,  good.    Used  in  calendars. 

—  1-  /    <?  to    A/-AA/V\ 

ana  QV^  >='¥,,   Peasant  278,  Q^  *^  ^wv , 
,  IV,  1077,  to  make 


Peasant  258,  fV^ 
water,  to  empty  oneself. 

aha  


AAAAAft  « 


a,  U.   277,  N.    719, 


a fl  H a 

Karn.  52,  |    ^  ,  Rec.  13,  30,  |  _^,  Rec.  6,  8, 

to  stand,  to  stand  still,  to  halt ;  Copt.  tW^e. 


aha  with  n 


-www ,   used  as  an  auxiliary  verb,  e^., 


\\ 


ahaiu 


-•fftV 


,  p.  408, 


M.    584,    N.    1189,  o|^^'    N.    1189, 

M?i  I,  Rec.  17,  147,  those  who  stand  in  their 


,  Thes.  1282, 


appointed  places. 

ahau  neb  f  ^  ^ 

the  royal  stand  in  a  temple. 

-A  [1(1     ,   support,  prop  of  the  sky,  pillar. 

aha    I      e   ,    Rec.    i,   48,   wooden    staff, 
prop,  stick. 


Ahait 


ahau 


\ 


I, 


^ 


III 


I  I  I 


supports,  things  that  make  stable. 

aha  ari  I  w)  ^^5:7,   the  name  of  the  festi- 


val  of  the 

29th  day  of  the  month. 

Aha 

-^  "Mra' 

f 

-^. 

iisim.     ill' 

-!- 

n,  B.D.  I 

68, 

1 ' 

Denderah  III, 

'^'fw^-s-^ 

6, 

a  serpent-god, 

an  ally 

of  Set. 

\ 


Aha-aha  _SJ  _fj,  Rev.  6,  116,  a  god. 


,   Tuat  X, 


-^^,   -|j  (](]  Q,    Rec.  6,  116,  1^,  Rec. 
27,  189,  a  lioness-goddess. 

Ahau  I  '^,  Tuat  III,  a  goddess. 

O,   Tuat  XII,  a  supporter  of 


Aha-ab 

the  disk. 

Aha-nurt-nef 


Q^^^ 


the  door 


Tuat  VIII,  a  gate  in  the  Tuat. 

Aha-neteru  ^ a  I       °  i  I , 

of  the  5  til  hour  of  the  night. 

Aha-rer  1*^^^^,    Tuat  XII,  one  of  12 

gods  who  towed  the  boat  of  Af  through  Ankh- 
neteru ;  as  a  dawn-god  who  was  reborn  daily. 

Aha-sekhet a  I 0  Mfl'  T"^'  ^^> 

a  god — functions  unknown. 

aha,  ahait  (?)  I  '   ,  Anastasi  I,  243, 

ID'  f 'tf'  f Tf -Q"  ^""-  '3.  '^7, 

I a  (^  11  nnm ,   |  (1  [I  nnm ,  stele,  tablet,  hill. 

ahau    I a  %>  ^  n ,    Rec.   20,   40, 

station,  stele  (?)  tablet  (?) 

ahau^f_.^QQ2,P.65i, 

M.  728, °  f  "^  ^T/T  ^'  ^-  "'■  ^"""' 

daries,  landmarks,  delimitation  posts. 

"  T  %  A  ' '    P'^'^e,    post,   station,    position, 

condition,  state. 

ahau  — of  ^©.  'I'-  329,  f  %>o.  U. 

12,  118,  time,  period  of  time,  litetime,  a  man's 


age;  |    ^     1     if  ^o''  1'*"'^''™*^   upon  life- 
time; Copt,  ^i-g^e. 

ahau  -  ^^  5^  I  f  5o'  "^^  8°^' 

who  measure  the  lives  of  men  in  Anient. 

I  3 


[134] 


& 


aha 


o 


■IH-^-^^^II 


'^^W- 


advanced   in  life, 


aged,  very  old  (of  a  man). 


aha-t 


,    lifetime,   period   of   time; 


O 


fll 


,^n. 


a  period  of  ten  days. 

aha  en  heh  I 

of  millions  of  years. 

ahai    ^  I   00  ®>    ^    standing  still,   pause, 
interval. 


W7VWA    'iT    I     a   life 


ahait 


o'loo'f^^^^o' 


noon,  a  name  of  the  goddess  of  the  5th  hour 
of  the  day. 

Thes.  31,  the  goddess  of  the  6th  hour  of  the 
day. 


Ahait.-., a  I  HH    ,    -^  tH|  ^,    Den- 

derah  11,  55,  III,  24,  a  disk  goddess  and  one 
of  the  seven  goddesses  who  supported  the  sky. 

aha  D  $         ,    -f  /I  ,  colonnade  (?) 

a  high  building. 

aha  - 1    I       "  ■"    "  "    ^ 


tomb,  grave;    see  maha-t 


;   plur. 


ahait    ^  M        ,    _1ji  o 

grave,  tomb. 

ahau    f    %    A'    tomb,   sepulchral   stele, 
memorial  slab. 

aha   i  I         ,  Rechnungen  48,  58,  amount, 
i      I  1  I 
value  (?) 


a.ha 


aha 


A 


1 1 


I ,   a  method  of  reckoning. 


,   circumference,  circuit,  ex- 


tent, range,  compass. 

aha    -I  H     ,   f  J  ,  a  number,  a  quantity, 
sum  total. 


aha  I  (^,  I  Q   (^,  |(3Q,"|'  Q 
Am'   '^^■■•"•fT'Ai'   ?l^' 

11(1,    food,    provisions,    stores,    heaps    of 

—    —  a fl 

grain,  wealth,  riches,  abundance;  9    Pj    ""'^ 

heap  offering  containing  provisions  of  all  kinds. 

men  provided  with  stores,  well-to-do  folk. 
aha  I  ^  ,  IV,  755,  jar,  vase. 


aha-t     I      a,    I     o    ,    stiff,    hard,   the 
nape  of  the  neck. 

aha  §  ?, ,  limbs,  members ;  see  ha  n  o  o  o  • 

aha  |;vn\<;,  f""~T^,  ^^^'  ^^^^''  P'"''" 


^a^' 


I  I  1'     I   ^^ciae;  j 


fV—  |-::^l4.^.HfJ- 


o 


I    Y  <==>  ,    Rec.  S3,  67,  battle 


ships. 

ahait 


I  I  I 


,    boat ;     plur- 


aha-aptu  (?)    I  |  ^ ,   Rechnungen  35, 
1      <B'Ck 

boat  for  the  transport  of  birds. 

ahau  f  ^^.  P-  441,  M.  545,  a 

,    R    164,    M.    328,    N.    859, 

N.  953,  1125,  a  kind  of  bird, 
crane. 

ahb-t 


■y 


o  K:f=Ui,  M.  637;  see 


q  -  fZ^  ^-  334. 


Aheth D 

the  Tuat  of  Seker. 


,  Tuat  IV,  a  region  in 


A/VNAAA 


[135] 


akh  "^  cga  >  T.  85,  n.  616,  -^  ^ 

M.    239,      ^    l|  >   N.   254,  " 


A' 


irnrn 


I       I  ,  Y  >  Y  1  fire-altar,  brazier, 


offering  by  fire;  plur.  ^^''  v' 

L.D.III.65A,X5,  ;^^Y^,   -^^ 


CHI 


(J. 


Ml' 

akha  "  (1  S  (1 ,  furnace ; 

fireplace;  Copt.  i.cy. 

akh-t  IJl  ,   p.  652,  brazier,  fireplace; 

akh  ^^,DeHymnis,47, 

L.D.  III,  65A,  18, 


,  L.D.  III,  65,  18, 


T.  ^.  -;^T^.  ^.l 


J} 


Q ,   to  raise  up  on  high,  to  hang 


out  in  the  height,  to  soar,  to  be  poised  in  the 

air,  to  hang  a  man ; -^  (|  (]  ^, -^  (|  (|  I^  j , 

suspended ; 

^       1   1    u 


-C-i  =  Copt.  ecyT". 


Akhi-a-n-Behut 

Denderah  III,  68,  a  solar  god. 

akhekh    '^'^  "^  i^,   night,   darkness, 
night  personified. 

Akhekhtiu  ^\mh  |.  B.D.  145  v 

(Saite),  a  group  of  serpent-fiends. 

akh    — "—     — ^=-      ^ 


i'7^ 


^^,  Rec.  27,86, 


^, 


^ 


air,  to  mount  up,  to  fly, 

Akhekh  — 


to  soar  in  the 


Thes.    1 1 99,   1203, 


© 


I ,   R.E.    6,   41,   gryphon,  the 


"flying"  animal. 

akhai  ^"^(jlj  ^,  Hh.  540, 

a  kind  of  bird  (?)  to  fly  (?) 


akhi 


a  kind  of  bird ;  plur. 


I     KoIIer  Pap.  2,  3,  Anastasi  IV, 
1'  ^,5- 


akh-t         I  ^,  Rec.  30, 71. 

akhkh  ®  ® ,   to  advance,  to  attack. 

akh    -/^,   „.Ji)(l^,^,   reeds, 
grass,  sedge. 

akhabtat(?)  ^J^i^lj],  t.  309. 


akhamu 


akham 


°      ornamental 

ill'  models  (?) 


t|\^ ,   the  image  or  symbol  of  a  god ;  plur. 
|^^^I,L.D.    Ill,   6SA,    9,;^ 

^^,N.r52. 

akhami  '    "  ^^^  M  ■^^,  figure  of  a 

sacred  animal. 

akhamit  __ii  J  ^  (]l)  ^.  Rev.  14, 7, 

eagle;  Copt.  ^.^COJUL. 

akham       °  f\   ? n  ^'^'^ 


^~- ,   to   destroy, 
w      a"  o 


to  beat  to  death. 


akhan 


to  sleep,  to  close  the  eyes. 


JXH>- 


Akhan-ari-t   "^ii^        ,    Tuat  Vii,  a 

/VW^SA       ^^     I 

serpent    doorkeeper    of    the    6th    Gate;    var. 
Akha-her  '^  isism ,   a  serpent-god. 

akhm  "^^O^.  'Jf^'  '''P"' 

an  end  to,  to  destroy ;  var.  VN  \\  O  '^ . 

,    Rec.    31,    168, 
X 


AAA/VV\ 
AATWNAA 
A/WNAA 


AAAAAA   , 


AAA/W\ 
/WVAAA 
^AAA/\A 


Rec.    31,    31 

to  extinguish  a  fire  or  flame,  to  quench  thirst ; 
vaxr.  — ^  IX   [J ,  ^  ^  fj,  Copt.  a3Cg«: 

I  4 


[136] 


A 


akhmiu 

who  extinguish. 


-'I 


ft^^wvs  J     those 


akhmut  ^  ^  I ,    A.Z.    84,    88,   those 
who   wash   clothes,   laundrymen; 
A  \  I       ,   Annales  IX,  156. 


to  fly  (?)  to  glide  about  (?) 


akhm 


\j 


t\^,    Hymn   of    Darius,    31, 
^\    ,  ^\g,  image  or  symbol  of  a  god; 


plur. 


I^i. 


I, 


images  of  heaven,  the  earth, 


and  the  Tuat ; 


I  I  I 

Akhmu 


r  I  I         ^ 
images  of  sacred  animals. 


-fl 


S^ 


akhm 


I  a 

I  ,     see   


\Ji 


SJ 


f  "^;  plur. 
Rec.  3,  53, 


C2^ 
J  I  I 
plant,  shrub,  flax;  Copt.  U^XK\{}) 

akhm      _     ^        ,      ®_     ,   a  parcel  of 


land,  river  bank;  plur. 


Ci  1 


I, 


' ,  to  shut  the  eyes,  to  sleep. 


^  1 

^,  B.D.  99. 

akhn    ®    j^s-  , 

(2  .-^ 

Akhn-arti-f 

64.  i3>  a  god. 

akhn  "i^~^ 

of  furniture. 

akhuuti  "^^ 


n  ,  Rec.  2,  I2Q, 

III 

ci  I     a  ' o 

i>  > 

n  I        ®     \.    I  111 


D    W        ^®     fl 


AA/V\AA     dl         I 


B.D. 


,    IV,  639,  sledge,  a  piece 


-DO 


,  Pharaoh's  pri- 


] 


1: 


w  u  "     '  1^    o   _zr  w 

vate  apartments  in  the  palace,  the  royal  quarters, 
the  Cabinet,  the  Court,  the  Administration. 


asa        [^  rwi  '^ ,     ^^    i^i  t 

Rev.,  wrong,  retribution. 

toreth,  Ashtoroth  ;  Heb.  n-lTT^JT^  niirUpjT , 
Assyr.  >-»f-  "-x^f 

Asthareth  ^(]^S\'  ^'T"] 

(|  p.  ,    Naville,  Mythe,   pi.    4,   Ishtar,  Astarte, 

Ashtoreth,  an  Asiatic  goddess  of  war  and  the 
chase,  whom  the  Egyptians  identified  with  Isis 
and  Hathor;  see  Tell  el- Amarna  Tablets  (B.M.), 


Ashtoreth,  lady  of  horses. 

Asthert  ^=^ 


^ 


,   Rev.   12,   I,  Ishtar; 


^^^B\- 


ash 


crsn 


w 


II3IZ1 


(3 


~^r-i 


Rev.  II,   136, 


r~n~i 

I,  ^a,  Rec.  3,  152,  rin  %^,  N.  842, 
000  000  Jr 

summon,  to  invoke,  a  call,  a  cry  for  help,  to 
lament,  to  groan  ;  Copt.  tJOCy. 

ash  en-utchu-t         " 

CZSZI 

,  Rev.  14, 


Rev.  13,  75,  ^_^ 

36,  order,  command,  invocation. 


ash-sehni 


oa 


\\\ 


Rev. 


12,  42,  to  command  ;  Copt.  OTfeg^Ci-g^ItP. 
ash ^(]^,  P.i68,M.323,^(](s'^, 


r\r\ 


An,e.,.„,.,.^q^{,^^^^^, 


^«wv\  house 


00 
to  call,  to  cry  out ; 
of  appeal. 

ashaut   .*4^   "^      Sf  '  >   screams,   cries 
of  pain,  those  who  cry  or  lament. 

ash Of  '^ ,   wicked  word,  curse. 


e 


[  137] 


Ash-kheru 


J 


ash  c^ 


Berg.  I,  1 8,  a  ram 
r-n— I  (3    r  headed  god 

-,   Rec.   29,  146,   ^  \\ 


C3    '      O 


-     /I  V-. a 

000    ^fc      000 


C3E3 


r~7n 


- ,   I  ^  I  ^ ,   cedar  wood 
000  T 


cedar    tree ;     plur.     ^^  Q  1  ,     ^^^ 


(g     III     oa    Q  o     °Od 


new   cedar ; 


^ 


I  I  I 


Thes.  raSy 


l"^ 


''^e^     Thes 

1323,  cedar  treated  in  a  particular  way;  Assyr. 
ushu,  Rost,  Tig.  Pil.  III. 

ash  ^d^,  U.  61,  Thes.  1286,  ^d'^ 
DOO  LI  '  000  Jl 

P.  526,  N.  843,  993,  ^(}^,  T.  278,  a  salve 
or  ointment  made  from  cedar  oil. 


ash 


,  U.  148A,  a  kind  of  wine  = 


jjirio^,  T.  118,  119,  N.  456;^ 


ash °g, "O  (2  O  ,  ^"^^"^9,  f,  a  kind 

r-^r-i "    i-TT-i  ^      ^  '       of  Sudani  beer. 

ash  Q ,   vase,  vessel,  pot. 


ashi 
ash 


CSZl 


\rzi  I 


J        r^,   cauldron. 
lA  D  '  a  bronze  fire-stand. 


ash  CSZ)     corruption. 

O 

ash   r-tv-i     to  come  =  OEJ  (?) 

ogji   -   -"  ^  0=0    Anastasi  I,  17,  2,  meals, 
I  u  I  PV  III'  food. 

ashash-tr-^^^  — ^— ^  — ^! 


Asha 


E^'^^nK 


^,   Amen.  14,  8,  throat,  gullet. 


rm 


'^'  P-345,.*K^: 


ffV^M.'  '*^'  Si'  "^"^^"^  ^^'  ^'  '°  ^^ 

much  or  many,  to  be  abundant,  to  happen  often 
or  frequently ;  Copt.  «Lcy<i.l. 


ash         ,  <$4v, 


^,  N.    981 


■=^^,    '^^^ ,     much,    many, 

I  I  I     e  HI  ' 


^""^  ,  however 
I  I  I 


numerous,  overmuch;  y  [1  '^^ 

many  there  may  be;    ^^  "^  ^  0     "^    ^ 
very  many. 


asha-t  "^^ 


^  ,  I'- 167,  — 

d  I    V^    I 

1 ,  Rec.  26,  230,  <$=f>^ 


M.  322, 


!,  =?=K 


III'  ^  III 


I ,    r-n~i  ■^^ 


Q  III'     o    Hii  \iL  r 

4=K.  V\     ,  a  large  company,  crowd,  multitude, 

mob,  any  large  assembly  of  people,  the  majority ; 

Copt,  ocy,  cucy,  aja5 ;  asht-urt  "^^  <r:>, 
,*4^  ^=»  -^^  III  I  I  I 

■^^  <=:=.,     a  vast   multitude;    asht-nepit 


_J]  A/vAA^^ 


r~n~i 
I  I  I 


,   producing  great  quanti 
ties    of    grain;    asht-ra    '^^  ^ 


babble,  to  talk  overmuch;   asht-renu  ^^ 

<=>  jQ     s^   \      flCZ3      <^^<=>        "   '" 

O    e  21  ill    1'    OED    Mi'     I   I   I    o    III 

named;  asht-hebu  '^^  5  Jl  '^^^^,  [god  of] 

multitudinous    festivals;     asht-hefnu     "^^ 

_  I  "  "  '" 

Q  _k^  I,  myriads  of  hundreds  of  thousands ; 


asht-heru 


J©- 1 


kheperu  #fv 


I ,    many-faced ;    asht- 


1'    I  I  I 


\ 


1'  Q  III 


I  (2  U  -^  i,  of  multitudi- 


nous forms ;  asht-kheru  her  met-t  "^^ 


1^1  Ti' 


III 

^  ]     speaking  very  loudly 
I  I '  and  very  often. 

Ashit-abu  t^  "  J,  0'"'^°'  "^'  ^''^^' 

VIHQtii  a  goddess. 

Ash-heru    *^  "^  I ,  Tuat  VI,  a    five- 
.— -^   I    I 

headed  serpent  which  enclosed  the  body  of  Af. 

Ash-t  kheru  her  met-t  '^^ 

•     Q  III 

h  flr  I ,   the  name  of  one  of  the  42 

I     -tJ-    ci    S^  I 

judges  in  the  Hall  of  Osiris. 

^> 
®' 


asha-t^=c^2(]-,or^g 

village,  town. 


ashait  '^^,  '^^,  "^^ 

v^    \>  I       w 


V  I 


I,  quay, 


haven,  port,  landing-place  on  a  river  bank. 

ash  atr?)  ^  ^=f.  '^'"■'^  •'^P'  fo""  b''^^'^- 

^        "O-^  ing  purposes. 

asha 0  TtTtt  "^^i  Rev.,  a  rich  man, 

man  of  easy  circumstances.       pR  S  •"'  r"  ' 


A 


[138] 


A 


asha  czEZ]^^,  food 


aslia-t  I  w  I  ^^^  ,   knife,  weapon. 

Asheb' 


r"n~i 


V,  1^     Denderah  IV,  6 1 ,  an  ape- 
■^  luV  headed  warrior-goddess. 


ashem 


.  U.  515, 


r-^m 


T.  327,  M.  485,  ^^3\^,   ^,  ^a 
0  a  (s 


[3LD 


/^,   figure  or  symbol  of  a  god  or 


sacred  animal ;  plur.  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^. 


sqi 


1i- 


Iv, 


Iv, 


[3C3 


,  U.  575 


C3CI] 


r-wn 


ashem   p^^,    plant,   shrub,    branch; 
plur.  rin  "Ml ,   branches. 

ashem  ^  %==,,  ^L-J],  ^  ^°"^  °l 


ashem 


-J 


i-^r-i 


j  ^ ,  to  destroy. 


to  bring  to  an  end,  to  diminish ;   var. 
L_=Z1  '^ ,  rvn  "^^ ,  undiminished. 


Ashemeth  ^\^ 

headed  servant  of  Ra. 


,  Tuat  XI,  a  hawk- 


ashgaa       °  s 

s 


(g  .       ,  Amen.  6, 


14,  7.  17, 


ZS'CZffi^^^,  Rev. 


18,  12 


ashgaga  

12,  39,  to  cry  out;  Copt.  i.a^Ki.K 
^Sht  ^>--^,  afatbird(?) 
8'Q  y^ ,  a  sign  of  addition. 

,       ^       t7/]    DNs  0 


W 
A' 


d^      ,  vi  y^ ,  to  go  in,  to  enter ; 


"^k  y\  ^  I ,  those  who  go  in ;  A  A. , 


*c=3,  going  in  and  out,  entrance  and  exit ; 

33*   y^    I      O 


sunrise  or  sunset 


aqaq 

-0 fl  \\ 


,  Mar.  Karn.  52,  19, 


,   to  go  in,  to  enter,  to  invade  a 


country  frequently,  to  raid  a  country. 


a  priest  who 


aq    ^^^ 

goes  in  to  read  the  service. 

aq  ab   "^  '^     '0'  ^     a-    right-hearted 
-S*  J^       I    ^'  man. 


A  ^1 

HH  V  III '  '''°^^  '^^^  enter,  ingoers, 
people  who  are  in  the  habit  of  frequenting  a 
place. 

I  -A     -e,       A  J\     things  that  enter, 


aqt 


III' 


aqu-^^lj,  i 
aq-em-seh 


III  entrances, 

mcome,  revenue. 


i,  to  praise. 


Aq  -  her  -  ami  -  unnut  -  f   ^5,  ^  '^ 

\\ 

Rec.  4,  28, 


ftAAA/V\    ,Ci 


/\     I 
B.D.    17,    104, 


i 


^  JL^' 


o-^, 


^ 


Zd    yi  I  jj         AAAW\*^^=>_'         /dA  I 

n    "]  >^  O^    EdfCi    I,    loE,    one   of   the   eight 


watchers  of  Osiris. 


aq 


/^    ,   flux,  menses. 


aq-t  ~^ 


A  J\ 

\\c.l 


,  exit. 


aq      ^ 

cake;  plur. 

\1  A  I 
I, 


,     bread,    bread- 


III    .d  ©  I  I  I     (^ 
C?.       I       ■^_     A   <S.\       AAA 


A     I 


I      ^/v^/vv\ 


ra  "^fj,  bread  baked  by 


fire,  toast  (?);  Copt.  oeiK. 


aqu  amenit 


A       I     A  r^'""^ 


\ 


the  daily  offering  of  cakes  and  bread. 
S>qa  ,  Rechnungen  41, 


I  I 


A     !■ 


Ji  I         n 
iJ  I  u 


e 


"  great  bread,"  a  kind  of  confectionery. 

aq   m'ti    "V-^^j;?!!,   cake 
with  some  kind  of  sweet  stuff  in  it. 


aa    Sher    ''^^     Rechnungen   41,    "little 
"H   o    o^    -^,         bread,"  short-bread  (?) 


[139  ] 


A 


^  ;^s=c     bread  made  of 

I  ^ii<i  fine  flour. 


aq 
aq-ui  (?) 

I  I ,  I  I ,    I  I ,   to  keep  the  true  mean, 

to  be  right,   to  behave  rightly,  exact,  correct, 
\J    XZQ.      ANNS 


(sic),   jaw-bones    or 
cheek-bones. 

to, 
garment  (?) 

Rev.  ir,  170,  to  destroy,  be 
destroyed ;  Copt.  i.KlX3. 


right,  proper; 

aq  maat  ]  ]    ,  strict  justice. 

aq  hati  °  )  )  I  —^  "^  (^,  Israel  Stele. 

15,  upright,  to  come  to  a  right  determination.  ^ 
aq  t  II  ,  even-handed  justice. 

aq— em  aq  |i,  -7^'|  | 


eraq 


1^     .4     I  Ul  A 
opposite,  exactly  facing. 
n 


aq 

A 

aq  ab  ' 


,  opposite, 

exactly  facing. 

rigiiteousness  and  justice 
'  personified. 

■0-  — fl 

r  A 


1?^ 


true,  true-hearted,  of  right  mind 

-0"^      n  i^     Rec.  3,  115,  a  trust 


aqa 


aq 


worthy  servant  (?) 

the  exact  middle,  the  culminatino;  point 
of  a  star  or  heavenly  body. 

a  right  lead,  true 


aqa 

A 

aq,  aqau 


AA^AAA 

,www  guidance. 


'¥--l'Tr 


A 


U.  508,  T.  322,  Rec.   26,  64, 


(3 


AW  A 

rope,  tow-rope ;  plur. 


Ill'  ^^IV^"--'' 


A   W 

(3(3(2,    U.   639, 


A 
27. 


Acia.uben,eto.-J°^]]j|^J  g  , 

B.D.  99,  25,  name  of  the  steering  pole  of  the 
magical  boat. 


aq 

kind  of  wood. 

aqa 


Aqa 

A 

aqai  (?) 


^ 


,   Rec.  I,  48,    ^  ■^,  reed,  a 


B.D.  99,  3,  to  feed,  to 
give  (?) 

.Sarc.  Seti  I,  a  form  of 
Geb,  god  of  food. 


.i=£8i»; ,  boat  (?) 


aqem  ^i   "^i   Rev.  n,  129,  sad, 

wretched;  Copt.  CJOKSX. 

Aqen  '"2^  J| ,  Tuat  VII,  Hh.  426,  a  god 


in  the  Tuat ;  varr. 


Aqennu-heru    ^  o 

36,  215.  a  group  of  gods. 

aqr      a    (2  -p|- ,   a  measure, 
n     @ 


A 
I  I 


I ,  Rec. 


akk-t 


,   Rechnungen   41,    ^^ — ^ 
n.  ^^^<£3),  P.S.B.  19,  261, 


Rec.  23,  203,  a  bread  cake  baked  in 
the  ashes ;  Copt.  (J^^L^Te ,  Gr.  /fa«:e?s  (Sttabo, 
824),Chald.  ^5:^3,  Arab.  tJ>^,  Pers.  ^^, 
Syr.   txta^ka    =  fDOS- 

aka   ^^  ^f^  wvw ,  a  drowning  man. 

akai  ' 
akriu 

A 


,   a  plant,  shrub. 


fl^flfl^l 


akr 


_   Rev.    12,    25,   casque;    Copt. 

■^'  a.kXh. 


ag     ^    //\,   whip,  flail 

ag-t 


^  'i  ^    ^  ti  ^ 


Hl 


°ffi,    U.  157,  _ 

^^'    ffl^L   ^'  food,  a  kind  of  grain, 


S 


mint,  peppermint  (?) 

an  offering  of  some  kind,  bolts,  nails,  metal  pegs. 


[140] 


\j' 


^g^-t  ffl  kJl'fflk^''ffl 


^  A,  Rec.  15,  142,     j^   ^^^'  "^'''  '^'^^^'' 
hoof;    dual,  ^^"li  ^,   hoofs;  plur. 

bolts,    pegs, 
nails  (?) 


agaii     j^ 


l_=Zl, 


ZS 


(S  \\    to  nail,  to  drive  pegs  into  some- 
thing, to  beat,  to  hammer. 

be  hot,  to  burn,  to 
be  burned. 


ffl    m,L=vi' 
aga  ~g 

aga  -^ 


(J,>» 


^ 


j^  ]     a  kind  of  drink,  a 
f        I '  medicine. 

•ty^-y  ^     a  kind  of  unguent, 
^^  \\\'  ox-fat  (?) 

:^'      S 

the  seed  of  the 
'  same. 

^    a  substance  used  in 
O'    making  a  sacrifice. 

^)^^^^^^AAA^     j^mCn.  25,  15,' 

**^*--*  /ww«  to  drown. 


aga    ^ 
agait  -g 

a  plant,  a  shrub ;    jj^ 

agait  -^ 

agai-^ 
againa-^^qq'^j^.akindof 

plant  or  herb. 


J  Mn  AAA/W\ 


rod,  staff,  part 
of  a  staff. 


-^flfl^.^^\tll(?) 


agariu  "^ 

agit  "TT"  flfl  c>  "^,   a  herb,  plant,  shrub. 
agn     a    O I   support  of  a  vessel,  stand. 
agSU  "^  P  ^  ^  '  IV,  1 120,  goat-hide. 
at,  atU        °  J^  ,  ^ik ,  staff,  stick,  cudgel 

atat . 


L_J,  '^Sk,  Rev.  12, 16, 


'■   '^'  J^"""-  ■'^^-  1908,  258,  to  strike, 


to  beat,  to  inflict  pain ; 

suffered,  endured. 

Ji Qi^ 


Q        o 


^^ 


atat 


1:^     d 


,   Rev.,  sin,  folly. 


\J<^ 


at  -^^j  to  turn  away  from,  to  hate. 
at  ^~^,  fat;  Copt.  (JOT,  U>e. 


at-t  ~'"'~^      ,   pool,  lake(?) 


ati 


w 


Rec.  16,  70,  confectioner, 
pastry-cook. 


ateb  ^  ,   Rec.  16,  no,  tomb. 


ateput 


,   seed  of  some  kind. 


ateru    ^    i ,  B.D.  169,  4 


atekh' 


»-^L^' 


:^^^' 


iii'  ^  ®  _r '^_=j' 


le 


10, 


^  ® (2      c.  ®e^' 


:i^. 


to  crush,  to   bruise,  to 

pound,  to  strain  through  a  rag,  to  boil,  to  cook 
food,  to  make  up  a  prescription. 

atekh  — °  c^  ^,  *°  ''"^^*^  ^°"sii,  to 

rub  down. 


1(2 


,   Amherst    Pap.   34,   to 


brewers. 


atekh 

Q  ®  D  jy 

crush  grain  for  beer  ;  f^  Vra  i 

atshai  "^^jll]  (|[1  J,  Rev.,  useless,  in- 
capable; Copt.  ^.^^aJ^.•«■. 

athen  ^^^      Rec.  15,187 

3^-jl  j--^     Rouge  I.H.  II,   114,  to  suppress, 
■  -^ — ^'         -  to  subdue. 

Rec.  6,  7,  defeat,  depression,  sup- 
pression. 

^ °  ^^^ — >    Rev.,   loss,    damage, 

injury. 


at 
atat 
at  ~ 


'^Siv ,  slaughter. 

atunub^^^^' 
at 


1,   sound,  strong;  see 


I  f^sn      gold- 
I    000'  beaters. 


I  I ,   Nastasen  Stele,  17,  II, 


at 

Rec.  14,  12,  the  two  banks  of  the  Nile. 
at  0  ,   fat,  oil ;   Copt.  U3X. 

a  mythological  fish  ;  see  ant. 


e 


at-t  c=:si^JI^,   the  boat  of  the  morning 
sun ;  see  antch-t  cs^  |J^- 


at  <=:s>,   house,  abode. 

at  heq-t  ^  §  '^  '=.  ^'"^"-  ^4.  22,  beer- 
•   •    ^      ■ ■  ',    D  house. 


A 


[141] 


A 


at  ciis  \,    \2,  Amen.  i6,  4,  ^^  %  "^ , 
Amen.  17,  6,  -^    Vsl,   18,  20,  a  plant. 

ati       "    " 


clothing,  cloaks. 


B.D.  (Saite),   125,  55,  a 
post  (?) 


3't'i  '  ijO  ?'   ^^'^^  '3'  ^7'  member(?) 

atma   ^==^4  V7  ,  Rec.  14,  178,  an  offering. 
,    Rec.  25,  126;  beauty. 


aten 
atch 

atch  ""-^^  T ,   name  of  a  staff  or  dub. 


j^^,  ix'y; 


atch-t  "^  ^^^,  Rec.  27,  218,  daggers  (?) 

fl fl a 

atchatch  "i-*.  "i-^^,  b.d.g.  1063, 

...     X  ,  ''^  ^'"^  V  g?>  I ,  Hymn  Darius  16, 


°^-=*.  '*-=^    ^,   to  hail,  to  greet,  to  praise,  to 
rejoice,  to  shout  for  joy,  to  dance. 

I— +-H  -CS>-    ^       „  '  ' 

<2>-  M ,  Rec.  30,  201,  the  name  of  a  god 
or  goddess. 


to  commit  a  crime,  to  do  evil,  to  oppress,  to  rob, 
to  act  unjustly,  wicked,  evil,  deceit,  falsehood. 


atcha 


H  ^^. 


© 


L^ 


I,   robber; 


I  ^^  L_=/l  Wi ,  man  of  guilt ;  plur.  a 


^tcha 


e 


ra,  Anastasi  I,  26,  2, 
,  Israel  Stele,  15,  a  i 


X 


10,  44,  to  tell  lies,  to  deceive,  to  give  false  evi- 
dence; Copt.  OX  I. 

atehaa  a  |  O  ^;^^,  Rec  21,  88,  injus- 
tice, falsehood ;  Copt.  OXI. 

atcha 


J  i  0(2'^  J,  Rev    12,  69  a 
Ji  4      ^  in'        lymg  spirit. 


atchaut 


i^^, 


,  wrong, 


injury,  injustice,  extortion,  oppression. 

atchau(?)  ai"^^  ^^,.  errors, 

mistakes. 


Ill' 


atcha  \j 
Atcha  _ 
atchan  _ 


XZI3,   wind,  breeze. 

,     P.  497,  a  mythological 
'  •  city. 

O 


,  Rev.   14,  9,   to   be 
defective,  to  fail,  to  cease ;  Copt.  CUxit. 

atchar  a  i   Ng\  ,  help,  assistance ; 

IBs    _ClE&        I 

compare  Heb.  "^tN. 

atcharan  a  |  "^^^i  Ebers  Pap. 

63,  9,  saffron  as  used   in    medicine ;   compare 
Arab.  J\^is-j  (?) 

atcha   i_~ fl  T^,  to  joke,  to  jest. 

Atchen  ^  ~ 

Atchnit 

atchn-t 

ment  (Lacau). 


the  name  of  a  demon. 

TT^  f\    the  female  counter- 
^'l'='fl'       part  of  the  same. 

,   arm   orna- 


atcht^^,    n^,^|]s|),   Rec, 
31,    X3,^^^|)     "" 


21,   81,  P.S.B. 


child,  boy,  girl,  young  man,  young  woman  ;  plur 


e 


[142] 


or  \\ 


, .     sometimes  the  equivalent  of  the 

Heb.  1. 

i   (jlj,   P.  194,  N.  922,   ^^,   P.  183,  N. 

662,  an  exclamation. 

i    M  .^,    U.  494,  539,   T.    295,   P.    229, 
11  N. 946  

i-t   (](j  ^,  N.  703  =^£1.^,    P.  824,  a 

woman  who  has  conceived. 

i-t    (J(]  c^  ,  Rec.  31,  174,  grain,  food. 

la   ||!1  V<J^,  P.S.B.  31,  ri,  Rec.  21,  5,  79, 

Rec.    21,    78,    88,   a    particle   of 
exclamation. 

of 
exclamation. 


lU 

iau 
iaur 


,iu-t|)(]^^,    (](].,  aj-Ude 


^fl^^lfe-    "^-^     '^'^t 


■t  i\i\\^' 


w^^  river,  stream. 


ditch  (?) ;  Heb.  "IN''. ,  Copt,  eiepo,  eJOOp. 


iati  (?)  (1(1  ^^\  ^5^J^,  calamity,  misfortune. 
iat-t  DO  XjIIx'^,   ^'^^^  '4.  i2>  dew; 

i1      O.M^  ci        Copt,  eiujxe. 

iat-t   (1(1  "kx  aaww,  dew;  see  (1 


^~-^=>^    AVWNA 

AAAAAA 
Oi         I       AAA/vAA 


ia  (aaa?) 


s 


(ll)^,(]()„.^.(]l) 


o„, 


IX 


^ 


M7  '^  ,  Jour.  As.  1908, 


254,  to  wash;   °        (Jlj  ^  '^l'  ""^'^shed,  im- 
pure; Copt,  eicoi. 


ia  ha-t(?) 


AAAAftA 


AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 


i-C. 


sec        1        AAAAAA 
1     ^WSAAA 


f   ■& 


Iaa(?) 


Rev.  II,  184;  Heb. 
\J    511 '         n^,  Gnostic  itu. 

iaab   (l(|  e  ^^  1^  "^  '^ ,  weariness, 
fatigue;  Copt.  eiA.^fi.e. 


iam 


^ 


or  w 


Rev.    12,    68,   sea; 
Heb.  D\ 

T 

iar  Illl^a^Iir'  Rev.  12,  n6,  M  "^  ^, 

Rev.  13,  65,  river; 
<c=>i=i'  Heb.  IN"!. 

iar    (|i]_2jj^O,   Rec.   13,  25,  brilliance, 
splendour;  Copt.  Ii.X,  leXeX 


Rev.  II,  174, 


lah-a 


ra 


,  Rev.  II,  180,  182, 


Jah  the  Great ;  Gnostic  IA.TU). 

laqebher  (](]~7^J^,  Alt.  K.  n,86, 

Verbum  Vocab.      These  words  do  not  mean 
"Jacob  God,"  but  "Jacob  hath ,"     ^ 


being  a  verb. 

iua(?)()()^. 


Iba 


e 


(3 


w 


'^  Peasant  28,  a  fisher- 
L '  man  of  some  kind. 

Nesi-Amsu  32,  38,  a 
title  of  Aapep. 

'^S^,  Nesi-Amsu,  32, 


Iban  ()(](£ 

20,  a  title  of  Aapep. 

ium  (aaum  ?) 

/ AAAAAA  r\    t\     <\  a  A    A 

1 /  !\    T\  ~|  A/V\AAA 

>    UU'2-*>x?  :^2C21V,   sea,  river;  Heb.  D^, 
Copt.  eiOJUL,  lAJUL,  lOJU.  ;     M\\  ^£  'wwvx 

1      I    —H  rr\A    AAAAAA 

^^^  ^  ^^^.~^  vl  ^    1      '^e  great  sea  of  Qet-t, 
V      AA/ww  vwwv  1  J\  lyia'  or  Asia  Minor. 

iur(?)    (](]'^2  =  |)^;   Heb.  1«V 
iba   M  1^  |,    Rev.   14,  2,  claw;    plur. 
Jn'^HI'    ^^^-'4,10;   Copt.  eifi. 


AAAAAA 
AAAAA/\ 
/VVSAAA 


iba 


. ,  Jour.  As.  1908,  262, 


weakness;  Copt.  lA.£t.I. 

iban    (](]^^^^    Rec.   13,  41,  ebony; 
Heb.  in  plur.  O'^iijirr,  Ezek.  27,  15. 


'^^mr='!\¥^i.m-- 


flood  or  rush  of  water  in  a  river;  Heb.  72^. 


or  w 


[143] 


^    (^ 


ibsha-t  [|(|  '^Htl%^  ^>  a  kind  of 
cake  or  bread  ;  compare  Heb.   J'^yi^ 

im    [|[|  AJ^  i-;^^^^  x;>  ^    Mar.  Karn.  54,  52, 

03 


L  ^AA/v^A 

/WV<V\A 
I    AWVAAA 


AAAAiV* 


'  4i  I  ^'^^'  hH  1 1 1  ^^s' 

T=r,   Rev.    13,  61;   plur. 

o,  sea,  river;  Heb.  D^, 

Copt.  eiOAJL,  lOJUt. 

Alt.   K.    217,   a 
proper  name. 


S^  ]    Rev.  13,  40,  sea,  river;  Heb.  Q^, 


inu 
Inu 


less. 


^ ,  a  goddi 
inbu  M         ^  J  "^  ^  ^,  Anastasi  IV, 
15,  3,  a  kind  of  wine;  compare   (1  IN^ 

I    AAA/VV\    «0 

and— ^J^^. 

AAAAAA    *-::3    _ZI 

inm' 


-   V 


r  I 


~;~"  \>,  Treaty  30,  sea;   Heb.  DV 

I  I  I     I 


inra  (](]_^',  0, 

7,  pot,  vessel,  wine  jar. 

Inhem 


0 ,  Paheri 


AAAAAA 


^  1  ^,  A.Z.  38,  17,  the  official  Yankha- 
mu ;    Tell    el-Amarna   f    ^t]1    •"-]    JJ<   «^  ; 

Heb.  □n::"'- 
Inherpes 


inkuun 


D 


,   a  proper  name. 


^^^^AA    o 


I  I  I  III 


(3     (0 


III,   Ebers  Pap.  98,  20,  grass  or  seed. 


lO    I       T^ 


),  Rec.  13, 


0  I  ■ 


e 


£J,  mirror;  Copt.  eiA.X. 


intch-her 

2 ;  see 

ir  (In  _,^'^.  something  foul  or  unpleasant. 

ir    !\l\<=>,    P.    243  =  (JS^,     M.    446, 
(1(1  yj',  P.  815,  to  conceive. 

ir   (III  <z>  ^~^~^  .    Rev.,  river. 


irsh(?)  (]|]_2a>0™l,  ^''''-  "'  '^7,/'^'"^ 
11         r  of  stone. 


Irqai  (](|     ,    ^ 

a  name  of  Amen. 

ra 
iha 


or  \\ 

,  B.D.  165,  8, 


Ihit 


see 


>s — .     Mission  XIII,   149,  a 
TtH '  cow-goddess. 

I|(]ra(j,  (JUrafllj,  p. 84, T. 318,0! 

ih   ( (1  9  A ,    IV,  305,  to  toil  at  the  oars. 

ihi 

'^^  ^W\'   T.  304,  alas! 

ikh 

is    qqPt^.^,    (](]P^^|,   tomb; 

\\ 


\\      P.S.B.   24,  46,  a  particle  of 
j\ '  exclamation. 


to  hang  out,  to  suspend   in 
the  air. 


R 


is   [](]  'o' ,  Rev.,  to  make  haste;  Copt.  IHC. 


I ,   Anastasi  I, 


isatt  OD  [^ 

24,  8,  to  tremble,  hover  (like  a  bird) 


isf-t  [III  1 1  .f^^    i ,  sins,  faults,  transgressions; 


isr 


I  <z=>  ^  ,   stalks  of  papyrus. 


Israel  Stele,  27,  Israelites;  from  Heb.   ^N"!©"! 
it   (]^(],P.37r,father;plur.  (jlj^^l 

it  qi)]-^.  (jl);;;;.  Rev.  ,1, 163^ 

dew;   see  0  '^, ^^^^ 'lif '   Copt.  eiOJXe. 
iti  \\  c.  \\  I  ^  ,  grain. 
ititi   (1(1  I  Sf  >   to  sound  a  trumpet. 

ItuaBar^(]o^-^J^^^. 

Asian  98,  Alt.  K.   241,  a  proper  name;   Heb. 

ithit-t 


Rev.,  importu- 
nity. 


it 
itaa 

itchar 


ra  lie 

,  dew;  see   (I 


W 


V    I 


one  who  knows ; 

Heb.  V-\V. 

potter  (?) ;    Heb. 


[144] 


U  ^;   Heb.  V 

(O      *\     I       I 

U      ,    \\  1 ,    1 ,   they,  them,  their. 

U  "^-UTOi     ^^^-  3'  "''  serpent  or  serpent- 
JI         '  god. 

u(P),uu<i.)^^,^^v.^=, 

estate,  domain. 

U(?)   j^     nr^'   Anastasi    I,    12,  3,  Brit. 

Mus.  321,  officer  (=  (S.  '^HA- 

U(?)  |[^.  to  build. 

U(?)       \/  y^  \> ,   Rec.  21,  14,  a  kind  of 
well  or  spring  in  the  Great  Oasis. 

-(^)^^Tr:'^^^-'^'"''™"'ntts: 

U^^||,B.D.G.:xxo,agodof^Den. 

,px  g  fx?     Jour.  As.  1908,  261,  remote, 
\j         ^  '  (2    A   '  afar;  Copt.  Oirei. 


e 


£5^ 
7^ 


to  be  away  from  a  person  or 


place,  to  go  away,  be  remote,  afar  off,  absent ; 
Copt.  O-re  ;   -f)  ^^  |  U  ,   being  afar  off. 

a  tax,  to  abolish  an  impost 
travellers,  remote  (of  countries). 


-AMI 


u 


pened  a  long  time  ago. 


something  which  hap- 


uai 


-t.f] 


£52 


,  a  distant  thing. 


uaua  ^P")  ^^^  ^^    the  name  of  the  moon 
^   '  (°=a)  1*^=3)'  on  her  1 2th  day. 

ua-t    ^,    U.    70,    {]^'    U.    399, 

fi^^'   fi\l^'  ^'^y'   '°''^'   P^'*'' 
journey;. dual,    fj^^,    f]  "^  " 

ways;  ua-t  neter  '1  £52,  the  road  followed 

by  the  procession  in  which  the  figure  of  a  god 

was  carried;     '^    -Jp)   Vv    ?    y ;   traveller,   he 

who  is  on  the  road. 

L.D.  Ill,  140B, 


rarious 


ua-t  ^5* 

reth  ^ 


ua-t  ent 


,   a  garden  walk. 


a  flat  field. 


]  ^— ^    "road  of  all  men,"/.^.,  a  common 
I    £i  '  highway. 

ua-t  mitu  ^*^    V\       '^  1 .   the  roads 
of  the  damned. 

uatu  neferut  ^^  T  ^^,  good  roads, 

^  III  Oc.  Ill 
roads  easy  to  travel. 


Uatiu  ^^ 

ri    III 


I ,   road-gods. 


Uat-Heru  ^  o  £53 

[)ath  of  Horus,  i.e.,  heaven. 

ua-t  mu  (?)  -C) 

ua-t  hit  ^ 

channel. 


,  r.  160,  the 


o   '''^    a  watercourse, 
;,/,^ww    water  channel. 


u 


[145] 


U 


^ 


fl^z:-  flflt'  fl^^ 


VVWW 
AA/W\A 


stream,  watercourse. 

uau  en  uatch  ur  XI  '^  %^ 

Mk  <:==> ,   a  wave,  or  billow,  of  the  sea. 


/WVVV\ 


fls 


uaueniterfl^^; 

Mar.  Karn.  42,  22,  river  flood. 

about  to  do  something  ;   £52  <:r>  1  ^\    "^^^ , 

with       Ijl ,   about  to  burst  into  flame. 

T.  237,  to  attack,  to  smite,  to  smash,  to  destroy, 
to  vanquish. 

291,  to  drive  away  (?) 

uaua  f]  f]  LJ,  f]  fl  £53,  fj -^ 

fl^'   ''"•   '7''    P[fi'   P-5".  M.    160, 
N.  651,  to  attack,  to  go  against  (in  a  bad  sense) ; 

a  (  ^o(  ^HTriY'   cult  (of  mountains). 
Ua   ^rn^'   warden,  governor. 

to  destroy,  to  vanquish,  be  master  of ;   •*> )  *^, 

power  over  others ;  -^  "^  %>  L.J1  3  1 ,  Rec. 
26,  230. 

carry  away,  to  grasp. 

ua^a-t  f]^ !?,"!"'"«'  "■  "^j: 

tQi    Tuat  XII,  a  dawn- 
I  '  god. 


uaa 


Ua-ha-t  -f) 


to  take  counsel;  fl^^glYl^l 


•0- 


,   the  king  communed  with  his  heart. 


^^^^  fl^f]^!!'^^'^-  ^9.  '64, 

amen  12,  to  take  counsel,  to  discuss,  to  deliber- 
ate, to  talk  things  over. 

uaua  sekheru  fl^f|^P^j. 

Kubbin  Stele  8,  to  devise  plans. 

XIII,  a  word  used  in  connection  with  money. 

Jour.  As.  1908,  267,  to  blaspheme,  to  speak  evil 


of  some  one,  to  plot  rebellion  ;  Copt.  OTA.. 

blasphemers. 

uau-t   -^  ^ "%><=. ^,  blasphemy;  plur, 


uati  •jO 

1'  ^1 


I 

I. 

I 


^  w 


,  rebel;  pkir.  -jt  ) 


I'  tc^eu:^::^!- 


to  plot  rebellion,  to  curse  the  king,  to  blaspheme. 

uai^ljlj^^,  f^^(j||^, 

r^  h  f^  T^EL  ^^    Rev.,  death,  destruction, 
^  Si  ^^  M^  '  the  end  ;  Copt.  OYUJ. 

phemer,"  a  title  of  Aapep. 

Uaiu  ■f) 
uai  -C) 


the  associates  of 
Aapep. 

Rec.  29,  157,  to  stink, 
foul,  bad,  stinking. 


-f]M'fii^M''°rho'.! 


^ 


u 


[  146  ] 


U 


^ 


n\- 


flame,  fire. 
(Jo,fi,e,a.m.;pl„,.f]^f)^(||. 

light,  fiery  splendour. 

^a   ^1  "^  f .  Rec.  31,  31,  arope,  afetter, 
a  bond  j  plur.  ^  "^  ^  1 ,    ^  ci  f  ^  f . 

uaua-t   flfl\^,flfl'^, 

Thes.  1285,  -^  "^  ^  ^"^'  ^  "measuring 
line,  cord  of  palm  fibre. 

uaua-t,  Uauait    ^  "^  ^  '^■^' 
foliage,  hair;  plur.  f]  ^f^  f]  ^  (||j  ^ 

Uauaiuf]^f]^q(]^]^| 

Rec.  14,  106,  a  tribe  or  people. 

ua[ua]  f]^[fj] 

of  a  plant. 


,  the  seed 


uaua-t  e 


e 


istsm' 


n ,  a  part  of  the  head. 

uaarekh  -^  (1''^^'^.  to  blossom. 

Uaa    -C)^       ,  to  carry  off. 

Uaiput  f]^lj(lo^^^llll 

B.D.  177,  7,  a  group  of  four  cow-goddesses. 

Uauamti  fj  ^  f]  ^  ^ 
uab  ^  Jg  =  Copt.  oY^e. 

J  v=^,  -^  "^  ^  ^,  a  plant,  flower,  bios- 

Hymn  Darius  24. 

uabU   fl  "^  J  ^  ^.  garden  (?)  culti- 
vated land  of  some  sort. 


uab-t   -C)   N^  jp,  the  sides  of  a  crown. 
uabs  (?)  ^  J  n  "^ .  green  plants. 

uapt  ^°,U.  369 

uapi  (upi?)  ^  V  ^fl  ^  ^' ""  ^'"^^' 

ment,  a  judicial  decision. 

hot,  to  burn. 

^^2  °    the  seeds  ot  the  same  (used  in  medi- 
cine). 

-,  Rec.  30,  66, 


111' 
a  part  of  a  ship  (?) 

Uamemti    f]  ^  |^  ^ 

B.D.  125,  II,  one  of  the  42  assessors  of  Osiris. 

Uamemti  f)  1^  |^^  ^  »- ,  f] 


w 


f\\: 


^   W 


=^  tSism  I ,  Tuat  IX,  X,  a  monster 


mythological  serpent,  a  form  of  Aepep. 


TJamemtiu 


fl: 


,  Tuat  X,  a  group 


of  five  serpents  who  are  fettered  by  Geb. 

uanu(?)J^^,,n|^°^,Rec.4,.r, 

a  grain-bearing  plant. 


uani 


0 


,  Rev.   14,  21,  gar- 


land,  crown  =  ^^. 

uanen  X]  1  1  =  ^,  that  which  is. 

uaneb    -^  ^    J    "^ .  herbs,  plants. 


uanr 
uar 


■f\  -  ,  mat 


1 1 1 1 

,  to  conceive  =  2^3^. 


uar 

to  lace  up. 

uar  ^  I  <c=>^,^|  ^^     (®  ,  a  measuring 
cord  or  rope,  cord  of  a  net ;  plur.  -jf  ]  nK  ^ . 

Uar-t-neter  Semsu  ^^^*^^^^^ 

1 '  Pi^P^M-  ^•"-  '53^  ^''.the  name, 
of  a  rope  of  the  magical  net. 


^ 


u 


[147] 


w 


vl ,  reed,  a  reed  flute  or  pipe. 

Ml 

uar-t  -jp  I  ^^>  ^  ^'■''i  ^''■h  ^  shrill  note. 

uarr  fl"^  i  j^,  *'"*=  °^  ^"  "ff^^f]- 

0  I  <c:r>  -^  governor  (?) 

521,  the  two  thighs. 

uarp  vL  ^"^  AQj.tosend;  Copt.  onfCOpn. 

to   rejoice,    to   dance,   to   leap   with  joy ;   var. 


ra 


Y,VT- 


uarh  -f]  <=>  I  ^,  Rec.  3, 35,  ^  .^^ 

8  ,   a  space   suitable    for    building;    var. 

^<=>  I  "y";  Copt,  oirpe^,. 

uarh-ntu    {]\^^JW' 
Rec.  16,  57 

uarkhfl^^f,  f]^^!;, 

become  green,  to  flourish. 

uarkh-t    -^  c-d,    Rec.    10,    136, 

hall,  court  ot  a  temple  ;  Copt.  OTOeP,. 

uarkhut(?)    fl^-^^^^cr^; 

the  chambers  in  which  Hathor  assisted  the  dead. 
1  V>         ,  head-rest ;  Copt.  O-C pi.C. 

Uarkatarfl^^^]|)_,]^, 

Rec.  21,  81,  a  Syrian  shipmaster. 

OTepX,  Arab.  j*;;. 

Uarta  ^  "^  <=> ,  1  (]  ^  (x,^  ^ ,  Rec.  2 1 , 

78,  a  Syrian  shipmaster. 


ornamen- 
crown, 


uart  -C]  "^  ^1,  P^rt  °.f  'he  on 

•    0  I  .^    ^      I'       tation  of  a 

uahr  f]^"^,  dog;  Copt.  o-r2,op, 
uah  ^,  T.  224,  ^^,  U.  528,  p.  91 

^||,  M.    120,  T.   332,  If  ^,  N.  961 


^^ — fl.  Amen.  2,  3,  10,  9,Y«  (2  ; 


Amen.  23,  14,  26,  10,  to  set,  to  plant,  to  place 
in  position,  to  leave  behind,  to  fasten,  to  set 
before,  i.e.,  to  offer,  the  acquittal  of  a  court,  to 
pitch  a  camp. 

Uahabflfl^,    |f|^,Rec.r6, 

56,  -^  ^  111'?'  Pe^S''^"t  2 19,  to  set  the 
heart  or  mind  to  do  something  or  on  something, 
to  set  in  the  heart,  to  pay  heed ;  Y  5  1^1' 

devoted  before  the  god. 


uah.  ahi 

to  pitch  a  camp. 

uah  akh 


\A\ 


■  Rec.  8, 133, 


^[1     Rec.  6,  10,  to  offer 


up  a  burnt  offering. 

uah  akh  f         °  (1  ,  a  fire-altar,  fire-place. 

A  ©mini  t? 

uah  akh    ?--^cf^,    N.  999,  the  name 
A    ®      u"^      of  a  hre  festival. 


uah  nehb-t 
uah  er  ta 


Ml 


^    to  lay  a 
mini '    stone. 


to  lay  down 
I    V '  (arms). 


uah  tchatcha(?)   ^  c^  @,  u.  283, 

fill®,  N.26,^fjJ|®,  N.   X2I4. 

X   ft  1       '  '°  ^°^  'he  head  frequently,  to  do 
honour,  multiplication  (of  figures) ;  Y  8  J^    ® 


innn  n   n  n 


1185     X     Jjy. 


uah-t 


,  Anastasi  IV,  2,  11,  Koller 


Pap.  2,  9,  an  instrument  used  in  carrying  loads. 

K  2 


\ 


u 


[148] 


U 


^ 


uahit 


1  8  0(1       >  Annales  III,  109,  places 


for  alighting ;  see  Y\  I" 


© 

lyww^     to  offer 


uah 

libations,  water  carrier  (?) 

uah    f8|^^     Rev.    12,    135,    libation 
A  \    ' — ' '         priest ;  Gr.  x'>'^X"'^1^- 

uahit 


I   ^    j    libations,    libation 
I   :^    1'  vessels  (?) 

0     Annales  III,  no,  offer- 
i  i'TT'  ings. 


uah-t 

uaha  I  O  f^.  Rev.  6,  7,  gifts,  benefactions. 

uahit  ^•fl  J|(]l)^^'  N.  1226, 

|i]|).,M.622,^|(](l.,P.435,f||-l 

a  divine  offering. 

uah   f  »  |,   Mar.   Karn.   53,   25,  in  swear- 
ing :_|  |:    U ^,  "  I  swear  by  my  Ka " ;  1 1  ; 
U%  ^^^A«^  '-'  O,  "  I  swcar  by  the  Ka  of  Ptah." 

fy  :\\\,  to  add  to,  to  increase,  to  grow,  to  be- 


come many  or  much ; 


I  I 


frequent 


journeyings ;  ^\    f  "^,  in  addition  to ;  ^\   f 
besides ;  Copt.  OTtOg,. 

uahi[t]    I  (|(|  ;    I,  |  |  (|(|o,  increment, 
growth,  increase,  plentiful,  abundant 

TJahit  '«'  5  "^    Berg.  1, 14,  a  lioness-headed 
A  A  O  '  goddess. 

Uah-qaa-f  |||zi^(](^|=^  ), 

Rhind  Pap.  26,  ^  ^  U  ^^=^  '~'=^,  "he  who  in- 
creases his  form,"  a  title  of  the  Moon-god. 

uaWt    t  S  Oil  <^  ..-a,    ?  8  M  ^, 


var. 


III' 


uah-t  t8<^.  food. 


uah   I  I  <e< ,  a  kind  of  fish. 

Uah||L=V,^,Rec.X4,67,||||^, 
Rec.  16,  70,  fishermen;  Copt.  OTO^I. 

uaha  (?)  t  ()  e  ^,  ^^''-  '^'  ^^'^  ^^  = 

•      "•   '    A  T      21  Copt.  OlfO^. 

Uahtiu    g  \  )  ^  ^  ^>  the  dwellers 

in  the  Oasis  country ;  ^  ''^  ]  t?i  ' '  -^®^-  '  °>  ^  5°' 
Oasis  women. 

uakh   ^j  ®^'v.  519,  P.  277,  697, 

o\  "^  ri.  *  ^'^'   ^°  ^^  ^'^^^"'   '°  flourish ; 

•JT)  ®  #"1  0    '^-  336.  P-  816,  N.  644,  full  of 
0  1       E      ()  1    blossom,  blooming,  flourishing. 

Uakh.tf]^|-,  f]^^^,a 

green  or  fertile  region,   a  name  of  the  Great 
Oasis. 

uakhkh-t  ^  ^  Jc.,  P.  399,  M.  570, 

N.  1 176,  garden,  pool  with  plants  growing  in  it. 

Uakhf]®^|3;,B.D.zro,alake 
full  of  green  plants  in  Sekhet-Aaru. 

^akh^^^,f]fi|,Rec.26. 

large  chamber,  hall  of  a  palace,  hall  of  columns, 
colonnade,  a  country  house. 

uakh  "ifl  ®  1 1 .  to  seek  after ;  Copt,  onf  COCy . 

uakhr    ^  "^  ^   ^  cttj  ,  a  hall  or 
chamber  with  plants  in  it. 

uas   ^  P  |,  P-  359.  N.   762,  910,   1073, 

p.  659,  M.  767,  the  uas  and  the  tcham  sceptres. 
uas  1  ,  physical  and  mental  well-being,  con- 
tent, serenity;  "¥■  n  1>  "hfe,  stability,  content"; 

p.  624,  sound,  well,  content. 


\ 


u 


[149] 


U 


^ 


uaS-t  (?)   I  6  ,  a  kind  of  animal,  dog(?) 

TJftR  ^  ^    ^^'■-  Karn.  42,  16,  Thebes  per- 
im'  sonified. 


Uasit 


o 


,  consort  of  Uas. 


Uasit  lllfl  o    T"^*^  ^'  ^  lioness-goddess 
ni       '  of  the  Eye  of  Horus. 

to  be  in  a  ruined  state,  crumbling  to  ruin,  ruined, 
decayed,  weak,  feeble ;  1  (1  (J  "^^-^   ^^^ 


ni  a 


most  ruined  state. 

uas  fl'^'o'X^''"  '''°'^  '"  '^°'"^' 
uasuas 


to  saw. 


see 


j  j  \\  ,  to  cut,  to  stab,   to  saw ; 

Uasam   -C)  ^  ^^^  "^^ ,  to  be  in  a  ruined 

state;  var.)^^,f]|^^. 

Uasakh    -C]^    ®      chamber,  large  room, 
0  1    I  cr^      hall ;  see  usekh-t. 

Uasar  (Uasri)  j^l-  f  "^l- 

)<^l|,  Osiris;  var.jji^^. 

uasm(P)fl|^^,|^^^\ 
uasmut(?)i;^^^,ruin. 

Uasri   -^  ^^  V^  '  ^  ^''''^  of  Osiris. 

uasg   -^  n  ffl  ^=-^ ,  a  large  wide  board  (?) 

uasten  -CI  ^^^  f  7^ ,  to  move  with  long 
strides;  see  usten^  q  ^y\;  Copt.  OTOCOeit. 

uash  -^  C3a,  T.  270,  P.  109,  372,  654, 
M.  758,  N.  173,  682,  ^  ^  00,  U.  94,  536, 

T.  350,  N.  963,  ^  '^,  N.  1 73 

flao(],M.325,f]^oo|j,P.i63. 

uash  -O  ^csn  {!',  Hh.  211 

uash-t  fl  ^,  p.  555 


ship,    to   praise,    to    magnify,    to   wish ;    Copt. 

uashufj— ^|,flPg|,f|' 


osn 


I ,  praises,  cries  of  joy. 


nanni 


uashiu  ^oaljll^j,  -^ 

V^  ^  I ,  those  who  sing  praises. 

uash-t    jp  j    Q    ,  praise,  adoration. 
uashesh  ^  "^  ""^  ^ ,  a  skin  disease. 

Or ' '  ^  foreign 


Uasheshu  ^ 

people  or  nation, 

uasha  fl^M^^.  i^ec. 

98,  to  carry  (?)  to  be  carried  (?) 

uashat-t  fj^M^]" 


.^&_,  a 


I 
disease  of  the  eye. 

uashata-tif)^Mil^](l^. 

P.S.B.    13,    412,  a   chronic   sufferer   from   eye 
disease  (?) 

uashb-t   fl  ^  °a  J  fi-  a  kind  of 

medicine  (?)  medicaments. 

Uashba  f]"^™"^"^  5^.  Tomb 

of  Seti  I,  one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  46). 
uashk  I  -f)  '^^°^,  Hh.  363 

uag    fl    ffi,    -f]  ffllj!.    B.M.    194, 

N.  999,  -f]    ®    f^>  T.  343>  N.   708,  1343, 

-f)  ^^  ffl  (](]v3>',  Hh.  205,  the  name  of  a 

festival  which  took  place  on  the  18th  day  of  the 
month  Thoth. 


J?i,  to  cry  out,  to  shout. 

^^^   ^  m  11  ^'  depart;  Copt.  OTCof. 
uati   4p)  d  (1(1  Q  c||,  creation,  production. 

K  3 


\       u 

uatemta  -f) 


[150  ] 


U 


<$. 


M 


L_J1' 


,  Anastasi  I,  7,  3. 


uathS-t  rj^p^^.^.hat    i^    held   up, 
0  1    o  above,  heaven,  sky. 

Uathesit   -C)  ^^^^  ^  ,  Berg.  II,  13, 

"  Raiser,"  a  title  of  Mut. 

Uat    ^  ^^,  way,  road  =  ^^. 

UatU   ^  "^  c^>  %  '^  ,  a  kind  of  plant 
used  in  medicine. 

natch  fl'^fu.  185, -^1^, 

to  be  green,  to  be  young  and  new,  to  thrive,  to 
prosper,  to  flourish,  be  fertile ;  Copt.  OfOOT  ; 

Tiatch-t  ^"^|,P.4i3,M.  59i,N.  1197, 

1^:  ,  ^^fx^l'   ^'^1^'  S^een,  fresh, 
youthful,  something  green. 


uatchuatch 


t 


^ 


p.   419,   M.  600,  N.   1205,  yellowish-green,  or 
green  ;  Copt.  Olf  eXOTOX. 

uatchuatch  |  ^  o,  ^^Z^^. 
uatchuatch-t  ■jO'W  £i|,  Rec.  27, 218, 

something  yellowish-green  in  colour. 

uatchut  1^  ^,  -^1^  ,§  1 ,  ^  ■^ 

'tX"^ "^'  S''een  things,  growing  crops,  plants, 
herbs,  vegetables;  HK  a  I ,  young  trees. 

uatchuatch  '^'^.  '^'^  nV 

n     -(fy    herbs,   vegetables ;    Copt,    crox- 
®  1 1 1 '  oTf  ex. 

Uatchit  f  (j(]  ^ .  I  ^^  S 4'  ""^  ^'''^*'" 

Land,  a  name  of  the  Delta. 

uatch.t^^|-.=^P--^'^^«4y; 

UatCh-t  |lj'|.|^|'^|.  Rerl.   7272,  "fresh 
meat,"  i.e.,  uncooked  meat. 


uatch-t,  uatchit  |  ',  <L  ^  '  1 1  , 

.J7    ^  yVy   a  ceremonial  bandlet  made  of  green 
TlX^'  cloth  or  linen. 

uatch-t  |c^,P.  614,  M.  78i,N.  1138, 

I  c>,  the  Green  Crown. 

uatch  I-   °_,U.s66,  |l^,  ]\l, 

X       o ,  green  feldspar,  sulphate  of  copper,  root 

II  mniio 


of  emerald,  turquoise;   I]  innD  wwvs   j  D£^, 

Bakhet,.-....Sinai(?);|J^^;,,|;^;, 
o  -^X-^    ,  green  stone  of  the  South,  perhaps 


I 

UfflDc,       - 

theemeraldsofGebelZibarah;  |         e/°i 

V    O  O  O    ^       O 

Stone  of  the  North. 


green 


^^,  an  amulet  made  of  "root  of  emerald" 


stone,  either  in   the  round  jj ,  or  sculptured  in 
relief  on  a  plaque,   T  ;  green  stone  in  general. 

Uatch  T  I  ,  I-  the  sceptre  of  feldspar  with 
which  Horus  fought  against  the  foes  of  Osiris  : 
it  proceeded  from  Uatchit,   |  Ci  f7.  ,  N.  705  ; 

,  the  sceptre  of  Isis,  B.D.  105,  4. 

I 


Qnni 


Uatch-en-thehen-t  „  „„„ 

U  nniD        Vv»  o   III 

B.D.  125,  III,  24,  the  crystal  sceptre  which  the 
Fenkhu  gave  to  the  deceased. 

uatohf]|:,  u.  65,  f)^f^^^. 


"^-—^  -^B-    ?  Ci^    eye-paint  containing  sulphate 
lo  o  o'  I)  o  III'  of  copper. 

iio4-»Vi    oX.  to  !    ointment  containing  sul- 
uatch  -V^^j,  phate  of  copper. 

Uatch-ar-ti  (?)  "^  ^.  B-D.  32.  8. 

green  of  eyes,  or  strong  sighted  (?) 

Uatch-an  |^^,T.  145.  M.  198,  N.  540, 
the  name  of  a  sacred  boat. 


^ 


u 


[151] 


U 


^ 


/VAAA/W 
(  ftAAA/V\ 


Uatch-ur  J^,  |^e=(^\  t.  275, 
p.  690,   N.  67,    ■^'^,    "^'fe'^n, 


^s- 1^:^. 


'^=f^^,  "the  Great  Green  water,"  i.e.,  the 


AAAAAA 


sea,  the  ocean ;  ( >  %  %  '  ^  '^  ^^* 

the  islands  of  the  Mediterranean. 

Uatch-ur  "^^^i^i,   Ombos  I,  i, 

83  :  (i)  the  god  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
J^,^,  ^^(j^^  T.  338,  p.  28, 
M.  610;  (2)  a  name  of  the  great  celestial  sea, 

uatch  ra  |  '''^'^,  ^  8°°'*^  '''"^  ^ 

V       I       _S^  green  beak. 

uatch  ha-t  |  '-=^^.  Rec  29, 148,  a 

bird  with  a  green  breast ;  plur.  T  ^^  "^^  ^^  i . 

uatch    I,    I  ,  a    stick,    withy,    twig, 

pillar,  support,  column;  Copt.  OTfeiX;  }f~)  1 1, 

T.    198,   P.    678,    two   pillars   connected   with 

uatchit    I  (](]    "^   .    'Hymn  Darius  35, 

■+1  nil    ^       T    "^       ^  '^^''"  '^'i'h  Pi'lars  in  it, 
'^SHc-n'    D  [^^'  colonnade. 

uatchi[t]    "^  (](|  ^,    stele,    memorial 

tablet ;  Copt.  OTfoeiT"  ;  van  |  c=^s  \\\\  . 

uatch   I  I  (3^  ,  altar,  tablet  for  offerings. 

uatch  1^,  -^^^J:^,  IV,  1 157, 

a  kind  of  loaf  or  cake. 

uatch  T  Q ,  a  disease  of  the  belly. 

Uatch    P  T I     N.  705,   "  green  one,"  a 
Oil)  divine  proper  name. 

Uatch  '4=5,    %.  Ombos  I,  I,  i86-i-88,one 
of  the  14  Kau  of  Ra. 


Uatchit 


fi^:B>.n^fl 


^^■«'".ia'i>:^. 


tssm 


,   Rec.   30,  186, 

Tl  (JO  ^R.,  an  ancient  serpent-goddess.  The 
centre  of  her  cult  was  Per-Uatchit  (Buto),  in  the 
Delta.     She  was  the  chief  goddess  of  the  North. 

Uatchit,  the  holy  double  goddess  of  Pe-Tep; 

r-^  I'll    Rec.  30,  186,  the  seven  companions 
<=.VIIl'  of  Uatchit. 

Uatch-ti  f-^g^g^,  ^  =  ^g^, 


w 


1 1 1' 


I  W  lUKDl  I '  ^^^  ^^'"^  goddesses  Uatchit  and 
Nckhebit,  the  two  uraei  on  the  brow  of  Ra. 

uatchit  ^q^°^^^,»r„.i.„ 
Uatch-au-mut-f  ^  |]%^°— "s_. 

Berg.  II,  9,  an  ape-headed  keeper  of  the  9th 
hour  of  the  night. 

Uatch-aab-f-tep-sekhet-f  -C)  "^  | 

T.  333,  P.  825,  one  of  the  four  bulls  of  Tem. 


Uatchit  neb-[t]-kek 


^, 


Ombos  I,  III,  a  hawk-headed  serpent-goddess. 

ITatoh-Neser.t^|^[^]y, 

B.D.   125,  II,  a  god  of  Memphis,  one   of  the 
42  assessors  of  Osiris. 

Uatch-neterit  ^IxlH^I,  '''^'''',\l\ 


-2^  .aa> 


•t2 


uatch-t  rar(?)  |<: 
Rev.  14,  18 

Uatch-ret  |  ""^^^  isism ,  Denderah  IV,  65, 

a  serpent  associate  of  Horus. 

Uatch-her  T"^,  Tuat  IV,  "Green-face," 
D    I  a  god. 

Uatchit -tcheserit  J  ^J)r.  "^^^  ^)), 


a  goddess  (?) 

uatch 
uatchai 


X 


to  violate. 


'fl^::i!lfl^. 


a  kind  of 
flower. 


K  4 


^        u 


[152] 


U 


^ 


uatohebfJ2!J^TiIJ 

^='    Mar.  Karn.  54,  42,  to  present,  to  bring 
j\  '  forward,  to  recoil  (?) 

uatchna  f|  ^27|  (]  |  ^,  a  flute, 
reed  pipe. 

uatchh  II  ^.  IV,  587,  child. 

uatchh    II  Q.   ||Q'   Bubastis   51, 
altar,  altar  pitcher. 

^,  pronoun,  ist  pers.  sing. 

Ua    \Ji  0  =  mark  of  dual  masc.  =  later  ^  . 
•ua-t  %  I]  Q  .  P-  308,  a  cake,  a  loaf  (?) 
ua  ^  ^  I'  ^  (]  II '  mummy  case, 
ua  %  (]  <S=<,  the  latus  fish. 

134-136,  Mar.  Karn.5S,6r,^^y^,^(](j^, 

8,  V>  n  ^  ^       ,  R.E.  6,  26,  to  remove,  to  set 

aside,  to  withdraw  (from  the  sum) ;  ^  (1  ^^, 

'^ — fl'^    A.Z.    47,    134-136,  setting   aside,   not 
S^     flfo'  counting. 

Tiianesu  1; 

U&a    en  tcha    ^fl!^  aaa^   |j  ,    Nastasen 
Stele  39,  a  kind  of  boat  used  in  the  Sftdan. 

^V  V  1  ' '  ^'^^  '*°  ^^^^^  boats  [of  the  Sun-god], 
i.e.,  the  Sekti  boat  and  the  Antchti  boat. 

U&a  penat  ag^  ^^-^^^  ^^ 

mythological  boat. 


the  boat  of  the  king, 
i.e.,  the  royal  barge. 


^^«A~\    >■     ,  Tuat  HI,  a 


Uaa  em  Mehtit  ^  (]  ^  IM 

°^  \\h'='    Mar.  Aby.  I,  45,  the  sacred  boat  of 
1  ®'  Mehtit. 


P 


uaa  en  maati  |^a~vwv 

boat  of  Truth,  a  mythological  boat. 

Uaa  en  Neh-t  [D  ^  0  ®  >  ^■'^^-  35 

19,  a  boating  J®. 

uaaenRa  ^fl"^^^  ""^^^ 

B.D.  141,  5,  the  boat  of  Ra. 

uaa  en  Khepera  %>  (1  "^^1^ 

M  <:cr>  (1  ^  ,  the  boat  of  Khepera. 

uaaenTef^(|'^^^  ^ww^  ^ 

B.D.  164,  3,  the  boat  of  the  Father. 

uaa  en  Tena  %>  (j  '^  ^JT^ 


>== 


the  boat  of  Tern. 


Uaaherr  ^fe<S.,T»^t  in,  a  mytho- 

^^  <:^:>  logical  boat. 


I, 


uaa  heh  o.  h 

Millions  of  Years,"  a  name  of  the  boat  of  Ra. 

Tuat  III,  the  boat  of  the  earth ;  %>  h  "^  % 
,  Tuat  II,  the  four  boats  of  the  earth. 


,  Tuat  VII, 


I  III   I   s 

Uaa  Testes  iM 

a  star-goddess. 

uaa  (5  (j  '^'^^.  Ainen.  24, 19,  to  praise. 

Uaa-t   (£  n  "^  '^^,  a  kind  of  bird. 

uaa-t  (3  U  'ts   ^ ,  nausea,  vomiting. 

tk  A  1K      ^     Anastasi  I,  28,  3,  to  be  weak, 
_r  H  ^  '^'  loose,  flabby. 

uaauit  e  \\  "^  (](|  c^  f%,  the  weakness 
of  old  age,  tottering,  feeble. 

Rec.  32,  IS 


^       u 


[153] 


^So 


,^— ii, 


\f\ 


uan  ^  (]  ^,  ^  (j 

%\  /]  "^  T~n    to  put  aside,  to  shift,  to  depart 
Ju    1  J^s o'  from,  to  transgress. 

udnf(?)  tk^-^^ 

worms,  become  maggoty. 

U4ntit%>|j 

carob  fruit. 

uath-ab  (?)  %>  (\  \^=^'0,  U.  460,  son 
of'O'nap^. 

ua  ^,  an  interjection. 

ua  ^^^*-)  curse. 

ua 


■\kZz^' 


to  turn  mto 


<&<  C^  Q   a  goddess,  Ombos 

A«ww(3\>  O'  2,  133. 

;  see 


,  as  an  indefinite  article ; 
,  a  festival;     i      \\    >k^^  i;vl  ' '  ^  door; 

UaU   """^"vSi     '^i  ^   a  ""^"'  a  person, 
a^'  fl  JT'  anyone. 

ua  '^,  U.  316,  N.  1238 
one,  single,  only  one;  fern,     q 


anyone. 
P.  641, 


I  I  I  I 

I I  I  I 


!'•  617,  ^l^l^,  Rec.  31,  65,      1^ 

Rec.   23,   196,  one  who  became  eight ;  Copt. 
OTA.,   OTi-I. 

Ua-t     t:^    ,  one  woman,  one  wife; 


nnnn 

nnn  _ai^  nil  1 

children  of  one  wife 


I    iwwv      ci    ,  70  children,  the 


One,  ;'.^.,  God ;     |       |    .number  one  of  the  gods. 


ua 


,  Amen.  i6,  7,      | 


i%^, 


(? 


.      I 


w 


w 


^^' 


IS! 
only  one,  sole,  solitary,  alone. 

uaau  ^^,  ^^'^'  °"^'  °"'y 

one,  alone,  favourite. 


^ 


uaa-t 
uaiu 


IK      Ci 


loneliness. 


%\  " — n  ^^^^     "  °"'y  ones,"  i.r.,  distinguished 
-21  (S   ci  o  o  o  '  men 

uati^3^](j,U.36s,^^]l] 

P-  157, 


<=  w 


Q    \\       o 


njrw 


li  n ,  only  one,  sole ;  fern 


(2 


I     ,       I  ,  Israel  Stele  12 ; a  Jf ,  the 

ci  iLj      Qc    \\  Q    W  111 

onlyGod;^^^^^^,Rev.  11,  125,^^, 
Mar.  Karn.  53,  28,  royal  statue;  Copt.  OTA.A.T. 


uaua 


'"^■^^^'^Ln^Ln 


Rec.  30,  187, " 


© 


n  .      n 


'      I 


I     (? 
fl 


-(2 


alone ; 


— u fl     (^,  one  only,  one 


—fU. 
c>  W 


only   without   his   second ; 


I 


11    O 


(S. 


one 


•<25^  ;3l^  Ml'  °"e  only  creator  of  things  that  are. 

A/WA/VA  II  I 


ua 


\J  Q7\,  Jour.  As.  1908,  285,  to  set 


apart  something  for  a  purpose. 


ua 


I'V 


e     y   *^  ,  alone  by  himself; " 


to  be  alone ; 

®    I 


alone  by  thyself. 

ua  ab  "^ 


1^   I   I 


y,  "one  heart,"  a  title  (?) 


ua  — 

- fl 


<^^ 


U  <r-i''   ,  one  and  the  other; 

,  IV,  1 03 1,  one  proceeding  from 


K\   n ,  one  in  ten  ; . 


one ;  czz^.  J   V^     1     ,  in   one  place  together ; 

,  Rec. 

20,  42,  one  on  each  side;  B   v       Sr"'^~^ 


<^^ 


with  a  common  cry ;       1      *  "^"^ 

^       — »       I    c.     I      Ci 


-c°^ 


O 


,  IV,  1 1 04,  one  cried  to  the  other;    ^^     wwna 


II    0 
II    O 


-,  one  to   her   fellow;       |      Jfj    www 


,  one  god  to  his  neighbour. 


ua  en  ua     1 


<n?  <n? 


one  to  one,  i.e., 


_fl'  one  to  another. 


u 


[154] 


U 


ua  neb  ^" 


<r-^ 


' ,  every  one,  everybody ; 
II    O 


everybody  is  like  his  neighbour. 

ua  her  ua  ^  -f-  <^  one  on  the  top 

'  n   I    „  '   n'        of  the  other. 


ua  her  khu 


<^   ® 


J]  I 


,  B.M.  196,  one 


by  reason  of  iiis  abiUties  or  qualities;  .«-ai- 

AA/VW\ 


<§"    ®      ®   . 


. ,  IV,  1026,  he  was  unrivalled. 


ua-her- . 

wn  (] 
.  ki 


<^^  9. 


use  unknown  (Lacau). 


,  an  object - 


ua 


Ua  ^ 


the  one 
",  B.D.  161 

,  T.  247,  the 

ONE,  later  ^,   ^'^  ^  ,  ^°^"^,  a  title  of 

Ra,  Osiris,  Amen  and  other  gods,  and  of  the 
deceased  as  a  divine  being :   thus  Pepi  II   is 

<^^         a  ^  . , 

f^f^'^-^^  ,  JN.  052. 


....  the  other ;  fem. 
(Rubric  2). 


I 


ua-t 


<^^ 


the  name  of  one  of  the  eyes 
of  Ra. 

^-t  "~  Pn  .  ^^  L'  "''    "^""%  ""J   ' 
o  O  liA.   ci  ^^^   crown,  or  diadem. 

Uauti  ^^,  B.D.G.  659,^7^^ 

0  ^  J) ,  a  name  of  Hathor. 

Uauti  l^^^J,   B.D.   164,  I,  Moret, 

Culte,   140,  i.e.,  ONE,  a  title  of  Neith  and  of 
Sekhmit-Bast-Ra. 


;YA- 


Ua-uben-em-Aah 


I  „ 


Ml 


h a  §  ^  J  ,  B.  D.  2,  I ,  a  title  of  Osiris. 

Ua-pest-em-Aah  ^^^^(j 

Yi  I  ^  J| ,  B.D.  2,  2,  a  title  of  Osiris. 


Ua  em  Ua 


<^^ 


<-^ 


,  B.D.  42,  17, 


"  One  [proceeding]  from  One,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

Ua-menh  ^  '^^^  §  ° ,  B.D.  7,  i,  "One 

of  wax,"  i.e.,  the  wax  figure  of  Aapep  which  was 
burnt  ceremonially. 

Ua  seqeb  1^  H  <d  J  |,  B.D.  105,  a  god. 

ua-t  ^<=,  a  piece;  Iplj^m^S, 
a  piece  of  asha  cloth. 


uaau 


<j=^ 


i\ 


private   chamber,   or 
apartments. 


ua  Dv^^,  Dum.  H.I.  I,  26,  27,  %^ 


<^' 


spear,  lance. 


ua-ti 


<n?    ^ 


,  a  Staff  with  a  jackal's  head. 


-     4.-       K'^' 

Ua-tl  ,  a  hair  tail,  a  tail. 

^^'**  rt\  5f7k'    ^5aK'  the  Lion,  a 


5f7k 

sign  of  the  Zodiac. 

ua-ti  1^4a.  ^■■°^45r,'^^^'^,  akind 
of  goat. 

^a^^,P.98,M.68  =  (]^^^, 

N.  48,  flesh  and  bone,  heir,  heritage. 

ua-t 


p.  57,   122,  N.  661,  flesh, 
heir. 


ua 


e 


flc 


e  l_j; 


i,  p. S.B.  13,303, 


(0     (0 


^,. 


U=fl' 


\Ji  0  L=/i,   an   officer,   master,    lieutenant,  an 
official  of  any  kind ;  plur.  *^  L=fl  , 

ua  en  menshu 


I 


master  of  the  boat,  captain. 

ua  en  khenu  ^ 


\^L=fl, 


master  niarmer. 

ua   %\ fl^^,  a  kind  offish. 


e 


L-fl 


,  to  smite,  to  slay,  to  smash. 


\ 


,  to  slay,  fight,  battle,  slaughter ; 
EE^_.^_.^,Rec. 


a^ qL_=/] 


15,  171,  eight  leagues  of  slaughter. 


uaa  (a 


^3i.  \. 


'^^^,   Amen.    11,    16, 
%,  to  cry  out,  to 


conjure,  to  blaspheme,  to  curse ;  demotic  form, 

T  ~  ^  M' ""•  "■  "■•• 

■n™""  ja   B.D.  144,  147,  the  herald  of  the 

L-fl  m'  3rd  Arit. 


^ 


u 


[155] 


U 


\ 


uaa 


^"^^i"^' ■^^''' '"' ''''^'"'' 


Copt.  I-&.T,  e\^^^.t. 
uaab     I    - 


Rev.  II,  136,  will,  pleasure. 

uai,  uait 


^i^-.r:^^fl 


TiMn, 


,  a  kind  of  worm  ; 


-e^ 


:mT.. 


<g    T 1  "torn 
worms,  bait  for  fish. 

uau  % a  ^  ^ ,  box,  casket. 

Uauti  ^"      V^'lll''  ^  ^"^'^  of  star,  comet  (?) 
Uab  ^__j]/^,  U.  573.  P-  322,  607, 

M.333,^J^,P.     I9./f-.J^, 

^•9^7.^?Cj,U.i88,_.^f°^, 

P.    123,/'^^        U^A~^,  ReC.  31,13,  31,/^      IwwNA, 

I         ^  /T  f        J      /W^AW  I      ^       AAAAAA  _//       I      ^ 

to  be  innocent,  guiltless,  to  be  clean,  to  be 
purified,  to  be  ceremonially  pure  or  clean,  to 
purify,  to  purify  oneself,  a  cleansing,  clean,  to 
wash  clean,  pure,  holy  ;  Copt.  CVOTI. 

uab  aui  /^ 

clean-handed. 

uab  ra  /^ 
uabu  heru  /^ 


^AAAA^ 

I    AAAAAA 
AjNAAAA 


•n: 


of  pure    mouth, 
clean  speech. 


"^  I,  beings  with 


clean  or  pure  faces. 

/^   I  ^^AAAA  J  /^   1  /wwvA  (^  M5ij  holy  man,  priest, 

I       ^     A/\AAA/\        (        -cJ     /w^AA<^  C_l  ^^  ..-«-» 

libationer;  Copt.  CTHhS.  ;   plur.   /^  1,  /j 

i^  I      AAAA/W  I    , 

I         ^     AWWNA       ^        !      I 

uabaa^^_^,^f|^j,^ 

M?i a,  high   priest,   chief  priest;  plur. 

1    J  ^  I  I  I  I  ' 

uab  aa-ami-hru-f  /^  '^^  ^^^^  ~ll- 

,  the  high  priest  of  the  day. 


AAAA/W 
AAAAAA 


W    [^    O     I 


AAAAAA 
*SA/WV^ 


uab  Sekhruit    ^^    ® 

Ebers  Pap.  99,  2,  3,  exorcist. 

uab-t   abt  /     1  ,v>a«»ac^D3,  the  month's 
duty  of  a  priest. 

uabu  ^ — °^lli'  I'-  4'^>  ^ — ° 

^  ^k.    ■'^'  ''95'  ''^^  pure,  those  who  are 
^  "T  '  ceremonially  clean. 


uabtiu,   uabut  (?)     .^^  '^ 

/  ^      \  \!  \p  *'^^^  ^**^^y  ones,  />.,  the  dead. 

U9>b       /        ]    /VAAAArt   J       /C"     AAAWV  ,       tO      pOUf      OUt      a 

cleansing  liquid,  to  pour  out  libations. 

rCAAAW  j^    A/VSAAA  jH-'iO  fV        f^^'^^f^ 

^AAAAA        /^^^         /W\AAA        /^  1      V\  ^^A^AA 

AAA^^'\        I       ^       AA/VA/>A       |         ^        //      ysWVNA 

libation,  a  sprinkling  with  water  in  which  incense 
has  been  dissolved ;  plur.  /^  1  www  i  ^  /Vj  vA\  ,  ^ 


/VS/WWA 


uabit  /^  J  HH  ^.  P-S.B.  .6,  132,  offer- 

tk  '   I  I  '  Rec.  27,  223,  h'lly  raiment  or  vestment, 
V    I     '        apparel  which  is  ceremonially  pure. 

p.  608,  N.   52,  962,  Rec.  31,   163./^ 


AAAA/V\  . 


ceremonially  pure,  a  holy  place,  a  sanctuary,  a 
place  where  purification  was  effected,  a  wash- 
house,  a  bath ;  Copt.  OTr^<L^  ;  /]  '^ 
doubly  pure  place,  twice  pure  place. 


\ 


u 


[156] 


U 


'wv^^         ,  a  vessel  of  holy  water  (?) 


liab-t  /  1  ^^~^^  ,  /  1  '^^^^  j|,  the  cham- 
ber in  a  temple  in  which  the  ceremonies  symbohc 
of  the  mummification  of  Osiris  were  performed ; 

it  was  commonly  called  /     I  q    ., 

f   Jr-2  ^^-^ 


uab-t 


n 


the  holy  place,  a  name  of 
heaven. 


Uabit  C^  "^  .  ^^''^"  "'  ''*'  ^  "^"^Nuf 


TJab-t    /^  •'^=^     a   sanctuary  of  Libya- 
t    Jr^m'  Mareotis. 


^^^n^'  n^ 


nnH 


base,  pedestal,  socket. 

uab-t   /]  J  "^  ,  Rec.  17,  4,  tomb, 

Tiabut  (?)  /J  '^  1 ,  Edict  IS,  breweries  (?) 

Uabasut   /^   njjjj  A  ,  the  name  of 
the  pyramid  of  Userkaf. 

^^^ nii''''''°'' 

Uabur   >^  c-a  ^^^  J|,  "great  sanctu- 
ary," a  name  of  Osiris. 

uabab-t  %>_ q  J — ojo,  u.  452, 

holy  offerings. 

^5^^^,    V\~^^ /I,  to  tie,  to  bind,  to 

wring,  to  twist,  to  fetter,  fetter,  tie,  band ;  ^ 

L=fl^^^^,   Kubbin    Stele    i;  %         °^, 
L.D.  Ill,  5SA;  Copt.  loqe. 

uam^_.|;^^^,tosiay(?) 

^  vr-^,  Rec.  13,  15,  15,  107,  ^A,,w.A  \^  , 

1.3,  15,  cedar;  p.  O  ^i  tbe  fruit  of  the  cedar. 
Uftn  a  ,7^,  to  kill,  to  slay. 


uar  ^^>  Rec.  22, 2,  31,  31,  ^; 


I  A.Mar.  Karn.  53,  37,. 


A,  Amen.  11,7, 


<:=>^  -A,  Rec.  21,  77,  to  come  forth  (of  a 

child  from  the  womb),  to  take  to  flight,  to  escape, 
to  depart,  to  melt  away. 

uaru  "^ °^  ^  ^   Peasant  208,  fugi- 

uaru  ^^_^^3^'     live  (?)  flight  (?) 
uar.t^^i,N.„96^^\, 

T.  399,  p.  378,  412,  M.  590,  ^:^^|, 

I  (^,  thigh,  foot  and  leg;   dual  ^  ^H  . 
:he  two  thighs;  Copt.  C 

(2  o  e^  (9       e 


eo 


J  '^  '\(  ^ ,  the  two  thighs ;  Copt.  OTepHTG. 


•  W 

Uar-t 


^yc, Di()Ki<,  one 

of  the  36  Dekans  ;  Greek  ova/ic 

Rec.  26,  229,  a  piece  of  ground,  the  quarter  of 
a   town,    a    place   of  bifurcation,    bend ;    plur. 

Rec.  II,  35,  the  artists'  quarter. 

uar-t    ^/wvNA^,  o\\aaaaa/.,  Rec.  29,  146, 

\  1 — I ,  bend  of  a  canal  or  lake. 

uar-t  ^  ,  the  necropolis  at  Abydos. 

„ar-t  ^-^  °  ,  %t=^^. 


■'\^i^'\^^'\ 


< — ^\!^j\A,  the  name  of  a  bend  in  a  hill,  or  of 

a  portion  of  the  mountain  at  Abydos,  which  was 
sacred  to  Osiris  ;  near  it  was  a  passage  or  corridor, 
with  a  canal  in  it  or  near  it,  by  which  offerings 
were  supposed  to  be  transported  to  the  Other 
World. 

uar-t  aa-t  %;>  :^^  |  ^  I^  ■  ,  B.D. 

86,  9,  the  name  of  a  place  where  offerings  were 
made  at  Abydos;  ^  ^^^^~|,  the  great  Uar-t. 

Uar-t  neb-t  heteput  i  "^  ^37=^= 

,  the  uar-t  of  offerings  at  Abydos. 


I  I  I 


^ 


u 


[157] 


U 


^ 


uar-t    ^      ,  B.D.  150, 14,  5,  a  sacred  place 


at 


ffl 


Q£X 


uar-t  \  ,  B.D.  153B,  10,  the  site  of  a 
moon-temple  ( |  ^  s=i'^^    Z5  f]  "^^ 

Uar-t  ^^1  ^,  I  ^,  B.D.  98,  2, 

86,  9  :  (i)  a  region  in  the  Tuat ;  (2)  the  passage 
by  which  souls  went  to  the  Tuat. 

Uar-t  ent  akhemiu-seku  %^^!  i  ^ 

mythological  locality. 

Uar-t  ent  Ast,  etc.  v^  <=>  ^  (? 

I  <=>   J  J       Cl       iS.-^       T  <=>     I       A    Q    c 

v2    I       etc.,  B.D.  99,  25,  26,  the  keel  (?)  of 
S  T-^  '  the  magical  boat. 

Uar-t  ent  baa,  etc.    ^  JUJ 

IX^     ^     etc.,  B.D.  IS3A,   13,  the  name  of  a 
y^ '- 1 '  part  of  the  magical  net. 

Uar-t  ent  mu  (?)   f  -^^^^ ,  b.d. 

149,  a  place  in  the  13th  Aat. 

Uar-t  ent  she  \  ,  b.d. 

149,  a  place  in  the  nth  Aat. 

Uaruti  ^  ©^.Rechnungense,  5'='^^' 
I  ^^,  Rec.  9,  35,  I  ^,  inspector,  over- 
seer, ranger ;  ^  V\  ww^v  j  MM '  ^^v^''^^^'' 
of  the  governor's  dining  room. 

Uarit,    ^  (1(1  Ci  ,  fem.,  mistress. 

uar  ^'^  0-  juniper  (?)  (perhaps  =  ^ 
^0);plur.^(2^|. 

uar-t  ^^^,P--^-^;^J-| 

Uari  %,  '^  (|(|i^,Rev.  14,  17,  to  flow 
over  or  away ;  Copt.  OTf tuXe. 


uarirau 


^'y\Lk^ 


{     Rev.    14,    12,    singers,    waiters;    Copt. 

I '  oTf  eXo-reXe. 


grain,  an  offer- 
ing of  grain. 


uah 

uah  ^ 0  K  I?  I  a  meat  offering. 

uaskhi  (uskhi)  ^"^  0  ®  OO  5,  Rev. 

II,  168,  something  woven. 

Ul    ^  ,  mark  of  the  dual  masc,  e.£., 

It  AA/WAA 

^^^|l|l^^\twogreatobelisks;^fJ  ^ 
<=>  I^im  I  ^  '  ^^'^  ^""^^^  mighty  gods; 

uiui  (?)  ^^  ^^  1^  I ,  Anastasi  I,  3,  7,  light  = 

Ui  ^  Ou.  Pers.  pron.  ist  sing. 

Ui  ^()(|,P.  163,  N.  854,^ (](]§,  Rec. 

ui  (3 


Rec.  30,  185,  an  interjection, 
an  exclamation. 


^^,  Rev.  to  go  away ;  Copt.  OTei. 


J\ 


to  reject,  to 


cast  aside,  to  throw  away. 

Ui-ermen(?)    ^()(j,^_ii^,  b.d. 

99,  26,  the  worker  of  the  sail  in  the  magical Ijoat. 
ui-t    \)>0(]        ,  chamber,  room. 


e 


"^  (|(|  ^C?  #  (j     "^    ,  Rev.  14,   16,  husbandry, 
agriculture ;  compare  Copt.  Olfoeie. 

judgment,  decision. 

um^(iqo|,Rev.,.„8„^!j(|^, 

Rev.  II,  178.  ^(1 1]  0  0®.  Jour.  As.  1908,  289, 

light ;  Copt,  oiroem. 

^^^  \Vi^  ^.^.,  to  open;  see ^. 

uin  %^  (|(| -wwvx '-"-',  ^(|(|y^.^, 
window ;  Copt,  o-rojini  in  JULA-neponfCJomi. 

Uinn    e  (|(|  00  ivXj,   Rev.  13,    107,  i.e., 

f^^^^  "S;^,  Greece,  Greek;  Heb.  IV. 


^  U  [ 158  ] 


U 


^ 


liit 


^M    I  ™,  Rev.   13,   104,  15,  16, 


c^  I 
I 

QUID  I 


I ,  Rev. 


^[jl]^  ffim],  stele;   plur.  ^ 
Rev.  12,  59,  a  stone  stele. 


uiti 


\\S 


',  © 


dresser  of  the  dead,  embalmer. 
Ub  (2   H'O',  heart;  see  ab '^. 


embalmed  body. 
;  ,  a 


^  I 

Ub  ^xj; 

ub    VS    llir-a,  Rec.  12,  32,  limit,  frontier. 


^AAA/^A 


"J 


AAAAAA 


ub  ^  J  I  ^,  Rev.  II,  124,  ^  ^  "i^  ^, 
Rev.  13,  22,  %  Jl  -^.  Jour-  As.  1908,  291, 
^  ^  .^,  Rev.  13,  41,  ^  ^  I)  ^,  Rev. 
i3,8,^'i^^,Rev.  ii,I46,^Ja(?)-®-, 
opposite,  facing;  Copt.  OTfiie. 

ub  (Ubub?)   ^  ^  §.  Wort.  248. 

(3       (0 

ubub    V    V  ,  to  break  open. 

5^^,  Peasant  176,  g^^^il^,  5^^ 
5^^^,  servant,  butler,  workman,  artisan;  var. 

,  servant,  handmaiden. 


Uba  ^  J  "i^  3  ,  work,  toil. 

ubaraufJ,4^-=^,J§,J= 

f=r\.    »,S.|,    S.,  Rec   35,   56: 

9^^~^^,  A.Z.  1868,  89,  1874,  89,  howsoever 

many  there  may  be,  whatsoever,  et  cetera ;  Copt 
OTTHp. 


dig  out  ore,  to  hew  stone  in  a  quarry,  to  quarry 
stone. 

ubaitanerJJ^^()(]^(j^. 

stonebreaker,  quarryman. 

Uba  ^J^,P.66,N.685,^":^J, 

N.  7"3,  P.  "71.  ^  J  %».  f-   I*'  "■  597. 

I  1^^  ^,  v^ )  to  open,  to  open  up  a  country, 

to  penetrate,  to  make  a  way  into  a  foreign  land, 
hence  to  raid,  to  invade,  to  enter. 

uba  ab    1  "i^  V\  C',  to  open  the  heart, 
i.e.,  to  confide,  to  speak  freely. 

ubaaui   9  J  "^^^       °,  to  open  the 
arms  in  greeting. 

ubara  f  J^"^!  ■^,  to  open 

the  mouth. 

ubakhnem-t  ^  |  1^  -1^  ^C^^"*' 

to  open  a  well. 

entrance. 

Uba(ta?)  9  ,A.Z.  1901,63,  afestival. 

■»■  <^  III 

to  open  the  eyes,  to  look,  to  gaze,  to  spy  into, 
W  ,  forecourt,  courtyard ;  plur.   9    ]|  i*^^ 


Cl     I 


(5  , , ,  ^  &     court  of  Ra  (in  a 

■    r'^°5il'  temple). 


^ 


u 


[159  ] 


U 


\ 


uba 


iM\~'  fm 


MR 


(2  ,  part  of  a  doorway,  or  of  a  door  (?) 


Uba...  JJ 

a  god  of  the  nth  Pylon. 

Uba-em-tu-f  ^  J 


?^-,  Denderah  IV,  84, 


c^    ^ 


",  the  god  of 


the  nth  hour  of  the  night. 

Ubaukhikh-tepi-nehet-f   ^ 

p.  826,  M.  249,  N.  203,  one  of  the  four  Bull- 
gods  of  Tern. 


Uba-ta 


im 


,  B.D. 


'53'^)  25,  a  god  of  the  net  of  the  Akeru  gods. 


Uba-taiu    "^  -^  \>  \>,  Nesi-Amsu  32   2  2,  a 
4.  title  of  Aapep. 

Ilba    ^    H  %\  Dl    '°  flame  up,  to  become 
IJ  Jr  '4 '  excited. 

Ubash    (2  ^^,C30  m,    Rev.    n,    173, 

white;  Copr.  OTfi.A.cy. 

Ubak  o,  (E<^,  Q.  "^^j  to  shine, 


to  be  abundant. 

ubag  I  ffi 


* 


g.is% 


see 0 . 


Uba 
uben  %  J 


n  [1   ^  Lanzone,  Domicilio,  PI.  8, 
JSd'  a  god  of  the  Tuat. 


J\ 


to  advance. 


o  ■ 

O  ' 


Uben  ^  J  — ^,  u.  484,  ^  J  Q  I . 

U.3.3,^J^i,U.290,^J'^^ 
N.7X9,^J.§.T.46,^J^|j^,y 


o  o 


^%> 


.^B- 


,  Rev.  13,  40,  to  rise,  of  a  planet 


or  any  celestial   body,   to   illumine,   to   shine ; 


^J 


O 


D 


,  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun. 


ubnit 


^Jol)q]o,^--....%J., 


Uben^J„5^f|0,B.M.a36,^J 

tial  bodies  which  give  light,  luminaries,  rays  of 
light. 

uben    \S  \\  A  l  > '°  dawn,  the  sunrise. 

Uben-t  ^   H  -'^    the  P'^^e  ^^here  the 
_jl  Ji  nr-3'  sun  rises. 

uben.J7^,^JJX.|, 

"  he  who  thrusts  himself  up,"  a  name  of  the 
Sun-god. 


Ube.-urr^J7|g,^J7 

,  M.  754,  P.  744,  a  title  of  Ra. 

a  name  of  the  1st  hour  of  the  day. 

uben  heh  ^  S  I  ^^5:7,  the  festival  of  the 
13th  day  of  the  month. 

ubnieJ'^^,eJ~7l]y.Rec. 

18,  182,  "the  thruster  up,"  a  name  of  the  solar 
disk. 

Ubenna  ^  J  ^  (]  ^ ,  N.  705,  a  form 

of  the  Sun-god. 

Uben-aa^J-Jy^y,  ^ 

J"""^  N.       Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one  of  the  75  forms 
O      ^'  of  Ra  (No.  53). 

Uben-em-nubit^|J^|,the 

name  of  a  goddess  (Hathor), 

9  j^'^,  (^   )  X^,  to  overflow,  to  be  abundant. 

^   (j(|™x„  "'»";«. 

J/\AAAAA  ^      Q 

wound,  stripe,  blow,  sore. 

^  j,  ^J  ^°  ^,  Peasants©, 
a  kind  of  plant  or  seed. 


[160] 


U 


Ubentui  ^  J  ^  f ,  P.  648,  ^  J 

M.  747,  two  sons  of  Ra(?) 


ubr 

kind  of  disease  (?) 

"•«'"' ^ J xl'^j:-"'""b"kht 
ubekh.t^J»|,  ;^JVH,m„ 

Darius  21,  light,  brilliance,  blaze. 

Ji  0  [^T3  of  Isis  and  Nephthys. 
ubekh  %  J^  I.  white;  Copt.  onf^A-Cy. 

ubekh-t  e  J    ®^  5,  Amen.  21,  I,   ^®, 
clothing,  cloth,  woven  stuff,  apparel;  plur.  (g  J 
0,  KoUer  Pap.  -i,  i,  Anastasi  IV,  2,  12. 

Ql     III  f     O'       ' 

ubekh  ^J®^.''  ^'^^'  ^  '^'"'dress" 

Ubes  ^   11  n,  Wort.  15,  Suppl.  251,  to  lay 
n  «J|  I  up  a  store  of  corn  (?) 

an  aromatic  plant. 


.^■W^i' 


AAAAAA 


Ubes  ^Jp 

Ubesu  ^JP^fJj.  B.D.  130, 


B.D.   130,  8,  a  water 
flood  (?) 


32,  a 


group  of  fiery  beings  in  the  service  of  Shu. 

Ubes-her-per-em-khetkhet  ^JO 

,  B.D.  17,  105,  one 


of  the  seven  spirits  who  guarded  the  body  of 
Osiris. 

ubtaJ=(|,;^J](J,<.J](|,.ob„m. 

«bti.J3,.j°|]|)(|.  »-'«'.£»: 

ub,.ubtt.J^(J,^(J,^J 

■^^^  Hi    to  set  fire  to,  to  scald,  to  burn,  to  be 
f— ^3*4'  burned,  to  sting  (of  an  insect). 

Ubt  ej-z^iafj,  sjc=>f^^,  an  astrin- 
gent medicine. 

flamed  sore,  inflammation,  cancer,  gangrene,  a 
burning. 


up 


D      D    (s 


X 


.'  D    © 


D    ^Xi 


Rec.  21,  14,  \J  ,    \/,  except,  but. 

up  er   \/   "^  \/    except,  but,  with  the 
<:zr>'  _zr<:=>'  exception  of. 

up  her  X/'^l'^,  L.D.  III,  140C, 
^  ^  ,  Israel  Stele  5.  V  %^  ^,  V  ^  ^, 
\/  ^,  V  11  ^  J,  except,  but;  V  ^    ' 

D(2iaxUi^         ^  Q  y  — 


—^  ,  except  thyself. 

up    \J  ^^,  Rev.,  joy,  gladness. 

Up,upp   ^\/,M.  2i4,^\/,U.  14 

\\/,  U.  27,  \J,  N.  64,  T.  283,  P.  so,  140: 

204,   M.    169,  V,    \/\\| 
D   X     □   X     ' 


X 


D   t2c 


D   X 


L=il'  D    W 

6^  J\,  lour.  As.  IQ08,  287 
D"a'    "^   -^   -^-^      •'^r      '. 

to  open,  to  open  up,  i.e.,  inquire  into  a  matter, 
to  try  and  decide  a  case  in  law,  to  decree,  to 
judge,  to  pass  judgment. 


Upi^D(l(]^,^°(](l,Rec.   29,    MS 

opener;  plur.  ^\/  ^  ^.  ^V  f]^-^ 
T.  357,  P-  42,  N.  29. 

up-tenthemut  V||    ^   ^^j 

A.Z.  35,  17,  women  who  have  borne  children  (?) 
up  en  khat    \J  ^/^ww  ,  opener  of 

the  womb,  i.e.,  firstborn,  firstling. 


up-t  \/^ 

D    X 


e 


up-t  mitu      tv 

death  sentence. 


a  ^^ '  0  1^x21' 

Rec.  33,   137,  judgment, 
sentence,  doom,  verdict. 


up-t  Amentiu  \/ ft  ft  fr,  the  judgment 

of  those  in  Amenti. 

up-t  mettut   \/  A  ^^^,  the  judgment 
r  •        D  x4ci  III 

of  words  and  deeds. 


upi 


Q. 


work,    business   affairs, 
worker. 


up-t    \/,   work,   business,   daily  duty; 

D    ci 

^  ^^  V^  '    1\      \/  ^  ^    blacksmiths   at 
L_a^i   ^    0^X21'        [their]  work. 


^ 


u 


[161] 


U 


^ 


Up-t    \J ,  income,  revenue,  daily  supply; 
plur.  \/^^,  U.  509. 


uput 


X  I  I  1      D  X 


r  I  I      D 


U  I 


I, 


D 


III' 


X 


^'    D    (3 


I ,  lists  of 


things,  inventories,  catalogues,  accounts,  regis- 
ters, documents. 


uput 
upu-t 


]    lists  of  the  people, 
I '  i.e.,  census. 


D   Xc 


ff'  D  q'  d  ex; 
'  c  X    sir  D  c.    Jr  D  x; 


T.    21 

message,  embassy,  order,  decree,  errand,  com- 
mand, mission,  duty,  commission. 

a  royal  commis- 
sion. 

!  f  ^   an  annual 
mission. 


upu-t  nesu 


T       D 


(:• 


uput  renp-t  \/  '  i\A  1 

up   \J  I Z],  leader,  chief. 

D   X 

upp     \/x^,    \/u=J],  judge;   plur. 
upu^V^,V(](|(£g|,^,judges. 

uputi  ^  y ,  ^  y  ^ ,  N.  597, 898, 

}/,\/^,^y,  U.sii,T.323,M.6o2, 

N.   1048,  Y]^,   M.  517,   V]l)^> 
N.  1098,  divine  messenger,  envoy  of  the  gods  ; 

plur.  ^y  ^,  u.  186,  ^,  u.  208,  y 

^^^^.  N.    749,    ^^|,    P.   454. 
Later  forms  are  the  following  : — 

D  X    'dcx-*       Jtd  X    □   Jr   X   5ii 

envoy,  messenger;  plur,  \J  Vi>     "^ 


D"\\X 


l'D%xC' 


D  ew^     ^1  □  c.£H^2!ri    D  Jr  I  '  I 
uputi  nesu  1    ^   V  |,  1  Vo, 

I  \J  Ma,  king's  messenger. 


,  the  New  Year  festival  ; 
A.Z.  19 1 2,  55,  festival,  rejoicing. 


upit 

D"S     O 

up  -  aaiu  -  hetut  -  Net 

■■nnnnrmq''^ 

iiiiiiiii  inrjn     r\ 

opening  of  the  doors  of  the  houses  of  Neith 


^2:7, 


V' 


IIIIIIIII 
innini 

TTIMlIir     [£ 


aa 


the  festival  of  the 


up  uat  \J  *5^  "^  °P^"  ^^^  ^^^y-  '■^■'  '» 

^*^  o    I '  act  as  a  guide, 

up  m'tennu    W, 


jia 


1  ^=^ 

to  open  the  way,  i.e.,  to  act  as  guide. 

up  re  ^,  U.  253,  p.  214, 


D 


P.    589,    601, 


■I      D    X      I         D    X 


DqX 

the  ceremony  of  "opening  the  mouth"  of  the 

deceased;  y^J^^^^^^^j  — 

the  successful  "  opening  the  mouth "  of  those 
who  are  in  heaven. 


up  re  V  c=~=r,  the  book  or  service  of  the 

"  opening  the  mouth  " ;  \J  ,  Mar.  .\by.  II, 

37,  regulations. 

up-trenp.tx[/,2i^^Jf7,V^° 

the  opening  of  the  year,  i.e.,  the  New  Year. 

up-t renp-t  ^^k^,\J [^, 
\{/  ^3:7,  \{/^_^,  \/ ,  to  keep  the  festival 

of  the  New  Year,  the  New  Year  festival ;    U/ 

"^-"^  ®  (J?s  I    t'^s  festival  of  the  New  Year  of  the 
I  D  ^  r  ancestors. 

Up  rehui 


f ,  "judge 

of  the  two  men  "  (Horus  and  Set),  a  title  of  the 
priest  of  Thoth  of  Hermopolis  Parva. 

L 


% 


u 


[162] 


U 


up-t  khent  \/ 

the  fork  of  the  legs. 


'-'■'^    \\,  Hh.  447, 


Denderah  4,  79,  an 
ape-god  of  Edfft. 


Up-t,  Upti  V,  U.  sii,  y  J^, T.  32.3, 

^;;l^,   Lanzone,   20,  V  ^  ^,  Rec. 

B.M.  32,  487,  a  title  of  several 


33.  32,  Q 


W 


gods. 


Upit    \J  p.  ,  a  serpent-goddess. 

Upau  ^  V  il^J^-.T.  35  7,  ^Y 
U  \>%^>  N.  176,  a  title  of  Anpu. 

Upau  ^  V  (]  ^.  I'-  42,  M.  722,  \/ 

/)^,M.62,;^V(1^^.N.29,^V 
(I   v^  ^y^,  N.  719,  i.e.,  Anpu  and  Up-uatu. 

Upast    \/  ||  Q  ,  Tuat  I,  a  light-god. 

XJpu   \/  %\    Tuat  VI,   one  of  the  nine 
^^  Jtl  '  destroyers  of  souls. 

Upu   \/  '^xi,  fuat  IX,  god  of  the  ser- 
Q     _2r    r  pent  Shemti. 

TJpuAcia^V^lj.^^, 

U.x86,^V|j^^^,T.65,M.22:, 

%V    k  (]zl1\    ^,  N-  597,  a  form  of 
Jr    Q    -^  H     m  ^'  Thoth  (?) 

Up-uatu  ^^^,  P.  542,  Vfj 

^£53 £5:5 £55"],  N.  490,  ^^^, 
U.  i87,T.  66,M.  221,  N.  598,  V  Jj  *=^ 


Up-uatu  mehu  kherp-pet  ^-<. 

^_^  ^,   B.D.  103,  opener  of  the  ways  of 
the  North,  director  of  heaven,  a  title  of  Anubis. 

Up-uatu  shemaV-^,^-^ 

^^  ,  the  opener  of  the  ways,  i.e.,  the  guide 

to  the  South,  a  title  of  Up-uatu  ;  he  is  also  called 

Up-f-senui 


-3...^^ 


D 


-|~7^.P.X40,V_ 

N.  655,  "he  judgeth  the  two 
O    "^  '^  '  brothers,"  a  title  of  Thoth. 

Up-maat    >^,\/  X^,Ber].6<)io,a 
title  of  Thoth. 

Up-meh   V   ff  #",  '^^"^'os    I,    f43, 
•       D     ^    l!i   ®' a  god,  Anubis  (?) 

Up-neterui  Vll' V^^^' 

Y']'^,   ^'-   408,    "judge  of  the  two  gods" 
(Horus  and  Set),  a  title  of  Thoth  and  of  a  priest. 

Upt  (Uputi?)  Heru 


A, 


,  the  "  opener  («.if.,  guide)  of  the 


111  m' V^  II, 

roads  "  for  the  dead  on  their  way  to  the  Kingdom 

of  Osiris;  see  A.Z.  1904,  97  ff.,  Rec.  27,  249. 

Up-uatu  ^],  >^£55,  Y*5*, 
'j'uat  I,  Denderah  2,  10:  (i)  a  singing-god; 
(2)  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

Up-uatumehu  V^'^f'^o. 

a.  title  of  Anubis. 


,  M.  449,  N.  1259. 

Upt  (Uputi?)-heh  Yl!''  ^•''■ 

34,  2,  a  title  of  Ra. 

Upt  (Uputi ?)-heka  V-^  J.  =» 

god  connected  with  enchantments. 

upit-khaibiut   \/|j|]o  T'^in,  Rec. 

31,  167,  judge  of  shadows. 

upi-khenu  ^Y^TT'  ^'-  -^^s, 

%  \/  \5^^^^^'^'U^    'J"- 255.  a  title  of  the 
Jr     a       ^      0     Jr  '  servants  of  Set. 

Upi-sekhemti  (?)  \/  ^?'  ^.  Tuat  I, 

a  jackal-headed  singing-god. 

Upi-Shet  X/'^  ^  TuatIX,afiery,blood- 
I  W  1 1  I  1'  drinking  serpent. 

Up-shat-taui  Y|  ^^=^'  °^- 
Rec.  27,  56,  a  god. 

Upi-shema  Y  J  -^^,  Ombos  i,  143, 
"  opener  of  the  South,"  a  title  of  Up-uatu, 


^ 


u 


[ 163  ]  U  ^ 


Upi- ^^  111,"  opener  of  time. 


OGO 


i.e.,  the  god  with  whose  existence  time  began. 


Upi-taui   Vn,  V^^^,a 

title  of  Osiris  and  Ra. 

Upt-taui    \J  \  '"  ',  Tuat  XI,  a  form  of 
Af,  the  dead  Sun-god. 

Upit-taui   y  ^,   V  ^  ^' 

'I'uat  XI,  a  fire-goddess. 

Upi-tuui   Vqq    ^,^-969,atitle^of 


,  Tuat  IV,  Horus, 


Upi-Tuat  \/{ 

guide  of  the  Tuat. 

^p-t  y^,  u.  S04,  y ,  T.  320,  y , 

\  /,   \/  p  ,    \/  ,  the  top  of  the  head,  the 
crown,  the  skull,  a  covering  for  the  head  ;  plur. 

y^^^'yyM'^'-5°9,T.333. 

up-tAmentt  \JY'^,\J^\ 

*^  oil'   (HV]'    D     i       O      |l 

,    \^  ft  >k,  the  top  part  of  Amenti,  the 
brow  of  Amenti ;  ^  V\    \J  ,  Ra  in  the  zenith  ; 


\/  J| ,  lord  of  the  zenith. 

up-t  pet   \/       '^,  the  top  of  the  head  of 
the  Sky-goddess,  the  crown  of  the  sky. 

W>AAA,     B.I).      149, 
D        !  O        ^VV^AA 

a  region  in  the  nth  Aat. 

^U    |,B.l).i49, 
the  name  of  the  2nd  Aat. 

12,  2,  a  name  for  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

Up-t-ent.Qahuy7^^f^^, 

B.D.  149,  the  name  of  the  8th  Aat. 


Up-t-ent-Geb  1 


Up-t  she   \/         ,  the  crown  of  the  lake. 

U     I   n 

Up-t  ta   V,    V  =^^,  V  "^^,  the 
crown  of  the  earth. 

Up-tTenen-t  V   ^   IIT^P., 
Ci   /www  I   T  i^  cm  (uv 

the  name  of  a  uraeus  crown. 


Upt    v\      ^^^  I ,   geese,  birds ;    see 


up 


\\  Q ,  destruction,  lo  perish  (?) 


UPU    \/  ^"^^^  ^  ^°°^  ^°''  0P6"'"g  °^  cutting 
D   (2  I 1'  through,  a  saw. 

UpU   %i  °  O  >  fi"'^'  '1  "''^'^'^  o^  Set. 


ups 


nni     Hymn  Darius   ii,  to  burn 
I   '%'  up,  fire,  heat. 

ups  \/  •  ,  V  ^  1 ,  Rhind  Pap.  18 

fire-goddess  of  the  First  Cataract. 

ups-ur  y^p^.y-p^' 

Nesi-Amsu  25,  5,  9,  the  divine  fire  which  con- 
sumed Aapep. 

upsh  \/  ^~^^,  \/  oa  0 ,  Rec.  1 1, 


D 


C3C3 


oa  — 


Rer   27   87    n^x    tog'^'e  I'S^t,  to  illumine,  to 

Upshit   \/  C30,  Tuat  I,  a  light-goddess. 
upsh     V,    N.    491,    \J  c^i(*^%i 

P.  488,  V  D  o ,  p.  658,  y  ™,  p.  764, 


g  J^,  M.  765,  star,  luminarj-. 


upsh 


^.  U^    Thes.  923,  sleep,  dream  ;  Copt. 


Uptiu   y](l(je§  I  Jl^,,  judges, 
to  have  power,  authority,  to  punish  (?) 


Peasant  108,  event,  hap- 
pening. 


Ufa 


\^i\^,^-    53^3.^^ 


OTfOjq. 

a    hostile 
serpent-fiend. 

L  S 


^ 


u 


[164] 


U 


^ 


umu 


(2   W 


9  ]}[ ,  to  burn,  to  blaze. 


(?) 


,...Q  Stat.  Tab.  s,  a 
I  I  I 'kind  of  grain  (?) 


U.  417,  515.  greedily. 

umt  (=0)  0    ^^  ,  Rec.  1 2, 109,  to  copulate. 

umt-t   '°^^^,  Rev.  8,  139,  phallus. 

Pel  fV   /*      lit    Q  I 

umt  r=iDyRii,Thes.  1201,  V:^         afi. 

chiefs,  leaders,  menj^^^a  '^^^ ,  Thes.  1206,  a 

c^    ^    III 

dense  mass  of  people. 

umt  ^  "7"  y ,  Y7  ^  '  ^"''^''  '^''' 

band,  bandlet,  binding,  name  of  a  garment. 

umt  ^^  fl.  ^   °       "    °  ' 


,  to  be  thick,  thickness,  thick,  dense- 
ness,  padded  (of  cloth),  studded  (of  a  door) ; 
Copt.  OfJtXOT. 

umtab  ^2?  "^    '^ 

dense  of  heart,  obstinate,  firm  (?) 
(=a 


^S^'^T'^'^'^'^^-' 


umt 


CZi,  Thes.  1 25 1, 


(=3173 


tk  c     u)      (2    r-^   a  room,  a  hall,  a  part  of  a 
Jr  [^n '  c>  o  c^ '  large  building. 


„ _. J.  ^5:^  t "  "  I  Thes.  1322,10  build  massive 
'  ^    '  — ' '  walls. 

109,  Vi.  II  C~D  ,  a  thick  wall,  a  bulwark,  a 

tower,   a   citadel ;   plur.    V\  1  E       ^   Copt. 

OfOJULTe. 

Umtut    v\  -<»-  o  ,  beams  of  timber. 

Un   ww^  ,  *^         ,  ye,  you,  they,  them,  their. 

un  ^  y  ' .  we,  us. 

un,  unn  ^^ ,  as  an  auxiliary  verb :  ^^ 


I    c=:»l 


she  said  to  him; 


J©  V ,  his  elder  brother  became  like  a  leopard ; 
III- 

Q 

vSr'  '^  t^^rc  be  a  petitioner. 

un,  unn   -f- ,  P.  235,  4=-       ,  N.  669, 


the  seven  Hathors  came; 


'  '  '  AAAAAA   '  \   > 


w 


^.  \^ 


^^  ,  to  be,  to  exist,  to  become;  "^"^    // 


N.  118,  being,  existence;  J=.  \\,  N.  959, 

thosewhoare;  &»^a^s,P.  167,  ^<=|=.=|=., 
M.  322,  -^"^^u-D,  Rec.  21,  41  =  onrni" ; 
Copt,  oirrt,  oTfort. 

unun  ^"^  4>  4=,^!'- 17°'  ^^^.J79, 


^AAAAA  AAAAAA  AAAAAA  /V^^'A'V 


unun-t   -^^  ^^,  something  that  is. 

unun  neb-t  -^^  -^^       ,  all  that  is. 

nnn-t  .^^      .^^  .^sa  .^su  ^ 


AAA/V^A  '—^  >    AAAAAA  '    AAAAAA  I   AWv/\A 


I    ^«- 

)   AVVAAA.,  I  » 
I        AAAAAA  III 

■^^cr^zzi,  ^^t=^:f=3,  Rec.  16,  60,  things  which 

AAAAAA     I      I      I         /VSiVAA     I      I      I 

are,  things  which  exist,   what  is,  goods,   stuff, 
property ;  I  -^^j  he  is  non  existent ;  / 

AAAAAA       1      AAAAAA 


^,  non-existent--^,''^'"--; 


^,  Amen.  17,5, 


unnu  ^^-^  v>) 

being,  existence. 

un  maat   ^"  ^^ 


^:» 


0 


^^ ^^  ,  very  truth,  the  alisolute  truth ; 


_Dt=f=£: 


WV^   /WVAWV  k 


,  indeed,  most  assuredly. 


un  her  mu  -^^  ^  ww« ,  to  be  in  the 

AVW^\A        I        AAAAAA 

following  of,  loyal,  to  be  of  the  same  kidnoy. 


unnu 


,   a  living   man,   n    human 


being;  plur.  ^"  vgi  I ,  ^^  I ,  ^"  nn  M^  I 

/lAAAA^     "1      I         /W^'WS   CJ.     I         AAAAAA       |     1    CJ.     I 
.7ii<V"    nil     V\   I  .       AAAAAA    I  ,      AAAAAA 


^i.fti.f^Mli'^fll 


^ 


u 


[165] 


U 


^ 


m: 


I 


I' 


W  I ,  ^^     ,  men  and 

li    I  MAAAA   111 


women,  human  beings,  people ;  -^^^^^  ^  !  ' 


AAAA/V\   CLI    1 


Strong  men. 


to 


Unn-em-hetep  ^i\f^^- 

B.D.  no,  28,  the  ist  division  of  Sekhet-Aaru. 

Unn-Nefer  ^  M ,  ^  1  ^ ,  ^ 

UIinug^,an.anofmeans,asopposed      j      [^Tl].  ^   Jjll  '     S!   Hu   J  ' 

(^1!!].  C^miO-^^'''^"'^^'"^' 

■^"  I  ij  "^  ^_^,  Un-Nefer,  the  son  of  Nut ; 


unnit 


OJ 


I         /VVSAAA 


inhabitants. 


unnu 


^c  <^'^ 


% ,  child,  infant. 


unnu  '^^  yr^ ,  cattle  (?) 


Un-t   ^wwvA ,  a  part  of  the  body. 


Un  4-11,  P.  175,  4-  ^1,  N.  947, 

the  god  of  existence,  the  son  of  Apt ;  (1  \J  .-"^ 
W1  -^-0%  Jllll.Rec.  36,  210. 

Unta  -^^  ll  Q  ^  >  '^'-  292,  '1  light-god ; 


see  A^AAVN  X  • 
o   W 


Unnti  ^^  '^,  ^~w^  3, 

AAAAA/\    ,.'     _       ,,     N      ' 


the  name  of  a  god. 


the  god  of  existence. 


un-t  ^^^  W  (^,  Rev.  12,  68,  hare. 


/wvAAA    ,  /w>«v\    wAw\  Q, ,  the  name  of  a  goddess. 

XJnnuit  -^"^  J,  Denderah  IV,  81,  ^ 

'^T)      a  hare-goddess,  a  watcher  of  the  bier  of 
QUA'  Osiris. 

34,  182,  the  name  of  a  serpent  tiara,  or  crown. 
Unun-t   -^^  ^"  "^  P-  ,    the  name  of  a 

ftAAWV\     ^A/V'AA    \        \U  \ 

serpent  on  the  royal  crown ;  van  ^^  ^^  Yry  j), 

AA^A^A   ^AA/W\  lU 

IV,  286,  288. 


Unt-abui  (?)   -^^  '\^>  goddess  of  the 


27th  day  of  the  month. 

Un[t]-baiusit  ^^' 

2,  131,  a  goddess. 


O 


Ombos 


^  J  ^  ^ O f  '^ J.  Unn-Nefer,  dweller  in 
Abydos ;    Gr.    Ovvu'(j)pt^,    Copt.    OTfeitoqpe, 

oTen«i-fi.pe,  oTeni.E.ep. 

Unn-nefer  Heru-aakhuti  ^  I  Jj 

A.     ■'^®'=^CZD     B.D.   15,   I,  Un-Nefer  Har- 
^^  j^wCZI)'  ^-  makhis. 

Un-nefer-Ra  -^^  I  c^  ^ .  ^'''P-  Mut- 

hetep  5,  19,  Un-nefer  -j-  Ra. 

Unun[it]-her-tchatcha-f  (?)  ^^ 

V<^L,  1/  '^  ®  ^  Aj^   Denderah  I,  30,  a  lion- 
"^^  W     I     I    ^  ^1'       ess-headed  goddess. 

Uul-sheps^^p,(;^Jp], 

nil    i  ^™^n  -?)    ^'^'^-  13,  38,  Berg.  I, 
'iHJlJil     D     rtLJ'  9,  a  name  of  Osiris. 


un    T''^,  •:^=s>.^^^  :s:sa-^ 

f'J'-Jsf'/^  AAAA»V\  t\A/VV\A 

-i^-sa^  /w^AA  ^^^,  'vwwN  J  Kec.  20,  10,  f^^^^ 

AAAArtA  \\       X  -A  O       ^ 

AAftAAA  ■'^^s ,  to  do  wrong,  to  commit  a  sin  or  a 

fault,  defect,  error,  fault,  mistake,  offence,  defec- 
tive, light  or  worthless. 

^^•1 18.        •   ,.  ■  .  1 

un  ;^^  Ha ,  a  smful  or  erring  man,  a  cheat. 

.un-ab  ^14"^ 


/SA/V 

o 
Unnu  ^^  o 


unnui  '^^^  \|\ 


Berl.    7272,    evil- 
hearted  man. 

,  evildoer. 


Mag.  Pap.,  a  serpent- 
fiend. 

,i»,  ■«■,•    -^^  A^^    ^"  ^X    Y    transgressor, 

un-ti  w^^  ^  ,  ^^  ^ ,       ^^|.^_^^^;_ 

U  n-tl      IWWW   fag*  ,    A^^^  (3   -Va        -i-oil         X Y 

Hymn  Darius  11,  Nesi-Amsu  32,  29,  51,  a  duck- 
headed  fiend,  and  a  form  of  Aapep. 

L  3 


u 


[  166 


U 


^ 


Un,  Unn   -^^  7^  ,  T.  271,  ^  ^  ,  Amen. 


^« 


A 


D 


26,  II,  ■^S''       ,  Rev.  II,  70,  ^4=- 

leap  up,  to  rise  up,  to  run,  to  run  away  from,  to 

i^»       ifS  n    Bee.    27,     qe,   her    heart 
move  ;  ^^^wv  A  ^^  M ,    ,         ■,  \^ 

'    c^  \    \  '    leaped ;  Copt,  oxeme. 

unun    4="    "^f"  A,  T.  333,  ^"J^^, 

P.  42, 4-  4- ,  M.  63, 4-  4-  "7",  N.  30, 

^^  .^:i)  ^^    De  Hymnis  36,  to  spring  up,  to 


Una-t   -^"  I]  ^  "^j  journey. 


^  course. 


un  tet  ^  "^,  Rec.  15,  158,  to  lift  the 

-A    o  P  1  hand,  /.<>.,  to  help. 


■^^  ,  to  reject,  to  turn  back,  to  set  aside. 

XJnt  -^^  '^  ®,  B.D.  149,  the  1 2th  Aat. 
vm-t  www-^j  carpenter's  drill-bow  (Lacau). 

un,  unit  ^^  cm],  -wvam  ,  Rec.  34,  120, 


^ 


^o 


^ 


Rec  27,  225,  ^^(]i)  ^,   Rec.  2,  iii, 


^O  ^,  Rev.  13,  63,  room,  chamber,  a  square 

box;  ^^^     l'^^^'  'bes.  1285,  sanctuary. 

ununa-t  ^^^hc^,  u.  461,  -^^ 


uniu 


^.AUtk 


IMIHNI    I 
I 


^^-=5 


'ITTTTTTIT'    | 


^aL_=/l 

openers,   scattcrers,    door  openers :   w^^^ 
open  (plur.). 

sacrificial  priest. 


,  opener,   piercer,   stabber. 


title  of  a  priest  as  the  slayer  of  the  sacrificial 
beast. 

un  aui  ^^ — °  '°  °i^^"  '^^  '^'''"''^'  ''•''•.'  ''^ 

iiiiiiiii  ^ d'  praise. 

un  aaui  nu  pet  -^^  "^^  ^  ?=5 ,  a 

^^,v^,  IIIIIIIII    I 

title  of  a  prophet  of  Thebes. 

un   pel*      AAA^'v\  v        /]  ,       ^^A/v^ 

IMIIIM1  I  0  liimill    ^Z^^ 

Rec.  IV,  29,  festal  procession. 

unra  .^u  J™™"  """^^^  :^  <==*  .^^i.  \^  ^ 

he  who  performs  the  ceremony  of  opening  the 
mouth,  a  title  of  priests  of  various  gods. 


■  i^oc: 


yvsvsAA 


,  chamber,  sanctuary. 


Un-t   -ww^A  ^  "'^,  fortress;  plur.   'wv^^~~^ 

OO-  " 

f        TTTTTTTT, 

C~r3 ,  dovecot,  aviary  (?) 


un  -^^     c 


.^ii     .^i)     .^M, 


un,  unn  -^'^^^^  i ,  "a>aaa   ^w^^a   www  ^^jj 
'  -nmmr  u    "nnnnr    t.     /i'     x 

•^"™™"L_=Q  ■^^'™™"    ^      ^^-cmmmmmr 
j,,,,;,^ Tnnmr         ' Tmnnrt.    J\' ^  ,_J]\     /]' 

^^  ^       ,  to  open,  to  ojjen  fetters  (to  unfetter), 

to  open  a  mare  (/.*.,  to  stab  her),  to  be  open  ; 

I,  P.  196,  N.  928;  Copt  O-Jftxjn. 


un  ra  en  amh-t  a^aaa 

^,  a  priestly  title. 

un  her  T"^,  ^^,   ^'T^  ^, 

^         I]      I  IIIIIIIII        1  AJVA^^  L«=il      I 

■^^  ^     ,  to   show   oneself,   to   make   oneself 

IIIIIIMI     ^      j   '  ' 

public,  publicity,  manifest,  known  to  everyone ; 

un  her  hebu  ^-  L-=fl^  '^^^,  festivals 

Tnmnr  1   o  III 

during  which  the  faces  of  the  gods  were  un- 
covered. 

un  her  ^.™^^0  ^^^0  ^ 

'  Sr,    mirror. 

un  tet  'wwv,  open-handed. 

IIIIIIIII  Q    I 

Unniu  -  akhmiu  -  setch-t  :^  (]  J  %:. 

'iiin!in'  I 

I 


64,  a  group  of  fire-gods. 

Un-hat   ^  -^  ^,  the   porter   of  the 
Tnmnr  ci  1  ill  2nd  Ant. 

XJn-ta  ^^ '''™'"  "^^^   '"'"*'  ^'  ^  doorkeeper- 

wvs^AA  {^ J  I   n'  god. 


un 


5,  N.  733,  to  eat,  to  feed  upon. 


^ 


u 


[167] 


U 


^ 


un  ^"  ^  ,  ^-%,  ^d\>\, 


A/V^/\A^  I  1         A^^VVAA 


be  shaved  clean,  to  pluck  out  the  hair. 
unit  -^"Ol]^  ,  baldness. 


to 


un  ;;;;^  "Hi     h^'""'  °''  fol'^ge.  which  has 
O   (0  ^^'  been  cut  off. 

unun  -^^  -^^  °  "iJi^ ,  ^"  -^""tft, ,  Rec. 

27,  219,  Hh.  298,  to  tremble,  to  bristle  (of  the 
hair). 


unun  ^=;:^  ^^^^^  TO ,  ^^tsM  Jisaj  "^  ,  to  do 
work  in  the  field,  to  sow  seed  (?) 


-^. 


un-t  AAivw  ^=t1*" ,  cypress. 

un   wvw  Q  ^  Rec.  31,  175 

Un-t   /.AAAAA  (®,  T.  314,  rope,  cord. 

unun   ^^  -^^  ^ ,  to  argue,  to  dispute  ; 


AA/WV^    f^AAf^fsn 


la  ^        (i^fl.N.  705 


unna 


UnasNeferasut[^]JjjJJ^, 

the  name  of  the  pyramid  of  Unas. 


unam  (?)  ^ 


uni,  unm 


^^ 


B.D.  137A,  48, 
'  a  reed  (?)  tube. 


,  Rev.  II,  178, 


\,  Rec.  27,84, 
light;  Copt.  OTOem. 

Unit  ^^ 


^^71. 


'    I    Tomb  of  Rameses  VI, 
i(  '    PI.  50,  a  star-goddfess. 


unin  ^"  O  ()  e*^.^,  ^"  [)  (] 'TT 


to  open,  opening. 

UnU-t»     /wwvN  ,     -iSSu   \S\  /WWVA       T^ 


Amen.  5,  18,  g^^|  ^i<,  ,<  ^,  ]  ^^, 
Rec.3.4.^0^,^q^O,Rev. 
.3,3,^(1^0  Rev.  :r,  162,  g-',  eg, 
hour,  time,  regular  duty,  service;  plur.  "^ ,  wwvv 


--  .  .      '1'^.'    ^^^       TT 

$'     D    0111    =6=111    lo    I  O  c.i( 

"~wv^     I    at  once;  Copt.  OYItOlf. 


unu-t    ■^^'V^i,  Thes.    1483,  hourly 


service,  service  reckoned  by  hours ; 


^.o 


D  ^  ^  ^  t^-^ .  --i  servant  at  Court. 


unu-t  >ic' 


|^AA/^A^    nI^ 


I  /VAA/NAA 


I   ,        AAiWW  VWi     I    .       A/«AAiV\    Ni^    ^    JL'     "^  vWi    1   .       AAAAAA 

1'  0  ^  •  ^1'  D  ^^  *  m^r  o  ^ 

■jU  vra  I     "AAA^A  vca  I     ]  xn^i>  priests 

who  served  in  courses,  priests  of  the  hour,  lay 


servants  of  a  temple,  priests  in  ordinary ;  | 
JJ  I ,  horoscopists  (?) 


Unti   wAAA^^,  Tuat  X,  B.D.   15  (Litany), 


W 


ij''-^)  7>  '1  light-god,  and  the  god  of  an  hour. 


Unu-t      -WNAAA      W^j     Rec.    30,    186,    WVW\    ^ 

Q  III 


AAAAAA 

C    "^^^  ^  1'   D   -=^0   111'  o   III 


(I  ^  I ,  hour-goddesses  of  the  night. 


Unut-amiut-Tuat  ^^  -^  ^  '  "Ir  '^ 

,  'I'uat  IV,  the  1 2  hour-goddesses  who  were 


,  Tuat  XI, 


divided  into  two  groups  by  9  <:::i>. 

Unut-netchut  ^  JR'T^Q^ 

a  group  of  eight  goddesses  who  smote  the  serpent, 
and  sang  hymns  to  the  rising  sun. 

Unut-Sethait  ^  ^  »^M "^ '' 

Tuat  X,  a  group  of  12  goddesses  who  made  the 
hours  to  advance. 

unb  ^-  j\fr,   ^"  S'^^.   ^ 

I  C^  vl ,  plant,  bush,  shrub,  undergrowth,  flower ; 

Unb    nr     »^,T.  39,  the  divine  sprout, 
plant  or  shoot  proceeding  from  LJ  and  Tl  <:z> 

h  4 


^ 


u 


[  168] 


U 


^ 


Unb-per-em-Nu  -^^  I'^^p 

DOD  VV       c>        jj   jj  ;   ,        ^     j^-         ^^ 

j;=l  AAAwvv  vl  Osiris. 

unp    -^^ 


D 


D       ^=^ 

D%L=^,  to  cut, 
to  stab,  to  slay. 

unp-t   wvwv  ^,  waste,  ruin,  destruction. 

unpep-t  -^^  °  °  ^,  staff,  stick. 

unp-t   -vwwi  \jj    plants,  shrubs. 
D  o  1 1 1 

Unpep-t-ent-He-t-Her  ^"°^ 

,  B.D.  1 25,  III,  35,  a  mystical  name 


«  I  I 


D   Q 


ftAAA/W 
TTTnTTTT         | 


of  the  left  foot ;  varr.  'wwsa  A^ftA^^  Tj  Q  ,  ^aaaaa  *s— =il 


Unpi  Aww 


,  a  name  of  Horus. 


Rev.  13,  7,  joy,  gladness. 

unf  ■^"'x^^,  Rec.  2,  116,-^^ 

^-^::*~       iii'  AAAAAA     S^gl-l  (J      IT 


V  » 
.^a 


I    ,  ^A«w^  ^^,  Rev.  10,  152,  to  rejoice, 
to  be  glad,  gladness  ;  Copt.  OTf  nocj. 

unf  ab   ^"Tf-O-,    ^^^'0', 


^ 


Unl       /W\AAA 


'0'   to  be  glad,  Joy,  gladness,  a  man 
I  '  of  happy  disposition. 


undo,  to  unloose,  to  uncover. 

right  side,  right  hand ;  Copt.  01fn<L*JL. 

X    \^    .^^    Hymn  Darius  17,  the  right  eye  of 
I'/-,^_fl   »^'  Ra, />.,  the  day,  or  Shu. 


uuema 


4-^ik^'^^-337"'^ 


unemi,N.862;4,^,T.  7o,P.67,r8o,4ir, 
607  =  4^  '^^,  AF.  280,  588,  P.  273  =  4" 
g^,N.892;4.^,  T.7o  =  4.^g,  M. 
224  =  -^^     ,  U.  191;  '^f'Qf^j  Rgc-  27,  220, 

^s.  yp,  Rec,  29,  149,  to  eat;  Copt.  o'lfUJJUL ; 
-f-  ^^,  to  eat,  U.  90=  ^G,P.  367  =  4=-. 
U.  42;  4^^I1,N.  ii86,^^(],M.  3,3 
N.  847.     Later  forms  are: — 


unemi 


'W 


A   A  A\\°    A-n.     \\ 


I 


'  2  fff^  I  >  to  eat,  to  gnaw,  to  devour  ;  Copt, 
eaters;  (T  Ml  , sw^   ^Q^,  dining  room. 


UZi 


Ai 


unemi 


I  /wwA-x  J  to  drink;  ^ 

AA/\AAA 


T  ^zz^  1\     9       ,  thou  drinkest  beer. 

unem-t  ^»^  ^,  u.  i9i,4=.^o,  t.  70, 

-=1^  ^c.^,    M.   225, 


forms  are  : — 


A^ 


food.      Later 


unem-t  -^^  ^\.  af >  Hr 

cakes,  food. 

Unemit   "^  ()(]  c^Hl  ,  a  consuming  fire. 

unem  snef  -[]-  f\    ^  "^  /^,  a 

disease;  Copt.  OTf^.JULCnoq  (?) 

Unem  -  &b  -  nt  -  menhu  -  heq  -  uaa 

A     Hi  I  ■=  o  A«w«  e  I  sit^i}:  r 

30,  a  lioness-goddess. 


Dcndcrah  L 


u 


[169  ] 


U 


^ 


Unem-utch-bah-ab     v 

A 


j>  /\|) ,  Denderah  I,  30,  a  lioness-goddess. 

Unemiu  baiu  -H-  ^v  ^  I  'i^ ,  eaters 

of  heart  souls,  a  class  of  devils. 

Unem-besku-p-l^gJp-^O. 

one  of  the  42  assessors  of  Osiris. 


Unem-huat 


A\ 


headed  god  of  the  3rd  day  of  the  month. 

Unem-huat-ent-pehui-f  ^ ^\~P\ 

^    \\      ;©    B.D.  144,  the  doorkeeper  of 

the  3rd  Arit. 

jW"    B.D.  125,  II,  one  of  the  42  assessors 
f  I  r  I '  of  Osiris. 


7\e 
Unem-snef  41- 


unmes  -=|»  |ir*~,  iv,  988 

Un-ermen-tu  ®  °c^  ,0"ibos  I,  r,  252,         iiTA 


Unhi   %  O  I  -^,  Rev.  ir,  186 


a  star-god. 


Unh.    *^  AAAWA  0   vl ,  garlands  of  flowers. 

.        /S/W<AA 

unkh  =1=  ^  ,  u.  299,  N.  552,  M.  98, 

^^^,  p.  117,  T^  ®         1    ,  '^'^^^         1,1.374, 

Reo.  31,  170,      IT  ©"-fT'  '^^  ^95.  -^^ 


^. 


ReC.      27,      223,     /WAAAA 


(£, 


AAAAAA  AAAAAA     ^  '| 

Oil  garments,  to  dress,  to  array  oneself,  to  gird 
oneself;  'ir   ®  )j,  N.  looo,  ^^^^   ll,  arrayed. 


g.   ;^;C^r      „-  Mar.   Karn.  42,  15,  to  put 


^s^ 


unkhu  4=  ^'^'nr',  P.  692, 


^^ 


®  gill 


those  who  are  dressed  or 
adorned. 


iin'ir'ii    -^^^=^    ^      to  oil  and  bind  up  the 
U.I1KJ1   v^/^«  ,  ,    .  ,      ,         M 

®  (s  ex:::    hair,  to  make  the  toilette. 


'y^'L^fl, 


^ 


uukhit 


V-    garb,  garment,  dress, 
^ '  apparel,  bandlet. 


bandage,  bandlet. 


TlUkh.   w<~vv  ,  diarrhoea. 


UnKll   ~w^  PQi    to  bite,  to  gnaw. 

unkh  ^^^,^"®^,^";°""'l' 

®    JrL=il   AA/wvA  to  gore. 

,  OmbosIII, 


ra 


lO 


Uneshit 

2,  133,  a  goddess. 

unsh  4=-'=^^,  R-  60s 

unsh  4=>  _^  g ,  clothing. 
"    I  \\   I 

wolf;  plur.  ■^^[3a%'^,  Hh.  353,  ~w««  '^, 
Amen.  7,  5,  ^  ^  ^  j ,  Rev.  1 1,  69,  ^  [j 
Jf^I^,P.S.B.  13,411,  ^§1,  ^^^' 


,  Rev.  .3,  13,  toappear;  Copt.  OTfaJIt^.      !      ^^,  4,,^  gj.;,^  of  a  dog 


unnshnesh  ^^  ^^^  j^ ,  a  kind  of  dog, 


^^/^A/V^  [     \\     I       \^ 


unsh-t  -^^^o.Rec.  IS,  107,  'T'  °.^~vwv?. 
czsao  "00°  csaiii' 

ooiii'  C30I1I'  00  I    I  111' oaHJr  ^ 
a  kind  of  plant,  wolf's-bane  (?)  coriander ;  Copt. 

JS.epcyHo-)f,  ^epajeir. 


unsh-t  '-WVW  ,  a  sledge  for  stone. 

nviQ-  I 

Unshet  ^3^4=^    p.  ,68, 

«=!=  i— ^^-i  ^    M.  48 1,  N.  1249,  a  mythological 
^AAA/v^    o  °x'  being. 

Unshta   4="  C3a)[],  p.  268,  4= 

WWVA  I)  1  "     C35Z] 

(1  (J  ,^,  M.  481,  N.  1249,  a  mythological  being. 
unsh   w^  \S  ^  A ,  to  travel,  to  run. 


Unshnesh  ^«wva  CSO  to  run,  to  run  quickly. 


^ 


u 


[170] 


u 


Ung  «f  ^   ^,    p.   x6o,     4-  Zsi, 
M.  297,  ^  ffl  1^.  P.  160,  N.  898,  ^ 


a  son  of  Ra,    who   bore   the  heavens  on    his 
shoulders, 


Ungit  ^"  ffi,  Rec.  3,  116,  a  goddess. 


unges  (?) 


^^^ 


I     e  0- 


y^ 


w 


j\  ' 


mes- 


senger (?)  envoy  (?) 


untiu  (?)  ^LS  -^  I n 


^^-=0  ar  I  (?)>  laundrymen,  washers. 


^\ 


Unth    4°  s=>^,  M.  477,  a  god;  var. 
N.  1245. 


Untu    ir ,  Sphinx  XVI,  164  =  cattle  from 
which  the  horns  have  been  sawn  off. 

unttl(?)  -^"Q^^^l.Rec.  29,  148, 

calf,  goat,  etc. ;  plur.  +  (o   n^ ;  ^^  I ,  calves. 


cattle. 


Tintu 


c^ 


V^  J5  >  garment,  loin  cloth ;  plur. 


X    AA  C£  I    Anastasi  IV,  3,   i,  Koller  Pap.  3, 
Cr^S^Si'  2,4,6. 


, ,  the  name  of  a  fiend. 
untu  4"  % %>  '^ ,  evil  hap,  calamity. 


.1    C^^ 


0  0  '=/'=Ti)  ^  fll  I ,  ™en  and  women,  people, 
society,  folk  ;  varr.    "IFeV^ii,    X^^^'. 


c^ 


untu    ir         ,  =1=.  Xi D ,  Rec  20, 47,  part 


of  a  ship,  part  of  the  barge  of  Amen. 
untu    Hrr-w^,  things. 


^ 


^ 


Untchut(?)    4=    V^ 


^2^,      T.     2  00, 


.-^eav, ,  P.  679,  a  divine  pilot  (?) 


Epist.  103,  a  fish-pond. 

untcher  (?)  «=|''^ ,  P-  605 

-  S-  ^^  !■  \^'  &■  A- 

great,  much,  superior,  very,  greatness,  great  size ; 


1,  ^^;  ^^^ 


^i. 


p.  808,  great  piece  of  flesh  from  the  joint. 

ur^tk,u.2X5,^,^v§.,^J, 


great  man,  great  god,  prince,  chief,  noble,  eldest 

son,  senior;  plur.  <3>,    '^=f,    -^^    v  rJr 
000     ^^^=f     *-^^^  -^  ^ 


\, 


1(3   3 


chief; 


^li'S^ 


I,    a  conquered 


I ,    chief  of 


chiefs;  ra  yN  ^  M  i ,  noble  men  and  women. 


,  Rec.  5,  90,  great  woman,  great  thing. 


Q  III'    <=> 


III' 


great,   eldest;  plur. 

ur  '^=',  Anastasi  I,  27,  8,  '^=»  |, 
great,  how  very  great ;  Copt.  dHp. 

ur  '^=',   great; 
•^^©       X    © 


^^ 


very 


II' 


c=>,  greater  than  ; 
,  great  two  times,  twice  great ; 
^~'  ^  "^^ ,  very  much,  very  many  many  times ; 
^^  -ww^ ,  because  of  the  greatness  of. 


II' 

©, 


^ 


u 


[171] 


U 


^ 


uraa 


^&^. 


ur-t  aa-t 


^=,. 


ur  khet  (akh-t) 
urkhert  ^='^ 


urr 


,  king;  Copt.  Olfpo. 
queen. 


®  great  in  posses- 
q'         sions,  rich. 

great  in  property, 
rich. 


,  U.  235,  P.  659,  744,  ^I-  754,  to 


be  great,  to  make  great,  to  increase,  to  grow 
large;  J]  (],  P.  156,  646,^]  (]®,  P.  716, 


N.  786,  _^  1  (| ,  great. 

TTt  +  "^=5  '^=*  fl   title  of  the  high-priestess 
''     ^  '    o    fl'  ofSais. 

Urti  ^5J|J|,  the  title  of  the  two  high- 
priestesses  of  the  Heroopolite  Nome ;  <c:r>  h  [I , 
N.  1385,  two  great  goddesses. 


ur-t,  urr-t  ■<^^,  U.  272,  <p>^, 


--sXS^. 


.0(2^,  <=>^Q_,  <=>^(3 
a  name  of  the  crown  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 

Ur-tt  ^^" 


Ur-a  ^=*- 


the  name  of  a  serpent 
on  the  royal  crown. 

the  title  of  a  priest. 


Urttbu^J^^g^.thenameof 
a  serpent  on  the  royal  crown. 

Ur-ma  ^    ^^^.  ^^->   " 


^ 


I  I  I 


^^^,  ^.^,  T.S.B.A.  8,  326,  ;^ 

D      O 

plur. 


,  a  title  of  the  high-priest  of  Heliopolis ; 


ur-menfitu         ^:^^  ^  ww^  1 ,  chief  of 

soldiers  =  Gr.  aTpaTijyos: 

Ur-neruti   ^^^^ 


.W\7^-''^' 


of  victories,  most  victorious,  a  common  title  of 
kings. 

Ur-nekhtut  ^^^'^^'^^'--il      ,  the  name 

of  a  chamber  in  the  temple  at  Edffi. 

Ur-en-sent  ^^'-ww 


i?i,  a  title 

of  gods  and  kings  meaning  he  who  is   greatly 
feared. 


the  title  of  a  priestess 
of  the  Busiris  Nome. 


Ur-Ra  "Si?^  O 

Ur-res  ■^=t  i ,  great  one  of  the  South  (?) 
great  one  of  the  Ten  of  the  South  (?)  a  title  of  a 


high  ofificial ;  plur. 


^^ 


^1,IV, 


1 104. 


n 


Ur-res-meh  ^J^^.^n^^ 

'W ,  A.Z.  1907,  iS,  IV,  412,  great  one  of  the 


Ten  of  the  South  and  of  the  Ten  of  the  North. 

ief  priest 
of  Sa'is. 


Ur-hau  "^^  ^  vSi    ^  ''''^  of  the  chief  priest 


M.  213,  N.  684,  a  proper  name,  or  title. 

Ur-heba  ^IJ  '^^^,  atiiie  of 

the  chief  priest  of  the  Nome  Prosopites. 

ur  -  hemut   ^=* 


Z  I     chief  of   the 
IJ  I '  smelters. 

ur-heka   ^^  |  U  =\'  "^^  |  U 

,  "  great  of  words  of  power,"  a  tool  or 

instrument  used  in  the  performance  of  magical 
ceremonies. 

Ur-hekau  ^^  §  LJ ,  Tuat  III,  the  name 
<:z=>A  III    ■ 

of  a  sceptre,  and  of  a  staff  used  by  magicians  in 
working  spells. 

urit-hekau  ^|  UUU,  P-  ioo, 

M.  88,  N.  95,  a  sceptre  of  Horus  and  Set  (?) 
urit-hekau  <=>  §  LJ ,  a  serpent-amulet, 

t^      A  I  I    I 

a  vulture-amulet  (Lacau). 

Ur-hekau  ^^^  §  LJ ,  a  collar-amulet. 
<:^>  A  I  1  I 

ur-hekau  ^^ J UU ,  ^ | U 

he  who  is  great  in  words  of  power,  or  enchant 
ments,  i.e.,  a  god  or  man  who  is  a  magician. 


title  of 
Set. 


Ur-hekau  ^^  8  LI  U  >5_j,  ^  *' 
<:=>A    LJ 

Urit-hekau  ^|  ^  ^iC.  U.  269, 


^71,  ^^|UUU  ^f'^.M.  129, 


^^ 


a  name  of  the  crown  of  the  North,  or  of  its 
goddess. 


^ 


u 


[  172  J 


U 


Urit-hekau  '^='  |  LJ  U  U  J^  • 


,  a  royal  crown. 


l\J\M\S- 


M.  129,  <^^  I LJ  ^-Mmi.  Rec.  32,  80, 

^^^  X    '— '    17-   =4-"     !  i^  name  of  the  crown 
of  the  South,  or  of  its  goddess. 

Urti-hekau  ^^  8  U  U    /I     ?/  , 

■^S;^-.  8  k   <  *    )  t    (    /f      r/     the  crowns  of  the 
^^  ^  U  U  U  ^  ^  >    South  and  North. 

Urit-hekau 

name  of  the  pyramid  of  King  Khafra. 

Ur-kherp-hemut  ^  f  f .  "^^  f  f  ^. 

i,  the  great  director  of  the  ham- 
mer, a  title  of  the  high-priest  of  Ptah  of 
Memphis ;  ^^  ft  f  ^  ^,  '^""  high-priests  of 

"wT  *^^  ^     WS  ,   bi       ^'■_2^    I-  ^     flop   IX      I   1  it 

Ur-senu^^=»        ^>  ^^        V'^' 

"  chief  physician,"  a  tide  of  a  priest  of  Sais  ; 


Ur- Khafra  f  0  Q 


the 


0. 

I 


^  =  Copt. 

ur-sunt  ^^^ 


c<Lem. 


I  I 


,  paymaster. 


r-vm 


X 


ur-shat  ^^^I^  "=>-,  "^ 

mighty  one  of  slaughters,  i.e.,  great  slaughtere 


ur-shefit  %'™; 

[Z20 


I     ^?»^^ 


'^   I. 


I      ^^,no 


^ 
^ 


mighty  one  of  terror,  i.e.,  terror  inspiring. 

ur-qahu  ^  ^  nl^TT?' "•"• '^°-3' 
chief  of  districts,  title  of  an  official. 

Ur  V  ^='  mil,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  44,  chief  of 

five  gods,  a  title  of  Osiris  and  of  the  high  priest 
of  Thoth. 

ur-teb  ^^  A  J'  ^  priest's  title. 

Ur-t  tekh[en]t  ^  ""^  f^ ,  lit 

priestess  of  Heliopolis. 

Uru  ^,  Berg.  I,  i3>  ^  ^,  ^e  , 


title  of  a 


B.D.  32,  I,   9, 
god,  Great  God. 


,   great 


^ 


Ur  ^fe=f^,  ^^^,  N.    1062,  a  great 
god  ;  plur.  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^ ,  T.  244,  N.  45, 
^^|,Rec.3.,2r,^(]^:,1..86. 

Ura^^^,T.2So,^q,P-6^M.9, 


Urur   ^=»  ^^^^  ^ ,  twice  great  god. 


Urrta  g]^,  M.  744, 

,  P.  646,  7 1 5,  a  god,  son  of 


and 


®. 


Urui  5^^^^.^^"^  J,. 

the  two  great  gods,  i.e.,  Horus  and  Set. 

Uru  ^^,u.  426,%* 


T.  244, 


o,  T.  289,;^,  M.  66,  N.  128, 


the  great  chiefs  of  heaven. 


Uru  ^^ 


e 


I ,    Tuat  II,  a  group  of 


gods    who    lightened    the   darkness ;    compare 
Heb.  □"'"\1N. 

Urit5^,U.272,^^,g.g^, 

B.D.  100,  4:  (i)  one  of  a  group  of  four  god- 
desses ;  (2)  a  protector  of  the  dead. 

Urit  ^,  U.  269, 


X 


a  title  of  Neith  and  of  several  other  goddesses, 
desses  Nekhebit  and  Uatchit ;  <:r=>  h  (I,  N.  1385. 


Urit       i:^    ,  ,  <rz=><2>-,   < 

a  name  of  an  eye  of  Horus,  the  moon. 


X 


.<H>-, 


Ur-at 


X 


o 


Urit-ab-er-tef-s 

Ombos  III,  2,  130 

Ur-ami-Shet 

title  of  Horus. 


Sinsin  II,  a  god  of 
Kher-Alia. 


t  ^^-[l-^^U.529,a 


^O' 


^^ 


Urit  -  ami -t- Tuat   «S(1-|]-, 


i(  Q 


i 


>f      Tuat  I,  a  goddess  of  the  escort 
=  ©'  of  Ra. 


^ 


u 


[173] 


U 


TJr-ares,  Urarset  ^^ 

god  of  a  boat ;  Saite  var.  -jj. 


N.861 


Pi       R   U.  68,  p.    328,  the  name   of  a 


Ur-urti 


>^  w 


1 ,  B.D.  64,  16,  a  title  of  Isis  and  Nephthys. 


ur-baiu. 


^^=5 


^li' 


!• 

2    great  of  souls,  i.e.,  strong-willed,  a 
jll'  title  of  gods  and  kings. 

Ur-pehui-f  ^^  J _^=._, ^i^-  ^44, 

<=>^    W  '20,  a  god. 

Ur-pehti  ^^^  M  J| ,  Mar.  Aby.   I,   44, 

-d  u    Denderah  IV,  78,  a  doorkeeper-god. 

Ur-maati-f  ^^  _>  ^    ^    "  " 
<r:>  -<2>- 

B.D.  115,  9,  a  god. 

Urit-em-ab-Rait  x 


>^  ?Q.' 


|. 


Ur-em-Netat 


Ombos  III,  2,  133,  a  form  of  Hathor. 
N.  1345,  a  title  of  Horus  and  Osiris. 

Ur-mentch-f  ^=*  ^^^  "^  ^^ 

N.  754,  a  title  of  Horus. 

Ur-mert-s-tesher-sheniu  ^^^ 


r^^n 


^ 


141,  20,   148,  one  of  seven  Cows 

Urit-em-sekhemu-s 


^l' 


B.D. 


kPf 


k'^  (^  I      ""    the  goddess  of  the  4th  hour 
JTlEl    ^   '  of  the  day. 

Ur-metuu-her-aat-f  ^=»  ''"^^  %  ^ 

^  =^.=^  !n'  ^^^'  26,  2  2 7,  a  god  (Osiris?) 

Uru-nef-ta-setau-nef-pet  ^=*^ 

a  title  of  Horus. 

Ur-nes  ^==» 

H -^t-^,    ^    n   AAAA/NA 

~^'  I    >W\A/N.  . 

a  portion  of  the  river  in  the  Tuat. 


JWWVN  AA'VWA 


:;;;:^T=T,  the  name  of 


Urit-en-kru(?) 


X 


X|,  Ombos  I, 


I,   47,  a  lioness-headed  hippopotamus-goddess 
of  Ombos. 

Ur-henu  ^^  ^  •wonn.^'^''''"" '^' "5' 

<=> DDO  "  "  a  water-god. 

Ur-henhenu  ^^  ^    ra  ^t^ 

B.D.  3,  2,  a  water-god. 

Ur-heb   'fe^t 


AA/V\AA 


y©. 


,   M.   213, 


N.   684,  an   associate  of  Ta,   Geb, 
Asar  and  Anpu. 

Ur-heka   ^^_^1,  Denderah  III,  36, 
.cz^"— ^   I   a  god  of  Denderah. 

Urit-hekait  ^^p,,     ^   ::^  , 

Denderah  IV,  78,  a  form  of  Hathor  as  a  fighting- 
goddess. 

Ur-hekau  ^^  J  U  U  U  ^S-J .  a  name 

of  Set  of  Ombos,  fmns^   1     ,  U.  285. 

Urit-hekau  ^  1 4V  ^'  ^'  '^^' 


Sx'^'^-^' 


I 
oddess  of 


'U' 

spells  and    enchantments,    who   was    identified 
with  Isis,  Hathor,  Bast,  .Sekhniit,  etc. 


Urti-hekau 


l— '  I ,  Rec.  32,  80, 


X 


R  I    IT)?)     ^^^  '^^'o  goddesses  Nekhebit 
^X^mlUX'  and  Uatchit. 


Urti-hethati  '^=f 


B.D.  189,  21,  goddesses  of  Anu. 


I ,  Denderah  IV,  80, 


Ur-khert^'^ 

a  jackal-god  in  the  2nd  Aat. 

Ur-khert  ^^  ^  "",  '^""''''  ^"' ""  ^^'''- 

<=>lll  god. 

Ur-sa-Ur  ^='  "^  ^',  ^'  "^56,  a  title 

«ci:>  J^<ir>  of  Osiris. 

Ur-Sah-f  ^^^  ""^  J,  Lanzone   176,  a 
god,  R.i  or  Osiris  (?) 


Ur-senu  ^^^ 


B.D.  17,  32 


D    _zr  I 

(Nebseni),   a  chief  of  the  torture  chamber  of 
Osiris. 


^ 


u 


[174] 


U 


Ur-sent  ^^  ^^,  '^^i-  3,  Den- 

derah  IV,  78,  Berg,  i,  35  ;  (i)  a  double  bull- 
god  ;  (2)  a  jackal-god  who  befriended  the  dead  ; 
(3)  a  god  of  Edfu. 

Ur-sekat  ^^  p  U  '^  ^,    ^^^  p 

UN^    U.  420,  T.  240,  a  god  of  ploughing  in 
o   '  the  Tuat. 


Ur-sheps-f  "^^^ 


rvn 


D 


^^ 


^P^^^,^-^7.N..27,ason^of 

Urit-shefit  ^^^        32.  T,  goddess  of 

the  4th  hour  of  the  night. 

Ur-ka-f  ^='   U  ^^,  T.  87,  ^^ 


ii^    "^ '  ^  A^  of  Horus. 

Ur-gerti  ^^  <=.,  a  star-god. 

Urui-tenten  ^"""^^^"^^.r^.Naville, 

Mythe,  a  title  of  Horus  of  Edfu. 

ur   <ci5».  large  house,  mansion,  palace. 

ur  * 

meat,   a   meat   ration ; 


S'  StLi'  ^ q e' '-^  j»'»^ «'" 


^^, 


^\ 


<\\ 


(J  III' 


^=^ 


(f  III' 


^^^ 


^  A  ^^^==^    a  large  piece  or  slice  of  flesh  off 

I  1  (^    111'  a  joint. 

ur  ^^  XZII ,  a  violent  wind,  gale,  storm  (?) 
ur  "^^  Jf\^  ^-  97^'  P'"^*^  °^  '^  ladder  (?) 

ur  '^^'I^,  ^-^i^^.pig- 

Ijl  ,  flame,  fire. 


ur 


X 


ur-t  <:=;>  ffff^  ,  a  funeral  chest. 
ur-t  ^^  ^  ,  N.  507,  a  large  (?)  cake 
ur-t  ^^  ai3*e;,  a  large  boat. 

Ur-t  < 


ci    A«w«v<wvwv  Sekhet-Aaru. 


ur   ^='%>i^,  U.  284,  N.  719,  lake; 

plur.g,U.29i,^g,M.729,^;^g. 
N.  1330. 


ur-t 


■  (}^0^ 


the  funeral  mountain,  the 
grave. 


Urtt  <~>r-'^A,  a  nameof  the  Other  World. 


X 

c 

urr-t 

ur  ^^ 
urr  "^^ 


=>  ji  1=1 ,  a  place  (?) 
■■^^^s,  helpless,  miserable.  . 


Herusatef  Stele  loi,  to  be 
abased,  to  be  destitute. 


urr-t   <^:>p,  Rec.  3,  57,  hairy  head. 


Ura[teiiti]  "^^  (]  [. 

20,  8r,  a  good  demon. 


"^•"^  ISiSHXi    ,  Rec. 
W  J 


urai  (?)   — g-fl  00  5 ,  a  garment,  a  bandlet. 

urit^ljq,^ 

^fe^  fK    a  mass  of  water,  flood,  a  name  of  the 

sky. 


r3'  <=>ll  111'   ^   U  ' 


pylon,  a  house,  a  large  chamber,  hall. 
X 


X 


urn 


J\,    Rev.     II,    136,     171, 
A,  Rev.  II,   173,  12,   15,  x||e 


Jour.  As.   1908,  208,  to  delay,  X  "vfN  M(l         I, 
Mar.  Aby.  I,  6,  42  ;  Copt,  g^po"* p. 

urrat  x"^"^^  i,  Rev.  12,  47,  delay. 

-M*.  2L1  I 

Urit   '^='[111'^    ^■'^-  "5,  n,  23,  a  town 
<:r=>  1  1  ®'     in  Egypt  or  in  the  Tuat. 

urnt 

''fe=»  ^    _     -      _    ,,,, 


i,  chariot; 


"^^^ 


i\<\rr^ 


"   I  I. 


urit  ^^^  0 Q  ^  n'  '  ^  '^'"^  °^ garment. 


urmu 

I 


^^ 


.aa 


-Sac 


'Kx    JH  I ,  title  of  priests  of  Ra  and  Mnevis. 

urmu  <=^>  w^>~v ,  -^S-  T=T ,  •'^->        . 
Nile-flood. 


Urin'r  ^^ 


^1 


Thes.     1 203,    a 
Libyan  king. 


xirmit  ^^  1 


U 


[175  J 


U 


-\ 


^    a  disease  of  the 
O  '  belly. 

urh^|^,N.3o7,^|^(|,P.238, 

O 


Sl^'-^'SIi-S 


to  rub  with  oil  or  salve,  to  anoint,  to  smear. 
urhU  "^^^  I  ^  ??'  ''•  ^9^'  a"ointed  ones 

unguent. 


ooo 


III 


urh  %>" 

ouiid,  court 

urkh  %\ 


I,  Rev.   14,  40,  plot  of 

ground,  court ;  Copt.  OTpe^j- 

.S^  Rev.    II,  134,  court; 

■^^  '  Copt.  OTf  pe^,. 

<ci>     ^     ®    *>  to  flourish. 

urkh  ^'r       ,  to  guard,  to  protect. 

urs  ^PY.  SP--.  §--. 

head  rest,  pillow ;  plur.  ^='  H  (a  '■^'^.  '^"^  "^  5 

I  ^  ^>  nvn  000,  cedar  wood  pillows ; 

I  ^,  meru  wood  pillow ;  ^^   I 

^    I ,  alabaster  pillow ;  "^^  H  .^^ ^^,  ^^ooden 
I  ",  I  <cz>  I  I        pillow. 

ursh  (2  y/",  to  become  green,  to  flourish. 


ursh 


^=» 


□SZl 


^,  U.  451.  P-  165,  N.  799 


^,   Hh.  224, 


^=»  ^fe=t     ^=f  e 


I     U     I        I     V^     I 


O, 


G 


\^.\^m] 


C3ED 


!■ 


D  X     O    n 

Rec.  31,  30,  <rr>    ,  Rev.  13,  3,  to  pass 


the  time,  to  keep  a  watch,  to  observe  astronomi- 
cally, watcher,  observer,  observatory ;  Copt. 
OTfpcye. 


ursh-t 


r-w-i 


'1^'  ^^■^''^'^'  ^'g''- 


UrshU  <r=> ,  Rec.  21,  14,  festivals 

r-^n'^:X7lll 

kept  in  the  Great  Oasis. 

ursh  ^^'O  S  f  A,  watcher;  plur.  ^5 


e    ■'^^f  A  fl    ffi  I        X 


O    C30 

Urshu 


I,  Rev.  14,  2. 


^^.    , 


i°''^-3«^spis'^-4°^- 


1,    N.   719, 


jvf   J  J   ^^  R  fk.    ^-  ^4-9'  ^^^  watchers,  a  class 
'  I  \\  I  r  "^ '  of  divine  beings. 


Urshiu  ^Otl  ^  i  J|.  Tomb  of  Seti  I, 

three  Hour-gods  who  make  one  of  the  75  forms 
ofRa(No.  67). 


^. 


M.  102. 


□  tv 


the  tutelary  gods  of  Pe  (Buto). 

Urshu  Nekhen  ^f  °  o  c ®^,  p.  72, 

M.  102,  the  tutelary  gods  of  Nekhen. 

Urti-ha-t  ^"^1,  Thes.  83,  "Still- 
er w  1    I  -^ 


heart,"  a  title  of  Osiris 


urt 


(2 


X 

less ;  Copt.  OYpOT. 

urt  ^='         /^*:,  the  setting  of  a  star. 

^^•'     <=>    (2     @  I  I  1'  c:=s  \@i  I  I 
immobility,  cessation. 


Urtu  ^^p^^^,L.D.  Ill,  i4on, 

a  fainting  or  exhausted  man. 

Urt  ^5    •  "^'  ^^'    ^   motionless  god  = 
■  '=^^'  Urt-a,b(orha). 

urtu  <::=>/5?jyc  jj  1 ,  see  akhmiu  urtu. 


Urt-ha-t 


^=^- 


^ 


^^ 


M^i'M^^i'--^--' 


u 


[  176] 


U 


^ 


64, 42, 145, 1, 1, 182, 1 

■0'  1'  <=>  e 


© 


"  Still-heart,"  a  title  of  Osiris,  a  name  given  to 
any  mummy. 

urt  <:r>(S  1^  ,  a  kind  of  bird. 


urtch  ^'^^j  U.  13,  to  stop,  to  cease 


ra 


Uhi  ^^,  L-D.  HI,  65A, 
^  ra  (](]  ^^,  Edict  i5>^  '^.  Rev.  II,  55, 

^ra^^^,  ^ra(](|^,  Rev.  8, 134, 

^  ra  On  ^^^  '^ ,  to  fail,  to  err,  to  miss  the 

mark  (of  an  arrow),  to  escape,  to  manage  to  avoid 

something,  to  be  a  defaulter ;  V\  ra  [1  (I  -^  ^ , 
deprived. 

uhi  %  ra  (|  (]  "^  '^,  one  who  is  stripped 

or  robbed,  deprivation  (?)  ^  ^  rn  ||[]  2  ^  ^  , 
a  fiend. 

uliiu(?)  %>ra 

13,  37,  defaulters. 


,  Peasant  292,  failure,  ruin. 


A 


I ,  Rev. 


uhiu   \j>ra 
uhi  %>  ra 
uha   "^ 

ra  ^ 
X      (? 

"  ra 


,  ^=i  Thes.  1322,  things 


III     decayed  or  rotten. 
Rev.,  scorpion  ; 

'  Copt,  o-ro^e. 


ra  -Be^ 


,  Amen.  14,  11,  12,  19,  2, 


■^^ ,  Mar.  Karn.  54,  42,  \sra 

^■^-^qq^'ra^ 
^'raM^'^-M^^' 
^-^fl^^'ra^^-^'^- 

mark,etc.(asuh^^);^ra^ra 


to  fail. 

uhaha  %> 


ra 


ra  <^,  to  fail. 


recite;  Copt.  OTra)2>**" 

t^  \>       (2  -^    D  Ac^     to  destroy,  to  over- 
'bw^  I   '    ra  ^  W    ^ '  throw. 


4.°^^ 


,  rum,  rums. 


uhas 


ra 


7,  to  be  exhausted,  to  b 
;ss  about. 

(1  O  ,  a  disease  of  the  belly. 

f)  ■ Q    to  decay,  to  become 

1  AA«w  III  putrid,  to  rot. 


Anastasi  I,  25,  7,  to  be  exhausted,  to  be  weary 
of,  to  be  careless  about. 

uha 


ra 
uha  ^  ra  (] 


a  kind  of  fish. 


Uhem    L  hoof,  claw  of  a  bird ;  |  1 
Rec.  23,  198,  a  horned  animal. 


uhem 


X 


U.  i86,| 


^P 


X 


/ 


Amen.  21,  12,  24,  i,  |,  Rev.  13,  75,  |  ^ 


to  repeat,  to  narrate,  to  recount,  to  tell  a  story, 

,  Speak 


\  P.S.B.  10,47, 


to  tell  a  dream ; 

again  !  Copt.  OtlXigjUi. 

uhemankh|f,  l^lf 

renewing  life,  repeating  living;  /  ■¥■  ^^v^AA^  water 
which  renews  life. 

herald,  lay  priest,  recorder,  orator,  proclaimer ; 

Uhem-ti  |  ^v    '^^'  narrator. 

uhem  aa    I  f\     ""^ ,  IV,  972,  the  great 


recorder 


■'1^ 


11  Q    TFFff     IV,   1 120,  recorders 


III' 


of  the  Nomes. 


u 


[177] 


U 


uhem  ense[in]-t  neb 


r^^^^ 


I 


"  teller  of  every  land,"  dragoman,  Foreign  Office 
messenger. 

uhem  nesu    [  l     ^   ,  the  king's  herald. 

a         T    AAAAAA 

'®  ki 


Uhem  nesu  tep  ^o  | ®  ""'"^''^hl' 


Uhemi  (?) 
Uhem-her 


herald- 
_  chief. 

Uhemu   I  '     TuatlX,  the  gods  who  recite 
Jill'         spells  to  bewitch  Aapep. 

Tuat  X,  a  god  of  the 
9th  Gate. 

§>  ffl    B.D.  123,  3, 
I    ^'  a  god. 

Uhem-t-tesu,  etc.  if  l\  ^  ^^^  %  I . 

etc.,  B.D.  145,  146,  the   irth  Pylon  of  Sekhet- 
Aaru. 


uhem 


I  ^v  ^V  8r'  J"""^"  ^^'  ^9°^'  256,  to  renew,  to 
repeat  an  act,  to  do  something  often ;  |  ¥N.  ^>^  1 
Rec.  16,  57,  renewing  the  race;  Copt.  OtiXl^XK. 

uhemit,  uhemmit 

gi  I ,  repetition. 


^1 

uhem-t 


what  is  repeated,  something  that  is  renewed ; 
,  a  revolution  (of  a  star). 


I 

uhemuti 


w 


,  second,  duplicate,  like ; 


uhem- 
emuhem  ? 


,  without  his  like,  unequalled. 


a  second  time, 
anew. 

D 

,   a  second 


em  uhem  a  a 

time,  anew. 

mit  em  uhem 

death  a  second  time,  the  second  death. 

n  mut-f  em  uhem  _jl,  IS^  % 

^~~  I  ^k.  ^^  '  ^^  ^^^^^  never 
die  a  second  time. 


Uhem  ankh  s|  -^  3^,  Edffl  i,  80, 
|^|-^"^|^,a  title  of  the  Nile-god. 

uhemu  aha  ^%Ck:i,  t°  ^*^"«^  ^  ^g^*' 

i;__fl    repeat  an  attack. 


uhem  menu 


'ODD 


,  Rec.  20,  42, 


\\W 


t^^^    IV,  358,  to  repeat  monuments,  i.e.,  to 
odd'  multiply  buildings. 

to  repeat 
words. 


uhem  metu 

uhem  ra  !  *=',  i^,  4i4,  multiplying 

J       I  speech  (?) 

uhem  renp  f  l  ^,  renewing  youth. 

uhem  her  I'  |\    ^  "^  i) ,  "  he  who 


Ll     I 
renews  [his]  face,"  the  name  of  a  god. 

uhemkha  jf^l 

repeater  of  risings,  i.e.,  Ra. 


Q 


w 


J; 


Q 


uhem'seshet 


X 


I  cv=>«^  c^*^ 


X 

L_=Z1' 


newing  the  bandlet. 

uhemqaas  f^|^'^[| 

to  renew  fetters,  i.e.,  to  increase  them. 

ulxemqal|.^(iy,x/|^.lloJ, 

renewer  of  form,  i.e.,  the  moon. 

uhemqet-t  f  \|'^t!  ^, '■«".e^e^  °f  *"o™' 

!    \DI  7        I.e.,  the  moon. 

uhem  Hi  ,  to  burn  up,  to  blaze. 

X  ° 
uhem    f      ,  Rec.  15, 1 2  7,  grains  of  incense. 

uhen  ^  "^  %^,  Rec.  2, 1  n,  '^'^  ™  ^^, 


Rec.  20,  43,  failure,  decay,  ruin. 

uhen  %, 


i  /w^A~^  O  ,   filth  (?) 


unen  aaa^^w 

w 


SS, ,  Amen.  8,  3, 1 2,  3,  -w^ 


W 


ra 


C£ra,,^_fl 


to  destroy,  to  overthrow,  to  drag  down,  to  lay 
waste. 

ra 


uhnen 


,  Rec.  31,  173. 

uhennu  ^  ra  ^^o^.  P-  47i>  M.  539, 

N.  1 1 18,  to  remove. 

uher^_^<^,  ;^^]:^.  house 
dog ;  Copt.  o-r^i.p,  o-r^op. 

Uh  ^|,  U.  297,  T.  141  =  1^,  M.  198, 
N-  537,  to  be  strong  (?) 

H 


^ 


u 


[178] 


^ 


uhuh^|^|4^,Rec.,5,57... 
Uh  %^|,  U.  295,  N.  529,  to  cry  out. 

Amen.  26,  7,  to  bay,  to  bark,  to  cry  out. 
cm 


Uh 


\l 


,  a  place  of  abode,  encamp- 


ment, compound ;  Copt.  Og^e. 

Uh,  uha  ^1^,  Rec.  i6,  '27,  ^| 

to  hew  or  cut  stone,  to  quarry  stone,  to  break 
stone,  to  excavate ;  V^  "W  *^  O  .••"      ,  to  reap 

corn ;  ^  |  ^^  fl  *^         'IW,  to  prune  vines, 
to  harvest  grapes. 


uha  (2 


Cil 


O,  © 


©  I 


I,  e 


f 


I ,  a  disease,  stone  in  the  bladder. 


\\    El-Amarna  V,  33,  abortus  ; 
j\'  Copt.  2,OTg,e. 

k     B.M.  32,  383,  a  fiend 
M  '  in  the  Tuat. 


uhh^f 
Uha©<| 

brazier,  any  kind  of  cooking  pot ;  plur.  v\  9  *^^ 

-^--^f^'^""t:m"\Ud<;;tic:n: 

uha^..,^^,'--p-^J°-; 


w 


s 


^J^,  N.  766,  ^,T.  183,  233,   ^1 
^l^e.^l^i?.  Rec.  27,  55,  30, 198, 
,  IV,  162, 


0=^   e 


,  N.  806,  ^^==^  8  X 


Stele  16, 


fc:^. 


,   Anastasi  I,    i,  7,  D,   Israel 


L-Zl, 


-^ 


I  I  I    0  U 


Q=>> 


0=^ 


Amen.  27,  14,  15,  to  untie,  to  loosen,  to  set 
free,  to  release,  to  solve  a  riddle,  to  unravel  a  pro- 
blem, to  separate  (heaven  from  earth,  Thes.  1283), 
to  return  in  the  evening. 

uha  sennti  '^^^^ 


',  to  open 
a  way  through  the  outer  enclosure  of  a  building. 

uia  thess-t  )<o^      "'^T^",  to  unpick 

a  knot,  to  disentangle  a  difficult  matter,  to  explain 
riddles. 


Uha  terf  ,^  ^  "^  ,  ^V- 969.  to  de- 

i:     J}  2!;^=^^^;^     cipher  writmg. 

uha   ^~*^,  Rec.  6,  II, fl,  a  matter  which 

has  to  be  explained,  problem,  riddle,  parable  ; 


plur. 


0=^ 


<S. 


,  Amen.  3,  10. 


Uha- ha -t   '^^^  ^  '0',  a  guide  of  Af 
through  the  Gate  of  Saa-Set. 

uha  ab  (or  hati)   '^^^  '^,  Mar.  Kam. 

^  '     ' 0^=5  1' Dc=^Jl  I' n^  I' 

^— ^— =^  '0',  Rec.  24,  185,  wise,  understanding 


W 


0=^ 


of  heart,  able,  competent ; a  11  tV-s ,  skilfully 

coloured. 


,  a  man  with  clever. 


uha-tet  ^^^ -^   ' 

skilful  hands  and  fingers. 

Uha  tchatcha  (<=9  ® ,  *°  '^'^'^i  *°  ^^ 

"^  down  to. 

Uha  2.^e,^^,tocastaline, 

to  stretch  a  cord,  to  use  a  rope ;  p^Q4  ^  j-y  |  P . 

Thes.   1285,  to  stretch  out  a  builder's  cord  to 
show  the  size  of  the  building. 


uha 


Q=;> 


L_v], 


0=:^    Cc9 


\> 


L_il, 


Q:=9  -9       <e=4    to  work  a  line  or  net  in  fishing 
(a      ^*  ^  „/)'  and  fowling. 

'^^  "H,  fisherman,  fowler,  hunter;  plur. 


^ 


Cc:^ 


i;  Copt.  OTO^I. 


I,   0=^ 


\ 


u 


Cc:9<e<, 


[179] 


Uha  (remu)   ''^^^  "^^^,  Peasant  230, 
nsherman:  plur.  a  fe>^.        vQi  1, 


1 


I  I 


,  Rec.  13,  203,  ^  I  ^       ^  "^ 

V  ^5^   Q    ,  fisherman  to  the  Court. 

a  kind  offish  (synodoniis  shall) ;  plur.    — ^ 


Cci^e 


I ,  Rec.  30,  217. 


uha-t   '^^^^  ^"^  "^,  the  [festivals  of  the] 
great  and  little  fishing. 

uha    '^^  r*^^ ,  to  wound,  to  stab  with  a 

at a 

knife,  to  sting  (of  a  scorpion). 

Uha-t    D  3^,    Metternich  Stele   73, 

__Ji^,  Rec.  15,  145,  ^^^l^^^' 
Rev.  X3,4i,  scorpion;  ^^^31^,  the 
seven    scorpions    of    Isis ;    Copt.    OTOOg^e, 

oifog^e. 

■jjjjQ    <<r>>  ^^3)  to   feed,    food,    provisions, 
0  III'  superfluity. 

uhai  0  (1(1     ,  a  kind  of  grain  or  seed. 

uha    '^^^^ '^j  plants,  flowers  (?) 

Uhi    ©  ?  /]  fl  ^    ^  ■'^'^Se  of  a  journey,  a  halt- 
xSSn'  ing-place. 

uhit^|(]|)^'^„,B.M.657,C2§(2"'^    "^ 


encampment  or  village  of  nomads  in  the  desert 

® 

III 

5 

II 
® 


plur.  ^  I  (]  (]  I ,  De  Hymnis  5  7,  ^  I  ^  "I 
Mar.  Aby.  I,  7, 68,  %^  |  %>"  1 ,  Tombos  Stele 

\l^^\l,    I-el    Stele 'ir,^|ey 

Roug^  I.H.  PI.   256,   Rec.  31,  39,  villages  in 
East  Africa,  the  Sfldan,  the  Eastern  Desert,  etc, 

Uhut  %  I  ^  %         >  foreign  settlements. 

"1^5 i'  ^Ifl^'l^i'  '*"" "°'"^'^' 

of  the   Sftdiln,    East    Africa,    Syria,    Palestine, 
Arabia,  etc. 


uhi 


(2  /Iflc-^ 


\> 


u 


gram. 


nlioTvi   v_^    ^^'^^  3.  3°.  'o  repeat ;  Copt. 

unem  ^,  otco^^Xjl. 

uher  ^^  i:^,  ^^^-  '^'  53.  dog;  Copt. 

uhes^fp^,^! 

down,  to  slay. 

Ukh(?)   ^®  ^,  Rev.  25,  64  =  |.or 


L_=fl 


OTg^Op. 

,  to  beat 


ukh 


■t    Vsi  w  ,^  things;  see 


^Iw'^'    ®i^^'    Q"^'    darkness 
night ;  Copt.  enfajH. 

Mar.  Aby.  I,  6,  37,  ^  J  ^  m ,  ^  J  .^  ^ 
pillar,  pilaster,  beams  of  a  roof,  tent  pole  ;  plur. 

Annales   III,    i°9'     y  1  I  >   (V^  {)    ' 

portico,  colonnade,  pillar. 

Ukhatu-t  %  T  "^  %  '^ ,  Herusatef 
Stele  59,  part  of  a  building. 

Ukha  %T  ®  7^  .  fire  altar. 

ukha  %®  J^.  '!"•  288,  P.  609,  M.  406, 
735,  N.  806,  1332,  ^J^.  '!'•  371,  N.  126, 

L.D.  III,  140,  6,  Rev.  14,  136,  ^  J  ®  ,  ^J 
enquire  for ;  Copt.  OTf  050)6. 

ukhakh  et 


^ 


A 


,  Amen.  9, 14, 19,  19. 


M     2 


\ 


u 


[180] 


U 


\ 


H,  to  let  fall,  to  have  a  miscarriage,  to 
purge,  to  place,  to  set  down  something ;  v^  T 
^^]l],Rec.3o,67. 

ukhakha-t   ^l^^rT'^° 


evacuate. 

ukha  theb-t 

a  pyramid. 


J\  ffl     ,  base  of 


sandals 
( Lacau). 


,'^--"'^l^^--'offerTng^ 


ukha . . 


e 


,.Ci 


T       iZ-i  .•■"'~' ,  an  amulet  (?) 

whirlwind,  storm  (?) 

Ukha  ^J"^^^.  Peasant  287,  ^®  J 

be  foolish,  simple,  ignorant,  neglectful,  careless, 
stupid,  slothful,  etc. 

ukha,  ukhau  %.T ^^^,  RE.  8, 73, 

"^^s.  ^ ,  fool,  ignoramus,  simpleton,  boor,  the 
unlettered  man,  sluggard;  plur.  ^  v^  ^  ; 
LD  III  i6a  8  "^T^^  defects,  crimes,  acts 

^\  (1(1  ,  note,  letter,  despatch,  roll,  docu- 
™e„t;plur:^l^qq-,^l^- 

ukham(?)   2  1"^^'"^  Theb. 


I  I  I' 


N.  753,  claws, 
nails,  hooks. 


Ukhikh(?)   ^®  (]|j®^,  T.  333.  ^® 

®^,  M.  249,  N.  703,  ^®(](]®^^> 
P.  826,  a  plant-god  (?) 

Ukheb  ^®    Dm,  to  shine,  to  be  bright. 


ukher 


^ 


(S 


,    Rech- 


nungen  63,   granary,    warehouse,   wharf,    dock, 

(2   ®C2  I 
dockyard;  plur. 


>\\  I  I  I 

?     I 


ukher-t  ^  <c::=>     '   ,  a  wooden  tool  or 

i     '      ^  ^^^ 

instrument,  appliance ;  plur.  \\        (I (I  , 

31,  86. 

ukhes  (?)  %>®  P  ^ .  P-  461,  N.  1098  = 
®p^,M.  517. 


ukhes  nemmat 


I 


>S,   B.D. 


125,  II;see^P®   ^    J\. 

ukhtU   %^®  %^  i^,  port,  harbour. 
ukhet-t  (?)  ^  ==^  ^^fe,  boat. 


ukhet^^|,iv,,o82,;^^OJ], 

\>  O  .         r^  J  ,  to  be  in  a  sute  of  collapse, 

to  be  in  pain,  to  be  painful,  to  be  inflamed  (of 
a  sore,  or  of  the  heart),  to  feel  hurt,  ^ 


Rec.  31,  168. 


ukhti 


© 


C3, 


a  man  in   a   state   of 


ukhet-t 


© 
© 


ci  I     (2 


collapse 

0^0 


III    \  III 


pam, 


sickness,  inflammation. 

ukhet  "^  ,  to  be  treated  with  drugs. 


embalmed.     Also   used   of  words  of  the  wise 
which  are  "  preserved,"  or  stored  up. 

Peasant  272,  long-suffering. 

ukhet  hat  ^    ^    dh  '^'  S^o'eiant,  for- 
bearing;  plur.  ^  ^  ^  <>  | . 

US  ^  P  ^  =  ^  P  5  H' '"  ''*"  ^""'^'  *''^^" 


\ 


u 


[181] 


U 


^ 


USe[kh]-t  a  ^  p  [  J]  I  A  — •  I ,  long- 
armed,  a  far-reaching  hand. 


USl   @ 


P4*.^|l 


w 


,@ 


£52'^|'£^ 


t,  much, 


exceedingly,  quite,  wholly. 

(2    I  ,  hall,  a  building  of  some  kind ;  plur. 


US 


(2     £5:5 


7i 


.Famine  Stele  31,  ^p£:f2, 
empty,  to  come  to  an  end. 

^_^%^.  1^^^'  1^'  decay,  ruin, 
misery,  the  lack  of  something,  emptiness. 

US  %^,    X      ^°  destroy,  to  do  away  some- 
JrL=/l'  thing. 

US  %^  n  \.  ,  to  saw ;  Copt.  oTeice,  fi.  jce. 

%S  n    "^    °    ^  fl   /^^   something  sawn  off, 
^1   ""'^-^  III' _S*  I    /^^'    sawdust,  scrapings. 

US-t  t^    "    'l    A.Z.   1908,  12,  the  amulet 
n     o    Ji '  of  the  sceptre. 

_'^,  Rev.  12,115, 


usaf  (usf)  ^(^ 

usam  (usm)  ^iqi^^'  ^^^-  "> 

134,  160,  172,  crushed,  broken. 

USar  %,   •o'   L_J1  1  ^,  Rev.  13,8,  strong 

Usar,  User 


Jour.  As.  1908,  486,  to  lose, 
to  lack ;  Copt.  OTOJCq. 


man 


istsm, 


Pierret,  Inscrip.  II,   130,  A.Z.   1879,  126,  Berg. 
I,  6,  late  forms  of  the  name  of  Osiris. 

USah  %>  n  |_f^,  to  advance. 


Rev. 


usakh-t  (uskh-t)  %>^ 

X3,  30,  hall;  plur.  ^^a^||^_,  Rev 
14,  13,  asylums,  refuges. 
usash  \>^ 


\J® 


,  Rev.  14,  22,  hall;  see 


^7  Cn 

usaten  (usten)  %^(q]  ~>^L-=/l,  Rev. 

II,  178,^1^  ^,^(^]dJ]|§, to  enlarge 

=  '%>  n  ^/^^ ;  Copt,  onrecetoit. 
Usaau  %^^l^-^-'44c(SaJte), 

JX fl   ^mvl  a  goddess. 

USeb   \s\\  J ,  to  heap  up. 

usf  %:>~^"^  yN.,Peasant2S7,  B.  2, 107, 

^  P  »^_1^,  Edict  30,  ^p'^-  IV,  353, 

to  be  lazy,    idle,  slothful ;    Copt. 
-^ '  uTftocq. 

C  ^^  ^^i  laziness,  supineness,  sloth,  idle- 

ness,   sluggishness,  ^P^"^^^- 
Anastasi  VII,  12,  i,  Saltier  II,  14,  9.  » 

USfu   %^%>"^-A^,  Peasant  284, 
B  2,  i°9>^^'^^^,lazy  man. 


usfa 


a  kind  of  marsh  bird. 


USfaU   ^P^^-^l^A^j.snarers 
of  the  same. 

USem  ^— "^  1\  .  bowels,  intestines. 

USen    ^\\  ,  to  make  water. 

usem  _;^ 


user 


(*=© ,  a  title  of  the  Ram-god. 

1PS'1P2'1S^1 

Rec.  31,  165,    I    1  ^     /I,     I    I,    |,  to  be  strong, 
to  be  mighty,  to  be  rich ;    ]  p  ^^  ^v 


rich  in  houses. 

user 


I    III' 


ip: 


IV,   972,    strong  one, 
i.e.,  oppressor. 

M    3 


\ 


u 


[182] 


U 


userit  ^"j^,  <^=>^,  Rec  5,  90, 

I   I  J|,  mighty  woman,  goddess,  U.  229, 

a  wealthy   woman,   Metternich  Stele  55  ;  plur. 

1m'111-''''3°0- 
1P 


r'^n!  Strength,  power,  might,  a  strong  thing, 

n  I 


"clies  (  1 1 1  j^__y,  ^J  I .  Amen.  9,  6). 


So      I  I    -Sail 
ones,  powers,  strong  beings. 


User  %  P  <==>  "[J,  Rec.    30,    198,   the 

User  i<=> 


god  of  strength. 

Ombos  I,  I,  186-188,  one 
of  the  14  kau  of  Ra. 


Userit 


I  ,  U.  229,  a  goddess  of 


■— ^    B.D.  41  (Saite),  a  lake 
ci  '  in  Sekhet-Aaru. 


User-t  i 

Userit  "j  p^^,B.D.  1,0,42,  ||,^^ 

^  H     "f  fl  *~~^  T)     Nesi-Amsu  30,  9,  a  goddess 
on'     ll^o(u\'  of  Sekhet-Aaru. 

User-Ba-|P2|, 

65,  4,  a  title  of  Ra  and  of  Osiris. 


B.D. 


User  -  baiu  -  f  -  em  -  Uatch  -  ur  "f 


%i^^S=f^*1. 


Denderah 


IV,  63,  a  warrior-god. 


User-Ra  i! 


J 


O     I 

User-ha-t  IH 


Tuat  VI,  a  name  of  a 
standard  in  the  Tuat. 

2"^^,  "strong heart," 


the  name  of  a  god. 

User-hati^P2^^.Rec.2,,76, 

"t     <3i    "n.<    ^''^  sacred  barge  of  AmeivRa  at 
l-^^M'  Thebes. 

.  User-t  (?)  Geb  ^Ij^  "^  J  j^.  Tuat  vi. 

the  jackal-headed  stakes  to  which  the  damned 
were  tied  in  the  Tuat. 


user 

of  the  head  or  neck 

user 


I  1 1' 


— -*  U.  423,  T.  242,  a  kind 
o  '  of  sceptre. 

ire. 


;  plur.   I   I  (^. 

i  P*^^^,iP'^^^e,ip^^,  to  steer,  rudder, 
steering  pole,  oar,  paddle;  plur.    |    l<r:>^\^  1 , 

jP^,Rec.3o,68,^PY:r:.iP^ 

Copt,  onrocp,  fiocep. 

USeru   i  P  %,  rowers,  IV,  305. 

user-t  '^'^,-^ 

user-t   i  P  ''^^^  (1  ,  flame,  fi 

userti  1  P"^^  W/'"^"','  ^j^''-  "^ '"^^ 

I  I    ^  W    V  leathern  objects. 

usel..p|X,.fl|^,ap_=(J, 

to  cut  in   pieces,  to  cut  through,  to  shave,  to 
destroy. 

USeh   S  P  I  fl ,  to  destroy  by  fire. 

y\  y\,  to  be  wide  or  spacious,  wide, 

to  be  in  a  spacious  |)lace,  to  be  spread  out,  to 
be  empty,    vacant;  Copt.   OTfOJCyc  ;  (2  P  ®  | 

the    throne    in    the  boat  of   millions  of  years; 
I  ^    I  k  [I ,  made  spacious. 

usekh-t    ^,0,   ^^,   oil,  width, 

breadth;  (2  p    ®     ^2,^,  the  width  of  his 
I  ^\7       I     \\  two  arms. 

Usekh[-t]-ast-ankh[-t]-em-snef 

derah  I,  30,  Ombos  II,  2,   134,  a  lion-god  and 
lioness-goddess. 

Usekh-nemmat  ^P  ®  ^.  %P  ^ 

J   -''^     ^    K.l).  135,  II,  a  god  of  Anu  and  one 


of  the  42  assessors  of  Osiris. 


B.D.  28,  5,  a  title  of  Ra. 


u 


[183] 


U 


\nn:m 


t7Q 


I'P^P 


®  o 


\J 


Herusatef  Stele  7, 


Usekh-t  hett 

uraeus-goddess. 

usekh-t  asq  ^ 

waiting  room. 

usekh-t  Asar  l^^jo"],''^  ''^^^  °f 


the  tomb. 


LTD 
,  hall,  any  large  chamber. 


\J 


qp. 


A, 


=  CZI,J 


usekh-t  en  bunr 

/www  y       y 

'  I  I  ■'"*^,  outside  hall. 

usekh-t  ent  Maati 


® 


Q      o      W 


nrwrnn       I  c.  i  tir-n-^^rrw 

]    hall  of  the  two  gods  of  Truth,  or  the 
I '  Judgment  Hall  of  Osiris. 

usekh-t 1^ '^^^  ' '  ''^"^  ^^^^ 

of  the  people  in  a  temple,  the  outer  court. 


usekh-t  hebit  H'^'i'^s^^nn  £i,iv, 344, 

festival  hall. 


,«f^f 


usekh-t  hetep  f ^ ' 

Sir  ^  i 
■^^    the  hall  in  the  tomb  in  which  the  offerings 
were  presented,  and  the  offering  itself. 

Usekh-t  Sekh-t  Aanru  e  fl   ® 

A  "^  ""^  "^^^"^s,  hall  of  the  Fields 


^    I 
I  I 


I  I  I 


P^l^." 


hall  of 


of  Reeds  (the  Elysian  Fields). 

Usekh-t  Set  "^  n   ®   QQ ,  the  hall  of 

a  temple  in  which  the  Set  Festival  was  cele- 
brated. 

Usekh-t  Shu    ^ 

Shu,"  a  name  of  the  sky,  or  of  the  space  between 
the  earth  and  the  sky. 

Won  _»- 

"  hall  of  Geb,"  a  name  of  the  earth. 

usekh  %>[ 


Usekh-t  Geb©  1 1  ■",.  ^^Je^, 

,  a  wide-mouthed  vessel. 


\7' 


usekh-t  %p 


o 


^^&, 


M 


\j 


^^'  ^^ 


,  a  broad  flat-bottomed  boat; 


plur.  (3  1 1    ^^  I  ,  KoUer  Pap.  3,  6. 


usekh 


^p.^,  ^ 


\j 


<$=^. 


^5^,  (UP),  collar,   pectoral,  breast   ornament; 

usekh-ti  %  P  ^®  ^'^^.  Rec  4,26. 

usekh  ^         ,  A.Z.  1908,  15,  the  amulet 
of  the  collar  or  pectoral ;  \N  I  ®  "^^^  |,  pectoral 

of  mother  of  emerald;  ^Aw/^'^^  ^^,  of  various 
kinds  of  stones ;  ^^^  fw^ ,  in  gold ;  ^.  ^X^' 
in    silver;     ¥^®    M|^^°'    '"   lapis  lazuli ; 

tcham  metal.  1  y 

usekh-en-bak  %iP®  -^^^  J"^"^' 

A.Z.  1908,  18,  the  "  hawk-collar  "  amulet. 

usekh-en-Mut    ^  H  ®  ^~^    X^i  W\' 

A.Z.  1908,  18,  "collar of  Miit,"  the  name  of  an 
amulet. 


usekh-en-Nebti  %>[!« 


w 


A.Z.  1908,  18,  "  collar  of  Uatchit  and  Nekhebit," 
the  name  of  an  amulet. 

usekh-en-Khens  ^  0  ®  ^~'^  -vwwv ,  A.Z. 

1908,  18,  the  collar  of  Khensu,  an  amulet. 

usekh-en-tchet  %  [1®  ^A«w^  "^ ,  a.Z. 

1908,  18,  "collar  of  eternity,"  the  name  of  an 
amulet. 


usekh 


^P 


3 


B.D.  172,  IT,,  to  plate 


withmetal;|^^P®^||^7f^, 
thy  limbs  are  plated  with  gold. 


usekh 


O 


(?)Rec.  31,  170 


USesh  -^  ^ ,  to  be  wide  =  \\  1 1 

usesh-t  %  "^  t^ ,  hall = %,  n  ^ 
Jiciszii V  f  -Zfl 

M    4 


\J 


\J 


C^. 


u 


[184] 


U 


^ 


USesh   %rTr-i^ 


:!>■ 


collar,  necklace. 


usesh  ^        ,<=ni,  % 
water,  to  evacuate ;  later  form,  V\ 

usesh  - 1 

v\  C3CJ  jvww;  ^,   Rec.   29,   150,    v\  C30  ^ 


ft? ,  to  make 

I    vv    I  I  I  I 

^Br=Ui,  U.   159,  T.   344, 


I  v"   i*^     "*   Hh.   372,    urine,    evacuation,   excre- 
^     III'  nient  in  general. 

ussha  "^  n  J£^  (^  y>j^,  to  cut  off. 
Stele  31,  roll,  letter,  document,  despatch  ;  plur. 
USta    V\  ~^   ,  to  tow,  to  drag,  to  draw. 


usten 


^ 


Q    f~.  \  J^t  Israel   Stele   12, 


ftAAAVk 


y\ 


,%l~^,  Edict  23, 
to  walk  with  long  steps,  to  stride,  to  step  out ; 

Copt.  onrecTUJrt. 

usten  re  %>  n  ^/^  '=^,  '«  opf "  .th^ 

_Q  I      j'V         I         mouth  wide. 

usten  ret  e  (1  «^  "^^^^  \T  I ,  to  walk  with 

I    \\J\  ci^i.  •"  " 
long  strides,  i.e.,  boldly. 

ustenu  %i  p  r^$%>5  ^'  R""g*^  l-H- 
256,  a  kind  of  officer. 

usten  % 


«A«w  a  siMcious  room. 

O         I  ' 


Usten  %  n  '^   ° ,  =^  t'^'^  °^'he  Nile-god 
_2i  I    I — I  and  of  his  flood. 


U,.en^P^5.qp-jJ,a„ 

ape-god. 

usthen^p^,  ^p^|A,lv, 

1075,  1189,  to  stride;  Copt.  o'VOCOeit. 


^'♦^P^^i^.^'^tS: 


the  herald 
the  2nd  Arit. 


Usten  (2    I  *AWAA  \  /\  ^  Amen.   15,  10,  26, 

5,  17,  to  walk  with  long  strides,  to  stretch,  to 
extend. 

Usten  V\  1  wwvv ,  Ombos  II,  2,  200,  a  lake- 
god,  a  title  of  the  Nile-god. 

ustehefa^P^^^;^,Gen. 

Epist.  64,  vainly  (?) 

^'^^^'GJ,.  ^™^'  ^.  Heruem- 
heb  23,  Rev.  1 1,  150,  to  be  empty,  to  be  decayed 
or  destroyed,  or  ruined,  effaced  (of  an  inscription), 
bald,  hairless,  to  fall  out  (of  the  hair),  to  lack ; 

>    V     "I  ^   deprived,  robbed ;  Copt. 

,'  ffil  j)^'  OTfecy. 

_ ,  to  lack,  to  be  deprived  of. 


S 


©' 

ushsh  i-n-i  -QX 


ush 


■w      omission,  space,   interval,   a  sign 
^'' '    used  in  papyri  to  mark  a  lacuna. 

USll   ^  °  ,  nothing,  emptiness. 

ush  ami  ^  (]  ^  |](]  ^,  Rev.  12,  21, 

one-armed,  one-handed. 

ush  up-t   "^  \/  (^,  Rev.  13,  63,  headless. 

ush  hat  %^  ^,  !>•  3°23,  85.  sense- 
Jr  ^^    I  less,  stupid  (?) 


hair  orna- 
ment. 


ush-t  "l^^, ''^•^-  '9°°'  '^8>3 

ush  ^  — ^,   ^^,  ^P^, 
©  [j  W ,  darkness,  night ;  Copt.  OlfajH. 

ush  '^C3a'^^,  "^j  '^];^,,  pelican  (?) 
ush    V\C30-^,  Rec.  4,  1 2 1,  to  eat;  var. 


ush 


(=3),  to  make  water. 


ushsh  ^□r=ai, 


r^v~i 


to  make 
water. 


ush-t 


^ 


^=^^=^f^=^ca^^  urine,  evacua- 

c^  '  ""/"^^Ti)'  tioii. 


ush   ■    ^ ,  to  play  the  harp. 

cszirzl 


ush  ^C3a^,  j_^^.  Amen.  26,  13, 
V  VR'  ®  [i  ]1  >  t"  cry  out,  to  praise,  to  adore, 
Cans.  P^pT 


u 


,  to  crush,  to  pound. 


I  C3SZI 


ushush 

to  masticate,  to  chew. 


I ,  to  fatten  geese  or  cattle. 

usha   ahu    ^M^^    ^i- 

^  BM^  ^  ^  j '  R-E-  6,  26,  herdsman, 
pasturer  or  fattener  of  cattle,  or  perhaps  fattened 
cattle;  compare  ^Mj]^  ^"^^  |  ^■ 

ushau(?)   ^M^G^i'^^^- 

tened  geese. 

USha-t  ^M^^'  -''  P'^'^e  where 
birds  or  animals  were  fattened. 

MW§'  ^M^'^^^  502,  1095, 
1208,  to  babble,  to  revile,  to  abuse,  to  curse. 

usha   %  U«T  '^  '^,  '■e^'i'ings,  cursings, 
Jr  i^  ^m>  Ml'  words  of  ill  omen. 

to  pour  out,  to  scatter,  to  spread,  to  rub  into 
powder. 

usha-usha^^^^l^^^. 

Ana.stasiI,26,r,^|jM^^|jI^^^, 

<2  Hll  "^  Mil  "^  ^ '  t^  beat,  to  beat  flat, 
to    smash,    to    strike,    to    break    into ;    Copt. 

oTfeojovtucg. 

usha-t  ^M^.^?'^IiM^> 

ushait  %TtT»T%.  /]  11  ^^0,  night. 


[185] 


U 


^ 


Usha-t '^Ij^^,   ^Mil]^,    Den- 
derah    II,    lo,    ir, 


i~^r-i 


^, 


>k"*' 


Ushat-bakat  (2  J^^  ^  1^  U:*c ,  e  J£^ 
]  "^  W'  4^  Jr^'  °'"*^"^"^  "•  '°' 

^H}I-^J'g>^,^C3aJU,AnnalesI, 
84,     one     of     the     36     Dekans  ;      Gr.    Ovetne- 

BlKU'TI. 

ushauti^imi^^;;|,  \m 

I ;  see  Shabti. 

Ushataspi    [^]  Ml  ]  i]  t  ^  (]  ^3  - 


w  J  I 

usham 


\ 


)^,' 


ai- 


Tombs  of 


Hystaspes;  Pers.  ,^  <<  -fff  |y|  f^  rf=,  Beh.  I,  4, 
Babyl.  f  ^f  ^^^  Jj^  ^|-,   Gr.  'Y<7T«<77r,/«. 

Ushati^|l_^^ 

Seti  I,  Rameses  IV ;  see  Usha-t. 

usha  cm  V  gp,  cszi    g?i,  \J:>^^    i 

C3Cn  jQ  p       \\ 


i,  to  gnaw,  to  chew,  to 


bite,  to  masticate,  to  eat,  what  is  eaten,  food; 

Hf,  P.S.B.  13,  412,  the  gnawing  of  a 

worm  at  a  tooth,  Q    ]  K  "1^  • 


usha 


^^^ 


fO         (0     o 


(d        (d    \  (S 

,    r~vn      I,    r-ff~i  v 

III     .^ fl\>  1     - fl 


czszi         ,  I  w  I       I     a  disease  of  the 

^  III     0  \>  III'  aO  1' 

mouth,  itching  of  the  mouth. 

UShu  e  p  O ,  dry,  arid,  desert,  parched. 

Ushur-ha-t  %p 


—-*    Berg.   I,    10,  an 
"O  '  ibis-god 

usheb  ^ooJx|.,   ^Jxf 


r~vr-i 


^aaJ^X^,^=^J^, Rev.  14,1  + 

^°°J^lli'c^°^i'   "P'^S 
to  answer,  to  make  a  defence;  -<2>-    \\  r-^r-i   j 

Xg+i,  to  make  an  answer  or  an  excuse;  '^1  vv  1 

jo   — •—    to  answer  at  the  right  time ;  Copt 


D   © 


oirojcyS. 


\ 


usheb - t 


© 


U 


J; 


[186] 


U 


1,  Israel    Stele    15 


Amen.  4,  11, 11,  i8,^c3aj^^ 


X    £ 
answer, 


deposition,  statement,  advocacy,  speech  in  de 
fence  of  something,  the  subject  under  discussion 

UShbit    %>□□  J  |](] '^^,    Mar.  Karn 
52,  17,  answer,  deposition. 

ushebti   ^.^J  =  J,   ^J-| 

see  Shabti. 

a  waihng  woman ;  plur.  ^  1  vv  1    1      \\  Qf  Jv  I  • 

usheb  ^  '=^^  J  ^3:^ .    ^   Jl  '^^2:^ .  the 

name  of  the  27th  day  of  the  month. 

usheb  ^oa  J^,  T.  372,  P.  607,  ^ 
ooj,  U.  499,  ^c^J  \^'  ^^-  717, 


eat,  to  consume,  to  feed  on,  to  swallow. 


C30 


USheb-t  ^ooJ^-^,P.8i,'V 
J.^g.M.x„,^lj.^,N.2S, 


M.  Ill 
food,  meals  for  the  dead. 


usheb  ^oa  fl^  ^^<;-  ^^>  "4,  cakes, 
Tt         J]  I  \  >         loaves  of  bread. 

usheb-t     ®      H  ?  ^'^■'^^^  g""^'"  *""  ^^^'^^' 
I  ^  I  J  III'    medicaments,  drugs. 

UShbit  %\i-n-i  I  (It] "    ,  pearl  beads. 

usheb  ^ooJ|||b.°-(S«'«J 

usheb  ^onj  •«^,  ^oaj  <§7, 
Rec.  3,  49,  vase,  pot,  vessel,  cup. 

usheb  ^a^JX,"°""''"j;S,e° 
usheb  ^7-™.  «■"•■■-'.•■>„(»,= 

usheb -usheb  ^□ajc3^  ^ 

iJo^.Hh.  424 

ushem  rir-i,  pn  "^  ,  l^v  ^>— ^' 


rvr\ 


■  r-\r-i\s\    ^,  Prisse  Pap.  14,  8,  to  slay,  to 
crush,  to  chop  up,  to  split,  to  pound  together. 


ushem  - 1 


^ 


C30 


,  something 


crushed  or  split,  powdered  substance. 

Ushem- hat -kheftiu-nu-Ra  i-o-i 


^  111. 


I    Q  5Q,  Tuat  I,  goddess  of  the  ist  hour 
"TTi   I     1  '  of  the  night. 


Ushem- hat -kheftiu-s  ^ 


I  I  I 
ushem 


c^  d  I 


I    Tuat  I,  one  of  the  12 
guides  of  Af. 


!, 


^ 


to    mix   together ; 
Copt.  OlftJOCgiZ. 

ushem  ^^0,  ^00 1^^,  a 

measure,  libation  bucket  (?) 

ushem  ^™''^,   ^C3a^-^, 

Rec.  28,  166,  the  hair  of  a  grain  plant,  beard  of 

grain. 

ushen^^,^-^^,  t^^^L^, 


(S 


•t_J]' 


71      AAAAA^  *  AAAAA/\  ^     UirU. 


ushnu  %'"^^ 

netted  birds,  feathered  fowl 


(0. 


usher  %>  "^^^^^  |R>  Hh.  308,  Rec  26,  80, 
m  ,  to  be  parched,  to  be  dried 


O 


up  (of  pools  of  water),  to  be  burnt  up  (of  grass). 


usher 


■''^j^,   Tombos   Stele   6, 


© 


(s 


"DX' 


to  lack,  to  be  empty,  to  be  consumed,  bare, 
bald,  destitute,  helpless. 


usher    ^ 


(2 


Metternich 


Stele   242,  annihilation,    emptiness,  a  term   of 
abuse. 


usht  '^ 

to  adore,  ^^(] 


(23 


Ul< 


Jour.  .^s.  1908,  268, 
P  ,  Rev.  1 3,  39  ;  (^opt. 


onrascyx. 
ushet  ^2  !"•  '■""•"■  '"■  ^21' 

10,  8, 


2^>%.^^,  co!:^^^.  A 


men. 


.^^^.  Rec.  26,5, 


to  beseech,  to  ask,  to  enquire  after,  to  interro- 
gate, to  cross-examine,  to  greet,  to  salute,  to 
cry  out  to,  to  pray  to;  Copt.  OTfCOajT. 


u 


[  187] 


U 


^ 


UShet-ti   ^  '^  T  Rec.  21,  98,  crier. 

■     UShetU  %'*^%^    Peasant     216,    a 
Jl<r'=>  _a  21  '  person  addressed. 

^\1 


'^^     (late  form),  to  pray  to,  to  suppli- 
cate. 


UShet-t    v\  ,  sickly  appearance  (?) 

Uqet-neferu  "^H  [M  III,  name  of 

a  palace  of  Nefer-hetep. 

Ukesh-ti  ^^^^,  Rec.  13,  26, 
Nubian  (adjective) ;  compare  Copt.  ecToJCy. 

Ug  %  ffl  (1 ,  to  be  burned,  to  burn. 

"«.  "*"  m- 1  ^=.  i  =. 

Edfa  I,  78,  a  title  of  the  Nile-god. 

Uga-t   ^ffl^-^=-^.    Rechnungen    58, 

(0 

Rec.  30,  67,  part  of  a  boat;  plur.    tt 

^,   Nav.    Mythe   7,    %  ffl     ^^  ^^ 
III  _ZI  _£iS&  ^T    I  I  1 

^S'^^s^,Rec.3o,67. 

Ugam^B^(j(]^;Y:'«-D-99. 

2  2,  23,  the  eight  pegs  of  the  magical  boat  which 
represented  the  four  sons  and  the  four  grand- 
sons of  Horus. 

uga  ^ffi 


^^    B.M.  448,  ^ 


O 


^£7 


,  '•^:sy 


\^ 


name  of  a  festival. 


ffi  m^^s:? 


the 


^;^s 


V   ^I^Amen.  23,   15,  to  eat,  to 
^  21  I '  chew  and  swallow. 


Uga,  ugau  ^  s  (]-§,  R  774,  ^Zs(] 

^§.  !"•  775,  ^  ^  ^  §'  P-  661,  to  eat, 
to  chew  and  swallow ;  _a_,  V^  ffi   V^  ^  »<„    , 


J'-^^-'  .•,J^5~>  ^_       "  he  does  not  swallow  [it], 
oa  '  '  he  spits  [it]  out." 


Ugit  ^  ZS  (1 0  ^^  ^,  Peasant  253,  some 
thing  eaten,  what  has  been  chewed. 

jawbone  ;   Copt.  OTfOOfTe,  OTOfTe,  OTfOZI. 

rJ-" 

X 


'00 


to  be  weak,  the  helplessness  of  old 

age. 

^^.       AA/WNA 
V     AAAAAA 

~;2^,  p:t,  well, 


^^^^s^ooo4,;^ffl^ 

I  \(|eg^^,  Amen.  3,12,^5  5 

ugaa^ffl^(j 

pool,  stream. 

overthrow,    to   sweep   away;    Copt.    OTftJ02£n, 

onftO(5TT. 
ugam'  ^s 

Thes.  1 206,  a  kind  of  myrrh. 
ugas  ^ffi 

RS.B.  10,  469,   ffi^P^'  '°  ^''''  t°  ^P^'' 
open,  to  stab,  to  gut  a  fish. 

ugep 


^  '^Qi ,  to  overthrow,  to  destroy ; 

Copt.  ofiu(fn,  otiX3xn. 

a  kind 
■  grain  (?) 


Jill'  ffl  mMii' 


^,  AnaslasiIV,i5,7, 


uges^Bp^,^aP^,|p 


,  to  cut  open,  to  gut  a  fish  or  an  animal. 


ugsu  ^ffl  pe 

fish,  or  fish 'fillets  (?) 


,  P.  iii6b,  31,  slit 


j     geese   which   have 
I '  been  drawn. 

Rev.    13,    37,    other;    Copt. 

OtCT. 

Ut  ^  l  A    ^^^-  '^'  ^9>  to  go  away ;  Copt. 

0     '  o-raj-f-. 


ut 


\]-' 


ut 


\]i' 


Rev.  5,  18,  to  order,  to  issue 
commands. 


Utl   .  W  .,  to  command. 

^^ a 

ut    v\  c>  ga,  to  be  called,  to  name. 
Utu  ^  %  ^,  an  official  (?)  crier  (?) 

o  _zr  21 


^ 


u 


[188] 


U 


^ 


ut^o,Rec.33,33.^S,^„°S. 

rt  '  V  (S  IXj^  ^ '  '°  ''^  "^'  ^°  swathe,  to  wind 
bandages  round  a  dead  body,  to  mummify,  to 
embalm  ;  Copt.  OT. 

is".  2^,^.  «^^.  2Ti' 

'  >^    swathings,  mummy 


e.    AA  O 


w 


om'^ 


I  \\   6  '  bandages. 

an  embalmed  body;  plur.  ^^  (]  ^3  (]  ^  j , 

ut,  utu,  uti  %,'^, 

balmer;  plur. 


o  . 

III! 


W 
em- 


© 


J'^^IIT"^ 


I     ,  Rec.  27,  230. 

Utiu  IV      *^    W     ,  the  four  embalmers, 
i.e.,  the  four  sons  of  Horus. 

case,    cartonnage   case;   plur.  "v^  , 

^  W  Jrck.   1  I  I 


uti  O^^,^' 


Rev.  12,  40, 
'    destruction. 

the  Evil 
One. 

Utu    ^  "^  O  '^      ^^^-   '3.   22,  sepulture, 
i  S        J^ '  death. 

Utu(?)  °^^^.^.-^0. 
g  ^  ^  I ,  J^^^L-fl,  B.D.  99,  30,  a  god  ;vho 
assisted  in  sailing  the  magical  bo.it. 


Utanu  (?)     O   H  o ,  the  name  of  a  god. 

ut    v\     ■,         m\,  tile,  slab. 

ut    ^  p  ,  bronze. 

ut    v\    ffl,  Rev.  14,  49,  plants,  vegetables  = 

ut  Voi,^'^^-   "'   '^7,   "ffen.'W.. 
_fl  T  new  (of  leather). 

Utut    ^"^^^f ,  Rev.  13,  15,  19,  14,  18, 

^  ft   T\  T'  ^^^'  '^'  '^'  ^'^'^^"  things,  vege- 
tables, papyrus  shoots  ;  Copt.  OTTOXOnrex. 

Ut  ^'^  ^  ^  '<^,   T.    311,   a   kind   of 

plant  (?)  in  Ij^"^^^-^^^. 

grain,  seed. 

to  produce ;%'%  ll||,  P.  698;  see  "^ 
r=ai;  ^   \^    ^^'  R^*-'  ^'-''  '^•''  procreation. 

utu  '-pp  1 1 ,  Rev.,  males;  Copt.  g,OOTT. 

Utt  ^"  ■?)    I^-D-   110,  the  god  of  gene- 
71  ci  51! '  ration  in  the  Tuat. 

Utt  ^i"^  "^  A  "begetter,"  a  title  of  several 
solar  gods ;      q     I  -i^-Hl ,   he   begot   himself; 

f U)  T  H —  \ 

Q    2^ a    '^  ,  he  begot  his  own  organs 

of  generation,  Culte  Divin  122. 

ter,"  a  name  of  Ra. 

Utit      ^     _^  ft '  ^  ^'"^  ''f  Hathor. 

Utet-f-em-utcha  ^=02)^^=  ^  '=^, 

a  god  of  one  of  the  Dekans. 


^ 


u 


[189] 


U 


^ 


Utet-f-em 


■pet  ^=^* 


derail  IT,  lo,  a  lion-headed  god,  one  of  the  36 
Dekans. 

^  Utet-f-em-her  ^^^^zr-  ^ 

a  star. 


Q    i(,  Dtn- 


*:, 


O 


Utet-neferuset  %  '^  ^  I 

Ombos  2,  131,  a  goddess. 

Utet-liell^;^^|,B.D.  X7,48,the 

everlasting   god   of   generation,  or    begetter  of 
eternity. 

Utet-tef-f  '^cf"  ^    'he  god  of  the  29th 
(°=iD  '^^    '     day  of  the  month. 

Utt  ^2^,  P-  68,  167,  689,  M.  196, 
321,  N.  35,  838,  the  uraeus  of  Nekhebit. 

Utti(?)  ^"^^,  P.  167,  N.  841,  the 
two  uraeus-goddesses  (?) 

Utll-Shu^-^^C3oP^,T.x83, 

^(|]lj^onP^^,N.  766,  the  two 

Utt  s"^!]!,   ^'^Il    '°  heat,  to  burn,. to 
Q  v     Jl'^i  t?'         boil  up,  to  cook. 

Utau^^^j.Tuatlll,^;;^, 

tk  ===  %^  I ,  ^  group  of  four  gods  with  hidden 

UtauAsar  %>  ]]   ,  b.d 

Utau-ta^^^U 

Uteb  ^f'  H  <^   J""'-  ^''-  '9°8.  27  s.  ex- 
Jr  J)  21'     cess  ;  Copt,  o-rujx^. 

uteb  ]  ^  J  ^:s>  |,  ^^'"'^  ^^P-  44>  tp  sur- 


arms. 
168. 


a  group  of 
gods. 


uteb 


1=J' 


vive  (?) 

^^    bank   of  a    river ;    see 
•^  '  utcheb. 


.  (So 

Uten   wAAA^  ^  to  make  an  offering. 

Uten  ^g^:^>^-|-^^^,  offer- 
ing ;  Copt.  o'lriju'reiT. 

Uten  (?)   %    ^   I  I ,  a  kind  of  tree. 

_Zr      AAAAAA    X       I 

Uten(?)     ^    O  _  Ebers  Pap.  60,  13,  Alt  (?) 
AAjwA  III'  grease  (?) 

Uten  ^  ^^  <;v^  U=fl,  1^  <^  ^_j,, 

Anastasi  I,   25,   3,  to  breach  a  wall,   to  bore 
through;^!  '^   I  ^,  Rev.  =Copt.  OTUJTen. 

-XL       U    AiMWM    I    11—1. 


Uten  "^v^  ll ,  %  v.^  m,  'o  be  heavy, 
Jl  0   e  A    Jr  O  (S  a  weight. 

utenu  "^  ^   ^J^\>V  ,  Rec.  26,  65, 

a  name  of  the  crown  of  the  North. 

utenu  ^g|g^^^^,  N.  9sr, 
a   group  of  beings  mentioned  with   the 


@    o 


Utens     o'^  ^°^,  Wort.  308,  a  stone. 


nTTTn 


•lj|;gj.  ^  ^  jW"  some  moist  substance,  en- 
<=z>  f      '  trails  (?) 

used  in  painting. 

Uteb  ^l^l,  Rev.  II,  169,  12,  25,  85, 

founded,  cast ;  Copt.  OTOJX^. 

Utekh    ^  '^^®,   Annales   III,    109,   n, 


utshi 


(3     Q 


Tombos  Stele  9,  IV,  84,  767, 
to  move,  to  march. 


(1(|?  nnm, 


a  kind  of  stone. 


Uteth  ^^,  P-  35 5>  N.  1069,  to  seize. 

T.  286,  P.  37,  355,  N.   1069,  a 
god  (?)  a  form  of  Tlioth. 

f=Si ,  to  beget ;  later  form, 


utetb 
uth 


=  ,Rev.  13,  95=1  (|[]|,  reed. 

Uthut  ^"^'"^,  Tombos  Stele  9, 
IV,  84,  fertile,  prolific. 

lift  up,  to  bear  up,  to  support,  to  raise,  to  wear, 
to  carry. 

uthesu  %  s=  n  "i  "i  "j  ,  those  who  lift 
uthes  J^p^^.,  \^^i^, 

to  be  lifted  up  (in  a  bad  sense),  to  be  arrogant, 
proud,  pride. 

Uthes  ka  "i  ^   U,  haughty,   arrogant, 
-11  ^      I    '  conceit,  pride. 


u 


[190] 


U 


^ 


throne,  diwan,  seat,  support;  plur.  v\  T]  j^  i . 

uthes-t  %  «  fl  -  3 ^,  \^1' 


support,  prop,  stay. 

.  (3  ,^ 

Tltnesit  g > '      ',4e  I  —*—  f==i ,  heaven, 

— H —   c^     0  I    o 

height,  a  name  of  the  sky  and  of  the  Sky-goddess. 
Uthes  ^  ^,  N.  976,  a  god,  the  son  of 

Uthesit  ^^^X^'H''-36i,agod, 
or  goddess,  heaven  (?) 

UtheSU  '^3=»n%^'^,  atitleofThoth. 

UtheSU  ^=  P  ^'^'  Tuat  IV,  Horus 
as  a  supporter  of  the  Utchat. 

Uthes-ur  ^^^S'  ^-  ^^'  \ 

N.  66,  "  Great  Raiser,"  a  title  of  Ra  (?)  ;  plur. 
^o,T.  248. 

Uthes -neferu  ^^^^^^  ^  I ' 

Buch.  45,  the  country  of  resurrection. 

Ut  %^c=:3^  j\ ,  to  dismiss ;  Copt.  OTfCOTe. 

Uti  ^<^>(]i],M.  540,  N.  iio7,^c^:> 

^,  U.  513.  ^^^^'  U-  438,  T.  250,  ^2' 

^^'  U'  ^s  ^s.  \ 

Sv>  \^  I  '<^  '*>''  *°  P"''  'o  place,  to  set, 
to  thrust,  to  thrust  out,  to  push,  to  throw,  to 
shoot  out,  to  cast  out,  to  emit  a  word  or  cry, 

to  dart  out,  to  void  (dung);  ^  <=^  %>  LjJ], 

IV,  968. 

■0  to  thrust  out  the  arm 
'  in  hostility. 

•^  j    B.D.    190,   6,   shot 
I    1'  with  stars. 


Ut-t  sau  %^^^   ^  I  ^1^7' the  ejacu- 
lation of  magical  formulae  or  spells. 

Ut  qen  ^  g  ^  ^.  Thes.  1480, 

violent  man;  plur.  \\c:^:3^  1 


the  name  of  a  sacred 
boat  of  Ra. 


lIa 


Utt   ^''^^X,  Peasant  206,  '^'''^^,   V 


X 

L_J1' 


L=vi. 


X       ^=5>^ 


;   see 


AAAAAA 


uttutenuiu  v>c^      f^ — -^ 

shooters  forth  of  water. 

ut  ^cs^Dl      ^^'''  3*^'  ^'8,  to  shoot  out 

to  burn. 

Ut-aui  ^c^[J_l^^,  Rec.  31,  13, 
"  fiery  hands,"  the  name  of  a  god. 

ut   ^c^i.  ,i__^  ,  ^  A-_^  ,  to  write,  to 

inscribe,  to  engrave,  to  draw  up  a  list  of  "  strong 
names." 


ut    1  ,  stele,  tablet;  see  utch. 

■    1   mmi 


tiu  %^ 


utiu 


L-Zl£!ri 


I,  Rec  36,  78, 


embalmers :  see  utiu. 


Utu,  ut-t  %>crsi  V^,  V\^     ',  see  utchu, 


mnm^wm- 


utet 


to  decree,  to  order ;  see  utchu,  T  ^^  i  • 
utu    j   V\  c^si  ^ ,  commander,  leader. 


Utt-t 


!, 


C2i       U  I 


I. 


command,  behest,  decree,  order, 
cerebrum,  brain  (?) 


Utit  '^c:=s(|(|    ^   .chamber. 


92.  4, 
strong  (?) 


Utu^c^^,TuatX,aso.ar.god^or 


^ 


u 


[191  ] 


U 


\ 


^         ,  Vi  c^is  J  ,  to  turn,  to  turn  round, 

to  change;  Copt.  OftVT'K. 

Uteb   1|  ^V"^^,  furrow;  plur.  %><=:3  J 

o    III 
Uteb  ^c^  J^^'  Re^-'  ^  sod  (?) 

Utpu  ^^^  O,  U.  175,  184,  vase. 
Utfa^^(],^^£52 

utef  "^ ^ "^  j\ ,  %:>^  A.Ship- 

wreck  70,   Peasant    B.    2,    122,  to  delay;  var. 

uten  '^''^,  M.  454,  458,  %^^^[1. 

M.449A"^^Ag-^^^- 

I       '■^-  I  77      ■<Z&-j  ,/7      AA^AAA    sii*        _il    AAAAAA    O      U 

to  make  an  offering. 

V\  ^AAw^  » *,    offering,  gift;  plur.    y^  wwva  i  , 


AAAAftA 

O 

o  o 


flllfl'N-  791  ;^^'A/w«^gs^,  IV,  748, 
the  evening  offering. 

uten-t   '^^^,   ^A,    %^'^^, 
U.  42A,  cake,  cake  offering. 

uten-t  ^wwvv^^, '^w;AA~^c=i;£_,,  p.  95, 

289,  625,  M.  696,  something  offered,  gift. 
U^en  "^  cSs  \J  -J- ,  altar. 

/vv^A/\  Ji*     1   1    EZ    ZJ        ^^AA'^A    1    1    'ly   C    IJ 

(3  AAwwv  ft  Rec.  28,  181  =fjt 4,  Reise 

27>  35i  a  shrine  at  Memphis. 

uten-t  (read  tebeu-t)  ^~~^ £), 
ring,  the  ring  of  a  balance. 

"^AAww  t     /I,  to  Stretch  out,  to  extend. 


AWV^  A/S/WW\ 


AAAAAA 

0   (2 


uten  %.^^,  %>^^ ^W  L_=^,  to  breach 
a  wall,  to  bore,  to  penetrate. 

uten    V\  ^^^^^  ,i-_^ ,  to  copy,  to  write. 

.^^^^^^  ^^j3'  ^^^-  ^ 

W,  an  ape -god,  "the  copyist"  of  Thoth. 

Uten  ^"^  ^„  ^^""g-/'  ^°'  ^"  ^P^:g°^' 

_n  www  jM        a  friend  of  the  dead. 

uten         V^    AAAAAA      A  (2    (WWVA      (I  (3     /WWV\      fl    IJHJ] 

_zi    mm)  Ji         ma   &        0  <2  il 

uten  "^""^l  mm,  weight;  c^^]  -fj- 
£^    ,  the  great  uten,  a  weight  (?) 

^ten-a  %,^]  -  -7^,  ^-D-  m,  65A. 

Jr  wwwA  I      heavy-handed. 

utensu   ^'^^^n^  "^  ,  B.D.  (Saite) 

_Zf     M/\AAA     I         _2I      000 


(3       ^ 


i53i  6,    D    (?Sii  Diim.  K.I.  70,  a  kind  of  stone. 


uter 


^ 


funerary  vases. 


uthu^^|^y,U.582,;^ 
offerings  ;  Copt.  OTfCJOTgj. 

uthu  ^c^|^Q^,N. 963,^.1^1 

^^^-,T.33X.P.348,^^|^C=. 
AAAwvO.Rec.  31,  174,  \>c^:>fi  T,  Rec.  27,  217, 

N.  970,  ^^  <~^="^  I Jl ,  the  offerings  of  meat 

and  drink  which  were  set  on  the  altar. 

Utekh  ^^'^^Jj,  the  god  of  embalming. 

to  give  an  order,  to  command,  to  decree;  com- 
pare Heb.  rria. 

utchtch  ]  ^  ^ .  U.  546,  I  ^  ^  |. 
Hh.  547,  to  command. 

I  ?Ȥ,  I  =^ ,  ]  1^,  I  ^  =^ ,  command, 


u 


[192  ] 


U 


^ 


order,  decree,  record,  will,  testament ;  plur.  T 


p  Q 


to  make  de- 
III 

,  a  decree  in  writing  ; 


Utch-hetep 


,  N.  971 


royal  decree  or 


crees ; 

n  i^ 

proclamation ;     I 
stablished  by  decree. 

\^\,   |-^|.   1^°^'  l^^'-  ^t'-itutory 
decree,  edict  of  a  Council ;  plur.   T   ^  ^  J 
U.   601,   Decrets  27,    |  ^tz^,  W'=''' 


\; 


var.      ci 


T.  290,  decree, 
document. 


utchtch-t 

Utch  tep    1    Y>  '       '  '^^^^^  command. 

utchmetu]||,]|j|l,|]^j, 

1    V  I  A  Or  ' '  ^°  command,  to  give  an 

order,  to  issue  orders,  to  promulgate  an  edict. 

Utch-metu  |  11  ,  Tuat  IV,  V,  the  god  of 
a  persea  tree  in  the  Tuat  of  Seker. 

Utch-metu-Asar  ]  I  i  ^  =  J^- 

Tuat  I,  a  term  which  precedes  the  boat  of  Af. 

Utch-metu-Ra  ]  I  i^ :  ^'  Tuat  I, 

a  term  which  precedes  the  boat  of  Af. 


Utch-metu-khepera  1 1  A  ^ 

Tuat  I,  a  term  which  precedes  the  boat  of  Af. 

TJtch-metu-Tem  1 1  i^:^-  Tuati, 

a  term  which  precedes  the  boat  of  Af. 

Utch.nes[r]]^  1^(1(1,]^  I 

T^  (\   ^    "fire-shooter,"oneof  the  42  judges 
\^  '4  5O '  i"  tl^e  hall  of  Osiris. 

Utch-rekhit  ] ^ ^'^ ^^"^"^ 

'    B.D.   125,  II,  one  of  the  42  assessors  of 
! »  Osiris. 


'=^    D 


,  B.M.  32,  473,  a  god  of  offerings. 


I  (3  A  c~i} ,  memorial  tablet  or  stone,  landmark, 
pillar,  boundary  stone,  inscribed  stele  or  tablet ; 

utch  en  Aakhut-Aten  ^  y  Q.  ""^ 

fTi    A     '^      a  boundary  stone  of  the  capital  of 
' — '  H     o  Amenhetep  IV. 

rial  stone,  or  tablet,  or  building;  Copt.  OToeiT. 

Rec.  21   94,    I  "v^OO  l^^i    a   tomb   and   its 
garden,  a  memorial  building. 

garland,  crown,  flower;  plur.   |  (5  vl,  T       nS. 
°  i      I  I  I     i  III  I  n 

utchuauat  |^^  ^'^^o-^, 

a  plant. 

utchfai]^^^^(](l|-^, 

a  plant. 

Utch  nuh  I  ^  "^  g^  I  '^-  a  Pi^"t. 

a  plant. 

part  of  a  boat;  plur.  |  V:>  vj:-^,  Rec.  30,  66. 

utch    I   v:>     ,  unguent,  eye-paint. 


to  go  on  an  expedition,  to  make  a  journey,  to 
travel,  to  stray,  to  roam,  to  march. 


\ 


u 


[  193  ] 


U 


\ 


-'^"^-'iMi'mn^ 


'^^A 

S!^' 


I  '^  _^  Ht  .Urii'    I'hes.  i2i8,  expedition,  cam- 
paign by  land  or  water,  voyage,  escape. 

utchi-t  ent  nekht  ^  n  A  ^  —  ::::^ 

^__V1,  victorious  campaign. 

Utchuiu  I  ^(]  (j  ^  I  A ,  Israel  Stele  24, 
cattle  turned  out  to  graze  where  they  please. 

"*«-'' M^  I  4^  I'M 


,  Rec.   20,  42, 


utcha  ra  ^11 '=^,   \l^,^o 

speak  firmly. 


utcha  ha-t 


■0 


bold,  fearless. 


Utcha  Sep    ^i^H^^.    strength 
with  good  luck. 


sound,  to  be  safe,  to  be  strong,  to  set  in  a  fitting 
order  or  condition,  safe,  sound,  whole,  intact, 

healthy,  strong,  flourishing;  ■¥•  |  H ,  life,  strength, 
health !  (added  after  the  king's  name) ; 


I 


«~wvAj  Rec.  16,  56,  salutations  toyou !;  (2 

Rev.  12,  10,  salutation,  greeting;  Copt.  0-rX<LI, 

Utcha  ^1"^  ^.  I-V,  969,  a  safe  man. 

objects  that  bring  strength  and  protection   to 

those  who  wear  them ;    i  %\  ^^.^    ^^'^^  °^  pro- 
&Jr  '  tection. 

Utcha-tsa^|^;^°5{|,  amulets 
[giving]  the  fluid  of  life. 

ornament,  pectoral,  breast  plate. 

Utcha -ba-f  '^  ^i  ^^=_,  a  title  of  the 


Utcha  \i 


utcha  tet 

act  with  decision. 

Utcha 


Q   I 


firm-handed,  to 


N.  956,  1182,  thegod  of 

strength,  son  of  Utcha  and  Utchat,  ^  |  q_^. 

Utchat   %i    '^      Berg.  II,  14,  a  form  of 
Jri!iF=R'    the  Sky-goddess  Nut. 

Utcha-ha-t  ^  |  "^  ^,  b.d.  70,  i,agod. 


Utcha-t  "^  i     '^      Nastasen     Stele    64, 
Ji&!=±i=z'      temple,  Storehouse. 

storehouse,  warehouse,  stable  (?)  the  bet  al-mal 


high-priestess  of  Memphis. 


of  the    Arabs;    plur.    \,  i    ^  " ,    IV,    1144; 
-21   1^    I  I  1 

^\   c~D  'wwNA  •¥•     g    ,  Amen.  4,  i. 
Utcha-t  I    ^  ,  S  i  '^  il  I ,  Rechnungeii  41, 

the  rest,  arrears,  remainder. 

Utcha-t  1^  "^-^ ,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

Rec.  13,  25,  14,  2,  a  constellation. 

Utcha  e  \  e  '^^e ,  the  early  dawn  (?) 

Rev.,  to  pay,  payment. 

to  go,  to  go  forth,  to  come,  to  betake  oneself  to 
a  place,  to  advance. 

Utchai  el"^  (jij  X,  a  going  forth. 
Utcha-t  ^1^^,  a  journey. 


^ 


u 


[194] 


U 


^ 


utcha-t 


^i 


■•■\i 


,  the  eye  of  Horus,  the  eye  of  Ra,  the 
amulet  of  the  solar  eye,  which  gives  the  wearer 
strength;  plur.  S  |  "^  °  i ,  eyes. 

Utch.a-t  %>  I  "^  ,  ^S,  "Eye,"  a  name 
of  heaven,  or  the  sky. 

Utcha-t  s|^^^,  the  eye  of 
Heru-ur,  and  later  of  Horus  and  Ra. 

TJtcha-t 


:     ^=33    the  right  eye  of  the 
''     ■*'M'Sky-god,  ?.#.,  theSun. 

J    the  left  eye  of  the  Sky-god, 
'  i.e.,  the  Moon. 


Utcha-t  ^ 
utchati  %> 

Rec.    32,    177,    © 


W 


A\ 


■^^^S^   r^S'^p^   thetwo  eyes  of  the  Sky-god, 
5ICj)  \K-5'  e-^   \N-i)'      f-  g ^  {]^g  gm^,  j^^^j  Moon. 

the  goddess  of  the  eye  of  Horus. 

the  goddess  of  the  moon. 


O 


Utchat 


H'  'f""'  ^"' 


one  of  1 2  air-goddesses  of  the  dawn  who  assisted 
in  towing  the  boat  of  Af. 

utcha-t  aakhut 


,^&-  JJj,  the  eye  of  the  Light-god. 

Utcha-t  raeh-t  "^  ^^,  the  northern  or 
right  eye  of  Horns. 

Utchat -Sekhmit  ^Y®J),  b.d. 
164,  9,  a  form  of  Mat  (?) 

Utchat-Shu-em-pet-em-ari-t-set 


Rec.  34,  190,  one  of  the  12  Thoueris  goddesses, 
she  presided  over  the  month 


•O 


4^. 


the  southern 


utcha-t  shema 

or  left  eye  of  Horus. 

utcha  ^[;Lj,  U.  289,  ^,  T.  282, 

|-^^  ,.,  _,  Rec.  31, 17,  ^^-^     °,  Rec.  27,219, 

pL,  3  ,  Mar.  Karn.  52,  5,  to  decide,  to  judge, 

to  pass  sentence,  to  rectify ;  Copt.  CffUJOOTe. 

Utchaiu  ^D||  1 11%,  judges,  judged  ones. 

utcha   A^  j],  to  balance;  fi 


AAAAAA 


^ 


©' 


decision,  judgment. 

a  woman  who  has  been  put  away  or  repudiated, 


outcast. 


utchaah-t^|-^|^|,todefine 
the  bounds  of  estates  and  to  settle  their  limits. 

Utcha metu  ^  ^-i'  ^- ''°'  \'^^ 
!=-=, N.  1374,  511  P.  364, 313, r|n ||, 
Rec.31,  X63,  Sii'^''''°^'^i„',' 

to  weigh  words,  to  try  cases,  to  judge ;  ^\     J    v 
pL.   h   J  ,  in  the  place  of  judgment,  i.e.,  in  court. 

Utcha-ra  ^'^1^''^^^^.  Anastasi  I, 
24,  I,  decision,  judicial  sentence. 


u 

(var.  <:3>  (1(1  ci  j,  Peasant  21$ 


L  195  ] 


U 


\ 


case. 


UtchahatU   4:5'0'O"0'    to  judge  hearts 
P^  '  or  dispositions. 

utcha  senu  sen  '^x  '^  IH.  il  | '^ 

■^\A||    Peasant   234,  to  judge  between  two 
-zT  SiT     '  rivals. 

Utcha  senemm  J  Zkk^' 

B.D.  19,  io(variantof  IE  il  '^^^'^  |V  '°  ^^^^^^ 
Pn4q  11121'/      a 

JU  ^,    (\_  ^v  ,  to  cut,  to  cleave,  to  split; 
%>  JT!  S  ^   ®,  to  cut  off  the  head. 

utcha   £  -2r|  "l  i ,  tremblers  (?) 

utcha    I  ^,  a  kind  of  sceptre  (Lacau). 

Utcha  4f  ^Mrfrt ,  I^enderah  IV,  61,  a  hawk- 
[7*^  ooooi  headed  warrior-god. 

Utcha   p^  ^  ,  A.Z.  1910, 17,  a  god. 

Utcha-aab-t  ^J^^J^I, 


the  protector  of  the  egg  laid  by  S      ffl 

Utcha -feilt(?)    ^i?  ^,  Mar.  Aby 
I,  45,  a  god  who  dwelt  in    '—^   1^^ . 

Utcha -mestcher  (?)  X.  ^^  .  -4-°  ^^ 
^  ,  B.D.G.  814,  the  god  of  "y"  ^  ^. 


utchai-t  X  M^'^ fr^''- 


utcha  ^  ]^  ^ ;  see  %  "^  7\ . 
utcheb  ]  J^.  ^^'^  JD.  ^I-  720, 

IsraelStele3o,]J—   ]JV_.|^J 
^5-:  ,  |c:^i^  J^S,  Yj     _^,  totumround, 


to  go  back  or  about,  to  change  the  direction,  to 
change,  to  bend  down  (of  the  top  of  a  tree, 
N.  27) ;  Copt.  OTfUJXfi. 


H     I 


Utcheb  |Jv,U.43o.]J'=',M.  194, 

any  ground  by  the  side  of  a  canal  or  stream 

27,  84,   Y  J  S    ^'  ^^^^^  which  have 

been  planted;  Copt.  OiraJXfi. 

utcheb-t  ]    11  ^  vS^  J  I,  "Pa^an  culti- 
l  Ji       £ii  ill  I  vators. 

Utcheb  iD'-^j^i.y^i. 

I,    26,    37,    something    paid    in    to   a   temple, 


(0. 


Q  I 


I ,  a  heap  of  offerings. 


carpet,    floor 
covering. 


J 

utcheb  IJs^g, 
utcheb-ti  M\'^^,  p.s.b.a.  1884,187, 

Sphinx  16,   182,  a  wrong  reading(?);  see  under 
sem.  > 

Utchbes   ^   J  P  ■^,  to  be  green. 

utchef  ^'^T^,  ^"^1^'  ^ 

to  tarry,  to  delay. 

Utchef-t   %^  °^  "^^  o,  a  bird. 


1 
I  1 1 


utchfa-t 


^^ 


,(2 


I  I 


,  Gen.  Epist.  68,  a  disease. 


utchen 


www,   Peasant   145, 


^y^-\:Diu--'-^ 


flood,  stream. 

utcheh 

C3 


%M%'' 


evacuate,  to  smelt ;  Copt.  onfOJXg^. 

N    2 


^ 


[196] 


\ 


an  offering  by  fire,  to  apply  fire  to  a  metal,  i.e., 
to  smelt,  to  sparkle  (of  precious  stones). 

table  of  offerings. 

Utcheh  ]  I Q  •  ]  I  ^^£7] '  ^'t''"'  ^^'""^^ ' 


p.  602,  N.  803 

utcheh  \l  ^'\l^>  Thes.  1281, 

]^\\  ^  ^,  IV,  157,  926,  child,  babe. 
Utcht  e  ^^  J\ ,  to  walk,  to  go  on. 


[197] 


J 


B 


b  J  =  Heb.  n. 

b    J  I ,  abode,  place ;  see    j   v\ . 

b    J   I  "^j  Rev.  12,  113,  plant,  bush;  see 


B  (Bu?)  J  I  ^,  B.M.  32,  383,  a  fiend 
in  the  Tuat,  demon,  devil  in  general. 

B  J  >S-J,  Nav.  Mythe,  J I  '^ .  'he  name 
which  Set  assumed  when  he  took  the  form  of 

a  hissing  serpent,    1^    (71  T 

/ I  Twinn 

have  a  soul ;  "(^  I ,  N.  986,  ^]|  l].N.  17  = 

|^](j,P.75,T.27,,J^]i),U.235, 
■^    n  (I ,  Rec.  ^^,  30,  endowed  with  soul. 
ba    1^,    U.    159,    "i^,    ^' 

T.  319,  .^,  T.  202,  Rec.  27,  228,  soul; 

O  ^,  Jour.  As.  1908,  303,  "i^  hh  ^,  the 

heart-soul,    might,    power,    strength,    courage ; 


B 


J 


ba  ^ ,  heart-soul ;  "i^  '^  ^^  <=^ 
"S^^,  B.D.  180,  10,  soul,  spirit,  and  body; 
''^^  ^^  ^  T  >  B.D.  91,  4,  soul,  spirit,  and 
shadow;  1^  U  '^  |,  B.D.  183,  35,  body, 
double,  and  spirit ;  ^^^  <^=>  "^  ^^  'i=^ 


^ <=!,-> 5 1-;:^! 


/J\   "2^]        B.D.  169,  3,  thy  soul  is  in  heaven, 
<:3>  -S*  I      '  thy  body  is  under  ground. 

ba  aper   ^.^^       U     A  ,  a  soul  equipped 

with  amulets,  spells,  etc. 

bammitu^^l  ^^  j,  dead, /..., 

damned,  .souls. 

baiu  menkhu   tr  tl  ^  ^  ^  ^  ,  per- 
fected souls,  i.e.,  the  beatified. 

ba  en  nub  * '^        ,  B.D.  89,  12, 

"  soul  of  gold,"  i.e.,  an  amulet.  , 

Ba 


T.  349,  M.  596,  722,  N.  657,  719,  1202,  1328, 
the  Soul-god;  plur.  "^  "i^  "^  "i^  "^  ^, 

Rec.  30,  67,   divine   soul-gods; 


-Sai 


/iy\ 


I  enter  as  Ba, 
,  Hh.  455, 


^^^5-t»!.    ^^  Od  3\,   Rev.    II.    18 


O 
@ 

I  I  I 


I,    Rev.    II,    186, 


I ,  the  Bai  of 


*^ 


Horapollo;  (<^  Jj,  a  beatified  soul : 

Westcar  7,  25,  a  damned  soul;  ^^  "^  (1 , 
P.  >63,  "i^  (],  N.854. 


I  come  out  as  Ru." 

Bait  ^=    J 

the  Soul-goddess. 

Baiti  (^^^  (^^  ,  the  two  divine  souls, 
U.  159,  T.  130,  P.  648,  720,  ^^^  ^^. 
M.   747,    'i^'i^^^,  U.    569,   P.  572, 


w 


@ 
o 


w 


m\  'O^  w  A  A' 


the  two  souls  in 
the  two  Thafui. 

N    3 


J 


B 


[198] 


B 


J 


^  ?)  p     Tuat  I,  the  two 


W 


Soul-goddesses. 


Baiti 
Baiti 

Ba-aab-t  "i^^z^^.  "^^^7^ 


P.  670,  N.  1272, 
of  the  East;  pkir. 


iU 


r-^^ 


,  the  Soul-god 


Bait-aabt 


5.6. 


.  Baiu-aabtiu 


the  Soul-goddess  of  the 
East. 


B.D.  109  :  (i)  the  gods  who  sang  at  dawn  and 
turned  into  apes  when  the  sun  had  risen  ;  (2)  the 
three  gods  Heru-aakhuti,  the  Calf  of  Khera  and 
the  Morning  Star. 

Baiu-amiu-neteru  1^  3  i  -11-  ^\ 

V  '      Ml  W|  ' '  ^^^  ^°"^^  dwelling  in  the  gods. 

Baiu-amiu-she-Neserser 

a  group  of  nine  gods. 


Q,  Tuat  VIII, 


\i(  ^ 


Baiu-amiu-Tuat 

the  souls  dwelling  in  the  Tuat. 

Ba-ami-tesher-f  ^  "i^  ^  I] -jl- 

/!(3,*~^^  N.  657,  the  soul  dwelling  in  his 
^^  a;^  '  redness. 


Ba-Ament 


6 


[I     A,AAA«A    f\/\/1  .         B.D. 


168,  the  soul  of  Ament  that  fed  the  dead  ;  plur. 


I, 


I  I  I 


Baiu-Amentiu 


I  I  I 

Thes.  59,  B.D.  108,  15,  16,  Tern,  Sebek,  and 
Hathor. 

Baiu- Ament  ^\'  I  h  ~ww>,  Tuat  ix, 

the  gods  who  towed  the  serpent-boat  Khepri. 


Baiu-Anu 

Ra,  Shu,  and  Tefnut. 

Ba-aa  ^^  *^ 


I,  B.D.  115,10, 


'  great  soul,"  i.e.,  Af, 
the  night  Sun-god. 


Ba-ankh  "i^^^^-^   ^  ,  N- 1252, 

Nesi-Amsu    25,   23,    "living    soul,"   a   title    of 
Osiris  of  Tet. 

Ba-ankh  ^^  Jj   ^         ,  a  soul  that  has 

renewed  its  existence  in  heaven  ;  plur.   i'^^  ^  1 

Ba-Ashem  ^^^^.M.  785, 

the  soul  of  the  divine  image. 

B.D.  165,  8  (Saite),  a  title  of  Amen. 

Ba-utet-aru  1^    q"  (|  o|  i, 

derah  IV,  79,  a  bull-god  of  generation. 

D 


Den- 


Ba-Pu 


© 


,  a  hawk-god. 


Baiu-Pe  (Pu) 


^j.U.585, 


p.  471,  B.D.  112,  13,  Horus,  Mesta,  and  Hapi. 

Baiu-periu  ^ 'i^  1  ^~^ %  i ,  B.D.  i68, 

the  souls  who  open  the  mouths  of  the  dead, 
i.e.,  perform  the  ceremonies  that  effect  their 
resurrection. 

Bafermit  (?)    ^^  ^^,  Tuat  V,  one  of 

the  eight  fire-gods  who  burn  up  the  dead  in  the 
Tuat  of  Seker. 

Ba-merti    1^  <z=>   ]  =  iiokAv^  (?) 

Plutarch,  De  Iside,  §  12. 

Ba-en-Shu  ^  y  P  e  ^  i^ ,  *  t^ 

0  [i  ©   |.  "soul  of  Shu,"  a  name  for  the  wind. 

Ba-tnefer-t  ^^^  j' 

a  title  of  Hathor. 


Ba-Nekhen    ^^  ^s, 

Nekhen,"  a  jackal-god. 


Baiu-Nekhen 


^,^,  \.Z.  1867, 
the    '■  soul    of 

P.  471,  M.  537,  8o4,B.D.  113,  II, '^^     '     ®, 

the  souls  of  Nekhen,  i.e.,  Horus,  Tuamutef,  and 
Qebhsenuf,  B.D.  113.  ' 

Ba-Ra   ^  "^  ^  ^ '  Tomb  of  Seti  I, 

one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  5). 

Ba-ti-erpit^^^-^q^X 

142,  76,  a  name  of  Osiris. 


,  B.I). 


J 


B 


[199] 


B 


J 


Baat-erpit  'i^l]^'^,  T.  174 

ij-ft.M.  156,  ^(j-^.N. 


109, 

B.D.  142,  14,  Osiris  as  tlie  soul 
of  Isis  and  Nephthys. 

I    Ob 

d 

,  "soul  dwelling  in  his  two  souls,"  a  title  of 

Osiris. 


W 


Ba-heri-ab-baui-f 


Ba-khati 


goddess  associated  with  Horus. 


Tuat  III,  a 


Ba-kha-t-B,a 


& 


B.D.  140,  6,  7,  a  form  of  Ra. 

Baiu-Khemenu 


B.D.  114,  the  souls  of  Hermopolis. 

Baiu-khenu  ^^  ' 

59,  the  gods  of  the  ist  day  of  the  month 

Baiut-s-&miu-heh  '^^  H  T 

Oml)os  2,"  132,  a  goddess. 

Ba-sheps  "^^  p,  B.D.  142, 19,  "holy 

soul,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

Baiu-shetau 


I    /V/V/NAft    ._/T  O 


Q 


oa 


M\' 


IL^    'I'uat  III,  the  "secret,  i.e.,  invisible, 
=='  souls,"  a  class  of  beings  in  the  Tuat. 

Ba-ta  %|^,   J^^: 


Tuat  I,  an  ape-god. 


Balu-ta 


* 


I  I 


I         ,  B.D.  168,  Tuat  VII, 

lis 


the  souls  of  the  earth. 

Ba-tau  '^  '  ^ 


,  P.S.B.  27,   186, 

A.Z.  1907,  98,  a  very  ancient  god  :  in  late  times 
Cynopolis  was  a  centre  of  his  cult. 


Ba-Tathenn 

soul  of  the  Earth-god  Tathenn. 

Bau-tef-f 


Tuat  VII, 


B.D.  142,  20,  a 
title  of  Osiris. 


Ba-tcheser  "(^  rfj  '^'^  ^  . "  holy  soul," 

a  form  of  Osiris. 

Ba    A.  "^31,  Tuat  III,  the  soul  of  the  god 
Af  which  was  swallowed  by  the  Earth-god. 


Ba  "^fcji  >  the  Ram-god,  god  of  virility  and 
generation.  The  worship  of  the  Ram  of  Mendes 
was  founded  in  that  city  in  the  Ilnd  dynasty. 
The  Ram-god,  ^,  in  Tuat  XI  was  a  god  of 

offerings. 

Ram-god  of  Tet  and  Hensu. 

Baiu    ^  1^  ^']  |,  Berg.   66,  the 

soul-gods  of  Tet. 

Ba.aakhu.M-f^'^J^||Ta|, 

Rec.  8,  199,  a  ram-headed  god. 

Ba.ami.Shu^^q|(i^^,B.D. 

17,  17  (Nebseni),  the  soul  dwelHng  in  Shu. 

Ba-ami-Tefnut^gJI^fg^^, 

B.D.    17,    18    (Nebseni),  the   soul   dwelling  in 
Tefnut. 

Ba-ari  "^  |] 
Ba-uteha-hau-f 

a  ram-headed  god. 

Ba-Baiu 


a  ram-headed 
god. 


^^^, 


,  -^  I ,  Pap.  Mut-betep  5,-2o, 
"soul  of  souls,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

Ba-pefl   ^X^l,  Denderah   IV,  84, 
a  ram-headed  god  of  the  8th  hour  of  tiie  night. 

Baui-f-amui-Tet         ' 

1   U  _a  li  ci  ©'  souls  of  Ra  and  Osiris 


I5?     \x 
B.D.  17,  17,  18  (Nebseni),  the 


Ba-em-uar-ur(?)  ^^ 


r-j — 7_    Mar.  Aby.  I,  44,  a  god  of  Ahydos,  a  form 
'-L- i~'  of  Osiris. 


Ba-en-Asar  tk-.  j|  /wwv,  j  i|,  b.d. 

17,  III,  the  soul  of  Osiris,  one  of  the  tetrad  of 
divine  souls  that  dwelt  in  Tet. 


w^^w^O  JJ,B.D.  17,  17 


Ba-en-Ra 

(Nebseni),  the  soul  of  Ra,  one  of  the  tetrad  of 
divine  souls  that  dwelt  in  Tet. 

Ba-en-heh  al'^:di^~-^|o|.  Pap.  Ani 

19)  3i  "everlasting  soul,"  a  title  of  Osiris. 

N    4 


J 


B 


[  200  ] 


J 


Ba-en-Shu  ^.^-l  ^~^~«  [is  J|,  soui  of 

Shu,  one  of  the  tetrad  of  divine  souls  that  dwelt 
in  Tet. 


Ba-en-Geb 


* 


^^AAA^      |        SOUl  Of  Gcb, 

I    I 


one  of  the  tetrad  of  divine  souls  that  dwelt  in  Tet. 


Ba-neb-Tet-t 


I 


*^' 


.g^_^  ,;— — ,  8  8  ^^^>     the  ram  of  Mendes,  a 
*  A^  ii  ii  Q  ® '  form  of  Osiris. 

Ba-neb-Tet-ankh-en-Ra  ^4  Kzy 

''^--^   Cairo  Pap.  Ill,  4,  the  soul 
/www  01'         of  Osiris,  the  life  of  Ra. 

Ba-neteru  '^  "]  "j"],  ^  '"^""-go'l  '^J^e 


:5f 


Ba.hekal^|U^,'^ec.8,^r99,^a 

Ba-sheft-ha-t^^^^.agod 

composed  of  four  ram-gods,  i.e.,  the  souls  of  Ra, 
Osiris,  Shu,  and  Khnemu. 


Ba-Tata  [^i|],  Berg,  ii,  5  =  ^ 

,  a  form  of  Osiris. 
® 

ba  ■fe'^Tjj  ram,  sheep;  Gi.  fii},  ovis  longipes. 

Ba-seh  ^>-.  n  §  ffl.  ®,  ^'  '5.  an  ^^'^^J^^ 


Baiu   "^  I  ^  .  '^  ^  ^"^^  >  Zod.  Den- 
derah,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

^^  ^^  ^c  >  one  of  the  36  Dekans;  Gr.  BIOY. 

Baiu-ankhiu  1^  '  -^  *,  Thes.  133, 

the  36  Dekans. 

Ba-qet-t    "i^  \|"^,  ^^^  ^^tli  Dekan; 
^    '^       ^  1 0  ^'  Gr.  BIKOT. 

ba-t        O,  illumination,  light,  splendour. 


with 


N.    671,    to   pay 
homage  (?) 


ba  ^  "^  wi 

ba  (baba)    fc^    ,  to  wonder,  to  admire ; 


see 


xy 


ba-t  "i^^, 


Rev.  13,  28,  quality,  charac- 
teristic. 


ba    ^   ''=^,    book,  papyrus    roll,   service, 

O' 


I  I  I  III 


liturgy,  document;  plur 


Rec.  32,  178. 
bai  ab    J 


s,    Rev.    II,    129, 


T^^^c=>^,  Rev.  II,  136, 


bearer  of  a  message  =  t;^    *^.  ^  Vfc  j  j 


?a 


<=>^,  Rev.  2,  351,  book; 


I  I  I 


baiu-ra 

plur.     ' 
'   Ba   ^  Jj  I^,  ^-^^  '^^'  i4,theLeopard- 

ba  J^  O^'  '^"-  '■*4'  ^  ^'  ^-  47^' 

R  204,  N.  548,  J  ^  "^  '\f '  '*•  169, 
?]  I^,  I,  127,  J  ^  II ,  Rec.  30,  186, 

Rec,  36,  215,  leopard  skin,  a  skin  garment ;  plur. 

Rec.  36,  215. 

bamehtJ^f,A.Z.x902,^98,Jeopard 


^^^^«-J^±'''-'-''°offhSh' 

Baba  J  "^  J  "^  ^ '  ^-^^  '7,  44 
(N*.o.,J^J^«|.J^J 

Osiris,  who  look  the  form  of  a  typhonic  animal ; 
he  presided  over  the  phallus,  and  devoured  the 
dead;  Gr.   Bt'^u'v,  Rifiiira  (Plutarch,  De  Iside, 

eldest  son  of  Osiris. 

ba    j  «^  .       ,  to  mock,  to  sneer,  to  scorn. 


J 


B 


[201  ] 


B 


'^-=^'   ^  ^^  ^'  ^^^-  ">  '3°,  to  plough 


to  dig,  to  hew  stone,  to  break  through,  to  force 
a  way,  to  hack,  to  mince,  to  cut  up. 


to 


babaitJ^>^J 

dig  out  foundations  for  a  house. 

1  ''^^ ^^    n '  '"  '•'''^^^  ^  plough  or  some  other 

digging  tool,  to  wield  a  battleaxe  in  fight,  to  lay 
about  one  with  weapons. 

a  cutting,  hacking. 

bau    J  "^  %^  L—Zl,  in  the  phrase  -^ 


,  to  use  force. 
r*'^)  Amen.  lo,  2, 


bai 


U^¥flfl' 


'  ^  <    field  labourer, 
t.    -/)'       ploughman. 

workmen,  ploughmen,  field  labourers. 

Yta.  H  ■^5-T. '^  \/8\  !    workers  in  mud, 

Da    ....   J  >B?  o  ^  I '      brickmakers  (?) 

ba(baba)  ^^"^^  J  ^^®o> '-le 

in  the  earth,  den,  cavern,  cave ;  plur.  i^^q^jv    , 
sepulchres,  tombs. 

ground,  earth,  cavern  (?) 


©■ 


(2 


baba    1^^^,\   Thes.    ,200,    ^^    ^ 
1   1*^^      ,  Israel  Stele  57,  meadow  land. 


ba-t  J 
baiu(?)  J  ^ 


tomb;  perhaps  = 
^'^5.,  house. 


holes    in    the 
III'  ground,  caves. 


<o 


baba 

J 
J 


J 


J 


.  U.  312, 


e 


cave. 


cavern,  den,   lair  of  an  animal,  abode  in   the 
earth,  hole  in  the  ground ;  Copt.  fi.Hfi.  ;  plur. 


I  I  I 


baut  Jl 

ba-t    °^,  Rec.  27,  86,  honey  (?) 

baj' 


^__^  i,Leyd.  Pap.  13,4, 

Rev.,    household  servants, 
house-dwellers. 


gland  (?)  matter  (?) 
O 


substance  (white  Y 1 

ba-t  J 


,  U.  543,  544,  some 


D'     1  r)°'   kohlstick,    or    "needle,"  an 

instrument  for  applying  eye  paint  to  the  eyelids. 

ba-t    1  i^s  ^^ ,  U.  159,  fruit  of  some  kind ; 


^e 


baba-t 

T.  130A,  fruit  of  some  kind, 
a  kind  of  grain  or  seed. 

baba-t 

baj 

baj 

ba-t 

■§.  T.  78,  J 


(^i  ©,  a  kind  of  grain. 

yi^    a  grain  measure  = 
o&t)'  4I  hen. 


"^v    W  -ri    a  measure  for  liquids, 
^^  U  ^  '    contents  half  a  hen. 

■^,U.2oi,N.6ro,J^^ 

i^-^.T.  331,  M.  232,  N.  621, 

:^,  P-  61S,  "i^  -^  Ci ,  M.  783,  N.  1 142, 


J 


B 


[202] 


B 


J 


l>ai   J  1^  ^^1'^  digging  tool. 


,  a  form  of  Osiris  and  Ra. 

bai  J 


baui 


bush,  thicket,  branch,  undergrowth  ;  Copt.  KcJD. 
baba   -^y  ,  j.  "^i  plant,  plants,  herbs;  see 

ba    J  "i^  "^  ^^/^,  staff,  stick. 

baa  J"^ 

paved  walk,  path ;  see    1  (1 

baba-t   J  "^  "fe.  j  %* 


Rec.    23,    198,    a 
priestly  title. 


■I 


V 


nobles,  «>.,  Horus  and  Uatchit  of  Pe-Tep  (Buto). 


I ,  B.D.G.  214,  the  two 


>^^ 


^, 


bai  J 
bai-t  J^ 


^  I 


AA^AAA  ' 


,  boat, 
ci,  mantis, 

Babait  (?) 


B.D.  Nav. 
76,  I. 


XiX^  \>   I        source  of  a  river. 

baba  ,  drink,  liquid:  see  beb. 

X7  'viz 

baba-t        '^:3:::^,  pectoral. 

baMa  y.^lW:,  y.^l\ 

o,  necklace  of  beads,  pectoral;  see  j    1    ^2j{  . 

ba4aJ^q^5,J^£q 

^^^^  H,  canal,  stream;  Copt.  fi.O. 

baaa  '^l\'^ 

baaa    J  ^^  (1  ^^  vl ,  bands,  cords,  pal 


bai-ut  J 
bai-arq  ^^ 
bain-t  ^^\7 


bain 


<$.   -^>      ^    marvels, 
^  ^pS  |]|'        wonders. 

- — "  A.Z.  1877,  32,  mat 
/I    '  covering. 

D  o  Rev.  14,  1 1,  harp; 

^:^^'  Copt.  .^OlttJ. 

^,  Jour.  As.  1908,  287, 


Q    a  moist  substance  of      I      ,~~rtv, 
III '  some  kind,  honey  (?) 


wretched,  miserable ;  Copt.  e^IHft. 

bamJ^liq^J^-^^' 

,    Rev.    13,    59, 


fibre,  tendrils  of  a  plant  or  tree  (?) 

baia-t    ll1t«'^  fl"^  -Q- 


'*-'J^\fll.^J 


© 


,  Rec.  18,  183,  a  cake,  loaf, 


baau    J  "^  f|  V  ^  df '  •^^''  ^^'°''^'  ^"'■^^■ 
Baaur  »^  S^^^Vihlih.  Baal;  Heb.  75r;i. 
Ba4buJ^y^.P.S*3,,„d^„,,.,. 


=>l  I  I  I 
bairi 


baarut^^(]g-^_^,^ 
^h,  wells,  pools;  Heb.  Jli-IN^. 


I 


Harris  Pap.  500,  2,  4,  clubs, 
maces,  S(idan  cudgels,  pdlm  sticks ;  Copt.  a.&.l. 


I  I  I 


1  ^^^  (1(1  ;^  [T^,  basket-shaped  boat;  plur. 

;  Copt.  E.A.pi,  Gr.  /idpit. 

»(j|j<=>(j(]..^,Rev.  II,  174, 

■11         \\      nnyTy     Rev.    16,  99;    Copt.   &jp, 

KoUer  Pap.  1,  3,  4,  a  kind  of  wood  used  in 
making  chariots. 

,  house;  Heb.  Pi%. 


C—D. 


J 


[  203  ] 


B 


J 


Egypt ;  Gr.  Bni/i  (?) 

Bau    J  "i^  <25-  %  [v^w] ,  U.  565 ;  see 
Bakhau, 


*  e 


[Mi^. 


Dendeiah  IV, 
]    Rec.  14,  175, 


baun  (?)    "^  "^ ^,  to  bay  (of  a  dog). 

Bautcha  ^ 

60,  a  warrior-god. 

Babau(?)  ^^ 

babagaJ^J^^S^^, 

Mar.  Aby.   I,   8,  97,  to  scrutinize,  to  examine 
carefully. 

Baba,  Babi  J  ^  J  (j ,  u.  532,  J^ 

J  01]  >  U.  644;  see  Baba. 
son  of  Osiris. 

6,o,644,J%.^J(](]J^|,  Hh.446; 
see  Baba. 

Babuu  J^^J^^5^>afiend 
in  the  Tuat ;  see  Babua. 

Babua  J  ^  J  ^  I] .  ^-  604,  a  god 

with  a  red  ear  and  dappled  haunches ;  ''^^  ^ 
=>  _^ ,  a  name  of  Set  (?) 


ban-t  --^  "?  ,  „"_^V^.  "/  ^  (^.  breast, 


bo       b 

a  pair  of  breasts. 

banban  ^  ^  ^ ,  ^  *  ^^/o  overflow, 

DO  0  D    A  to  flood. 

ban  J'^0  '%'^^''-  "'  '5^'  '^'  '5' 

^  '^,  Rev.  13,  26,  bad,  evil,  enemy. 


ban   ^|!,    ^l](|||,Rec.  5,  90,  date 
palm  ;  see  bnr ;  Copt.  fi.n.Ite. 


ban 
bann-t 
bann   J 


Ojjn],  mosaic;  see    I  O 


s 


I  Gnni 


o 


',  Rev.  14,  34,  pill,  bolus. 


/VT^AAA     /M\AA/V- 


W      box,  chest, 
W    ,^^'         harp(?) 


Banaathana  ' 

Mar.  Aby.  II,  50,  a  Semitic  proper  name 

Ban-Anta  (^ 

Alt.  K.  343,  a  Semitic  name  of  a  man. 

banpi    'l^'^'OO  U.  Rev.  n,  141,  12, 


1. 


a 


.Q 


fwv^ ,  Alt.  K. 


18,  iron  ;  Copt.  Kenilie. 

Bant- Ant  .■?>-, 

346,^,,,    J^,  L.D.  III,   175,^^ 
AA  w/vw    L.D.  Ill,  i72,aSemiticname 

of  a  woman ;  compare  n^yjlil- 

-^3  0 ,  to  tie. 


bant  <<^^L=Zl, 

to  bind,  swathings. 

banti[t]  ^ 
bar  (bal)  ^^ 


\;> ,  a  vegetable  garden. 
-Sas  blind  (?);  Copt. 

-^  "^  '  E.eXXe. 


■r.         'Z  51  Rev.  12,  31,  Baal  :,Heb. 

Bar  ^^|,  'L,j,^_ 

(^']^,Rev.  13,  I, 


:-2^ 


<2>- 


bar  (bal)  "i^ 

^  ?.    I^ev.    r5,   :6,    ^  ^ 


<2>- 


a  kind  of 
cake. 


^_^         Rev.  13,  33,  greatness  of  eye,  i.e.,  pride  ; 
I    (^  ^'  Copt.  ^^.X 

IV,  783,  well ;  Heb.  INSl. 

barra  ^  ;£  (] 

Barast  J'^'^'^^j  j  (^^'  ^  "''^"^<^  °'' 

title  of  Bast  (?) 

bari    "i^  _23S  (](|  '^,   Rev.    13,   4,   to 
swallow;  compare  «_1.T. 

,  Rec.   17,   147,  a  fish,  mullet  (?) 


^==>^ 


J 


B 


[  204  J 


B 


mullet  (a  Tanis  fish). 


J 

J 


■  J'^:k^-'^'^"^''"• 


w 


s=aic 


■J 


I 


^^, 


,  boat,  ship;  Copt.  E.^pi. 

barit  J'^^()l)^.  Diim.  h.i 


bari    i<^  .235,  (J  (J  q^,  Rev.  12,  17, 

Rev.   12,  30,  chariot  ; 


I,  15,  30,  cage  of  wickerwork 

bari    'I  ^^^— -^ 

w 


•'J 


cypress  wood  (?) 


I  I  I 

W 


•J 


barbar 


-2^ 


rc5 


Rev.  13,  20,  grain;  Copt.  E.?\fi^lXe. 

barbar -t     ^      ^    '^    Rev.  5    88,  the 

knob  of  the  crown  of  the  South,  grain,  seed, 
berry,    any    rounded    thing ;     compare    Copt. 

^xKiXe. 

barbar    ^     ^  ,  ^    ^    0,  Rec.  t6, 

139,    to    soak,    to    macerate,    to    boil;    Copt. 

Rev.   II,   180,   to  en)pty(?)  lay  waste; 
Copt.  fioXfiK 


barbas 


w 


[^  „    a  pot,  vessel 
I  of  some  kind. 


Barhm  'i^  "^  ^  /^ ,  a  Nubian  tribe 

which  lived  on  the  eastern  and  south-eastern 
borders  of  Egypt ;  Or.  BXe/ivc^ ;  see  Strabo 
XVII,  Pliny  V,  8,  Pomponius  Mela  i,  4,  etc. 

barek-t   ("^"v^:*^^.  Rev.  u,  146, 
pool ;  Heb.  n31.5.. 

bareka  J  %.  ^^"^.  to  bless; 
compare  Heb.  ^T^^  '"  P'^'- 


J 


baraka   J  ^  '^^^^  t-C ,  Diim.  H.i.  i, 

28,  29,    J  "(^^  L-i         -.to  bow  the  knee 

in  homage ;  compare  Heb.  "^'IS. . 


bareka  J  "i^  ,"7  '  i ,  Thes.  1 199, 


1 1 
Uil' 

=>i  I  III'  ^ '   ^^^  I   I  I  1' 

\\    H  f  Jl  I   gift,  present,  tribute ;  compare 

T*  I      '    "  ' 


,      Q        ,^      -, p     ^ — 

1'  Heb.  nD'^3,  in  Gen.  xxxiii,  1 1. 


barekata 


J^l^- 


w 


Barkatathua 


^%.    >h     ^    ^-^^    ^^2,   7,  a  name  of  the 
0  (  _^  ^^  m'  body  of  Ra  in  Anu. 

barga  J^^n;|^|,,J^ 

®'m  @  '^'  '°  ^^  '"  ^'^"''  '^'"P'^'  '^^stitute. 

^^^^^  J^^'T's^^.to 

illumine,    to   give  light ;    compare    Heb.  p'^21 , 


Arab. 


J>- 


/vnaaaa  iL  .*~~^  I 


bargta  ^^](]^.     ^^_ 

-->  AVvVSA 

®^^,  Rev.  II,  156,  158,  pool;  Heb.  n3^3.. 


barta,   barth    J  1^  ''^^^  1  |] 


J%. 


p,  covenant,  contract ;  Heb.  n^'^5" 


bah 


.  Jran^. 


to  snuff,  to  inhale. 


l=Si, 


babt  (?)        rO  Oj  a  kind  of  precious  stone, 
emerald  (?) ;  compare  tflHS, ,  Esther  i,  6. 

1908,   311  (var.   J  9  (=ii)j,  the  phallus  of  man 
or  animal,  member;  Copt.  CJi^,. 


J 


B 


[  205  ] 


B 


J 


f==S) 


bahu  (?)  (^^,  Berg.  28,  men,  people. 


baaMutJ^^^[|]^, 

virility. 


(=U), 


a      i^=n\    I — 


(=Qi 


,  r=ii),(=7iD 


(=0) 


,  Rev.  13,  31,  before,  in  the  presence  of; 


Copt,  ijuu.i.2, ;  m  bah  a  I 


I  I  I  I 

1=5) 


before,  of  old  time;  m  tcher  bah.  ^    B« 

■=3),  u.  319,  before;  tcher  bah  Bs  ,=a. 

before. 

bahit    ^^^  O  (1  Q,  a  garment  (Lacau). 

bahen    f?         A^ ,  to  slay, 

bahen  aww*  '^  ,  knife. 

bahs  ^  "^  ^.  Rev.  14,  44,  ^ 

{^  W,  Rec.  25,  14,  calf;  Copt.  ^.i-^CC. 
O  i??v      n  -^    to  bear,  to  give 


bakh 


birth  to. 
L=/),  A.Z.   1908, 


bakhbakh 

117,  to  enjoy. 

BakhauJ^'^.^^^^.B.D. 

108,   1-8,  the  Land  of  the  Sunrise  where  Ra 
speared  Set. 

bakhannu  ^To^^L^'^''- M'-'^'' 

JT^  a    (2  2li  I    paraschistes. 

bakhen  V^^'  J  V  ®  ^' 

pylon ;  see    1  cr^  . 

bas^pg.J^pOj^p, 

the  little  waterpot  on  the  scribe's  palette ;  see 


pes. 


basti  j(  O ,  jl  "  0 ,  salve,  unguent. 


W 


Bastt  ;^pg=,p.,,„,jp 

p.56„j[i%.^::N.8e„^:i,j^ 


cat-headed  fire-goddess  of  the  Eastern  Delta. 
Her  favourite  cities  were  Bubastis  in  the  Delta 
and  Tar  in  Nubia. 


Basti 


^:i' 


w 


,B.D.  125,11, 


one  of  the  42  assessors  of  Osiris. 

Bast  -  shesha  -  arit  (?)   ^^  H  ^ 

(I  <2:^,  a  lioness-goddess,  a  form  of  Bastt. 

Bastt  Tar   t'j'^J)  ^,   Bast  of  Tar, 

an  ancient  town  in  the  Sudan. 

basa    ^^^  '9  W  ,  panther  skin. 

Basa  1^  'o'  I^ ,  1^  P  ^  >  ^^^  6°*^ 

Bes;  Gr.  ^/;<.-. 

basan-t^t^^j:,^^^   ,  i^, 

Anastasil,  27,  7,A.Z.  i9ii,53>^^'S 


^        I 


1  ^   I  L^' 
■^YlJi'   "^Yo    I   I-'^hi^'^Waver. 

basannt  (?)    i<^  w  ^   1  '=—''.  things 

worked  with  the  chisel. 

bash    ^do^.  Rev.  .4,  I,    ^^, 
SZl  gVi,  Rev.  T2,  14,  to  vomit. 

^^^^  ji>g  ,  to  slit,  to  cut,  to  split,  a  cutting  tool. 

basha  "i^ool]  ^  ,  jour.  As.  1908,  261, 
to  desert ;  Copt.  .^CAJOJ. 

baq  J^^'^^_^.  to  anoint,  to  rub 
with  oil;  J^  ^^J'  a"0i"'ed. 

J^4,IV,.o58,J^^.f  O. 

Loret,  Flo.  Phar.  95,  oil,  unguent,  salve,  oint- 
ment; Copt.  4)A.Kl(?) 


J 


[  206  ] 


B 


J 


bak 


,  work,  labour  in  the 


field,  service;  plur.    ('^^  .  ^'  .,    ('^^   IV     ;    i 


-9      ^z::?6l 


III' 


-  o     I ,  Rec.  20,  40,  products; 


,  IV,  665,  product  of  Syria ;  ™^  (^^ 

\\  ;    I ,  the  best  of  the  products. 

bak  - 1    J  e  i^^        ^,   gift,    tax,   tribute, 
burden,  assessment,  vassalage. 

bak  ^,   ^^, 


baq-t  "i^^^.u.  170, 1^^,?.  652, 

(1  -jk-^    [jl      ,  U.   170,  the  olive  tree   in  On; 

1^,  ^      D       Q      P.  652,  M.   773,  the  olive 
j^  T    >==v.  I. j'  tree  of  heaven. 

Baq-t    "^  ^  ^,  U.   170,  M.   753,  the 

mythological  olive  tree  of  Heliopolis. 

■^|,  J^"^!  j],  IV,  896,  92S,todazzle, 

to  be  bright,  to  be  happy,  J  1^  ^f  <)  1' 
Hymn  to  Uraei,  24. 

baq    T?  wi,  a  prosperous  man. 
baq   V7  ffl  ,  clear,  bright,  shining. 
baq    ^  0 ,  to  be  protected. 

Baqbaq  °^  °^  1 ,  Thes.  818,  Rec.  16, 106, 

A    A     I 
a  hawk-god  with  a  bull's  head.  „  ,    ^   ^_,  ^^^  ^  ,     ^^ 

Baqbaq'^«^,Berg.I,  M,  "^°^J),  i^l'^^llJ^     ll'^ 

A     A  A     A\ll  nfl.2?\l 

a  protector  of  the  dead. 

1-  ^  ^     to   be  with   child,  pregnant ; 

''^^    5  ^'  Copt.  .&OKI. 


1-  ^^fl^i^l^^. 

^!]^'^^,Rec....86.^(|^, 
Amen.  6,  16,  manservant,  slave,  workman, 
labourer,  member  of  the  corvee ;  fern. 


maidservant,  slave  woman ;  plur. 


L-ZJ 


bak-keriu  ^^ 


I ,  Mar. 


baq  J  ^  ^  ^ '  *°  '^^'^^  (=')  'o  ^''"^y  (""^ 
baqr    ^  >,  ,  stairs,  steps. 

^  1  r 

i,or.o  +  ^  d'^    jawbone,  cheek (?);  Copt. 
baqs-t^|l^,  o-»o(re(?) 

bak  '1^'=:=^  =  Jzi^. 


bak  "^^'t),  ^. 
Rev.  12,  65,  hawk;  see  bak;    (^  rs=r\, 

"  hawk  of  gold,"  an  amulet ;  Copt.  S^H(?^ 

bak  ^,  ^2,  ^^,  %. 

v^^  -/I,  to  work,  to  labour,  to  toil,  to  serve,  to 
du  service,  to  pay  tribute;  (^^  ^  \  (1 ,  Rec 
20,  40,  to  be  worked  upon  (of  engraved  objects) 


Karn.  55,  65,  tax-paying  subjects. 

bakau  ^^^^  ^  r^  '*  s^''^^"'®'  people 

attached  to  the  service  of  the  god. 

Bak    "i^  ^;  var.  "i^  ^  °  *'  ^°<^- 
Denderali,  one  of  the  36  Dekans. 

BaU.iuO^^^,^-(l!j*, 

Thes.  133,  a  name  of  the  Dekans. 

bak  ^^ 

woodwork. 

town ;  Copt.  fi.i.KI. 


,  ladder  =  —      H ,  frame, 
A     H 


Q ,  city, 


J 


B 


[  207  ] 


B 


J 


bak  J^l-^.^l/'^'-^-^- 


olive  oil. 


bakbak  ^^^  ^^=^  °  ,  I^,  506,  a  mine- 
_S^       ^     III     ral  substance  (?) 

-^ ,  J  S  ^^^/[ .  to  be  pregnant ;  Copt.  ^oKI. 

baka    \  i*^^  -^  ,  morning,  sunrise;    J  i*^^ 
ic   X   V  '^^ '  ^^'  943'  fnorning  ^nd  evening. 

baka-t  1^,        ,  a.z.  1905,  27,  place, 


c>     I 


I ,  Mar. 


region,  precinct;  plur.  i'^^  ^ 
Aby.  I,  19,  3,  Heruemheb  24. 

Baka,  Bakait    ■^YJ.  fj%.  '-' 
U.J 


c^   \> 


V 


^ 


baka 


1*^^  I I  (1(1       ,  a  common  name  for  settlement, 

inhabited  district,  place,  region  ;  Copt.  B<LKI. 
bakaa   *  ^  1\  >^,  'he  ^^^^^'^d  bark 

^■=0^,  Anastasil, 
23,  7,  cleft  in  a  rock,  gorge,  a  kind  of  tree ;  Heb. 

T   T 

bakaa  ^^^(]^^,  a  kind 
of  plant,  or  tree  (olive  ?). 

baka     H  ^1:^"  0  "^  >  ^^^}^°"^'  [°""- 

J    ^  -M^     H  anm '      dation,  base. 

baki  ^^  dO  ^  ^  ,  Re-;^«hip^^eck  ; 
!n*     HHesiJ^!?'        Copt.  filXI. 

bakr    "i^,  ^  ,    stairs,  steps ;   see 

' ,  hawk ;  see    J  (1  ^^3: 


AAAAAA 
AAAAAA 


^^  ZS  ^  '^~>^.  Rec.  36,  157,  irrigation  = 

Vv  ZS      ""^^ ;  Copt.  ixicTK. 


bag-t    ^  S  ^  ^ ,  breast,  the  two  breasts. 

ffi     (Qj'  Rec.  36,  78,  T-r ,  to  be  weak,  to 

be  tired,  to  be  feeble,  helpless,  inactive,  wretched, 
needy,  empty  of  strength. 

Rec.  31,  30,  laxity,  slackness,  exhaustion. 

baga  J  ^  ZS  (| ,  ^  ZS  (] ,  T.  346, 

P.  689,  inactive,  immovable. 

^^'JV^S(|(1(2,J^ZS^ 

(l(j^^,J^ZS^(](||l,  helpless 
one,  exhausted  man,  dead  person  ;  plur.    J 

ffi  1^  j  ^'  Hh.  35°,  the  dead,  J 


ZS  ^^1'  ^^-  552- 


inactive  god;  plur.     j    1^^   *K\    S 


* 


i^m 


a  kind  of  fish. 

bagasa  JJ^^ZS^^x^^^, 

Rec.  21,  14,  revolt,  rebellion,  riot, 
the  name  of  an  animal. 

bagrtha-t  J"^  ^  s=3  h  '^  ,  Israel 

Stele  II,  Rec.  20,  31 

^  — ** —  w 
bagS-t    T-r  Y,  collar,  necklace. 

Bags  J^ffiP(<.P.246,^^ 

ZS  p  ■^,    M.  468,  J  ^  ^  ffi  P  t[. 
N.  1058,  the  god  of  the  lily,  or  lotus. 


J 


B 


[  208  ] 


B 


J 


bagsu  ^^ffl^^,  J^ 

S  ^  ^  n  .  J"^  ZS  ],  ^  f ,  dagger;  van 

bat,  bait   '^^%,  Rev.  n,  167,  ^^X7 

1](]  ^  o,  Rev.  12,  no,  "^^^f  .Re^-  13,28, 
■^     ^     W'^    "ik     ^    palm  branch :  Copt. 

bat   J1^^^,   J^-^,   corn- 
stalkjdualj^^;;^^. 


bat    b'~^,    °^^        ^Rec.  3,  S7,spelt; 
see  bet-t ;  Copt.  B.coxe,  ^OJ^. 

bat-ar  J  ^](](1^^,  Bethel; 
Heb.  "^N-n-^a. 


bati  "^  l]l]^  ^>  Rev.  13,  25,  horror, 
abomination ;  Copt.  S.UJXe. 

batiu^;;;^^,  ^(](]^|, 

A.Z.  1908,  121,  B.D.  146,  38,  fiends,  red-haired 
devils,  filthy  and  abominable  creatures;  Copt. 

Bata    '^'^^.  P-  267,  '^■^. 

M.  480,  ^^S  '§'^,  N.  1248,  a  bull-god  with 
twofaces,^P|=^,^^p(]|=^,^^ 

Ho\'  ^•a'--BetchJ"^^,Rec.26,r32, 
and  see  A.Z.  1906,  77. 

Bata    "^  9  ^  55.    A.Z.    1880,   94, 
P.S.B.  27,  186,  a  god  of  war  and  the  chase. 

Bate-anti-t  jj^g'^;^;^]!]. 

IV,  786,  a  Semitic  name  of  a  woman  ;  compare 

Heb.  n:mn. 
bataua    ^\--f]!\^% 

evil,  wickedness. 


\J 


batana-t  "^^"^oIjcE^, 

"^  „  II  p  =0=  Rev.  12,  62,  plate,  dish,  stew-pan  ; 

'C?         I       <:i  Gr.  fiaTafij. 

bata-tJ^^]()^,P.S.B.27,r86, 
part  of  a  waggon,  chariot  (?) 

baten  "^'^z^.  Rev.  13, 112,  «^^S(^, 

enemy,  rebel. 

Baten     °^    1  c^y^    ^^^    country   of    the 
Q  O   I  enemy. 

batsh  °^'^,  b^(^,  D^'^,  b'^'^, 

weak,  helpless. 

batgeg  "^  a  ^'  '^§^=3' to  be 

strong,  to  cut,  violent. 

Batgeg  ^  S  ^,  ^^"':tJ"god: 

batga     JV^ffi    °  ,  a  kind  of  stone. 

Bathit    ^  "J,^'^;.,'^'K'^y\f^' 

s=j  on      a  title  of  Isis-Hathor. 


I  'V^  I 


■p  ^  Alt.  K.  393, 


Bathah  ^^,,  ^         ,,.,  ,, 

_a^  Ift^   .-^-^  (in       a  goddess 

Bathresth(?)  1^5=3  ls=j,TuatV, 

a  crocodile-god  by  the  River  of  Fire. 

bat-t 


:^>  vTy      spelt  (?)  ;    Copt. 


batn 


ftAAAAA 


Batr 


w 


5  p^,  Anastasi  I,  28,  3  = 
wrapp 


to  be  wrapped  up  or  involved  in 

(3    ^  JS'  some  matter. 


Rec.  21,  77,  king  of 
Thakasa. 


^^ 


a  kind  of  pot,  or 
vessel. 


batkek 

to  smite,  to  shatter. 

batcha  J  ^^ 

batchanJ^i^'^^.J^ 

-,  Amherst  Pap.  26, 


L-Ji, 


(^^  ,   staff,  stick, 

the  bastinado-stick,  stave,  cudgel. 

stick,  staff;  plur.  J  ^^^  | 

J, 


f\^     I 


I  I  I 


J 


B 


[  209  J 


B 


J 


ba      1   (I      £53,   pavement;   var.      1 

ba    ji\l   jl\(^,    J(]^,flower, 
palm  (?)  garland,  plant  (?) 

f]  A  "^v    "^r    plants,  thicket,  bushes,  a  kind  of 
J  1  m  1 1 1  '  herb. 

ba,  baa    J  (|  ^  .  J  l|  "^^  -  Hearst  Pap. 


2.  9 


•>*J^■JO■l.■T:-"• 

J  [1    ^   ,  Jh  _^,  J  c=],  cake,  loaf,  a  tablet 
on„c^eM.».J(16.jq^-|J(j 


I. 
I 


ba    J  1]^.  aery. 

ba-t     ]  (J  '^  Of  1  cry,  speech  (?) 


to  mutter 
pells  or  incantations. 
I 


sack,  bag,  chest,  baggage. 

ba-t   JOj(l-,^^''^37,adrmking 

,  B.D.  41,  4,  a  city  in  the  Tuat. 


Ba-t 

ba-t 

1 140 


o 


IV, 


=0='   ^\J' 
fl  ^£  '^,  Rev.  II,  182, 

honey  ;    Copt.    efi.ja) ;     Q  U         °  ^1  '^  '*^ 


111' 


III 


,   like  bees  abounding  in  honey. 


baa    J  0  ''^  ^ ,  to  rebel,  to  revolt. 

baa  —  em  baa   J  h  ""^ 


\j 


u  I 


o 


with  ^,  a  strong  negative ;  ^  J  I)  ^ 

13  ff.,  A.Z.  1905,  104,  1907,  133. 

b&-t   J()^|,  Berl.3a96,  J|)-o, 

Berl.    .702.,  J(]^CZ.^'  ^^''-   '^'   56. 


character,    quality,    disposition,    characteristic, 
moral  worth,  reputation ;   plur.     1  (1   *^^  _ 

^  I ,  Anastasi  I,  r,5,J(|^       |i,  Gol.  13,  129, 
j,Th.s..483,J(jZ:i|i.I^.S0S. 


evil-natured. 

baa-t  nefer-t  I  ""^  J  ij  ^  l| -  Gol. 

14,  145,  well-disposed. 

baai   J  (|  ^  (]() ,  Rec.  20,  43,  to  wonder, 

to  cause  wonder,  to  do  a  wonderful  thing,  to  be 
amazed,  to  be  astonished,  to  consider  marvellous 
or  wonderful. 

jii-4a.j(i:z^.  ■-.■-".  ^. 

wonder,  wonderful,  something  to  be  amazed  at, 
a   marvellous  act    or  deed,   a  surprise ;    Copt. 

e^H;    plur.  j^^,  P.S.B.  2,,  3,  Jajlm' 


I ,  Hymn  Darius  7, 


(?     I 


^^,  Mar.  Karn.  54,  47- 

baa -em  baa   |^  J  1]  ^  |  j, 

extraordinary;  J  ^|;^  J  i|  ^^Z.  #• 
bon.merve.lle;J(]^^^P^|, 


truly  wonderful  [ointment]. 

BaaitiJ(l^|](]-u|.A.Z.,905,32, 
"  wonderful  one,"  a  title  of  a  god. 

b&a     H II    ^      '°  '*'^^^  ^  mine,  to  dig  out 

o 


J 


[210] 


B 


J 


p.  214,  M.  31,  N.  64,  J  C/"^!],   P. 


310, 


substance,  copper ;  aa^wv  ^o  jj  D  \\  ^^aam  \   >^^ 

metal  of  the  North ;  var.  j^l^;  j^  ^, 
metal  of  the   South;   var.     J  lU.     Later 

irZ- M\Z  M\'^', 


^  j^j,  mgotsorgoia,  ^^^^,  ^^^ -' 
Baa-em-seh-t-neter  J  (]  "^^  j  ^ 

I  ill  wl         ^ — ' '  ^^^  name  of  an  instrument 
used  in  the  ceremony  of  "  opening  the  mouth." 

baa  en  pet    J  h  "^  ^aa^^,  '     ' ,    J]  h 

'^^A.AAAA^,        L.I).        Ill,        194, 


ZM 


000 


^    cnni  D  -^ 


•J^^ 


I  F=^ 


C 


Rec.  32,  129,  iron  of  the  sky;  Copt.  fi.ertine. 
bdanuta  I]    jl   "^   9  ,  earth-rton  (?) 


baa  kam 

biaj^ 


D    0    0 

[mm  , 


,  black  basalt. 


/^      ,    1  (1        3  I ,  the  sky,  heaven,  the  material 
of  which  heaven  was  supposed  to  be  made. 

Ci^^,  J  (|  ^  C:^^,   Shipwreck,   23,  J  1]  ^ 

in  the  Stldan  and   Sinai;     j    ->  r^/\/l ,  P.  789; 
J  I  ^^^,  mines. 

b[Aa]-t      1     ,  mine  (in  Sinai). 

Baau  J  ^  ^  ^  in.  Rec.  31,  169, 

'©J  J,  B.D.  80,  14  =  ^ 


a  sky- 
god. 

baa   J  r\  .  A.Z.  71,  141,  capitalof  a  pillar. 


DDO 


Baa-heri-ab 


■pet  jq 


c/    ^ 


Mm  ■ 


•O 


0  c^    B.D.  1531!,  7,  the  weight  of  the  magical 

net. 


Baa-ta     J  n  ^ — '  tsism  ,  Tuat  IX,  a  monster 
serpent  with  a  head  at  each  end  of  his  body. 

b4a  JUJ^-y^aootl,. 

Hymn  Darius  i,  6,  hawk;  see    |  (I  "^ ^  V^^- 


bauk  J  (j 


I  I  I 


,   Peasant    223 


grains,    seed,     vege- 
o    III'  tables  (?) 

\    (1    ^^^    Ji,  hawk,   the   hawk-god   of 

heaven,  a  name  of  Amen-Ra ;  plur.    1  (1  ^v ^ 


baba 


J  I]  J  (j^,  Hearst  Pap.  VI,  8. 


J 


B 


[211] 


B 


J 


^      13.  D.    (Saite),    133,   3 

^o'  


bab-tjy 

bftf     j  (1  ,  to  see,  to  look  ;  see    \\ 


.^^ 


,  to  be  evil,  to 


be  wicked ;  Copt.  fi,U3CA3It. 

bana     j  n     n     "^^ ,  a  bad  man. 

ban-t   J  (]  ^,  J  (j  Y  ^.  evil,  wrong, 
sin,    misery,   wretchedness 


;  Plur.   J  (] 


J  ^  ^  ^  Tf?    o  '  "^°''  ^^''*^^''^'  °'  """' 
wholly  bad  ;  Copt.  e^IHIt. 

B^n     H  Q  rr  ^  ,  '^^^   personified     the 
Jl  1  ^^  M^  devil. 

ban   1  [1  ~wvAA ,  sweet,  pleasant  =10  ()• 

J  ft  ^^AA/^A  y      n  ft  ^^A^/v\  w      n  ft  /vw/vw 

harp;  Copt.  JSomH,  OTfCAJirtl. 

n     h     AAAAAA 

ban    J  0  r  ^  /,» ^o  pi^y  ^  ^^^^p- 

ban     j  (I  ,  javelin,  spear. 

ban-t  jq7^f,paim  =  J(l^^. 
banr  J(j^J,  Jlj^J^f  |, 

J  (1  p    ^  ,  Amen.  6,  1 1 , 1 3,  6,  to  be  sweet, 

p. 

(l<=>  n,  sweetness. 

banr  J  h ''      K  ^--^,  dates. 
Banr-ra-t  J  (| '      J"^  J.  Oml'os  ill, 

2,  131,  a  goddess. 

bah      1  (J  X  -www,  flood,  inundation. 

bah  J(j|(£5j^,  IV,  998,  lion. 

bahes   J  (||  0  5aV ,  a  young  fierce  lion  (?) 
baqer  J  (]  ^  3  ,  excellent,  good  =  J  % 


bak 


M 


^cr^  : 


Rec.  27,  59,  to  twitter, 
to  cry  (?) 


hawk;fem.  Jlj'^jplur.  J(| 

,  U.  525,  P.  1 73,  N.  684,  J  (]  '^^^ 
I,  Rec.  26,  79,  J(]^^^^'.  I5'I5- 


42,    lOI, 


,  U.  209 ;  Copt. 
fi-HCT,  Or.  BaCije,  Horapollo,  I,  7. 

J  Ij  ^==6^ ^  I -^ '^  ^  |,  living  hawks. 


Bakm(?)  J(l^==-^^-J(]' 

^.  ^^  3,  B.D.  64,  4,  the  double  Hawk-god. 

Bak  J  (]  ^^,  J  (]  ^^^^,  B.D.  no, 

15  :  (i)  a  hawk-god,  1000  cubits  long,  in  Sekhet- 
Aaru ;  (2)  a  god  of  letters,  one  of  the  Seven  Wise 
gods,  Diim.  Temp.  Inschr.  25  ;  (3)  a  hawk-god 
in  Tuat  III. 

1 1,  70,  a  divine  hawk  with -parti-coloured  plumage. 
Bak-t  J  !\  ^^^^,  Tuat  1 1 1,  a  hawk-goddess. 

bak  J  (]  ^s^,  L.D.  III,  65A,  1 7,  J  I] 

^-Rec.r6,s7j(]2J(j 


.sii    1  StS,     .i)    1  _QiN5 

11  0  '^  ^2&  ^^'  ^9'''  '^^  hawk-boat  of  Horus, 
Jl  1  ^^  '  barge,  boat  in  general. 

Bak-t  J  (]  ^  ^  ©  ,  U.  578,  N.  966, 
a  town  in  the  Tuat. 

Bat,Batii^-|,i^.]|),Rec. 

27,  218,  I^^Q,  N.  1346, 1^^      Wl'l^^^i^' 


the  North  (as  opposed  to  1 ,  nesu,  king  of  the 
South),  king  of  Lower  Egypt ;  Gr.  B/t»/9  ;  plur. 

M.477,N.,24S,t^^;P.266,t^oY 
^i'^^''S,l^\(||\|,IV,r69,' 


I,  Tombos  Stele  14, 


o  w 
o  2 


J 


B 


[212] 


B 


J 


I ,  Thes.  1287,  kings  of  the  South  and 

king  of  the  kings  of 
the  North. 


North ; 

bati  \^  ^^^'^  ''^^"^  °^  '^°  priestesses. 

1015,  the  "two  ears  of  the  king  of  the  North," 

title  of  an  oflficial. 

^    the  festival  of  the  king 
Q'  of  the  North. 


bati  kha 

Bati    1^^^,  B.D.  41,  4,  a  dweller  in 
Amenti,  king  of  the  North  (?) 

BatiBatii£i£,T-"l-^^--^ 


Batiu  t^o  ^^^^,  N.  .245. 

,  Tuat  VI,  the  deified  kings  of  the  North. 

bit \^'^^•i^%-'^• 

>/  Q ,  the  title  of  a  very  high  official,  meaning 
something  like  "  bearer  of  the  seal  of  the  king 
of  the  North";  plur.  t^'^'cT^^^^- 

Batheh(?)  J^^^^.agod. 
bath  J^^^>   J^>   J^^^' 

p.  41,  N.  659,  1 159,  to  walk,  to  run,  to  leap,  to 
leap  in,  to  leap  out,  to  escape,  to  hasten,  to 
depart. 

bath     1  '-'•>     "H ,  to  carry  off,  to  seize. 

bath  J  s^  Tstm  ,  J  S^  '^  ,  evil,  de- 
structive, the  name  of  a  devil. 

Bathj^w^^,^:tt:;iV4: 

bath  jj  ^^^  V>  TWmn  ,  Bed.  3024,  113,  a 
sick  man,  one  vexed  with  the  devil  of  a  disease. 

bithi  J  S=^  0(1  "^  ^.  Northampton 
Rep.  1 1 ,  profession. 

m5>  I ,  professional  men  (?) 


bat 


,^&. ,  a  disease  of  the  eye. 


ba     1 0,  .\.Z.  42,  107,  KoUer  Pap.  4,  8. 


ba     j  ,  to  shine,  be  bright. 


babaJ^J^y^J^-^, 

xf      ^    ic,  Mission  13,  143,  to  .shine,  to  give 


light,  splendour;  Copt.  fi.O"if£^0-)f. 

ba,  baaa  J — d|(J,    j       ^^^ 

sticksof  palm  wood;  plur.    j ''^®l>    j- " 

the  name  of  a  god. 

baa     j a  = fl   ]  ,  contradiction. 

baba  J_.J^,  J-^J-^i' 

Rec.  4,  121,  to  converse,  to  speak  in  a  contra- 
dictory manner. 

baa  (?)     J  — -— f  I )  ^  l^'"t'  "f  disease. 
baba  J_.J^^,  J— ^J— - 

^v^  to  make  wet,  to  moisten,  to  sip,  to  lap ; 

f    '  Copt.  SteAe. 

J  J  '      oneself  in  blood. 

baba-t  n D  5— ^r::,*'*'-^'^™'*^^"^''- 


riveR,- 


/"^  M^  1 ,  Rec.  2,  IS,  smelter. 

baa  J^^^.J— ^^|§. 

J ->-==■  (^   a?.  Amen.   16,  19,  21,  2,  27,  i, 

\ D  ^  ,  Tomb  Ram.  Ill,  79,  10,  to  explain  (?) 

»  (P  ' — ^ ,  flood ;  see  bah. 
ban    ll::^,!'-  ^77,  m.  52;,  N.  no2 

J  -t=T'  stream  (?)  lake  (?)  pool. 

ban-t  J'^^~^7.  Kec.  30, 72,  T.  26,  P.- 389, 


N.  165,  208,  neck,  tliroat,  bosom. 

ban    1  ^^wA  L^ ,   1  ^j/wvv 
Joe         Jlo  (5  U 

an  object  in  metal,  to  plate,  to  inlay 


ban    1  ^^wvA  ^    J\ ,    1  wf^  f^    '    to  mount 
Joe         Jo  (5  U-fl 


J 


B 


[213] 


B 


J 


bSna     II  '     "  (]  i  "^.  a  kind  of  plant. 
iti 

Mr  J 


Banti     ^T^  Tuat  X,  a  dog-headed  ape- 
Jlc.  W'  god. 


a  mass  of  water ;  com- 
pare Heb.  -\N3.. 


J^^5J,t:S5J.J^5J,B..i, 

a  Syrian  god  of  war  and  the  chase,  sometimes 
identified  by  the  Egyptians  with  Set ;  Heb.  hvi. 

Bar-m'hr    J  ^  ^  m  ^  1  ^, 

a   judge    in    the    Harim   Conspiracy ;    compare 
"int^-'rjn  (Deveria). 

Barta  J__i]<^]|]  ^,  Ba'alalh  nSi^l , 
Beltis,  the  consort  of  ^iD^  '71^3,  (Exod.  xiv,  2, 
Numb,  xxxiii,  7,  Asien  315). 

bah,  baha  J— ^|,  N.  996,  J — a^^, 
a\  ^  — ,N.  33, 

11  __ii  5  (5  '^  ^ ,      jl a\ 

^  J  AA/vv^  ,     S^  1  ,    to  flood 

with  water,  to  submerge,  to  be  flooded;    ) a 

9 -wwvA  n,  M.  335,      ofi  ^aaaa^vMM.  334, 

]] n§  (1^^,  P.  7°8;  *^    fl qS(2 

'^^^^^    Rec.  21,  14,  irrigation  officer. 


'^'-  243,  p.  608,  water-flood,  abundance  of  water. 


AAAAAA 


,  "Waterer,"  a 


Bah 

title  of  the  Nile. 


VWVNAA 

WNAAA 


B.I).  64,   20,    136B,  7,  the  god  of  the 

Nile-flood. 


bah 

J- — fl  X  <So.  to  lie  abundant 

bah   J fl|.;So^,  Pap.  3024,  87, 

man  overwhelmed  with  misfortunes. 


T.  82,  M.  236,  N.  613,  I,  34,  an  abundant  food 

supply,  bounty,  abundance;     ] a  fi  ^S»  1  , 

an  abundant  harvest. 

bah,  baha   J o  |  ^  '^,  N.  1326, 

.  iii>  J °f  ^^>  ^-  25.  giving  meat 


M 

and  drink  in  abundance,  to  feed  full. 

hatha     1] a  "^  1  ,  Nastasen  Stele  39, 

Ji  iTv^  Kf  vessel,  pot. 

bi   J  1](]  ~^,  Lacau 

bi     H  fif]  d'n  \    IV,  612,  to  make  a  wonder 


,  A.Z.    1905,   14,  a  wonder; 


1-,  IV,  340,  347, 

I   Oil     H 

biu   J  (jA  ^'^=/l,  B.D.  138,  7,  "wonder 


(?) 


B.D.     145R,    a    form    of 
Hathor. 


^i     1  0  (1  ^Mi '  'he  name  of  a  fiend 

A.Z.  1908,  85,  the  phoenix  bird ;  Gr.  <j)o7vi^. 

bu  J  (2,    Amen.   9,  i,    J^,   a  sign  of 
negation,  not ;  Copt.  AXG. 

bu  ar   J  (3       ,  do  not  =  Copt,  juiepe. 
bupu  J^  D^,  J©  °  ^,  Rec.  21, 

J^O^\p.S.B.,4,33o;fe„,.J<5°^|j^. 
bu  pu  ua    J  (3 


D 

(2  ©, 


I     ,  no  one. 


bu  pu-t  J  (2  °  ^  ^;  Copt.  «.ni-T-e. 
bupui-tu  J^n^(](]|^,A.z.i9o8, 
73  ff.,  not ;  Copt.  Sine. 

buan     l](s   °,  ungracious,  unpleasant, 

J       .^&-'  malignant. 

Tk  ,  B.D.  81 B,  6);  Copt. 

XXA. ;  J  ^__, I)  ^f^.  place  of  wine  ; 

o  3 


J 


B 


[214] 


B 


J 


J  ^98^^^'  ^- "'  ^'^'  ^°'  ^^^5'  ^'  ^^'' 

349,  560,  place  where  thy  feet  are. 

buaakhu  Je'^,   ®  ,  Goi.  14,144. 

the  best,  excellence. 

baa,er>()^|.J^,J^ 

or  perfection,  i.e.,  strength,  wisdom,  perfection. 

bu  Ua    jLj     I     ,  one  place ;  / J  I     i    , 

in  one  or  the  same  place,  together. 

bu  uab   J/^>  J I  /^  -^^^ .  place  of 

purity,  i.e.,  cleanness,  purity. 

bu  ur    J  ^  '^=',   J    ^  ,  place  of  great- 
ness, i.e.,  majesty,  riches,  prosperity. 

place  of  evil,  i.e.,  wickedness,  evil,  misery, 
wretchedness. 

bumaa  J^^.J  fj 

971,  Rec.  35,  73,  place  of  truth,  i.e.,  truth. 
bumenkhJ,J^,Rec.  z6,5^6,^^|,er- 
bunebJ,^,J^^,J^^, 
H         ,  every  place,  everywhere. 

bu  nebu,  bu  nebt    J  1  ^==7  ^  Jj , 

^^Ij,  Peasant  .6,,  J  I  '^^.j^ 

IV,  835,  Bed.  Pap.  3024,  loS,  all  men,  every- 
body, men  in  general,  J  I  ^  o  ^  fl  I ' 
B.D.O.  1064. 

bu  nefer    J%^  I'^'^'  1'*^'''^^"'  '97' 

happiness,  i.e.,  happiness,  felicity ;  "^3^  \^   J  ^r* 

T  ,  Peasant  288,  happy  folk ;    |  I  t      ,  the 

happiness  caused  by  plenty  of  food. 


,  Rec.  35, 126, 
„,  I,  79,  14, 


bubunefer  J^J^J,i;;,_;74, 

J 


A 


1(0 

and 


^    ,  Amen.  12,  12,  24,  i,  with 
outside;  Copt.  fi.oX. 


bu  huru   J  %  I  ^^  %  ^^ .  Peasant 
167,  263,  badness,  wickedness,  shameful. 

buhersekheru  J^  ''^     0*^'  '» 

Gen.  Epist.  68 

Bu  heh    11  '^^  " ,  P'^'^^  "f  et!:"5'  f  "^f 5 

■     ■    J\<^=Ci@         of  the  Other  World. 

bukhenti  J(3\5^^  ^^,  disas- 
ter, misfortune. 

bu  kher  J  ^    ^  ,  p'^^"-"  ^^'°'under 
bu  sa     H  'Q'    PfO'^ction,    the   [jlace   where 


protective  magic  is  worked. 

bu  sa    11  lA  4«M» ,  after  (?) ;  Copt,  xxen 
bukiu  J 


ertcA.  (.'') 


1  'CTJtuy  vijf  I,  A.Z.  1906, 160, 
1907,  99,  foreigners,  strangers,  foreign  (?) 

bu  ga  Je  ffi"^^^'  Anastasi  I, 

;  see  beg. 


7,  2 ;  var. 


J^^  =  ^ 


bu  tern    I (2  ^    ^\^  l\^ , perfection,  com- 
pleteness, conclusion. 

butu   J  I  D^^^^,    J'T"^' 

Peasant  214,  calamity,  evil, 
iniquity,  misfortune. 


J^ 


c^ 


^^. 


J 


bu  tcheser   J 


■J 


Ci      "i^^ 


,  Rec.  33,  3,  sanctuary,  holy  place. 


bu-t   J%    "^    ,  a  kind  of  fish. 
J^,  U.  189,  p.  687,  M.  223,  N.  977,  J^^ 


inate,  to  hate,  to  hold  to  he  hateful  or  accursed. 


J 


B 


[215] 


B 


J 


^^*  J^^.Amen.  13,17,  J^ 

J_P,I|.  T-  344,  abomination;   J 

Gol.  12,  97, loathsome  thing;    \\^\ 


Israel  Stele  9. 


<G=<I 


buiti  J  ^  ^  ^  \  ^  j .  Tombos  Stele  4, 


■I 


hateful  persons,  abominable  beings  or  things. 

butka  J^"^ 
But-Menu  J^^ 


!_/    a  hateful  per- 
I    '  son. 


I  I 

(2 


see  Besu- 
Menu. 


but  (bes-ut  ?)  J     ^^,  to  come  forth  (?) 
place  of  issue  (?) 


bu     j  ^  ,  beams,  rafters. 


some    kind    of 
workman. 


bubuJ^J^°,   J^J.,aseed 
or  grain  offering. 

annular  ornaments. 

^^^  J^^•P'^^^'^•^^J:l■ 
bua-t,  buai-t  J  -f]  "^  ^ .  fieri.  3024, 

high  place,  hill,  high  rock. 

to  be  wonderful,  or  marvellous,  to  hold  to  be 
wonderful,  to  magnify ;  J  ^  "^  |  <=:> 

_n_  t^  j  g^     thou  art   more   wonderful    than 
IT  -a  I  ^:z:^'  those  who  are  in  thy  train. 

bua-t   J^f]^^,  Rec.X4,97, 
I]  t^  n  Us    ^    I  ^  Kubban  Stele  3 1 ,  marvels, 

buaJf]t|.A.Z.35,:7,Jf]^||, 


>,  Amen.  3,  5,  26,  ,4,  J  f]^ 

> ,  chief,  mighty  one,  magnate,  lord,  over- 

lord,;obkm,n;plu,Jf|^|.||,Jfj^ 


I ,  Hymn  to  Nile  3,  T4 

Bua-tep  J^^|®^,Tombof 

Seti  I,  one  of  the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  42). 


'^.-.^    wonders, 

marvels. 


I  I  I 


bun  jl-^"',^,    j  4-,  P. 425,  M.  608, 

N.  1 2 13,  claw,  nail,  talon. 

Bun(?)      y  <^,,  B-D-G.  1194,  a  serpent- 
V   7   JJ^.     fiend  and  form  of  Set. 

Bun-a      l|%r!j    Tuat  XII,  a   singing 

Jj  _Zr      I     '  dawn-god. 

bunes    J       ^^,  to  eat,  to  devour;  see 

burqa   Js<==.Zl'^-^,  Verbum  14, 

to  shine,  to  lighten,  to  glimmer,  to  sparkle,  bright, 
shining;  Copt.  EipHX,  ^pHfTe,  Heb.  p"l^. 

buha     11  3.  "^   y!>    ''"g't've,  he  who  flies, 
J\  I  U    tm      '  coward. 

buhnra  Je^^l^,  J  ^^ 

-wjv^  ^    Love  Songs   2,   11,    to    mock   at,    to 
<=>  21 '  laugh  at ;  Heb.  ^rO. . 

~   T 

busu(?)   J    ®    ^  %  I,  cheeks  (?) 

busa    J  %>  'ff  r^  l ,  Demot.  Cat.,  some 
silver  object  given  in  dowries. 

bug-[t]  J^ffi^,^'  R«^-  14,  107, 

pregnant  woman. 

but    11  ^  "^"^^  ''^'"'ey ;  Copt.  fi.UiXe,  Gr. 

butj^ 

butcbiu    J  ^  '^  1]  (j  ^  fj  j .   those 
who  are  burned  or  scalded. 

beb    J  J  L«iJ,  to  be  violent. 

o  4 


oXvpa. 

a  kind   of  offering,  in- 
cense (?) 


J 


B 


[216] 


J 


bebu  J  Je^^-^.  "-^^  '^''  ^'  '^'^^^ 

l,el,     n   t]  r^     n    to  go  round,  to  revolve,  to 
J  J  '  circulate. 

beb     I    1    /M  ,  a.  metal  pectoral  or  breast- 
plate, collar ;    1    1  J)^  ,  uraeus  headdress  (?) 

beb.beb-t  JJ--,JJ^.Rec. 

27,  86,    1  I    1  I  ,  cave,  cavern,  cavity,  hole 

in  the  ground,   hiding-place,  den,   lair ;   Copt. 

beb-t     1    j  jAAjVAA ,  the  deep  part  of  a  stream. 


<zi=>  AAwv\,  Berl.   19286, 


depth  of  the  Nile;  see 


bb  . 


■M 


C2t     AAAAAA 


deep  water,  J  J  ^^awv,  IV,  464,  B.M.  374. 
Beb  JJ  J,    ^,  B.a   17  (Nebseni), 

125,  II,  6,  ^  J| ,  Rec.   27,  84,  the  first-born 

son  of  Osiris  who  ate  the  livers  of  the  dead  ; 
see  Baba,  Babai,  Babi ;  Gr.  lie/ini: 


Bebi 


j]  J  00  j|.  tlie  eldest  son  of  Osiris; 


Bebti(?)   £^,  B.D.    17  (Nebseni),  44, 


the  guardian  of  the  Bend  of  Amente. 

Beb-ti   J  J  °^,  Mar.  Aby.  I,  45,  the  god 
of  O. 

n  I 

beb-t   JJ--^,  JJo;^,Rec.3r,i4, 
a  kind  of  herb  or  flower. 

^(](]-»^,B-I>->o4,5;see^J(](|-'^. 
bebut  (?)   J  J  ^  %  ""*.  arrows. 

bebnth(benbenth?)  JJ^^^,U.s39, 


^ 


,   '■•  295 


bepi     bOfl) 


,B.D.  i68,Qerr-tX 

bef    j  ,  to  see,  to  look  at. 

(M'     L       d^.  Metter- 
nich  Stele  51,  one  of  the  seven  scorpions  of  Isis. 
Befen-t     j  aaww  //nI,  consort  of  Befen. 

bmai  (bum'i)   ij^^^OI],  iv,  78r  = 


=  DTOS,,  high  places. 
ben      11  AAWAA,  Amen,  27,  I,  not;  Copt,  rt ; 


bena    1  -^aaa^  (1  (o  ^  not. 

ben    jl  ^AAAAA ,  N.  799  =  benr 
P.  152. 

JAA'SAAA  n   ^AAA/^A      ^(2 

t^.  J  ^^  ^  >  evil,  wickedness, 

wretchedness;  see    J  [I  -^b^^^;  Copt.  ,S.UXOIte. 
ben-t    J-^,  Metternich  Stele  35,  evil. 

O    ^  Agv,  evil  one,  wicked  man: 

bena        J    ^^^~v^   (1  /^,    Rev.,       j    ^A^,^   (I 

Rev.   13,  9,  badness,  evil,  wickedness,  sensual, 
bad;  varr.  Jl  O  (](]  ^'=''  J'"''^"  0^.^' 

Rev. ;  Copt,  ^.toajne. 
ben  ha-t    \]  —  ^  f\  iv,  1075.  evii- 

J    <£?     \  "i^      hearted,  rebel. 
26,  233,  a  god  of  evil. 

ben-t    J  '.^A~v,  ^^,   j         ^^   1    c^  , 

harp :  Copt,  fioirte. 

benben-t   J  vw«a»  jj'^''^^  jjj,   ,^j^  g^ 

J       J      "^     Rechnungen  58,  59,  a  kind  of 
*■'  wood,  palm-stick. 

'■"^  to  escape,  to  flee,  to  pass  away, 
A  '         to  be  dissolved,  to  go  on. 

S     Jour.  As.  1908,   262, 
to  go,  to  come. 


VlAAVS     ^A/«AAA  \ 


ben 


J 


ben4    j  ^^^v  (1      , 


J 


B 


/\ 


benben  J  J ,  J  d  J  *~^ ,  J 

IV,  925,  to  hasten,  to  come. 

ben.     1  ,  B.D.  39,  II,  to  copulate. 

J/SAA/V\A        0 
yra,  male,  man. 

benben    J       1    (=^,    Nesi-Amsu    5°8, 

^^«w^  ^~wv^  tO  COpulate. 


[  217  ]  B 

benben-t  J^jy 


J 


benn 


J 


J 


(=0) 


,    IV,   943,   B.D.    17,    135, 


X:C^  Rec.  32,  68,  to  copulate,  to  beget,  to  be 
j\  '  begotten,  virile,  phallus. 

^iS^    a   god    of  generation,    a 


Benen    11 


J 


form  of  Menu. 
Benni     \|  (I  (] ,  Tuat  I V,  a  phallic  god. 

p    ,  a  portion  of  the  body ;  plur. 


?    Ill' 

ben-ti 


ben-ti   J 


"'^  "^    two  egg-shaped  organs  of 
\\q'  the  body. 

^  ,    ^    ^  ,  the  two  breasts 
,  ^^    O  ^^ 

Q       III 

oeoJ  D  Sol' 

pustule,  abscess,  gangrene,  pus. 

,  J  ~w>~>,  some  ball-shaped 

'^  n    /VAAAAA 

object,  ball,  eye-ball,  apple  of  the  eye ;  J  '"'"^ , 
the  two  eyeballs. 

benn-t    11^^,  ^^^''  ^^p-  35.  9-  eye- 

J^    o'  ball(?) 

V.0TIT,      W^^^  amulet,  the  evil  eye,  witch- 

Denn  j  ^  ,         ^^^^.^ .  ^^^^  ^ojoon. 

JAA/V\Aft 
•X^^,  rings,  bracelets. 

ben-t  J^'y",  Rec.  15,  152,  ^,^^5. 

cincture,  belt,  girdle,    1         ||    / (1    v-    lir^- 

''''^,  B.D.  145,  36,  a  kind  of  wood. 

Benn     II  '^^  '^"a'  VIII,  a  light-god  of 
J!     O   '  '  the  7th  Pylon. 

benben        1    ^^^^A^A    l    ^a^/vna  ,       ll  aaaaaa    \    ^A^AAA  jl  , 

J~-"lJ™"'J°J''l'iilJ  — 

symbolic  of  the  Sungod,  obelisk,  pyramid  ;  see 
D 


Q^lilki 


,  Mission  13, 


61 


0   O 


!• 


Rec.  4,  30,  the  sanctuary  of 
the  benben  or  sun-stone. 

benben -t    J  -^^^  J         A'   J  ^"^ 

the    pyramidion    of  an    obelisk,  the   top   of  a 
pyramid. 

benben-t    Jl  ^~^AAA  11  ^■^AA  ^  Jj  >  J  "^'^ 

tomb    in   general;      \  aaaaa^    1  ^AAAAA  "^^3  ,   B.D. 
172,  30,  bier. 

benben     J       J     A  ,  N.  971,  a  fireofTer- 
ing  [in  the  house  of  Seker] ;    ^^,  w^^    j  aaaaaa 
,  N.  663. 


Benben  J  J  \\L  ^^'''-  ^by- /-  44-  a 

-wwvNiii!.  solar-god  (?) 

Benben     1  ^AAA^A   1  ^^AAA^  m,  n.  971,  a 

light-god  in  the  temple  of  Seker. 

Benbeniti  J  J  '^A,    J-^aaaaa  jLaaaaa  (|(j 

^  \\    'I'liat  I,  Tomb  of  Seti  I,  one  of  the  75 
CTJ '  forms  of  Ra  (No,  74). 

benben     J     j    -^;  see  fl   j      J  . 

i"~^^     ^  I    L.D.  Ill,  194,  12 


O 


bena    J-ww^  [  K  iv,  1183,  JJid||(3#, 

JAAAAAA      ft     ^ 
Ij  y- 

bena  - 1      1    [l    ^  y  |  ,  sweetness ;   see    J 

bena  ari    jl  ^^aaa  (]  K  <h=-  QO  ^'  ^^''" 

doing,  gracious. 

bena     IJ  ^^^^  []  ^  ^\It,  y"""g  palms,  palm 
Ji  1  N  1 1 T  shoots. 


date  wine. 

bnana    J 


/^v.AA^     ^'W^A^ 


—     —/I     AAAAAA 


B.I).     134,    7,    to 
bathe  (?) 

swallow;  Copt.  SHrte, 
fi.Hrti. 


J 


B 


[218] 


B 


J 


O^       »  IV,  831,  a  kind  of  stone,  pebbles, 


ints;  J: 


flints 


nniD 
copper  (?)  a  stone  used  in  medicine. 


frtV^  nnm  ,   the   ore  of 


0^^ 


'^    ]     corn -grinders, 
omD  I '  querns. 

cakes, 
loaves. 


29 


N.  757,  claws,  nails, 
talons ;  see  bun. 

benu    11  Tr':z:7  Nastasen  Stele  38,  bowl, 
J!    ^  '  vessel. 

bennu      11  '^~^  t    J}   ^°  *^'  something  in 
Jl  O  (s  '  metal. 

DO- 


'■■I 


:,  B.D.   17,  25,  a 


nich  Stele  92,  the  benu  bird ; 
Rec.  30,  72. 

o    ^ 

bird-god  sacred  to  Ra  and  Osiris,  and  the  incar- 
nation of  the  soul  of  Ra  and  the  heart  of  Osiris  ; 
Venus  as  a  morning  star  was  identified  with  him  ; 
Benu  was  self-produced,  and  the  bird  appeared 
each  morning  at  dawn  on  the  Persea  'I'ree  in 
Anu ;  the  Greeks  connected  it  with  the  Phoenix ; 
see  Herod,  ii,  73,  Pliny  N. H.  x,  2,  Pomponius 
Mela  iii,  8,  Tsetzer,  Chil.  v,  397. 

D      <5    ,    P.    662,   J  ^^^^   i, 

P.  782,  an  enemy  of  Osiris  (?);  var.  j  D  Tl , 
M.  774. 

Beneb  J  ^~^  J  ^  ^.  R'-^c.  i6,  150, 

a  native  of  Bench. 

=  Copt.  juLne. 

^    t|t|jD,R-ev.  12,25,  J    ^ 

(|(]\D.  Rev.  12,  26,  J'7'(](l^-^^. 

Rev.  13,  41,  iron  ;  Copt,  fieitllie. 

"c^,  A.Z.  1892,  29,  J_^_Q>,, 

Rec.  31,  3t,  exudation  or  emission  from  an 
animal  or  reptile. 


3|p,   Metternich  Stele  58-, 
one  of  the  seven  scorpions  of  Isis. 

J/^VNA^A  n    AA^/^^  n     />AA^^Srt    4»\ 

with  <C3>  and  ^,  outside,  e.xit;   Copt.  fi.oX  ; 
see  bu  n  r    1  www  ^ <,  y\ . 

Benr    H  ^  •?)  ^-i-*-  '42,  ni,  25,  a  town 

J   I    ©^'  of  Osiris. 

■hon-n     11  'ili^C!^  , ,    "  sweet  water,"  a  name 

Denr  J^3^i,  of  the  Nile. 

(15,9^1,Rec.39,i55,J()"^J/tr., 
^o   |,   fresh   dates,   IV,    171;    Copt.    fi.ftne, 

finnne. 

benra-t  J^Ij-f ,   Jf^O' 

l)f,°   J™(|^^,  Rec3..„8,<l..e 

wine;    j  ^  V  1    I  ^  '  "^^^'  ^'^^^  *'"^*" 

benra-t    J  0  n    ^:0,  date  wine. 

19,  92,    j  AA"wv  m  ^  W^,  labourer  in  a  palm  grove. 

benra  J  —  J,  Jo  J,   J^(]J. 

n  I ,  to  be  sweet,  sweet,  to  be  grateful  to 
the  senses;  ])  |  0 ,  "ice;  J  '^^^  ^,  N.  799, 
\  \)  wvM  >P\,  p.  152,  sweet  things. 

benr-nes-t    J  V  f  ^  .  sweet-tongued, 
speaker  of  fair  things. 

benr-re    tt  ,  sweet-mouthed. 

benrd,  benrd    \  ^A^AAA  K  j  ^A«w^  K ,  very 

sweet,  very  nice. 


J 


B 


[219] 


B 


J 


;vvvvv\ 

[)  ^' 

) 


■benrit  J  J^,  u.  i63,T.  134,  JJ 

(|^^|l,J(]    o^|.  sweetness,  a  favour,  any- 
thing  sweet  or  pleasant  or  nice;  plur.    j  0 

benri,  benriti  ^  ^,  ^  (][]  L=Z1  ^, 

(I  0      "^  L-^/l  W,  Leyden  Pap.,  confectioner, 
sweetmeat-maker;  plur.    1  (1(1     l/^yfi- 

bennhu    11         f  v  a'  > '°  '""''''  ''*^^'''^>'' 

or  aside  ;  Copt.  ^OiX^  (?) 

\\  ,  Rec.  15, 127,  to  make 
an  incision  in  bark;      1  /wvwv,  to  cut. 

1=2=1,  bolt,  part  of  a  door;  plur. 
g  ,  a  kind  of  bird. 

a  kil 

1  ■J!•Jl5• 
J^:5•Jv:5■J^:'^■•- 
JAWVAA  n  AftAV\A 
^   ^^,  J     J    ,  Tuat  II,  a  singing 

ape-god  :  plur.    1  w^w.  "^    J \  1 ,  Tuat  I. 

Benti-ari-abe-t-f  J^    ^    l\l  ^  , 

J     <=>  SC^  ^^^^,  Tuat  VI,  an  ape-god. 

Benti    1  "^  ^,  I , "; ";, ' 7'  '.^'''  i^|«  '-^"^ 

J  ii  c  JU)  I    Nephthys  in  ape  forms. 
^^  \,  p.  i6i,     f^c, 

T.  2IO,  the  son  of  Uat-Heru. 


@®,  P.  720,  J^  J^^^'   ^I-    747, 
two  fiends  in  the  Tuat. 

<^^^  ^  ,  the  two  breasts :  varr. 

Cl       I  II 
^  =  AAAAAA  ^  ;   Copt.  JU-ItOT- 

g^^.  to  copulate,  phallus. 
^^,Rec.:x,6.,J^^. 


bent 


J 


to  tie,  to  bind,  to  bind  with  spells. 

bent     11^/61    A-^-  '905-  39.  to  groan, 
■    -J    <2    ^'  to  moan. 

Israel  Stele   lo,  an  exclamation  of  grief,  woe! 
alas  ! 

->-.   cilfST,  Mission  I,  159, 

Rec.  29,  157,  vineyard,  pergola. 

bentch-ut(?)  J^^H'^^IM©, 

Mar.  Mast.  181,  186,  vineyard,  estate. 


berJ^,J^^.^,J- 

outside,  e.xit,  gateway ;  Copt.  SioX  (efi.oX). 
ber   J  '^^^,  Rev.,  eye ;  Copt.  fi.A.X  ;  dual 


o    o 

brr(?)  J 


@    o 


<?-      to  become  hard,  to 
-W-, '  ossify. 


berber  J<==>J<=:>|\,J<=>J^ 

A  l^^,  pyramid,  stone  with  a  pyramidal  top; 

see  1      AAWAA  \      iVW^A 

berber    J  <=>  J  <=>  \  ,  a  loaf  of  bread 
of  a  pyramidal  shape. 


berber 


J-J 


X 


L=J1 


,  to  cast  out, 


to  wreck,  to  overturn  ;  Copt.  Kepfi.tOp, 


bra  J  I 
berkaru    J 


]    Rev.    2,    351,   basket: 
I '     Copt.  &ip,  JS^-Ipl. 


U' 


,   Herusatef 


I        I       I      III' 
Stele  40,  beads  (?)  some  kind  of  metal  ornaments. 

Berqer     W'^    ^^'-'c.  35,  57,  name  of  a 
Ji  <:z>'         liend  used  in  magic. 

cz>  iiiMiiii     to  force  open  a  door  ; 

ffl    -mmm- '  Copt.  4>ui3p2£- 


berg 


J 


B 


[  220  ] 


B 


J 


beh  J  ra,  IV,    711,   Statistical   Tab.  39, 


A.  to  flee,  to  run 
away. 

^behau  Jra^^^^,  Jra^ 

^1  he  who  runs  away,  coward. 

beh  J   rn ,  earth,  ground,  place. 

beh     H  rn  rr-    some  odoriferous  substance, 
J  W  1^'  incense  (?) 

beha-t  J  m  '^  ^,    Koller  Pap.  4,  6, 

behen  Jrau,  J  HI  (j,  Im-^, 

A      to  cover  over,  cover,  covering,  cover- 
'  ^  '  Ifet,  veil. 


ra 


*rD 


a 
gods  (?) 


Behthu    1)  ra  %J)  I,  J^'^c-  36,  169: 

^  s=5  Jf  ill  I    class  of  gods 
beh   Jl  I  5  ?  >  I V,  1 08 1 ,  a  part  of  the  body. 

beh  J  H ''^Ti>>  pre^iuce;  Copt,  q*^ 

beh   J  I  '°^   what  is  in  front. 

beh  J|^f].,J|2f>.»-easure. 

beh      H  ?  "^    ^^'^-  '*'  32.  shrubs  among 
J  X  1 1  I  '        which  Osiris  was  buried. 

behh  J  II  ^,  a  kind  of  shrub. 

Copt.  o6g,e. 

t^eh  Jl^,  B.D.  39,  12,  Jl^^. 

t^c     /I    ^'^  cut,   to  kill,  to  hack,  to  carve,  to 
-Zl  '  hew  stone, 

behu    I18t^v8>!    P.S.B.io,48,aclassof 
-J  X  Jl  ^J  I      servants  or  workmen 

behhu(?)J|^^^,J|^^^^^^ 

hyena. 


beha     1)  ?  %,  ^  '^    ^^*=-  ''  *9,  to  break 

J\  X    i>S^  ^     /I '        or  tear  in  pieces. 

(ofTerings),  a  kind  of  fish. 

beha  J| a  "^j  see  bah. 

BehUS  ^°'^^<^.  B.D.  109,  9,  the  calf 

of  Khera  (.')  a  soul  of  the  East,  the  calf  star, 
the  morning  star. 

behus  a  HUB,  a  kind  of  stone. 

-^z^"^  fl  ^'  ^'^'■-  ^^y-  ^'  ^9'  ^''''""'  ''  ^*' 
J  I  ^'^^  "^  ^ '  Abbott  Pap.  2,  10,  1 1, 
the  name  of  a  swift  Libyan  dog  of  Antef-aa. 

behukaa   J|^^(],Mar.   Mon. 
Div.  49,  Rec.  36,  86  =  _i7  II  ^. 


Behutit 


©o 


,  the  city-goddess  of  Edfu. 


behuthth-t 


'^      mast,    pole,    flag- 
on '  staff. 


behut-t  ^^,  ^^-5^'  Jl 

<=:^>  Jl,  Mar.  Karn.  42,  8,  V-rf'  '^"bb^" 

S-|e8,   ^,   ^-,    S^,S, 

throne  on  steps,  stairs,  seat  of  a  god. 

Behut-t  "^^^^/i  "^    ^^^-  '9,  190.  a  shrine 
trj'  in  Lower  Egypt. 

'^    „      tablet  for  offerings, 
=^'  altar. 


behut-t  (?) 
Behut-ti  ^ 

form  was  that  of  a  beetle. 

behutt 


,  the  Sun-god  ofc-"^.  whose 


^^,  to  spread  out  the  wings. 

behen  J  |  ^.  U.  455.  J  |  ^ —  /i"- 1 7, 

J  ^,   Thes.    1 48 1,  J  I  ^^,  IV,  969, 


\  X   >5>^    10  slay,  to  cut  in  pieces,  to  stab,  to 
j  I  ^     /i'  pierce,  to  perforate  a  body. 


J 


B 


[221] 


B 


J 


«  ^^^,  baleful,  deadly. 

Behen-t  J| 

JQ    AAAAAA   ^^ 
«  Q^k^^^'yOTi,  Rec.  31,  31, 

deadly  serpents  in  the  Other  World. 


^^    Tuat  I,  a  light- 
Lf^ '  goddess. 


20, 


\> 


w 


J|^^,M.63,__-a-^^,N.3i,Jf 
i^  ^    o    ^  '  ^  sucking  calf. 

behes  J  |  0  <0 .  "^"'f- 

behes  JIfly.,  iv,893,  J^P^, 

behsau  J  |  p  (]  ^^-=^'  '^""^er. 

behes    J  |  R  I^,  a  hunt,  game. 

beht-ti     15        ,  Rec.  12,  211,  two  thrones, 
or  double  throne ;  see  J  9  <=:=^  f^ . 
beht    Jl  I  c^3  £^,  seal,  throne. 
bekh-t     1  ,  quantity,  amount. 

bekhkh  J®^fJ.  u.  fin,  n.  643, 

Hh.  414,  J®  ni>  Kec.  31,  168,  to  be  hot,  to 

burn, flame, heat, fire, fiery ;    1      \ji'|il  °  ,  l- 336- 

Bekhkhi  J  ®  (](]  Q  ir^ ,  Tuat  VIII,  the 

name  of  the  7  th  Gate. 

•       Bekhkhit     l]®^/ruatX,  a  light-goddess 
Jl®  of  dawn. 

Bekhbekh  J^  J®  ^5 '  ®J  ®J  ""  s3  • 

B.D.G.4.S3;var.JJJ|, 


bekh    H  **"°'  '°  8'^*^  ''^'"' '"  '"^^'  "P' '° 

J     O   '  illumine. 

Bekh  J«*^  ^'  l^D-G.  200,  a  black- 
haired  bull-god  of  Hermonthis,  the  Living  Soul 
of  Ra,  the  Bull  of  the  East,  and  the  Lion  of  the 
West ;  Or,  nnniv,  Macrobius,  Sat.  I,  26,  Aelian, 
I)e  Nat.  An.  XII,  11. 

bekh  J*»^®>'^^^'  2§>'  A-Z. 

1 9 10,  112,  to  give  birth,  to  produce. 

bekh-t     1  (W ,  what  is  born,  produced. 

J^    I  ^ 

bekhb[ekh]  ?   J  ®  J  | .  -'^  kind  of  tree. 

bekhen    fl         '^  ,  to  cut,  to  saw. 

bekhen    1  ^w^A^     1  w^^j^        ,    I         o 
Jl   nnm     Jl    \\     anm     Jl  ^A/^A^ 

j:^        Jo  (2       '  J  inm     J Kma 

J^\      ,  a  kind  of  stone  from  Widi  Ham- 
Aw>AA  Jima  ^    

n    ®    nnni 
mamat,  basalt,   diorite ;  plur.     \  »ww<       ,  Rec. 

20,  41. 


bekhen-t    \  wwy^ ,    i  a^^v^wv  /    \  ,  \l  /wuwa 
Q2,J.Z.^„,Thas.„86,J^ 

%^  CT-D  ,   J  "^^  cm  ,  gate-house,  pylon ;  plur. 

Berl.  7262  ;  J^^ '^,  Rec.  8,  9,  J^^  QlQ, 

Rec.  20,  40,    1  ftAww  ,  the  two  towers  of  a 

Jl  Q  w  a-n 

pylon;    1  ^w>A^   -^^ ,  IV,  365,  two  great  towers. 

bekhnu     »  ,  Rec  20,  85,  a  fortified 

,        11    ®    nmn    „  ^ 

town;  plur.     1  aw>aa       ,  Kec.  19,  lo. 

Bekhen    J^^f,^-"-    '^5,   l  a 

Jl     D    Jr  Jl      proper  name  (?) 
bekhes     J  ^^^  ,  bread,  cakes. 

bes     j    I,  .\.Z.  1908,  17,  an  amulet. 

bes  J  p,  J  p  fj ,  T.  321,  P.  398,  M.  568, 

N.  1 175,  to  flame  up,  to  be  hot. 

besit     H  n  OO  •=■,  flanie,  fire,  blaze. 


J 


B 


[222  ] 


B 


J 


bes   J  P  ^2  (J,  J  P  ^  [J,  flame,  fire,  blaze ; 

Besu-en-setch-t  J  P  %^  11  ^''^  ^  Q- 

B.D.  125,  III,  23,  the  fire  of  the  aw^  V^c=xc  | 
Besi    J  M  (]() ,  Tuat  I,  a  singing  ape-god. 

Besit  J-^|)(l^[J,Jp(|(j^,Tuati, 

a  serpent  fire-goddess. 

Besu-MenuJp^[J|^^,JP^ 

M  1    1^     1     iJ^^iJ'         seeBesu-Ahu. 
bes      ]i\'  i<    \^,  instructor,  teacher,  school- 
master ;  see    1    J    *^,  i(  "H  . 

besuJp^[7^[;P^^,p.797, 

doors ;  see    I   jKk , 


bes,  besi     1]        ,  Rec.  31,  162,  171, 


,  Anastasi  I,  26,  4, 


JMO' 


^  "^ ,  to  come,  to  come  on,  to  advance,  to  pro- 

gress,  to  rise  (of  the  Nile),  to  grow  up,  to  swell, 
to  lead  a  force  against  a  town,  to  enter  upon  [the 

study  of  literature] ;  fl   jl_^,  P-  215;  Copt. 

OTTICI. 

beSS    J  n  n  '^^,  Peasant  2 1 1 ,  Rec.  1 8, 1 83, 

J  P  P^S^'  ^^'  ^°^'   ^'^''"  ^"""^^  ^'  ^'  '" 
advance,  to  rise,  to  pass  on,  to  pass  up. 

bes   J[l^^.I^''57,toindt:ct^a 

bes-t,  bes-tu    J  P^^"^'  induction 

(o,.U.„,);Jp.^,Jf-,Jp.^, 
advanced  (in  years),  swollen  (of  a  river)  passage. 

bestuu  (?)    J  -n-  ^  %^  %  ,^  » » »  , 

N.  754  


bes  J  []<©<,    JP^^g,   IV,  159, 

Thes.r2S2.    jp^^.    JP^T^, 

form,  figure,  body,  statue,  a  visible  image  of  a  god, 
a  re-incarnation  (?) ;   plur.  X^  ^  1 . 

Besi  J  p  ()(|  -et  J  ,  a  hawk-god,  one  of 
the  75  forms  of  Ra  (No.  68). 

Besu-Ahu(?)    Jp^:^^|, 

B.D.  125,  III,  35,  a  magical  name  of  the  right 
foot  of  the  deceased. 

Bes-aru  J^(|^^||];i;,  a 

title  of  Ra. 

Bes-t-aru-ankhit-kheperu     | 


1 ,     the 


"^,JP4._.^, 


name  of  the  IXth  division  of  the  Tuat. 

Besi-aJ  ^      ,    Jt,   IIMZL^. 

Nav.  Lit.  30,  the  name  of  a  form  of  Ra. 

Besi-em-he-t-kauit    -^"x  / —  H 

I ,  Denderah  IV,  60,  a  warrior-god. 

Besi-neheh  J  p  V\  t\^  |  Q  f-  "'"Ad- 
vancer [through]  eternity,"  a  title  of  Ra  and  of 
other  gods. 

Besi-sahu   jj 


i. 


Nav.  Lit.  68,  a  title  of  Ra. 

besit      H  P  0  0  ^ ,  =',  'T'""^  '?  the  body, 
Ji\    11  Q  '^     boil,  pustule,  abscess. 

^^  1\^-T  M"-°' M\l 

a  disease  of  some  kind  which  is  accompanied 
by  boils  or  sores,  or  swellings. 

bess    linn  03,  ^"^''*^  "'^•"'''■'  P"s,  hu- 

^  \   I      III  mours,  excretions. 

bes       j|^^%,9,   '-A   Pa^'   °f  'he   body 
^  _a  ^       mucous  membrane  (?) 

24,    163,   unguent  vase,    oil   bottle;      l    '  W' 

Q  ^^c^  ''"•^     the  oil  bottle  used  in  the  cere- 
I        I       Ml'    mony  of  "opening  the  mouth." 


bes 


IKr 


pomegranates. 


J 


B 


[  223  J 


B 


J 


besbesiu    jpjp..    J(1J 

XIII,  15,  17,  JPJP  (jljf.^.P-S.B.  24,47, 
a  seed  or  herb  used  in  medicine. 

bes-t  J  n  n ,  Rec.  26,  1 68,  chisel ;  J  p  D  ' , 
chiselled  objects  (?) 

bes,  bas,  besu,  basha    J  P  ^ ,  ^^ 

leopard ;      1   ^^  si?  '    leopard   of  the   South  j 

beS-t   JP^^-^,   J  '^  ,  female  leopard. 

Bes    J  P  ^  ,  dwarf  god ;    J  'o'  I^,  a  god 

of  Sfldini  origin,   who   wears  the  skin  of  the 

leopard,       ]   ^^  1,    round    his    body.      He 

was  the  god  of: — (i)  music,  dancing,  and 
pleasure  ;  (2)  war  and  slaughter  ;  (3)  childbirth 
and  children.  In  late  times  he  was  symbolic 
of  the  destructive  and  regenerative  powers  of 
nature,  and  was  the  lord  of  all  typhonic 
creatures ;  Copt.  5lHC. 

besbes    J  P  J  P  ,  a  kind  of  goose. 

besa   J08W0,   V.  31,  J-s**""^^' 

N.  700,  emission,  flow,  issue ;    ]    I  V\  / K~!  ^, 

J^jujj.     n    _,  „     wjiat  flows  from  the  breasts, 
"IT  ^  ^  '  I.e.,  milk. 

besajpj^,  J5^.J^».  !.«•■. 

n  n  '(X     t)\  /v^      ^    short    tunic,    waistcloth, 
Jlmjr'-^)^'  loin  band. 

a  corn-god. 

besb[es](?)    JpJj],    ^^"^  ^°'  '^^ 

l^w),  Rec.  26,  168,  J    1  o, 

I  ^^^ ,  metal  tool,  graver ;  tha  besen 


M' 


o 


o,  engraver. 


P  .  '  jI'm.'  Jr:- 

jp  o,  J— e^,  J 


C3ED 

M.  64,  N.  33,  504,  a  kind  of  seed,  some  sub- 
stance burnt  at  the  inauguration  of  a  temple. 


besek  J  P'^^^^.  JP"^.  intestine,  gut; 

Piur.jn^^ 


,^,  U.430,  JP'^;=::*'0"0'€', 


T.  2 


46.     JP-.^,JP^^0, 

J    l':::^:^  Y\  '0'  I ,  viscera,  intestines. 

besek  jp^^^--^^,  p.  540,  u.  527, 

H  n  ^ — ^    to  ""'P  tip  fill  animal,  to  cut  out  the 
J  I    '^5>^'  intestines,  to  gut. 


Besek  Jp^^;   seep  J^^. 

besh,  besha  J  rm  /^,  t.  295,  Amen. 

14,  17,  Israel  Stele  20,     J  CZE=l  U,  U.  538,  P. 
229,  J^.^_^|,  Rec.  30,  189,  "i^oa^, 

vomit,  to  be  sick ;    J  czsz)  /"       1 ,  to  drench, 
to  be  drenched. 

besh-t  J  "^^^^ ,  U.  148,  T.  119,  N.  456. 

beshu  Joo^s^-^,    '!''"•'''  excessive 


beshsh 
beshsh-t  j 

J 


J^r< 


saliva,  vomit. 
I'-    661,     775, 


. jlrTr-i 

P.  661,  775,  M.  771,  flow 
of  water  from  the  eyes. 

besh    y        ,  dust ;  Copt,  oeicg  (?) 

^    000 

beshsh     1^,    ^m,    sticks  of  in- 

-c)  000  -/ -i      000  ' 

beshu  (?)  J  c^  ^"^^"^  i^i*-  i°8: 

metal  scales  or  plates. 

besh  J- 

besha  JM:-^-  J  M 

1  T^'^^t  ^V  '        '  '"'I'^'i  crushed  or  ground, 
millet  flour,  dhurra  for  making  beer. 


cense. 

,  5 


r      n    Annales  V,  34,  to  slay, 
^=^  *"-=^'  to  kill. 


J 


L=Z) 


r~n~i 


r-wi 


£S  X 


besht  J'^^  =  J 

^  ., /),  to  rebel,  to  revolt. 

besht-t  J^,  IV.  614,  J^ 

£J^,  JKci'^  <^af'  I'^P-  3024,  102,  revolt, 
rebellion,  resistance,  opposition,  troubled  (of 
water).  ^^ 

beshtiu  J  "^^^  '='  ^  ^  |  -  '^'^^- '  5- '  78, 

^  ^  111'   J    ^    fniJ^'   J-D 

Jc.  e  1^  r  I  '  ^^'  J"  e  I  III 

Karn.  52,  18,  rebels,  revolters. 

beshth     1  ^ ^ ,  to  revolt,  to  rebel. 

,  ,      n  C30  ii      n  na  A^    to  revolt, 
besht   J  ,_,  @-  J  ,^  '^  .   to  rebel. 

beshtU     \  ^^~^   <0  ■^  I ,  rebels  ;  see     \ 

r-^v~l         JWi  I 

beq  J  A  -^ ,  Rhind  Pap.  28,  J  ^  ^  "^ , 
to  see,  to  be  bright,  to  shine. 

beq  J  ^  ^ 


[  224  ] 

J 


J 


ar. 


the  shining,  or  bright.  Eye 
of  Horns. 


beq-t      W  ,  heaven,  sky. 


Beq    J  A ,  Tuat  XI I,  a  dawn-god,  who  towed 

Af  through  the  serpent  Ankh-neteru,  and  was 
reborn  daily. 

Beq  J^.  J^l'  J-^l  i'  B-J^-  145. 

10,  74,  a  god. 

-Ran     H  ^  A  I    B.D.  146  (Saite),  the  door- 
neq  J  ^  |  j .        deeper  of  the  3rd  Pylon. 

olive  oil,  unguent  compounded  of  olive  oil. 
beq-t  J  ^  O.  Ebers  Pap.  90,  7. 

beq uatch  J-4()o|^  J^O^^fx 

J  ^  I  ^,  IV,  699,  fresh  olive  oil. 


beq  netchem  J  ^  |  =0=  >  J  ^  {  ^-  iv, 

699,    J    Q    ()    II  '    ^'''"^'^^    °''^^    °''- 

beq  tesher  H  ^  |l  O  "^^^^^ .  red  olive  oil, 
i.e.,  old  olive  oil  (?) 

beq  ha-t  ]|  zi  |  '^,  "  oily-hearted,"  to  be 
deceitful,  to  flatter,  to  be  insincere. 

beq     Ij    ^    ,  IV,  62;  see  bag 

beq     ]M  T  >  chief,  overseer. 

beq  }^\^, 

beq  J  ^  ^,  °^  ^,  to  be  with  child ; 

beqa    J  -^"^^  M.  ''§'■'''  sunrise,  shimmer. 
beqi     J  /l  (](]  -A  ,  to  flow,  to  descend. 

beqbeq  J^Jzj'^a,  J  ^J^  ^' 

to  pour  out,  to  flow  ;  compare  Heb.    Jpp^- 
beqen      j  ,  IV,  640,  a  kind  of  altar, 

«     J 


Metternich    Stele    7,    to 
cry  out. 


AAAA/>A    .tfCi    AAWy\     |_ 


rsn 


i 


\\ 


baaenqen  J--^,  J--fe,» 

object  carried  in  a  procession. 

^-^-Jo^'"^r<5[.'^^"tt! 

beqenuJg^V^,    warr.or,      ^armed 

beqer«^^,J^f>,«'<^P«-««:?^;; 

beqes     l[Tf       ,  a  Nubian  precious  stone. 

beqs-tJ.^Vj^^^J4 

A.Z.  1900,  20,  B.D.  31,  4,  133,  4.  lower  part  of 
the  body,  tail,  bowels,  belly ;  plur.  J  -^  i  - 

Ebers  Pap.   65,    10,    16,  J^}^^-  l^^^c. 

26,230;     ^^/=r:  J.d  ^  I?  '^-^,  "eye  in 

his  belly,"  agod;J^^^(?X^ S^  ^' 

Rec.  30,  68. 


J 


B 


[  225  ] 


J 


iXX, 


beqsu  ^J^^.U.  3io,J/]^^: 

U.  320,  armlet  (?);plur.  J^^^   C>  C^  C^i , 
U.  517. 

beqsu  J  z3 1  %> 'O  (?)  N.   159,  a  part  of 
a  grasshopper, 


^eqsuJ4^4l,B.aM9,J,j, 
Beqtui(?)  Jf^'^/''^"^"!'^°[,d' 

bek  J'^^^'J^^^^^.  U.  362,  hawk; 
see  J  j\  r^^6  ^  ;  Copt.  &.H(r. 

,  U.  209,  hawk-goddesses. 

bek      I]  ^  =  1^  7=^,   to    work      to 
J  L_=fl         ^  L=J1  labour. 

bek      ]  ,  Rec.    12,  36,  ladder,  steps, 

tribune  =    I  y"l . 

bek-t      j     Q    ,  the  morning  sky. 

illumine,  to  be  bright;  compare  Heb.   ^/'^p^- 
light,  radiance,  splendour. 

ing,   to-morrow  morning;  compare  Heb.  IpS- 

Jy  ©^  P.   618,  619,  N.    1303,  T.  229,   230, 
— '      .  yesterday. 

beka-t      1  ,   morning,  morning  light, 

light  of  dawn,  as  opposed  to  1      '^^^,  darkness, 
night;  compare  Heb.  1j7!a. 

bekau(?)  j'^,T.23o,JuUU^, 

M.  690  

beka  Ju^.  Mar.  Karn.  44,  42,  An- 
nates V,  95,  Jp^Y  /['  to  bulge  out,  to  swell 
(of  the  belly  of  a  pregnant  woman) ;  Copt.  SlOK\. 


beka-t  J"^  J,  Rec.  27,  56,  JY§). 

J  H  a  pregnant  woman ;  J  "i^  y  ^j  ^^ . 
a  cow  with  young. 

beka-ti    H  LT  ?  the  breasts  when  swollen 
JIq  \\(^'  with  milk. 

Beka.tJu]*,JU^*.  ^V. 

one  of  the  Dekans;  Gr.  BIKOT. 

beka  J  U  "^  ^ .  ^^eak,  feeble  =  J  ffi 

beker     J  ^  ,  steps,  stairs. 

bee     H  7;;\        H    ffl      Rec.  30,  6,  to  see,  to 
^   J  ^  '   J  .^'  shine,  to  be  splendid. 

beg  Jzs^,  |^,Jffl^,Js    j^ 

l^W^'    Jffll]^^.   tobe  • 

exhausted,  weak,   feeble,   destitute  of  strength, 
helpless,  helpless  one,  tired,  weary. 


begg  J  g 


to  be  helpless,  do  nothing, 
be  inert. 
^     chamber   of    a    sick 
cm '  person. 


beg-t  J  g 

A™„...„,jB^.JB^,Jn 

the  weak,  the  helpless,  the  inert. 

begaau  J  ffl  ^  (]  ^  ^.  place  of 

helplessness,  the  grave. 

beg   J  ffl  ^.  to  cry  out. 

J  A  '^^>?  ^  I    ™°an,  cry,  weeping,  lamenta- 
y^  P\  I '  tion,  sighing,  groaning. 

shipwrecked  man  ;  Copt.  fi.5XI. 

bega   J  ffl  ^  '^ ,  a  kind  of  fish  ;  var. 

begarthat  J  S  ^  ^  (j  f^.  Israel 

Stele  II,  cave;  compare  Heb.  rnj'D. 


J 


[  226  ] 


J 


begas  J  ffi"^  n  '^.  feeble,  weak,  little, 
diminutive;  Pl^^.  J ffl  "^^ ^ I ,  ^'^fy'^l; 

begas-ha-t  Js;^^^^   ^, 

Love  Songs  4,  10,  to  be  troubled  in  mind. 

begas  Jo~^,Jn^p^|j. 

B.D.  38B,  4,  part  of  a  boat. 

begen  J  ffl  \,^,  knife. 

beges    J    ffl    aS,  to  be  weak  or  miserable, 
to  be  in  want,  empty;  var.  J  S  "^  1 1  ^^. 

begS-t   J^^>  J^.   ^veakness, 
feebleness,  helplessness ;    1    ffi  ^^^^  ,       ' 

begSU  J  ffl  1  %  ^.  trouble,  misery, 
beges  J    ffl      ,  neck  (?)  a  part  of  the  body. 

begs-t  J  ^.  J_^7,  A.Z.  1908, 17, 

B.D.  136B,  8,  necklace,  collar,  an  amulet;  var. 

beges  J  a  ^^^-.    SK'J^ 

1 1  \^,  dagger,  poignard. 

beges  J  S  0  S  "^  ,  a  kind  of  shrub. 

bet     J  Q  T  T  '    J   \  ''^^j  to  be  an  abomi- 
nation, to  be  regarded  as  loathsome. 

Annen.    .,,6,   Jd\4.^,    J=^ 

\^%  JD\^:  j^\^. 


evil  thing,  iniquity,  wickedness,  bad,  abomina- 
tion, sin,  fault,  offence,  crime;  plur.    lU^^        , 


};w7r.-i;^y.'i; 


1 1 1 


,  I„aelS,d.  ,5,  J°^^^|,  J° 


c^^  A  I    a  great  crime  [worthy  of]  death  ;  Copt. 


^^*^^  Jn^ 


e  X, 


i,  an  abominable 
man,  a  man  ceremonially  unclean. 

betu-t  tcheser-t    J  ^  %  -c^  <=>, 

A.Z.  35,  16,  a  special  abomination. 
betU   J  ^  %^^,  a  kind  of  fish. 

bet      1  vjy,  plant,  flower. 

bet     1       I ,  grains,  seed. 

^^*  J!'  him'  °^„".  resin  used 
in  making  incense. 

bet(?)     jl  ,     \\\  ,   house,  place; 

Heb.   n"]^' ;    J F"  c!f^  f^^ '  Nastasen  Stele  34, 

the  throne  of  gold ;     J   Q  'T\      ,  original 

place,  the  old  home. 

bet  j^^.  j-^^-i.  ££:i; 

bet     J      ,  to  shine. 

Bet-neters  J  ^  1  fl ,  Tuat  XII,  a  dawn- 
goddess  who  towed  Af  through  the  serpent 
Ankh-neteru  and  was  reborn  daily. 


JAA/VAAA  . 


bet  bet  ci  IL:^  \  ^w^^A ;  see    I    ]  , 

beti    J  "^  D  >  l^ec.  3,  48,  a  mould. 

52,  the  back  of  the  mould. 

beti  her    J  ""  ^  "^ ,  the  front  of  the  mould. 

beti  senu   u      D     ,  Rec  3, 50,  the  two 

halves  of  the  mould. 

betuJ.^O^,^--.  '45. -acred 


J 


B 


[  227  ] 


B 


TflfiWl 


,    I p^"^  ^1^  ■^SV )   K.2C.   I,  46,  rebel,  foe, 
fiend,  enemy ;  plur.     1  U~w^    V    M  '' 

Betmi     1  ww>A|V{aJ)|     foreien  rebels. 

beten   ^a-t  J^^^^^. 

IV,    969,    disaffected,    discontented,    hostile  in 
intent,  rebellious. 

betnu    1!  '^  W  ,    \i  ^^  v>  "^  ,  dog- 

headed  apes. 

betuu    11   ^    \^,     11.^^^, 

swift,  agile. 

beth-t(?)     J,^0,1V,  893,  the  tusk 
^   '    J)    Q    ^  '        of  an  elephant. 

to  be  faint,  to  be  feeble,  weak,  or  helpless  j  see 

betshu     J     '~'    j^  I ,    helpless    but  evil- 
disposed  beings,  both  men  and  spirits. 

betek     |     "^      ""  ,  to  fall,  to  drop,  to  fail. 

betektek    1]   ^     '^  ,  to  fall. 

betek  J^,  J^  J^'   f^*^^'-  foe; 


"^^  ill 


^, 


filth,  misery. 

P.  41,  M.  62,  N.  29,  to 
run  quickly,  to  hasten. 


betek  J 
beth  J 

bethau  J  ^  A  ^ n, '  ^^'''  ^''  '^^ 
■  bethenu  J  ^^  ^  '^>  Thes.  1480,  IV, 

968,  to  be  rebellious  or  hostile. 

bethenu    J  ^^  V\  -mm ,   foe,  enemy. 


bethen  ha-t    Ij  ^""^^  '^  ^ ,  Rec.  1 7, 44, 

■fill  /WsAA/\      1        -/^ 

J  ^'  disaffected,  disloyal,  rebellious. 

bethesh   J  ^  ^;  see   J 


bet-t    Jt^fff   T.    389,J^^f 
M.    66,     824,    N.     119,     129,     I  ^"^^  ,•■:=!, 

J     O         littft'       TTTlll  I    W  o  o   o  JlWooo 

JQ    ,^      n  Q  ^..^    spelt,  millet,  dhurra,  bar- 
o'°*       'J  W  ■■'boc'  ley ;  Copt.  ^OOTe. 

bet-t      1      o    ,  a  heap  of  dhurra. 

bet..hetXtf°/-|;,J:|(lfl 

°\^o  ,  Rec.  12,  85,  white  millet. 

O 

bet-tesher-t  t'^  .■■"    ^^<^'%^,  red 
Twill  <==>       M. 
millet. 

bet      1)  r— ^  I  jl ,  to  burn,  to  burn  incense ; 


J 


O 

bett  J 


to  illumine,  to  shine. 


,  U.  359,  to  smell  of  incense. 

bet  Je^,  u.  102,  Jc^  Jf^,  p.  125, 

1  o,  natron,  saltpetre,  incense;  IJ         J 

cr^s  (1  3  o  ,  incense  chamber. 

beta   j^m,  '=^"^="^'   ''"Lnts^ 
Betu   J'^^^  ^  ^>  P-  469,  M.  533, 

N.  II 12,  betu  incense  deified. 

bett-t    H  ^  ^ ,  ^  ^'"^  °[  P^^"'  °i.  ^.^'^ 

Js    c=.    III  used  m  medicme. 

bettka  J^^^^"^  ^  ^^, water-melon; 

'^^;   Heb.   aTimM,   Copt.    .S.eT-)fKe, 
Arab.  ^J]^, . 

B.D.  31,  3,  the  opponent  of  the  Crocodile-fiend 

Betbet    j     Ip  ',,    «-D-«-   -64.  a 

•  <— ^ .— =^  (In,  I  goddess. 

p  2 


J 


[  228  ] 


J 


t)et  J^,  Rec.  43,  48,  J  ^i),  the 

mould  in  which  the  figure  of  Osiris  was  made  at 
Denderah. 

bet     Ij  "^^^^  /]    Nastasen  Stele  20,  throne 
•    J     W    'i-'  '  of  gold  (r^Srf^)  with  steps. 

beti  J  c^:>  h  (1  .^  '^ ,  abominable  per- 
son or  thing  ;  Copt.  fi.OXe. 

beten  J^^,  b.d.  (Savte),  40, 3,  ]]  ^^, 

to  compress,  to  bind. 

to  tie,  to  bind,  fillet,  baiidlet. 

beten  J^g^,J--(](]^,  foe, 

enemy,  fiend,  evil  spirit. 

betniu   J  ^"^^  ()(]  |^,  enemies,  foes 

Beten  J 

betesh  J  *""  /^,  p.  241,  to  dissolve,  to 
be  dissolved,  poured  out  like  w.iter. 

Betshet  J  ^,  t.  85,  Jm^, 

M.  239,  N.  616,  a  god  who  presided  over  burnt 
offerings. 

Rec.  30,  67,  a  god. 


III' 


tstmi 


Annales,    3,    177, 
a  star-god. 


weak,  helpless,  exhausted,  powerless,  impotent. 
betsh  J  ^"^^  £)  ^ ,  to  be  angry. 

betshu,  betshut  J  ^^^  Mii ,  J  ^^=^ 


potent    but    ill-disposed     beings,    gods,    men, 
'^  I ,  impotent  rebels. 

Betesh  J^m^^J^Q^,  the 


devil  of  revolt. 

Betshu  (?)  ^( 


\(S.'^   Nesi-Am.su,  32,  42, 
^  '    a  form  of  Aapep. 


(2 


J^;^,Suide(?) 

Betch  J  °^  ^  ,  Rec.  12, 145,  J 

W  -Jj,Rec.  31,  31,  Annales  10,  192,  A.Z.  1906, 
36,  214,  i.e.,  "i^  ^Q».  a  bull-god. 

betohJ^,u.4.s.J-^^,T.,3,, 

J^ 

stick.  Staff,  some  wooden  tool  or  instrument ; 
J  i  ^^  ^  ^.  '  Rec.  30,  67,  parts  of  a  ship. 

betcha  J l"^^,  J^O,  cooking  pot, 

vessel;  plur.  J  |  0  0  0;  Copt.  S^iX. 

betchen  J^^^— 3'  Rec  29,  i57;var. 

I      A/VAAAA  . 

betehentchen  J  ^^  ^T)  ^  9'  IV, 
1076 


[  229  ] 


D 

p  D  ;  Heb.  S  . 

D 


P,   Pl    D, 


W 


,    demonst.  pron. 


masc.  sing. ;  p  +  n  (pen)  D  w«wa,  what  be- 
longs to;  p  +  a  □  W^,  IV,  143,  what  is  mine. 

p,  pa   D,    M.    289,  D  (]  =  D^,    P.    182, 

D 


N.  895  =  ,  this. 

a 


P  □{>> 


an  article  of  furniture,  base 
'  of  a  stand. 

pe-t  a ,,  1.  399,  ^.£_,  M.  409, , 


^.o-T" 


I  AAAAAA 


,  the  sky,  heaven, 

^  CI  I 


Kev.  13,  2,  ^__^  ^^  Jj'  Rev.  13,  40;  pk 


D   ^' 


n  n   ,    heaven,   earth,   and    the   Other  World; 


pe-t  pe-t  , ,,  r.  34,  ^^,  u.  514, 


ll  (I ,  Ull  heaven  ;  Copt.  lie. 

J-t   °' 

I ,  I ,  n  71  'm    the  two 

halves  of  heaven,  the  day  and  the  night  sky. 

pet-ti  temta  f=^  ^2^^  ^'   ^'-  sm, 

V^x     "I  f|    T.  326,  the  two  lieavens 
_&f^  0  H  '  or  skies. 

,  sky,  the  four  quarters  thereof: 


pe-t 

D    c 


I 


South, 


,   North, 


I ,  heavenly  beings. 


petiu 

\, — > 

pa  a1^^,  ,5^  ^,  ^,  D 

demonst.  pron.  sing,  masc ;  Copt,  nil,  UK 


Nastasen    Stele   27, 
my. 


pai     A^  \\,     A^    ^^i    demonst.  pron. 
masc.  sing. ;  Copt,  ni.1,  TTH.     With  suffixes  : — 


pai-a 


1,    my,    mine   (masc), 


pai-k 


(fem.);Copt.  nOJI. 
,  thy,  thine  (masc); 


^(]^(](]'===^,  Rev.  II,  i24;Copt.  ncOK 
pai-t  J^  (](]  ^  >  thy.  thine  (fern.). 
paitukl^  (](|c>%'C3:76,  III,  143,  thy. 

pai-f 


w 


pai-s 

Rev. ;  Copt.  nu)C 

pai-n 


(2       Amen.    6,    3,    his  ;    Copt. 

;^  '  ncoq. 

,hers;J^(](.p, 


I  I  I 


,    Rec.   26,   153,  our;    later 


141.  T2,  46;  Copt.  nwrt. 


I  ,    Rev.  II, 

I  I  I  I 


pai  -  ten 

pai-sen 

paiu 


•=■        your ;     Copt. 

I  I  I         nexeit. 


P 


III 


I  I  I 


,   their. 


their ;  later 


mi- 


1^  f)  ^  j>  Re<^-  "'  '^3;  Copt.  ne-y. 


pau 


,   those. 


pa-un   1^  \\   ^^    ^  particle,  =  then, 
//>r\  .^^  /vw/w  '  in  that  case. 

Pa-ari-sekhi^^^^Hy 


Khensu  of  Thebes. 


\  Jh,    a  title  of 


P  3 


[  230  ] 


Pa-ah-nersmen 

/VNAAAA    ^ 

pa-aa-n-ursh 


[I  Vra,  Rec.  31,  36,  the  owner  of  a  town. 


■^   O' 


Pa-t    ^^  ^     ,  liquor,  drink. 


cup, 
'U  '  pot. 


Rec.  21,  22,  guardian;  Copt,  ni-rto-rpcye. 

Pa-ium'-t  Asar  J^  (](j  ^%T 

''jq       the    port    of  the   sacred    boat    of    the 
J\    1 '  Busirite  Nome. 


J^-y--"-    ^^.^^i 


Pa-bar 
see  Bar. 

Pa-Bekhennu^^J^^^, 

B.D.  165,  I,  a  title  of  Amen. 

Pabekht-hes-en-pa-hes  ^^  J  ^  f 
Pa-nemma 

B.D.  164,  9,  a  son  of  Ra. 

■r.-    ^^"tk     D   S\     the  Sun  :  Copt. 

pa  ha-t  ^  %,  '^,  ^'^^'^  ^'-^P-  '4.  3,  a 

•  //W  _^   I        kind  of  medicine. 

,   transcribed   in    the   Tanis 
see  per. 

,   P.    164,    M.  327, 

,  N.  751,  D  ^ 


to  exist. 
^;^,  women. 

U.  609,  1^  "^  ^,,  Rec.  27,  59, 


©' 


d 

(^3)' 


}^\Y6'°UWo'U\ 


© 


(2   £i 


S©' 


©' 


,  stuff,  matter,  substance, 


the  matter  or  material  of  which  anything  is  made, 
dough,    cake,    bread,    offering,    food,    product ; 


plur.    D 


^ 


^     I 


^     ©    I 


^"®-!'^¥^S.^S|. 


I  I  I 


pa 

papyri  by  Q 

pa,  pai   D 

N.  858 


I  ■ 


©©©, 


©© 
©  ' 


,  U.  568,   D 


Q 


,    to   fly:   later 
7^  ^  (2 


^^©©©,U.  559, 
Amen.  9,  7. 

(r),  T.  253,  primeval  time  (?) 

pa-t  D 

val  time,  remote  ages ; 


^*'  ^    Rec.  12,39  =  Copt. 


preserved  in  Copt.  IXi-HCOI. 

lice ;  Copt.  UHI. 

pait   ^^   ^h  ^>    feathered    fowl,    birds; 
,  Rec.  32,  67,  water  fowl. 


from  the  oldest  time,  i.e.,  never  before ; 
,  Thes.  1285,  the  first  beginnmg. 


Q.prnne- 
D  ,.^  ,    not 


paut  ta  D 

28,  D 


kl 


© 

,  Rec.  27, 


pa-t    D 


pauti  taui  (?) 


^    N.   952,  a  kind  of  gar- 
'  ment,  or  apparel. 


K\<^ 


,  Rec.  31,  168, 

©  o    primeval    time, 

^■^      remote  ages. 

^=^    1^©© 


V 


Rec.  20,  40, 


V  ©' 


[231] 


\\©  = 


©  =^ 
©  =^' 

,    IV,    1 1 68,   the    beginning   of 


time,  the  creation,  primeval  time ; 
since  the  creation. 


®®,  Rec.  32,  63, 


Pauti  taui(?) 

^^;©^5?•^^•'5°°'3''^^'''^ 

of  Amen-Ra  as  the  representative  of  the  prime- 
val god  of  Egypt. 

Pau  D  ^  ^  ^'  Rec.  27,  224,  the 
primeval  god.  This  name  perhaps  means  "he 
who  is,"  "he  who  exists,"  "the  self-existent." 


Pauti 


u:\<^M^-\ 


1 ,  1\',  517,  a  title  of  the  primeval  god. 


Pauti 


© 


■© 
©' 


T.  250, 

© 

© 


437,   □ 


© 
©' 


^ 


,  B.D.  IS,  10, 
1=1  =11=1 


i^jmn.  B.a  7. 3,  mm 

^^'--nmmmi 
111'  '■  '^''  ^-  '^'K®® 


t=i'=ii=i 


© 
©' 

§^.    B.D.   X5,    II, 


© 


W,    Rec.    26,     77, 


©^1,    B.D.    85,   9, 


B.D.  145,  84, 


© 


^ 


o   1 


© 


I,    IV,  807, 


■'---.-^l.^S^i.J^® 


^© 
I 


I,  Rec.  27,  60,  220,  31,  167, 

e©. 


© 


© 


e  © 
w 


C£ 


!, 


1,    ©J 


I ,   the   primeval  god, 


U  I 


the  god  who  created  himself  and  all  that  is.  The 
dual  form  of  the  name  refers  to  his  rule  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt. 


pa-t  (paut)  en  neteru  a  ^-vx  q 

I  ]  |,  N.  709,  "company  of  the  gods." 

Pau-t-then-ta  d 

Rec.  27,  221,  a  god. 

Paa-t 


© 


VW-A^       S 


paathah  (?) 


p.  417,  M.  597,  N.  1202, 
a  lake  in  the  Tuat. 


I 


O    I ,  a  kind  of  cake. 

passh  ^  *^  %..  »  "''Xe^^ 


paat-t  D 


a  Q     ,  various  kinds 


of  woods,  or  barks,  used  in  medicine ;  see 

Q       O 


I     I 


,  Hearst  Pap.  IX,  13. 


Tuat  XI I,  Demot.  Cat.  422,  a  god. 

Pait  ^^l](]  J.  Metternich  Stele  96,  the 
consort  of  (]  [1    ^    Jj . 

Pain    AK  llli    _  ,  a  I'^ke  in  the  Tuat. 

pair  1^  h  (1  "^^  3^ ,  Nastasen  Stete  34, 
the  river,  the  stream  ;  Copt.  TlIOOp. 


^^^^mk'^] 


pait  D 

30,  a  part  of  a  boat. 

pait 


a    Hittite    proper 
name. 

^^,   B.D.  125,111, 


o 


Q      O 

ill'  i/jt:^  .m^^^^  \  I  I 

Pap.  IX,  13,  a  kind  of  seed  used  in  medicine. 


pait 


,  house. 
,  Hearst 


paur 


I   0 ,    Rechnungen 


17,  I,   12,  Hearst  Pap.  XI,  6; 


^^ 


o, 


^^     ,    /^55\  ^^  \^     ,  new  wine. 


D 


,  that; 


pant 


""^     Jour.    As.    1908,    265  = 

^  '  neitT. 

p  4 


[  232  ] 


a 


Panti-baf-em-khen-tchet-f 


:.\\ 


a^"*^  ^^   ^1 ,  a  beetle-headed  throne- 

\!7  -7-1     ^